"Cook, Glen - Dread Empire 05 - All Darkness Met" - читать интересную книгу автора (Cook Glen)OLD DREAD
RETURNS
A shadow
fell across the circle. A creature of
nightmare loomed. It wore the shape of
a man and a man might have lurked within that chitinous armor. Or might have not. "Ma!"
Lang shrieked. With club foot and half
an arm he wasn't hard to catch. Four more
giants entered the clearing. They bore
naked, long black swords with razor edges and tips that glowed red hot. "Oh
Gods," the woman moaned.
"They've found me." Berkley
books by Glen Cook DREAD EMPIRE SERIES a shadow of all night falling october's baby all darkness met All
Darkness Met Third in
the haunting Dread Empire series by GLEN COOK
BERKLEY
BOOKS, NEW YORK ALL
DARKNESS MET A Berkley
Book / published by arrangement with the author PRINTING HISTORY Berkley
edition / June 1980 Second printing / February 1984 All
rights reserved. Copyright
© 1980 by Glen Cook. Cover
illustration by Kinuko Y. Kraft. Frontispiece
maps copyright © 1979, 1980 by Glen Cook. This book
may not be reproduced in whole or in part, by
mimeograph or any other means, without permission. For
information address: The Berkley Publishing Group, 200
Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10016. ISBN:
0-425-06541-3 A BERKLEY
BOOK® TM 757,375 The name "BERKLEY" and the stylized "B"
with design are trademarks belonging to Berkley Publishing Corporation. PRINTED
IN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA All Darkness Met
CONTENTS CHAPTER
ONE: The Years 980-989 After the Founding of the Empire of Ilkazar; 0 Shing,
Ehelebe 1 CHAPTER
TWO: Spring, 1010 AFE; Mocker 13 CHAPTER
THREE: Spring, 1010 AFE; Old Friends 24 CHAPTER
FOUR: Spring, 1011 AFE; Intimations 36 CHAPTER
FIVE: Spring, 1011 AFE; A Traveler in Black 45 CHAPTER
SIX: Spring, 1011 AFE; The Attack 51 CHAPTER
SEVEN: Spring, 1011 AFE; The Old Dread Returns 61 CHAPTER
EIGHT: Winter-Spring, 1011 AFE; The Prisoner 70 CHAPTER
NINE: Spring, 1011 AFE; A Short Journey 79 CHAPTER
TEN: The Years 989-1004 AFE; Lord of Lords 87 CHAPTER
ELEVEN: Spring, 1011 AFE; Marshall and Queen 100 CHAPTER
TWELVE: Spring, 1011 AFE; The Stranger in Hammerfest 109 CHAPTER
THIRTEEN: Spring, 1011 AFE; Regency 115 CHAPTER
FOURTEEN: Spring, 1011 AFE; Lady of Mystery 123 CHAPTER
FIFTEEN: Spring, 1011 AFE; The Stranger's Appointment 133 CHAPTER
SIXTEEN: Spring, 1011 AFE; Deaths and Disappearances 138 CHAPTER
SEVENTEEN: Spring-Summer, 1011 AFE; Michael's Adventure 148 CHAPTER
EIGHTEEN: Spring, 1011 AFE; The Unborn 161 CHAPTER
NINETEEN: Summer, 1011 AFE; Funerals and Assassins 169 CHAPTER
TWENTY: The Years 1004-1011 AFE; The Dragon Emperor 177 CHAPTER
TWENTY-ONE: Summer, 1011 AFE; The King Is Dead. Long Live the King 189 CHAPTER
TWENTY-TWO: Summer, 1011 AFE; Eye of the Storm 195 CHAPTER
TWENTY-THREE: Summer, 1011 AFE; The Hidden Kingdom 204 CHAPTER
TWENTY-FOUR: Summer, 1011 AFE; Kavelin A-March 211 CHAPTER
TWENTY-FIVE: Summer, 1011 AFE; The Assault on Argon 221 CHAPTER
TWENTY-SIX: Summer, 1011 AFE; Battle for the Fadem 229 CHAPTER
TWENTY-SEVEN: Summer, 1011 AFE; Mocker Returns 238 CHAPTER
TWENTY-EIGHT: Summer, 1011 AFE; A Friendly Assassin 249 CHAPTER
TWENTY-NINE: Winter, 1011-1012 AFE; A Dark Stranger in the Kingdom of Dread 261
CHAPTER
THIRTY: Summer, 1011-Winter, 1012 AFE; The Other Side 267 CHAPTER
THIRTY-ONE: Spring, 1012 AFE; Baxendala Redux 271 CHAPTER
THIRTY-TWO: Spring-Summer-Autumn, 1012 AFE; Defeat. Defeat. Defeat. 284 CHAPTER
THIRTY-THREE: Winter, 1012 Spring, 1013 AFE; Itaskia 291 CHAPTER
THIRTY-FOUR: Spring, 1013 AFE; The Road to Palmisano 301 CHAPTER
THIRTY-FIVE: Spring, 1013 AFE; Palmisano: The Guttering Flame 312 CHAPTER
THIRTY-SIX: Spring, 1013 AFE; Home 318 ONE: 0 Shing, Ehelebe
The woman
screamed with every contraction. The
demon outside howled and clawed at the walls.
It roared like a wounded elephant, smashed against the door. The timbers groaned. The
physician, soaked with perspiration, shook like a trapped rabbit. His skin was the hue of death. "Get
on with it!" snarled the baby's father. "Lord!..." "Do
it!" Nu Li Hsi appeared undisturbed by the siege. He refused even to acknowledge the
possibility of fear, in himself or those who served him. Would-be Lord of All Shinsan, he dared
reveal nothing the Tervola could call weakness. Still the
physician delayed. He was hopelessly
trapped. He couldn't win. A demon was trying to shatter the sorceries
shielding his surgery. Inside, his
master was in a rage because the mother couldn't deliver normally. The child was just too huge. The woman was a friend, and the surgeon
doubted she could survive the operation.
The only assistant permitted him was his daughter. No fourteen-year-old was ready to face this. Worse, there
were witnesses. Two Tervola leaned
against one wall. These
sorcerer-generals, who managed Shinsan's armies and made up her nobility, were
waiting to see the product of the Dragon Prince's experiments. The goal
was a child who could develop into a super strong, super competent soldier,
thinking, yet with little ability to become a personality in his own right, and
immune to the magicks by which foes seized control of enemy soldiers. "Start
cutting," Nu Li Hsi said softly, with the "or else" transmitted
by intonation, "before my brother's attacks become more imaginative." For a
millennium Nu Li Hsi and his twin, Yo Hsi, had battled for mastery of
Shinsan, virtually from the moment they had murdered Tuan Hoa, their father,
who had been Shinsan's founder. "Scalpel,"
said the surgeon. He could scarcely be
heard. He glanced around the cramped
surgery. The Tervola, with their masks
and robes, could have been statues. Nu
Li Hsi himself moved nothing but his eyes.
His face, though, was naked. The
Princes Thaumaturge felt no need to hide behind masks. The surgeon could read the continuing anger
there. The
Dragon Prince, he realized, expected failure. This was
the Prince's eleventh try using his own seed.
Ten failures had preceded it.
They had become reflections on his virility.... The
surgeon opened the woman's belly. A half
hour later he held up the child. This
one, at least, was a son, and alive. Nu Li Hsi
stepped closer. "The arm. It didn't develop. And the foot...." A quieter, more dangerous anger possessed
him now, an anger brought on by repeated failure. What use was a superhuman soldier with a clubfoot and no shield
arm? That
wounded elephant roar sounded again.
Masonry shifted. Dust fell. Torches and candles wavered. The walls threatened to burst inward. The door groaned again and again. Splinters flew. Nu Li Hsi
showed concern for the first time.
"He is persistent, isn't he?" He asked the Tervola, "Feed
it?" They nodded. The
Tervola, second only to the Princes Thaumaturge themselves, seldom became
involved in the skirmishes of Shinsan's co-rulers. If the thing broke the barriers contiguous with the room's
boundaries, though, it would respect neither allegiances, nor their lack. Yo Hsi would make restitution to the
surviving Tervola, expressing regrets that their fellows had been caught in the
cross fire. The
Dragon Prince produced a golden dagger.
Jet enamel characters ran its length.
The Tervola seized the woman's hands and feet. Nu Li Hsi drove the blade into her breast, slashing, sawing,
ripping. He plunged a hand into the
wound, grabbed, pulled with the skill of long practice. In a moment he held up the still throbbing
heart. Blood ran up his arm and spattered
his clothing. The
screams of the doctor's daughter replaced those of the sacrifice. From
outside, suddenly, absolute silence.
The thing, for the moment, was mollified. No one
who hadn't been in the room would know that it had been there. The spells shielding the walls weren't
barriers against things of this world, but of worlds beyond, Outside. Nu Li Hsi
sighed resignedly. "So.... I have to try again. I know I can do it. It works on paper." He started to
leave. "Lord!"
the surgeon cried. "What?" The
doctor indicated woman and child.
"What should I do?" The child lived. It was the first of the experimental infants to survive birth. "Dispose
of them." "He's
your son...." His words tapered into inaudibility before his master's
rage. Nu Li Hsi had serpent eyes. There was no mercy in them. "I'll take care of it, Lord." "See
that you do." As soon
as the Dragon Prince vanished, the surgeon's daughter whispered, "Father,
you can't." "I
must. You heard him." "But...." "You
know the alternative." She
knew. She was a child of the Dread
Empire. But she
was barely fourteen, with the folly of youth everywhere. In fact, she was doubly foolish. She had
already made the worst mistake girls her age could make. She had become pregnant. That
night she made a second mistake. It
would be more dire. It would echo
through generations. She fled
with the newborn infant. One by
one, over an hour, six men drifted into the room hidden beneath The Yellow-Eyed
Dragon restaurant. No one upstairs knew
who they were, for they had arrived in ordinary dress, faces bare, and had
donned black robes and jeweled beast masks only after being out of sight in a
room at the head of the basement stair. Even Lin
Feng, The Dragon's manager, didn't know who was meeting. He did know that he had been paid well. In response he made sure each
guest had his full ten minutes alone, to dress, before the next was admitted to
the intervening room. Feng
supposed them conspirators of some sort. Had he
known they were Tervola he would have fainted.
Barring the Princes Thaumaturge themselves, the Tervola were the most
powerful, most cruel men in all Shinsan, with Hell's mightiest devils running
at their heels.... Waking,
following his faint, Feng probably would have taken his own life. These Tervola could be conspiring against no
one but the Princes Thaumaturge themselves.
Which made him a rat in the jaws of the cruelest fate of all. But Feng
suspected nothing. He performed his
part without trepidation. The first
to arrive was a man who wore a golden mask resembling both cat and gargoyle,
chased with fine black lines, with rubies for eyes and fangs. He went over the chamber carefully, making
sure there would be no unauthorized witnesses.
While the others arrived and waited in silence, he worked a thaumaturgy
that would protect the meeting from the most skilled sorcerous
eavesdroppers. When he finished, the
room was invisible even to the all-seeing eyes of the Princes Thaumaturge
themselves. The sixth
arrived. The man in the gargoyle mask
said, "The others won't be with us tonight." His
fellows didn't respond. They simply
waited to learn why they had been summoned. The Nine
seldom met. The eyes and spies of the
Princes and uninitiated Tervola were everywhere. "We
have to make a decision." The speaker called himself Chin, though his
listeners weren't sure he was the Chin they knew outside. Only he knew their identities. They overlooked no precaution in their
efforts to protect themselves. Again the
five did not respond. If they didn't
speak they couldn't recognize one another by voice. It was a
dangerous game they played, for imperial stakes. "I
have located the woman. The child's
still with her. The question: Do we
proceed as planned? I know the minds of
those who can't be with us. Two were
for, one was against. Show hands if you
still agree." Four
hands rose. "Seven
for. We proceed, then." Behind
ruby eyepieces Chin's eyes sparkled like ice under an angry sun. They fixed on the sole dissenter present. A link in
the circle was weakening. Chin had
misjudged the man behind the boar mask.
The absentee negative vote he understood, accepted, and dismissed. Fear hadn't motivated it. But the Boar... .The man was terrified.
He might break. The
stakes were too high to take unnecessary chances. Chin made
a tiny sign. It would be recognized by
only one man. He had
convened the Nine not for the vote but to test the Boar. He had learned enough. His decision was made. "Disperse.
The usual rules." They
didn't question, though meeting for so little seemed tempting Fate too
much. They departed one by one,
reversing the process of entry, till only Chin and the man who had been
signaled remained. "Ko
Feng, our friend the Boar grows dangerous," Chin said. "His nerve is failing. He'll run to one of the Princes soon." Ko Feng,
behind a bear mask, had presented the argument before. "The cure?" he asked. "Go
ahead. What must be, must be." Behind
the metal Bear, cruel lips stretched in a thin smile. "He's
Shan, of the Twelfth Legion. Go
now. Do it quickly. He could spill his terror any time." The Bear
bowed slightly, almost mockingly, and departed. Chin
paused thoughtfully, staring after him.
The Bear, too, was dangerous. He
was another mistake. Ko Feng was too
narrow, too hasty. He might need
removing, too. He was the most
ambitious, most deadly, most coldhearted and cruel, not just of the Nine, but
of the Tervola. He was a long-run
liability, though useful now. Chin began
to consider possible replacements for the Boar. The Nine
were old in their conspiracy. Long had
they awaited their moment. For
centuries each had been selecting eight subordinates carefully, choosing only
men who could remain loyal to the ultimate extremity and who would, themselves,
build their own Nines with equal care. Chin's
First Nine had existed for three hundred years. In all that time the organization had grown downward only to the
fourth level. Which
was, in truth, a fifth level. There was
a higher Nine than Chin's, though only he knew. Similar ignorance persisted in each subsidiary Nine. Soon
after the Bear's departure Chin faced another door. It was so well concealed that it had evaded the notice of the
others. It
opened. A man stepped through. He was small and old and bent, but his eyes
were young, mischievous, and merry. He
was in his element here, conspiring in the grand manner. "Perfect, my friend. Absolutely perfect. It proceeds. It won't be long now. A
few decades. But be careful with Nu Li
Hsi. He should be given information
that will help us, yet not so much that he suspects he's being used. It's not yet time for the Nines to become visible." Chin knew
this man only as the master of his own Nine, the world-spanning Master Nine,
the Pracchia. Chin, perhaps, should
have paid more attention to the old man and less to his problems with his own
Nine. Evidence of the man's true
identity was available, had he but looked for it. "And
the child?" Chin asked. "It's
not yet his time. He'll be protected by
The Hidden Kingdom." That name
was a mystery of the Circle of which Chin was junior member. Ehelebe.
The Hidden Kingdom. The Power
behind all Powers. Already the Pracchia
secretly ruled a tenth of the world.
Someday, once the might of Shinsan became its tool, Ehelebe would
control the entire world. "He'll
be prepared for the day." "It
is well." Chin kept
his eyes downcast, though the ruby eyepieces of his mask concealed them. Like the Bear, he had his reservations and
ambitions. He hoped he hid them better
than did Ko Feng. "Farewell,
then." The bent old man returned to his hiding place wearing an amused
smile. Moments
later a winged horse took flight from behind The Yellow-Eyed Dragon, coursed
across the moon into the mysteries of the night. "Lang! Tarn!" she called. "Come eat." The boys glanced from
their clay marbles to the crude hut, crossed gazes. Lang bent to shoot again.
"Lang! Tarn! You come here right now!" The boys
sighed, shrugged, gathered their marbles.
It was a conundrum. Mothers,
from the dawn of time, never had understood the importance of finishing the
game. There in
the Yan-lin Kuo Forest, astride Shinsan's nebulous eastern border, they called
her The Hag of The Wood even though she hadn't yet reached her twentieth
birthday. With woodcutters and
charcoal-burners she plied the ancient trade, and for their wives and daughters
she crafted petty charms and wove weak spells.
She was sufficiently tainted by the Power to perform simple magicks. Those and her sex were all she had. Her sons
entered the hut, Tam limping on his club foot. The meal
wasn't much. Boiled cabbage. No meat.
But it was as good as the best forest people had. In Yan-lin Kuo the well-to-do looked at
poverty from the belly side. "Anybody
home?" "Tran!"
Happiness illuminated the woman's face. A youth
of seventeen pushed inside, a rabbit dangling from his left hand. A tall man, he swept her into the bow of his
right arm, planted a kiss on her cheek.
"And how are you boys?" Lang and
Tam grinned. Tran
wasn't of the majority race of Shinsan.
The forest people, who had been under Dread Empire suzerainty for a
historically brief time, had a more mahogany cast of skin, yet racially were
akin to the whites of the west.
Culturally they were ages behind either, having entered the Iron Age
solely by virtue of trade. In their
crude way they were as cruel as their rulers. Of his
people Tran was the sole person for whom the woman felt anything. And her feelings were reciprocated. There was an unspoken understanding: they
would eventually marry. Tran was
a woodsman and trapper. He always
provided for the Hag, asking nothing in return. And consequently received more than any who paid. The boys
were young, but they knew about men and women.
They gobbled cabbage, then abandoned the hut. They
resumed their game. Neither gained much
advantage. A shadow
fell across the circle. Tam looked up. A
creature of nightmare loomed over Lang.
It wore the shape of a man, and a man might have lurked within that
chitinous black armor. Or a devil. There was no visible evidence either way. He was
huge, six inches taller than Tran, the tallest man Tam knew. He was heavier of build. He stared
at Tam for several seconds, then gestured. "Lang,"
Tam said softly. Four more
giants entered the clearing, silently as death by night. Were they human? Even their faces were concealed behind masks showing crystal
squares where eyeholes should be. Lang stared. These
four bore naked, long black swords with razor edges and tips that glowed red
hot. "Ma!"
Lang shrieked, scampering toward the hut. Tam
shrieked, "Monsters!" and pursued Lang. With club
foot and half an arm he wasn't much of a runner. The first giant caught him easily. The Hag
and Tran burst from the hut. Lang
scooted round and clung to Tran's leg, head leaning against his mother's thigh. Tam
squirmed and squealed. The giant
restrained him, and otherwise ignored him. "Oh,
Gods," the woman moaned.
"They've found me." Tran seemed to know what she meant. He
selected a heavy stick from her woodpile. Tarn's
captor passed him to one of his cohorts, drew his blade. Indigo-purple oil seemed to run its
length. It swayed like a cobra about to
strike. "Tran,
no. You can't stop them. Save yourself." Tran
moved toward the giant. "Tran,
please. Look at their badges. They're from the Imperial Standard. The Dragon sent them." Sense
gradually penetrated Tran's brain. He
stood no chance against the least of Shinsan's soldiers. No one alive had much chance against men of
the Imperial Standard Legion. That was
no legion brag. These men had trained
since their third birthdays. Fighting
was their way of life, their religion.
They had been chosen from Shinsan's healthiest, stoutest children. They were smart, and utterly without
fear. Their confidence in their
invincibility was absolute. Tran
could only get himself killed. "Please,
Tran. It's over. There's nothing you can do. I'm dead." The
hunter reflected. His thoughts were
shaped by forest life. He decided. Some
might have called him coward. But
Tran's people were realists. He would
be useless to anyone hanging from a spike which had been driven into the base
of his skull, while his entrails hung out and his hands and feet lay on the ground
before him. He
grabbed Lang and ran. No one
pursued him. He
stopped running once he reached cover. He
watched. The
soldiers shed their armor. They had
to be following orders. They didn't
rape and plunder like foreign barbarians.
They did what they were told, and only what they were told, and their
service was reward enough. The woman's
screams ripped the afternoon air. They
didn't kill Tam, just made him watch. In all
things there are imponderables, intangibles, and unpredicatables. The most careful plan cannot account for
every minuscule factor. The greatest
necromancer cannot divine precisely enough to define the future till it becomes
predestined. In every human enterprise
the planners and seers deal with and interpret only the things they know. Then they usually interpret incorrectly. But,
then, even the gods are fallible. For
who created Man? Some men
call the finagle factor Fate. The five
who had gone to the Hag's hut became victims of the unpredictable. Tam
whimpered in their grasp, remembering the security of his mother's arms when
wolf calls tormented the night and chill north winds whipped their little
fire's flames. He remembered and
wept. And he remembered the name Nu Li
Hsi. The
forest straddled Shinsan's frontier with Han Chin, which was more a tribal
territory than established state. The
Han Chin generally tried not to attract attention, but sometimes lacked
restraint. There
were a hundred raiders in the party which attacked the five. Forty-three didn't live to see home
again. That was why the world so feared
the soldiers of Shinsan. The
survivors took Tam with them believing anyone important to the legionnaires
must be worth a ransom. Nobody
made an offer. The Han
Chin taught the boy fear. They made of
him a slave and toy, and when it was their mood to amuse themselves with howls,
they tortured him. They
didn't know who he was, but he was of Shinsan and helpless. That was enough. There was
a new man among those who met, though only he, Chin, and Ko Feng knew. It was ever thus with the Nines. Some came, some went. Few recognized the changes. The
conspiracy was immortal. "There's
a problem," Chin told his audience.
"The Han Chin have captured our candidate. The western situation being tense, this
places a question before the Nine." Chin had
had his instructions. "The Princes
Thaumaturge have chivvied Varthlokkur till his only escape can be to set the
west aflame. I suggest we suborn the
scheme and assume it for our own, nudging at the right moment, till it can rid
us of the Princes. Come. Gather round. I want to repeat a divination." He worked
with the deftness of centuries of experience, nursing clouds from a tiny
brazier. They boiled up and turned in
upon themselves, not a wisp escaping.
Tiny lightning bolts ripped through.... "Trela
stri! Sen me stri!" Chin
commanded. "Azzari an walla in
walli stri!" The cloud
whispered in the same tongue. Chin gave
instructions in his own language.
"The fate, again, of the boy...." That
which lived beyond the cloud muttered something impatient. It
flicked over the past, showing them the familiar tale of Varthlokkur, and
showed them that wizard's future, and the future of the boy who dwelt with the
Han Chin. Nebulously. The thing behind the cloud could not, or
would not, define the parameters. There
were those imponderables, intangibles, and unpredicatables. As one,
Chin's associates sighed. "The
proposal before us is this: Do we concentrate on shaping these destinies to our
advantage? For a time the west would
demand our complete attention. The
yield? Our goals achieved at a tenth
the price anticipated." The vote
was unanimous. Chin made
a sign before the Nine departed. The one
who remained was different. Chin said,
"Lord Wu, you're our brother in the east. The boy will be your concern.
Prepare him to assume his father's throne." Wu bowed. Once Wu
departed, that secret door opened.
"Excellent," said the bent old man. "Everything is going perfectly. I congratulate you.
You're invaluable to the Pracchia.
We'll call you to meet the others soon." Chin's
hidden eyes narrowed. His Nine-mask,
arrogantly, merely reversed his Tervola mask.
The others wore masks meant to conceal identities. Chin was mocking everyone.... Again the
old man departed wearing a small, secretive smile. Tam was
nine when Shinsan invaded Han Chin. It
was a brief little war, though bloody.
A handful of sorcerer's apprentices guided legionnaires to the hiding
places of the natives, who quickly died. The man
in the woods didn't understand. For four
years Tran had watched and waited. Now
he moved. He seized Tam and fled to the
cave where he lived with Lang. The
soldiers came next morning. Tran
wept. "It isn't fair," he
whispered. "It just isn't
fair." He prepared to die fighting. A thin
man in black, wearing a golden locust mask, entered the circle of
soldiers. "This one?" He
indicated Tam. "Yes,
Lord Wu." Wu faced
Tam, knelt. "Greetings,
Lord." He used words meaning Lord of Lords. O Shing. It would become
a title. "My Prince." Tran,
Lang, Tam stared. What insanity was
this? "Who
are the others?" Wu asked, rising. "The
child of the woman, Lord. They believe
themselves brothers. The other calls
himself Tran. One of the forest people. The woman's lover. He protected the boy the best he could the past four years. A good and faithful man." "Do
him honor, then. Place him at O Shing's
side." Again that Lord of Lords, so sudden and confusing. Tran
didn't relax. Wu asked
him, "You know me?" "No." "I
am Wu, of the Tervola. Lord of
Liaontung and Yan-lin Kuo, and now of Han Chin. My legion is the Seventeenth.
The Council
has directed me to recover the son of the Dragon Prince." Tran
remained silent. He didn't trust
himself. Tarn looked from one man to
the other. "The
boy with the handicaps. He's the child
of Nu Li Hsi. The woman kidnapped him
the day of his birth. Those who came
before.... They were emissaries of his
father." Tran said
nothing, though he knew the woman's tale. Wu was
impatient with resistance. "Disarm
him," he ordered. "Bring him
along." The
soldiers did it in an instant, then took the three to Wu's citadel at
Liaontung. TWO: Mocker These
things sometimes begin subtly. For
Mocker it started when a dream came true. Dream
would become nightmare before week's end. He had an
invitation to Castle Krief. He. Mocker.
The fat little brown man whose family lived in abject poverty in a
Vorgreberg slum, who, himself, scrabbled for pennies on the fringes of the
law. The invitation had so delighted him
that he actually had swallowed his pride and allowed his friend the Marshall to
loan him money. He
arrived at the Palace gate grinning from one plump brown ear to the other, his
invitation clutched in one hand, his wife in the other. "Self,
am convinced old friend Bear gone soft behind eyes, absolute," he told
Nepanthe. "Inviting worst of
worse, self. Not so, wife of same,
certitude. Hai! Maybeso, high places lonely. Pacificity like cancer, eating silent,
sapping manhood. Calls in old friend of
former time, hoping rejuvenation of spirit." He had
been all mouth since the invitation had come, though, briefly, he had been
suicidally down. The Marshall of all
Kavelin inviting somebody like him to the Victory Day celebrations? A mockery.
It was some cruel joke.... "Quit
bubbling and bouncing," his wife murmured. "Want them to think you're some drunken street rowdy?" "Heart's
Desire. Doe's Eyes. Is truth, absolute. Am same.
Have wounds to prove same.
Scars. Count them...." She
laughed. And thought, I'll give Bragi a
hug that'll break his ribs. It seemed
ages since they had been this happy, an eon since laughter had tickled her
tonsils and burst past her lips against any ability to control. Fate hadn't been kind to them. Nothing Mocker tried worked. Or, if it did, he would suffer paroxysms of
optimism, begin gambling, sure he'd make a killing, and would lose everything. Yet they
had their love. They never lost that,
even when luck turned its worst. Inside
the tiny, triangular cosmos described by them and their son, an approach to
perfection remained. Physically,
the years had treated Nepanthe well.
Though forty-one, she still looked to be in her early thirties. The terrible cruelty of her poverty had
ravaged her spirit more than her flesh. Mocker
was another tale. Most of his scars had
been laid on by the fists and knives of enemies. He was indomitable, forever certain of his high destiny. The guard
at the Palace gate was a soldier of the new national army. The Marshall had been building it since his
victory at Baxendala. The sentry was a
polite young man of Wesson ancestry who needed convincing that at least one of
them wasn't a party crasher. "Where's
your carriage?" he asked.
"Everyone comes in a carriage." "Not
all of us can afford them. But my
husband was one of the heroes of the war." Nepanthe did Mocker's talking
when clarity was essential. "Isn't
the invitation valid?" "Yes. All right.
He can go in. But who are
you?" The woman before him as tall and pale and cool. Almost regal. Nepanthe
had, for this evening, summoned all the aristocratic bearing that had been
hers before she had been stricken by love for the madman she had
married.... Oh, it seemed ages ago,
now. "His
wife. I said he was my husband." The
soldier had all a Kaveliner's ethnic consciousness. His surprise showed. "Should
we produce marriage papers? Or would
you rather he went and brought the Marshall to vouch for me?" Her voice
was edged with sarcasm that cut like razors.
She could make of words lethal weapons. Mocker
just stood there grinning, shuffling restlessly. The
Marshall did have strange friends. The
soldier had been with the Guard long enough to have seen several stranger than
these. He capitulated. He was only a trooper. He didn't get paid to think. Somebody would throw them out if they didn't
belong. And, in
the opinion locked behind his teeth, they pleased him more than some of
the carriage riders he had admitted earlier.
Some of those were men whose throats he would have cut gladly. Those two from Hammad al Nakir.... They were ambassadors of a nation which
cheerfully would have devoured his little homeland. They had
more trouble at the citadel door, but the Marshall had foreseen it. His aide appeared, vouchsafed their entry. It grated
a little, but Nepanthe held her tongue. Once, if
briefly, she had been mistress of a kingdom where Kavelin would have made but a
modest province. Mocker
didn't notice. "Dove's
Breast. Behold. Inside of Royal Palace. And am invited. Self. Asked in. In time past, have been to several, dragged
in bechained, or breaked—broked— whatever word is for self-instigated entry for
purpose of burglary, or even invited round to back-alley door to discuss deed of
dastardness desired done by denizen of same.
Invited? As honored guest? Never." The
Marshall's aide, Gjerdrum Eanredson, laughed, slapped the fat man's
shoulder. "You just don't change,
do you? Six, seven years it's been. You've got a little grey there, and maybe
more tummy, but I don't see a whit's difference in the man inside." He
eyed Nepanthe. There was, briefly, that
in his eye which said he appreciated what he saw. "But
you've changed, Gjerdrum," she said, and the lilt of her voice told him
his thoughts had been divined.
"What happened to that shy boy of eighteen?" Gjerdrum's
gaze flicked to Mocker, who was bemused by the opulence of his surroundings, to
the deep plunge of her bodice, to her eyes.
Without thinking he wet his lips with his tongue and, red-faced,
stammered, "I guess he growed up...." She
couldn't resist teasing him, flirting.
As he guided them to the great hall she asked leading questions about
his marital status and which of the court ladies were his mistresses. She had him thoroughly flustered when they
arrived. Nepanthe
held this moment in deep dread. She had
even tried to beg off. But now a thrill
coursed through her. She was glad she
had come. She pulled a handful of long
straight black hair forward so it tumbled down her bare skin, drawing the eye
and accenting her cleavage. For a
while she felt nineteen again. The next
person she recognized was the Marshall's wife, Elana,
who was waiting near the door. For an
instant Nepanthe was afraid. This
woman, who once had been her best friend, might not be pleased to see her. But,
"Nepanthe!" The red-haired woman engulfed her in an embrace that
banished all misgivings. Elana
loosed her and repeated the display with Mocker. "God, Nepanthe, you look good. How do you do it? You
haven't aged a second." "Skilled
artificer, self, magician of renown, having at hand secret of beauty of women
of fallen Escalon, most beautiful of all time before fall, retaining light of
teenage years into fifth decade, provide potations supreme against
ravishes—ravages?—of Time," Mocker announced solemnly—then burst into
laughter. He hugged Elana back,
cunningly grasping a handful of derriere, then skipped round her in a mad,
whirling little dance. "It's
him," Elana remarked. "For a
minute I didn't recognize him. He had
his mouth shut. Come on. Come on.
Bragi will be so glad to see you again." Time
hadn't used Elana cruelly either. Only
a few grey wisps threaded her coppery hair, and, despite having borne many
children, her figure remained reasonably trim.
Nepanthe remarked on it. "True
artifice, that," Elana confessed.
"None of your hedge-wizard mumbo jumbo. These clothes—they come all the way from Sacuescu. The Queen's father sends them with
hers. He has hopes for his next
visit." She winked. "They
push me up here, flatten me here, firm me up back there. I'm a mess undressed." Though she tried
valiantly to conceal it, Elana's words expressed a faint bitterness. "Time
is great enemy of all," Mocker observed.
"Greatest evil of all.
Devours all beauty. Destroys all
hope." In his words, too, there was attar of wormwood. "Is Eater, Beast That Lies
Waiting. Ultimate Destroyer." He
told the famous riddle. There
were people all around them now, nobles of Kavelin, Colonels of the Army and
Mercenaries' Guild, and representatives from the diplomatic community. Merriment infested the hall. Men who were deadly enemies the rest of the
year shared in the celebration as though they were dear friends—because they
had shared hardship under the shadow of the wings of Death that day long ago
when they had set aside their contentiousness and presented a common front to
the Dread Empire—and had defeated the invincible. There
were beautiful women there, too, women the like of which Mocker knew only in
dreams. Of all the evidences of wealth
and power they impressed him most. "Scandalous"
he declared. "Absolute. Desolation overtakes. Decadence descends. Sybariticism succeeds. O Sin, thy Name is Woman.... Self, will strive bravely, but fear
containment of opinion will be impossible of provision. May rise to speechify same, castrating—no,
castigating—assembly for wicked life.
Shame!" He leered at a sleek, long-haired blonde who, simply by
existing, turned his spine to jelly.
Then he faced his wife, grinning.
"Remember passage in Wizards of Ilkazar, in list of sins of same? Be great fundament for speech, eh? No?" Nepanthe
smiled and shook her head. "I
don't think this's the place. Or the
time. They might think you're
serious." "Money
here. Look. Self, being talker of first water, spins web of words. In this assemblage famous law of averages
declares must exist one case of fool headedness. Probably twenty-three.
Hai! More. Why not?
Think big. Self, being student
primus of way of spider, pounce.
Ensnare very gently, unlike spider, and, also unlike same, drain very
slow." Elana,
too, shook her head. "Hasn't
changed a bit. Not at all. Nepanthe, you've got to tell me all about
it. What have you been doing? How's Ethrian? Do you know how much trouble it was to find you? Valther used half his spies. Had them looking everywhere. And there you were in the Siluro quarter all
the time. Why didn't you keep in
touch?" At that
moment the Marshall, Bragi Ragnarson, spied them. He spared Nepanthe an answer. "Mocker!"
he thundered, startling half the hall into silence. He abandoned the lords he had been attending. "Yah!
Lard Bottom!" He threw a haymaker.
The fat man ducked and responded with a blur of a kick that swept the
big man's feet from beneath him. Absolute
silence gripped the hall. Nearly three
hundred men, plus servants and women, stared. Mocker
extended a hand. And shook his head as
he helped the Marshall rise.
"Self, must confess to one puzzlement. One only, and small. But
is persistent as buzzing of mosquito." "What's
that?" Ragnarson, standing six-five, towered over the fat man. "This
one tiny quandary. Friend Bear, ever
clumsy, unable to defend self from one-armed child of three, is ever chosen by great ones to
defend same from foes of mighty competence.
Is poser. Sorcery? Emboggles mind of self." "Could
be. But you've got to admit I'm
lucky." "Truth
told." He said it sourly, and didn't expand. Luck, Mocker believed, was his nemesis. The spiteful hag had taken a dislike to him the moment of his
birth.... But his day was coming. The good fortune was piling up. When it broke loose.... In truth,
luck had less to do with his misfortunes than did compulsive gambling and an
ironhard refusal to make his way up any socially acceptable means. This
crude little brown man, from the worst slum of the Siluro ghetto, had had more
fortunes rush through his fingers than most of the lords present. Once he had actually laid hands on the
fabled treasure of Ilkazar. He
wouldn't invest. He refused. Someday, he knew, the dice would fall his
way. The fat
man's old friend, with whom, in younger days, he had enjoyed adventures that
would've frightened their present companions bald, guided him onto the raised
platform from which his approach had been spotted. Mocker began shaking. A
moment's clowning, down there, was embarrassing enough. But to be dragged before the multitudes.... He barely
noticed the half dozen men who shared the dais with the Marshall. One eyed him as would a man who spotted
someone he thinks he recognizes after decades. "Quiet!"
Ragnarson called. "A little quiet
here!" While the
amused-to-disgusted chatter died, Mocker considered his friend's apparel. So rich.
Fur-edged cape. Blouse of
silk. Hose that must cost more than he
scrounged in a month.... He remembered
when this man had worn bearskins. Once
silence gained a hold, Ragnarson announced, "Ladies and gentlemen, I want
to introduce somebody. A man I tracked
down at considerable inconvenience and expense because he's the critical
element that has been missing from our Victory Day celebrations. He was one of the unspoken heroes who guided
us up the road to Baxendala, one of the men whose quiet pain and sacrifice made
victory possible." Ragnarson held Mocker's hand high. "Ladies and gentlemen, I give you the
world's foremost authority." Puzzled,
the ambassador from Altea asked, "Authority on what?" Ragnarson
grinned, punched Mocker's arm.
"Everything." Mocker
had never been one to remain embarrassed long.
Especially by public acclaim. He
had forever been his own greatest booster.
But here, because he had a predisposition to expect it, he suspected he
was being mocked. He flashed his friend
a look of appeal. Which,
despite years of separation, Ragnarson read.
Softly, he replied, "No. I
didn't bring you here for that. This's
a homecoming. A debut. Here's an audience. Take them." The
wicked old grin seared the fat man's face.
He turned to the crowd, fearing them no more. They would be his toys. Boldly,
insolently, he examined the people nearest the dais. The merry mayhem in his eyes sparkled so that each of them recognized it. Most perked to a higher level of gaiety ere he spoke a word. He
founded the speech on the passage from the epic, and spoke with such joy, such
laughter edging his voice, that hardly anyone resented being roasted. The years
had taught him something. He was no
longer indiscreet. Though his tongue
rolled inspiredly, in a high, mad babble that made the chandeliers rattle with
the responding laughter, he retained sufficient command of his inspiration
that, while he accused men of every
dark deed under the sun, he never indicted anyone for something whispered to be
true. In the
Siluro quarter, where dwelt the quiet little men who performed the drudgework
of civil service and the mercantile establishments, there were a few secrets
about the mighty. He
finished with a prophecy not unlike that of the poet. Punctuation, hellfire and brimstone. And
envoi, "Choice is clear.
Recant. Renounce high
living. Shed sybaritic ways. Place all burden of sin on one able to bear
up under curse of same." He paused to meet eyes, including those of the
sleek blonde twice. Then, softly,
seriously, "Self, would volunteer for job." Bragi
slapped his back. People who remembered
Mocker now, from the war, came to greet him and, if possible, swap a few lies
about the old days. Others, including
that svelte blonde, came to praise his performance. Mocker
was disappointed by the blonde. There
was a message in her eyes, and nothing he could do. "Oh,
my," he muttered. "That this
obesity should live to see day...." But he wasn't distraught. This was his happiest evening in a decade. He wallowed in it, savoring every instant. But he
didn't stop observing. He soon
concluded that there were skunks in paradise.
The millennium hadn't arrived. Three
hard men in fighting leathers stood in the shadows behind the dais. He knew them as well as he knew
Ragnarson. Haaken Blackfang, Bragi's
foster brother, a bear of a man, a deadly fighter, bigger than his
brother. Reskird Kildragon, another
relic of the old days, and another grim fighter, who sprang like a wolf when
Bragi commanded. And Rolf Preshka, that
steel-eyed Iwa Skolovdan whose enmity meant certain death, whose devotion to
Bragi's wife bordered on the morbid, and should have been a danger to her
husband—except that Preshka was almost as devoted to him. And, yes,
there were more of the old comrades, in the out-of-the-ways, the shadows and
alcoves of balconies and doors. Turran
of Ravenkrak, Nepanthe's brother, white of hair now but none the less
deadly. And their brother Valther,
impetuous with blade and heart, possessed of a mind as convolute as that of a
god. Jarl Ahring. Dahl Haas.
Thorn Altenkirk. They were all
there, the old, cold ones who had survived, who had been the real heroes of the
civil war. And among them were a few
new faces, men he knew would be as devoted to their commander—otherwise they
would be on the dance floor with the peacocks. All was
not well. He had
known that since climbing to the dais.
Two of the occupants of seats of honor were envoys from Hammad al
Nakir. From their oldest enemy, El
Murid. From that hungry giant of a
nation directly south of Kavelin, behind the Kapenrung Mountains. It had taken the combined might of a dozen
kingdoms to contain that fanatic religious state in the two-decades-gone,
half-forgotten dust-up remembered as the El Murid Wars. These two
had survived that harrowing passage-at-arms, as had Mocker and Bragi and most
of those iron-eyed men in the shadows.
They remembered. And knew that
that argument wasn't settled. One, in
fact, remembered more than any other guest.
More, especially, than this happily self-intoxicated little brown man. He
remembered a distant day when they had last met. He
remembered whom it was who had come out of the north into the Desert of Death,
using cheap mummer's tricks to establish a reputation as a wizard, to strike to the heart
the hope of his master, El Murid, the Disciple. The envoy had been a young trooper then, wild, untameable, in the
rear echelon of Lord Nassef's Invincibles.
But he remembered. A fat,
young brown man had come to entertain the guardians of El Murid's family with
tales and tricks—and then, one night, had slain a half dozen sentries and fled
with the Disciple's treasure, his Priceless, the one thing he valued more than
the mission given by God. The fat
man had kidnapped El Murid's virgin daughter. And she
had never been seen again. It had
broken El Murid—at least for the time the infidels needed to turn the tide of
desert horsemen sweeping the works of the Evil One from their lands. And he,
Habibullah, who slew like a devil when his enemies came to him face to face—he
had lain there, belly opened by a blow struck in darkness, and he had
wept. Not for his pain, or for the
death he expected, and demanded when the Disciple questioned him, but for the
agony and shame he would cause his i master. Now he
sat in the palace of the infidel, and was silent, watching with hooded
eyes. When no one was listening, he
told his companion, "Achmed, God is merciful. God is just. God delivers
his enemies into the hands of the Faithful." Achmed
didn't know how, but recognized that this embassy to the heathen had borne
fruit at last. Unexpected fruit, sweet
and juicy, to judge by Habibullah's reaction. "This
charlatan, this talker," Habibullah whispered. "We'll see him again." Their
exchange passed unnoticed. All eyes
had turned to the shadows behind the dais.
Mocker whirled in time for the advent of the Queen, Fiana Melicar
Sardyga ip Krief. He hadn't seen her
for years, despite her inexplicable habit of wandering the streets to poll
Vorgreberg's commons. Time hadn't
treated her kindly. Though still in her
twenties, she looked old enough to be the blonde's mother. It wasn't
that beauty had deserted her. She
retained that, though it was a more mature, promising beauty than Mocker
remembered. But she looked
exhausted. Utterly weary, and buoyed
only by wholehearted devotion to her mission as mistress of the nation. She
seemed unexpected. She came
directly to Bragi, and there was that in her eyes, momentarily, which clarified
Elana's bitter remark. It was a
rumor he had heard in the Siluro quarter. Hardly
anyone cared as long as her affairs of the heart didn't collide with affairs of
state. Mocker
studied Rolf Preshka. The man's pained
expression confirmed his surmise. "Your
Majesty," said Bragi, with such perfected courtliness that Mocker giggled,
remembering the man's manners of old.
"An unexpected honor." The
assembly knelt or bowed according to custom.
Even the ambassadors from Hammad al Nakir accorded the lady deep
nods. Only Mocker remained
straight-necked, meeting her eyes across Bragi's back. Amusement
drained five years from her face.
"So. Now I understand the
hubbub. Where did they exhume
you?" "Your
Majesty, we found him in the last place anybody would look," Ragnarson
told her. "I should've
remembered. That's the first place to
go when you're hunting him. He was here
in the city all the time." "Welcome
back, old friend." Fiana did one of those things which baffled and awed
her nobles and endeared her to her commons.
She grabbed Mocker in a big hug, then spun him round to face the
gathering. She stood beside him, an arm
thrown familiarly across his shoulders. He glowed. He met Nepanthe's eyes and she glowed
back. Behind the glow he felt her
thinking I told you. Oh, his stubborn
pride, his fear of appearing a beggar before more successful comrades.... He
grinned, laid a finger alongside his nose, did to the Queen what he had done to
so many of his audience, roasting her good. The lady
laughed as hard as anyone. Once,
when she controlled herself long enough, she rose on tiptoes and whispered to
Ragnarson. Bragi nodded. When Mocker finished, Fiana took her place
in the seat that, hitherto, had been only symbolic of her presence. She bade the merriment continue. Winded,
Mocker sat cross-legged at Fiana's feet, joining her and the others there in
observing the festivities. Once she
whispered, "This's the best Victory Day we've had," and another time,
"I'm considering appointing you my spokesman to the Thing. They could use loosening up." Mocker
nodded as if the proposition were serious, then amused her by alternately demanding
outrageous terms of employment and describing the way he would bully the
parliament. Meanwhile,
Bragi abandoned them to dance with his wife and visit with Nepanthe, whom he
soon guided to the lurking place of her brothers. She hadn't seen them in years. Mocker
had a fine sense of the ridiculous.
There was funny-ridiculous and pathetic-ridiculous. He, dancing with a wife inches taller, was
the latter. He had an
image to maintain. THREE: Old Friends It was
the day after, and Mocker had remained in Castle Krief. Merriment had abandoned everyone but
himself. Business had resumed. Bragi took him to a meeting, he explained,
so he would get an idea of what was happening nowadays, of why old friends lay
back in shadows wearing fighting leather instead of enjoying a celebration of
victories won. "Self,"
Mocker said as they walked to the meeting, "am confessing overwhelming
bambazoolment. Have known large friend,
lo, many years. More than can count."
He held up his fingers. On those rare
occasions when he wasn't proclaiming himself the world's foremost authority, he
pretended to be its most ignorant child. Ragnarson
hadn't brought him because he was ignorant or foolish. And Mocker had begun to suspect, after the
Queen's entrance last night, that he hadn't been "exhumed" just
because he was one of the old fighters and deserved his moment of glory. Nor even because Bragi wanted to give him a
little roundabout charity by introducing him to potential suckers. Bragi
trusted his intuitions, his wisdom.
Bragi wanted advice—if not his active participation in some fool scheme. It was
both. Those the
Marshall had gathered in the War Room were the same men Mocker had discovered
in last night's shadows, plus Fiana and the ambassadors of Altea and
Tamerice. Their countries were old
allies, and the ambassadors Bragi's friends. "Mocker,"
Ragnarson told him after the doors were locked and guards posted, "I
wanted you here because you're the only other available expert on a matter of
critical importance. An expert, that
is, whose answers I trust." "Then
answer damned question." "Huh? What question?" "Started
to ask same in hall. Bimbazolment? Fingers?" "All
right. Go ahead." "Self,
am knowing friend Bear long ages. Have,
till last night, never seen same shaven.
Explain." The non
sequitur took Ragnarson off stride.
Then he grinned. Of that device
Mocker was past master. "Exactly
what you're thinking. These effete
southerners have turned me into a ball-less woman." "Okay. On to question about Haroun." Ragnarson's
jaw dropped. His aide, Gjerdrum,
demanded, "How did you...?" "Am
mighty sorcerer...." The Queen
interrupted, "He gave enough clues, Gjerdrum. Is there anybody else who calls both bin Yousif and the Marshall
friend?" Mocker
grinned, winked. Fiana startled him by
winking back. "Too
damned smart, this woman," he mock-whispered to Bragi. "Damned
right. She's spooky. But let's stick to the point." "Delineate
dilemma. Define horns of same."
Mocker's ears were big. He lived in a
neighborhood frequented by exiles who followed El Murid's nemesis, Haroun bin
Yousif, The King Without a Throne. He
knew as much of the man's doings as anyone not privy to his councils. And he knew the man himself, of old. For several years following the El Murid
Wars, before he had grown obsessed with restoring Royalist rule to Hammad al
Nakir, bin Yousif had adventured with Mocker and Ragnarson. "Old sand rat friend up to no goods
again, eh? Is in nature of beast. Catch up little chipmunk. Does same growl and stalk gazelle like
lion? Catch up lion. Does same lie down with lamb? With lamb in belly, maybeso. Mutton chops. Mutton chops! Hai! Has been age of earth since same have passed
starved lips of impoverished ponderosity, self." Bragi
prodded Mocker's belly with a sheathed dagger.
"If you'll spare us the gourmet commentary, I'll explain." "Peace! Am tender of belly, same being..." Bragi
poked him again. "This's it in a
nutshell. For years Haroun raided
Hammad al Nakir from camps in the Kapenrungs.
From Kavelin and Tamerice, using money and arms from Altea and
Itaskia. I've always looked the other
way when
he smuggled recruits down from the northern refugee centers." "Uhm. So?" "Well,
he became an embarrassment. Then,
suddenly, he seemed to get slow and soft.
Stopped pushing. Now he just
sits in the hills with his feet up. He
throws in a few guys now and then so's El Murid stays pissed, but don't do him
no real harm. "And
El Murid just gets older and crankier.
You saw his ambassadors?" "Just
so. Snakes in grass, or maybe sand,
lying in wait with viper fangs ready...." "They're
out in plain sight this time. They've
delivered a dozen ultimatums. Either we
close Haroun down or they'll do it for us.
They haven't so far. But they're
on safe ground. Attacking Haroun's
camps would cause a stink, but nobody would go to war to save them. Not if El Murid doesn't try converting us to
the one true faith again. It might even
solve a few problems for cities with a lot of refugees. Without Haroun keeping them stirred up,
they'd settle down and blend in.
Distracting the troublemakers is the main reason Haroun gets help from
Raithel." Altea's
ambassador nodded. Prince Raithel had
died recently, but his policies continued. "So. Old friend, in newfound, secure
circumstance, is asking, should same be safeguarded by selling other old friend
down river?" "No. No.
I want to know what he's up to.
Why he hasn't done anything the past few years. Part I know. He's studying sorcery.
Finishing what he started as a kid.
If that's all, okay. But it's
not his style to lay back in the weeds. "El
Murid is a sword hanging over Kavelin by a thread. Is Haroun going to cut the thread? You know him. What's he
planning?" Mocker's
gaze drifted to his wife's brother Valther.
Valther was the shadow man of Vorgreberg, rumored to manage Bragi's
cloak and dagger people. Valther
shrugged, said, "That's all we know.
We don't have anybody in there." "Oho! Truth exposes bare naked, ugly fundament
before eyes of virginal, foolish self.
O Pervert, Truth! Begone!"
And to Bragi, perhaps the simplest statement he had ever made: "No." "I
didn't make my proposition." "Am
greatest living necromancer. Am reader
of minds. Am knowing blackest secret at
heart of hearts of one called friend.
Am not one to be used." Gjerdrum
countered, "But Kavelin needs you!" An appeal
to patriotism? No bolt could have flown
wider of its mark. The fat man laughed
in Gjerdrum's face. "What is
Kavelin to me? Fool. Look.
See self. Am clear blue-eyed Nordmen? Am Wesson?" He glanced at Bragi, shook
his head, jerked a thumb at Eanredson. Bragi
knew Mocker. Mocker was terribly upset
when he spoke this plainly. Ragnarson
also knew how to penetrate the fat man's distress. He
produced a large gold coin, pretended to examine it in a shaft of light
piercing one of the narrow windows.
"How's Ethrian?" he asked.
"How's my godson?" He spun the coin on the polished tabletop
inches beyond Mocker's reach. He
produced another, made a similar examination. The fat
man began sweating. He stared at the
money the way alcoholics stare at liquor after an enforced abstinence. They were Kaveliner double nobles specially
struck for the eastern trade, beautiful pieces with the twin-headed eagle and
Fiana's profile in high, frosted relief.
They weren't intended for normal commerce, but for transfers between
commercial accounts in the big mercantile banks in Vorgreberg. The gold in one piece represented more than
a laborer could earn in a year. Mocker
had seen hard times. He did mental
sums, calculating temptation's value in silver. The things he could do for Ethrian and Nepanthe.... Ragnarson
deposited the second coin atop the first, dropping his eye to table level while
aligning their rims. He produced
another. M ocker
changed subtly. Bragi sensed it. He stacked the third coin, folded his arms. "Woe!"
Mocker cried suddenly, startling the group.
"Am poor old fat cretin of pusillanimity world-renowned, weak of
head and muscle. Self, ask nothings. Only to be left alone, to live out few
remaining years with devoted wife, in peace, raising son." "I
saw the place where you're keeping my sister," Turran observed, perhaps
more harshly than intended. Bragi
waved a hand admonishingly. "Hai! Self, am not..." "Like
the old joke," said Bragi.
"We know what you are.
We're dickering price." Mocker
stared at the three gold coins. He
looked round the room. Heads pointed
his way like those of hounds eager to be loosed. He didn't
like it. Not one whit. But gold!
So much gold. What he could do
for his wife and son.... He had
aged, he had mellowed, he had grown concerned with security. Having to care for others can do that to a
man. He raised
his left hand, jerkily, started to speak.
He looked round again. So many
narrowed eyes. Some he didn't
know. He had things to say to Bragi,
but not here, not now, not before an audience. "Define
task," he ordered. "Not that
poor old fat mendicant, on brink of old age, near crippled, agrees to undertake
same. Only purpose being to listen to
same, same being reasonable request to allow before telling man to put same
where moon don't glow." "Simple. Just visit Haroun. Find out what he's up to.
Bring me the news." Mocker
laughed his most sarcastic laugh.
"Self, am famous dullard, admitted. Of brightness next to which cheapest tallow candle is like sun to
dark of moon. Forget to come in from
rain sometimes, maybeso. But am
alive. See? Wound here, here, everywhere, from listening to friends in time
past. But am favored of Gods. Was born under lucky star. Haven't passed yet. Also, am aware of ways men speak. Simple, says old friend? Then task is bloody perilous...." "Not
so!" Ragnarson protested. "In
fact, if I knew where Haroun was, I'd go myself. But you know him. He's
here, he's there, and the rumors are always wrong. He might be at the other end of the world. I can't take the time." "Crippled. Excuse limps like sixty-year-old
arthritic." Actually,
it was unvarnished truth. And Mocker
knew it. He rose. "Has been enjoyable matching wits with
old half-wit friend. Father of self,
longtime passing, said, 'Never fight unarmed man.' Must go. Peace." He did an amusing imitation of
a priest giving a blessing. The inner
door guard might have been deaf and blind.
Or a path-blocking statue. "So! Now am prisoner. Woe! Heart of heart of
fool, self, told same stay away from palaces, same being dens of iniquitous...." "Mocker,
Mocker," said Bragi.
"Come. Sit. I'm not as young as I used to be. I don't have the patience anymore. You think we could dispense with this
bullshit and get down to cases?" Mocker
came and sat, but his expression said he was being pushed, that he was about to
get stubborn. No force in Heaven or
Hell could nudge a stubborn Mocker. Ragnarson
understood his reluctance. Nepanthe was
absolutely dead set against allowing her husband to get involved in anything
resembling an adventure. Hers was an
extremely dependent personality. She couldn't
endure separations. "Turran,
could you convince Nepanthe?" "I'll
do it," Valther said. He and
Nepanthe had always been close.
"She'll listen to me. But
she won't like it." Mocker
grew agitated. His domestic problems
were being aired.... Bragi
began massaging his own face. He wasn't
getting enough sleep. The demands of
his several posts were getting to him.
He considered resigning as publican consul. The position made limited demands, yet did consume time he could
use being Marshall and virtual king-surrogate. "Why
don't you list your objections—take them down, Derel—and we'll deal with them
in an orderly fashion." Mocker
was appalled. "Is end. Is perished. Is dead, absolute, friend of youth, wrapping self in cocoon of
time, coming forth from chrysalis as perfect bureaucrat, all impatient and
indifferent. Or is imposter, taking
place of true gentleman of former time?
Rising from Sea of Perdition, snakes of rules and regulations for
hair—not my department, go down hall to hear same—Bastard Beast-Child of
order.... Enough. Self, am beloved get of Chaos. Am having business of own. Otherwheres. Open door." He was
irked. And Ragnarson was tempted to
apologize, except he wasn't sure what to apologize for. "Let him go, Luther. Tell Malven to take him to his room."
One by one, he palmed the double nobles. Part of
his failure came from inside, he reflected.
He had changed. But as much
blame lay with Mocker. Never had he
been so touchy. Michael
Trebilcock, one of the faces Mocker didn't know, asked, "What now?" Ragnarson
gestured for silence. Mocker
didn't make it past Luther. As the
guard stepped aside, the fat man turned and asked musingly, "Double
nobles five?" He grinned.
"Hai! Might soothe
conscience, same being sufficient to keep wife and son for year or two in
eventuation of certain death of cretinic chaser-after-dreams of old
friends." He then railed against the Fates for several minutes, damning
them for driving him into a corner from which he had no exit but suicide. It was
all for show. The mission Bragi had
shouldn't be dangerous. They
settled it then, with Mocker to leave Vorgreberg the following morning. The group gradually dissolved, till only
Bragi and Fiana remained. They
stared at one another across a short space that, sometimes, seemed miles. Finally,
she asked, "Am I getting boring?" He shook
his head. "What
is it, then?" He
massaged his face again. "The
pressure. More and more, I have trouble
giving a damn. About anything." "And
Elana, a little? You think she
knows?" "She
knows. Probably since the
beginning." Fiana
nodded thoughtfully. "That would
explain a lot." Bragi
frowned. "What?" "Never
mind. You have trouble with your
conscience?" "Maybe. Maybe." She
locked the door, eased into his lap. He
didn't resist, but neither did he encourage her. She nuzzled his ear, whispered, "I've always had this
fantasy about doing it here. On the
table. Where all the important laws and
treaties get signed." There were
some things Ragnarson just couldn't say, and first among them was
"no" to a willing lady. Later, he
met with Colonel Balfour, who commanded the Guild regiment being maintained in
Ravelin till the country produced competent soldiers of its own. High Crag was growing a little arrogant, a
little testy, as the inevitable withdrawal of the regiment drew closer. Each year the Guild grew less subtle in its
insistence that the regiment's commission be extended. There
were mercenaries and Mercenaries. The latter
belonged to the Guild, headquartered at High Crag on the western coast just
north of Dunno Scuttari. The Guild was
a brotherhood
of free soldiers, almost a monastic order, consisting of approximately ten
thousand members scattered from Ipopotam to Iwa Skolovda, from the Mountains of
M'Hand to Freyland. Ragnarson and many
of his intimates had begun their adulthood in its ranks and, nominally,
remained attached to the order. But the
connection was tenuous, despite High Crag's having awarded regular promotions
over the years. Because the Citadel
recognized no divorce, it still claimed a right to demand obedience. The
soldiers of the Guild owned no other allegiance, to men, nations, or
faith. And they were the best-schooled
soldiers in the west. High Crag's
decision to accept or reject a commission often made or broke the would-be
employer's cause without blows being struck. There
were suspicions, among princes, that the Citadel— High Crag's heart, whence the
retired generals ruled—was shaping destiny to its own dream. Ragnarson
entertained those suspicions himself—especially when he received pressure to
extend the regiment posted to Ravelin. Ragnarson
had, on several occasions, tried to convince the Guild factors that his little
state just couldn't afford the protection.
Ravelin remained heavily indebted from the civil war. He argued that only low-interest loans and
outright grants from Itaskia were keeping the kingdom above water. If El Murid died or were overthrown, that
aid would end. Itaskia would lose its
need for a buffer on the borders of Hammad al Nakir. Following
the inevitable bitter argument with Balfour, Bragi spoke to the Thing, doing
his best to shuffle his three hats without favoring any one. Still, as chief of the armed forces, he
concentrated on an appropriations measure. The bill
was for the maintenance of the Mercenary regiment. The parliament supported its hire even less enthusiastically than
Ragnarson. Such
matters, and personal problems, distracted him so much during subsequent months
that he took little notice of the enduring absence of his fat friend, whom he
had instructed to disappear, so to speak, anyway. His
immediate goal, Mocker decided, had to be Sedlmayr. Ravelin's second largest city nestled between the breasts of the Kapenrungs
within days of Haroun's primary camps.
He would make inquiries there, alerting Haroun's agents to his
presence. Their response would dictate
his latter activities. There
were a dozen moving camps within fifty miles.
He might end up wandering from one to another till he located Haroun. The
rooftops of Vorgreberg had just dipped behind the horizon when he heard the
clop-clop of a faster horse coming up behind him. He glanced back. Another
lone rider. He
slowed, allowing the rider to catch up.
"Hail, friend met upon trail." The man
smiled, replied in kind, and thereafter they rode together, chance-met
companions sharing a day's conversation to ease the rigors of the journey. The traveler said he was Sir Keren of
Sincic, a Nordmen knight southbound on personal business. M ocker
missed the signs. He had taken Bragi at
his word. No danger in the
mission. He didn't catch a whiff of
peril. Until the
four ambushers sprang from the forest a half day further south. The
knight downed him with a blow from behind as he slew a second bushwhacker with
a sword almost too swift to follow.
Half conscious, he mumbled as they bound him, "Woe! Am getting old. Feeble in head. Trusting
stranger. What kind fool you, idiot
Mocker? Deserve whatever happens,
absolute." The
survivors taunted him, and beat him mercilessly. Mocker marked the little one with the eye-patch. He would undergo the most exquisite tortures
after the tables turned. Mocker
didn't doubt that they would. His past
justified that optimism. After
dark, following back-ways and forest trails, his captors took him
southeastward, into the province of Uhlmansiek. So confident were they that they didn't bother concealing
anything from him. "A
friend of mine," said the knight, "Habibullah the ambassador, sent
us." "Is
a puzzlement. Self, profess
bambizoolment. Met same two nights
passing, speaking once to same, maybeso.
Self, am wondering why same wants inconsequential—though ponderous,
admit—self snapped up like slave by second-class thugs pretending to
entitlement?" Sir Keren
laughed. "But you've met
before. A long time ago. You
gutted him and left him for dead the night you kidnapped El Murid's
daughter." That put
a nasty complexion on the matter.
Mocker felt a new, deeper fear.
Now he knew his destination. They
would have a very special, very painful welcome for him at Al Rhemish. But Fate
was to deprive him of his visit to the Most Holy Mrazkim Shrines. They were somehwere in the Uhlmansiek
Kapenrungs when it happened. They
rounded a bend. Two horsemen blocked
their path. One was Guild Colonel
Balfour, the second an equally hard and scarred Mercenary battalion chieftain. Mocker remembered both from the Victory Day
celebration. "Hai!"
he cried, for, if Sir Keren had made any mistake at all, it had been leaving
him ungagged. "Rescue on
hand. Poor old fat fool not
forgotten...." The little fellow with an eye missing belted him in the
mouth. Sir
Keren's rogues were old hands. Despite
his circumstances, Mocker found himself admiring their professionalism. They spread out, three against two. There was no question of a parley. The
currents of intrigue ran deep. The
one-eyed man moved suddenly, a split second after Sir Keren and his comrade
launched their attack. His blade found
a narrow gap below the rim of Sir Keren's helmet. Balfour's
companion died at the same moment, struck down (by Sir
Keren's companion. Balfour himself
barely managed to survive till the one-eye skewered the remaining man from
behind. Mocker's
glee soon became tempered by a suspicion that his rescue wasn't what it
seemed. It might, in fact, be no rescue
at all. He seized the best chance he
saw. Having
long ago slipped his bonds, he wheeled his mount and took off. They must
be ignorant of his past, he reflected as forest flew past. Otherwise they would've taken
precautions. Escape tricks were one way
he had of making his meager living. He
managed two hundred yards before the survivors noticed. The chase was on. It was
brief. Mocker
rounded a turn. His mount stopped
violently, reared, screamed. A tall,
slim man in black blocked the trail. He
wore a golden cat-gargoyle mask finely chased in black, with jeweled eyes and
fangs. And while words could describe
that mask, they couldn't convey the dread and revulsion it inspired. Mocker
kicked his mount's flanks, intending to ride the man down. The horse
screamed and reared again. Mocker
tumbled off. Stunned, he rolled in the
deep pine needles, muttered, "Woe!
Is story of life. Always one
more evil, waiting round next bend." He lay there twitching, pretending
injury, fingers probing the pine needles for something useful as a weapon. Balfour
and the one-eyed man arrived. The
latter swung down and booted Mocker, then tied him again. "You
nearly failed," the stranger accused. Balfour
revealed neither fear nor contrition.
"They were good. And you've
got him. That's what matters. Pay Rico.
He's served us well: He deserves well of us. I've got to get back to Vorgreberg." "No." Balfour
slapped his hilt. "My weapon is
faster than yours." He drew the blade a foot from its scabbard. "If we can't deal honorably amongst
ourselves, then our failure is inevitable." The man
in black bowed slightly. "Well
said. I simply meant that it wouldn't
be wise for you to return. We've made
too much commotion here. Eyes have
seen. The men of the woods, the Marena
Dimura, are watching. It would be
impossible to track all the witnesses.
It'll be simpler for you to disappear." Balfour drew
his blade another foot. Rico, unsure
what was happening, moved to where he could attack from the side. The thin
man carefully raised his hands.
"No. No. As you say, there must be trust. There must be a mutual concern. Else how can we convert others to our
cause?" Balfour
nodded, but didn't relax. Mocker
listened, and through hooded eyes observed.
His heart pounded. What dread
had befallen him? And why? "Rico,"
the stranger said, "Take this.
It's gold." He offered a bag. The
one-eyed man glanced at Balfour, took the sack, looked inside. "He's right. Maybe thirty pieces.
Itaskian. Iwa Skolovdan." "That
should suffice till the moves have begun and it's safe for you to return,"
said the masked man. Balfour
sheathed his weapon. "All right. I know a place where no one could find us. Where they wouldn't think of looking. You need help with him?" He nudged
Mocker with a toe. The fat
man could feel the wicked grin behind that hideous mask. "That one? That little toad? No. Go on, before his friends hear the
news." "Rico,
come on." After
Balfour and Rico had departed, the tall man stood over Mocker, considering. Mocker,
being Mocker, had to try, even knowing it futile. He
kicked. The tall
man hopped his leg with disdainful ease, reached, touched.... Mocker's
universe shrank to a point of light which, after a momentary brightness,
died. After that he was lost, and time
ceased to have meaning. FOUR:
Intimations Ragnarson
dismounted, dropped his reins over a low branch. "Why don't you guys join me?" he asked as he seated
himself against an oak. A cool breeze
whispered through the Gudbrandsdal Forest, a Royal Preserve just over the
western boundary of the Siege of Vorgreberg.
"It's restful here." He
narrowed his eyes to slits, peered at the sun, which broke through momentary
gaps in the foliage. Turran,
Valther, Blackfang, Kildragon, and Ragnarson's secretary, a scholar from Hellin
Daimiel named Derel Prataxis, dismounted.
Valther lay down on his belly in new grass, a strand of green trailing
from between his teeth. Ragnarson's
foster brother, Blackfang, began snoring in seconds. This had
begun as a boar hunt. Beaters were out
trying to kick up game. Other parties
were on either flank, several hundred yards away. But Bragi had left the capital only to escape its pressures. The others understood. "Sometimes,"
Ragnarson mused, minutes later, "I think we were better off back when our
only problem was our next meal." Kildragon,
a lean, hard brunet, nodded. "It
had its good points. We didn't have to
worry about anybody else." Ragnarson
waved a hand in an uncertain gesture, reflecting his inner turmoil. "It's peaceful out here. No distractions." Kildragon
stretched a leg, prodded Blackfang. "Uhn? What's happening?" "That's
it," said Bragi.
"Something." Peace had reigned so long that the first ripples,
subtle though they were, had brought him worriedly alert. His companions, too, sensed it. Valther
grumbled, "I can't put my finger on it." Everyday life
in Vorgreberg had
begun showing little
stutters, little stumbles. A general uneasiness haunted everyone, from the Palace to the
slums. There was
just one identifiable cause. The Queen's
indisposition. But Bragi wasn't telling
anyone anything about that. Not even
his brother. "Something's
happening," Ragnarson insisted.
Prataxis glanced his way, shook his head gently, resumed scribbling. The
scholars of Hellin Daimiel took subservient posts as a means of obtaining
primary source material for their great theses. Prataxis was a historian of the Lesser Kingdoms. He kept intimate accounts of the events surrounding
the man he served. Someday, when he
returned to the Rebsamen, he would write the definitive history of Kavelin
during Ragnarson's tenure. "Something
is piling up," Bragi continued.
"Quietly, out of sight.
Wait!" He
gestured for silence. One by one, the
others saw why. A bold chipmunk had
come to look them over. As time passed
and the little rascal saw no threat, he sneaked closer. Then closer still. Those
five hard men, those battered swords, veterans of some of the grimmest
bloodlettings that world had ever seen, watched the animal bemusedly. And Prataxis watched them. His pen moved quietly as he noted that they
could take pleasure in simple things, in the natural beauties of creation. It wasn't a facet of their characters they
displayed in the theater of the Palace.
The Palace was a cruel stage, never allowing its actors to shed their
roles. The
chipmunk finally grew bored, scampered away. "If
there was anything to reincarnation, I wouldn't mind being a chipmunk next time
around," Turran observed.
"Except for owls, foxes, hawks, and like that." "There's
always predators," Blackfang replied.
"Me, I'm satisfied here on top of the pile. Us two-leggers, we're Number One. Don't nothing chomp on us. Except us." "Haaken,
when did you take up philosophizing?" Bragi asked. His foster brother was a taciturn, stolid
man whose outstanding characteristic was his absolute dependability. "Philosophizing? Don't take no genius to tell that you're in
the top spot being people. You can
always yell and get a bunch of guys to gang up on any critter that's giving you
trouble. How come there's no wolves or
lions in these parts anymore? They all
went to Ipopotam for the season?" "My
friend," said Prataxis, "you strip it to its bones, but it remains a
philosophical point." Blackfang
regarded the scholar narrowly, not sure he hadn't been mocked. His old soldier's anti-intellectual stance
was a point of pride. "We
can't get away from it," said Ragnarson.
"But the quiet may help us think.
The subject at hand, my friends.
What's happening?" Valther
spat his blade of grass. While
searching for another, he replied, "People are getting nervous. The only thing I know, that's concrete, is
that they're worried because Fiana has locked herself up at Karak
Strabger. If she dies..." "I
know. Another civil war." "Can't
you get her to come back?" "Not
till she's recovered." Bragi examined each face. Did they suspect? He wished
the damned baby would hurry up and the whole damned mess would get done with. His
thoughts slipped away to the night she had told him. They had
been lying on the couch in his office, on one of those rare occasions when they
had the chance to be together. As he
had let his hand drift lightly down her sleek stomach, he had asked, "You
been eating too much of that baclava?
You're putting on a little...." He had
never been a smooth talker, so he wasn't surprised by her tears. Then she whispered, "It's not fat. Darling....
I'm pregnant." "Oh,
shit." A swarm of panic-mice raged round inside him. What the hell would he do? What would Elana say? She was suspicious enough already.... "I
thought.... Doctor Wachtel said you
couldn't have any more. After Carolan
you were supposed to be sterile." "Wachtel
was wrong. I'm sorry." She'd
pulled herself against him as if trying to crawl inside. "But.... Well....
Why didn't you tell me?" She had been well along. Only skilled dress had concealed it. "At
first, I didn't believe it. I thought
it was something else. Then I didn't
want you to worry." Well,
yes, she had saved him that, till then.
Since, he'd done nothing but worry. Too many
people could get hurt: Elana, himself, his children, Fiana, and Ravelin—if the
scandal became a cause celebre. He spent a lot of
time cursing himself for his own stupidity.
And a little admitting that his major objection was having gotten
caught. He'd probably go right on
bedding her if he got through this on the cheap. Before it
showed enough to cause talk, Fiana had taken trusted servants and Gjerdrum and
had moved to Karak Strabger, at Baxendala, where Ragnarson had won the battle
Kavelin celebrated on Victory Day. Her
plea of mental exhaustion wasn't that difficult to believe. Her reign had been hard, with seldom a
moment's relief. Horns
alerted him to the present. "Game's
afoot," Kildragon observed, rising. "Go
ahead," Bragi said. "Think
I'll just lay around here and loaf." Haaken,
Reskird, Turran, and Valther were habituated to action. They went.
They would get more relaxation from the hunt. "And
you, Derel?" "Are
you joking? Fat, old, and lazy as I
am? Besides, I never did see any point
to hounding some animal through the woods, and maybe breaking my neck." "Gives
you a feeling of omnipotence. You're a
god for a minute. 'Course, sometimes
you get taken down a peg if the game gives you the slip or runs you up a
tree." He chuckled. "Damned
hard to be dignified when you're hanging on a branch with a mad boar trying to
grab a bite of your ass. Makes you
reflect. And you figure out that what
Haaken said about us being top critter isn't always right." "Can
you manage this charade another two months?" "Eh?" "My
calculations say the child will arrive next month. She'll need another month to make herself presentable...." Ragnarson's
eyes became hard and cold. "Too,"
said Prataxis, who hadn't the sense to be intimidated, because in Hellin Daimie
scholars could make outrageous, libelous remarks without suffering reprisals,
"there's the chance, however remote, that she'll die in childbirth. Have you considered possible political
ramifications? Have you taken steps? Kavelin could lose everything you two have
built." "Derel,
you walk a thin line. Take care." "I know. But I know you, too. And I'm speaking now only because the matter
needs to be addressed and every eventuality considered. The Lesser Kingdoms have been stricken by deaths lately. Prince Raithel last year. He was old.
Everybody expected it. But King
Shanight, in Anstokin, went during the winter, in circumstances still
questionable. And now King Jostrand of
Volstokin has gone, leaving no one but a doddering Queen Mother to pick up the
reins." "You
saying there's something behind their deaths?
That Fiana might be next? My
God! Jostrand was dead drunk when he
fell off his horse." "Just
trying to make a point. The Dark Lady
stalks amongst the ruling houses of the Lesser Kingdoms. And Fiana will be vulnerable. This pregnancy shouldn't have happened. Bearing the Shinsan child ruined her
insides. She's having trouble, isn't
she?" It took a
special breed not to be offended by the forthrightness of the scholars of
Hellin Daimiel. Ragnarson prided
himself on his tolerance, his resilience.
Yet he had trouble dealing with Prataxis now. The man was speaking of things never discussed openly. "Yes. She is.
We're worried." We meant himself, Gjerdrum, and Dr. Wachtel, the Royal Physician. Fiana was scared half out of her mind. She was convinced she was going to die. But Bragi
ignored that. Elana had had nine
children now, two of whom hadn't lived, and she had gone through identical
histrionics every time. "To
change the subject, have you thought about Colonel Oryon?" "That
arrogant little reptile? I'm half
tempted to whip him. To send him home
with his head under his arm." He found
Balfour's replacement insufferably abrasive.
High Crag's recent threat to call in Kavelin's war debts had done
nothing to make the man more palatable.
And Bragi thought he was kicking up too much dust about Balfour's
disappearance. Ragnarson
wondered if that were related to High Crag's threats. Though ranked General on its rosters, he had had little to do
with the Mercenaries' Guild the past two decades. High Crag kept promoting him, he suspected, so a tenuous link
would exist should the Citadel want to exploit it. He wasn't privy to the thinking there. "Actually,"
he said, "you've conjured enough into the Treasury to pay them off. They don't know yet. My notion is, they want to do to us what
they've done to some of the little
states on the coast.
To nail us for some property.
Maybe a few titles with livings for their old men. That's their pattern." "Possibly. They've been developing an economic base for
a century." "What?" "A
friend of mine did a study of Guild policies and practices. Very interesting when you trace their monies
and patterns of commission acceptance.
Trouble is, the pattern isn't complete enough to show their goals." "What
do you think? Would it be better to
give them a barony or two? One of the
nonhereditary titles we created after the war?" "You
could always nationalize later—when you think you can whip them heads up." "If
we pay there won't be much left for emergencies." "Commission
renewal is almost here. There won't be
much favorable sentiment in the Thing." "Ain't
much in my heart, either." Ragnarson watched the sun play peekaboo through
the leaves. "Hard to convince
myself we need them when we haven't had any trouble for seven years. But the army isn't up to anything rough
yet." The real
cost of the war had been the near-obliteration of Kavelin's traditional
military leadership, the Nordmen nobility.
Hundreds had fallen in the rebellion against Fiana. Hundreds had been exiled. Hundreds more had fled the kingdom. There was no lack of will in the men Bragi
had recruited since, simply an absence of command tradition. He had made up somewhat by using veterans he
had brought to Kavelin back then, forming several sound infantry regiments, but
the diplomatically viable military strength of the state still hinged on the
Guild presence. Their one regiment
commanded more respect than his native seven. Kavelin
had greedy neighbors, and their intentions, what with three national
leaderships having changed within the year, remained uncertain. "If
I could just get the Armaments Act through...." Soon
after war's end Fiana had decreed that every free man should provide himself
with a sword. Ragnarson's idea. But he had overlooked the cost. Even simple weapons were expensive. Few peasants had the money. Distributing captured arms had helped only a
little. So, for
years, he had been pushing legislation which would enable his War
Ministry to provide weapons. He wanted
the act so he could dispense with the Mercenaries. The Thing wanted rid of the Mercenaries first. An impasse. Bragi was
finding politics a pain in the behind. Reskird
and Haaken returned, then Turran and Valther.
Empty-handed. "That kid
Trebilcock, and Rolf, got there first," Reskird explained. "Tough old sow anyway." "Sour
grapes?" Bragi chuckled.
"Valther, you heard anything from Mocker yet? Or about him?" Most of a
year had passed since he had sent the fat man south. He hadn't heard a word since. "It's
got me worried," Valther admitted.
"I made it top priority two months ago, when I heard that Haroun
had left his camps. He's gone north. Nobody knows where or why." "And
Mocker?" "Practically
nothing. I've scoured the country clear
to Sedlmayr. He never made it
there. But one of my men picked up a
rumor that he was seen in Uhlmansiek." "That's
a long way from Sedlmayr...." "I
know. And he wasn't alone." "Who
was he with?" "We
don't know. Nearest thing to a
description I have is that one of them was a one-eyed man." "That
bothers you?" "There's
a one-eyed man named Wilis Northen, alias Rico, who's been on my list for
years. We think he works for El
Murid." "And?" "Northen
disappeared about the right time." "Oh-oh. You think El Murid's got him? What're the chances?" "I
don't know. It's more hunch than
anything." "So. Let's see.
Mocker goes to see Haroun. El
Murid's agents intercept him. Question. How did they know?" "You've
got me. That bothers me more than where
Mocker is. It could cost us all. I've tried every angle I can think of. I can't find a leak. I put tagged information through everybody
who was there when we conned Mocker into going. Result? Nothing." Ragnarson
shook his head. He knew those men. He had bet his life on their loyalties
before. But the
word had leaked somehow. Had
Mocker told anybody? Thus the
spy mind works. There had to be a plot,
a connection. Coincidence couldn't be
accepted. Habibullah
hadn't had the slightest idea of Mocker's mission. He had simply set his agents to kidnap a man, acting on news,
which was common talk in the Siluro quarter, that he was traveling to Sedlmayr. Mocker had spread that story himself. The man in black had other resources. "Keep
after it. In fact, get in touch with
Haroun's people." "Excuse
me?" "Haroun
has people here. I know a little about
your work. I've done some in my
time. Admit it. You know them and they know you. Ask them to find out. Or you could go through our friends from
Altea. They're in direct contact. Even if you find out they don't know
anything, we're ahead. We'd know Mocker
didn't reach the camps. Oh. Ask the Marena Dimura. They know what's happening in the
hills." "That's
where I got my Uhlmansiek rumor." The
Marena Dimura were the original inhabitants of Ravelin, dwelling there before
Ilkazar initiated the wave of migrations which had brought in the other three
ethnic groups: the Siluro, Wessons, and Nordmen. The semi-nomadic Marena Dimura tribes kept to the forests and
mountains. A fiercely independent
people—though they had supported her during the civil war—they refused to
recognize Fiana as legitimate monarch of Kavelin. Centuries after the Conquest they still viewed the others as
occupying peoples.... They put little
effort into altering the situation, though.
They took their revenge by stealing chickens and sheep. It was
early spring. The sun rolled west. The afternoon breeze rose. The air grew cooler. Shivering, Bragi announced, "I'm
heading back to town. Be damned cold by
dark." It would take that long to get home. Prataxis
and Valther joined him. They had work
to do. "You
ought to go see your wife sometime," Ragnarson told Valther. "I had a wife who looked like that, I
wouldn't go out for groceries." Valther
gave him an odd look. "Elana isn't
bad. And you leave her alone all the
time." Guilt
ragged Ragnarson's conscience. It was
true. His position was opening a gulf
between him and Elana. And he hadn't
only neglected her. The children, too,
were growing up as strangers. He
stopped chiding Valther. The man's
marriage was even more successful than Mocker's. "Yeah. Yeah.
You're right. I'll take a couple
days off soon as I get the new armaments thing lined up. Maybe dump the kids on Nepanthe and take
Elana somewhere. There's some pretty
country around Lake Turntine." "Sounds
perfect. And Nepanthe would love having
them. She's going crazy, bottled up
with Ethrian." Nepanthe
was staying at the Palace. There were
no children her son's age at Castle Krief. "Maybe
she should move out to my place?" Ragnarson's family occupied the home of
a former rebel, Lord Lindwedel, who had been beheaded during the war. It was so huge that his mob of kids, and
servants, and Haaken when he stayed over, couldn't fill it. "Maybe,"
Valther murmured. "My place would
be better." His wasn't far from Ragnarson's. The head
of an intelligence service doesn't always tell his employer all he knows. FIVE: A
Traveler in Black North of
the Kratchnodians, at the Trolledyngjan mouth of the Middle Pass, stood the inn
run by Frita Tolvarson. It had been in
his family since the time of Jan Iron Hand.
The main trade road from Tonderhofn and the Trolledyngjan interior
passed nearby, spanned the mountains, formed a tenuous link with the
south. For travelers it was either the
first or last bit of comfort following or preceding a harrowing passage. There was no other hospice for days around. Frita was
an old man, and a kindly soul, with a child for almost every year of his
marriage. He didn't demand much more of
his customers than reasonable payment, moderate behavior, and news of the rest
of the world. There was
a custom at the inn dating back centuries.
Every guest was asked to contribute a story to the evening's
entertainment. Winding
down from the high range, a path had been beaten in the previous night's
snow. The first spring venturers were
assaulting the pass from the south. The
path made a meandering ribbon of shadow once it reached the drifted moor, its
depths unplumbed by the light of a low-hanging, full Wolf Moon. A chill arctic wind moaned through the
branches of a few skeletal trees. Those
gnarled old oaks looked like squatting giants praising the sky with attenuated
fingers and claws. The wind
had banked snow against the north wall of Frita's establishment. The place looked like a snowbound barrow
from that direction. But on the south
side a traveler could find a welcoming door. One such
was crossing the lonely moor, a shivering black silhouette against the moonlit
Kratchnodians. He wore a dark great cloak
wrapped tightly about him, its hood pulled far forward to protect his
face. He stared down dully, eyes
watery. His cheeks burned in the
cold. He despaired of reaching the inn,
though he saw and smelled the smoke ahead.
His passage through the mountains had been terrible. He wasn't accustomed to wintery climes. Frita
looked up expectantly as a cold blast roared into the inn. He put on a smile of welcome. "Hey!"
a customer grumbled. "Close the
goddamned door! We aren't frost
giants." The
newcomer surveyed the common room: There were just three guests. Frita's
wife bade him quit gawking and offer the man something to drink. He nodded to his oldest daughter. Alowa slipped off her stool, quickly visited
the kitchen for mulled wine.
"No!" she told a customer as she passed him on her way to the
newcomer. Frita chuckled. He knew a "yes" when he heard it. The
newcomer accepted the wine, went to crouch before the fire. "There'll be meat soon," Alowa
told him. "Won't you let me take
your cloak?" Her blonde hair danced alluringly as she shook it out of her
face. "No."
He gave her a coin. She examined it,
frowned, tossed it to her father. Frita
studied it. It was strange. He seldom saw its like. It bore a crown instead of a bust, and
intricate characters. But it was real
silver. Alowa
again asked the stranger for his cloak. "No."
He moved to the table, leaned forward as if to sleep on his forearms. There'll
be trouble now, Frita thought. She
won't rest till she unveils the mystery.
He followed her to the kitchen.
"Alowa, behave yourself. A
man deserves his privacy." "Could
he be the one?" "The
one what?" "The
one the Watcher is waiting for?" Frita
shrugged. "I doubt it. Mark me, girl. Let him be. That's a hard
man." He had caught a glimpse of the man's face as he had turned from the
fire. Fortyish, weathered, thin,
dark-eyed, dusky, with a cruel nose and crueler lines around his mouth. There was a metallic sound when he
moved. The worn hilt of a sword
protruded through the part in his cloak.
"That's no merchant trying to be first to the prime furs." Frita
returned to the common room. It lay
silent. The handful of
customers were waiting for the newcomer to reveal something of himself and his
business. Frita's curiosity grew. The man wouldn't push back his hood. Was his face so terrible? Time
passed, mostly in silence. The newcomer
had dampened the mood that had prevailed earlier, when there had been singing,
joking, and good-natured competition for Alowa's favors. The stranger ate in silence, hidden in his
hood. Alowa, gradually, moved from
mystification to hurt. Never had she
encountered a man so oblivious to her charms. Frita
decided the time for tales had come.
His guests had begun drinking to fill the time. The mood was growing sour. Something was needed to lighten it before
drink led to unpleasantness.
"Brigetta, get the children." Nodding, his wife rose from her
needlework, stirred the younger children from their evening naps and the older
from the kitchen. Frita frowned at the
youngsters when they began playing with one of the traveler's dogs. "Time
for tales," he announced. There
were just seven people at the table, including himself. Two of the others were his wife and Alowa. "A rule of the house. Not required. But he who tells the best pays no keep." His eyes lingered
on the one they called the Watcher, a small, nervous, one-eyed rogue. He had arrived nearly a year ago, in company
with a gentleman of means, who had behaved like a fugitive. The gentleman had left the Watcher and had
hurried northward as if his doom pursued him.
Yet nothing had ever come of it. Frita
didn't like the Watcher. He was a sour,
evil, small-minded little man. His only
redeeming feature was a fat purse.
Alowa made him pay for what she gave everyone else freely, and hinted
that his tastes were cruel. One guest
said, "I'm from Itaskia, where I was once a merchant sailor." And he
told of grim sea battles with corsairs out of the Isles, with no quarter given
nor taken. Frita listened with half an
ear. The feud of Itaskia's shipping
magnates with the Red Brotherhood was a fixture of modern history. The
second visitor began his tale, "I once joined an expedition to the Black
Forest, and there I heard this tale." And he spun an amusing yarn about a
toothless dragon who had terrible problems finding sufficiently delicate
meals. The smaller children loved it. Frita had
heard it before. He hated to declare an
old story the winner. But, to
his surprise, the Watcher volunteered a tale.
He hadn't bothered for months. He stood,
the better to fix his audience's attention, and used his hands' freely while
speaking. He had trouble moving his
left arm. Frita had seen it bare. He had taken a deep wound in the past. "Long
ago and far away," the Watcher began, in the storyteller's fashion,
"in a time when elves still walked the earth, there was a great
elf-king. Mical-gilad was his name, and
his passion, conquest. He was a mighty
warrior, undefeated in battle or joust.
He and his twelve paladins were champions of the world till the events
whereof I speak." Frita
frowned, leaned back. A story new to
him. A pity its teller had little feel
for the art. "One
day a knight appeared at the gates of the elf-king's castle. His shield bore an unknown coat of
arms. His horse was twice as big as
life and black as coal. The gate guards
refused him passage. He laughed at
them. The gates collapsed." Yes,
Frita thought, it would make a tale in the mouth of a competent teller. The Watcher described the elf-king's encounter
with He Who Laughs, after the stranger had slain his twelve champions. He then fought the king himself, who
overcame him by trickery, but couldn't kill him because of the unbreachable
spells on his armor. Frita
thought he saw where it was going. He
had heard so many tales that even the best had become predictable. It was a moral tale about the futility of
trying to evade the inevitable. The
elf-king had his opponent thrown on a dung heap outside his castle, whereupon
He Who Laughs promised another, more terrible meeting. And, sure enough, the next time the elf-king
went a-conquering, he found the knight in black and gold riding with his
enemies. As he
talked, the Watcher nervously played with a small gold coin. It was a tick Frita no longer noticed. But the newcomer seemed mesmerized by the
constant tumble of the gold piece. In the
end, He Who Laughs ran the elf-king down and slew him. The
ex-sailor from Itaskia said, "I don't understand. Why was the king afraid of him if he wasn't
afraid of anybody else?" For the
first time the newcomer uttered more than a monosyllable. "The knight is a metaphor, my
friend. He Who Laughs is one of the
names of the male avatar, the hunter aspect, of Death. She sets that part of herself to stalk those who would evade
her. The elves were supposed to have
been immortal. The point of the story
was that the king had grown so arrogant in his immortality that he dared
challenge the Dark Lady, the Inevitable. Which is the grossest form of stupidity. Yet even today men persist in the folly of believing they can
escape the inevitable." "Oh." All eyes
were on the newcomer now. Especially
that of the Watcher. The remark about
the inevitable seemed to have touched his secret fears. "Well
then," said the innkeeper.
"Which wins? The
pirate? The dragon? Or the lesson of the elf-king?" Half a
dozen little ones clamored for the dragon. "Wait,"
said the newcomer. His tone enforced
instant silence. "I would like a
turn." "By
all means," Frita nodded, eager to please. This man had begun to frighten him. Yet he was surprised. He
hadn't expected this dour, spooky stranger to contribute. "This
is a true story. The most interesting
usually are. It began just a year ago,
and hasn't yet ended. "There
was a man, of no great stature or means, completely unimportant in the usual
ways, who had the misfortune to be a friend of several powerful men. Now, it seems the enemies of those men
thought they could attack them through him. "They
waylaid him one day as he was riding through the countryside...." From
beneath his hood the newcomer peered at the Watcher steadily. The one-eyed man tumbled his coin in a
virtual blur. "Just
south of Vorgreberg...." the stranger said, almost too softly for any but
the one-eyed man's ears. The
Watcher surged up, a whimper in his throat as he dragged out a dagger. He hurled himself at the stranger. One
finger protruded from the newcomer's sleeve.
He said one word. Smoke
exploded from the Watcher's chest. He
flew backward, slammed against a wall.
Women and children screamed. Men
ducked under the table. The
stranger rose calmly, bundled himself tightly, and vanished into the frigid
night. Frita
peeked from beneath the table.
"He's gone now." He joined his surviving guests beside the
body. "He
was a sorcerer," the sailor muttered. "Was
that the man he was watching for?" Alowa asked. Her excitement was pure thrill. "I
think so. Yes. I think so." Frita opened the Watcher's
shirt. "Who
was he?" the sailor asked. "This
here fellow's version of He Who Laughs, I reckon, the way he went on." "Look
at this," said the other man. He
had recovered the coin the dead man had dropped when going for his knife. "You don't see many of these. From Hammad al Nakir." "Uhm,"
Frita grunted. The silver coin the
stranger had given him had been of the same source, but of an earlier mintage. Bared,
the dead man's chest appeared virtually uninjured. The only mark was a small crown branded over his heart. "Hey,"
said the ex-sailor. "I've seen
that mark before. It's got , something
to do with the refugees from Hammad al Nakir, doesn't it?" "Yes,"
Frita replied. "We shared our meal
with a celebrity. With a king." "Really?"
Alowa's eyes were large. "I
touched him...." The
sailor shuddered. "I hope I never
see him again. Not that one. If he's who I think you mean. He's accursed. Death and war follow him wherever he goes...." "Yes,"
Frita agreed. "I wonder what evil
brought him to Trolledyngja?" SIX: The
Attack Three men
lurked in the shadows of the park. They
appeared to be devotees of the Harish Cult of Hammad al Nakir. Dusky, hawk-nosed men, they watched with
merciless eyes. They had been there for
hours, studying the mansion across the lane.
Occasionally, one had gone to make a careful circuit of the house. They were old hunters. They had patience. "It's
time," the leader finally murmured.
He tapped a man's shoulder, stabbed a finger at the house. The man crossed the lane with no more noise
than the approach of midnight. A dog
woofed questioningly behind the hedges. The man
returned five minutes later. He nodded. All three
crossed the lane. They had
been studying and rehearsing for days.
No one was out this time of night.
There was little chance anyone would interfere. Four
mastiffs lay rigid on the mansion's lawn.
The three dragged them out of sight.
Poisoned darts had silenced them. The
leader spent several minutes examining the door for protective spells. Then he tried the latch. The door
opened. It was
too easy. They feared a trap. A Marshall should have guards, enchantments,
locks and bolts protecting him. These men
didn't know Kavelin. They couldn't have
comprehended the little kingdom's politics had they been interested. Here political difficulties were no longer
settled with blades in darkness. They
searched the first floor carefully, smothering a maid, butler, and their
child. They had orders to leave no one
alive. The first
bedroom on the second floor belonged to Inger, Ragnarson's
four-year-old daughter. They paused there,
again using a pillow. The
leader considered the still little form without remorse. His fingers caressed a dagger within his
blouse, itching to strike with it. But
that blade dared be wielded against but one man. To the
Harish Cult the assassin's dagger was sacred.
It was consecrated to the soul of the man chosen to die. To pollute the weapon with another's blood
was abomination. Deaths incidental to a
consecrated assassination had to be managed by other means. Preferably bloodless, by smothering,
drowning, garroting, poisoning, or defenestration. The three
slew a boy child, then came to a door with light showing beneath it. A murmur came through. Adult voices. This should be the master bedroom. The three decided to save that room for last. They would make sure of the sleeper on the
third floor, Ragnarson's brother, before taking the Marshall himself, three to
one. The plans
of mice and men generally are laid without considering the fbibles of
fourteen-year-old boys who have been feuding with their brothers. Every
night Ragnar booby-trapped his door certain that some morning Gundar would
again sneak in to steal his magic kit.... Water
fell. A bucket crashed and rattled over
an oaken floor. From the master bedroom
a woman's frightened voice called, "Ragnar, what the hell are you up
to?" Low, urgent discussion accompanied the rustle of hasty movement. A sleepy,
"What?" came from behind the booby-trapped door, then a frightened,
"Ma!" Ragnar
didn't recognize the man in his doorway. The
intruder pawed the water from his eyes.
His followers threw themselves toward the master bedroom. The door was locked, but flimsy. They broke through. Inside, a
man desperately tried to get into his pants.
A woman clutched furs to her nakedness. "Who
the hell... ?" the man demanded. An
assassin flicked a bit of silken handkerchief.
It wrapped the man's throat. A
second later his neck broke. The other
intruder rushed the woman. They were
skilled, these men. Professionals. Murder, swift and silent, was their art. Their
teachers had for years tried to school them to react to the
unexpected. But some things were beyond
their teachers. Like a
woman fighting back. Elana
hurled herself toward the bodkin laying on a nearby wardrobe, swung it as the
assassin rounded the bed. He
stopped, taken aback. She moved
deftly, distracting with her nakedness.
Seeing him armed with nothing more dangerous than a scarf, she attacked. He
flicked that scarf. It encircled her
throat. She drove the dagger in an
upward thrust. He took it along his
ribs. Gagging,
Elana stabbed again, opened his bowels. Ragnar
suddenly realized that death was upon him.
He scrambled to the shadowed corner where he had hidden the weapons
Haaken had been training him to use.
They were there by sheer chance.
He had been too lazy to return them to the family armory after practice,
and Haaken had forgotten to check on him. He went
after the assassin in the wild-swinging northman fashion before the man
recovered from the drenching. His blows
were fierce but poorly struck. He was
too frightened to fight with forethought or calculation. The
assassin wasn't armed for this. He
retreated, skipping and weaving and picking up slash wounds. He watched the boy's mad eyes, called for
help. But there would be none. Through the door of the master bedroom he
saw one of his comrades down. The other
wrestled with a woman.... And someone
was stirring upstairs. The
man. though, was dead. He lay halfway between bed and door, silk
knotted round his throat. The night
was almost a success. The primary
mission had been accomplished. The
leader fled. Ragnar
chased him to the front door before he realized that his mother was fighting
for her life. He charged back
upstairs. "Ma! Ma!" The house
was all a-scream now. The little ones
wailed in the hall. Haaken thundered
from the third floor, "What's going on down there?" Ragnar
met the last assassin coming from the bedroom.
His mouth and eyes were agape in incredulity. Ragnar
cut him down. For an instant he stared
at the bodkin in the man's back. Then
he whipped into his parents' bedroom.
"Ma! Papa! Are you all right?" No. He saw
the dead man first, his pants still around his knees. It wasn't
his father. Then he
saw his mother and the disemboweled assassin. "Ma!" It was
the howl of a maddened wolf, all pain and rage.... Haaken
found the boy hacking at the assassin Elana had gutted. The corpse was chopped meat. He took in the scene, understood, despite
his own anger and agony did what he had to do. First he
closed the door to shield the other children from their mother's shame. Then he disarmed Ragnar. It wasn't
easy. The boy was ready to attack
anything moving. But Haaken was
Ragnar's swordmaster. He knew the boy's
weaknesses. He struck Ragnar's blade
aside, planted a fist. The blow
didn't faze Ragnar. "Like your
grandfather, eh, Red?" He threw another punch. Then another and another.
The boy finally collapsed.
Ragnar's grandfather had, at will, been capable of killing rages. Berserk, he had been invincible. Shaking
his head dolefully, Haaken covered Elana. "Poor Bragi," he muttered. "He don't need this on top of everything else." He poked
his head into the hall. The surviving
children and servants were in a panic.
"Gundar!" he roared.
"Come here. Pay
attention." The ten-year-old couldn't stop staring at the assassin lying
in the hall. "Run to the Queen's
barracks. Tell Colonel Ahring to get
your father. Right now." Haaken
closed the door, stalked round the bedroom.
"How will I tell him?" he mumbled. He toyed with disposing of the dead man. "No. Have to do it in one dose.
He'll need all the evidence. "Somebody's
gonna pay for this." He inspected the chopped corpse carefully. "El Murid has got himself one big
debt." The hand
of the Harish had reached into Vorgreberg before. There was
nothing he could do there. He slipped
out, sat down with his back against the door.
He laid his sword across his lap and waited for his brother. One oil
lamp flickered on Ragnarson'sdesk. He
bent close to read the latest protest from El Murid's embassy. They sure could bitch about petty shit. What the
hell was Haroun up to? Haroun
was what he was, doing what he thought necessary. Even when he made life difficult, Bragi bore him no ill
will. But when bin Yousif stopped
conforming to his own nature.... There
hadn't been a serious protest in a year.
And Valther said there had been no terrorist incursions for
several. Nor had many bands of Royalist
partisans passed through Kavelin bound for the camps. Nor had Customs reported the capture of any guerrilla contraband. It was
spooky. Ragnarson
wasn't pleased when people changed character inexplicably. "Derel. Any word from Karak Strabger?" "None,
sir." "Something's
wrong up there. I'd better...." "Gjerdrum
can handle it, sir." Ragnarson's
right hand fluttered about nervously.
"I suppose. I wish he'd
write more often." "I
used to hear the same from his mother when he was at the university." "It'd
risk letters falling into unfriendly hands anyway." The Queen's condition
had to remain secret. For the good of
the state, for his own good—if he didn't want his wife planning to cut his
throat. Bragi
didn't know how to manage it, but the news absolutely had to be kept from
Elana. Rumors
striking alarmingly near the truth ran the streets already. He
massaged his forehead, crushed his eyelids with the heels of his hands. "This last contribution from
Breidenbach. You done the figures
yet?" "It
looks good. There's enough, but it'll
be risky." "Damned. There's got to be an honest, legal way to
increase revenues." In the
past, when he had been on the other end, Bragi's favorite gripes had been
government and taxes. Taxes
especially. He had seen them as a
gigantic protection racket. Pay off or
have soldiers on your front porch. "By
increasing the flow of trade." Economics
weren't his forte, but Ragnarson asked anyway.
"How do we manage that?" "Lower
the transit tax." Prataxis grinned. "Oh,
go to hell. The more you talk, the more
I get confused. If I had the
men I'd do it the Trolledyngjan way. Go
steal it from the nearest foreigner who couldn't defend himself." Prataxis's
reply was forestalled by a knock. "Enter,"
Ragnarson growled. Jarl
Ahring stepped in. His face was drawn. Premonition
gripped Ragnarson. "What is
it? What's happened, Jarl?" Ahring
gulped several false starts before babbling, "At your house. Somebody.... Assassins." "But.... What...
?" He didn't understand.
Assassins? Why would ... ?
Maybe robbers? There was no
reason for anyone to attack his home. "Your
son.... Gundar.... He came to the barracks. He was hysterical. He said everybody was dead.
Then he said Haaken told him to have me find you. I sent twenty men over, then came
here." "You
checked it out?" "No. I came straight here." "Let's
go." "I
brought you a horse." "Good."
Ragnarson strapped on the sword that was never out of reach, followed Ahring at
a run. And then at a wild gallop
through deserted streets. A quarter
mile short of home Ragnarson shouted, "Hold up!" A patch of white in
the park had caught his eye. The man
was on the verge of dying, but he recognized Ragnarson. Surprise shown through agony. He tried to use a dagger. Bragi
took it away, studied him. Soon he was
dead. "Loss of blood,"
Ragnarson observed. "Somebody cut
him bad." He handed the knife to Ahring. "Harish
kill-dagger." "Yeah. Come on." The news
was spreading. Lean, sallow Michael
Trebilcock had arrived already, and Valther and his wife, Mist, showed up as
Bragi did. Their house stood just up
the lane. Neighbors clogged the
yard. Ahring's troops were keeping them
out of the house. Bragi
took the dagger from Ahring, passed it to Valther's wife. "It is consecrated?" That
tall, incredibly beautiful woman closed her oval eyes. She
moaned suddenly, hurled the blade away.
A soldier recovered it. Mist took
two deep breaths, said, "Yes. To
your name. But not in Al Rhemish." "Ah?"
Ragnarson wasn't surprised.
"Where, then?" "It's
genuine. A Harish knife. Under your name is another, without
blood." "Stolen
blade. I thought so." "What? How?" Ahring asked. "There
still some here?" Bragi asked.
Harish assassins usually worked in teams. And they didn't leave their wounded behind. "Yes
sir," a soldier replied.
"Upstairs." "Come,"
Ragnarson told Ahring, Valther, and Mist.
"You too, Michael." Trebilcock
was a strange young man. He had come
from the Rebsamen with Gjerdrum when Ragnarson's aide had graduated from that
university. His father, Wallice
Trebilcock of the House of Braden in Czeschin of the Bedelian League, had died
shortly before, leaving him an immense fortune. He didn't
care about money, or anything but getting near the makers and shakers of
history. Ragnarson
had felt a paternal attraction from their first meeting, so the youth had
slipped into his circle through the side door. Ragnarson,
though unaware of the extent of his losses, was already in a form of
shock. It was a protective reaction
against emotion, a response learned the hard way, at fifteen. It had been then that disaster and despair
had first overtaken him, then that he had learned that swords don't exclusively
bite the men on the other side. He had learned
the night he had watched his father die, belly opened by an axe.... Others
had died since, good friends and brothers-in-arms. He had learned, and learned, and learned—to stifle emotions till
the smoke had cleared, till the dust had settled, till the enemy had been put
away. He knelt
by the dead man in the hallway, opening his clothing. "Here." He tapped the man over his heart. "What?"
Valther asked. "He has the
tattoo. They always do." "Look
closer," Ragnarson growled. Valther
peered intently at a tricolor tattoo, three cursive letters
intertwined. They meant "Beloved
of God." Their bearer was guaranteed entry into Paradise. "What?" "You
see it?" "Of
course." "Why?" Valther
didn't reply. "He's
dead, Valther. They fade with the
spirit." "Oh. Yes." So they
did, with a genuine Harish assassin, supposedly to indicate that the soul had
ascended. Some cynics, though, claimed
they vanished to avoid an admission that a Cultist had failed. "Somebody
went to a lot of trouble here," Bragi observed. "But for that, the frame would've worked." It should
have. Not many men outside the Harish
knew that secret. Most of those were
associates of Haroun bin Yousif. Ragnarson's
mysterious friend had researched the Cult thoroughly. He'd had to. He had been
its top target for a generation. And he
was still alive. "There's
a trap here," said Bragi. "What
now?" Valther demanded. "You've
got the mind for this. Suppose these
are part of the plan? If they failed,
and we didn't jump to the conclusion that El Murid was responsible? Who would you suspect then?" "Considering
their apparent origins...." "Haroun. Of course.
There're other folks like them, but who else would be interested?" "A
double frame?" "Levels. Always there're these levels. Direct attack is too unsubtle...." "Is
something beginning?" "Something
has begun. We've been into it for a
long time. Too many impossible things
have happened already." Bragi
rose, kicked the corpse, growled, "Get this out of my house." Then he
dropped to a knee beside Haaken. He
slid an arm around his brother's shoulders, crushed him to his chest. "Haaken, Haaken, it was an evil day
when we came south." Tears
still rolled down into the wild dark tangle of Haaken's beard. He
sniffed. "We should've stood and
died." He sniffed again, wrapped both arms around Bragi. "Bragi, let me get the kids and we just go
home. Now, and the hell with
everything. Forget it all. Just you and me and Reskird and the kids,
and leave these damned southrons to their own mercies." "Haaken...." "Bragi,
it's bad. It's cruel. Please.
Let's just go. They can have
everything I've got. Just take me
home. I can't take it anymore." "Haaken...."
He rose. "Don't
go in. Bragi, please." "Haaken,
I have to." There were tears in his own eyes. He knew part of it now.
Elana. She was a loss more dire
than his father. Mad Ragnar had chosen
his death. Elana.... She was a victim of his profession. Blackfang
wouldn't move. And now the younger
children, Ainjar and Helga, clung to his legs, bawling, asking for Mama, and
what was wrong with Inger and Soren? Ragnarson
asked a question with his eyes. Haaken
nodded. "My
babies? No. Not them too?" Haaken
nodded again. The tears
faded. Ragnarson turned slowly,
surveying the faces in the hall. Every
eye turned from the flame raging in his.
Hatred was too mild a word. Blood
would flow. Souls would spill shrieking
into the outer darkness. And he
wouldn't be gentle. He would be cruel. "Move
aside, Haaken." "Bragi...." "Move." Haaken
moved. "You lead, Bragi," he
said. "I'll follow anywhere." Ragnarson
briefly rested a hand on his shoulder.
"We're probably dead men, Haaken.
But somebody will carry the torches to light our path into Hell."
For an instant he was startled by his own words. Their father had said the same thing just before his death. "Valther! Find out who did this." "Bragi...." "Do
it." He shoved into the bedroom. Valther
started to follow him. Mist seized his
arm. She had
the Power. Once she had been a Princess
of the Dread Empire. She knew what lay
behind that door. Ragnarson
had his emotions under control again.
He kept hand on sword hilt to remind himself. This was a battlefield.
These had fallen in a war.... "Oh." Haaken
tried to pull him out. "No. Valther.
Come here." The man
with his pants half on was Valther's brother Turran. Their
eyes met over the corpse, and much went unsaid— words which couldn't be spoken
lest blood be their price. "Take
care of him." Ragnarson moved round the bed to his wife. First he dropped to one knee, then he
sat. He held her hand and remembered. Twenty years. Sixteen of them married.
Hard times and good, fighting and loving. That was
a long time. Nearly half his life. There were a lot of memories. Behind
him, Valther shed tears on his brother's chest. An hour
passed before Bragi looked up. Rolf
Preshka, Captain of the Palace Guards, sat on the edge of the bed. His grief mirrored Ragnarson's. Bragi had
never known for sure, but he had suspected.
Rolf had joined him when Elana had.
They had been partners before....
But there hadn't been a moment's dishonor since. He knew Preshka that well. There was
that, beneath the grief, which said that Rolf, too, meant to extract payment in
blood and pain. But
Preshka was in no shape for it. He had
lost a lung in the war. He refused to
die, but he was never healthy either.
That was why he held the unstrenuous Palace command. Later
still, Nepanthe came. She cried
some. Then she and Mist calmed the
children and moved them to Valther's house. "You
are my hand that reaches beyond the grave," Bragi told Ragnar before he
left, and went on to explain what he knew and felt. Things Ragnar should know in case the next band of assassins
succeeded. The boy
had to grow up fast. Throughout
the night Michael Trebilcock observed in silence. Trebilcock remained an enigma.
He was a sponge, soaking up others' pain and joy and never revealing any
emotion himself. Once,
though, he came and rested a comforting hand on Bragi's shoulder. For Trebilcock that was a lot. Before
sunrise all Bragi's old comrades had come, except Reskird, whose regiment was
on exercise around Lake Turntine. Shortly
before dawn, thunder rolled over the mountains. Lightning walked the cloudless night. It was an
omen. SEVEN:
The Old Dread Returns The wind
never ceased its howl and moan through the wild, angry mountains called The
Dragon's Teeth. It tore at Castle
Fangdred with talons of ice and teeth of winter. The stronghold was the only evidence that Man had ever braved
these savage mountains. The furious
wind seemed bent on eradication. It was a
lonely castle, far from any human habitation.
Only two men dwelt there now, and but one of those could be called
alive. He was
old, that man, yet young. Four
centuries had he lived, yet he looked not a tenth of that. He stalked Fangdred's empty, dusty halls,
alone and lonely, waiting. Varthlokkur. His
name. The west's dread. Varthlokkur. The Silent One Who Walks With Grief. Also called The Empire Destroyer. This man,
this wizard, could erase kingdoms as a student wipes a slate. Or such
was his reputation. He was powerful,
and had engineered the downfall of Ilkazar, yet he was a man. He had his limitations. He was
tall and thin, with earth-toned skin and haunted mahogany eyes. He was
waiting. For a woman. He wanted
nothing to do with the world. But
sometimes the world assailed him and he had to react, to protect his place in
it, to secure his own tomorrows. The other
man sat on a stone throne, before a mirror, in a chamber high atop a
tower. Its only door was sealed by
spells which even Varthlokkur couldn't fathom.
He wasn't dead, but neither was he alive. He, too, waited. A malaise
had descended on Varthlokkur. Evil
stalked abroad again. Not the usual evil,
everyday evil, but the Evil that abided, awaiting its moment to engulf. This evil
had struck before, and had been driven home. It waxed
again, and its burning eyes sought a target for its wrath. Varthlokkur
performed his divinations. He conjured
his familiar demons and sped them over the earth on wings of nightmare. He sang the dark songs of necromancy,
calling up the dead. He wheedled from
them secrets of tomorrow. It was
what they wouldn't, or couldn't, tell him that inspired dread. Something
was happening. It had
its foundation in Shinsan. Once again
the Dread Empire was preparing to make its will its destiny. But there was more. For a
while Varthlokkur concentrated on the west and unearthed more evidence of
sprouting evil. Down south, at
Baxendala, where the Dread Empire had been turned before.... If one
word could describe Varthlokkur, it might be doleful. His mother had been burned by the Wizards of Ilkazar. His foster parents had passed away before he
was ten. Obsessed with vengeance for
his mother, he had made devil's bargains in Shinsan—and had rued his decision a
thousand times. The Princes Thaumaturge
had taught him, then used him to shatter forever the political cohesion of the
Empire. And
then? Four centuries of loneliness in a
world terrified of him, yet constantly conspiring to use him. Four centuries of misery, awaiting the one
pleasant shadow falling across his destiny, the woman who could share his life
and love. And there
had been pain and sadness in that, too.
She had taken another husband—his own son, from a marriage of convenience,
ignorant of his paternity, by then known under the name. Mocker.... Those
blind hags, the Norns, snickered and wove the threads of destiny in an
astounding, treacherous warp and woof. But he
had beaten them. He and Nepanthe had
come to an understanding. He had the
sorcery to enable it. Upon her
he had placed the same wizardries that had made him virtually immortal. In time Mocker would perish. Then she would share Varthlokkur's destiny. So he
waited, in his hidden stronghold, and was sad and lonely, till the undertides of old
evil washed against his consciousness and excited him. He
performed his divinations, and they were clouded, irresolute, shifting,
revolving on but one absolute axis.
Something wicked was afoot. The first
nibble of the beast would be at the underbelly of that little kingdom at the
juncture of the Kapenrungs and Mountains of M'Hand. At Kavelin. His final
necromancy indicated that he had to get there quickly. He
prepared transfer spells that would shift him in seconds. Thunder
stalked the morning over the knife-edged ridges of the Kapenrungs. Lightning sabered the skies. A hard north wind gnawed at the people and
houses of Vorgreberg. In the
house on Lieneke Lane, sad and angry men paused to glance outside and,
shivering, ask one another what was happening. Suddenly,
in the bedroom where the lips of Death had sipped, a mote of darkness
appeared. Preshka spied it first. "Bragi." He pointed. It hung
in the air heart high, halfway between bed and door. Ragnarson
eyed it. It began growing, a little
black cloud taking birth, becoming more misted and tenuous as it expanded. Within, a left-handed mandala revolved
slowly, remaining two-dimensional and face-on no matter from what angle
Ragnarson studied it. "Ahring! Get some men in here." In
seconds twenty men surrounded the growing shadow, shaking but ready. Their faces were pale, but they had faced
sorcery before, at Baxendala. The
mandala spun faster. The cloud grew
larger, forming a pillar. That pillar
assumed the shape of a man. The mandala
pulsed like a beating heart. For an
instant, vaguely, Bragi thought he saw a tired face at the column's capital. "Be
ready," he snarled. "It's
coming through." A voice,
like one come down a long, twisted, cold cavern, murmured, "Beware. Shield your eyes." It was
powerfully commanding. Ragnarson
responded automatically. Thunder
shook the house. Lightning clawed the
air. Blue sparks crackled over the walls,
ceilings, and carpets. Ozone stench
filled the air. "Varthlokkur!"
Ragnarson gasped when he removed his palms from his eyes. A mewl of
fear ran through the room. Soldiers
became rigid with terror. Two succumbed
to the ultimate ignominy, fainting. Ragnarson
wasn't comfortable. They were old
acquaintances, he and Varthlokkur, and they hadn't always been allies. Michael
Trebilcock showed less fright and more mental presence than anyone else. He calmly secured a crossbow, leveled it at
the sorcerer. The idea
hadn't occurred to Bragi. He appraised
the pale youth. Trebilcock seemed
immune to fear, unaware of its .
meaning. That could be a
liability, especially when dealing with wizards. One had to watch the subtleties, what the left hand was doing
when the sorcerer was waving his right.
To not fear him, to be overconfident, was to fall into the enemy's
grasp. Varthlokkur
carefully raised his hands.
"Peace," he pleaded.
"Marshall, something is happening in Kavelin. Something wicked. I only came to see what, and stop it if I can." Ragnarson
relaxed. Varthlokkur, usually, was
straightforward. He lied by ommission,
not commission. "You're too
late. It's struck already." The
rage that had been driven down by fear returned. "They killed my wife.
They murdered my children." "And
Turran too," Valther said from the doorway. "Bragi, have you been downstairs yet?" "No. It's bad enough here. I don't want to see Dill and Molly and
Tamra. Just take them out quietly. It's my fault they died." "Not
that. I meant they didn't just kill
everybody. They searched every
room. Lightly, like they'd come back
again if they didn't find what they wanted the first time." "That
don't make sense. We know they weren't
robbers." "It
wasn't for show. They weren't just here
to kill. They were looking for
something." Varthlokkur's
expression grew strained. He said
nothing. "There
wasn't anything here. Not even much
money." "There
was," Varthlokkur interjected.
"Or should have been. Looks
like the secret was kept better than I expected." "Uhn? Going to start the mystery-mouthing
already?" Bragi had always thought that wizards spoke in riddles so they
couldn't be accused of error later. "No. This is the story. Turran, Valther, and their brother Brock
served the Monitor of Escalon during his war with Shinsan. In the final extremity the Monitor, using
Turran, smuggled a powerful token, the Tear of Mimizan, to the west. Turran sent it to Elana by trade post. She had it for almost fifteen years. I thought you knew." Ragnarson
sat on the edge of his bed. He was
confused. "She kept a lot of
secrets." "Maybe
one of the living can tell us something," Varthlokkur observed, searching
faces with dreadful eyes. "I
saw it once," Preshka volunteered.
"When we were on the Auszura Littoral, when I was wounded and we
were hiding. It was like a ruby
teardrop, so by so, that she kept in a little teak casket." "Teak?"
Bragi asked. "She didn't have any
teak casket, Rolf. Wait. She had one made out of ebony. Runed with silver. It just laid around for years.
I never looked inside. I don't
even know if it was locked. It was
always around, but I never paid any attention.
I thought she kept jewelry in it." "That's
it," Preshka said. "Ebony is
what I meant. The jewel,
though.... It was spooky. Alive.
Burning inside." "That's
it," said Varthlokkur. "One of
its most interesting properties is its ability to escape notice. And memory.
It's incredibly elusive." "Hell,
it ought to be around somewhere," Ragnarson said. "Seems like I saw it the other
day. Either in that wardrobe there, or
in the clothes chest. She never acted
like it was anything important." "A
good method of concealment," Varthlokkur observed. "I don't think it's here. I don't feel it." Ragnarson
grumbled, "Michael, Jarl, look for it." He buried his head in his
hands. Too much was happening. He was being hit from every direction, with
worries enough for three men. He had a
premonition. He wasn't going to get
time to lie back and absorb his grief, to settle his thoughts and redefine his
goals. The
search revealed nothing. Yet the
assassin in the park had carried nothing.
And Ragnar had said the man hadn't gotten into the master bedroom. "Jarl, where's Ragnar?" "Mist
took him to her place." "Send
somebody. It's time he saw what
grown-up life can be like." He might not be alive much longer. There would be more assassins. Ragnar would have to be his sword from
beyond the grave. "Jarl,"
he said when Ahring returned, "bring some more men over here
tomorrow. Find this amulet or talisman
or whatever. Valther. Do you think Mist would mind taking care of
my kids for a while? I'll be damned
busy till this blows away." "With Nepanthe's help she can handle
it." Ragnarson
eyed him. The strain remained. Valther must have known.... But that was spilled ale. What
would he have had Valther do? Rat on
Turran? Who else
had known? Who had cooperated? Haaken?
Haaken had been in the house....
No. He knew his brother. Haaken would have cut throats had he known. He was
starting to dwell on the event. He had to
get involved in the mystery. Varthlokkur
beckoned him to an empty corner.
"I appeared at an emotional moment," the sorcerer
whispered. "But this wasn't what
brought me. That hasn't yet
happened. And it might, if we're swift,
be averted." "Eh? What else can happen? What else can they do to me?" "Not
to you. To Kavelin. These things aren't personal. Though you could suffer from this too." "I
don't understand." "Your
other woman." Ragnarson's
stomach tightened. "Fiana? Uh, the Queen?" "The
child is what caught my attention." "But
it's not due...." "It's coming. In two or three days. The divinations, though obscure, are clear
on one point. This child, touched by
the old evil in Fiana's womb, can shake the roots of the earth—if it lives. It may not.
There're forces at work...." "Forces. I'd rid the world of your kind if I
could...." "That
would leave you a dull world, sir. But
the matter at hand is your Queen. And
child." "Gods,
I'm tired. Tired of everything. Ten years ago, when we had the land grant in
Itaskia, I griped about life getting dull.
I'd give anything to be back there now.
My wife would be alive. So would
my kids...." "You're
wrong. I know." Ragnarson
met his gaze. And yes, Varthlokkur
knew. He had lived with the same
despair for an age. "Karak
Strabger.... Baxendala. That's almost fifty miles. Can we make it?" "I
don't know. Fast horses...." "We'll
rob the post riders." One of Ragnarson's innovations, which Derel had
proposed, was a fast postal system which permitted rapid warning in case of
trouble. Its way stations were the
major inns of the countryside. Each was
given a subsidy to maintain post riders' horses. The
system was more expensive than the traditional, which amounted to giving mail
to a traveler bound in the right direction, to pass hand to hand to others till
it reached its destination. The new
system was more reliable. Ragnarson
hoped, someday, to convince the mercantile class to rely on it exclusively,
making his system a money-earner for the Crown. "Jarl. Have some horses saddled and brought round
front. Make it... three.
Myself, the wizard, and Ragnar.
Haaken's in charge till I get back.
His word to be law.
Understand?" Ahring
nodded. "Valther?" "I've
got it." He eyed Bragi, expression unreadable. Bragi
realized that his going to the Queen would support the rumors. But he didn't comment. His associates could decide for themselves
if they should keep their mouths shut. He
studied faces. His gaze settled on
Michael Trebilcock. The pallid youth
still held his aim on Varthlokkur. A
machine, that man. "Excuse
me," Ragnarson told the wizard.
"Michael, come with me a minute." He took
Michael downstairs, outside, round to the garden. Dawn had begun painting the horizon toward the Kapenrungs. Somewhere there Fiana lay in pain, this
child of theirs struggling to rip itself from her womb before its time. "Michael." "Sir?" "I
don't know you very well yet. You're
still a stranger, even after several years." "Sir?" "I've
got a feeling about you. I like
you. I trust you. But am I right?" The
garden was peaceful. From the rear
Ragnarson's house looked as innocent of terror as were its neighbors. "I'm
not sure I follow you, sir." "I
don't know who you are, Michael. I
don't know what. You stay locked up
inside. I only know what Gjerdrum says. You don't give away a thing about
yourself. You're an enigma. Which is
your right. But you've become part of
the gang. I hardly noticed you doing
it. You're unobtrusive. "You
hear things. You see things. You know everybody. I've got a feeling you've got the kind of
mind that leaps to conclusions past missing data, and you're usually
right. Am I wrong?" Trebilcock
shook his head. In the dawnlight he
appeared spectral, like a mummy returned to life. "The
question, again. Can you be
trusted?" Bragi waited half a minute.
Trebilcock didn't respond.
"Are you really with me? Or
will I have to kill you someday?" Trebilcock
didn't react in the slightest. Again
Ragnarson had the feeling that fear, to this young man, was meaningless. "You
won't need to kill me," Michael finally replied. "I've been here since graduation. This's my country now.
You're my people. I am what I
am. I'm sorry you don't see it. And you can't help thinking whatever you
do. But I'm home, sir." Ragnarson
peered into Trebilcock's pale, pale eyes and believed. "Good.
Then I've got a job for you." "Sir?"
For the first time since he had met Michael, Bragi saw emotion. And thought he understood. Michael was a rich man's son. What had he ever been able to do for himself
or others? "It's
simple. Do what you do. Eyes and ears. Hanging around. Only more
of it. Gjerdrum says you're always
prowling anyway." Ragnarson stared toward the sunrise. "Michael, I can't trust anybody
anymore. I hate it...." Ahring
came out. "The horses are
ready. I had some things thrown
together for you." "Thank
you, Jarl. Michael?" "Sir?" "Good
luck." Ragnarson
left the pale young man in deep thought.
"Jarl, I've changed my mind.
You know what's happening with me and the Queen?" "I've
heard enough." "Yeah. Well.
There's not much point my hiding it now. But don't quote me.
Understand?" "Of
course." "Does
it suggest any problems?" "A
thousand. What scares me is what might
happen if she doesn't make it. Your
witch-man friend sounded.... They say
she had trouble with the first one." "Yeah. Here's what I want. All capital troops but the Vorgrebergers and
Queen's Own confined to barracks starting tomorrow, before what's happening
leaks. And right now have Colonel Oryon
report to me ready to travel. I'll keep
one serpent in my pocket by taking him along.
Oh. Put the provinces on
alert. Militia on standby. Border guards to maximum readiness. Valther can drop hints about an intelligence
coup. It'll distract questions about
the confinement to barracks. Got
it?" "It's
done." It was
well past dawn before three men and a boy rode eastward. EIGHT:
The Prisoner The pain
never ended. The
whispers, the gentle evils in his ears, went on and on and on. He was
stubborn. So damned stubborn that
yielding in order to gain surcease never occurred to him. He didn't
know where he was. He didn't know who
had captured him. He didn't know
why. Pain was the extent of his
knowledge. The man in black, the man in
the mask, was his only clue. They
wouldn't tell him a thing. They just
asked. If they spoke at all. At first
they had questioned him about Bragi and Haroun. He had told them nothing.
He couldn't have. He didn't know
anything. They had been separated too
long. He
wakened. Sounds.... The Man
in the Mask had returned. "Woe!"
Mocker muttered, slumping lower against floor and wall. It would be rough this time. They hadn't visited for weeks. But there
were just four of them this round. He
was thankful for little favors. Each bore
a torch. Mocker watched with hooded eyes
as the assistants placed theirs in sconces beyond his reach, one on each
wall. The Man in the Mask fixed his
above the door. Mask
closed the door. Of course. Not because Mocker might escape. He didn't order it locked from without. He simply closed it so his prisoner wouldn't
get the idea there was a world beyond that slab of iron. Mocker's
world was twelve by twelve by twelve, black stone, without windows. Furniture?
Chains. There
were no sanitary facilities. Having to
endure his own wastes was good—for his captors' designs. The most
distressing thing was the Mask's silence.
Invariably he just stood before the door, statuelike, while his
assistants demonstrated their pain-mastery. This time
they had given him too long to recover, and hadn't brought enough muscle. He
exploded. He
tripped the nearest, drove stiffened fingers into the man's throat. He screamed, "Hai!" in
bloodthirsty exultation. Cartilage gave
way. He made a claw, yanked with all
his remaining strength. One was
dead. But three were left. He hoped
they would get mad enough to kill him. Death was
all he had to live for. He
scrambled away, bounced up, threw a foot at the crotch of the Man in the Mask. The
others stopped him. They were no
off-the-street amateurs. They put him
down and took him apart. There had
been so much pain, so often, that he didn't care. It had gone on so long that he no longer feared it. Only two things mattered anymore. Hurting back, and getting them to kill him. They
didn't get mad. They never did, though
this was the worst he had done them.
They remained pure business. Once they
had beaten him, they rolled him onto his belly and bound his wrists behind
him. Then they pulled his elbows
together. He groaned, writhed, sank his
teeth into a bare ankle. The blood
taste was pure pleasure. He tasted
his own when a boot smashed into his mouth.
He wouldn't learn. Resistance
just meant more pain. They
attached a rope at his elbows and hoisted him. It was an
old torture, primitive and passive.
When first Mocker had arrived he had been fifty pounds overweight. His weight had yanked his shoulder bones
from their sockets. After he
had screamed awhile, and had lost consciousness, someone would doctor him so
they could hoist him up again. Back then
there had been no night whispers, just the pain, and the unending effort to
break him. Why? For whose
benefit? What
would the program be this time? Five or
ten days on the hook? Or straight to
the point for once? One thing
was certain. There would be nothing to
eat for a while. Food was strictly for
convalescents. When he
was fed at all he got pumpkin soup. Two
bowls a day. One week
they had given him cabbage soup. But
that petty change had been enough to revive his morale. So it was pumpkin soup or nothing. The
remnants of his most recent meal splashed the floor. Bile befilthed his mouth.
He spat. "Day
will come," he promised in a whisper.
"Is in balance of eternity, on great mandala. Reverse of fortunes will come." His
torturers spun him. Around and around
and around, till he was drunk with dizziness and pain. Then they hoisted him to the ceiling,
brought him down in a series of jerks.
He heaved again, but there was nothing left in his stomach. One of
them washed his mouth. This time
was different, he realized. Radically
different. This was new. He paid
attention. The Man
in the Mask moved. He peered
into Mocker's eyes, pulling each lid back as would a physician. Mocker saw eyes as dark as his own behind
slits from which the jewels had been removed.
No. Wait. This mask wasn't the one he usually
saw. Instead of traceries of black on
gold, this bore traceries of gold on black.
A different man? He didn't think
so. The feeling was the same. There was
no emotion, no mercy in those eyes.
They were the eyes of a technician, the bored eyes of a peasant halfway
through a day's hoeing midway through planting season. That
mask, though.... The changes were slight,
yet, somehow, the alienness was gone.
He began searching the burning attic of his mind. The mask,
the black robes, and the hands forever encased in the most finely wrought
gauntlets he had ever seen, those were things he knew.... Tervola. Shinsan.
He remembered them so well he was sure this wasn't a genuine Tervola. Trickery
was the way he would have programmed this had their roles been reversed. That
mask.... He remembered it now. He had seen it at Baxendala. It had lain abandoned on the battlefield
after O Shing had begun his retreat.
Gold lines on black, ruby fangs, the cat-gargoyle. That one, Mist had said, belonged to a man
called Chin, one of the chieftains of the Tervola. They had
assumed, then, that Chin had perished. Maybe he
hadn't, though the eye-crystals had been removed from the mask.... "Chin. Old friend to rescue," Mocker gasped,
straining for a sarcastic smile. The man's
only response was a slight hesitation before he said, "There will be more
pain, fat one. Forever, if need
be. I can wait. Or you can listen. And learn." "Self,
am all ears. Head to toe, two big
ears." "Yes. You will be. The time of crudeness has ended.
Now you begin listening and answering." He straightened, faced the
door. Two men
pushed a wheeled cart through. Mocker
ground his teeth though he didn't understand what he saw on the cart. The Man
in the Mask made him understand those sorcerer's tools. The pain
was worse than any he had known before.
This agony was scientifically applied, to one purpose. To drive him mad. Mocker
never had been very stable. It took
just two days to crack him completely. They let
him rave in darkness for a week. Something
happened then. More pain. Smoke smells, of flesh burning. Screams that weren't his own. Men struggling. A scream that was his own when he hit the floor of the
cell.... Darkness. Peaceful, restful darkness. The night
whispers returned. They changed,
becoming gentle, delicate whispers, happy, cheerful whispers, like those of a
nymph beneath a waterfall. They calmed
him. They shaped him. Then
there were gentle, feminine hands, and the distant murmur of grave-voiced
men. But for a long time he was bound,
his eyes blindfolded. His memories
remained vague, confused. A man in a
mask. El Murid's men... he thought.
And Mercenary officers. They kept
him drugged and he knew that, but occasionally he came round long enough to
catch snatches of conversation. Once,
evidently, a new nurse: "Oh, dear!
What happened?" Horror filled her voice. "He
was tortured," a man replied.
"Burned. I don't entirely
understand it. From what he says, he
was set up by men he thought were his friends.
Nobody knows why yet. Lord Chin
rescued him." What? Mocker thought. His brains must be scrambled.
Wasn't Chin the torturer? "It
was a complicated plot. One of his
friends apparently tipped El Murid's agents, who kidnapped him. Then he sent mercenaries who staged a
rescue—then turned him over to this Haroun, who wore the mask the Lord lost
when the Dragon tried invading the west." "You
said...." "There's
a link between man and mask. The Lord
lost his, but he still knows everything that happens if someone wears
it.... Hold it. I think he's coming around. Better give him another sniff. He needs a lot more healing before we let
him wake up." It may
have been a day or week later. It was
another man and another woman. This
time the man seemed to be the newcomer. "... says Lord Chin transferred right into the
dungeon. For some reason bin Yousif
wore the captured mask that day instead of the one he'd had made to look like
it. Lord Chin knew the minute he put it
on. He'd broken the eye crystals,
apparently thinking that was enough to end the connection." "Bet
the Lord caused an uproar." The woman
laughed musically. "They're still
petrified, thinking Shinsan's coming again.
They're chasing their tails.
They don't know there's a new order here, that Ehelebe has come." "What
happened?" "The
one called Haroun got away. Lord Chin
punished the others." "Bin
Yousif would. He's slippery." "He
can't run forever. Ehelebe has
come. None shall escape the justice of
the Pracchia." Even in
his dazed state Mocker thought that a little preachy. Perhaps the woman was a fanatic or recent convert. "What
were they trying to do?" "Lord
Chin thinks they were preparing him as a weapon against Shinsan. The man called Ragnarson is paranoid about
it.... Get that cotton and the bottle. He's waking up." People
stirred. Mocker smelted something
sweet. "How
much longer?" "A
month, maybe. The Lord...." There
were more, shorter episodes, quickly ended by sharp-eyed physicians and nurses. Then came
the day when they didn't put him back under. "Can
you hear me?" "Yes,"
he whispered. His throat was dry and
raw, as if his screams had never stopped. "Keep
your eyes closed. We're going to remove
the bandages. Ming, get the
curtain. He hasn't used his eyes for
months." Hands ran
over his face. The cold back edge of a
scalpel dented his cheek. "Don't
move. I have to cut this." The cloth
slipped away. "Now. Open your eyes slowly." For a
while he saw nothing but bright and dim.
Then shapes formed and, finally, vaguely discernible faces
developed. Three men and five women
surrounded him. They seemed
anxious. One man's mouth became a
hole. Mocker heard, "Can you see
anything?" "Yes." A hand
appeared. "How many fingers?" "Three." The women
tittered. "Good. Inform Lord Chin. We've succeeded." They ran
more simple tests, and freed him from the restraints. The speaker told him, "You've been laid up a long time. Don't try getting up without help. We'll start exercising you later." The group
fell silent when the Tervola entered. A
man in black, wearing a mask. Black on
gold, rubies, the cat-gargoyle. Mocker
shrank away. A soft
laugh escaped the mask. The Tervola sat
on his bed, folding the sheet back.
"Good. The burns healed
perfectly. There won't be much
scarring." Mocker
stared at the mask. This one had jewels
where the other had been open. "How...?" "My
fault. I apologize. I miscalculated. Your enemy controlled more power than I expected. He proved difficult. You were burned in the process. For that I offer my deepest apologies. You had suffered enough. A year of torture. Amazing. You're a strong
man. Few of my colleagues could have
endured." "Self,
being short of memories of interval incarcelated, am • wondering, question
being, where is same? Self." "Ehelebe."
The man examined Mocker's eyes. Mocker
noted that he used his left hand. The
Man in the Mask had been right-handed.
Haroun was right-handed. "Same
being? Have never heard of same. Is where?" "Ehelebe isn't a
'where'. It's a state of mind. I'm not being intentionally obscure. It's a nation without a homeland, its
citizens scattered everywhere. We call
ourselves The Hidden Kingdom. Wherever
there are enough of us, we maintain a secret place to gather, to take refuge,
to be at peace. This's such a
place." "Being
same system known for cult of Methregul." Methregul was a demon-god of the
jungle kingdom of Gundgatchcatil. He
had a small, secret, vicious following.
The cult was outlawed throughout the western kingdoms. Its bloody altars were well-hidden. Today it was a dying creed. It had been more widespread in Mocker's
youth. "The
structures are similar. But the ends
are as different as day and night. Our
goal is to expunge such darknesses from the world." Mocker
was regaining his wits quickly.
"Self, self says to self, what is?
Tervola saying same has mission to combat evil?" He laughed. "High madness." "Perhaps. But who better to alter the direction of
Shinsan? You'd be surprised who some of
us are. I often am myself, when my work
brings me into contact with brothers previously unknown to me." Mocker
wanted to ask why he had never heard of the organization. Old habit stifled the question. He would wait and watch. He needed data, and data not volunteered, on
which to base conclusions. "You've
recovered remarkably. With a little
wizardry and a lot of care from these
good people." He
indicated those watching.
"You'll see when you get to the mirror. They repaired most of the damage. The bones and the flesh are fine now. You'll have a few scars, but they'll be hidden by your
clothing. The only worry left is how
you are up here." He tapped Mocker's head. "Why?" "Excuse me?" "Have
been told self was saved from wickedry.
Am not ungrateful. But many
persons labor many hours to repair ravishes—ravages?—of mad cruelty of captor
who never says why self was imprisoned.
Am wondering." "Ah. Yes.
My motives. No, they aren't
entirely altruistic. I hope I can
convince you to commit your talents to our cause." Mocker sniffed. "Talent? Self? Lurker in dusty
streets unable to support wife and child?
Or morals only wafer thickness better than Tervola class? Of gambler habit capable of possessing self
to point of self-destruction?" "Exactly. You're a man. Men are weak. Ehelebe
takes our weaknesses and makes them strengths serving Mankind." Mocker
wished he could see the man's face. His
voice and apparent honesty were too disarming.
He began reviewing everything that had happened from the moment he had
received Bragi's invitation to the Victory Day celebration. His mind
froze on Nepanthe. What was she
doing? Had she given up on him? What would become of her if Bragi and Haroun
really were in cahoots against him? "No. Self, have had gutsful of politics in time
past. Year in dungeon with torturer for
lover is final convincer." "Sleep
on it. We'll start your therapy when
you wake up." Chin led everyone out. Mocker
tried to sleep, and did doze off and on.
A few hours later, a slight sound brought him to the alert. He cracked one eyelid. His visitor was a bent old man. Is old
meddler himself, Mocker thought. Is
infamous Star Rider. The Star
Rider's legends were as old as the world, older, even, than those of The Old
Man of the Mountain, whom Mocker suspected was but the Star Rider's
cat's-paw. Nobody seemed to know who
this man was, or what motivated him. He
moved in his own ways, keeping his own counsel. He was more powerful than the masters of Shinsan, or
Varthlokkur. Bragi claimed he had made
it impossible for sorcery to influence the course of battle at Baxendala. He meddled in human affairs, from behind the
scenes, for no discernible reason. He
was the subject of an entire speculative library at Hellin Daimiel's great
Rebsamen university. He had become a
mystery second only to the mystery of life itself. So what
the hell was he doing here? Once is
accident, twice coincidence. Three
times means something is going on. This
was Mocker's third encounter with the man. He
continued pretending sleep. The bent
old man stayed only seconds, considering him, then departed. Was the
Star Rider a sneak visitor? Or was he
involved in this Ehelebe business? In
times past, insofar as Mocker knew, the man had always meddled on behalf of the
people Mocker considered the "good guys...." Twice
before the Star Rider had entered his life.
Twice he had benefited. It was
an argument favoring Lord Chin—assuming the old man wasn't here screwing up the
clockwork. A few
weeks later, once he was able to get around and do some spying, Mocker
overheard someone informing Chin that Bragi had just dumped Nepanthe and
Ethrian into the old dungeons beneath Castle Krief. He returned
to his quarters and thought. The Star
Rider had saved his life years ago.
Varthlokkur had told him the man wouldn't have bothered if he hadn't had
use for him in some later scheme. Was
this the payoff? Of one
thing there was no doubt. Bragi and
Haroun weren't going to get away with a thing. NINE: A Short Journey "Damned
saddles get hard," Oryon grumbled.
He, Bragi, Ragnar, and the wizard had just ridden up to the Bell and Bow
Inn. "Change
of horses," Ragnarson told the innkeeper.
"On the Crown Post." He showed an authority he had written
himself. "We're over halfway
there, Colonel. Twenty more miles. We won't make it till after dark,
though.... In time?" he asked
Varthlokkur. "You
ready to tell me what this's about?" Oryon demanded. Ragnarson had told him nothing. "Trust
me, Colonel." Oryon was
a short, wide bull of a man Bragi had first met during the El Murid Wars. He hadn't liked the man then, and felt no
better disposed toward him now. But
Oryon was a stubborn, competent soldier, known for his brutal directness in
combat. He led his troops from the
front, straight ahead, and had never been known to back down without
orders. He made a wicked enemy. Oryon
neither looked it, nor acted it, but he wasn't unsubtle. Dullards didn't become Guild Colonels. He realized that a crisis was afoot, that
Ragnarson felt compelled to separate him from his command. Why? "Something
to eat, landlord. No. No ale.
Not with my kidneys. Still got
to make Baxendala tonight." "Papa,
do we have to?" Ragnar asked.
"I'm dead." "You'll
get a lot tireder, Ragnar." "Uhn,"
Varthlokkur grunted. "You know how
long it's been since I've ridden?" The
innkeeper mumbled, "Five minutes, sirs." Only
Oryon seated himself immediately. Despite
his complaint, he was more accustomed to saddles than the others. Oryon was, as he liked to remind Ragnarson,
a field soldier. Varthlokkur
took up a tiny salt cellar. "A
trusting man, our host." Salt was precious in eastern Kavelin. Varthlokkur
twitched his fingers. The cellar
disappeared. It was a
trick of the sort Mocker might have used.
Pure prestidigitation. But even
the High Sorcery was half lie. Ragnarson
suspected the wizard was making a point.
He missed it himself. And Ragnar
merely remarked, "Hey, that was neat, Mr.
Eldred. Would you teach
me?" Varthlokkur
smiled thinly. "All right,
Red." His fingers danced in false signs.
He said a few false words. The
salt reappeared. "It's not as
simple as it looks." The salt disappeared. "You need supple fingers." "He
doesn't have the patience," Bragi remarked. "Unless he can learn it in one lesson. I gave him a magic kit before." "I'll
do it slowly once, Red. Watch
closely." He did it. "All
right, what did I do? Where is
it?" Ragnar
made a face, scratched his forehead.
"I still missed •t-" "In
your other hand," Oryon grumbled. "Oh?"
Varthlokkur opened the hand. "But
there's nothing here either—except an old gold piece. Now where did that come from?" Oryon
stared at the likeness on that coin, then met Varthlokkur's eye. He had grown very pale. "Actually,
if you'll check behind the boy's ear, and dig through the dirt...." He
reached. "What? That's not it." He dropped an agate
onto the table. Then a length of
string, a rusty horseshoe nail, several copper coins, and, finally, the
salt. "What a mess. Don't you ever wash there?" Ragnar
frantically checked the purse he wore on his belt. "How'd you do that?" "Conjuring. It's all conjuring. Ah, our host is prompt. Sir, I'll recommend you to my friends." "And
thank you, sir. We try to please." Ragnarson
guffawed. Somber Oryon smiled. "Sirs?"
asked the innkeeper. "You
don't know his friends," Oryon replied.
Bragi read concern, even dread, in the taut lines the Colonel strove to
banish from his face. The
innkeeper set out a good meal. It was
their first since leaving Vorgreberg. "Colonel,"
Ragnarson said, after the edge was off his hunger and he was down to stoking
ihe fires against the future, "Any chance we can speak honestly? I'd like to open up if you will too." "I
don't understand, Marshall." "Neither
do I. That's why I'm asking." "What's
this about, then? Why'd you drag me out
here? To Baxendala? To see the Queen?" "I
brought you because I want you away from your command if she dies while I'm
there. I don't know what you'd do if it
happened and you heard before I could get back to Vorgreberg. The Guild hasn't given me much cause to
trust it lately." "You
think I'd stage a coup?" "Maybe. There's got to be a reason why High Crag
keeps pressuring me to keep your regiment.
They know we can't afford it. So
maybe the old boys in the Citadel want a gang on hand next time the Crown goes
up for grabs. I know you have your
standing orders. And I'll bet they
cover what to do if the Queen dies." "That's
true." Oryon gave nothing away there.
It took no genius to reason it out. "You
going to tell me what they are?" "No. You know better. You're a Guildsman. Or
were." "Once. I'm Marshall of Kavelin now. A contract.
I respect mine. The Guild
generally honors its. That's why I
wonder.... One word. Wasn't going to tell you for a while. But this is a good enough time. Your contract won't be renewed. You'll have to evacuate after Victory
Day." "This'll
cause trouble with High Crag. They feel
they have an investment." "It'll
bring them into the open, then. Every
King and Prince in the west will jump on them, too. High Crag has stepped on a lot of toes lately." "Why
would they? The legalities are
clear. Failure to fulfill a
contract." "How
so?" "Kavelin
owes High Crag almost fifteen thousand nobles.
The Citadel doesn't forgive debts." "So
you've said during our negotiations.
They want payment now? They'll have
it." He laughed a bellybreaker of a laugh. "About four years ago Prataxis started applying a little
creative bookkeeping at Inland Revenue, and some more in Breiden-bach, at the
Mint. We've been squirreling away the
nobles, and now we'll pay you off.
Every damned farthing you've imagined up." His smile suddenly
disappeared. "You're going to take
your money, sign for it, and get the hell out of my country. The day after Victory Day." "Marshall.... Marshall, I think you're overreacting."
Ory-on's wide, heavy mouth tightened into a little knot. "We shouldn't be at cross-purposes. Kavelin needs my men." "Maybe. Especially now. But we can't afford you, and we can't trust you." "You
keep harping on that. What do you want
me to admit?" "The
truth." "You
were a Guild Colonel. How much did they
tell you?" "Nothing." "And
you think I'm told more? Once in a
while I get a letter. Usually
directions for the negotiations.
Sometimes maybe a question about what's happening. Marshall, I'm just a soldier. I just do what I'm told." "Well,
I'm telling you. To march. Ravelin's in for rough times. The signs are there. And I don't need to be watching you and
everybody else too." "You're
wrong. But I understand." Varthlokkur
continued demonstrating his trick to Ragnar while they argued. The wizard occasionally glanced at
Oryon. The soldier shivered each time
he did. "You
may not need a regiment after all," Oryon muttered at one point, nodding
toward Varthlokkur. "Him? I don't trust him either. We're just on the same road right now. Innkeeper.
What's the tally here?" "For
you, Marshall? It's our pleasure." "Found
me out, eh?" "I
marched with you, sir. In the war. All the way from Lake Berberich to the last
battle. I was in the front line at
Baxendala, I was. Look." He bared
his chest. "One of them black
devils done that, sir. But I'm alive
and he's roasting in Hell. And that's
the way it should be." "Indeed."
Ragnarson didn't remember the man. But
a lot of Wesson peasants had joined his marching columns back then. They had
been stout fighters, though unskilled.
"And now you prosper. I'm
pleased whenever I see my old mates doing well." He often found himself in
this situation. He had never learned to
be comfortable with it. "The
whole country, sir. Ten years of
peace. Ten years of free trade. Ten years of the Nordmen minding their own
business, not whooping round the country tearing up crops and property with
their feuds. Marshall, there's them
here that would make you King." "Sir! For whom did we fight?" "Oh,
aye. That was no sedition, sir. The only complaint could be raised 'gainst
Her Highness is she's never wed and give us an heir. And now these strange comings and goings of a night, and
rumors.... It worries a man, Marshall,
not knowing." "Excuse
me," Ragnarson told his table mates.
"Sir, I've just had a thought.
Something in the kitchen...." He placed his arm round the
innkeeper's shoulders and guided him thither. "You
whip up something. A dessert
treat. Meanwhile, tell me what you
don't know. Tell me the rumors. And about these comings and goings." "Them
others?" "Not
to be trusted. The boy's all right,
though. My son. Too bull-headed and big-mouthed, maybe. Gets it from his grandfather. But go on.
Rumors." "Tain't
nothing you can rightly finger, see?
Not even really a rumor. Just
the feeling going round that there's something wrong. I thought you might ease my mind. Or say what it is so's I got the chance to be ready." "Makes
two of us. I don't know either. And I can't nail anything down any better
than you. Comings and goings. What have you got there?" "Tain't
much, really. They don't stop in
here." "Who
doesn't?" "The
men what travels by night. That's what
I calls them. From over the Gap. Or going over. Not many, now. One, two
groups a month. As many coming as
going, two, three men I each." "You
seen them in the daytime?" "No. But I never thought they was up to no
good. Not when they skulks around in
the night and skips the only good inn ten miles either way." "Do
they come by on the same nights every month?" Ragnarson's brain was
a-hum. Thinking he might be on the
enemy's track raised his spirits immensely. "No. Just when they gets the feeling, seems
like." "How long has it been going on?" "Good
two years. And that's all I can tell you,
excepting that some went past this morning.
After the sun was up, too, come to think. Riding like Hell itself was after them. "Less they steals horses up the line, they's going to be
walking by now." "You
said...." "I
never seen them by light? Yes, and it's
so. These ones just showed me their
backsides going away. Three of them,
they was, and I knew it was the same kind 'cause of the way they just went on
by." "What's
that got to do with it?" "Everybody
stops here, Marshall. I picked this
spot the day we dragged ourselves back through here after we chased that O
Shing halfway to them heathen lands in the east. It's right in the middle of everywhere. Gots water and good hayfields.... Well, never mind the what do you call it? Economics?
People just stops. It's a place
to take a break. You stopped yourself,
and it's plain you're in as big a hurry as them fellows this morning. Even people what has no business stopping
do. Soldiers. A platoon going up to Maisak?
They stops, and you don't hear the sergeants saying nay. Just every body stops. Except them as rides by night." "Thanks. You've helped. I'll remember. You can do
something else for me." "Anything,
Marshall. It was you made it possible
fora man like me to have a place like this for himself...." "All
right. All right. You're embarrassing me. Actually, it's two things. We go back out, you put on a show of what a
good choice of dessert I made." "That's
it?" "No. It starts when we leave. You never saw us and you don't know who we
were." "True
enough, excepting yourself, sir." "Forget
me too." "Secret
mission, eh?" "Exactly." "It's
as good as forgotten now, sir. And the
other thing?" "Don't
argue with me when I pay for my meal.
Or I'll box your damned ears." The
innkeeper grinned. "You know, sir,
you're a damned good man. A real
man. Down here with the rest of
us." Ragnarson
suffered a twinge of guilt-pain. What
would the old veteran think if he found out about Elana and the Queen? "That's
why we followed you back then. Ain't
why we joined, I grants you. Them
reasons you can figure easy enough.
Loot and a chance to break our tenantcy. But it's why we stuck.
And there's plenty of us as remembers.
The hill people too. Some of them
comes in here of a time, and they says the same. You go up on the wall over there in Vorgreberg City sometime if n
you got trouble, and you stomp good and hard and you yell 'I needs good men'
and you'll have ten thousand before the next sun shows." He only
wished it were true, dire as tomorrow smelled. "You
marks me, sir. There's men what never
marched in the long march, and men what even missed Baxendala, but they'd come
too. They maybe wouldn't have the sword
you said they should have, because swords is dear, and everybody wanting one,
and they wouldn't have no shields, except as some makes ' they own out of oak
in the old way, or maybe green hide, and they wouldn't have no mail, but they'd
come. They'd bring they rakes and hoes
and butchering knives, they forge hammers and chopping axes...." Ragnarson
sniffed, brushed a tear. He was deeply
moved. He didn't believe half of it,
but just having one man show this much faith reached down to the heart of him. "The
hill people too, sir. 'Cause you done
one thing in this here country, something not even the old Krief himself could
do, and, bless him, we loved him.
Something not even Eanred Tarlson could do, and him a Wesson himself and
at the Krief's ear. "Sir,
you gave us our manhood. You gave us hope. You gave us a chance to be men, not just
animals working the lands and mines and forges for drunken Nordmen. Maybe you didn't mean it that way. I don't know. We likes to think you did.
You being down in Vorgreberg City, we judges only by what we seen in the
long march. Coo-ee, we gave them
Nordmen jolly whatfor. didn't we
sir? Lieneke. I was right there on the hill, not fifty feet from you,
sir." "Enough. Enough." "Sir? I've offended?" "No. No." He turned away because the tears
had betrayed him. "That's what I
wanted. What Her Majesty wanted. What you say you've got. Down there in Vorgreberg, it's hard to
see. Sometimes I forget that's only a
little bit of Kavelin, even if it's the heart.
Come on now. Let's go. And remember what I said." "Right
you are, sir. Don't know you from the
man in the moon, and I'll gouge you for every penny." "Good."
Ragnarson put an arm around the man's shoulders again. "And keep your eyes open. There's trouble in those riders." "An
eye and an ear, sir. We've got our
swords in this house, me and my sons.
Over the door, just like it says in the law. We'll be listening, and you call." "Damn!"
Ragnarson muttered, fighting tears again. "Sir?"
But the Marshall had fled to the common room. "What
do you think?" Ragnarson asked, referring to the creamed fruit he had
helped the innkeeper prepare.
"Mixed. A trick my mother
used to pull when I was a kid." And then, to Oryon, "Colonel, I don't
think I'm as frightened of High Crag as I was." "I don't
understand." "I
thought of something when we were mixing the fruit. You know my old friend?
Haroun?" "Bin
Yousif? Not personally." "Five,
six years ago he published a book through one of the colleges at Hellin
Daimiel. You might read it sometime. Your answer is there." "I've
read it already. Called On Irregular
Warfare, isn't it? Subtitled something
like The Use Of The Partisan In Achieving Strategic As Well As Tactical
Objectives. Excellent treatise. But his own performance discredits his
thesis." "Only
assuming he has failed to do what he wants.
We don't know that. Only Haroun
knows what Haroun is doing. But that's
not the answer. Now, innkeeper, the
tally. We have to get going." Somehow,
now, the future looked a lot brighter. TEN: Lord of Lords "It's
a whole new world, Tarn," said Tran.
The forester couldn't stifle his awe of Liaontung. "What's
that?" Tam asked their escort, an old centurion named Lo. Tam and Lang were as overwhelmed as Tran. "Ting
Yu. The Temple of the Brotherhood. It was there before Shinsan came." Lo was
their keeper and guide. Their month in
his care hadn't been onerous. An
intimate of Lord Wu and a senior noncom of the Seventeenth Legion, Lo had been
a pleasant surprise. He was quite human
when outside his armor. "Where
do you live, Lo?" Tam asked.
"You said you had your own house that time we visited the
barracks." The boy's
curiosity invariably amazed the centurion.
He had never married, and had had no childhood himself. He knew only those children in legionary
training. "It's not far,
Lord." With a hint of embarrassment, "Would it please you to
visit. Lord?" Behind his embarrassment
lay a gentle, almost defiant pride. Tran
sipped tea and shook his head as Lo showed them his tiny garden. "What's
this one?" Lang asked, fingertip a whisker off the water. Lo leaned
over the pool. "Golden
swallowtail." Sadly, "Not a prime specimen, though. See the black scales on this fin?" "Oh!"
Tam ejaculated as another goldfish, curious, drifted from beneath the lily
pads. "Look at this one,
Lang." "That's
the lord of the pool. That's Wu the
Compassionate," Lo said proudly.
"He is purebred. Here,
Lord." He took crumbs from a small metal box, dribbled a few onto Tarn's
fingertips. "Put your fingers into
the water—gently!" Tam
giggled as the goldfish sampled his fingerprints. Tran
studied the exotic plants surrounding the pool. There was a lot of love here, a lot of time and money. Yet Lo was a thirty-year veteran of the
Seventeenth. Legionnaires quailed
before him. But for an intense loyalty
to Lord Wu, he could have become a centurion of the Imperial Standard Legion,
Shinsan's elite, praetorian legion. What was
Lo doing breeding goldfish and gardening?
Obviously, Shinsan's soldiers had facets outsiders seldom saw. Tran
wasn't happy. The revelation made it
difficult to define his feelings.
Soldiers shouldn't stop being sword-swinging automatons and start being
human.... Liaontung
was a nest of paradoxes and contrasts.
Once it had been the capital of a small kingdom. A century ago Lord Wu and the Seventeenth
had come. Liaontung had become an
outpost, a sentinel watching the edge of empire, its economy militarily
dependent. Reduction in enemy activity
had drawn colonists, then merchants.
Yet the military presence persisted. The
Tervola, with their vastly extended lives, under the Princes, were patient
conquerers. Take it a week or a
century, they pursued operations till they won. They knew they would outlive their enemies. And no foe had their command of the Power. Wu's
latest foes, the Man Chin, were gone.
The frontiers of his domains had drifted so far eastward that the
Seventeenth soon would have to relocate.
Liaontung would change, becoming less a border stronghold. Lord Wu
himself was an enigma. He could
slaughter an entire race without reluctance or mercy, yet his subjects called
him Wu the Compassionate. Tran
asked why. "To
tell the truth," Lo replied, "it's because he cares for them like a
peasant cares for his oxen. And for the
same reasons. Consider the
peasant." Now Tran
grasped it. The poor man's ox was his
most valued possession. It tilled his
earth and bore his burdens. "No,"
Lo said later, when Lang wandered too near a city gate. He gently guided them toward Liaontung's
heart, Wu's citadel atop a sheer basaltic upthrust. It had been a monastery before Shinsan's advent. Lo was
the perfect jailor. He kept the cage
invisible. Soon Tarn had few
opportunities to stray. Lord Wu
directed him into intensive preparation for Tervola-hood and laying claim to
the Dragon
Throne. Lo remained nearby, but seldom
invoked his real authority. Tarn's
principal tutors were Select Kwang and Candidate Chiang, Tervola Aspirants
destined to join Shinsan's sorcerer-nobility.
Both were older than Lo, and powerful wizards. Kwang had but a few years to wait to become full Tervola. His destiny was guaranteed. Chiang's future would remain nebulous till
the Tervola granted him Select status. His
chances were excellent. Lord Wu was a
powerful patron. The
Tervola of the eastern legions, including Wu, also contributed to Tarn's
education. He was the child of their
secret ambitions. Aspirants,
usually the sons of Tervola, were selected for their raw grasp of the Power,
and advanced by attaining ever more refined control. Tarn
stunned his tutors. He
learned in weeks, intuitively, what most Aspirants needed years to comprehend. His first
few tricks, like conjuring balls of light, amazed Lang and Tran. "His
father is a Prince Thaumaturge," Lo observed, unimpressed. Time
marched. Tarn's magicks ceased being
games and tricks. And, despite the
swiftness of his progress, his instructors grew impatient, as if racing some
dread deadline. "Of
course they want to use you," Tran responded to an unexpectedly naive
question. "They've never hidden
that. Just don't let them make you a
puppet." "I
can't stand up to them." Kwang and Chiang had shown him his limitations. He could
best neither, though his raw talent dwarfed theirs. "True. And don't forget. Be subtle. Or suffer the
fate they plan for your father." Blood
began to tell in a growing need to dominate. "Lord
Wu," Tarn once protested, when the Tervola was his instructor, "can't
I go out sometimes? I haven't left the
citadel for months." "Being
O Shing is a lonely fate, Lord," Wu replied. He set his locust mask aside, took Tam's hands. "It's for your safety. You'd soon be dead if the agents of the
Princes discovered you." Nevertheless,
Tarn remained antsy. The roots
of his malaise lay in his treatment by minor functionaries. They granted honors mockingly, treated him
as O Shing only when Wu was present.
Otherwise, they bullied him as if he were a street orphan. Till Tran cracked a few skulls. The persecutions, then, became more subtle. When Tam
was promoted to Candidate-nominee the bureaucrats tried separating him from his
brother and Tran. He threw a fit, set
his familiar on his chief tormentor, one Teng, and refused to study. Wu
finally intervened. He permitted Tam to
retain his contacts and interviewed everyone who came in daily contact with
Tam. Many left with grey faces. Then he summoned Tam. "I
won't interfere again," he said angrily.
"You have to learn to deal with the Tengs. They're part of life. Remember: even the Princes Thaumaturge are
inundated by Tengs. Only men of his
choler, apparently, become civil servants." There was
something about Wu that Tam had, hitherto, seen in no one else. Maturity?
Inner peace?
Self-confidence? It was all
that, and more. He awed Tam as did no
other man. The
bitter years began when Tam was fourteen. Treacheries
took wing. Double and triple betrayals. A wizard named Varthlokkur destroyed Tarn's
father and uncle, Yo Hsi. Lo
brought the news. "Pack your
things," he concluded. "Why?"
Lang demanded. "The
Demon Prince had a daughter. She's
seized his Throne. It means civil
war." "I
don't understand," said Tam, gathering his few belongings. "You,
you, get packing," Lo snapped at Lang and Tran. "The Throne, of all Shinsan, is up for grabs, Lord. Between yourself and Mist. And she's stronger than we are. The western Tervola support her." More softly,
"I wouldn't give a glass diamond for our chances." "She's
that terrible?" "No. She's that beautiful. I saw her once. Men would do anything for her.
No woman like her has ever lived.
But she's that terrible, too, if you look past her beauty. Lord Wu believes she conspired in the doom of
the Princes." "Why
involve me?" Silly. This was the
deadline Kwang and Chiang had been racing. "You're
Nu Li Hsi's son. Come on. Hurry.
We have to hide you. She knows
about you." It was
all too sudden and confusing.
Willy-nilly, tossed by the
whims of others, he fled a woman he didn't know. O Shing
was, Wu believed, the strongest Power channel ever born. But he hadn't the will to back it, nor the
training to employ it. He had to be
kept safe while he grew and learned. "Oh,
lord," Tam sighed. They were three
miles from Liaontung. The band included
Lo, Chiang, Kwang, and a Tervola named Ko Feng. A black
smoke tower had formed over Liaontung.
Lightnings carved its heart.
Here, there, hideous faces glared out. "She's
fast," Ko Feng snarled. "Come
on! Move it!" He ran. The others kept up effortlessly. Being physically tireless was an axiom in
Shinsan. But Tam.... "Damned
cripple!" Feng muttered. He caught
the boy's arm. Lo took the other. The black
tower howled. "Lord
Wu will show her something," Kwang prophesied. "Maybe,"
Feng grumbled. "He was
waiting." Tam found
most of the Tervola tolerable. He liked
Lord Wu. But sour old Feng he
loathed. Feng made no pretense of being
servant or friend. He plainly meant to
use Tam, and expected Tam to reciprocate.
Feng called it an alliance without illusion. Their
flight took them to a monastery in the Shantung. Feng left to rejoin his legion.
Elsewhere, the Demon Princess routed the Dragon Prince's adherents. Her
thoughts seldom strayed far from O Shing.
She traced him within the month. Tam
sensed the threat first. Pressed, his
feeling of the Power had developed swiftly. "Tran,
it's time to leave. I feel it. Tell Lo." "Where
to, Lord?" the centurion asked. He
didn't question the decision. One of
his darker looks silenced Select Kwang's protest. That made clear whom Wu had put in charge. O Shing
knew little about the nation being claimed in his name. "Lo,
you decide. But quickly. She is coming." Kwang and
Chiang wanted to contact Wu or Feng.
"No contact," O Shing insisted. "Nothing thaumaturgic.
It might help them locate us." They
didn't argue. Was Wu using this hejira
to further his education? Again
they were just miles away when the blow fell.
This time it was mundane, soldiers directed by a Tervola Chiang
identified as Lord Chin, a westerner as mighty as Lord Wu. "Tran,"
said Tarn, as they watched the soldiers surround the monastery, "take charge. You're the woodsman. Get us out.
Everyone, this man is to be obeyed without question." There
were complaints. Tran wasn't even a
Citizen.... Lo's baleful eye silenced
the protests. Chin
stalked them for six weeks. The party
declined to six as the hunters caught a man here, a man there. Chiang went, victim of a brief, foredoomed
exchange with Lord Chin. He didn't
choose to go. Surprised, in despair, he
fought the only way he knew. His
passing allowed the others to escape. In the
end there were Tam, Lang, Tran, Kwang, Lo, and another old veteran from the
Seventeenth. They hid in caves in the
Upper Mahai. Their stay lasted a year. Men
drifted to the Mahai, to O Shing. The
first were regular soldiers from legions torn by the conflicting loyalties of
their officers. Later, there were
Citizens and peasants, fleeing homes and cities ruined by the Demon Princess's
attacks. Lord Wu,
though far from Mist's match in the Power, won a reputation as a devil. Her chief Tervola, Chin, could defeat but
never destroy him. O Shing
gave the recruits to Tran to command. Tran
played guerrilla games with them. His
tactics were unorthodox and effective.
Much enemy blood stained the rocky Mahai. Tam
learned to keep moving, to be where his foes least expected him. He learned to command. He learned to stand by his own judgment and
will. He learned to trust his
intuitions, Tran's military judgments, and Lang's assessments of character. In the
crucible of that nightstalk he learned to control and wield his awesome grasp
of the Power. He
learned to survive in an inimical world. He became
O Shing. Mist's
attempts to hunt him down became half-hearted, though. Overconfident of her grip on Shinsan, sure
time would bring the collapse of the eastern faction, she and her Tervola
became embroiled in foreign adventures.
Greedily, her Tervola devoured small states all round Shinsan's borders. It was a
different Shinsan without the balance and guidance of the Princes
Thaumaturge. Everything speeded
up. Patience and perseverance gave way
to haste and greed. Old ways of doing,
thinking, believing, collapsed. In one
year six men became thirty thousand.
More than the barren Mahai could support. Peasants and Citizens received war-training in their Prince's
struggle to stay alive. "It's
time to move," Tam told his staff one morning. He seemed almost comical, commanding captains ages older than
he. "We'll go to the forest of
Mienming. It's more suited to Tran's
war style." Lord Chin
was-adapting. He was using a
semisentient bat to locate and track Tran's raiders. Food could be stolen but concealment could not. The old
sorcerers returned to their commands and prepared for the thousand-mile
march. No one questioned O Sning's
wisdom. M ist's
troops met them at the edge of the Mahai.
Skirmishing continued throughout the long march. A third of O Shing's army perished forcing a
crossing of the Taofu at Yaan Chi, in the Tsuyung Hills. For three days the battle raged. Sorceries murdered the hills, and it seemed,
toward the end, that O Shing would become one with the past, that his gamble had
failed. Tam
redoubled his stakes, raising hell creatures few Tervola dared summon. Mist's
army collapsed. Eyebrows
rose behind a hundred hideous masks as the news spread. Chin defeated? By a child and a woodsman untrained in the arts of war? Six legions overwhelmed by half-trained
peasants scantily backboned by the leavings of shattered legions? The
Tervola weren't bemused by Yo Hsi's daughter.
They didn't enjoy being ruled by a woman. Quiet little missions penetrated the Mienming. This Tervola or that offered to slip the
moorings of a hasty alliance if O Shing dealt her another outstanding defeat. Seizing
power wasn't the lodestone of Tarn's life.
Survival was the stake he had on the table. Chin was a tireless hunter. O Shing
was still in hunted-beast mind-set when Wu reentered his life. Mist's
Tervola had coaxed her into invading Escalon.
Escalon was no impotent buffer state.
The neutralist Tervola, constituting most of their class, joined the venture. Expansion was ancient national policy. They weren't
pleased with the war's conduct. Escalon
was strong and stubborn. Mist had no
feel for imaginative strategy. Her
angry hammer blows consumed legions. In
Shinsan soldiers weren't, as elsewhere, considered fodder for the Reaper. Tervola loved spending men like a miser
loved squandering his fortune. Two
decades went into preparing a soldier.
Quality replacements couldn't be conjured from beyond the barrier of
time. Divining
future trouble, they had begun training enlarged drafts years ago, but those
wouldn't be ready for a decade. Their
wealth and strength were being squandered. They
simmered with rebellious potential. Wu and
Feng wanted to take advantage. "No!"
Tam protested. "I'm not
ready." "We
aren't ready," Tran growled. "You'll
waste what little we've husbanded." "It's
now or never," Feng snarled. Lord Wu
tried persuasion. And O Shing
acquiesced, overawed by Wu's age and ancient wisdom. Tran got
to choose the time. Most of
Escalon and a tenth of Shinsan lay under the shadow, terror, and destruction of
M ist's assault on the M onitor and Tatarian, Escalon's capital. Lo led Tran's best fighters through the
transfer.... O Shing
followed minutes later. Mist had
fled. Want it or not, he had inherited
a war. The legions were in
disarray. Tervola were demanding
orders. He had no time to think. With Tran's help he battled the Monitor to a
draw. Afterward,
Tran muttered, "We haven't gained anything. We're on the bull's-eye now, Tam." He indicated Wu and Feng,
who were celebrating with small cups of Escalonian wine. "Drink,"
Feng urged, offering Tam a cup. The
professional grouch was radiant.
"They say it's the world's finest wine." "Sorry,"
Tam mumbled. This was the first time he
had seen Feng without his mask. He was
as ugly in fact as spirit. At one time
fire had ravaged half his face. He
hadn't fixed it. Tam feared that said
something about the man within. "Celebration's
premature," Tran grumbled.
"Somebody better stay sober." O Shing's
reign lasted a month. Mist did
as she had been done. Her shock troops
transferred through during the height of a battle. In the
Mienming, Tarn sat in the mud craddling Lo's head. The centurion was almost gone. "This
is the price of our lives," Tam hissed.
Wu, maskless, moist of eye, knelt beside the man who, possibly, had been
his one true friend. "Was a month
worth it?" Wu just
held Lo's hand. The
centurion had fought like a trapped tiger.
His ferocity had allowed O Shing, Wu, Feng, and the others to escape. "No
more, Wu," said Tam. He spoke in a
tone suited to his title. "I've
seen children more responsible. Amongst
the forest people you despise." He indicated Tran, sitting alone, head
between his knees. He and Lo had grown
close. "What'll
satisify you? All our deaths? This time Lo and Kwang. Next time?
Tran? My brother? If you persist, I promise I'll be the
last. After you, My Lord." Wu met
his gaze, recoiled. Neither
he nor Chin seemed able to learn. They
bushwhacked one another repeatedly.
Chin finally got the upper hand. O Shing
remained in Mienming nursing his grudge against Tervola. Mist
completed her Escalonian adventure.
Success stabilized her position, though not solidly. Her sex, the casualties, and her failure to
capture the Tear of Mimizan remained liabilities. O Shing
first heard of the Tear from Wu. Wu
wasn't sure what it was, just that it was important. It was the talisman which had made possible the Monitor's
prolonged defense of Tatarian. "It's
one of the Poles of Power," Feng opined. "Bah!"
Wu replied. "Monitor's
propaganda. There's no proof." The Poles
were legendary amongst the thaumaturgic congnoscenti. One, supposedly, was possessed by the Star Rider. The second had been missing for ages. Even the highest wizards had nearly
forgotten it. During the recent
conflict the Monitor had hinted that the Tear was the lost Pole. Every
sorcerer living would have bartered his soul to possess a Pole. The man who mastered one could rule the
world. In time,
sensing the restlessness of the Tervola, Mist looked for another foe to divert
them. She took up a program inherited
from her father, which she had quietly nurtured since her ascension. O Shing
spent ever more time alone, or with Tran and Lang. Only those two still treated him as Tam. Only they considered him as more than a
means to an end. Lo's
death cost Wu O Shing's love and respect. Wu was
changing. No one called him "the
Compassionate" now. A poisonous
greed, a demanding haste, had crept into his soul. And O
Shing was changing too, becoming cynical and disenchanted. The man
in the cat-gargoyle mask made his first presentation to the Pracchia. Nervously, he said, "Mist plans to
invade the west now. She's suborned the
Captal of Savernake. Maisak, the
fortress controlling the Savernake Gap, will be Shinsan's. Ehelebe-in-Shinsan can assume control of the
invasion whenever the Pracchia directs.
We have moved with care, into leading positions in both political
factions. I have become Mist's chief
Tervola. Members of my Nine are close
to the Dragon Prince. We still
recommend that nominal rule be invested in the latter. He remains the more manageable
personality." He detailed plans for eliminating Mist and making O Shing
the Pracchia's puppet. "Absolutely
perfect," said he who was first in the Pracchia. "By all means encourage Mist's plans. She'll take care of herself for us." O Shing,
Lang, and Tran watched the commandos disappear. O Shing still shivered with the strain of a recently completed
sorcery. Mist and the Captal certainly
would be diverted. "Why're
we here, Tran?" he whispered. "Destiny,
Tam. There's no escape. We must be what we must be. How many of us like it? Even forest hunters ask the same
question." O Shing
met Wu's eye. Lord Wu was in
disguise. He wore no mask. His expression was taut, pallid, frightened. Lang
whispered, "Friend Wu is spooked." Lang took tremendous pleasure in
seeing the mighty discomfited, perhaps because it brought them nearer his own
insignificance. "That thing you
called up.... He wasn't looking for
that." "The
Gosik of Aubuchon? I was just showing
off." "You
scared the skirts off him," Tran said.
"He's having second thoughts about us." Wu was
frightened. Not even the Princes
Thaumaturge, at the height of their Power, had dared call that devil from its
hell. And, though O Shing hadn't gone
quite that far himself, he had opened a portal through which the monster could
cast a shadow of itself, a doorway through which it might burst if O Shing's
Power weren't sufficient to confine it. Wu wasn't
certain whether O Shing had overestimated himself or was genuinely able to
control the devil. Either way, he had
trouble. If the Gosik broke loose, the
world would become its plaything. If O
Shing truly commanded it, the Dragon Prince was more powerful than anyone had
suspected, and had trained himself quietly and well. Those who intended using him might find the tables turning. Worse,
the youth was winning allegiances outside the Tervola. He was popular with the Aspirants. This sudden Power might tempt him to replace
Tervola with Aspirants he trusted. But it
was too late to change plans.
Rectifications had to wait till Mist had been destroyed. Wu felt
like a man who bent to catch a king snake and discovered that he had hold of a
cobra. News
filtered back. Mist had been completely
surprised. Only a handful of
supporters, all westerners, were with her.
Tran's commandos were occupying Maisak.
The woman would be theirs soon. The same
promises were still coming through two days later. The lives of Tervola had been lost, and the survivors kept
saying, "Soon". "This'll
never end," Tam told Lang while awaiting their turn to transfer. "She'll get away. Just like we always did. There must be a reason." Tran had
been sitting silently, lost in thought.
"May I hazard a guess?" "Go
ahead." "I
think there're other plots afoot. One
catches things here and there if one listens." "They'd
let her get away?" "Maybe. I'm not sure. She's smart and strong.
Whatever, there's something happening.
We'd best guard our backs." O Shing
would remember that later, when Wu brought Lord Chin to swear fealty. Tam
remembered escaping Mist's hunter almost miraculously. He graciously accepted Chin's oath, then
became thoughtful. Tran was right. He told
Tran and Lang to be observant. No
conspiracy could operate without leaving some tracks. The
battle at Baxendala upset everyone. The
preliminaries proceeded favorably enough.
Chin assumed tactical command, quickly drove the westerners into their
defense works. Then he had no choice
but frontal attack. Nobody
worried. The westerners were a mixed
lot, from a half-dozen states, politically enmired, commanded by a man with
little large-scale experience, and already had shown poorly against the
legions. They would punch through. The
battle, as Shinsan's did, opened with a wizards' skirmish. O Shing, emboldened by Wu's reaction
earlier, conjured the Gosik himself.... A bent
old man, high above the battlefield, became enraged. This wasn't in his plan.
He took steps, knowing the result might delay his ends. But O
Shing was becoming dangerous. He was
outside the control of Ehelebe-in-Shinsan.... He ended
the efficacy of the Power, using his Pole of Power, which had the form of a
gold medallion. The
cessation of the Power rattled O Shing.
His Tervola were dismayed. Never
had they known the Power to fail. "We
retain our advantages," Chin argued.
"They're still weak and disunited.
We'll slaughter them." His confidence was absolute. Chin's
prediction seemed valid initially. The
westerners were stubborn, but no match for the legions. Their lines crumbled.... Yet Tam
couldn't shake a premonition of disaster. Tran felt
it too. And acted. He ordered O Shing's bodyguard to be ready. Then it
happened. Western knights exploded from
a flank long thought secured by local allies.
They hit the reserve legion before anyone realized they weren't
friendly. The
soldiers of Shinsan had never encountered knights. They stood and fought, and died, as they had been taught—to
little real purpose. Chin
panicked. It communicated itself to O
Shing. "Stand
fast!" Tran begged. "It'll
cost, but we'll hold. They won't
break." Nobody
listened. Not even the youth who had
vowed to respect Tran's advice above all others'. The
horsemen turned on the legions clearing Ragnarson's defense works. Chin and Wu cried disaster. Tran
cajoled and bullied enough to prevent a rout. That
night O Shing ordered a withdrawal. "What?"
Tran demanded. "Where to?" "Maisak. We'll retain control of the pass, transfer
more men through, resume the offensive." He parroted Chin. "The Imperial Standard will reman
here." His lips were taut. He
hated that sacrifice. The legion would
be lost if reinforcements didn't arrive in time. "Stand
here," Tran urged again. "We're
beaten." Tran gave
up. When O Shing's ear went deaf there
was no point in talking on. Maisak
greeted them with arrows instead of paeans for its overlord. The King
Without a Throne had gotten there first. Chin blew
up. Never had soldiers of Shinsan been
so humiliated. "Attack!"
he shrieked. "Kill them all!" O Shing
ignored Tran again. The
assault cost so many lives, uselessly, that Chin's standing with the Tervola
plummeted. They wouldn't listen to him
for years. Tervola
also questioned O Shing's acceeding to Chin's folly when the barbarian, Tran,
had foreseen the outcome.... After
that secondary defeat O Shing put his trust in Tran again. The hunter guided the survivors across the
wilderness, through terrible hardships.
Two thousand men reached Shinsan.
Of twenty-five thousand. The
western adventure, so optimistically begun, traumatized O Shing. The bitter trek across the steppes renewed
his acquaintance with fear. Three times
he had endured the fleeing terror: with the Han Chin, ducking Mist, and now
escaping the west. He wanted
no more of it. The
terrors would shape all his policies as master of Shinsan. That much
he had gained. Mist had been
beaten. She resided with the enemy now,
lending her knowledge to theirs. He became
a dedicated isolationist. Unfortunately,
the Tervola didn't see it his way. ELEVEN:
Marshall and Queen Ragnarson's
party reached Karak Strabger at midnight.
Bragi grumbled about the castle's disrepair. It hadn't seen maintenance since the civil war. Something needed doing. Baxendala was crucial to Kavelin's defense. Fortifications
were like women past thirty. They
required constant attention or quickly fell apart. He gave
his mount to one of the tiny garrison, glanced at Varthlokkur. "Not
time yet. She's resting. We have a day." "I'll
go see her. For a minute. Ragnar, stay with Mr. Eldred.
The duty corporal will find you someplace to sleep." "I
need it," Ragnar replied. A shadow
crossed his brow. "I'll
be down in a minute." He hugged his son.
They had lost a lot, and had had too much time to remember while riding. Ragnarson
wasn't a demonstrative man. His hug
startled Ragnar, but clearly pleased him.
"Go on. And behave. Everybody in the army has permission to wax
your ass if you act up." It was a
long climb. Gjerdrum and Dr. Wachtel had wanted Fiana inacessible. She was
alone except for a maid asleep in a chair.
Only a candle beside her bed illuminated the room. He stood
over Fiana awhile, staring at beauty wasted by pain. She slept peacefully now, though. He wouldn't disturb her after what Varthlokkur suggested she had
been through. Gone was
the elfin quality that had stunned him when first they met. But she had been barely twenty then, and
tormented only by the cares of office. The maid
wakened. "Oh. Sir!" "Shh!" She
joined him. "How
is she?" "Better
tonight. Last night. ...We thought.... It's good you're here.
It'll help. That you couldn't
be.... .That made it hard. Can you stay?" "Yes. There's no reason not to anymore." The
maid's blue eyes widened. "Do
I sound bitter?" His attention returned to the pain lines on Fiana's
face. "Poor thing." "Wake
her. I'll go." "I
shouldn't. She needs the rest." "She
needs you more. Goodnight, sir." He
settled on the edge of the bed, stared, thought. A good man, that innkeeper had said. And he had brought Fiana to this. He liked
to believe he was one of the good guys.
Wanted—even needed—to think so.
By the standards of his age, he was.
So why was it that every woman who entered his life got nothing but pain
for her trouble? How happy had he made
Fiana? Or Elana? He never should have married. Pleasure he should have taken in chance
encounters and houses of joy. Elana
would have been better off with Preshka.
The Iwa Skolovdan would have done right by her.... He was
holding Fiana's hand. Too tightly. Her eyelids fluttered. He stared into pale blue eyes pleasantly
surprised. "You
came," she murmured. He
thought of Elana. A tear escaped. "What's
wrong?" "Nothing. Nothing to worry your pretty head
about. Go back to sleep." "What? Why?
Oh! You look terrible." "I
didn't clean up." "I
don't care. You're here." He
smoothed her hair on her cerulean pillow.
The blue framed her blondness prettily.
The maid had taken good care of her hair. Good girl. She knew how
to buoy sinking spirits. "You're
exhausted. What've you been
doing?" "Not
much. Haven't slept for a couple
days." "Trouble? Is that why you came?" "No. Don't worry about it. Come on.
Go back to sleep. We'll talk in
the morning." She eased
over. The mound of her belly was
incredibly huge. Elana had never been
that big. "Here. Lay down with me." "I
can't." "Please? You've never stayed with me all night. Do it now." "I
brought my son. I told him I'd be back
down." "Please?" He bit
his lip. "It
might be the last time we can." Fear crossed her face. "I'm scared. I won't live through it.
It's so bad...." "Now
wait a minute. There's nothing to worry
about. You'll be all right. Funny.
Women always get so scared. They
go through it all the time.
Elana..." She
wasn't offended. "It's not like
before. It hurt last time, but only
when the baby came." Her eyes moistened.
Her daughter, a precocious, delightful blonde elf, had died mysteriously
soon after the civil war. That had been
one of Fiana's great sorrows. Another
had been the passing of her husband, the old King, an event which had
precipitated the civil war. "Come
on. Stay." He
couldn't refuse her. The look in her
eyes.... "Now,"
she said after he slipped in beside her, "tell me what happened." "Nothing. Don't worry." She was
persistent. And he didn't need much
encouragement. He had to loose the
grief sometime. She cried
with him. Then they slept. And no
one disturbed them. Her people were
discreet. It was
afternoon when Ragnarson wakened. Fiana
immediately asked, "You think it's Shinsan again?" "Who
else? Wish I had a way to hit
back. If it weren't for you, and
Kavelin, I'd head east right now, and not stop till I had my sword through O
Shing's heart." Someday, he thought.
Maybe with Varthlokkur's help.
The wizard had his own grudge against Shinsan. He hadn't
mentioned Varthlokkur. What he had
revealed had troubled Fiana enough. And
had done her good. Worrying about
Kavelin distracted her. Knowing her
condition had drawn Varthlokkur from his eyrie might crack what control she
retained. "Darling,
I've got to go downstairs. Ragnar will
think I abandoned him. And Wachtel is
probably dancing in the hall, trying to decide if he should stick his nose
in." "I
know. Come back. Please?
As soon as you can?" "I
Will." And he
did, with Varthlokkur and Wachtel.
Varthlokkur had conjured sorcerer's devices from Fangdred—and had
frightened half the Queen's staff out of Karak Strabger. What wild
rumors were afoot in Baxendala? Ragnarson
kept his promise, but Fiana never knew.
Her siege of agony had resumed.
She screamed and screamed while Bragi and the doctor held her so she
wouldn't hurt herself. "It's
worse this time," said Wachtel. He
was a kindly old gentleman who winced with every contraction. He had been Royal Physician for longer than
Fiana had been alive, was one of those rare Kaveliners of whom Ragnarson had
heard no evil at all. Like Michael
Trebilcock, he was unacquainted with fear.
Varthlokkur didn't impress him except as a respectable physician. Wachtel
knew the wizard's history. Varthlokkur
had learned life-magicks from the Old Man of the Mountain, who was believed to
be the master of the field. "Hold
her!" Varthlokkur snapped.
"I've got to touch her...." Bragi
pressed down on her shoulders. She
tried to bite. Wachtel struggled with
her ankles. The wizard laid hands on
her belly. "Never seen a woman
this pregnant. You're sure it's only
eight months?" "That's
what disturbs me," Wachtel said, nodding.
His face was taut, tired.
"You'd think she was delivering a colt." "It's
overdue. You're positive ...? Oh!" He touched hastily, his face
smeared with sudden incredulity.
"Wachtel. You have anything
to quiet her?" "I
didn't want to give her something and be sorry later." "Give
it to her. She'll need it. We'll have to cut. No woman could dilate enough to deliver this." Wachtel
eyed him—then released Fiana's ankles.
The wizard assumed his place. "Over
twenty pounds," Varthlokkur murmured. "Impossible!" "You
know it. I do. But that thing in her womb.... Tell it, Doctor. Marshall?" "Uhm?" "I
don't know how to tell you.... I'm not
sure I understand. This isn't your
child." A sneak
attack with a club couldn't have stunned Ragnarson more. "But.... That's impossible.
She...." "Wait! This's the part that's hard to explain." "Go. I need something." "Remember
the plot hatched by Yo Hsi and the Captal of Savernake? As the Captal confessed it before you
executed him?" The
Captal had been a rebel captain during the civil war. The Demon Prince had been his sponsor. Shinsan, to aid him, had put in the legions Ragnarson had
defeated here at Baxendala. The plot
had opened with the artificial insemination of Fiana, in her sleep, to create a
royal heir controllable from Shinsan.
To complicate their duplicity, the plotters had substituted another
child for the newborn, ensuring a disputed succession. Yo Hsi
had made one grave error. Fiana's child
had been a girl. That had
complicated matters for everyone. Then Yo
Hsi and Nu Li Hsi had been destroyed in Castle Fangdred. The plot lay fallow till Yo Hsi's daughter,
Mist, resurrected it. The
ultimate failure of the rebel cause had brought the girl home to her
mother. Then, during the winter, she
had died of a spider bite. "All
right. Get to the point." "This
is the child meant to be born then." "What? Bullshit.
I ain't no doctor. I ain't no
wizard. But I know for goddamned sure
it don't take no fifteen years...." "I
confess to complete mystification myself.
If this's Yo Hsi's get, then, necessarily, Carolan was your
daughter." Fiana's
struggles lessened as Wachtel's drug took effect. "Wizard,
I can believe almost anything," Ragnarson said. "But there ain't no way I'll believe a woman could have my
baby five years before I met her." "Doesn't
matter what you believe. You'll see
when we deliver. Doctor. You agree we'll have to cut?" "Yes. I've feared it all month. But I put off the decision, just
hoping.... It should've been
aborted." "When?" "I'll
have your help?" "If
I can convince the Marshall...." "Of
what?" "That
this isn't your get. And that you
should let me have it." Ragnarson's
eyes narrowed suspiciously. "I
know what you're thinking. You don't
trust me. I don't know why. But try this. We'll deliver the child.
If you want to acknowledge it then, that's your choice. If you don't, I get it. Fair enough?" Why would
Varthlokkur lie? he wondered. The man was wiser then he.... "Do it, damnit. Get it over with." "We'll
need some...." "I've
been at birthings before. Nine."
Elana had had three children who had died soon after birth. "Wachtel, have what's-her-name get
it. Then explain why it's not ready
already." "It
is ready. Sir." Wachtel was
angry. No one questioned his competence
or dedication. "Good. Get at it." Ragnarson settled on a
chest of drawers. "The man will be
here watching." He rested his sword across his lap. "He won't be happy if anything goes
wrong." "Lord,
I can't promise anything. You know
that. The mothers seldom survive the
operation...." "Doctor,
I trust you. You do the cutting." "I
plan to. The man's knowledge I
respect. I don't know his hand." Wachtel
began. And, despite the drugs, Fiana
screamed. They bound her to the bed,
and brought soldiers to help hold her, but she thrashed and screamed.... Wachtel
and Varthlokkur did everything possible.
Ragnarson could never deny that. Nothing
helped. Ragnarson
held her hand, and wept. Tears
didn't change anything either. Nor did
the most potent of Varthlokkur's life-magicks.
"You can't beat the Fates." "Fates? Damn the Fates! Keep her alive!" Ragnarson seized his sword. "Sir,
you may be Marshall," Wachtel shouted.
"You may have the power to slay me. But, by damned, this's my field.
Sit down, shut up, and stay the hell out of the way. We're doing everything we can. It's too late for her. We're trying to save the baby." There was
a limit to what Wachtel would tolerate, and the soldiers saw it his way. Ragnarson's
aide, Gjerdrum, and two men got between Ragnarson and the doctor. While
Wachtel operated Varthlokkur began a series of quiet little magicks. He and the doctor finished together. The child, brought forth from a dead woman,
floated above the bed in a sphere the wizard had created. Its eyes
were open. It looked back at them with
a cruel, knowing expression. Yet it
looked like a huge baby. "That's
no son of mine," Ragnarson growled sickly. "I told you that," Varthlokkur snapped. "Kill it!" "No. You said...." Gjerdrum
looked from man to man. Wachtel
confirmed Varthlokkur's claim. "Child
of evil," Ragnarson said.
"Murderer.... I'll murder
you...." He raised his sword. The thing
in the bubble stared back fearlessly.
Varthlokkur rounded the bed.
"Friend, believe me. Let it
be. This child of Shinsan.... It doesn't know what it is. Those who created it don't know it
exists. Give it to me. It'll become our tool. This's my competence. Attend yours. Kavelin no longer has a Queen." Kavelin. Kavelin.
Kavelin. A quarter of his life
he had given to the country, and it not the land of his birth. Kavelin.
The land of.... What? The women who had loved him? But Elana had been Itaskian. Fiana had come from Octylya, a child bride
for an old king desperately trying to spare his homeland the ravages of a
succession struggle. Kavelin. What was this little backwater state to
him? A land of sorrow. A land that devoured all that he loved. A land that had claimed his time and soul
for so long that he had lost the love of the woman who had made up half his
soul. What did he have to sacrifice to
this land to satisfy it? Was it some
hungry beast that ravened everything lovely, everything dear? He raised
his sword, that his father had given him when he and Haaken were but beardless
boys. The sword he had borne
twenty-five years, through adventures grim, services honorable and otherwise,
and days when he had been no better than the men who had murdered his
children. That sword was an extension
of his soul, half of the man called Bragi Ragnarson. He took it up, and whirled it above his head the way his father,
Mad Ragnar, had done. Everyone backed
away. He attacked the bed in which his
Queen had died, in which he had lain with her, comforting her, her last night
on earth. He hacked posts and sides and
hangings like an insane thing, and no one tried to stop him. "Kavelin!"
he thundered. "You pimple on the
ass of the world! What the hell do you
want from me?" Into his
mind came a face. A simple man, an
innkeeper, once had soldiered with a stranger from the north, whom he believed
had come to set him free. Behind him
were the faces of a hundred such men, a thousand, ten thousand, who had stood
with him at Baxendala, unflinching.
Peasant lads and hillmen, their hands virgin to the sword a year before,
they had faced the fury of Shinsan and had refused to show their backs. Not many had been as lucky as that
innkeeper. Most lay beneath the ground
below the hill on which Karak Strabger stood.
Thousands. Dead. Laid down because they had believed in him,
because he and this woman who lay here growing cold had given them a hope for a
new tomorrow. What had
Kavelin demanded of them? "Oh,
Gods!" he swore, and smashed that faithful blade against stone till it
flew into a hundred shards.
"Gods!" He buried his face in his hands, raked his beard with
his fingers. "What do I have to
do? Why must I endure this? Free me.
Slay me. Keep the blades from
going astray." Wachtel,
Varthlokkur, and Gjerdrum tried to restrain him. He surged
like a bear throwing off hounds, hurling them against the walls. Then he sat beside the torn body of his
Queen, and again took her hand. And for
a moment he thought he saw a tiny smile flicker through the agony frozen upon
her dead face. He thought he heard a
whisper, "Darling, go on. Finish
what we started." He threw
himself onto her still form and wept.
"Fiana. Please," he
whispered. "Don't leave me
alone." Elana was
gone. Fiana was gone. What did he have left? Just one
thing, a tiny mind-voice insisted. The
bitch-goddess, the changeable child-vixen which he had come to love more than
any woman. Kavelin. Kavelin. Kavelin.
Kavelin. Damnable Kavelin. His tears
flowed. Kavelin. Henceforth
there would be no other woman before her.... He lay
there with his head on Fiana's breast till long after sundown. And when he rose, finally, with night in his
eyes and tears dried, he was alone except for Gjerdrum and Ragnar. They came
to him, and held him, understanding. Gjerdrum
had loved his Queen more than life itself, though not with the love of a man
for a woman. His was the love of a
knight of the old romances for his sovereign, for his infallible Crown. And
Ragnar brought him the love of a forgiving son. "Give
me strength," said Ragnarson.
"Help me. They've taken
everything from me. Everything but you. And hatred.
Stand with me, Ragnar. Don't let
hate eat me. Don't let me destroy
me." He had to
live, to be strong. Kavelin depended on
him. Ravelin. Damnable Kavelin. "I
will, Father. I will." TWELVE:
The Stranger in Hammerfest Hammerfest
was a storybook town in a storybook land cozy with storybook people. Plump blonde girls with ribboned braids,
rosy cheeks, and ready smiles tripped up and down the snowy streets. Tall young men hurried from one picturesque
shop to another in pursuit of the business of their apprenticeships, yet were
never so hurried that they hadn't time to welcome a stranger. Laughing children sped down the main street
on sleds with barrel staves for runners.
Their dogs yapped and floundered after them. The thin
man in the dark cloak stood taking it in for a time. He ignored the nibbling of a wind far colder than any of his
homeland. It was warmer than those he
had endured the past few months. Tall,
steep-roofed houses crowded and hung over the rising, twisting street, yet he
didn't feel as confined as he had in towns less densely built. There was a warm friendliness to Hammerfest,
a family feeling, as though the houses were cuddling from love, not necessity. His gaze
lingered on the smoke rising from a tall stone chimney topped by a rack where
storks nested in summer. He watched the
vapors rise till they passed between himself and a small, crumbling fortress
atop the hill the town climbed. Peace
had reigned here for a generation. The
brutal vicissitudes of Trolledyngjan politics had passed Hammerfest by. A sled
whipped past, carrying a brace of screaming youngsters. The dark man leapt an instant before it
could hit him, slipped, fell. The
snow's cold kiss burned his cheek. "They
don't realize, so I'll apologize for them." A pair of
shaggy boots entered his vision, attached to pillars of legs. A huge, grizzled man offered a hand. He accepted. "Thank
you. No harm done." He spoke the
language well. "Children will be
children. Let them enjoy while they
can." "Ah,
indeed. Too soon we grow old, eh? Yet, isn't it true that all of us will be
what we will be?" The man
in the dark clothing looked at him oddly.
"I mean, we must be what our age, sex, station, and acquaintances
demand." "Maybe...."
A beer hall philosopher? Here? "What're you driving at?" He
shivered in a gust. "Nothing. Don't mind me. Everybody says I think too much, and say it. For a constable. You should get heavier clothing.
Ander Sigurdson could outfit you.
That all you wore coming north?" The
stranger nodded. This was a real
fountain of questions. Nor was he as
full of good-to-see-you as the others. "Let's
get you up to the alehouse, then.
You're cold. You'll want
something warming. A bite, too, by the
look of you." He danced lightly as a sled whipped past. The
stranger noted his deftness. This would
be a dangerous man. He was strong and
quick. "Name's
Bors Olagson. Constable
hereabouts. Boring job, what with
nothing ever happening." "I
took you for a smith." The stranger refused the bait. "Really? Only hammer I ever swung was a war hammer, back in my younger
days. Reeved out of Tonderhofn a few
summers, back when. That's why they
picked me for this job. But it's just a
hobby, really. Don't even pay. My true profession is innkeeper. I own the alehouse. Bought with my share of the plunder." They
passed several houses and shops before he probed again. "And who would you be?" "Rasher. Elfis Rasher. Factor for Darnalin, of the Bedelian League. Our syndics are considering increasing
profits by bypassing the Iwa Skolovdans in the fur trade. I've begun to doubt our chances. I didn't prepare well. As you noticed by my outfit." "And
you came alone? Without so much as a
pack?" "No. I survived. The Kratchnodians and rest of Trolledyngja
aren't as friendly as Hammerfest." "Indeed. Though it was worse before the Old House was
restored. Here we are." He shoved
a tall, heavy door. "Guro. A big stein for a new guest. The kids just knocked him into a
snowbank." He grinned. "Yeah. Those were my brats." I I I The
stranger surveyed the tavern. It was
all warm browns, as homey and friendly within as the Hammerfesters were
outside. He sidled to the fire. Bors
brought steins. "Well, Rasher, I
admire you. I do. You're one of the survivors. Weren't always a merchant, were you?" The
questions were becoming irksome.
"My home is Hellin Daimiel.
I saw the El Murid wars. And I'm
no countinghouse clerk. I'm a
caravaneer." "Thought
so. Man of action. I miss it sometimes, till I remember
drifting in a rammed dragonship with my guts hanging out on the oar
bench...." The
stranger tried shifting the subject.
"I was told Hammerfest was a critical fur town. That I might find men here who would be
interested in making a better deal than the Iwa Skolovdans offer." "Possibly. Those people are a gang of misers. I don't like it when they stay here. They fill the rooms and don't spend a
groschen." "When
do they arrive?" "You're
ahead, if that's your idea. They're too
soft to try the passes before summer.
They'll be a month or two yet.
But, you see, they'll bring trade goods. You've apparently lost yours." "No
real problem. A fast rider could
correct that—if I find somebody interested.
I'm the only foreigner in town now, then?" The man's
eyes narrowed. His mouth tightened. He wasn't much for hiding his thoughts. "Yes." The
stranger wondered why he lied. Was his
man here? The trick would be to find
him without bringing the town down on his head. The best
course would be to pursue his cover implacably, ignoring his urgency. It had
waited a year. It could wait a day or
two more. "Who
should I see? If I can arrange
something, I could get the goods through ahead of the Iwa Skolovdans. We've headquartered our operation at our
warehouses in Itaskia...." "You
should get the frost out of your fingers first." "I
suppose. But I've lost my men and my
goods. I have to recoup fast. The old boys who stay at home to tote up the
profits and losses take the losses out of my pocket and put the profits in
theirs." "Oho! This's a speculative venture, then." The
stranger nodded, a quiet little smile crossing his lips. "Gentlemen
adventurers, perhaps? With the Bedelian
League providing office space and letters of introduction, and you putting up
the money and men?" "Half
right. I'm a League man. Sent to lead. I was supposed to get a percentage. Still can. If I find the
right people, and make it back to Itaskia." "You
southerners. Hurry, hurry." The
stranger drew a coin from inside his cloak, then returned it. He searched by touch, found one which told
no tales. It was an Itaskian
half-crown, support for his story.
"I don't know how long I'll stay.
This should keep me a week." "Six
pence Itaskian, per day." "What? Thief...." The
stranger smiled to himself. He had the
better of the man for the moment. Bors'
wife brought ale and roast pork as they agreed on four pence daily. Pork!
It was a difficult moment. But
the stranger was accustomed to alien ways.
He stifled his reaction. "While
you're making your rounds, could you ask that Ander to stop over?" "His
shop is just up the street." "I'm
not going out till I have to. I've had
a couple months of snow and wind." "It's
a warm spring day." "Well,
all right then. But warm is a matter of
opinion." "I'll
walk you up after you're settled." "I'll
need some other things, too. I'll be a
boon to Hammerfest's economy." "Uhm."
The thought had occurred to Bors, apparently. In the
tailor's shop the stranger asked a few cautious questions. He had guessed right. No one would tell him a thing. This would take cunning. Returning
to the inn, alone because Bors was making his rounds, he had another sled
encounter. He didn't see this one. Its rider
was a boy of six, scared silly that he had hurt the stranger. The dark man calmed him just enough to suit
his purpose. Then he
asked, "Where is the other stranger?
The one who stayed the winter." "The
man with black eyes? The man who can't
talk?" The Trolledyngjan
idiom meant a man who couldn't speak the language. "In the tower." He pointed. The dark
man stared uphill. The castle was
primitive. It had a low curtain wall
and what looked like a shell keep piled on granite bedrock. One step better than the moat and
bailey. "Thank you, son."
"You won't tell?" "I won't if you won't." He
continued staring uphill. A man who
walked like Bors was coming down. He
smiled his little smile. He was in
the common room, drinking hot wine, when the constable returned. "All peaceful?" he asked. "Nothing
changes," Bors replied. "Last
trouble we had was two years ago.
Itaskian got into it with a fellow from Dvar. Over a girl. Settled it
before it came to blows." "Good.
Good. I'll feel safe in my bed,
then." "Peace is what we sell here, sir. Don't you know? Every man
in Hammerfest is pledged to die fighting if trouble comes from outside. We need peace. Where else, in this land, can you find shops like ours? The outback people won't even plant crops,
let alone work with their hands. Except
to make trinkets they bury with their dead, to placate the Old Gods. Silly.
If the New Gods can't get a man's shade safely to the heroes' hall, then
they can't be much." "I
don't know much about religion." "Most folks here don't. They give to the priests mainly so they'll
stay away. By the way. I talked to a couple fur-dealers. They're interested. In talking.
They'll be round tomorrow." The
stranger moved to the fire.
"Good. Then I shouldn't
have to stay long." "Oh,
I think your stay will be short.
They're eager, I'd say." There was something in his tone.... The stranger turned. His cloak
was back. Bors hadn't seen him open
it. But he saw the worn, plain black
sword hilt and the cold dark eyes and cruel nose. That wicked little smile played across the man's lips. '"Thank you. You're most kind, going out of your way. I'll retire now. My first chance at a warm bed for weeks." "I
understand. I understand." As the
stranger climbed the stairs he caught the flicker of uncertainty crossing the
big man's face. He
arranged a spell for his door, then went to bed. They came
earlier than he expected, though he hadn't been sure they would come at
all. The ward spell warned him. He rose sinuously, hefted his weapon,
concealed himself. There
were three of them. He recognized Bors'
hulking shape immediately. One of the
others was shorter and thinner than the man he sought. He took
Bors with a vicious throat swing, then gutted the short man, shoving a rag into
his mouth before he could scream. The third
man didn't react in time to do anything.
A sword tip rested at his adam's apple the instant it took the stranger
to decide he wasn't the man. Then he
died. The
stranger shrugged. He would have to
visit the castle after all. But first
he lighted his lamp and studied the dead men. He found
nothing unusual. Why would
they commit murder for no more excuse than he had given? He
dressed in his new winter boots and coat, donned his greatcloak, sheathed his
freshly cleaned sword. Bors'
wife waited in the common room. The
stranger's dark eyes met hers. There
was no pity in his. "I'll be
leaving early. I have a refund
coming." Terror
restructured her face. She counted
coins with fingers too shaky to keep hold. The
stranger pushed back two. "Too
much." His voice was without emotion.
But he couldn't resist a dramatic touch. He fished a coin from his purse.
"To cover the costs of damage done," he said with a hint of
sarcasm. The woman
stared at the coin as he slipped out the door.
On one side a crown had been struck.
On the reverse there were words in writing she didn't recognize. Once the
door slammed she flew upstairs, tears streaming. They had
been laid out neatly, side by side. On
each forehead, still smoking, was a tiny crown-brand. She
didn't know what it meant, but there were others in Hammerfest who had paid
attention to news from the south. She
would learn soon enough. She and
Bors had entertained a royal guest. THIRTEEN: Regency Colonel
Oryon had no idea what had happened at Karak Strabger. He did know he rode with a man
possessed. His hard-faced, grim
companion, closed of mouth, perpetually angry, wasn't the Ragnarson he had
accompanied eastward. This Ragnarson
was an avenger, a death-Messiah. There
was the feel of doom, of destiny, about him. Oryon
watched him punish his mount, and was afraid. If this
man didn't mellow he could set a continent aflame. He knew
no pain, needed no comforts, wanted no rest.
He plunged on till Oryon, who prided himself on his toughness, could no
longer stand the pace. And still he
rode, leaving his companions at an inn ten miles from Vorgreberg. "Derel!"
he roared through the Palace, as he stalked toward his office. "Prataxis! You south coast faggot!
Where the hell are you? Get your
useless ass up here on the double." Prataxis
materialized, partially dressed.
"Sir?" "The
Thing. I want it assembled. Now." "Sir? It's the middle of the night." "I
don't give a damn! Get those sons of
bitches down there in two hours. Or
they'll find out what it was like in the old days. We never threw out the hardware from the dungeons. And if you don't get it done yesterday,
you'll be first in line." "What's
happened, sir?" Ragnarson
mellowed a little. "Yes, something
happened. And I've got to do something
about it before the whole damned house of cards falls in on us. Go on.
Go, go, go." He waved a hand like a baker sending his boy into the
streets, all rage gone. "I'll
explain later." He had
arrived ahead of the news. And would
stay ahead unless Oryon learned something, or Ragnar shot his mouth off. Ragnar had promised to say nothing, even to
the ghost of his mother. Gjerdrum and
Wachtel would keep everyone else locked up in Karak Strabger. "Before
I leave," Prataxis said, "there's a woman in town looking for
you. She showed up the day after you
left." "A
woman? Who?" "She
wouldn't say. She gave the impression
she was very friendly with bin Yousif." "Haroun? About time we heard from that.... No.
I won't say that. I think I
understand him now. Go on. I'll see her after I talk to the Thing. H ow many of those bastards are in town, anyway?" "Most
of them. It's getting close to Victory
Day and time to debate the Guild appropriations. They don't want to miss that." "That
won't be a problem anymore. I told
Oryon to pack his bags. We'll pay them
off. Thanks to you, Derel. You'll be rewarded." "Service
is my reward, Marshall." "Bullshit. About two hundred Rebsamen dons fawning at
your feet after you publish your thesis is what you're thinking about. You get the look a thief does when he sees loose
gold whenever you talk about it." "As
you say, Lord." "Get
out of here. Wait! Before you go, send for Ahring, Blackfang,
and Valther." "The
Queen, sir. She ... ?" "Derel,
don't even think about her. If they
ask, say I need a vote of confidence on my army alert." Blackfang
and Valther arrived together. "How're
the kids, Haaken?" Bragi asked. "Upset. You should see them." "As
soon as I can. Valther, you get
anything yet?" "Not
a whisper. But there's a woman
here...." "Derel
told me. Who is she?" "Won't
say. It looks like she wants us to
think she's bin Yousif's wife." "Wife? Haroun doesn't have.... Well, he never admitted it. But Mocker thought he might. That'd be his style. They keep their women locked up in Hammad al
Nakir. And he wouldn't want El Murid to
know. Not after killing his son,
crippling his wife, and masterminding the kidnapping of his daughter. Yeah.
He might have a wife. But I
don't think she'd turn up here." "I'm
watching her," Valther told him.
"And I'm backtracking her.
I put a girl into her hostel.
She's just waiting for you." "Good. Haaken, send messengers to Kildragon and AI- tenkirk. I want their shock battalions moved
here." "Fiana...?" "Yes. Derel's getting the Thing together. I want to invoke martial law as soon as
we're in session. Keep the Guild troops
confined to barracks. Got that,
Jarl?" he asked Ahring, who had just arrived. "Uhm. Case Wolfhound?" Wolfhound was a
contingency plan drawn up years ago, at Fiana's direction. "Yes. Oh.
Valther. Another problem for
you. I met an innkeeper in Forbeck who
said there's been men like our assassins going back and forth through the
Gap. A gang went east right ahead of
me. Catch a couple." "And
Maisak?" "Better
put somebody in." The
Savernake Gap, only good pass to the east for hundreds of miles north or south,
controlled all commerce between east and west.
Because Kavelin controlled the Gap, the kingdom and Gap-defending
Fortress Maisak were constantly the focus of intrigue. Shinsan's plot to seize the Gap had been the
root cause of Kavelin's civil war. "You're
spreading me awful thin," Valther complained. "I'll
try not to dump anything else on you.
Wish Mocker was here. This's his
kind of job.... Anything on that
yet?" "I
came up with a Marena Dimura who saw him with three men in Ulhmansiek." "Ah?" "But
the men are dead." "What?" "My
man asked the Marena Dimura to describe them.
Instead, he showed my man their graves.
Two of them, and that of a man who wasn't with them originally. He's a good man, that Tendrik. Dug them up." "And?" "He
identified one as Sir Keren of Sincic, a Nordmen knight who disappeared at the
right time, and another as Bela Jokai, the battalion commander who vanished
with Balfour. Judging from the size of
the third body, and from the list of friends of Sir Keren who're missing, the
other one was probably Trenice Lazen.
He was Keren's esquire, but had connections with the underworld. He and Keren ran a little swords-for-hire
business. They were riding with that
one-eyed Rico creature who sometimes worked for El Murid's people." "Any
sign of him? Or Mocker? Or Balfour?" "No. The Marena Dimura down there aren't very
friendly. Tendrik thinks it went
something like this: Keren, Lazen, and Rico were taking Mocker to Al
Rhemish. Jokai and Balfour waylaid
them. They fought. Rico turned out to be Balfour's man. They killed Keren and Lazen, and lost Jokai,
then made off with Mocker." "End of story?" "Apparently. Not a trace after that. I've got the word out on what's left of the
merchant network, but that hasn't turned up anything. And the Guild still wants to know what happened, so they aren't
having any luck either." "Unless they're smoke-screening." "They're
not that subtle. They're like your mean
moneylender who comes round demanding the deed to the old homestead." "We'll
see. I told Oryon we're paying him
off." "We've got the money?" "Thanks
to Prataxis. Jarl, watch the
Treasury. Haaken, the same at the
Mint. In case somebody tries
something." "You're getting paranoid." "Because
people are out to get me. You were at
the house that night." "All
right. All right." "Jarl,
I want to see Oryon when he gets back.
I'll tell him about Jokai. See
how he reacts. Now, it's time I
wandered over to the Thing." The Thing
met in a converted warehouse. Its
members kept whining for a parliament building, but Fiana had resisted the
outlay. Kavelin remained too heavily
indebted from the civil war. Ragnarson
waited in the office of the publican consul.
One of the Vorgreberger Guards stood outside. Another remained on the floor.
He would inform Ahring when the majority of the members had arrived. Case
Wolfhound included sequestering the Thing.
Several delegates, especially Nordmen, were suspect in their
loyalty. They would happily precipitate
another civil scrimmage. The
Nordmen had been stripped of feudal privilege for rebelling, then offered
amnesty. They had accepted only because
the alternatives were death or exile. No one
had believed they would keep their parole, though Ragnarson and Fiana had hoped
for an extended reign during which recidivists would pass away and be replaced by
youngsters familiar with the new order. The
soldier knocked. "Most of them are
here, sir. And Colonel Ahring's
ready." "Very
good. Have you seen Mr. Prataxis?" "He's
coming now, sir." Prataxis
entered. "How'd
it go, Derel? What feeling did you
get?" "Well
enough. All but three of them were in
town. And they suspect something. No one refused to come." "You
look them over downstairs?" "They're
nervous. Grouping by parties." "Good. Now, I need you to take a message to
Ahring. I'll tell you what happened
later." Prataxis
wasn't pleased. This would be one of
the critical points in Kavelin's history. "Here. A pass so you can get back in." "All
right. Stall. I'll run." Ragnarson
chuckled. "I'd like to see
that." Prataxis, though neither handicapped nor overweight, was the least
athletic person Ragnarson knew. Bragi
went downstairs slowly. Ahring would
need time. His bodyguard accompanied
him. The man was jumpy. A lot of hard men would glare at them from
the floor, and debate there sometimes involved the crash of swords. Pandemonium. At least seventy of the eighty-one members,
in clusters, were arguing, speculating, gesturing. Ragnarson didn't ask for silence. Word of
his arrival gradually spread. The
delegates slowly assumed their seats.
By then Ahring's troops had begun to fill the shadows along the walls. "Gentlemen,"
Ragnarson said, "I've asked you here to decide the fate of the State. It will be a fateful decision. You'll make it before you leave this hall. Gentlemen, the Queen is dead." The
uproar could have been that of the world's record tavern brawl. Fights broke out. But legislative sessions were always tempestuous. The delegates hadn't yet learned to do
things in a polite, parliamentary manner. The
uproar crested again when the members became aware that the army had sealed
them in. Ragnarson waited them out. "When
you're ready to stop fooling around, let's talk." They resumed their
seats. "Gentlemen, Her Majesty
passed on about forty hours ago. I
was there. Doctor Wachtel attended her,
but couldn't save her." His emotion made itself felt. No one would accuse him of not feeling the
loss. "Every attempt was made to
prevent it. We even brought in a
wizard, an expert in the life-magicks.
He said she's been doomed since the birth of her daughter. The breath of Shinsan touched her then. The poison caught up." His
listeners began murmuring. "Wait! I want to talk about this woman. Some of you did everything you could to make
her life miserable, to make her task impossible. She forgave you every time.
And gave her life, in the end, to make Ravelin a fit place to live. She's dead now. And the rest of us have come to the crossroads. If you think this's a chance to start
something, I'm telling you now. I won't
forgive. I am the army. I serve the Crown. I defend the Crown. Till
someone wears it, I'll punish rebellion mercilessly. If I have to, I'll make Ravelin's trees bend with a stinking
harvest. "Now,
the business at hand." Prataxis
hustled his way in burdened with writing materials. He had run. Good. Ahring and Blackfang would be sealing the
city perimeter against unauthorized departures. "My
secretary will record all votes. He'll
publish them when we make the public announcement." He
grinned. That would give him an extra
ten votes from fence-sitters. He should
be able to aim a majority any direction. "Our
options are limited. There's no
heir. The scholars of Hellin Daimiel
have suggested we dispense with the monarchy entirely, fashioning a republic
like some towns in the Bedelian League.
Personally, I don't relish risking the national welfare on a social
experiment. "We
could imitate other League towns and elect a Tyrant for a limited term. That would make transition smooth and swift,
but the disadvantages are obvious. "Third,
we could maintain the monarchy by finding a Ring among the ruling Houses of
other states. It's the course I
prefer. But it'll take a while. "Whichever,
we need a Regent till a new head of state takes power. "All
right. The session is open for
arguments from the floor. Mind your
manners. You'll all get a say. Mr.
Prataxis, handle the Chair." Someone
shouted, "You forgot a possibility.
We could elect one of our own people Ring." "Hear
hear," the Nordmen minority chanted. "Silence!"
Prataxis bellowed. Ragnarson was
startled by his volume. "Let
me speak to that, Derel." "The
Marshall has the floor." "'Hear
hear' you shout, you Nordmen. But you
can't all be Ring. Look around. You see anybody you want telling you what to
do?" The point
told. Each had, probably, considered
himself the logical candidate.
Ravelin's nobles were never short on self-appreciation. "Okay. Derel?" "The
commons delegate from Delhagen."
' "Sirs,
I think the Barons missed the point of the suggestion. I meant the Marshall." That
precipitated another barroom round.
Ragnarson himself denied any interest.
His denial was honest. He knew
what trying to break this rebellious bronc of a kingdom had done to Fiana. He
understood the delegate's motives.
There was a special relationship between between himself and Delhagen
and Sedlmayr, the city there. They
operated almost as an autonomous republic federated with Ravelin, under a
special charter he had urged on Fiana.
In return the commons there had remained steadfastly Royalist during the
civil war. Sedlmayr, with the similarly
chartered "Sieges" of Breidenbach and Fahrig, were nicknamed
"The Marshall's Lap Dogs." Ragnarson
smiled gently. The man had made the
suggestion so he could gradually back down.
Relieved, some opponent would propose the Marshall as Regent instead. And that
task he would accept. He had, in
reality, been Regent since Fiana's seclusion.
He could handle it. And a Regent
could always get out. Once,
years ago, Haroun had tried to tempt him with a kingship. The notion had been more attractive
then. But he had seen only the comforts
visible from the remote perspective. The
moment gone, he fell asleep in his chair.
It would be a long session.
Nothing important would get said for hours. Raveliners
were a stubborn lot. The arguing lasted
four days. Weariness and hunger finally
forced a compromise. The Thing named
Ragnarson Regent by a fat majority—after every alternate avenue had been
pursued to a dead end. Ragnarson
left the hall physically better than when he had entered. He had made a vacation of it, getting
involved only when delegates threatened to brawl. Vorgreberg
anxiously awaited the session's end, sure the news would be bad. When it
came out Kildragon and Altenkirk were on hand.
Vorgreberg was secure. Loyal
troops were poised at the kingdom's heart, ready to smash rebellion anywhere. FOURTEEN: Lady of Mystery "Show
him in," Ragnarson told Prataxis.
He rose, extended his hand.
"Colonel. Sorry I took so
long with the Thing." "I
understand," Oryon replied.
"Congratulations." "Save
it for a year. Probably be sorry I took
the job. I wanted to talk about
Balfour. My people came up with
something." "Oh?" Ragnarson
hoped Oryon's response would betray something about Guild thinking. He related the tale Valther had told. "Will you want Captain Jokai's
body?" "I'd
have to ask High Crag. What the hell
was Balfour doing in Uhlmansiek? His
log says he was taking the week to go hunting around Lake Berberich. Something's going on here. And I don't like it." "I've
been saying that for a long time. Any
idea why he'd kidnap my friend?" "No. This Rico creature.... The whole thing baffles me. I'll ask High Crag, of course." "I
still won't renew the commission." Oryon's
thick lips stretched in a grin. "I
noticed the guards at the Treasury." "I
get some strange ideas sometimes." Oryon
shook his head. "Wish I could
understand why you're scared of us.
Maybe I could change your mind." "Wish
/ understood it. Just an intuition, I
guess. Victory Day is coming up, by the
way." "My
staff is planning the evacuation. We'll
move out come sunrise Victory Day. We
expect to be out of Kavelin within five days.
Because of the confinement to barracks, I haven't informed High Crag or
made transit arrangements. I doubt
there'll be any problems." "Good
enough. We'll put on a going-away party
for your boys." "Can't
bitch about that." "Don't
want any hard feelings." "Keep
me posted about Balfour. Or our agent
after I leave." "Will
do. Thanks for coming." He
followed Oryon to the door.
"Derel, want to find that woman for me? The one who wants to see me?" "All
right." Ragnarson
selected one of the mountain of requests that already had appeared on his
desk. Everything held in abeyance
during the Queen's indisposition was breaking loose. Every special interest was trying to get his attention
first. "Hey, Derel. Get me a big box." "Sir?" "So
I can file the stuff I want to 'put aside for further consideration.' Like this
one. Guy wants me to come to the
opening of his alehouse." "Sir? If I might?
Act on ones like that if you have time.
Chuck the ones where some Nordmen insists on his right to collect ford
tolls. Giving breaks to important
people and cronies is a deathtrap. It's
Wessons like that soldier-turned-innkeeper who are your power base. Keep them on your side. I'll get that woman. Half an hour?" He took
ten minutes. The word had reached
her. He encountered her downstairs. "Marshall? The lady." "Thank
you, Derel." He rose, considered her.
She wore traditional desert costume.
Dark almond eyes peered over her veil.
There were crow's feet at their corners, though cunningly hidden. She was older than she liked. "Madam. Please be seated. Kaf? I'm sure Derel could
scare some up." "No. Nothing is necessary." She spoke a
heavily accented Itaskian of the Lower Silverbind. "What
can I do for you? My secretary says you
hinted it has to do with Haroun bin Yousif." A sad
little laugh stirred her veil.
"Excuse me for staring. It
has been so long.... Yes. Haroun.
He is my husband." Ragnarson
settled into his chair. "I never
heard of any wife." "It
is one of the unhappy secrets of our lives.
But it is true. Twenty-three
years.... It seems an eternity. Most of that I was wife in name
only. I did not see him for years at a
time." Ragnarson's
skepticism was obvious. She responded
by dropping her veil. It was an act
which, in her culture, was considered incredibly daring. Women of Hammad al Nakir, once married,
would rather have paraded nude than reveal their naked faces. Ragnarson
was impressed. He didn't have Derel
throw her out. "You
do not recognize me still?" "Should
I? I never met a woman with a claim on
Haroun." "Time
changes us. I forget that I'm no longer
the child you met. She was
fourteen. Life has not been easy. Always his men run—when they do not ride the
desert to murder my father's men." Ragnarson
still didn't understand. "But
you must remember! The day the fat man
brought me to your camp in Altea? When
I was so much trouble you pulled up my skirts and paddled me in front of your
men? And then Haroun came. He scared me so much I never said another
word." Why
couldn't women just say things straight out?
He tried to remember Mocker dragging a tart into some wartime camp.... "Gods! You're Yasmid? El Murid's daughter?
Married to Haroun?" He strangled a laugh. "You think I'll swallow that?" "So! You call me a liar? You had my skirts up. You saw." She bent and raised her
skirts. Ragnarson
remembered the winestain birthmark shaped like a six-fingered baby hand. "And
this!" Angrily, she bared small, weary breasts. Over her heart lay the Harish tattoo worn by El Murid's chosen. "All
right. You're Yasmid." Incredible. The daughter of El Murid, missing twenty
years, appearing here. As Haroun's
wife. The
marriage was the sort of thing Haroun would do to drive little knives into his
enemy's heart. Why hadn't he ballyhooed
it over half the continent? "I
did not expect you to be easily convinced.
I made that my first task. I
brought these." She showed him jewelry only Haroun could have given her
and letters he couldn't read because they were in the script of Hammad al
Nakir, but which bore Haroun's King Without a Throne seal. "I
believe you. So why're you here?"
He decided to check with Valther. Men of the desert didn't let their women
roam free. Not without an uproar. "My
husband has disappeared " "I
know. I've been trying to get in
touch." That
startled her. "He has sworn to
kill my father." "Not
exactly the news of the century." "No. Listen.
Please. After he came back,
after the war in your country, after he started to attack my father, but turned
north against your enemies instead.... "That
hurt him. He had it in his hands. Al Rhemish.
But he let love for friends sway him.
He surrended his dream to help you." Haroun
had come out of nowhere with thousands of horsemen to harry O Shing through the
Savernake Gap and into the plains east of the Mountains of M'Hand. Bragi hadn't understood Haroun then, nor did
he now. For friendship? Haroun would murder his mother for political
expedience. "So?" "When
he came home, a year later, he was so tired and old.... He didn't care. I made him promise he wouldn't hurt my father if my father didn't
harm him." "Ah! That's why he's been laying low. Been a long time since he's done
anything. Just skirmishing to keep his
people interested." "Yes. That's my fault." "He's
changed his mind?" "Yes. He told Beloul and Rahman to prepare the
final offensive. He sent El Senoussi
and El Mehduari to collect the wealth and fighters of the refugees in the
coastal states. He ordered the deaths
of my father's agents wherever they are found.
It will be bloody." "It's
been that for years. It'll go on till
Haroun or your father dies." "Or
longer. We have a son. Megelin!
The boy is filled with hatred." "I
don't see what you're after. Or why
Haroun made this about-face. He keeps
his word." "He
thinks my father broke the armistice.
My father's men here, Habibullah and Achmed, kidnapped your fat
friend." "Mocker. What's become of him? I sent him to see Haroun a year ago. He disappeared." He wouldn't say more
till he heard her version. "I'm
not sure. Maybe Haroun is. The Marena Dimura told him what happened. "Habibullah
was one of my guards when Mocker kidnapped me.
What they called kidnap. I
wasn't very smart then. And he could
talk, that fat man. I came
willingly. I thought I could make
peace. Anyway, your friend almost
killed Habibullah that night. I suppose
he's wanted revenge ever since." "Derel,"
Ragnarson called. To Yasmid,
"Could you face Habibullah now?" "But
why? Won't that make trouble? They have all forgotten me now. If they knew.... It would just make trouble." "Sir?"
Prataxis asked. "See
if Habibullah what's-it can come over." "Now?" "As
soon as possible." "I
don't think...." But Prataxis went. "I'm
running that man half to death," Bragi muttered. "Wish Gjerdrum would get back." Prataxis was supposed
to be arranging appointments for ambassadors and factors for the caravan
companies. "Pardon
me," Ragnarson said. "You
needn't reveal yourself. You think
Habibullah had Mocker kidnapped because Mocker embarrassed your father? Because of it Haroun plans to start fighting
again?" "One
operation. One planned for years. All or nothing. He thinks the tribes will rise to support him." "Yes. So.
But El Murid doesn't have Mocker.
And Haroun knows it. The Marena
Dimura down there are his spies." "I'll
tell you what I know. Some men killed
Habibullah's men. They handed the fat
man over to a man in black. Haroun
believed the killers went into the north to hide." "Wait. The man in black. Tell me about him." "The
Marena Dimura say he was tall and thin.
He wore a mask." "Mask?" "A
metal mask. Maybe gold. With jewels. Like those creatures on the walls of the temples in the jungle
cities. The killers were afraid of
him." Ragnarson
buried his face in his hands. "Haroun
has vanished. I fear he will try to
murder my father so there'll be confusion when he invades Hammad al Nakir. I came here because I hoped you could do
something." "What?" "Stop
him." "I
don't understand." "I
love my father. He was a good
father. He's a good man. He means no evil...." "Nearly
a million people died during the wars." "My
father didn't do that. He didn't want
it. That was the fault of men like
Nassef. His generals were
brigands." Ragnarson
didn't contradict her. She was partly
right. But her father had given the
order to convert the west, and to slay anyone who didn't accept his faith. "What
could I do? I don't know where Haroun
is. I've only seen him once in the last
ten years." She
wept. "The Fates are cruel. Why do the men I love spend their lives
trying to kill each other? "I
shouldn't have come. I should have
known it was useless. All that
planning, that trouble getting away, hiding from Haroun's men..... All for nothing." "Maybe
not. There's a possibility.... .The old story of the enemy of my
enemy." "Excuse
me?" "There's
a greater enemy. One your husband and
your father could agree to be more dangerous than one another." "You're
being mysterious." "I
hate naming the name. I've seen the men
in black before. I've fought them. They call themselves Tervola." The color
left Yasmid's face. "Shinsan! No." "Who
would impersonate a Tervola?" But then, why would Shinsan grab
Mocker? What was the connection between
Balfour and Shinsan? Did that permeate
the Guild? And this Willis Northen, who
used a Marena Dimura name, was a Kaveliner Wesson..... Had Shinsan penetrated Kavelin? "Derel!" But
Prataxis was gone. Ragnarson wrote
names. Oryon. Valther. Mist. Trebilcock.
It was time he found out if Michael had learned anything. "Does
anybody know where Haroun went?" "No. He just disappeared. He didn't even tell Beloul or Rahman. He does that. Everybody complains. He
promises, but keeps doing it. I think
he will try to get my father." "If
I could contact him, this war might be averted. Your father. Would he
listen to you?" "Yes." How
confident she was after all these years.
"He's changed. He's a fat
old man now. They say he's crazy." "I
know. People come from the desert to
Haroun. They all say that. They say he's betraying the ideals he seized
the Peacock Throne for.... Men like
Nassef changed him." "Nassef
died a long time ago. I killed
him." "A
bandit named Nassef is dead. But there
are more Nassefs. They have walled my
father off and taken control." "He
still has his voice. The Faithful would
support him if he spoke publicly.
Disharhun is coming, isn't it?" Disharhun
was the week of High Holy Days celebrated in Hammad al Nakir. Pilgrims went to Al Rhemish to hear El Murid
speak. Ragnarson
was thinking only of Kavelin. If Haroun
launched an incursion from Kavelin and Tamerice, and failed, El Murid would
have a legitimate case for counteraction.
It might initiate a new round of wars. "Don't
I have trouble enough?" he muttered.
"Haroun, Haroun, maybe I should've cut your throat years ago." He still
considered Haroun a friend. But he had
never really liked the man much. A
paradox. Haroun
had always been too self-involved. "Marshall?" "Derel? Just a minute." To Yasmid, "Will
you reveal yourself?" She
replaced her veil. "I'll decide
after I see him." Bragi
went to the door. "Ah. Ambassador.
Glad you could come." "I
need to speak with you, too, Marshall.
Our intelligence. ..." "Excuse
me. Derel, send for Valther, his wife,
and Colonel Oryon." "He
just...." "I
know. Something came up. On Balfour.
I need to see him again. And see
if anybody knows where Trebilcock is." "On
my way." Prataxis wasn't pleased. His
own work suffered more anymore while he handled tasks Gjerdrum should have
done. "Thank
you, Ambassador. Come in." Habibullah
cast a suspicious glance at the woman. "Yes. That bandit bin Yousif...." "I
know. And you know why, too, don't
you?" "What?" "There's
an interesting story going around.
About a man who paid to have a friend of mine kidnapped. Who also happens to be a friend of the
bandit you mentioned." Habibullah
refused to react. "You've
probably heard the story yourself.
Especially the part about the kidnappers failing to deliver their
goods." He retold Yasmid's tale. "Where
did you hear this fairy tale?" "Several
sources. Today, from this lady." Habibullah
eyed her again. "Why would Shinsan
kidnap a fat fakir?" "Good
question. I've even wondered why El
Murid's agents would try it." Habibullah
started to make excuses. "Yes,
I know. But these days we're pretending
to have forgiven and forgotten. Doesn't
El Murid say that to forgive is divine?" "What
the fat man did was a crime against God Himself...." "No,
Habibullah." The
ambassador turned. Yasmid
said, "You hate him because he made a fool of you." To Ragnarson,
"The men of my people can forgive a wound, an insult, a murder. Habibullah has. But he can't forget the pain of being made a fool before his
friends in the Invincibles. No. Habibullah, admit it. He told you those stories and showed you
those tricks, and you believed he was your friend. You spoke for him to me.
And he tricked you. That's why
you risked another war to get him." "Who
are you? Marshall?" Ragnarson
smiled, licked his lips. "Mr. Habibullah, I think you suspect
already." Yasmid
dropped her veil. Habibullah
stared. And it wasn't her boldness that
astonished him. "No. This's some trick, Marshall. Have you leagued with the minions of
Hell? You call up the dead to mock
me?" "I
think Habibullah was in love with me. I
didn't realize it then. I think a lot
of them were." "My
Lady." Ragnarson
gaped as Habibullah knelt, head bowed, and extended his arms, wrists
crossed. It was an ultimate gesture,
the surrender to slavery. Ragnarson
could no longer doubt her genuineness. "Rise,
Habibullah." She replaced her veil. "What
would My Lady have of me?" "Speak
honestly with the Marshall." "I've
gotten what I needed. Except this: Can
you escort the lady to her father? More
successfully than you did my friend?" Habibullah
became El Murid's ambassador once more.
"Why?" "I've
got no use for your boss. I wouldn't
shed a tear if somebody stuck a knife in his gizzard. The world would be better off.
That's why I don't bother bin Yousif any more than I have to to keep the
peace with Hammad al Nakir. "But
that peace is critical to me now, with Shinsan sticking its nose into
Kavelin. I'm grasping at straws. I need my flanks free. Yasmid implies that she'll be the go-between
in arranging a truce between her father and her husband." "Her
husband?" "Bin
Yousif. You didn't know?" Got him
now, Ragnarson thought. "It's
true," Yasmid said. "And it
was my choice, Habibullah." She explained how she had engineered the
recent peace. "Unlike
the Marshall, I'm not concerned with Shinsan.
But I'll play his game to keep my men from murdering each other." "Are
there children?" Habibullah asked.
"He mourns the fact that he has no grandchildren. The wars cost him that hope." "A
son. Megelin Micah bin Haroun." "That
would please him." El Murid's name had been Micah al Rhami before the Lord
had called him. "It
would make more sense to send your son," Ragnarson observed. "That way each principal holds the
other's child hostage." "No. Megelin would murder his grandfather." "The
risks should be equalized." "I've
decided, Marshall. I'll take the
risks." "Ambassador?" "Yes?" "Will
you escort her? Or are you committed to
this war you've made almost inevitable?" "I
haven't kissed the Harish dagger. I
didtft realize the results would be so grave.
One fat man. A nothing, from the
slums. Who'd notice? Who'd care?
I still don't understand." "And
I don't understand why you want him after so long." "I'll
do it. For the Lady Yasmid." "Good. Let me know how it goes. Oh.
A favor. Whenever you get
another wild hair, get approval from Al Rhemish." Habibullah
smiled thinly. "My Lady?" He
offered a hand. "Is there anything
else?" "No."
She rose. "Then
we'll go to the embassy. We'll leave as
soon as guards can be assembled." Ragnarson
saw them past the door of Derel's office.
Already they were playing remember when. He
settled in to wait for Oryon, Valther and Mist. He should get at that paperwork.... Instead, he closed his eyes. It was
strange, the twists fate could take. So
Haroun had a wife. Amazing. FIFTEEN:
The Stranger's Appointment They
jumped him when he left the inn. There
were three of them again, and this time he wasn't ready. But they weren't professionals. He was. The
plain-hiked sword made a soft schwang sound as it cleared his scabbard. One of
them knicked his arm, but that was it.
They weren't very good. Peace
had reigned for a long time in Hammerfest.
He cut them up and laid them down in twenty seconds, before they could
scream for help. Then he
stepped inside. "Guro." He spoke
softly, but his voice brought the woman rushing downstairs. She looked at him, and her face became a
study in horror. He tossed
a coin. "Three more. In the street." "You. ...You...." "I
didn't draw the first blade, Guro. I
came to see a man. I'll see him. Why did they die? Must I slay every man in Hammerfest? I will. Tell them. I'm leaving now. I hope I won't have to pay for any more funerals." He
stepped over the neatly ranked bodies.
Each bore a small crown-shaped brand on its forehead. He strode
uphill, his blade sheathed once more.
He doubted that anyone would be bold enough to attack him now. He had already killed the best men in town. When he
pass«d the last building he looked back.
Storybook town, storybook houses, filled with storybook people—till the
sun went down. Hammerfest
would lose its fairy tale luster as the news spread. Hell had
visited this night. He lifted
his gaze to the crumbling little castle. His man
was there. Was he
awake? Waiting? Certainly. He would be, in the man's position. Waiting for word of success—or of
failure. Or for the intended victim to
come asking questions. A thin,
cruel little smile crossed his lips. It was a
cold, chill walk. Each time he glanced
back more windows showed light. Guro
was busy. Would
they have the nerve to come after him?
To save a man who had sent six of them to their deaths? He came
within bowshot of the curtain wall. His
guerrilla's sensitivities probed for another ambush. Senses beyond the human also reached out. He detected nothing outside the keep. Inside, there were three life-sparks. Just
three? Even a tumbledown, cruddy little
shed of a castle rated a bigger garrison.
Especially when one of the sparks was female. He
paused, thought. There seemed to be a numerological
relationship.... Three assassins in his
room. Three outside the inn. Three here. Woman or
not, she was part of it. How? Women seldom bore swords in Trolledyngja. A
witch. That had to be the answer. Then they
knew he was coming. Though he
knew where they waited, he poked around like a man carefully searching. They knew a hunter was coming, but not who. He used
the time to prepare himself for the witch. He
readied his most powerful, most reliable spells. Though these Trolledyngjan wild women had little reputation, he
hadn't survived thirty years under the sword without being cautious. He
probed. Still all in one room. And nothing sorcerous waiting anywhere else. Whatever,
it would happen there. Again,
they couldn't know who he was, only that he had come from the south. They would want to know who and why before
they killed him. They were
going to be surprised. He
approached their room with right hand on sword hilt and left protruding from
his greatcloak. He had the position of
the woman fixed clearly in mind. Now! His left
forefinger felt as though he had jabbed it into fire. The woman
screamed. He
stepped inside. The thin, cruel smile
was on his lips. He tipped back his
hood. The woman
kept screaming. She was strong. She had survived. The
others stared. The fat one with the
mane gone silver had to be the Thane of Hammerfest. "Bin
Yousif!" the other gasped. "Colonel
Balfour. You seem surprised." He
threw back his cloak. "He was my
friend." Balfour
didn't reply. "He
has other friends," said Haroun.
"I'm just the first to arrive." His left forefinger jabbed
again. The woman stopped screaming. Another cruel smile. "You.
Do you want to see the sun rise?" The heavy
man nodded. He was too frightened, too
shocked, to speak. "Then
get up—carefully—and go down to Bors' inn.
They need someone to tell them what to do. And don't look back." The man
went out like a whipped dog. "He'll
find his courage," Balfour predicted. "Possibly. Having a mob behind you helps. Now.
We talk." "You
talk." "You
have one chance to get out of this alive, Balfour. It's remote. It requires
the leopard to change its spots. It
requires you to tell me the truth despite your training. You want to be stubborn, you won't live out
the night. And I'll get what I want
anyway." "You'll
starve up here before you can break me." "Perhaps. If I restrict myself to the physical."
Haroun shifted to the tongue of ancient llkazar, now used only liturgically in
Hammad al Nakir and by western sorcerers.
He made a lifting gesture with his left hand. The dead
woman stood. Haroun's
fingers danced. The witch
took a clumsy step. "You
see? I master the Power now. The King of Hammad al Nakir is also his
people's chief shaghun." The
shaghun belonged to a quasi-religious sorcerer's brotherhood. He served with military units, aided
priests, advised leaders. He seldom was
powerful. Haroun
had been born a fourth son. Distant not
only from the Peacock Throne but from his father's Wahligate, he had started
training to become chief shaghun of his father's province. Time and
the efficiency of El Murid's assassins had made him chief claimant to the
Peacock Throne. He had been smart
enough, quick enough, murderous enough, to stay alive and maintain his pretense
to the crown. After a two-decade interruption
he had resumed his studies, and now he bent the Power to pursuit of his usurped
Throne. Balfour
didn't respond. "You
see?" Haroun said again. Balfour
remained firm. Haroun
again spoke the tongue of emperors. A dark
umbra formed round the witch's head.
She spoke. She
hadn't much to tell. This was a minor
Nine, its only noteworthy member the man who had come north to hide. Haroun
squeezed his fingers into a fist. The
woman dropped, tightened into a fetal ball. "Colonel? Must I?" Despite
the draft in that old stone pile, Balfour was wet with sweat. But he was a hard man himself. Suddenly, he sprang. Haroun
expected it. Below,
villagers filled Hammerfest's streets, their torches painting the storybook
houses with terrible, crawling shadows.
They watched the castle, and shuddered each time it reverberated to one
of those horrible cries. They were
being torn from a throat which couldn't respond to the will trying to control
it. Balfour
was stubborn. He withstood Haroun's
worst for hours. But Haroun's torments
weren't physical, which a stubborn man could school himself to ignore. These were torments of the mind, of the
soul. Witch-man Haroun bin Yousif
conjured demons he sent into the soldier.
They clawed through mind and soul and took control of his mouth,
babbling both truth and lies. Haroun
repeated his questions again and again.
In the end he thought he had gotten everything to be had. He thought there were no more secrets.... He
finally used his sword. Then he
slept, with corpses to frighten off evil dreams. Haroun
bin Yousif had lived this way for so long that it hardly disturbed him. He
wakened shortly before nightfall, finished what needed finishing, went down the
hill. The
Hammerfesters remained in the streets, frightened. The fat man stood before them, shaking. Haroun
drew back his cloak. "You may
return to your castle, Thane. I have no
need of it now. Wait." He tossed a
coin. "Bury them." That
cruel smile crossed his lips. Nearly
twenty men faced him, but eased out of his path. His unrelieved arrogance assured them that they had no
choice. This dread man would pay for
their funerals too if they argued. "Thane." "Yes?" "Forget
your game of Nines. It brings on the
dire evils." "I
will, sir." "I
believe you will." Smiling, Haroun went to Bors' inn, took a room. He paid his due, as ever he did—be it in
silver or evil. He fell
asleep thinking this Nine had been a puerile little conspiracy, fit for nothing
but hiding men who had grown too hot elsewhere. But there were other Nines that might shake the roots of
mountains. Next
morning he purchased a horse and rode southward. Traveling alone. He knew
no other way. Even in crowds this
dread, deadly man traveled alone. SIXTEEN:
Deaths and Disappearances. Ragnarson
woke with a start. "Eh?" "Colonel
Oryon, Marshall." "Thank
you, Derel." His dream
had been grim. He had been trapped at
the heart of a whirling mandala with good and evil chasing one another around
him, the champions of one as vicious as those of the other. The struggle had consumed everything he
loved. Fiana. Elana.
Two children. Mocker. Already gone. Who would be next? Rolf? What had become of Rolf, anyway? Bragi hadn't seen him since returning from
Karak Strabger. Commanding the Palace
Guard wasn't much, but it was a job, with its duties. Would it
be Haaken? Or Reskird, a friend of two
decades? Haroun? The
Haroun he knew and loved was an idealization of the Haroun with whom he had
adventured. He didn't know the Haroun
of today. Today's Haroun was a
different man. Who
else? His children. Especially Ragnar, in whom he saw his
immortality. Ahring. Altenkirk.
Gjerdrum.... They were friends,
but they hadn't gotten the grip on his soul the others had, perhaps because he
had met them later, after the world had hardened him. Likewise Valther and Mist.
Nepanthe, though.... He had a
soft spot for Nepanthe and Ethrian, his godson. And for
Ravelin. Kavelin had its claws in
him. And he couldn't comprehend it. "Marshall? You wanted to see me?" "Oh,
I'm sorry." Ragnarson's hair had grown shaggy through inattention. He brushed it from his eyes. "Grab a chair. Derel, bring something to sip." "Your
secretary says you've got something new on Balfour." "Yes. But hang on a minute. There's a couple people I want to sit
in." Valther
and Mist were a long time arriving.
More than an hour later than he expected. He tried to make small talk, reminiscing about the El Murid wars,
the civil war, basic training at High Crag, whatever he and the Colonel had in
common. Oryon waited it out. But he got antsy. He had his evacuation to prepare. "Derel,
what's taking them so long?" "I
don't know, sir. I was told they'd be
here as soon as possible." "Must
be a family crisis," Ragnarson told Oryon. "Pretty sickly, their kids.
Derel, have you seen Captain Preshka?" "No
sir. I've been meaning to mention
it. He hasn't turned in his pay
sheets. He's gone to pieces the last
week." "I'll
talk to him." "Here's
Valther now, sir." Valther
and Mist filed in, Valther slump-shouldered, pale. "What
happened? You look like death warmed
over." "Trouble. Nepanthe and Ethrian are gone." "What? How?" "I
don't know. Gundar was the only one who
saw what happened. He doesn't make much
sense. Says a man came. Nepanthe went away with him. She packed for herself and Ethrian, and
went. Gundar thinks the man said he was
supposed to take her to Mocker, who's hiding because you and Haroun want to
kill him." "I'll
talk to him later. There's got to be
more. Derel. Put out the word. How
long have they been gone?" Valther
shrugged. "Since this
morning. They've got at least four
hours' start." "Another
move against us?" "Probably. This's starting to look big, isn't it?" "Yeah. I found a new angle, too. That's why I wanted you. "I
had a visitor. Right after you left,
Colonel. Bin Yousif's wife." Bragi let
them settle down before adding, "She's also El Murid's daughter. That's not as important as what she told
me. About why Haroun has been so
peaceful. And about Mocker and
Balfour." He told
the story. It elicited a covey of
questions. "Look,
I don't have any answers. Valther, fit
the pieces into your puzzle. Mist. The man in black. Tervola?" "He
must be. But the mask isn't
familiar. It sounds like Chin's, but
the black and gold are wrong.... We
could check. Didn't you capture Chin's
mask at Baxendala?" "There
was a mask. I don't know whose." "Chin. I remember.
Get it for me. I'll tell you if
it was Chin." "Derel. See if you can dig the thing up. It's in the Treasury vault. We were going to display it when the army
got rich enough to afford its own museum." Prataxis
bowed and departed. His writing
materials he left lying in a sarcastic scatter. "I'm
getting that man's goat," Bragi observed.
"If Gjerdrum don't get back pretty soon, he'll quit on me. I don't think I can manage without him. Colonel.
You haven't said anything." "I
don't know. I don't like it. Our people conspiring with Shinsan? If that came out it could destroy the
Guild's credibility." "Yet
you don't dismiss the possibility. How
come?" Three
pairs of eyes fixed on Oryon. "Because
of something my adjutant told me. We
talked a long time, after this morning." "Ah?" "He
didn't know what it was about, but he once found a message to Balfour, from
High Crag, partially destroyed in the Colonel's fireplace. The little he made out violated standing
orders. The message was signed The
Nine.' I'd heard rumors before that Balfour might be one of the Nine." "What's
that? I've never heard of it." "Not
many people have, even inside High Crag.
It's a story that's been going around for several years. It says there's a cabal of senior officers
trying to grab control. Whenever one of
the old boys dies, you hear somebody say the Nine murdered him. "The
rumors started maybe three years ago.
Jan Praeder claimed he had been invited to join the plot. To replace a member who had died. He said he looked into it, didn't like what
he saw, and refused. He didn't say
much, though, before he was posted to Simballawein, to replace Colonel
Therodoxos, supposedly the member who had died. There was no mystery about Therodoxos's passing. He was killed when he interrupted a gang
rape. Killed most of them before they
finished him. But there were a lot
of questions when Praeder died. He was
supposedly poisoned by a jealous husband two weeks after arriving." "Strong
circumstantial evidence," said Ragnarson. "Yes. Circumstance two: there have been eleven
deaths in the Citadel since Praeder went down.
That's a lot even for old men.
Those guys are tough old geezers.
Hawkwind is up in his eighties now.
Lauder is right behind him. And
they're as mean as ever. They go on
like they're immortal. The others
usually do too. "The
name, the Nine, I guess, comes from the fact that that would make a majority in
Council. To grab control you'd have to
have nine conspirators at Councilor level.
Balfour was a prime suspect because he was close, despite his youth, and
because he was so damned impatient with the traditional mysteries." "That
I can understand." Ragnarson observed.
"That was always hokey to me.
But I only made the Third Circle.
Maybe there's more to it later.
I'm supposed to be a general now.
Maybe I could go find out." "You'd
start where you left off. You don't
short-cut the Seven Steps. Your Guild
rank wouldn't mean much inside the Order." "Why
not? Why would they promote me,
then?" "The
same reason you don't turn them down.
It makes people think you've got the Guild behind you. They want your success to reflect on High
Crag. "I'll
never get into the Citadel myself. I
can't master the Mysteries of the Sixth Circle. Oh, well. The
organizational table is top-heavy anyway." "Valther? Mist?
What do you think?" Valther
shrugged. His wife
replied, "Colonel Oryon sounds honest.
He may even sympathize a little.
He has stretched his conscience today." She flashed a smile that
could melt hearts of bronze. Oryon
responded. She was,
simply, inarguably, the most beautiful woman in the world. Before her fall from power in Shinsan she
had spent ages engineering her perfection. "What
action will you take, Colonel?" Ragnarson asked. "I
don't know. If I inform High Crag, I'll
either start worse rumors or warn the conspiracy—depending on who gets my
letter. I'll have to investigate
myself, when I get back." "Well,
I've done what I could. Wish we could
lay hands on Balfour. Valther. I've given you a whole list of things. Got anything yet?" "No. I sent a couple men to that inn just before
we came over. Told them to grab the
next bunch of riders." "Mist. We need your help. First, locate Nepanthe.
Then see if you can call in Visigodred and Zindahjira, and get
Varthlokkur cracking." For an
instant the woman's cold beauty gave way to pique. "You can't trust a woman?
You don't think I can handle...." "No. Because you don't want to be involved in
this sort of thing anymore. And because
I don't think one wizard will be enough.
Not when we're toe to toe with Shinsan.... Ah. Derel. Well?" "It's
not there." "It's
got to be." "You
find it then. I took the place
apart." "Hey,
cool off. I believe you. Mist?" "Someone
took it." Ragnarson
snorted. He needed an expert to tell
him that? "Another job for you,
Valther." "I
know. Find out who. When am I going to get some sleep?" "Any
time I'm in bed, you steal all you want.
I won't be there to raise hell.
Mist can help you. Can't
you? At least to find out where the
mask is now?" "Yes." "All
right. Derel, I've got two more jobs
for you, then I'll leave you alone. One
I think you'll like. First, scare up
Haaken. Have him meet meat the
cemetery. It's time I saw what he did
for Elana." He spoke with a throat suddenly tight. "Then write Gjerdrum. Tell him to quit farting around and get his
ass back here." He signed a blank piece of paper. "That do you?" Prataxis's
smile was wicked. "Perfect, sir. Absolutely perfect. Oh.
I couldn't find Trebilcock." "Probably
whoring around. He runs with a strange
crowd. He'll turn up." But
Ragnarson was worried. Too many people
were out of sight. Michael might have
found something and been silenced. "I'll
look for him too," Mist offered. "You
want to find me someone, find Haroun.
Valther, you be home later?" "I
imagine." "Okay. I'll be out to see how the house is
coming. And to talk to Gundar." "What?" "I
told you to take the house apart to find this Tear of Mimizan, didn't I?" "Yes." "Well?" "Haven't
made any headway. My people are all in
the field." "Uhm."
Valther was going to have to show more initiative. "Borrow them from Ahring.
Or Haaken." "All
right. All right." "You
needn't destroy the house," said Mist.
"I'll find it if it's there.
I know it well...." Her eyes clouded as she remembered a cruel
past, when she had been mistress in Shinsan and warring with the Monitor of
Escalon. She must
be getting restless, Ragnarson thought.
Being a housewife isn't what she thought. She might need watching too. This was
getting touchy. The people he knew he
could trust were being stripped away.
Those who, potentially, could help most he didn't dare trust. Wizards.
Witches. Mercenaries. People whose prime loyalties were to
themselves. And
somebody wanted him dead. He didn't
doubt for an instant that the false Harish Cultists' primary mission had been
to murder him. "Enough. There're a thousand things we can discuss. But not now. I'm going to the cemetery.
Derel?" "I'll
have a horse readied." "Someday
you'll be rewarded." "Thank
you, sir." To the
others, "Sorry I ran you all over.
I'm getting desperate, trying to make sense out of things. I feel like a fly in a spider web, and can't
make out the spider." He
strapped on his new sword, donned a heavy coat. The nights were still chilly.
He left ahead of his guests. The
cemetery lay on a hill north of Vorgreberg, beginning about a mile beyond the
city gates. It was large, having served
the city since its founding. All
Vorgreberg's dead were buried there.
Rich or poor, honored or despised, they lay in the same ground. There were divisions, family areas, parts
set off for different religions, ethnic groups, and paupers put down at city
expense, but all bodies ended up there somewhere. There were graves in the tens of thousands, mostly marked by
simple wooden
wands, but some in vast and ornate mausoleums like that of the family Krief,
Kavelin's Kings. It was there that,
before long, Fiana would be laid to rest. The sun
was on the horizon. A chill wind had
come up. Ragnarson entered the open
gate. Time and weather seemed
appropriate. "Bigger
than I remembered." He had forgotten to ask where Elana lay. He spied gravediggers working in the
paupers' section, asked them. It was
near the top of the hill. Haaken had
gone all out. The three
new graves were easily spotted. There
were no markers yet. Ragnarson decided
to keep them simple. Ornateness didn't
suit Elana. He didn't
see the leg till he tripped. He felt
around. He had
found his missing Commander of the Palace Guard. Preshka
had been dead for hours. At least since
morning. Ragnarson rose. His anger was indescribable. There
were flowers under Rolf, wild flowers, the kind Elana had loved. It must have taken him hours to gather
them. The season was early.... Someone had cut him down on his way to
respect the dead. Ragnarson
tripped again. He found
another corpse. This one
he didn't recognize. He
scrambled around in the gloaming, searching amongst the headstones and
decorative bushes. "What're
you doing?" Haaken asked. Ragnarson
jumped. He hadn't heard his brother
come up. "Counting bodies." "Eh?" "Somebody
jumped Rolf here, last night or this morning.
He did a job on them before they finished him. I found three already." Haaken
searched too. "That's all you'll
find," he said a minute later. "Why?" "He
was crawling toward her grave when he died.
If there'd been any of them left, they wouldn't have let him." "I
wonder." "What?" "If
they'll run out of assassins before we run out of us." He paused. "Let him lie where he fell." Haaken
understood. "It'll cause
talk." "I
don't care. And I won't be buried
beside her. I'll die on a
battlefield. She always knew that. She should have someone. ...
And he was more truw than I." "He
was a tough buzzard," said Haaken.
"Lived ten years longer than he had any right. And crippled he takes three of them with
him." "They'd
sing him into the sagas at home. I'll
miss him." "You
don't seem very upset." "I
halfway expected it. He was looking for
it. Anyway, there's been too much. They got Nepanthe and Ethrian this morning." "What?" "Somebody
talked her into going off with them.
Gundar saw them. I'm going over
there from here. Why don't you come
too? We've got things to talk
about." "Okay." "Wait
down the hill a minute, then." Haaken
moved off a short distance. Ragnarson
wept then. For his wife and children,
and for Rolf. Rolf had been both a true
friend and a loyal follower. No one
could have asked more of the man than he had given voluntarily. Again Ragnarson affirmed his determination
to avenge the dead. Then he
joined Haaken. "The
first thing I need," he said, "is a plan for partial
mobilization. I want to start after
Oryon crosses into Altea and there's nobody left to argue with me." Haaken
commanded the Vorgreberger Guards, a heavy infantry regiment begat by the force
Ragnarson had commanded during the civil war.
He was also Bragi's chief of staff. Jarl
Ahring commanded the Queen's Own Horse Guards, consisting of one
"battle" of heavy cavalry and two of light. The army Ragnarson was building included another five regular
regiments, each numbering six hundred to seven hundred and fifty men organized
in three battles. Each regiment
regularly drilled twice its number of volunteers, who could be integrated in
case of mobilization. The volunteers, in
turn, were responsible for training their neighbors. Counting Nordmen and retainers, Marena Dimura scouts and mountain
troops, and regular garrisons and border guards. Ravelin could muster a field army of twelve thousand five hundred
overnight, and be assured of a steady supply of partially trained replacements. "How
broad a mobilization?" Haaken asked. "Just
alert the ready people at first. But
don't bring them in. Let them finish
planting. Step up the training." "You'll
scare hell out of our neighbors." "If
they've got guilty consciences....
No. The enemy is Shinsan. Let that leak when you issue the orders. No more leaves. Training in full swing from now on. And reinforce Maisak and Karak Strabger. We've got to hold the Gap. I'll do what I can diplomatically. We'll have a first class plenipotentiary." "Who?" "Varthlokkur. If they don't listen to him, they won't
listen." "You
won't get much backing. I mean, I can
take your word that Shinsan is moving again.
But you'll have to produce hard evidence to convince other folks." "I'll
work on it. And about two thousand
other things. You know, Haroun wanted
me to take over as King here. The
bastard is crazy. And look what he
wants to be king of. Hammad al Nakir is
a hundred times bigger than Ravelin." "Hammad
al Nakir runs itself. It's got a whole
different tradition." "Could
be." They
reached Valther's home. "Any
news?" Bragi asked. "Not
much. Nepanthe, Ethrian, Haroun,
Rolf. ...She couldn't find a trace. They're either shielded, or...." "Or?" "Dead." "Rolf's
dead. Definitely. We found him in the cemetery. He took three of them with him." "Three
of who?" "Ones
like we had at my house." "Harish?" "No
pretense this time. But they were the
same breed. What about the jewel?" "It's
not there." "Where'd
it go?" "She
doesn't know." "It
keeps piling up, and that's the best we can come up with? Nobody knows anything for sure? But I do.
I'll get them if they don't get me first." "That
goes without saying," Haaken remarked sarcastically. "Eh?" "They
knew that before they started. That's
why they tried to kill you first." "Oh. Where's Gundar? Let's see what he's got to say." Gundar
didn't tell them anything new. His description
of Nepanthe's visitor fit the six dead assassins. "Guess
we can kiss her off," Haaken whispered. "Quiet!"
Bragi muttered. "This'l! give Valther a bigger stake. Maybe get some action out of him." He
felt that Valther was dragging his heels.
Why? His brother-in-law
kidnapped, his brother murdered....
That should have been motivation enough. If Nepanthe didn't move him, Ragnarson reflected, he would have
to find a new chief spy. His
paranoia had reached the point where he suspected everyone. Anyone he didn't see working as hard as he—
\ irregardless of how hard they hit it when out of his sight—was somehow
betraying him. That,
too, may have been part of the enemy plan.
A cunning adversary operated on many levels. SEVENTEEN: Michael's Adventure Michael
Trebilcock lay as still and patient as a cat.
His ga/e never left the house across Lieneke Lane. He had
stumbled onto the foreigners while visiting his friend Aral, whose father had
known his own in their younger days.
Aral's father was a caravan outfitter fallen on hard times. He survived on military supply contracts
given because the family had remained loyal during the rebellion. The three
had left an inn down the block, looking so much like the men Michael had seen
at Ragnarson's that he had felt compelled to follow them. His
investigation had been luckless till then.
Even with Aral's help he hadn't discovered anything of interest. Everybody
in Vorgreberg believed something was afoot.
But anyone who knew anything was keeping quiet. There was an undercurrent of fear. Knives had flashed by moonlight; bodies had
turned up in rain-damp morning gutters.
Few people were interested in risking a premature visit from the Dark
Lady. "Aral!" he had yelled,
and they had followed the three here.
One was inside. The others were
out of sight, hiding. Aral Dantice was
a short, wide, tough little thug, tempered in the streets during his father's
hardship. He didn't look bright. Scars complimented his aura of
thuggishness. His problem, his
weakness, was a lack of patience. He
wouldn't have taken half his scars if he had had enough self-control. "Let's
grab them," Dantice whispered.
"If they're the same gang...." "Easy. Let's find out what they're up to
first." "What they're up to is no good. Let's just cut them up." "Suppose they're all right? You want to hang?" Aral was
straightforward, Trebilcock thought.
You always knew where he stood. Michael
didn't understand their friendship.
They had little in common but curiosity and itchy feet, and the past
friendship of their fathers. They were
opposites in virtually everything. But
Trebilcock didn't understand himself.
He was a man without direction.
He didn't know why he had come to Ravelin. Friendship for Gjerdrum?
Plain wanderlust? Or just his
intense-need for an excuse not to take over his father's business? He had turned that over to the family
accountants to manage and followed Gjerdrum to this incredibly complex little
kingdom, never knowing what he was seeking. There had
been few of the adventures he had anticipated.
Life had been pretty dull. But
now.... It had begun to move. His blood, finally, was stirring. Aral
started to rise. Trebilcock
pulled him down. "Hey! Come on!" "One
of them just left." Michael
peered at the house. The man who had
gone inside was on the porch, watching the lane. One of his henchmen was running toward town. "Okay. Follow him.
But don't bother him. Let him do
whatever he wants. I'll stick to this
one." "Where
should we meet?" "They'll
get together again. When they do, so
will we. If they don't, I guess we'll
meet at your place." "Right."
Dantice scampered along the backside of the hedge where they had hidden. He was built so low that keeping down wasn't
difficult. A woman
and boy joined the man on the porch. The fat
man's wife, Michael thought. The boy must
be his son. The woman
said something. She seemed
nervous. The man nodded. She ducked inside, returned with a bundle. All three hastened along the lane. Trebilcock
crept along behind the hedge, waiting for the third man to act. Nepanthe seemed extremely upset, though she
was accompanying the man by choice. She
was sneaking away, and was afraid someone would notice. "That
dark guy must've done some fancy talking," Trebilcock muttered. The third
man then followed Nepanthe and her escort once they rounded a bend. When he had made the same turn, Michael went
back to the road. He kept his head
down. He was passing the Marshall's
home. A half-do/en soldiers were there,
and might.... "Hey! Michael!" "Damnit!"
It was one of the Horse Guards he bummed with.
For once in his life he wished he didn't have so many friends. "'Lo, Tie. How goes it?" "Fine. Except I think they're getting carried away
trying to find things for us to do.
Squaring away the Marshall's house, you know what I mean? He's got a wife, he's got a maid and butler
and all. Don't seem right...." So. The word wasn't out. "That's a shame. But you could be out riding around the
Gudbrandsdal in the rain." "You
got it. I don't complain to the
sergeant. He'd come up with something
like that." "I'd
like to hang around and see what's happening, Tie, but I've got a job." "You?" "Sure. Not much.
Running messages for the Marshall's secretary. But he expects me to get them moved." "Yeah. All right.
Catch you later. Why don't you
plop in at the Kit 'N Kettle tonight?
Got some girls from Arsen Street coming down.... But don't bring that chunky guy. What's his name? Dantice. He busted the
place up last time." "Okay. I'll see.
If Prataxis don't keep me running." "What's
with that guy anyway, Mike?" Trebilcock
glanced up the lane. How far ahead were
they? "Aral? Don't mind him, Tie. He isn't so bad when you get to know
him. Hey. I've got to go." "Sure. See you later." Trebilcock
walked briskly till his soldier-friend could no longer see him. Then he jogged, glancing down the cross
lanes to make sure they hadn't turned aside. Fie hoped
they were headed back to their inn. In
Aral's part of town they would be easier to trail. Luck was
with him. That was their destination,
and he picked up the rear guard in West Market Street, which was packed with
shoppers. He found
Dantice lounging around outside his father's place. That, for Aral, was a near career. "What happened?" "Not
a damned thing. The guy came back to
the inn. The others just showed
up." "What're
they up to?" "Mike,
I don't know. You're the one playing
spy. Ho! Hang on. Here's the first
one again." A dusky
man had come to the inn door leading a half-dozen horses. "Oh-oh,"
Trebilcock muttered. "What do we
do now?" "How
should I know? You're the brains." "Aral,
they're leaving town. I never thought
of that. I just thought.... Never mind.
Here." He slapped a gold piece into Dantice's hand. "Get us a couple horses. Some food and stuff. I'm going to talk to your father." "Are
you crazy?" "Come
on. Why not?" "You're
nuts. All right. You straighten it with the old man." "Right. Yes. Come on. Hurry. We'll lose them." "I'm
going." Trebilcock
slammed through the door of the Dantice establishment, knocking the bell off
its mounting. "Mr. Dantice!
Mr. Dantice!" The older
Dantice came from the little office where he kept his accounts. "Hello, Michael. How are you?" "Mr. Dantice, I need some money. All the money you can give me. Here." He seized pen and paper. "I'll write you a letter of
credit. You can take it to Pleskau
Brothers. They handle my finances in
Vorgreberg." "Michael,
boy, calm down. What's this all
about?" "Mr. Dantice!
Hurry!" Trebilcock raced to the door, peeped out. Nepanthe, Ethrian, and the dark men were
mounting up. "There's no time. They're leaving. I'm doing a job for the Marshall. I've got to have money.
I'm going out of town." "But...." "Isn't
my credit good?" "The
best." The old man scratched the back of his head. "I just don't understand...." "I'll
explain when we get back. Just give me
what you can." He wrote hastily, leaving a blank for the amount. Puzzled,
but wanting to help his son's friend—whom he thought a bit strange, but felt to
be a good influence— Dantice retrieved his cash box from hiding. "Michael,
I don't have much here today.'Bout fifteen nobles, and change." "That's
good. Whatever. We'll only be gone a couple days. It's just so we can eat on the way." He
flung himself to the door again.
"Hurry. They're almost
gone. Come on, Aral. Where are you?" "Twelve
and seven. That's all I can spare,
Michael. I have to keep some just in
case...." "Fine. Fine.
Ten is plenty, really. If I
can't get by....." He signed the credit for ten nobles, scooped coins as
fast as the older man could count them out.
"Thanks, Mr. Dantice. You're a gem." He kissed the old man. "Michael!" "Hey,
we'll see you in a few days." He
whipped out the door. Aral was just
coming with the horses. "They're
all Trego had left." "We'll
switch later. You see where they
headed?" "Up
the street. If they leave town, they'll
have to use a gate. Different than the
west one, right? From here that means
the east or south." "But
which? Never mind. Let's see if we can catch up." They made
no friends that day, pushing through the streets the way they did, as if they
were the Nordmen of old. They caught
Nepanthe's party as it turned into the Palace Road, which ran straight to the
east gate. "Got
them now," Trebilcock enthused.
"We can swing around and get ahead." "Why
not just pass them?" "The
woman knows me." "Whatever. You're the boss. What'd the old man say when you told him?" "What?" "That
I'm going off with you. He's still
trying to dump those account books on me." "Oh,
hell. I clean forgot, Aral." "You
didn't tell him?" "I
was too busy trying to get some money." "Well,
he'll live. He's used to me taking off
for a couple days whenever I find me a new slut." But this
adventure would last longer than either expected. Their
path wound eastward, through Forbeck and Savernake provinces, often by
circuitous routes. The group they
tracked avoided all human contact. The
two expended a lot of ingenuity maintaining contact while escaping notice. "They're
sure in a hurry," Aral grumped the third morning. He hadn't
complained yet, but his behind was killing him. He wasn't accustomed to long days in the saddle. "Don't
worry. They'll slow down. You'll outlast the woman and boy." Michael
picked the right note. There was no way
Aral Dantice was going to be outdone by a kid and a broad in her forties. Michael
finally realized they were getting in deep after they passed Baxendala at night
and were approaching Maisak, the last stronghold of Kavelin, high in the
Savernake Gap. There,
between Maisak and Baxendala, stood several memorials of the civil war. It was said that broken swords and bones
could still be found all through the area. Two weeks
after sneaking past Maisak, Michael and Aral reached a point from which they
could see the eastern plains. "My
God! Look, Mike. There's nothing out there. Just grass." Trebilcock
grew nervous.. How did people keep from
getting lost out there? It was a green
grass ocean. Yet the caravans came and
went.... They met
caravans every day. Traders were racing
to get through with early loads, to obtain the best prices. Sometimes the two overhauled an eastbound
train and encountered someone they knew.
Thus they kept track of their quarry.
Later, when they reached the ruins of Gog-Ahlan, they would have to
close up. The other party might strike
out toward Necremnos, or Throyes, or any of the cities tributary to them. And who knew where they would go from there? They
traded for better horses, foodstuffs, equipment, and weapons along the way, and
always got a poor deal. Trebilcock had
no mercantile sense whatsoever. He
finally surrendered the quartermaster chores to Aral, who was more intimidating
in his dickering. It was in
potentially violent confrontations that Michael Trebilcock was
intimidating. Men tended to back down
when they saw his eyes. Michael
didn't understand, but used it. He felt
it was his best weapon. He had trained
in arms, as had everyone at the Rebsamen, but didn't consider himself much
good. He didn't consider himself good
at anything unless he was the best around. They
reached Gog-Ahlan. Aral found a man who
was a friend
of his father. With Michael's help he
wrote the elder Dantice, and wrote a credit on House Dantice, which Michael
promised to repay. And they learned
that Nepanthe's party was bound for Throyes. There was
no holding Aral to an unswerving purpose that night. Old Gog-Ahlan lay in ruins, a victim of the might of llkazar four
centuries earlier. On the outskirts,
though, a trading city had grown up.
Vices were readily available.
Aral had energies to dissipate. It took
him two nights. Bowing to the inevitable,
Michael tried to keep up. Then, heads
spinning, they rode on. Their
quarry moved more leisurely now, safely beyond the reach of Kavelin's Marshall. The two
overhauled them within the week, a hundred miles from Throyes. "Now we go ahead," Michael
said. "We'll swing around, too far
away to be recognized." That was what two riders overtaking a larger party
would do anyway. Out on those wild
plains no one trusted anyone else. Throyes
was a sprawl of a city that made Vorgreberg look like a farming village. Most of it wasn't walled, and no one cared
who came or went. Here, for
the first time in their lives, they felt like foreigners. They were surrounded by people who were
different, who owed them no sympathy.
Aral behaved himself. Four days
passed. Their quarry didn't show. Dantice began fretting. Michael
had begun to consider hitting their back trail when Aral said, "Here they
come. Finally." Only one
man remained. He was wounded. The woman and boy, though, were hale if still
a little frightened. "Bandits,"
Trebilcock guessed. "Let's stay
behind after this. In case we need to
rescue the lady." "Hey,
Mike, I'm ready. Let's do it. My old man must be out of his head by
now. You know how long we've been
gone?" "I
know. And I think we should stay gone
until we find out what's happening." "We
won't get a better chance. That guy's
bad hurt." "No. Let's see where he goes." The
wounded man went to a house in the wealthiest part of town. There he turned the woman and boy over. The man who received them wasn't happy. Neither eavesdropper understood the
language, but his tone was clear, if not his reasons. "What
now?" Aral asked. "We
see what happens." They
watched. Aral daringly climbed the
garden wall and listened at windows.
But he heard nothing of importance. Two days
later the woman and boy returned to the road with a new escort. "Oh,
no," Aral groaned. "Here we
go again. We going to follow them to
the edge of the world?" "If
we have to." "Hey,
Mike, I didn't sign on for that. A
couple days, you said." "I'm
not dragging you. You can go back. Just give me h'alf the money." "What? You'd be in debtor's prison by tomorrow
night. And I ain't riding around out
here without nobody to talk to." "Then
you'd better stick with me." "They
can't go far anyway. Argon is the end
of the road." "How
do you know?" "They're
heading for the Argon Gate. If they
were headed east, they'd go to Necremnos.
So they'd head for the Necremnos Gate." "How
do you know where they're heading?" "You
know my old man." "So?" "His
stories?" "Oh. Yeah." Dantice's
father bragged endlessly about his youthful adventures, before the El Murid
Wars, when he had made a fortune in the eastern trade. Aral, having heard the tales all his life,
had a fair notion of where they were. They
reached Argon two weeks later. Argon, in
summer, was an outpost of Hell. The
city lay in the delta of the River Roe.
That vast river ran in scores of channels there, through hundreds of
square miles of marshland. The city
itself, twice the size of Throyes, had been built on delta islands. Each was connected by pontoon bridges to
others, and some had canals instead of streets. The
youths' quest took them to the main island, a large, triangular thing with its
apex pointing upriver. It was
surrounded by walls rising from the river itself. "Lord,
what a fortress," Trebilcock muttered. Aral was
even more impressed. "I thought
Dad was a liar. That wall
must be a hundred feet high." He pointed toward the northern end of the
island, where the walls were the tallest.
"How did Ilkazar conquer it?" "Sorcery,"
Michael replied. "And there
weren't any walls then. They thought
the river was enough." Aral
looked back. "Rice paddies. Everywhere." "They
export it to Matayanga mostly. We
studied it at school, in Economics.
They have a fleet to haul it down the coast." "Better
close it up. We might lose them in the
crowd." The
pontoon was crowded. They couldn't find
anyone who spoke their language, so couldn't ask why. The trail
led to a huge fortress within the fortress-island. "The
Fadem," Aral guessed. The Fadem
was the seat of government for the Argonese imperium, and was occupied by a
nameless Queen usually called the Fadema or Matriarch. Argon had been ruled by women for four
generations, since Fadema Tenaya had slain the sorcerer-tryant Aron Lockwurm
and had seized his crown. The men
escorting Nepanthe were expected. "Don't
think we'd better try following," Michael said. Nobody had challenged them yet.
The streets were full of foreigners, but none were entering the inner
fortress. Trebilcock
led the way round the Fadem once. He
could study only three walls. The
fourth was part of the island wall and dropped into the river. "We've got to get in there," he
said. "You're
crazy." "You
keep saying that. And you keep tagging
along." "So
I'm crazy too. How do you figure to do
it?" "It's
almost dark. We'll go down there on the
south end where the wall is low and climb in." "Now
I know you're crazy." "They
won't expect us. I'll bet nobody ever
tried it." He was
right. The Argonese were too much in
dread of those who dwelt within the Fadem.
They would have labeled the plan a good one for getting dead quick. Suicides traditionally jumped from the high
point of the triangular outer wall, where the memorial to the victory over
Lockwurm stood. Trebilcock
and Dantice chose the Fadem, though.
About midnight, without light, during a driving rain. "No
guards that I can see," Michael murmured as he helped Aral to the
battlements. "Must
be the weather." It had
been raining since nightfall. They
would learn that, in Argon, it rained every night during summer. And that by day the humidity was brutal. It took
them two hours of grossly incautious flitting from one glassless window to
another, attending only those with lights behind their shutters, to find the
right room. "It's
her," Aral whispered to Michael, who had to remain behind him on a narrow
ledge. They had clawed eighty feet up
the outside of a tower to reach that window.
"I'll go in and...." "No! She'd turn us in. Remember, she came because she wanted to. Let's just find out what's up." Nothing
happened for a long time. After
resting, Michael slipped a few feet back down and worked his way across beneath
the window so he could reach the ledge at the window's far side. Three hours
dragged through the stuttering mills of time.
Neither man had ever been more miserable. The rain beat at them.
Hard stone below dared them to fall asleep. There was no room to move, to stretch.... Someone
entered the room. Trebilcock
came alert when he heard a woman say, "Good evening, Madame," in
heavily accented Wesson. "I'm
sorry you had to wait so long." Trebilcock
and Dantice peeked through the slats of the shutters. Why the hell don't they put glass in these things? Michael wondered. But Castle Krief, too, had unglaz.ed windows, and weather in
Ravelin was more extreme. Glass was
a luxury even kings seldom wasted on windows. Nepanthe
rose from a bed. Ethrian lay sleeping
on a couch. "Where is he? When can I see him?" "Who?" "My
husband." "I
don't understand." "The
men who brought me to Throyes... .They
said they were taking me to my husband.
He sent for me. They had a
letter." "They
lied." The woman smiled mockingly.
"Permit me. I am
Fadema. The Queen of Argon." No
"Pleased to "meet you" from Nepanthe. She went to the point.
"Why am I here?" "We
had to remove you from Vorgreberg. You
might have embarrassed us there." "Who
is us?" "Madame."
Another visitor entered. "Oh!" Trebilcock,
too, gasped. He had
never seen a Tervola, but he recognized the dress and mask. His heart redoubled its hammering. The man would discover them with his
witchery.... "Shinsan!"
Nepanthe gasped. "Again." The
Tervola bowed slightly. "We come
again, Madame." "W
here's my husband?" "He's
well." Nepanthe
blustered, "You'd better send me home.
You lied to me.... I have
Varthlokkur's protection, you know." "Indeed
I do. I know exactly what you mean to
him. It's the main reason we brought
you here." Nepanthe
sputtered, fussed, threatened. Her
visitors ignored her. "Madame,"
said the Tervola, "I suggest you make the best of your stay. Don't make it difficult." "What's
happened to my husband? They told me
they were taking me to him." "I
haven't the faintest idea," the Fadema replied. Nepanthe
produced a dagger, hurled herself at the Tervola. He
disarmed her easily. "Fadema, move
the boy elsewhere. To keep her
civil. We'll speak to you later,
Madame." Nepanthe
screamed and kicked and bit, threatened and pleaded. The Tervola held her while the Fadema dragged Ethrian away. Michael
Trebilcock suffered several chivalrous impulses. He didn't fear the Tervola.
But he did have a little common sense.
It saved his life. After the
Fadema left, the Tervola said, "Your honor and your son are our
hostages. Understand?" "I
understand. Varthlokkur and my
husband...." "Will
do nothing. That's why you're my
captive." In that
he was mistaken. Varthlokkur ignored
extortion, and Mocker just became more troublesome. It was in the blood. "
Your captive? Isn't this her
city?" "She
seems to think so. Amusing, isn't
it?" His tone grew harsh.
"One year. Behave and
you'll be free. Otherwise.... You know our reputation. Our language has no word for mercy." He
departed. Michael
waited five minutes, then crept forward to whisper to Aral.... And found Dantice dead asleep. The idiot
had slept through almost the whole thing. "Ssst!" Nepanthe
responded to his third hiss by approaching the window fearfully. "What? Who are you? I.... I know you." "From
Vorgreberg. My name is Michael
Trebilcock. My friend and I followed
you here." "Why?" "To
find out what you were up to. Those men
were the same sort who killed the Marshall's wife. And your brother." She
became angry anew. He had a hard time
calming her. "Look,
you're in no real danger while they think they can use you to blackmail the
wizard and your husband." "What're
you going to do?" "I
thought about bringing you out the window.
But they've got your son. You
probably wouldn't go...." "You're
right." "There's
nothing I can do for you, then. I can
only go home and explain what happened.
Maybe the Marshall can do .
something." Nepanthe
leaned out the window. "The rain's
stopped. It's getting light." Trebilcock
groaned. He and
Aral would have to spend the day on that ledge. Then the
Fadema returned. But she stayed only
long enough to taunt Nepanthe. Michael
thought he would die before daylight failed.
That ledge was murderous. The
sun was deadly.... Damnable Arnal
simply crowded the wall and snored. Trebilcock
waited till the rain cleared the streets, then wakened Aral. He spoke with Nepanthe briefly before
departing, trying to buoy her hopes. "We'll
ride straight through," he promised.
"It won't take long." Aral
groaned. "Wait,"
she said. "Before you leave. I want to give you something." Her
captors hadn't bothered searching her effects even after the dagger
episode. That arrogant confidence led
to a crucial oversight. She gave
Michael a small ebony casket.
"Give this to Varthlokkur.
Or my brother if you can't find the wizard." "What
is it?" "Never
mind. Just believe that it's
important. No matter what, don't let
Shinsan get their hands on it. Turran
called it the last hope of the west.
Someone gave it to me to take care of because she was thinking
about.... Never mind. Get it to Varthlokkur or my brother. Make sure it don't fall while you're going
down." She checked his shirt to see if it was safely tucked in. "Oh, was I stupid! If he'd just stay home like normal
people.... Those men knew just what to
say to me. I'm lucky I've got friends
to look out for me." She gave
each man a little kiss. "Good
luck. And remember about the casket. It's easy to forget." "We
will," Trebilcock told her.
"And we'll be back. That's
a promise." "You're
bold." She smiled. "Remember,
I'm a married lady. Good-bye." She
left the window. There was a bounce to
her step that would puzzle her jailors for months. Michael
and Aral returned home. And the worst
of their journey was getting down that eighty feet of tower. Exhausted,
they reached Vorgreberg during the first week of August. They had been gone nearly three months. EIGHTEEN:
The Unborn For a
week no one dared enter the chamber where Fiana lay, where her child-of-evil
was being nurtured by one of the older wickednesses of the world. Even Gjerdrum lacked the courage to intrude. He carried meals to the door, knocked,
retreated. Varthlokkur
was indulging in those black arts which had made him so infamous. By week's end he had terrori/ed both Karak
Strabger and Baxendala. During
the day the castle was obscured by a whirling, twisting darkness which throbbed
like a heart beating. Its boundaries
were sharply defined. The townspeople
called it a hole through the walls of Hell.
Some claimed to see the denizens of an Outer Domain peering out at the
world with unholy hunger. That was
imagination. But the darkness was real,
and by night it masked the stars over Karak Strabger. Eldritch lights from within sometimes cast red shadows on the
mountains surrounding castle and town.
And always there were the sounds, the wicked noises, like the roar of
devil hordes praising some mighty demon-lord.... On the
floor of the little chamber the sorcerer had laid out a pentagram which formed
one face of an amazing construct. Eight
feet above the floor floated another pentagram, traced in lines of fire. Rising like the petals of a flower, from the
luminescent design on the floor, were five more pentagrams, sharing sides with
five pentagrams depending from the design above. The whole formed a twelve-faced gem. Every apex was occupied by a silvery cabalistic symbol which
burned cold and bright. Additional
symbols writhed on the surfaces of the planes. The dead
Queen lay on a table at the construct's heart.
U pon her breast lay the monster she had died to bring into the
world. Outside, the wizard worked on. He called
his creation the Winterstorm, though it had nothing to do with weather or
season, but, rather, a dead magician's mathematical way of looking at
sorcery. It was a gate to powers
undreamt even in Shinsan. It had enabled
the destruction of the Princes Thaumaturge in times of yore. Like so
many evils, it was terribly beautiful. For a
week Varthlokkur had labored, taking no rest, and little food. Now his hands trembled. His courage wavered. His sense of morality recoiled. The thing he was trying to create would be
more evil than he. Darker, possibly,
than the incalculable evils of Shinsan.
What it did to the world would be determined by his ability to control
it—especially in the critical moments approaching. If he failed, he would be just the first to die a grisly
death. If he succeeded only partially,
it would be but a matter of time till he lost control. Success
had to be complete and absolute. And he
was so tired, so hungry, so weak.... But he
had no choice. He couldn't stop
now. Nor could he turn back. He was committed. On the
edges of his consciousness, out where his heightened senses met the Beyond, he
heard the Lords of Chaos chuckling, whispering amongst themselves, casting lots
for him.... He wasn't that kind of
wizard. He refused to make deals. He increased the might of the Winterstorm
and compelled them to respond to his will.
He ordered, and they performed. They
hated him for it. And forever they
would wait, tirelessly, patiently, for his fatal slip. His fiery
wand touched several floating symbols.
Those beings on the edges of his senses screamed. Agonized, they awaited his commands. The
symbols blazed brighter. Colored
shadows frothed over the barren walls.
The dark cloud shuddered and swirled round the stronghold. The people of Baxendala locked their
shutters and doors. The handful of
castle servants huddled downstairs.
They would have fled if Gjerdrum had let them. The
Marshall had told him not to let anyone leave till he heard otherwise. The news was to be stifled till Ragnarson
had stabilized the political response. Gjerdrum
was devoted to his Queen and Marshall.
Though wanting nothing more than to flee himself, he kept his flock inside. Now, with the howl above redoubling, he
again prepared to block a rush toward freedom. Varthlokkur
raised his arms and spoke softly to the denizens of the netherworlds. He used the tongue of his childhood. Those
things would respond to any language.
But the old tongue, shaped by the wizards of ancient llkazar, was
precise. It didn't permit ambiguities
demons could exploit. He
commanded. The
things on the Other Side cringed, whined—and obeyed. The
Queen's corpse surged violently. The
terrible infant, englobed in a transparent membrane, still in a fetal curl,
levitated. Its head turned. Its eyes opened. It glared at Varthlokkur. "You
see me," the wizard said. "I
see you. I command you. You are my servant henceforth." For
seven days he had been shaping its hideous mind, teaching it, building on the
knowledge of evil stamped on the thing's genes. "Henceforth you shall be known as Radeachar, the
Unborn." The name,
Radeachar, meant only "The One Who Serves," without intimations of
actual servitude. It had overtones of
destruction, of sorcery held ready as a swordsman holds a ready blade. In olden times those sorcerers who had
marched with Ilkazar's armies had been entitled Radeachar. The nearest modern equivalent was the shaghun
of Hammad al Nakir. It fought
him. The things he compelled to aid him
battled back. He pitted his will and
power against the Unborn.... He had to
win beyond any shadow of compromise. It lasted
thirteen hours. Then he
collapsed. But not
before Radeachar had become his lifelong slave, virtually an extension of his
own personality. He slept,
unmoving, on the cool stone floor for two days. And, though the blackness had freed the castle, and spring
silence reigned, no one dared waken him. The
distraction of Varthlokkur's undertaking allowed Nepanthe, and those who
followed her, to slip through the Gap during the time the wizard slept. Varthlokkur
never sensed the nearness of the woman who meant more to him than life itself. She was
married to his son now, but he and she had an agreement. When Mocker died -unless Varthlokkur himself
were responsible- she would become his wife.
The bargain. woven on the looms
of Fate, had made it possible to destroy Nu Li Hsi and Yo Hsi. He
awakened almost too weak to move. From
amongst his paraphernalia he secured a small bottle, drank it dry. A warm, temporary strength flooded him. He lay down again, let it work. A half hour later he went downstairs. "You
can turn them loose now," he told Gjerdrum. "What needed doing is done.
And Ragnarson has finished in Vorgreberg." "I
haven't had word from him yet." "You
will." Gjerdrum
considered. Varthlokkur was probably
right. "Okay. I won't tell them they can leave. But if they get away while my back is
turned, that's all right." "They
won't go far. They won't be welcome in
Baxendala. They'll stay around till
you're ready to leave for Vorgreberg." Varthlokkur
insisted on showing Gjerdrum his masterwork. Eanredson
took one look and retched. Varthlokkur
was hurt. "I'm sorry." He had
been proud, forgetting that it took a peculiar breed to appreciate his
artistry. "Come,
then," he said. "We'll be
needed in Vorgreberg." "You're
going to take that.... That.... With us?" Puzzled,
Varthlokkur nodded. "Better
do it on the quiet. The very damned
quiet, else you'll start a revolution.
The black arts aren't popular with the man in the street." Varthlokkur's
feelings were bruised again. His greatest
work had to remain hidden? "All
right. I'll leave it here." "Good."
Gjerdrum glanced at the Unborn. This
time he forced his gorge down. "You'll
get used to it." "I
don't want to. It should've been killed
when Wachtel saw what it was." "You're
being very narrow...." Gjerdrum
refused to argue. "If we're going,
let's go. I've been away too long. That foreigner, Prataxis, has probably
screwed everything up." They left
that afternoon. Gjerdrum kept going
through the night. They reached Vorgreberg
the next evening, exhausted. Gjerdrum
had to invoke the wizard's reputation to keep the servants from scattering with
their horror stories. Gjerdrum
and Varthlokkur got no rest. Prataxis
dragged them to the Marshall's office immediately. "About
time," Ragnarson said. "You
got Derel's letter?" "No,"
Gjerdrum replied. "Must've
crossed paths. Just a note telling you
to get your butt home." "I
was waiting on him." "Everything
taken care of?" "I
still have to make the servants forget," the wizard replied. "Won't
be necessary. The news is out. The Thing elected me Regent. They're already forming a committee to
consider royal candidates." "There're
some things he should make them forget," Gjerdrum growled. Ragnarson
glanced at Varthlokkur. "I
performed a few sorceries. They upset
him. Before we left, I performed a
divination. Very unclear, but two names
came through. Badalamen. The Spear of Odessa Khomer." "Meaning
what?" "I
don't know. Badalamen may be a
person. The Spear sounds like a
mystical weapon. It isn't one I've
heard of. And that's unusual. Those things are pretty well known." "Neither
means anything to me," Ragnarson said.
He related recent events in Vorgreberg, concluding, "I've prepared
for mobilization." "Before
the mercenaries leave?" Gjerdrum asked.
"They'll come at you twice as hard...." "No
problem. Oryon wants to go. To poke around High Crag for the connection
with Shinsan. Meanwhile, we're going to
turn Kavelin upside down. These
assassinations and kidnappings have got to stop." Varthlokkur
glowed. "I have the perfect
device. The perfect servant, the
perfect hunter...." "Gjerdrum? What's the matter?" "I
saw his perfect hunter." Ragnarson
looked from one to the other. "The
baby," Gjerdrum said. "The
demon thing. He kept it alive." Ragnarson
leaned back, closed his eyes, said nothing for a long time. Then, softly, suppressing his revulsion,
"Tell me about it." "I
merely salvaged it," the wizard replied.
"I did what was necessary so it survived, bound it to me, taught
it. It's not as bad as your friend
thinks." "It's
horrible. You should have killed
it." "I
go with Gjerdrum emotionally. How can
it help?" "It
can find the men you want found. And
kill them, or bring them to you." "How'II
it tell enemies from friends? When can
you begin?" "I
could call it right now. It detects
enemies by reading their minds." The hairs
on Bragi's neck bristled. Read minds? In all likelihood it would read everyone,
friend or foe. "Let me think about
it. Gjerdrum. You brought Fiana?" Eanredson
nodded. "Good. Set up the funeral. Big as a coronation. With open house here. The works.
Vorgreberg is restless. It's time
we distracted it some. I've got a
feeling there won't be time for fun much longer." He turned to
Varthlokkur. "Can we possibly hit
Shinsan first?" "A
spoiler? No. They're moving. The old
destiny call is echoing from border to border.
They've recovered from the war with Escalon and the feud between O Shing
and Mist. They're ready. They're short just one element. An enemy.
The Tervola want us." "How
do you know?" "It's
no secret. Baxendala shattered the myth
of their invincibility. They want to
regain that. You just said a Tervola
was seen in the Kapenrungs. They're
doing the obvious. Softening up. Eliminating men who would resist. Trying for a sure thing. I suggest we loose Radeachar now—before they
reach anyone else who shapes the power.
Did you find the Tear?" "Gjerdrum,
would you step outside please?" Once Eanredson left, "It hasn't
turned up. Mist can't find a
trace. She and Valther can't find our
enemies, either. They're either well
shielded or gone." "Why
did you ask the boy to go?" "They
got Nepanthe." The
sorcerer rose slowly, face darkening. "Wait! She's not dead. They kidnapped her. So to
speak. My son Gundar heard a man tell
her he could take her to Mocker. She and
Ethrian went with him. Mist couldn't
locate her, though." "Excuse
me. I've got work to do. I'll summon Radeachar. He'll begin bringing your enemies in soon. Then I'll gather the Brotherhood. And see if anyone will loan troops for
another Baxendala. This time, I think,
we'd better keep after O Shing till he's done for." He
dropped back into the chair. "I'm
tired. Weary unto death. This constant struggle with Shinsan has got
to end. Us or them, for all time." Ragnarson
countered, "Would that settle anything?
Permanently? Aren't there
always more evils? If we destroy
Shinsan, won't something else arise?
Somebody once said that evil is eternal, good fleeting." "Eternal? I don't know. It's relative. In the eye
of the beholder. The Tervola don't think
they're evil. They feel we're wicked
for resisting destiny. Either way,
though, I want rid of Shinsan. A force
of equal magnitude isn't likely to rise in my lifetime." "Wizard,
I'm tired too. And emotionally
exhausted. I have trouble caring
anymore. I've lost so much that I'm
numb. Only Kavelin is left. Till we find a new king.... Well, I'll keep plugging." The
wizard smiled. "I believe you've
found a home, Marshall." "What? Oh.
Yes. I guess. Yes.
I still care about Kavelin. Bull
don't know what to do." "Trust
me. Not forever, but for now. Our interests are congruent. I want peace. I want to escape the machinations of this pestilence in
Shinsan. I want Nepanthe...." "Did
you grab Mocker?" "No. I promised Nepanthe. My promises are good. And he's my son...." There was no
resentment in his response. "What?" "It's
true. It's a long story, that doesn't
matter now. But he is." "Uhm. That explains why he isn't afraid of
you.... Does he know the other
thing?" "No. And he'd better never find out. But back to our congruency of interest. You have my pledge to remain a steadfast
ally till Shinsan falls. Or destroys
us." "All
right. Destruction seems most
likely." "Maybe. They have the advantages. Unity.
Power. A huge army.... Why dwell on it? The die is cast. The doom
is upon us. The Fates speed us from
their bows. I'll go now. You may not see me for a while." This was
the point, according to Prataxis, when the First Great Eastern War began. He selected it primarily because histories
need milestones. First causes could be
traced back, and back, and back. And
heavy, massed combat didn't occur till the Second Great Eastern War. Some authorities argued that Baxendala
should be called the First Great Eastern War, and seen separately from
Ravelin's civil war. Though the rebels
accepted aid from Shinsan, Shinsan's objective in intervening was eventual
mastery. Whatever,
this was the moment when, irrevocably, Ragnar-son and Varthlokkur committed
themselves to destruction of the Dread Empire. NINETEEN: Funerals and Assassins Haaken
rode at his brother's side. Gjerdrum
and Derel trailed them. It was the
morning after the day following Eanredson's return. He had arranged the funeral quickly, for Victory Day, for
whatever symbolic value that might have. Behind
them. Dr. Wachtel rode in a small carriage. He was too fragile for a horse.
He would be an important speaker.
His honesty was beyond question.
His testimony would dispel rumors surrounding the Queen's passing—though
he wouldn't tell the whole truth. The word
had spread quickly. The streets were
human rivers flowing northward. Ragnarson
told Haaken, "Keep a sharp watch.
This mess is perfect for an assassination." "I'm
watching." He glanced around.
"Something we should talk about.
Ragnar." "Oh?" "He's
bound for trouble. And he won't
listen." "What
is it?" "A
girl." "That
all? Well. The little devil. Ain't
fifteen yet.... You remember Inger,
Hjarlma's daughter, back home? I was
about his age when...." "If
you won't take it.serious either...." "Wait. Wait.
I do. These southerners worry
about that crap. Never understood why. She somebody's daughter?" "No. Her father's one of Ahring's sergeants. It wouldn't be a political thing. I'm just thinking we've got trouble enough
already." "Okay. I'll talk to him. Where is he, anyway?" "With
Valther and his bunch." "Maybe
I'll keep him closer." "You
keep saying that." "I
get distracted. Damn, I miss
Elana." He sagged in his saddle, momentarily overwhelmed by past emotions. They
encountered Valther on the road.
Ragnarson asked, "You found anything, Valther?" "No. Except that there were three men involved in
Nepanthe's disappearance. I found their
hostelry. The landlord thought they
were guards off a caravan from Throyes." "Ah. And Throyens look pretty much like desert
people." "Same
stock. But they wouldn't have told the
truth, would they?" "Why
not? Still, even if they were, they
were just hired blades. Anything
else? Mist?" "I
can't find much. No Nepanthe. No Haroun.
No Mocker. Nothing here in
Kavelin...." "Trebilcock,"
Valther said. "I'm
getting to it." "What
about him?" "I
located him. He and a man named Dantice
are in the Savernake Gap. Apparently
following Nepanthe." "What
the hell? I told him to keep his ears
open, not to.... Following? You sure?" "No." "I
hope so. This could be a. real break." "You
want I should send a squadron after them?" Haaken asked. "In case they need help?" "Let
them run free. Trebilcock don't attract
much attention. They might lead him to
the guy running the assassins. But I'm
not doing this right. Valther. She's your sister. What do you think? Should
we risk it?" The
spymaster pondered, looked to his wife for support, thought some more. "She seems safe, doesn't she? If they meant her harm, they'd have done it
already.... I don't know. Using your own sister...." "You've
done it before. For smaller
stakes." "All
right. Let it ride. We have Turran to avenge. And my other brothers. Brock.
Luxos. Ridyeh. Okay.
But I hope this Trebilock is competent." "I
think so. There's a man under that
weird facade." "I'm
trusting you. Now, what about
Oryon? He going peacefully?" "Yes. He's in a hurry to find out what's up at
High Crag. I don't like him, but he's
okay. He believes in the Guild. Which's a plus now. If someone in the Citadel is conspiring with
Shinsan he'll root them out. He'll
leave at sunrise. Which reminds
me. Gjerdrum. What's planned for tonight?" There was
little festivity this Victory Day, despite Ragnar-son's proclamation asking
Vorgreberg to give the Guildsmen a good send-off. "Won't
be much," Gjerdrum replied.
"Nobody's interested.
This." He indicated cemetery and mob. "And politics." Ragnarson
had been elected Regent but his position wasn't unshakeable. The Nordmen already were accusing him of
dictatorial excess. And he had been
high-handed occasionally, especially in preparing for mobilization. He had explained to a handful of supporters
in the Thing, but hadn't yet taken his case to the opposition. He would
have to make time. The sympathy
generated by his announcement of Elana's murder wouldn't last. They went
up to the Royal Mausoleum.
"Everybody in town must be here," Haaken observed. Crowds packed the hillside. Trumpets
sounded in the distance. "Jarl's
coming," Gjerdrum said. The
procession could be seen clearly from the hilltop. The Queen's Own Horse Guards, in full dress, rode ahead of the
hearse, behind the heavy battle of Haaken's Vorgrebergers. Immediately behind the hearse were scores of
knights in gleaming armor, many of them carefully chosen Nordmen barons. Behind them, afoot, came the leaders of the
otherethnic groups, including chieftains of the Marena Dimura. Bringing up the rear was another battle of
light horse. So that the glory of the
knights wouldn't be eclipsed, no regular heavy cavalry had been included. This
wasn't just a send-off for a monarch, it was a major politicalevent, with shows
of unity and fence-mending. Key men had
to be honored. Selected loyalists from
each ethnic group would deliver eulogies.
Members of the diplomatic community would contribute remarks—and watch
closely for weaknesses. Ragnarson's
heart throbbed with the measured beat of Vorgreberger drums. "Derel, Gjerdrum, I appreciate
this. What would I do without
you?" "You'd
make do," Prataxis replied.
"You got along without me before I came." Yet he was
pleased. His employer tended to take for granted
the competence of his associates. It was a
beautiful morning. The sky was
intensely blue. A few stately cumulus
towers glided sedately eastward. A
gentle, chilly breeze teased through the graveyard, but the morning promised a
comfortable afternoon. It was that sort
of spring day which made it hard to believe there were shadows in the
earth. It was a day for lying back in
the green, courting cloud castles, thinking how perfect life was. It was a day for dreaming impossible dreams,
like the brotherhood of man, world peace, and freedom from hunger. Even a
funeral that was a national enterprise couldn't blunt spirits sharpened by the
weather. The
blunting came later, with the endless speeches already wearing the edge off. Ragnarson
had made his speech earlier. Like every
speaker before and since, he had been windier than necessary. He had discarded the unification theme
prepared by Derel, speaking instead of Fiana and her dreams, then of the threat
Ravelin faced. He revealed almost
everything, which unsettled his associates. "Just
trying to warn them," he told Valther.
"And let them know it's not hopeless." Secrecy
was a fetish with Valther. He didn't
tell anybody anything the person didn't absolutely have to know. The
crisis came during act ing ambassador Achmed's strained praise of Fiana. Three men
plunged from the crowd, short swords in hand.
One went for Valther, one for Mist, the third for Ragnarson. Bragi, arguing with Valther, didn't see
them. Haaken
threw himself in front of his brother.
He took a stroke along his ribs while dragging Bragi's assailant
down. He also tripped the man going for
Valther. Gjerdrum
and Derel tried to intercept the third assassin. Both failed. Mist's
eyes widened. Surprise, fear, horror
plundered her beauty. The sword bit
deeply.... Something
like a shouted song parted her lips. Thunder
rolled across the blue sky. Haaken,
two assassins, Gjerdrum, and Prataxis stopped rolling across the hillside. Ragnarson gave up trying to smash
heads. Valther stumbled, flung headlong
from the impetus of his charge toward his wife. The crowd stopped yelling. For an
instant Mist was enveloped by fire.
Then the fire stepped away, leaving behind a feminine silhouette in
thick fog. The fire wore Mist's shape. The
assassin screamed and screamed, thrashing like a broken-backed cat. The fire-thing was merciless. It grew brighter and brighter as its victim
became a wrinkled, sunburned husk sprinkled with oozing sores. Finally,
it left him. And
turned to the man who had tried for Valther. The crowd
began withdrawing, threatening panic. "Wait!"
Ragnarson bellowed."It'stheenemy ofourenemies. It won't harm anybody else." Nobody
believed him. Common folk didn't trust
anything about sorcerers and sorcery. The man
who had attacked Haaken ran for it. He
and his comrades had been pledged to die, but not like this. The
fire-thing caught him. "You
all right?" Bragi asked Haaken. "In
a minute. He kneed me." Bragi
examined the sword cut. Haaken would
need new clothes, and his hauberk the attention of an armorer, but his only
injury would be a bruise. M ist's
fire avatar finished the third assassin, floated up thirty feet, hovered. Ragnarson again tried to calm the
crowd. A few braver souls listened. The panic began dying. The fire
avatar drifted, hunting enemies. "Mist,"
Ragnarson growled, "stop it. You
might nail somebody we don't want to lose." The fire
thing seemed interested in the Nordmen knights. With Nordmen, sedition was a way of thought. It
drifted to the shadow-Mist. They
coalesced. Ragnarson
ordered the ceremonies resumed, joined Valther. Mist was
badly wounded, but didn't seem concerned.
"I'll heal myself," she gasped. "Won't be a scar." She touched Valther's cheek. "Thank you for trying," she told
Gjerdrum. Then
Ragnarson noticed Prataxis. He rushed
to the man. What would he do without
Derel's steady hand directing the everyday work of his offices? But
Prataxis wasn't dead. He had the same
problem as Haaken. Those who
spoke after Achmed gave short speeches.
Crowd noise settled to a buzz. Then the
Unborn made its public debut. It
followed the road from Vorgreberg, floating twenty feet high. Beneath, three men marched with jerky steps,
frequently stumbling. The
people didn't like what they saw. Neither
did Ragnarson. The thing
in the milky globe was a malformed fetus thrice normal birth-size, and it
radiated something that drove people from its path. Its captives, strutting like the living dead, wore faces ripped
by silent screams. Straight
to Ragnarson they came. Haaken's Guards
interposed themselves. They had seen
the Gosik of Aubuchon at Baxendala, had seen fell sorceries, but they were
frightened. Yet they stood, as they had
stood at Baxendala, while facing the terrible might of the Dread Empire. "Easy,"
Ragnarson said. "It's on our
side." Unhappy
faces turned his way. Men
muttered. It wasn't right to form
alliances like this. The
automaton-men halted five paces away.
Ragnarson saw no life in their eyes. One's
mouth moved. A sephulcral voice said,
"These are your enemies. Ask. They will answer." Ragnarson
shuddered. This thing of
Varthlokkur's.... Powerful. And terrifying. The crowd
began evaporating. Fiana had been
popular, especially with the majority Wessons, but folks weren't going to bury
her if it meant suffering a constant barrage of unpleasant surprises. All they wanted was to run their homes and
shops and pretend, to hide from tomorrow. "What's
your name?" Ragnarson demanded. "Ain
Hamaki." "Why
are you here?" "To
slay our enemies." "Who
sent you?" No
response. Ragnarson glanced at the
Unborn. Another
captive replied, "He doesn't know.
None do. Their leader brought
them from Throyes." "Find
the leader." "He
lies behind you." Ragnarson
glanced at the withered bodies. One husk
twitched. Its limbs moved
randomly. Slowly, grotesquely, it rose. The more
bold and curious of the crowd, who had waited to see what would happen also
left for town. Even a few soldiers
decided they had seen enough. "Ask,"
said the dead man. Ragnarson
repeated his questions. He received
similar answers. This one had had
orders. He had tried to carry them out. He
collapsed into the pile. Another
spoke. He was a leader of Nine. He believed there were eight more Nines
preparing Ravelin. "Preparing
Kavelin for what?" "What
is to come." "Shinsan?" The
Unborn replied, "Perhaps. He
didn't know." "Uhm. Scour the kingdom for the rest of
these... .Whatever they are." The three
collapsed. The
Unborn whipped away so rapidly the air shrieked. "Grab
them," Ragnarson ordered.
"Throw them in the dungeons." He
worried. Their organization had the
earmarks of a cult like the Harish, or Merthrgul, being used politically. He didn't recognize it, though he had
traveled the east in his youth. "Derel. Gjerdrum.
You're educated. That tell you
anything?" Both
shook their heads. "We
keep getting information, but we're not learning anything. Nothing fits together." "If
that thing really is going to help," Valther said, "I'd say we've
taken the initiative. It should free us
of assassins." Ragnarson
smiled thinly. "And save you some
work, eh?" "That
too. It dredges up all those people,
I'll have time to concentrate on my real job.
Keeping tabs on home-grown troublemakers." "How's
Mist?" "Be
like new in a week." Softly, "I'd hoped she wouldn't get
involved. Guess our enem-ies don't see
it my way." "O
Shing owes her." "I
know. Nobody ever believes a wizard has
retired. We'd better be careful,"
he added. "When they realize
they're doomed, they might try to do as much damage as they can." He was
right. Before week's end Ragnarson had
lost Thorn Altenkirk, who commanded the Royal Damhorsters, the regiment
garrisoning Kavelin's six westernmost provinces, plus three of his strongest
supporters in the Thing, his Minister of Finance, the Chairman of Council in
Sdelmayr, and a dozen lesser officials and officers who would be missed. There were unsuccessful attacks on most of
his major followers. His friend
Kildragon, who commanded the Midlands Light in the military zone immediately
behind Altenkirk's, established a record by surviving four attacks. The bright side was that the enemy wasn't
overly selective. They went for
Ragnarson's opponents too. For anyone
important. Many of
the assassins taken were native Kaveliner hirelings. Terrorism
declined as the Unborn marched foreigner after foreigner into
imprisonment. He captured sixty-three. A handful escaped to neighboring
states. Radeachar followed. When its actions couldn't be traced, it
amused itself by tormenting them as a cat might. Kavelin
soon became more peaceful than at any time in living memory. When Radeachar patrolled the nights, even
the most blackhearted men behaved. A
half dozen swift bringings-to-justice of notorious criminals convinced their
lesser brethren that retribution was absolute, inevitable, and final. It was a
peaceful time, a quiet time, but not satisfying. Beneath the surface lay the knowledge that it was just a
respite. Ragnarson strove valiantly to
order his shaken hierarchy and prepare for the next round. He trained troops relentlessly, ordered the
state for war, yet pressed the people to extend themselves in the pursuits of
peacetime, trying by sheer will to make Kavelin strong militarily and
economically. Then
Michael Trebilcock came home. TWENTY:
The Dragon Emperor Shinsan
had no recognized capital. Hadn't had
since the murder of Tuan Hoa.The Princes Thaumaturge had refused to rest their
heads on the same pillows twice, Life itself had depended on baffling the
brother's assassins and night-sendings. The mind
of Shinsan's empire rested wherever the imperial banner flew. Venerable
Huang Tain constituted its intellectual center. The primary temples and universities clustered there. Chin
favored Huang Tain. "There's
plenty of space," he argued.
"Half the temples are abandoned." They had
been in the city a month, recuperating from the flight homeward. "I'm not comfortable here," O
Shing replied. "I grew up on the
border." He couldn't define it precisely.
Too refined and domesticated?
Close. He was a barbarian prince
amongst natty, slick priests and professors.
And Huang Tain was much too far west.... Lang, Wu,
Tran, Feng, and others shared his discomfort.
These westerners weren't their kind of people. While
touring Tuan Hoa's palace and gardens—now a museum and park—O Shing paused near
one of the numerous orators orbiting the goldfish ponds. "Chin,
I can't follow the dialect. Did he call
the Tervola 'bastard offspring of a mating of the dark side of humanity and
Truth pervertedI?" "Yes,
Lord." "But...." "He's
harmless." Chin whispered to a city official accompanying them. "Let him rave, Lord. We control the Power." "They
dare not challenge that," said Feng.
A sardonic laugh haunted his mask momentarily. "They
call themselves slaves—and enjoy more freedom than scholars anywhere
else," Chin observed. "Even
in Hellin Daimiel thinkers are more restrained." "Complete
freedom," said Wu. "Except to
change anything." Both O
Shing and Chin wondered at his tone. The
official whispered to Chin, who then announced, "This's Kin Kuo-Lin. A history teacher." The
historian raved on, opposing the wind, drawing on his expertise to abominate
the Tervola and prove them foredoomed.
His mad eyes met O Shing's. He
found sympathy there. I'm
incomplete, O Shing thought. As lame in
soul as in body. And I'll never heal. Like my leg, it's immutable. But none of us are whole, nor ever will
be. Chin. Wu. Feng. They've rejected their chance for wholeness
to pursue obsessions. Tran, Lang, and I
spent too much time staying alive. Our
perspectives are inalterably narrowed to the survival-reactive. In this land, in these alum-flavored times,
nobody will have the chance to grow, to find completeness. Some
lives have to be lived in small cages.
Tam was sure the walls of his weren't all of others' making. He chose
to show the imperial banner at Liaontung.
He was comfortable with that old sentinel of the east. And Liaontung was a long, long way from the
focus of the Tervola's west-glaring obsession. "I
swear. Wu rubbed his hands in glee when
Tran told him." Lang giggled.
"Chin like to had a stroke.
Feng sided with Wu. Watch Wu,
Tam. I don't think he's your friend
anymore." "Never
was," Tran growled. He still
resented Tarn's having trusted Tervola expertise before his own. "That's
not fair, Tran. Wu is a paradox. Several men. One is my friend. But he
isn't in control. Like me, Wu was cut
from the wrong bolt. He's damned by his
ancestry too. He has the Power. He yields to it. But he'd rather be Wu the Compassionate." Tran eyed
him uncertainly. The changed, more
philosophical, more empathetic Tam, tempered in the crucible of the flight
from Baxendala, baffled him. Tran's
image of himself as a man of action, immune to serious thought, became a
separating gulf in these moments. To defend
his self-image Tran invariably introduced military business. "The
spring classes will graduate twenty thousand," he said, offering a thick
report. He still hadn't learned to read
well, but had recruited a trustworthy scribe.
"Those are Feng's assign-
ment recommendations. Weighted toward the eastern legions, but I can't find real
fault. I'd say initial it." No one
could fault O Shing and his Tervola for reinforcing the most reliable legions
first. "Boring,"
Tam declared five pages in. "These
reports can be handled at subordinate levels, Tran. Sometimes I think I'm being swamped just to distract me." "You
want to rule these wolves, you'd better know everything about them," Lang
remarked. "I
know. Still, there's got to be a way to
get time for things I want to do.
Tran. Extract me a list of
Tervola and Aspirants linked with legions being shorted. And one of Candidates I don't know
personally. Lang, arrange for them to
visit Liaontung. Maybe I can pick the
men who get promoted." "I
like that," said Tran. "We
can move the Chins out." About
Chin Tran had developed an obsession.
He knew their former hunter remained a secret foe. He went to absurd lengths to make his
case. Yet he could prove nothing. O Shing
already pursued a policy of favoritism in promotions. He was popular with the Aspirants. He became more so when he pushed the policy harder. The machinery of army and empire drifted to
his control. His hidden enemies
recognized the shift, could do little to halt it. One thing
Tam couldn't accomplish. He couldn't
convince one Tervola to repudiate the need to avenge Baxendala. It was a
matter of the honor and reputation of an army unaccustomed to defeat. Feng, in
a rare, expansive mood, explained, "The legions had never been defeated. Invincibility was their most potent
weapon. It won a hundred bloodless
victories. "They
weren't defeated at Baxendala, either.
We were. Their commanders. To our everlasting shame. Your Tran understood better than we did, not
having had the shock of losing the Power to impair his reason. Our confusion, our panic, our irrational
response—hell, our cowardice—killed thousands and stigmatized the
survivors." A moment
of raw emotion burned through when Feng declared, "We sacrificed the
Imperial Standard, Lord!" "While
Baxendala remains unredeemed, while this Ragnar-son creature constitutes living
proof that the tide of destiny can be stemmed, our enemies will resist when,
otherwise, they'd yield. We're paying
in blood. "Lord,
the legions are the bones of Shinsan.
If we allow even one to be broken, we subject the remainder, and the flesh
itself, to a magnified hazard. In the
long run, we risk less by pursuing revenge." "I
follow you," O Shing replied. Feng
spoke for Feng, privately, but his was the opinion of his class. "In fact, I can't refute you." Tran, who
disagreed with the Tervola by reflex, supported them in this. Every Tervola who managed an audience had a
scheme for requiting Baxendala.
Stemming the tide devoured Tarn's time, making his days processions of
boring sameness only infrequently relieved by change or intrigue. Yet he
built. Five
years and six days after the ignominy of Baxendala, Select Fu Piao-Chuong knelt
and swore fealty to O Shing. Not to Shinsan,
the Throne, or Council, but to an individual.
His emperor assigned him an obscure post with a western legion. He bore, under seal, orders to other
Aspirants in posts equally obscure. The
night-terrorist Hounds of Shadow struck within the week. After a
second week, Lord Wu, maskless, agitated, appealed, "Lord, what's
happening?" He seemed baffled and hurt.
"Great men are dying.
Commanders of legions have been murdered. Manors and properties have been destroyed. Priests and civil servants have been beaten
or killed. Our old followers from the
days of hiding are inciting rebellion around the Mienming and Mahai. When we question a captured terrorist he
invariably names an Aspirant as his commander.
The Aspirant cites you as his authority." "I'm
not surprised." "Lord! Why have you done this? It's suicide." "I
doubt it." "Lord! You've truly attacked your Tervola?" Lang and
Tran were surprised too. They weren't
privy to all of O Shing's secrets either.
He was developing the byz.antine thought-set an emperor of Shinsan
needed to survive. "I
deny attacking my Tervola, Lord Wu.
You'll find no loyal names among those of the dead. The evidence against each was
overwhelming. It's been accumulating
for years. Years, Lord Wu. And I reserved judgment on a lot of
names. I indicted no one because he had
been an enemy in the past. Lord Chin
lives. His sins are forgiven. The Hounds will pulldown only those who
stand against me now." "Yes,
Lord." Wu had grown pale. "It'll
continue. Lord Wu. Until it's finished. Those who remain faithful have nothing to
fear. "My
days of patience, of gentleness, of caution, have ended. I will be emperor. Unquestioned, unchallenged, unbeholden, the way my grandfather
was. If the Council objects, let it
prove one dead man wasn't my enemy.
Till then the baying of the Hounds of Shadow will keep winding on the
back trails of treachery. Let those
with cause fear the sound of swift hooves." Wu
carefully bowed himself out. "There
goes a frightened man," Tran remarked.
His smile was malicious. "He
has cause," Lang observed.
"He's afraid his name will come up." "It
won't," said Tam. "If he's
dirty, he's hidden it perfectly." "Chin's
your ringleader," Tran declared. "Prove
it." "He's
right," Lang agreed. "Is
he? Can I face the Council with
that? Bring me evidence, Tran. Prove it's not just bitterness talking. Wait!
Hear me out. I agree with
you. I'm not asleep. But he looks as clean as Wu. He doesn't leave tracks. Intuition isn't proof." Tran
bowed slightly, angrily. "Then
I'll get proof." He stalked out. Tam did
agree. Chin was a viper. But he was the second most powerful man in
Shinsan. and logical successor to the
empire. His purge would have to be
sustained by iron-bound evidence presented at a perfectly timed moment. Chin
would resist. Potential allies had to
be politically disarmed beforehand. The
Council, increasingly impatient with O Shing's delay in moving west, were
growing cool. Some members would
support any move to topple him. It was a
changed Shinsan. A polarized,
politicized Shinsan. Even Wu admitted
his suspicion that the empire had been better off under the Dual
Principate. It had, at least, been
stable, if static. While
Tran obsessively rooted for evidence damning Chin, Tam healed old wounds and
opened new ones. He studied, and
quietly aimed his Hounds at their midnight targets. And futilely persisted in trying to draw the venom of the
Tervola's western obsession. Then,
without Tran there to advise them otherwise, he and Lang
began riding with the Hounds. Select
Hsien Luen-Chuoung was a Wu favorite, a Com-mander-of-a-Thousand in the
Seventeenth. Such a post usually rated
a full Tervola. The evidence was
irrefutable. O Shing had, for the sake
of peace with Wu, avoided acting earlier. The
unsigned, intercepted note sealed Chuoung's doom. "Go
ahead. Deliver it," Tarn told a
post rider who was one of his agents.
"We'll see who his accomplices are. Lang, start tracing it back." The note had come to his man
from another post rider, who in turn had received it at a way station in the
west. The
message? "Prepare Nine for Dragon
Kill." O Shing
was The Dragon. It was his symbol,
inherited from his father. The sign in
the message was his, not the common glyph for dragon, nor even the thaumaturgic
symbol. So, Tarn
thought. Tran was right, after all, in
mistrusting learning. His advice about
suborning the post riders had paid off. "Lang,
I want to go on this one myself. Let me
know when the wolves are in the trap." Chuoung,
unsuspicious, gathered his co-conspirators immediately. "It
looks bad for Lord Wu," Lang averred as he helped Tarn with his
armor. The conspirators were all
officers of the Seventeenth or important civilians from Wu's staff. "Maybe. But nobody contacted him. He hasn't shown a sign of moving. And the message came from the west. I think somebody subverted his legion." "Chin
somebody?" "Maybe. Remembering their confrontations back when,
he might want Wu more vulnerable if there were a next time. Come.
They'll be waiting." Twelve
Hounds loafed in the forest near the postern.
Tam examined them unhappily.
These scruffy ruffians were the near-Tervola he had recruited? He had insisted on having the best for this
mission. These looked like they were
the bandits the Council accused them of being. Chuoung occupied
a manor house a few miles southwest of Liaontung. As Commander-of-a-Thousand he rated a bodyguard of ten. And there would be sorcery. Most of Chuoung's traitor-coven were trained
in the Power. O Shing
sent a black sleeping-fog to those guards in barracks. Thus, six
would never know what had happened. To
distract the conspirators themselves he raised a foul-tempered
arch-salamander. ... They were
guilty. He listened at a window long
enough to be sure before he attacked. Pure,
raging hatred hit him then. Nine men
squawked in surprise and fear when he lunged into the room, his bad foot nearly
betraying him. Their
wardspells had been neutralized unnoticed by a greater Power. The
salamander blasted through the door. They
weren't prepared. The thing raged,
fired the very stone in its fury.
Screams ripped through melting Tervola-imitative masks. Scorched flesh odors conquered the night. O Shing retched. Chuoung
tried to strike back. Lang,
from over Tarn's shoulder, drove a javelin through a jeweled eye-slit. "Keep
some alive," O Shing gulped as the Hounds swept in. Too
late. The surprise had been too
complete, the attack too efficient. In
seconds all nine were beyond answering any questions ever. The salamander didn't even leave shades
which could be recalled. O Shing
banished the monster before it could completely destroy the room, then searched
Chuoung's effects. He found
nothing. He
interrupted his digging an hour later, suddenly realizing that the screaming
hadn't stopped. Why not? The conspirators were dead. He went
looking for his Hounds. They were
behaving like western barbarians, murdering, raping, plundering. And Lang was in the thick of it. Tam spat,
disgusted, and limped back to Liaontung alone. Lang
became addicted. He was a born
vandal. He began riding every raid,
ranging ever farther from Liaontung, using his fraternal ties to acquire ever
greater command of the Hounds. O Shing
didn't pay any heed. He was happy to
have Lang out of his way. Lang did
love it, making the Hounds his career.... The men
attacked didn't accept their fates passively.
O Shing lost followers. Yet
every raid encouraged recruiting. A plague
swept Shinsan. Rejection of the
established order became endemic. And
O Shing didn't see the peril, that rebels are always against, never for, and
rebellion becomes an end in itself, a serpent devouring its own tail. It got
out of hand. His tool, his weapon,
began cutting at its own discretion. Lords
Chin and Wu came to O Shing. Backing
them were Ko Feng, Teng, Ho Lin and several other high lords of the Council of
Tervola. They were angry, and didn't
bother hiding it. Their
appearance was message enough, though Wu insisted on articulating their
grievance. "Last
night men wearing the Hound Badge invaded Lord Chin's domains. You challenged the Council to prove you in
error. Today the Council insists that
you produce proof of Lord Chin's perfidy." O Shing
didn't respond till he had obtained absolute control of his emotions. He had authorized no action against Chin. He didn't
dare be intimidated. "Those were
no men of mine. Were they once, I
repudiate them now. I said before, I
bear Lord Chin no malice. Till he gives
me cause otherwise, his enemies will be mine.
I'll find these bandits and punish them." He doubted that that
would mollify the Council, though. "They
have been punished. Lord," Chin
replied. "They're dead. All but one." He gestured. Soldiers
dragged a chained Lang into the presence.
The bravado of the night rider had fled him. He was scared sick, and more terrified of Tam than of his
captors. O Shing
stared, tormented. "I'll issue
orders. Henceforth any who raid,
anywhere, any time, will be outlawed.
They'll be my enemies as well as the enemies of my enemies." Tran
misbehaving he would have believed more readily than Lang. "The Terror ends. Henceforth, the Hounds will course outlaws
only. Lord Chin, restitution will be made." "And
this one?" "His
actions convict him. I gave my
word. The Hounds would strike only
where the proof was absolute." He didn't flinch from the Tervola's gaze. He wanted Chin to know he dared make no
mistake. Lang,
Chin, and Wu all seemed astonished because he didn't ask for the gift of a
life. It hurt,
but he meant it. To bend these people
to his will he was going to have to stop being indecisive and vacillatory. The future demanded a demonstration. Lang had convicted himself. Tam could
ache with temptation, but O Shing dared reveal no weakness. The vulture wings of chaos shadowed his
empire. He had to take control. "Lang. Do you have something to say?" His
brother shook his head. Tam was
glad Tran was absent. The hunter's
accusatory stare might have withered his resolve. He needed time to develop the habits of autocracy. "Your judgment, Lord Chin. You're the injured party." Ruby
eye-crystals tracked brother and brother.
Then one gloved hand removed the cat-gargoyle mask. "It ends here, my Lord. I yield him to you. There's been enough unhappiness between
us." "A
good thought, Lord Chin." You guileful snake. "Thank you. Is there
anything else?" "When
do we avenge the Imperial Standard?" Feng snarled. Wu took
Feng's elbow. Chin said, "Nothing,
Lord. Good day." The door
closed behind Chin. Lang whined,
"Were you really going to ...?" "Yes."
Tam limped to his communications devices.
"I won't tolerate disobedience from anyone. Not even you. I didn't ask to be emperor.
I didn't want to be. But here I
am. And emperor I'll be. Despite all of you. Understand?" The
following week he ordered the deaths of seventy Hounds. His revolution had to end. This was
the inevitable blood purge of the professional rebels, men for whom the
raiding, the fighting, was cause enough.
Now the insurrectionists had to give way to the administrators. All Shinsan. he vowed, would become as steady and responsive as it had been
during Tuan Hoa's reign. If he could
just remain decisive.... Lang's
indiscretion precipitated the Change, the Day, the Final, Absolute Decision. Henceforth
Tam would be O Shing. Completely, in
the manner pioneered by Shinsan's founding tyrant. He would yield, minimally, only to absolute political necessity. Shinsan's
First Nine met in extraordinary session.
Every member made sure he could attend.
The Nines themselves were imperiled. The last
was still in the doorway when the cat-gargoyle said, "O
Shing suspects. His Hounds weren't
indulging in random violence. There was
a pattern. He was trying to get a fix
on who we are and what we're doing.
He's suddenly a liability instead of an asset. Tally against him, too, his unremitting resistance to western
operations. And his popular
support. Question: Has he outlived his
usefulness?" The man
in a fanged turtle mask (Lord Wu's current Nine disguise) countered, "I
disagree. He's young. Still malleable. He's been subjected to too much pressure in too little time. Remember, he's risen to emperor from slavery
in a few short years, without benefit of Tervola time-perspective. We're being too hasty. Ease the pressure. He'll mellow. Don't
discard this tool before it's finish-forged.
We're close to him. Eliminate
his companions so he becomes dependent on our guidance." Wu argued
from the heart, from the identical weak streak that had earned him the
sobriquet "The Compassionate." He felt more for O Shing than the
youth had ever suspected. Wu had no
sons of his own. He also
argued from ignorance. He didn't know
that Lord Chin had to conform to the timetable of a higher Nine. Chin knew
Wu's blind spots. "I
shouldn't have to admonish our brother about security discipline. Yet what he says deserves
consideration. I propose a week's
recess for reflection before we redefine our policies and goals. Remain available. In the name of the Nine." One by
one they departed, till only Chin and a companion remained. "Do we need another promotion?" the
companion asked. "Not
this time, Feng. He spoke from his
heart, but he won't desert the Nine. I
know him that well." Chin
couldn't say that Wu, probably, couldn't be killed anyway. Mist had failed. And Chin himself, fearing future confrontations, had made several
more serious attempts, in Mist's behalf, than his Ehelebe role had
demanded. Wu could be slippery, and a
terrible, determined enemy. "As
you will." The bent
man appeared after Feng left.
"Delay action," he ordered.
"But lay the groundwork. O
Shing will have to go sometime. He'll
resist when the Pracchia's hour arises." Chin
nodded. He needed no orders to do what
he planned anyway. Hadn't he sniffed
the breeze with Select Chuoung already?
The cretin had muffed everything....
"And his replacement? He has
no heir, and the Pracchia dares not operate openly." "Shall
we say someone with direct responsibility to the Pracchia? Someone seated with the High Nine?" Chin
bowed. He hoped he put enough
subservience into what, really, was a restrained gesture of victory. Soon, Shinsan. Later, perhaps, Ehelebe. "Step
up your western operations. The hour of
Ehelebe approaches." This time
Chin bowed with more feeling. He
enjoyed the intrigues he was running out there. They presented real challenges, and provided genuine
results. "I'm handling it
personally. It proceeds with absolute
precision." The bent
man smiled thinly. "Take
care. Lord Chin. You're the Pracchia's most valuable
member." The man
in the cat-gargoyle didn't respond. But
his mind darted, examining possibilities, rolling the old man's words around to
see how much meaning dared be attached.
They were playing a subtle, perilous game. The
armies had begun gathering. The storm
was about to break upon an unsuspecting west.
O Shing had exhausted the tactics of delay. His excuses had perished like roses in the implacable advance of
a tornado. The legions had healed. Shinsan was at peace with itself. The Tervola were strong and numerous. Liaontung
bulged with Tervola and their staffs. O
Shing had chosen Lord Wu to command the expedition. Wu was putting it together quickly and skillfully, abetted by
hungry, eager, cooperative Tervola.
Their obsession was about to be fulfilled. O Shing could
no longer back down. Sometimes
he wondered about the consequences of another Baxendala. More often, he worried about those of
victory. Fora decade, anticipation of
this war had colored the Tervolas' every action and thought. It had become part of them. After the west collapsed, what? Would Shinsan turn upon itself, east against
west, in a grander, more terrible version of the drama briefly envisioned in
the struggle with Mist? And
sometimes he wondered about that eldritch lady. She had given up too easily.
For the well-being of Shinsan?
Or because she wanted him to play out some brief, violent destiny of his
own before renewing her claims? Neither
Tran nor Lang had unearthed any nostalgic sentiment surrounding Mist, but in
this land, with its secrecies, sorceries, and conspiracies, anything was
possible. She would
have to be eliminated. Merely by living
she posed a threat. Tran
returned from the Roe basin, where he had been watching the progress of a
curious war. He brought some unusual
news. "It's
taken me years," he enthused, bursting into Tarn's apartment still filthy
from the road. "But I've got
Chin. Not enough to prove him your
enemy, but enough to nail him for insubordination. Acting without orders.
Making policy without consulting the Throne." Lang
arrived. "Calm down. Start from the top. I want to hear this." He gave Tam a
wicked look. O Shing
nodded. "The
war in the Roe basin. Chin is
orchestrating it. He's been busy the
past couple years. Look. Here.
He's been skipping all over the west.
Chaos followed him like a loyal old hound dog." He offered several
pages of hastily scribbled report. "Lang? Read it.
Tran, watch the door. Chin's out
of town, but he and Wu are getting like that." He crossed his fingers. Lang
droned through Tran's outline of an odd itinerary. There were numerous gaps, when Chin's whereabouts simply hadn't
been determinable, but, equally, enough non-gaps to damn the Tervola for
violating his emperor's explicit orders. They fell
to arguing whether action should wait till after the western campaign. O Shing felt Chin would be valuable in that. Tam
dogged the relationship between Wu and Chin, wondering if, for so slight a
cause, Lord Wu ought to be put to the question.... They forgot
the door. Lang's
eyes suddenly bulged. O Shing
looked up. The moment at the Hag's hut
flashed through his mind. "Wu!"
they gasped. TWENTY-ONE:
The King Is Dead. Long Live the King The lean,
dark man came like a whirlwind from the north.
Horses died beneath him. Men
died if they tried to slow him. He was
more merciless with himself than with anyone else. He was half dead when he reached his headquarters in the
Kapenrungs. Beloul
let him sleep twelve hours before telling him about his wife. He hardly
seemed to think before replying, "Bring Megelin." The boy
was his father reflected in a mirror that took away decades. At nineteen he already had a reputation as a
hard and brilliant warrior. "Leave
us, Beloul," Haroun said. Father
and son faced one another, the son waiting for the father to speak. "I
have made a long journey," Haroun said.
His voice was surprisingly soft.
"I couldn't find him." "Balfour?" "Him
I found. He told me what he knew." Which
wasn't strictly true. Balfour had
answered only the questions asked, and even in his agony had shaded his
answers. The Colonel had been a strong
man. All
during his ride Haroun had pondered what he had learned. And he had planned. "I
didn't find my friend." "There
is this that I cannot understand about you, my father. These two men. Mocker and Ragnarson. You
let them shape your life. With victory
at your fingertips you abandoned everything to aid Ragnarson in his war with
Shinsan." "There
is this that you have to learn, my son.
Into each life come people who become more important than any
crown. Believe it. Look for it. And accept it. It cannot
be explained." They
stared at one another till Haroun continued, "Moreover, they have aided
me more than I them, often when it flew in the face of their own interest. For this I owe them. Question.
Have you ever heard Beloul—or any of my captains -complain?" "No." "Why? I'll tell you why. Because there would be no Peacock Throne for anyone, even El
Murid—may the jackals gnaw his bones—if Shinsan occupied the west." "This
I understand. But I also understand
that that was not your motive for turning north when you were upon the dogs at
Al Rhemish." "One
day you will understand. I hope. Tell me about your mother." Pain marred
his words. His long love with the
daughter of his enemy made a tempestuous epic.
Her defection seemed anticlimactic. "That,
too, I try to understand. It is
difficult, my father. But I begin to
see. Our people bring scraps of news. They draw outlines for a portrait." Eyes
downcast, Megelin continued, "Were she not my mother, I would not have had
the patience to await the information." "Tell
me." "She
means to forge an armistice with the Beast.
She went to your friend, Ragnarson.
He sent her." "Ah. She knows my anger. My other friend vanished. She knew I would swoop on the carrion at Al
Rhemish. She knew I would destroy
them. They have no strength now. They are old men with water for bones. I can sweep them away like the wind sweeps
the dust from the Sahel." "That
too." "She
is his daughter." "The
head understands, my father. The heart
protests." "Listen
to your head, then, and do not hate her.
I say again, she is his daughter.
Think of your father when you think to judge her." "So
my head tells me." Haroun
nodded. "You are wise for your
years. It is good. Summon Beloul." When the
general returned, Haroun announced, "I am leaving my work to my son. Two duties war for me. I pass to him the one that may be passed. The one that came upon me in Al Rhemish,
so long ago, when Nassef and the Invincibles slew all others who had claim to
the Peacock Throne." "Lord!"
Beloul cried. "Do I hear you
right? Are you saying you
abdicate?" "You
hear me, Beloul." "But
why, Lord? A generation, more, have we
fought.... We have it in our grasp at
last. They are waiting for us, shaking
in their boots. They weep in the arms
of their women, wondering when we will come.
Ten thousand tribesmen have buried swords beneath their tents. They await our coming to dig them up and
strike. Ten thousand wait in the camps,
eager, knowing the tree of years is to bear fruit at last. Twenty thousand more stir restlessly in the
heathen cities, awaiting your summons.
Home! A home many have never
seen, Lord!" "Beseech
me not, Beloul. Speak to your
King. It is in his hands. I have chosen another destiny." "Should
you not consult with the others?
Rahman? El Senoussi? Hanasi?..." "Will
they oppose me? Will they stop
me?" "Not
if it is your will." "Have
I not said so? I am compelled in
another direction. I must discharge old
debts." "Whither,
my father? Why?" "The
Dread Empire. O Shing has my
friend." "Lord!"
Beloul protested. "Sheer
suicide." "Perhaps. That is why I pass my crown before I
go." He knelt before a low table.
His hands went to his temples.
Immense strain clouded his face.
His neck bulged. Beloul
and Megelin thought it a stroke. Haroun's
hands rose suddenly. Something hit the
table with a thud. Lo! A crown materialized. "The
crown of the Golmune Emperors of Ilkazar," Haroun said. "The Crown of Empire. And of what survives. Our Desert of Death. It is incalculably heavy, my son. It possesses you. It drives you. You do
things you would loath in any other man.
It's the bloodiest crown ever wrought.
It's a greater burden than prize.
If you take it up your life will never be your own—till you find the
strength to renounce it." Megelin
and Beloul stared. The crown seemed
simple, almost fragile, yet it had scored the table. "Take
it up, my son. Become King." Slowly,
Megelin knelt. "This
is best for Hammad al Nakir," Haroun told Beloul. "It will ease the consciences of men of
principle. He is not just my son, he is
the grandson of the Disciple. Yasmid's
story should be well-known by now." "It
is," Beloul admitted. The return
of El Murid's daughter was the wonder of the desert. Megelin
strained harder than had Haroun.
"My father, I cannot lift it." "You
can, have you but the will. I couldn't
lift it my first try either." His
thoughts drifted to that faraway morning when he had crowned himself King
Without a Throne. He, at
fifteen, with the man for whom Megelin had been named, and a handful of
survivors, had been fleeing El Murid's attack on Al Rhemish. His
father and brothers were dead. Nassef,
El Murid's diabolical general, called Scourge of God so terrible was he, was
close behind. Haroun was the last
pretender to the Peacock Throne. Ahead, in
the desert, the ruin of an Imperial watchtower appeared. Something drew him. Within he found a small, bent old man who
claimed to be a survivor of the destruction of llkazar, who claimed to have
been charged with protecting the symbols of Imperial power till a proper
candidate arose among the descendants of the Emperors. He begged Haroun to free him from his
centuries-long charge. Haroun
finally took the crown—after having as much difficulty as would Megelin later. Though he
was to encroach upon Haroun's life many times, bin Yousif never again
encountered that old man. Even now he
had no idea whom he had met then, and who had defined his destiny. Nor did
he suspect that the tamperer was the same "angel" who had found a
twelve-year-old desert wanderer, sole survivor of a bandit raid on a caravan,
had named him El Muridandhad given him his mission. That old
man meddled everywhere, more often than anyone suspected. He often added a twist on the spur of the
moment. He remembered, kept his
plot-lines straight, and got found out only in retrospects of a century or
more. Things
didn't always go his way, though, because he worked with a cast of
millions. The imponderables and
unpredictables were always at work. Haroun
wouldn't give up his crown just to rescue a friend. Would he? Beloul's
feeling exactly. He became quite
difficult while Megelin wrestled the crown. "Enough!"
Haroun declared. "If you won't
accept it, and follow Megelin with the faith you've shown me, I'll find an
officer who will." Haroun wasn't accustomed to having a decision debated. "I'm
just concerned for the movement...." "Megelin
will lead. He is my son. Megelin.
If you feel the need, go to my friend in Vorgreberg. Explain.
But tell no one else. Westerners
have tongues like the tails of whipped dogs.
They wag all the time, whether there is need or not." With that
a barrier broke. Though Megelin's
strain remained herculean, he raised the crown, stood, hoisted it overhead,
crowned himself. He
staggered, recovered. In a minute he
seemed the Megelin of old. The Crown
was no longer visible. "The
weight vanishes, my father." "It's
only a seeming, my son. You will feel
it again when the crown demands some action the man loathes. Enough now.
This is no longer my tent. I
must rest. Tomorrow I travel." "You
cannot penetrate Shinsan," Beloul protested. "They will destroy you ere you depart the Pillars of
Ivory." "I
will pass the mountains." When Haroun said it it sounded like accomplished
fact. "I will find the man. I have mastered the Power." He had
indeed. He was the strongest adept his
people had produced in generations. Yet
that had little real meaning. The
practice of magic, except in the wastes of Jebal al Alf Dhulquarneni, had been
abandoned by the children of Hammad al Nakir.
He had become the best for lack of competition. Varthlokkur,
O Shing, Chin, Visigodred, Zindahjira, Mist—they could have withered him at a
glance. Excepting O Shing, they were
ancient in their witchcraft. He would
need a century to overtake the least and laziest. Haroun
still suffered from his ride, yet when he chose a place to rest, he sat and
sharpened his sword instead of sleeping again. Sometimes
he considered Mocker, and sometimes wandered among his memories. Mostly, he longed for his wife. The peaceful years hadn't been bad. He hadn't
been much of a husband. If he came
through this maybe he could make it up to her. He left
before next dawn, slipping away so quietly that only one sentry noticed. The man bid him a quiet farewell. There were tears in both their eyes. That was
why he had chosen to depart stealthily.
Some of his men had been fighting for twenty years. He didn't want to feel their grief, to see
the accusation in their eyes. He knew
he was betraying them. Most were here
for him. They were his weapons. And he was yielding them to an unfamiliar
hand.... He wept,
this dark, grim man. The years had not
dessicated that faculty. He rode
toward the rising sun, and, he believed, out of the pages of history, a free
man at last, and less happy than ever. TWENTY-TWO: Eye of the Storm Protected
by the Unborn, Ravelin became bucolic.
The common folk accepted that happily. At the
Palace they smelled the electricity of the calm before the tempest, yet
couldn't keep an edge on. The quiet
became possessive. Even
problems like Altea's refusal to permit Oryon passage didn't alter the
atmosphere of well-being. Ragnarson
quietly arranged transit through Anstokin and Ruderin, and asked caravaneers
headed west to follow Oryon. Altea's
mercantile houses depended on the eastern trade as much as Ravelin's. The new Altean leadership quickly became
less obdurate. The
swift-flying rumor that Haroun had abandoned his armies to his son disturbed no
one either. Ragnarson didn't believe
it. He felt it a ploy to lull Al
Rhemish. The Thing
did little to find a new King. Their
one candidate, Fiana's baby brother, fourteen-year-old Lian Melicar Sardygo,
didn't want the job. He and his father
were downright rude in their refusal of the committee's invitation to visit
Ravelin. They said they would come only
to visit Fiana's tomb. Ragnarson,
often with Ragnar and Gundar, made a daily pilgrimage to the cemetery. He had the boys pick wild flowers along the
lane. Then, till after dark, he would
sit by Elana's grave. Too often, he
counted headstones. Elana. Inger.
Soren. Rolf. And two earlier children who had died soon
after birth, before they could be named.
He had had them moved here. Sometimes
he took a few flowers to the Royal Mausoleum, to Fiana's plain, glass-topped
casket. Varthlokkur's artifices had
restored her beauty. She looked as
though she might waken.... The old,
secret smile lay on her lips. She
looked peaceful and happy. There
were times, too, when he would visit Turran's grave, his face clouded. Once they had been enemies, and had become
allies. He had considered the man
almost a brother. Yet
strange things happen. He felt
no resentment, except against himself. The days
passed into weeks and months. He spent
evermore time on his morbid jaunts.
Prataxis, Gjerdrum, Haaken, Ahring assumed more of his duties. Ragnar began to worry. He had idolized his mother, and, though a
little frightened by him, loved his father.
He knew it was unhealthy to spend so much time mourning. He went
to Haaken. But Haaken had no
suggestions. Blackfang remained
steadfast in his belief that the family should return to Trolledyngja. The political compulsion for exile no longer
obtained. The Pretender had
abdicated—by virtue of a dagger between his ribs. The Old House had been restored.
Heroes of the resistance were collecting rewards. Lands were being returned. Bragi
never considered returning, neither when the news first came down, nor now. Someday
he would go. He had family obligations
there. But not now. There were greater obligations here. Except
that he was getting nothing accomplished. Then
Michael Trebilcock returned. Trebilcock
finally sought Haaken at the War Office.
He had waited hours with Prataxis, and Ragnarson hadn't shown. Haaken
listened. An evil, angry smile invaded
his face. It exposed the discolored
teeth that had given him his name. "Boy,
this's what we've been waiting for." He strapped on his sword. "Dahl!" he called to his adjutant. "Sir?" "It's
war. Spread the word. But quietly. You understand? It'll be
a call-up." "Sir? Who?" "You
wouldn't believe me if I told you. Get
on it. Come on, man," he told
Trebilcock. "We'll find him." Dantice
had remained to one side all afternoon.
Now he said, "Mike, I'd better see my father." "Suit
yourself. He could wait another day,
couldn't he? If you want to see the
Marshall...." "Marshall,
smarshall. What's he to me? My Dad's probably half-crazy worrying." "Okay." After
they parted with Aral, Haaken observed, "I like that boy. He's got perspective." He didn't
elaborate, nor did he speak again till they reached the cemetery. Blackfang was no conversationalist. Trebilcock
replied, "The trip changed him." They
found Bragi, Ragnar, and Gundar at Elana's grave, with the usual flowers and
tears. Haaken approached quietly, but
the boys heard him. Ragnar met his gaze
and shrugged. Haaken
sat beside his foster brother. He said
nothing till Bragi noticed him. "What's
up, Haaken?" Ragnarson tossed a pebble at an old Obelisk. "More bureaucratic pettifoggery?" "No. It's important this time." "They've
got it made, you know." "Huh? Who?" "These
people. Nothing but peace under the
ground." "I
wonder." "Do
you? Damnit, when I say...." "Father!" "What's
your problem, boy?" "You're
acting like an ass." He wouldn't have dared had Haaken not been
there. Haaken always took his
part. He thought. Ragnarson
started to rise. Haaken seized his arm,
pulled him back. Bragi was
big. Six-five, and two hundred
twenty-five pounds of muscle. His years
at the Palace hadn't devoured his vitality. Haaken
was bigger. And stronger. And more stubborn. "The boy's right.
Sit down and listen." Trebilcock
seated himself facing them. He wrinkled
his nose. He was fastidious. He picked dirt and grass, real and imagined,
off his breeches the whole time he told his tale. Ragnarson
wasn't interested, despite Michael's rending the veils of mysteries that had
plagued him for months. "Why
didn't you bring them out?" Haaken asked.
Michael hadn't told it all earlier. "They
separated her from Ethrian. She wanted
to stay. And they had a man there, who
wore black, and a golden mask.... He
would've found us in minutes if he'd known we were there. Probably before we could get out of town." Ragnarson
looked thoughtful when Michael mentioned the man in the mask, then lapsed into
indifference again. "I
never saw a city that big.... It made
Hellin Daimiel look like a farm town.
Oh. I almost forgot. She said to bring you this. Well, Varthlokkur, but he isn't around. It might not wait till he finds me." He
handed Ragnarson an ebony casket. Bragi
accepted with a slight frown.
"Elana's thing." He turned it over and over before trying to
open it. . The lid
popped up.... The ruby
within was alive, was afire. It painted
their faces in devil shades. "Please
close it." They
jumped. Swords whined out. They looked upward. "Close
it!" Ragnarson
kicked the lid shut. Varthlokkur
descended from the sky, his vast cloak flapping about him. Above him floated the Unborn. Trebilcock,
Ragnarson thought, at least had the decency to be surprised. Hopefully, someday, he would be afraid too. "Where
the hell did you come from?" Haaken demanded. "Afar. Radeachar came for me when he saw the pale
man and his companion coming through the Gap.
You were hard to locate. What're
you doing here?" Haaken
made a gesture which included Ragnarson, Elana's grave, and the Royal
Mausoleum. Meantime,
Bragi lost interest again. He sat down,
reopened the casket. "Damnit,
I said close it!" Varthlokkur growled. Ragnarson
quietly drew his sword. High,
high above, a tiny rider on a winged steed spied another red flash. He circled lower, passing over unseen
because he was invisible from below. He
recognized three of the men.
"Damn!" he spat. He
soared, and raced northward. He didn't
notice the great bird which circled higher still. Varthlokkur
shuddered and glanced around, feeling something. But there was nothing to see. The
Unborn darted this way and that. It had
felt the presence too. After a moment
it settled into position above Varthlokkur's head. The
others felt it too. Bragi lowered his
blade, looked around, realized what he was doing. Attacking Varthlokkur?
With simple steel? It was
getting dark. Ragnar lighted the
torches he always brought because his father so often dallied till after
nightfall. The
flames repulsed the encroachment of night.... Something
shifted, made a small mewling sound beyond the light. Weapons
appeared again. A soft, hissing voice
said, "Enough. I come in
friendship." Ragnarson
shuddered. He knew that voice. "Zindahjira." That
sorce'rer's life-path had crossed his before.
The first time had been once too often.
Zindahjira wasn't even human—or so Bragi suspected. When this wizard went abroad by daylight, he
wrapped himself in a blackness which reversed the function of a torch. Varthlokkur
was the more powerful, the more dread magician, but, at least, came in human
form. Must be
what we sensed, Ragnarson thought. Something
else moved at the edge of the firelight.
Bragi had the satisfaction of seeing Michael Trebilcock startled. Two more
things appeared. One went by the name
The Thing With Many Eyes, the other, Gromacki, The Egg Of God. Each was as inhuman as Zindahjira, though
not of his species. They were
sorcerers of renown and had gathered from the far reaches of the west. With them were a half-dozen men in varied
costume. Not a one spoke. Each seated himself on the graveyard grass. "This's
the right place," Haaken muttered. "Who
are they?" Ragnar asked, terrified.
Gundar, luckily, had fallen asleep during Michael's story. Trebilcock
kept his sword ready. He was wondering
too. "The
Prime Circle. The chief sorcerers of
the west," Haaken whispered. Cold
steel fingers stroked Ragnarson's spine.
Fear stalked his nerves. It was
a dark day when this group covened, putting their vicious grievances in
abeyance. "One's missing," he
observed. When last
they had gathered it had been for Baxendala, to greet the eastern sorcery with
their own. An
implacable enmity for the Tervola was the one thing they had in common. "He
comes," said the mummylike being called Kierle the Ancient. His words hung on the air like smoke on a
still, muggy morning. An
inhuman scream clawed the underbelly of the night. Torchlight momentarily illuminated the undersides of vast wings. A rush of air almost extinguished Ragnar's
brands. Anxiously, he lighted more. The
flying colossus hit ground thunderously.
"Goddamned clumsy, worthless, boneheaded.... Sorry, boss." A
middle-aged dwarf soon strutted into the light. "What the hell is this?
Some kind of wake? Any of you
bozos got something to drink?" "Marco,"
said a gentle voice. The dwarf
shut up and sat. Ragnarson rose,
extended a hand. The newcomer was an
old friend, Visigodred, Count Menda-layas, from northern Itaskia. Their lives had crossed frequently, and they
almost trusted one another. "We're
all here," Varthlokkur observed.
"Marshall...." "Who was that on the winged horse?"
Visigodred asked. Everyone looked
puzzled. Including Varthlokkur, who should have understood. Ragnarson
caught it, though. He remembered seeing
a winged horse over Baxendala missed by everyone but himself. He remembered thinking the rider was a
mystery which needed solving.... But by
someone else. Even this convocation
couldn't excite him for long. Varthlokkur
went on. "Marshall, I tracked bin
Yousif into Trolledyngja, where he had overtaken Colonel Balfour. He's back in the south somewhere now." Since
Bragi didn't ask, Haaken did.
"What happened?" "I don't know. Bin Yousif was thorough.
He didn't even leave a shade I could call up. But he got something, fast as he rode south." "Michael,"
said Haaken, "tell the wizards your story." Varthlokkur was in a
state before Trebilcock finished.
"Shinsan, Shinsan," he muttered. "Always Shinsan.
They've done this to force me to obey.
How is it that they always cloud my mind? Must be something they did while I studied there.... Was she well? Was she safe? Why
Argon? Why not Shinsan? Marshall, what'd you do with the jewel? That we must unravel if we're to repulse O
Shing again. It won't be just four legions
this time." His words
gushed. The man in the golden mask—he
must be one of O Shing's craftiest Tervola—had conjured one hell of a dilemna
for Varthlokkur. Dull-eyed,
staring at Elana's grave, Ragnarson handed him the casket. Varthlokkur frowned, not understanding Bragi's lassitude. Haaken
touched his cloak diffidently. He
beckoned Visigodred, led both a short distance away, explained Bragi's
problem. Behind
them, having grown bored, Zindahjira created balls of blue fire, juggled them
amongst his several hands. He threw
them into the air. They coalesced into
a whirling sphere which threw off visible words like sparks flying from a
grindstone. He was a
show-off. A loudmouth and a
braggart. For some quirky reason, he
liked being called Zindahjira the Silent. The blue
words were in many languages, but when they queued up in sentences they
invariably proclaimed some libel on Visigodred's character. Their
feud was so old it was antique. What
irritated Zindahjira most was that Visigodred wouldn't fight back. He simply neutralized every attack and
otherwise ignored the troglodytic wizard. Visigodred
ignored him now, though his assistant, the dwarf, made a few remarks too softly
to reach his master's ears. Zindahjira
became furious.... This sort
of thing had driven Ragnarson to distraction in the past. It symbolized the weakness of the west. The wolves of doom could be snuffling at the
windows and doors and everyone would remain immersed in their own petty
bickerings. Right now Kiste and
Vorhangs were threatening war. The
northern provinces of Volstokin were trying to secede to form an independent
kingdom, Nonverid. The influence of
Itaskia was the only stabilizing force in the patchwork of little states making
up the remainder of the west. It was
hard to care about people who didn't care about themselves. Visigodred
and Varthlokkur came to an agreement.
The former returned with Haaken.
The other went to the Mausoleum of the Kings. The Prime
Circle watched in silence. The
necromancy didn't take long. Neither
woman had been dead long. Even now,
with ghosts walking, Michael Trebilcock showed no fear. But Ragnar whimpered. That
alerted Bragi. He drew his sword. What devilment...? He
recognized the wraiths, saw the sadness in their faces, their awareness of
one another. "Have you no
decency?" he thundered, whirling his blade. Invisible
hands seized him. His weapon slipped
from numbed fingers, falling so that it stuck in the soft graveyard earth. The hands compelled him to face the ghosts. A voice
said, "Settle it. Finish it. Make your peace. Slay your grief. A
kingdom can't await one man's self-pity." It was no voice he knew. Perhaps it was no voice at all, but the
focused thought of that dread circle. Both
women reached out to him. Hurt crossed
their faces when they couldn't touch him. He was
compelled to look at them. There was
no hatred, no accusation in his Queen.
She didn't blame him for her death.
And in Elana there was no damnation for his having failed her, in life
or in death. She had known about Fiana. She had forgiven long before her death. In each there was a stubborn insistence that
he was doing himself no good with his morbid brooding. He had children to raise and a kingdom to
defend. All Elana asked was that he try
to understand and forgive her, as she had done for him. He had
forgiven her already. Understanding was
more difficult. First he had to understand
himself. He
believed he had always done poorly by women.
They always paid cruel prices for having been his lovers.... He tried
to tell Elana why he had buried Rolf Preshka near her.... She began
fading back into her new realm. As did
Fiana. He shouted after one, then the
other, calling them back. Fiana left
him with the thought that the future lay not in a graveyard. He had maneuvered himself into a Regency. Now he must handle it. Kavelin. Kavelin.
Ravelin. Always she thought of
Ravelin first. Well,
almost. She had allowed Kavelin to come
second occasionally, and had paid a price, her belly ripped by the exit of a
thing conceived in the heart of darkness.
That darkness was responsible for Elana, too. And two dozen others. His
friend Mocker.... Something
could be done. Tendrils
of the anger, the outrage, the hatred which had driven him during his ride from
Rarak Strabger insinuated themselves through his depression. He glanced round, for the first time fully
grasped the significance of this gathering. 203 Ravelin's
peace was a false peace behind which darkness marshaled. This mob would not be here were the
confrontations not to begin soon. Nepanthe. Argon.
It was all he had to work on. He
would pick it up from there.... "Michael. Walk with me. Tell me about Argon." He recovered his sword and strode from
the circle, eyes downcast but mind functioning once more. Early
next morning, as the sun broke over the Kapenrungs, he figuratively and
literally followed an innkeeper's advice.
He went onto the ramparts of Castle Krief and stomped and yelled. This was no quiet alert to the army and
reserves, this was a bloody call to a crusade, an emotional appeal calculated
to stir a hunger for war. That
innkeeper had been right about the mood of the country folk, the Wesson
peasants and Marena Dimura forest-runners. TWENTY-THREE:
The Hidden Kingdom The
winged horse settled gently into the courtyard of Castle Fangdred. The fortress was even more desolate and
drear now that Varthlokkur had departed.
The small, bent man stalked its cold, dusty halls. When he came to them, he had no trouble
passing the spells that had kept Varthlokkur from the chamber atop the Wind
Tower. He paused
but a moment there, apparently doing nothing but thinking. Then he nodded and went away. The
winged horse flew eastward, to the land men named Mother of Evil when they
didn't call it Dread Empire. From there
he flew on to a land so far east that even the Tervola remained ignorant of its
existence. The bent man believed it
time to employ tools named Badalamen and Magden Norath. It was
morning, but light scarcely penetrated the overcast. Great shoals of cloud beat against the escarpments, piled up, and
were driven upward by the Dragon's Teeth.
From their dark underbellies they shed heavy, wet snow. The air
stirred in the chamber atop the Wind Tower.
Dust moved as if disturbed by elfin footfalls. A single
muscle twitched in the cheek of the old man on the stone throne. Varthlokkur had said his former friend
neither lived nor was dead. He was
waiting. And his next passage through
the world would be his last. He had
been burned out in a life extended beyond that of any other living creature
(excepting the Star Rider), and by the things he had had to do. He had
even died once and, a little late, been resurrected. It remained to be seen how much the Dark Lady had claimed of him. An
eyelid, a finger, a calf muscle, twitched.
His naked flesh became covered with goose bumps. His chest
heaved. Air rushed in, wheezed
out. Dust flew. Minutes passed. The old man drew another breath. One eye
opened, roved the room. Now a
hand moved, creeping like an arthritic spider.
It tumbled a glass vial from the throne's arm. The tinkle of breakage was a crash in a chamber that had known
silence for years. Ruby
clouds billowed, obscuring half the room.
The old man breathed deeply.
Life coursed through his immobile limbs. It was a more powerful draft than ever he had wakened to before,
but never before had he been so near death. He heaved
himself upright, tottered to a cabinet where his witch tools were stored. He seized a container, drained it of a
bitter liquid. He
operated almost by instinct. No real
thoughts roiled his ancient mind.
Perhaps none ever would. Lady
Death had held him close. The
liquid refreshed him. In minutes he had
almost normal strength. He
abandoned the room, descended a spiral stair to the castle proper. There he drew waiting, ready food from a
spell-sealed oven and ate ravenously.
He then carried a platter up to the tower chamber. Still no
real thoughts disturbed his mind. He went
to a wall mirror. With sepulchral words
and mystic gestures he brought it to life. A picture
formed. It showed falling snow. He placed a chair and small table before
it. He sat, nibbled from his tray, and
watched. Occasionally, he mumbled. The eye of the mirror roamed the world. He saw some things here, some there. Like a navigator taking starshots he
eventually got enough references to fix his position in time. Bewilderment creased his brow. It had been a short sleep. Little more than a decade. What had happened to necessitate his return? Thoughts
were forming now, though most were vagaries, trains of reasoning never
completed. The Dark Lady had indeed
held him too tightly. Much of
what he had lost could be called will and volition. Knowledge and habit remained.
He would be a useful tool in skilled hands. The hours
ground away. He began uncovering events
of interest. Something mysterious was
happening at the headquarters of the Mercenaries' Guild, where soldiers ran
hither and yon, parodying an overturned anthill. Smoke billowed and drifted out to sea. Curious debates were underway at the Royal Palace in Itaskia, and
in the Lesser Kingdoms princes were gathering troops. The tiny state called Kavelin was a-hum. Something
was afoot. A
footfall startled him. He turned. A tall, massive man in heavy armor, in his
middle twenties apparently, dark of hairand eye, met his gaze. "I am Badalamen. You are to come with me." The
absolute confidence of the man was such that the old man—-his only name, that
he could remember, was The Old Man of the Mountain—rose. He took three steps before balking. Then, slowly, he turned to his sorcery
cabinet. The
warrior looked puzzled, as if no human had ever failed to respond to his
commands. He had
been born to command, bred to command, trained from birth to command. His creator-father, Magden Norath, Master of
the Laboratories of Ehelebe and second in the Pracchia, had designed him to be
unresistible when he issued orders. His
amazement lasted but a moment. He
revealed the token Norath had given him.
"I speak for he who gave me this." That
medallion changed the Old Man. Radically. He became docile, obedient, began packing an
old canvas bag. There was
an island in the east. It was a
half-mile long and two hundred yards at its widest, and lay a mile off the
easternmost coast. It was rugged and
barren. An ancient fortress, erected in
stages over centuries, rambled down its stegosaurian spine. The coast to the west was lifeless. It had
been built during the Nawami Crusades, which had broken upon these shores
before Shinsan had been a dream. This land
and its ancient wars were unknown in the west.
Even the people of the so-called far east were ignorant of its
existence. A band of lifeless desert a
hundred miles wide scarred that whole coast. No one
remembered. There were few written
histories. But the Crusades had been
bitter, enduring wars. The great
ones always were. The man who
orchestrated them made certain.... The born
soldier led the Old Man from the transfer portal to a room where a man
in a grey smock leaned over a vast drawing table, sketching by
candlelight. Badalamen departed. The man on the stool faced the Old Man. This was
the widest man he had ever seen. And
tall. His head was bald, but he had
long mustachios and a pointed chin beard.
His facial hair and eyes were dark.
There was a hint of the oriental to his features, yet his skin was so
colorless veins showed through. Dark
lines lurked at the corners of his eyes and mouth, and lay across his forehead
like a corduroy road. His head was
blockish. He was a gorilla of a
man. He could intimidate anyone by
sheer bulk. The Old
Man wasn't dismayed. He. had seen many men, including some who had
exuded more presence than this one. "Hello."
Any other visitor might have snickered.
The man's high, squeaky voice was too at odds with his physique. There was
a scar across his throat from an attempt on his life. "I'm
Magden Norath." He flashed the medallion Badalamen had shown before. "Come." He led the Old Man to the
battlements. The Old
Man began remembering. The near past
was gone, but, like a senile woman reliving her childhood, he had no trouble
recalling remote details. He had been a
player in the drama of the Crusades. "It's
changed," he said. "It's
old." Norath
was startled. "You've been here
before?" "With
Nahamen the Odite. The High Priestess
of Reth." Norath
was puzzled. He had been led to believe
that no one knew who had built the fortress. He knew
nothing about it himself, nor did he care.
He saw it only as a refuge where he could continue the researches that
had caused him to be driven from his homeland, Escalon, a decade before it fell
to Shinsan. "There
is no need, then, to explain where we are." "K'Mar
Khevi-tan. It means The Stronghold on
Khevi Island.'" Norath
eyed him speculatively. "Yes. So.
It's that for the Pracchia." A smile bruised his lips. "If Ehelebe has a homeland, this is
it. Come. The others have arrived by now." "Others?" "The
Pracchia. The High Nine." Enfeebled
though his mind was, the Old Man didn't like what he saw. They had
gathered, sure enough, and most wore disguises. Even the bent man, whom he recognized instantly. Only
Badalamen and Norath didn't hide. They
had no need. Norath
was the creative genius of the society.
Beside Badalamen, he had filled the fortress with the products of other
experiments. Most had to be caged. There was
a Tervola in a golden mask. A woman of
middle-eastern origins. A masked man
clothed as a don of the Rebsamen. A
masked general from High Crag, Two more, whose origins the Old Man couldn't
place. And one empty seat. "Our
brother couldn't join us," said the small man. "He couldn't leave his bed.
It behooves us to consider replacements. He has cancer of the blood.
No one survives that--though he whom I have summoned, had he his whole
mind, might have arrested it. Sit, my
friend." The Old
Man took the empty chair. The
Tervola spoke. "Question. How do we deal with this monster created by
Varthlokkur? It betrays our agents everywhere." Others
agreed. The Mercenary added, "It's
demoralized th working Nines. We're on
the run. Our people are cowering in the
Hidden Places to escape the Unborn. In
Kavelin it merely collected them. Now
that it haunts the entire west, it's killing.
Cruelly. It's kept us from
moving for weeks. I've lost touch with
what's going on in Ravelin. Maybe our
brother from Shinsan, with his sight, has seen," Golden
Mask shook his head. "Not only the
Unborn is there. Varthlokkur is. Mist is.
They've veiled the country. Only
the living eye itself can see there." And a
certain mirror, but the Old Man volunteered nothing. He who
was first said, "I was there last night.
In the evening. I was bound toward
High Crag when I noticed a red light. Descending,
I saw Varthlokkur, the Regent, and three more men gathered over the Tear of
Mimizan...." A
susurrus ran through the room. Norath
growled, "I thought it had disappeared." "It
reappeared. In a cemetery, with five
men. And, about to join them, every
wizard of consequence in those parts." The susurrus ran round again. "They're
forewarned. And forearmed. We'll have to move fast," said the
general. "That
will require the strength of Shinsan.
And Shinsan is not yet ours," said Golden Mask. "O Shing remains reluctant." "Then
we have to buy time." "Or
convince O Shing." "I
can't overcome the Unborn," said Golden Mask. "We can't buy time without that." "We
could," said the bent man.
"Unless O Shing moves, they have the edge—while their sorcery
holds. But they're not united. My Lady," he said to one woman,
"prepare your army. General, move
your Guild forces east. Find a
provocation. Secure that pass and hold
it till O Shing arrives. Itaskia won't
interfere. El Murid's no threat either. He's fat and weak. We may use him to add to the confusion." "And
their wizards?" Golden Mask asked. "They'll
be neutralized." The
Tervola peered intently. "And
ourselves? Will we be deprived
too?" "There
are cycles of Power. We're entering an
epoch of irregularity. My contribution
is the ability to predict the shifts.
Unfortunately, the effect isn't localized. But we can take advantage.
It becomes a plain military matter, then, for the general and
Badalamen. Why worry so?" "Because
things are happening that surpass my understanding. I feel forces working and can't control them. There're too many unpredictables." "That
gives it spice, my friend. Spice. There's no pleasure in the sure thing." The man
in the mask said no more. But spice
didn't interest him. "Enough,"
said the other. "Return home, to
your assignments. We'll meet monthly
after this. Quickly, now. The Power will wane soon." When the
last had departed, the bent man shed his disguise, approached the Old Man. "Well, old friend, here we are
again. Am I too secretive? Would they tear me apart if they knew? You say nothing. No. I suppose not. You're not the man you were. I'm sorry.
But there's'too much to keep up with.
It seems the scope of things, to be successful, has to be bigger each
time. And the bigger, the harder to
control. And these days there's ever
less time to plan, to prepare. Now I
have to keep several currents running, have to anticipate next stages before
present ones are finalized. The Shinsan
era is still a-building toward climax, and
already I have to input Ehelebe. Time was, we had centuries. We had almost four between the Ilka/ar and
El Murid epics. The birth epic of
Shinsan lasted two generations. The
Nawami crusades spanned five hundred years.
Remember Torginol and The Palace of Love? A masterwork, that was....
Old friend, I'm tired. Old and
tired. Burned out. The sentence, surely, must be near its
end. Surely They must free me if
there's nothing left when this's done." He
whispered in the Old Man's ear.
"This time it's the holocaust.
There are no more ideas. No more
epics to play out on this tortured stage. "Old
friend, I want to go home." The Old
Man sat like a statue. A handful of
memories had been cast into the turgid pool of his mind. He struggled to catch them. He had
lost a lot. Even his name and origins. The bent
man took his hand. "Be with me for
a time. Help me not to be alone." Loneliness
was a curse that had been set upon him ages past. Once, in
some dim, unremembered yesterday, he had sinned. His punishment was countless corporeal centuries, alone,
directing diversions which would please Them, and possibly move Them to
forgive.... He had
said it himself. Things had become too
complex to control. The Guild
general stepped from the portal into his apartment—and the cauldron of an
unbelievable battle. He had no
opportunity to learn what had happened.
Two elderly, iron-hearted gentlemen, to whom the Guild meant more than
life itself, awaited him. "Hawkwind! Lauder!
What...?" They said
nothing. Sentence had been passed. They were
old, but they could still swing swords. TWENTY-FOUR:
Kavelin A-March The
volunteers poured in. Campfires dotted
every patch of unused land. "They
must be coming out of the ground," Ragnarson observed. Haaken
stood beside him on the wall. "It
is hard to believe. So many. Who's doing the work?" "Yeah. Some will have to go home. You sorted out the ones we want?"
Haaken, Reskird, and his other staffers had found trebled work dumped upon
them. Kavelin, preparing for war, could
no longer proceed on inertia. Ragnarson
had to devote his entire energy to being Regent. He had to browbeat the Thing into accepting this venture, and to
prepare a caretaker regime for his absence.
Gjerdrum had gotten that job, primarily because his father, Eanred
Tarlson, had been a national hero trusted by every class. Gjerdrum
thought being left behind worse than being accused of treason. Haaken,
Reskird, and the other zone commandants had selected six thousand men for
Ragnarson's expeditionary force. On a
backbone of regulars they had fleshed a corpus of the best reserves and most
promising volunteers. A force of equal
strength would be left with Gjerdrum. It would
be essentially an infantry force. The
venture had raised little enthusiasm among the Nordmen, whence the trained
knights came. Ragnarson would take a
mere two hundred fifty heavy cavalry, counting those of the Queen's Own. Fleshed out, Ahring would field a thousand
men, only half of whom were real horse soldiers. Most were light horse, skirmishers, messengers, and the like. The
infantry would be the Vorgrebergers, the Midlands Light,
the South Bows, a battle each from the Damhorsters, Breidenbachers, and
Sedlmayr Light, plus a hodgepodge of engineers, select skilled bowmen, and
Marena Dimura auxiliaries. Ragnarson
was an inveterate tinkerer. He would
have fiddled till he had his force balanced to the last billet. Only Haaken's nagging got him moving. Ragnarson
understood what few of his contemporaries did.
That training and discipline were the critical factors in winning
battles. That was why little armies
whipped big ones. Why Shinsan was so
dreaded a foe. Her army was the most
disciplined ever formed. Ragnarson's
plan depended on trickery and surprise, and his cabal of wizards. "I'm
nervous," he told his brother.
"We're not ready for this." "We'll
never be ready," Haaken countered. "I
know. I know. And it pains me. All
right. Get them moving. I'm going back to the Palace." He soon
joined Gjerdrum in the empty War Room.
Every available map of the east was posted there. Scribes directed by Prataxis had made copies
for field use. His intended route was sketched
in red on a master. He kept
worrying. Could he make it without
being detected? Could he feed his men
on the wild eastern plains? What
about water? Could he trust the maps to
show genuine creeks and water holes? I've got
to stop this, he thought. What will be
will be. There was
no turning back. If nothing else, even
failure would startle Shinsan. His
spunk might make O Shing back off awhile, giving the west time to respond to
Varthlokkur's warnings. This was
the second time Kavelin had had to be the bulwark. It wasn't fair. Varthlokkur
arrived. He was a pale imitation of the
wizard of a week earlier. "It's
still dead?" Bragi asked. "Absolutely. Even the Unborn is weakened." For no
reason the wizards could determine, the Power had ceased to function six days
past. Only the Unborn retained any
vitality, and that because it drew on the Winterstorm, partially tapping
different sources of energy. The
weakened Radeachar was busy. A spate of
enemies had 2I3
pelted against Kavelin's borders after the Power's
failure. Visigodred's assistant, flying
the huge roc, was as pressed, scouting beyond the borders. Radeachar
would stay with Gjerdrum. His presence
would keep the Nordmen in line. "Marshall,"
Prataxis called from the door, "you have a minute? There's a man here you should see." "Sure. Come on in." Derel's
man wore a Guild uniform. Ragnarson
frowned, but let him have his say. "Colonel
Liakopulos, General. Aide to Sir
Tury." Ragnarson
shook his hand. "Hawkwind,
eh?" He was impressed. Hawkwind
was the most famous of High Crag's old men, and justifiably so. He had performed military miracles. "Colonel
Oryon asked me to come. The General
approved." "Yes?" "Oryon
was my friend." "Was?" "He
died last week." "Sorry
to hear it. What happened?" "Trouble
at High Crag. Oryon was in the thick of
it. You know how he was." "Yes. I know." The main message wouldn't
register. Guildsman fighting
Guildsman. It couldn't happen. "What?... Explain." "He
threw some wild charges around after he got back. Not at all in character.
He always kept his mouth shut before.
So people listened. And started
digging. I believe he mentioned rumors
of a junta trying to take over?" "He
did." "There
was one. We cleaned it out. The leader, General Dainiel, had disappeared
from his apartment just before Oryon's return.
Hawkwind and Lauder moved in.
Six days ago Dainiel reappeared out of thin air. A transfer.
It had that Shinsan smell. They
cut him down. None of his intimates
knew for sure, but thought he'd been to Shinsan to meet with other cabal
heads. Dainiel had hinted that they
were ready to grab control of the west." Ragnarson
looked for someone to tell "I told you so." Derel was the only one
handy. Telling him wouldn't give any
satisfaction. "Thank
you for your courtesies. Thank the
General. I feel better about the
Guild now. Oryon probably mentioned my
suspicions." "He
did. The General apologizes for the
pressures. The Citadel never planned to
force its protection on anyone. That's
Dainiel's doing. He wanted a strong
force kept near the Savernake Gap. "We
can't offer much restitution right now.
It's not much, but Hawkwind offers my talents." Ragnarson
raised an eyebrow. "How?" "Training
soldiers is my forte, Marshall. You
appear to be mounting an expedition.
Yet your men aren't ready. It'll
take imaginative leadership to teach on the march." "It's
my biggest headache." "I
can handle it." There was
no arrogance in his manner. "All
right." Ragnarson made the snap decision based on Hawkwind's
reputation. "Derel, take Colonel
Liakopulos to Blackfang. Tell Haaken to
put him in charge of training, and don't bother him." He
remembered the name Liakopulos now. The
Colonel had a reputation equal to his self-confidence. "Thank
you, Marshall." "Uhm."
He returned to his maps. Too late
to turn back. Advance parties were
already in the Gap. A force had
occupied Karak Strabger, to stop eastbound traffic at Baxendala so word
wouldn't cross the mountains. Maisak
backed the play. No one not authorized
by the Marshall traveled east of that stronghold. The
cessation of eastbound trade would itself be a warning that something was
happening in Kavelin. Bragi had sent
loyal mercantile factors through to hint that another civil war was
brewing. The trade community expected
something savage to follow Fiana's death. He had
run himself and everyone else ragged.
What more could he do? Go, of
course. And hope. He went. A post
rider overtook him slightly east of Maisak.
He brought news from Valther. "Haaken,
listen to this. That kid of Haroun's
has invaded Hammad al Nakir." He hadn't anticipated that. "Twenty-five thousand men,
Valther says, in six columns. Headed
for Al Rhemish." And
Ragnarson had expected Haroun's movement to collapse without him. This
Megelin bore watching. "What
about it?" Haaken asked. "Will
it affect us?" "How? Unless people think we closed the Gap to
cover his rear." "Possible."
His friendship for bin Yousif was well known. "I
hope Megelin makes it. This'll give El
Murid an excuse for war." "Should
I turn back?" "Go
on," Varthlokkur advised.
"Megelin will hurt him even if he loses. El Murid won't be able to do anything. Cooler heads will prevail before he recovers." "The
numbers worry me," Ragnarson told Haaken.
"I didn't realize Haroun could scare up that many men." He
turned to Visigodred. "Could Marco
fly down there occasionally? To keep
track?" "Too
damned much trouble," Marco protested.
"Got me hopping like the one-legged whore the day the fleet came in
now. What do you think I am? I need to sleep too. You guys think because I'm half size I can
do twice the work?" "Marco,"
said Visigodred. The dwarf
shut up. "Skip
some of your visits to your girlfriends." "Boss! What'll they do? They can't manage." Haaken
rolled his eyes. Bragi whispered,
"He's for real. I've seen him in
action. "So,"
he said aloud, "we continue.
Ragnar, let's catch Jarl." Ahring
commanded the vanguard, a day ahead. He
filtered westbound caravans through, then kept anyone from turning back. The
entire Gap was confusion. This was the
height of the caravan season. In places
several were crowded up nose to tail, their masters muttering obscenities about
being shoved around. Ragnarson saw more
than one wound. Jarl had had trouble
here and there. He asked
questions. Kaveliners returning home
answered. His advent in the east
remained unanticipated. After
riding with Ahring a day he took Derel, Ragnar, Trebilcock, and Dantice and
forged ahead, to overtake the scouts.
In time he passed them, too. He knew
the risk was wild, yet his spirits soared.
He was in the field again.
Political woes lay a hundred miles behind. He let his beard go feral.
Boldly, he took his friends to Gog-Ahlan, He and Ragnar spent a day
prowling the ruins and ramshackle taverns and whorehouses. Rumors of
unrest in Kavelin were thick. Less
daring traders were staying put till they knew what was happening. Ravelin's
army turned north twenty miles short of the town, following a side valley. It debouched on the plains away from routes
frequented by caravans. A screening
force broke contact and began herding cognizant caravaneers westward. Ragnarson
tightened his formation. He allowed his
light horse troops to roam only a few miles.
Marco would watch the plains nomads.
Bragi increased the pace, and turned away whenever Marco reported riders
approaching. Marco
also patrolled their back trail, to frighten off any nomads threatening to
discover it. A hundred
miles east of the ruins of Shemerkhan, following marches of forty miles per
day, the Power reasserted itself. The
wizards scrambled to take advantage, but it faded before they could get
organized. The Power
quickened again next afternoon, and again it faded rapidly. The
sorcerers debated its meaning for hours. Ragnarson
suspected that little man on the winged horse.
In the lonely, quiet hours of riding he tried to think of ways to
capture the man, to find out who he was and what he was up to. If legends were to be believed, that would
be impossible. It had been tried a
thousand times. Anyone who attempted it
came to grief. Nearing
lands tributary to Necremnos, the army turned south. Bragi took Varthlokkur, Prataxis, Trebilcock, Dantice, and Ragnar
into the city. He left Haaken with
orders to move to the Roe halfway between Necremnos and Argon, in the narrow
zone beholden to neither city. People
lived there. He counted on Marco and
the horsemen to cut their communication with Argon. He didn't
plan on staying long. Just while he
visited an acquaintance, a Necremnen wizard named Aristithorn. He wasn't
sure the man still lived. His own
wizards had heard no reports of Aristithorn's death, though the man had seemed
on his last legs back when Bragi had helped him make Itaskia's King Norton
honor a debt. Necremnos
hadn't changed in twenty-some years.
Varthlokkur said it hadn't since his own last visit, centuries
earlier. Old buildings came down and
new ones arose, but the stubborn Necremnens refused to borrow from foreigners. New buildings were indistinguishable from
those demolished. Aristithorn
maintained a small estate outside the city proper. A miniature castle graced its heart. Continuous moans and wails echoed from within. "He's
very dramatic," Bragi told Varthlokkur.
The wizard didn't know Aristithorn. Aristithorn's
door was tall and massive. Upon it hung
a knocker of gargantuan proportions. It
struck with a deep-voiced boom. That
was followed by a sound like the groan of a giant in torment. "Is
this the man who married that princess?" Ragnar asked. "The one that you...." "Tch-tch,"
Bragi said. "You forget I told you
that story. He's old and retired, but
he's still a wizard. And a cranky one." The
massive door swung inward. A voice
which could have been that of the tormented giant boomed, "Enter!" "He's
changed the place some," Ragnarson observed. They
stood in a long, pillared chamber done in marbles. The only furnishings were several dozen suits of armor. Even whispers echoed there, playing around
the chuckling of a fountain at the center of the hall. Varthlokkur
stood at Ragnarson's left. Trebilcock
and Dantice remained a step behind, to either flank, facing the walls, their
hands on their weapons. Prataxis and
Ragnar tucked themselves into the pocket thus formed. The place was intimidating. "Cut
the clowning and get your ass out here," Bragi yelled. "That'll get him in here," he
whispered. "He's got this this
about scaring people. Bet you he runs a
bluff about turning us into frogs." He was
right, though newts were the creatures mentioned. Decades had passed, but Aristithorn hadn't changed. He had
become more of what he had always been. Older, meaner, crankier. He didn't recognize Ragnarson till the third
time Bragi interrupted to explain who he was. And then
Aristithorn wasn't pleased. "Back
to haunt me, eh? Ye young ingrate. Thought ye got away with it, didn't ye? I tell ye, I knew it all along...." He
was speaking of a woman. One of his
wives. Ragnarson
had had even less sense about women when he was twenty. "Let
me introduce my companions. Michael
Trebilcock. Aral Dantice. Soldiers of fortune. Derel Prataxis, a don of the Rebsamen. Ragnar, my son. And a colleague, Varthlokkur." "... saw ye two and yere wickedness.... Eh?" "Varthlokkur. Also called The Silent One Who Walks With
Grief and Empire Destroyer." Varthlokkur
met Aristithorn's gaze. He smiled a
smile like the one worn by the mongoose before kissing a cobra. "Eh? Oh, my.
Oh. Oh my god. Pthothor preserve us. Now we know. The visitation of Hell. I
recant. I plead. Give me back my soul. I should have known when the Power failed
me...." "Was
he always like this?" Trebilcock asked.
"How'd he stand up to that King Norton?" "Don't
pay any mind. It's all act. Come on, you old fraud. We're not here to hurt you. We want your help. And we'll pay." To the others, "He's got a lot of pull
here. I don't know why. Guess they haven't figured out he's ninety
percent fake." "Fake? You....
You.... Young man, I'll show you
who's fake. Don't come croaking in my
pond when you're a frog." "You
admitted the Power deserted you." "Ha! Don't you believe it!" Varthlokkur
interrupted. "Marshall, can we get
to the point? Seconds could be critical
now. You! Be silent!" Aristithorn's
lips kept moving but no sound came forth.
He was doing as directed while indulging an old vice. He had to talk, Out didn't have to say
anything. "Old
friend," said Ragnarson, "I've risen in the world since our
adventure. I'm Marshall and Regent of
Ravelin in the Lesser Kingdoms now. I'm
marching to war. My army lies just
beyond Necremnen territory. No. No worry.
Necremnos isn't my target. I'm
going to Argon. Yes. I know.
Argon hasn't been invaded since Ilkazar managed it. But nobody has gone about it
seriously.... Why? Because they attacked me. On orders from Shinsan. They murdered my wife, two of my kids, some
of my friends. And they kidnapped a
friend of mine's wife and son. And
maybe the friend, too. They're locked
up in Argon's Royal Palace. I'm going
to punish Argon." Aristithorn's
gaze flitted to Varthlokkur whenever the urge to verbalize became strong. Varthlokkur merely stared. Aristithorn
seemed a mouse, but that was pure show.
He was a mortal danger to his enemies. "What
I want is boats. All the boats I can
lay hands on. And don't forget, we'll
be in your debt. Varthlokkur's ability
to meet his obligations has never been questioned." Ragnarson smiled
to himself, pleased
with his double entendre. A threat and a promise in one simple
declarative sentence—which meant little. Varthlokkur was accepting no obligations himself.
This wriggling in the worm pile of politics was making a politician of him too. Aristithorn
changed. He sloughed the pretense,
stood tall and arrogant. "You say
Shinsan has its hooks in the Fadem?
That would explain some strange things." "Fadem?"
Bragi asked. "What
they call their Royal Palace in Argon," Trebilcock reminded. "Yes,"
Aristithorn continued, "Argon has behaved oddly the past few years. And I've heard that a man resembling a
Tervola visits there frequently, and came here once. Pthothor gave him short shrift, the story goes. This's bad—if it's true. This's a sad enough earth without Shinsan
creeping into its palaces like some night cancer. Yes. This explains things
that puzzle the wise. Particularly
about the Fadema." "Queen
of Argon," said Trebilcock. "Boats? Did I hear right?" "Boats,
yes. As many as possible. Big, little, whatever can be had. But quickly. So I can arrive before they know I'm coming, before the Power
returns and they can see me with their inner eyes." "Ye
might work it.. Argon's defenses be
meant to stop land-bound armies." "Told
you he was sharp. Figured it without me
telling him a thing." "Yes,
this must be stopped. And Pthothor,
with his fear of things Shinsan, and his lust to be remembered as a conqueror.... He may join ye." The old
coast reever in Ragnarson became wary instantly. Somebody was hinting about divvying the plunder. Before the booty was gained. "That might be useful," he said,
trying to sound noncommittal. "As
later support. But the enemy has agents
everywhere. We dare not risk ourselves
by including anyone in our plan just now.
In a week ...?" "My
sense of rectitude compels me to assist ye.
But there must be balance." "Derel. The man's ready to dicker. Don't give him the Royal silverware." Prataxis
was a master. With Varthlokkur to
handle the intimidation he soon got Aristithorn to agree to what Ragnarson
considered bargain terms. A modest
amount of cash. A few items believed to
be in possession of the Fadema. Kavelin
to sponsor his children's educations at the Rebsamen. The university's fame had spread far and wide, and a man from
these parts who could honestly claim to have been educated there was guaranteed
a high, happy life. What
Ragnarson didn't realize was that Aristithorn had ch! -lren in droves. His
wives were always pregnant, and often bore twins. Later, as
they strolled to the waterfront with the babbling wizard, they were spotted by
a chunky brown man who scrambled into shadows and watched them pass. His face contorted into a mixture of
surprise and bewilderment. Only Aral
Dantice noticed him. He had no idea who
the man was. Just another curious
easterner.... TWENTY-FIVE:
The Assault on Argon Aristithorn
did better than Ragnarson expected. His
reputation locally was as nasty as Varthlokkur's worldwide. Boat owners, merchant captains, no one
refused him more than once. No one
quibbled over the vow of silence he extracted.
Boats and ships departed, fully crewed, without question of payment
being raised, though Ragnarson promised owners and crews a portion of the loot
of Argon. Aristithorn
claimed that didn't matter. This was
war. If Ragnarson failed, Pthothor
would take over. There were old
grievances between Necremnos and Argon.
The cities were overdue for one of their periodic scrimmages. So
Ragnarson led an armada down the Roe and met Haaken. Three thousand men boarded the vessels, more than he had
hoped. His spirits rose. If he remained unnoticed he had a chance. Aristithorn
virtually guaranteed that the Necremnen army would be right behind him. Ragnarson soon hoped so. Argon was huge. A million people lived in its immediate environs. Six thousand men could disappear quickly if
the populace fought back. As Argon
drew closer, Bragi found ever more reasons for forgetting the whole thing. But he went on. Worrying was his nature.
Haaken had chided him for it since childhood. Sometimes you had to ignore potential difficulties and forge
ahead. Otherwise nothing got done. The first
wave consisted of the smallest boats, carrying Marena Dimura mountaineers,
attacking at two points. One group
drifted down to where the walls of the Fadem rose from the river. The other remained at the apex of the
island. The
Marena Dimura scaled the rough walls and established bridgeheads. Their boats returned upriver to Haaken,
whose men,
weary from slogging through marshes and swimming delta channels, awaited their
turns to ride. One battle of the
Queen's Own had taken the horses and train back into the plains, to erect a
fortified camp a few miles above the Argon-Throyes road. Ragnarson
traveled aboard a galley which served Necrem-nos's trade in the Sea of
Kotsum. He had filled a dozen such with
Haaken's Vorgrebergers, Reskird's Damhorsters, and bowmen. The assault captains were ex-mercenaries who
had come to Ravelin with him years ago.
They were the shock troops who would expand the bridgeheads. It went
so smoothly he suspected he had a friendly god perched on his shoulder. The Argonese were expecting nothing. As always, when the evening rains came, the
wall sentries had scurried for cover.
Argon lay as defenseless as a virgin thrown by her protectors to
barbarian raiders. Two thousand men
were over the walls before they attracted any attention. The
fighting broke out, as Ragnarson had hoped, at the apex of the island. Kildragon, in charge there, immediately
began raising the biggest fuss possible. Ragnarson
took his party into the second bridgehead. There the
troops were lying low. The Fadema
maintained a personal guard of a thousand, and had regular army units quartered
in the Fadem too. Ragnarson wanted to
be as strong as possible before the Argonese counterattacked. He
cleared the top of the wall, scuttled out of the way, gasped, "Didn't
think I'd make it. Getting old for
this. Jarl? How's it going? You
spreading out yet?" Here the
Marena Dimura were doing what they did best, skulking, stabbing in the dark,
occupying strongpoints by stealth. "We've
taken everything you can see from here.
This's the sloppiest defense I ever saw. We haven't found anybody awake yet. It's too bad Reskird's raising hell up there. We might've grabbed the whole damned place
before anybody knew we were here." "Uhm. Keep moving. Grab what you can while you can.
Gods, it's big." The Fadem
alone seemed as big as Vorgreberg.
Trebilcock said it had thirty thousand permanent residents. "Michael. Aral," Bragi whispered. "Where's this tower?" "The
squarish one yonder, with the spire sticking up from the corner," Dantice
replied. "Let's
see if she's still there." They
descended to street level and slipped through narrow passages between
buildings, making of a two-hundred-yard crow flight a quarter mile walk. They won the distinction of being first to
face wakened opponents. It was
over before Ragnarson realized what had happened. The parties stumbled into one another at a sharp turn. Trebilcock disposed of the Argonese in an
eye's blink. Ragnarson's
eyebrows rose. Michael could handle a
blade damned well. "It's
sixty feet to the first ledge," Trebilcock whispered. "And twenty more to the one by her
window. I'll drop a line from the first
one...." "Kid,
if you and Aral can make it, so can I." Bragi sheathed his sword, felt for
hand and toeholds. He quickly
regretted his bravado. Trebilcock
and Dantice went up like rock apes.
Ragnarson had thirty feet to go when they reached the first ledge. His muscles threatened cramps. His fingers were raw when he heaved himself
onto the ledge. Looking down, he muttered,
"Bragi, you're a fool. You've got
men who get paid to do this." A clash
of arms sounded here and there. The
defenders still weren't reacting except locally. Reskird
had a good fight going. The uproar
reached the Fadem, and the bellies of the rain clouds glowed with firelight. The last
twenty feet were worse. Now he was
conscious of how far he could fall. And
of his age. And his sword kept beating
the backs of his legs. "We're
going down by the stair," he muttered when he rolled onto the upper ledge. Trebilcock
smiled, a thin, humorless thing in the reflected firelight. "Would've been easier if we'd gotten
here before the rain." Ragnarson's
stomach flip-flopped as he realized how easily he could have slipped. Dantice
crept back from the window. "Can't
tell if there's anybody inside." A head
popped out. Bragi recognized
Nepanthe. She didn't see them. "Inside," he growled. "Quick." Dantice
went. They heard his sword clear its
scabbard. Trebilcock and Ragnarson
plunged after him. Sounds of
struggle, of steel against stone.
Dantice cursed. "She bit
me!" "Nepanthe!"
Bragi snapped. "Settle down!" "She
started to yell," Dantice said. "Michael,
find a lamp." Ragnarson moved the other way. "Damn!" He bruised his shin on something low. Someone
crashed to the floor. Metal skittered
across stone. "Marshall, I'm going
to clout her!" "Easy,
son. Nepanthe! It's me.
Bragi. Behave yourself." Cang-chang. Sparks flew. A weak light grew, illuminating Trebilcock's face. As the flame rose, it revealed Nepanthe and
Dantice on the floor. Aral had one hand
on her mouth, his legs scissored around her.
He was fending a dagger with his free hand. Bragi kicked the weapon away. He
grabbed handfuls of Nepanthe's hair and forced her to look at him. "Nepanthe. It's me." Her eyes
widened. Her fear subsided. She relaxed. "Can
you keep quiet now?" She
nodded. He grinned as Dantice's hand
bobbed with the motion. "Let her
go, Aral. Michael, look at his
hand." Dantice
winced when he put weight on that hand while rising. Ragnarson helped Nepanthe up. "Take
a minute," he said as she started babbling. "Get yourself together." After she
calmed down, she explained how the stranger had come to Valther's house and
convinced her that Mocker had gone into hiding because Haroun had tried to
murder him. He feared Bragi was in on
it. The messenger had brought Mocker's
dagger as a token. And she had always
suspected Haroun of the worst. "He
could do it if he thought he needed to," Bragi observed. "But how would Mocker have been a
threat to him?" "I
never thought about it. Not till I
found out they tricked me." She started crying. "Look what I got you into.
What're you doing here, anyway?
Who's watching things at home? I
heard about Fiana. They tell me all the
bad news." "I'm
here because you are. Because Argon
seems to be behind all our trouble." "No. It's Shinsan. Bragi, there's a Tervola....
He controls the Fadema.... I
think. Maybe they're partners." "I
mean to find out." "But.... You're only one man. Three men." To Michael she said,
"Thank you. Did you get the casket
to Varthlokkur? And you. I'm sorry.
I was scared." Dantice
smiled. "No matter, ma'am."
He sucked his injured hand. "He
brought the Tear back, yes. Tell me
about the Tervola. Does he wear a
golden mask?" "Yes. How'd...?" "He
keeps turning up. Must be O Shing's
special bully boy. And I didn't come by
myself. That's our army kicking ass out
there." "But.... Argon!
They took me out once. I think
the Fadema wanted to show me what a hick I was. Bragi, you can't get in a war with Argon. Not over me...." "Too
late to back off. The boys are probably
too loaded with loot to run." He chuckled. "I don't want to take the city. Just the Fadem. Just to
spoil whatever they're up to. I'm no
conquerer." "Bragi,
you're making a mistake...." "Somebody
coming," Trebilcock said. He had
one ear against the door. "Sounds
like a mob." "Get
out of sight. Aral! Your sword." Dantice
scampered back for the weapon. "Nepanthe,
pretend we're not here. They must be
coming for you. They'll want their
prize counter safe. Get by the window. Make them come to you. Michael, Aral, we'll hit them from
behind." Dantice
was a street fighter. He
understood. But Michael protested. "We're
here to win, Michael, not get killed honorably." Ragnarson
concealed himself just in time. The
door creaked inward. Six soldiers
entered, followed by the Fadema. "Well,
Madam," said the woman, "your friends are more perceptive and less
cautious than we anticipated. They're
here." "Who?"
Nepanthe asked, cowering against the window frame. "That
bloody troublesome Marshall. He's
attacked Argon. What gall!" She
laughed. It was forced. Things
must be going good, Bragi thought. "You
stay away," Nepanthe told the soldiers.
"I'll jump." "Don't
be a fool!" the Fadema snapped.
"Come. We have to move
you. The tower is threatened." "I
will jump." "Grab
her." Four
soldiers advanced. "Now,"
Ragnarson said. Leaping, he took out a
man who had remained with the Fadema. Dantice
went for the man on her far side instead of the four. Trebilcock got another, but quickly found himself in trouble. Ragnarson
smacked the Queen to shut her up, turned to help Michael. Somebody
hit him from behind. He turned
as he fell, looked up into a golden mask. The
Tervola had hit him with a wooden statuary stand. "Finish them!" he ordered. "This's the man we want.
The Marshall himself." Trebilcock
was fencing a man who was good. Dantice
rolled across the floor with one of the others. The third soldier pranced around looking for a chance to strike a
telling blow. Ragnarson
kicked the Tervola's legs from beneath him, dragged him nearer. The stand rolled away. The
Tervola had the combat training of every soldier of Shinsan. And he had staying power, though Ragnarson
was stronger. They rolled and kicked
and gouged, and Bragi bit. He kept
trying to yank the man's mask off so he could go for his eyes. That
usually put a superior opponent on the defensive. And this Tervola was a better fighter than he. The extra
soldier almost got Dantice. But
Nepanthe stabbed him from behind, turned on Aral's antagonist, stabbed him
too. Aral muttered, "We're even,
lady," recovered his sword, took a wild chop at the head of Michael's
opponent. Meanwhile,
the Fadema recovered and fled. Ragnarson
got a thumb under the golden mask. By
then he was sure he was dead. The
Tervola had a hold of his neck and he was losing consciousness. Dantice
and Trebilcock closed in. The Tervola
saw them. The Power was dead. There was nothing he could do. He threw himself after the Fadema. His mask remained in Bragi's hand. Dantice
helped Ragnarson up. "That was
close. Mike, better make sure of those
guys." "But...." "Never
mind. I'll do it." While Nepanthe
and Trebilcock supported Ragnarson, he cut throats. "I don't understand you, Mike. It ain't beer and skittles.
It ain't no chess game. You want
to come out alive, you got to be meaner than the other guy. And you don't leave him alive behind
you." Ragnarson
groaned. Nepanthe massaged his
neck. "See if any of our people
are outside. We'll have half an army on
us in a minute." Dantice
leaned out the window. "Nope. They're all down the street." "You
and Michael pile stuff in front of the door.
No. Let me go! I'm okay.
I'll make something to lower Nepanthe down." "Wait!"
she protested. "What about
Ethrian?" Bragi
hurt. It made him cranky. "What do you want me to do? We've got to get out of here first. Then we'll worry about Ethrian." She kept
arguing. He ignored her. There was a racket in the hall already. A party
of Marena Dimura came up the street as he dropped his rope of torn
blankets. "You men. Hold up.
It's me. The Marshall. Aral, hand me that lamp." He
illuminated his face. "Hang onto
the end of that down there, and stand by." Several
Wesson bowmen joined the Marena Dimura.
They stood around watching. "Nepanthe,
come here." Still
complaining, she obeyed. He turned his
back. "Put your arms around my
neck and hang on." "You'd
better let me do that," Dantice offered. "I
can handle it. I'm not all the way over
the hill." He did leave his sword belt, though, remembering what a hazard
it had been coming up. Going
down was a pain too. He hadn't made it
halfway before he wished his pride had let him yield to Dantice. "Hurry
up," said Trebilcock. "The
door's giving." Dantice
started down the instant Bragi's feet hit pavement. He came like a monkey. "Boy,
you'd make a good burglar." "I
am a good burglar." They watched Trebilcock lever himself over the window
sill. Someone yelled
inside. Michael stared, then threw
himself aside, barely managing to cling to the ledge. Men
appeared in the window. "Bowmen,"
said Ragnarson. "Cover him." Arrows
streaked through the window. The
Argonese withdrew, cursing. Ragnarson
asked the Marena Dimura captain, "Where's Colonel Ahring?" The man
shrugged. "Around." "Yeah. Michael, hurry up." Trebilcock had
reached the lower ledge. Someone
upstairs was throwing things out the window.
A vase smashed at Bragi's feet. Trebilcock
kicked away from the wail and dropped the last fifteen feet, grunting as he hit
cobblestones. "Damn. I twisted my ankle." "Teach
you to show off," Aral growled. "Come
on," said Ragnarson. "Back to
the wall. You men. Go on wherever you were going." Ahring
had left. His men had penetrated the
Fadem deeply in several directions.
Runners said some defenders were fleeing the fortress for the city. Haaken
had arrived. He was directing
operations now. "What's
happening?" Ragnarson asked. "They're
running. All our people are in
now. But we've got a problem. Most of those Necremnens are heading out. We'll be in big trouble if we don't win
this." "Michael,
where's the nearest causeway?" Trebilcock
leaned over the battlements.
"Upriver a quarter-mile." "Haaken,
scare up some men and grab it.
Michael. Is there a causeway
Reskird could use?" "Inside
his area. Shouldn't be any
problem." Ragnarson
stared northward. The entire apex of
the island seemed to be burning. The
rain had let up. Nothing held the
flames in check. "Getting
bad up there," he observed.
"Could be as rough for Reskird as the Argonese." "Bragi."
Haaken had unrolled a crude map atop a merlon.
He shaded an area with charcoal.
"This's what we've taken.
Half." Dark salients stuck out like greedy fingers. There were white islands throughout the area
already captured. "How're
they fighting?" "Us
or them?" "Both." "Our
guys are having fun. Theirs.... Depends on the unit. The officers, I guess. Some are tromping each other trying to get
away. Some won't budge. I'd say our chances of carrying it are
better than even. But then we'll have
to hold off counterattacks while we mop up." "Keep
after them. Any Necremnens have balls
enough to stick?" He leaned over the wall. A dozen smaller boats rocked against the base of the wall. "Why?" "I
want to go get Reskird. Watch
Nepanthe. And keep an eye out for
Ethrian. They've got him here
somewhere." TWENTY-SIX: Battle for the Fadem Reskird
had an overachievement problem.
"Bragi, I've got them whipped.
I could clean up on them. Only I
can't get to them. Damned
fire...." A curtain
of flame thwarted Kildragon's advance.
It spanned the base of an acute isosceles triangle. Whole blocks were infernos, drawing a strong
breeze. Neither side could get close
enough to combat the blaze. "I
can't leave you here while it burns itself out. Might be days." The
devastation was stunning. Even during
the El Murid Wars Ragnarson had seen nothing to equal it. "Jarl and Haaken need help." "Those
damned Necremnens took off like rabbits afraid of a fox." "You
taken that causeway there yet?" "The
gatehouse guards won't give up. But
we'll get it. It's all we've got to
work on anymore." "Michael. Does it hook up to the same island as the
one by the Fadem?" "I
think so." "You
see?" Bragi asked Kildragon. Reskird's
sandy hair flew as he nodded. Bragi
laughed. "What?" "Look
at us. Me, you, Haaken. We've gotten civilized. We never cut our hair short before we came
to Kavelin. And we didn't shave, except
you." "It's
a strange country. I'd better go get
things moving before it's light enough for them to see what we're up to." They
didn't join Haaken before dawn. The
causeways didn't connect to the same island.
They had to cross three. There
were skirmishes. And then the right
causeway turned out to still be in Argonese hands. Haaken
hadn't had a chance to grab it. The
garrison had counterattacked. Bragi's
old veterans carried the bridge in a short, brisk battle, only to find Argonese
troops forming up beyond. The melee
lasted several hours. Haaken's bowmen,
when they could, plinked from the Fadem.
Ragnarson advanced till he screened the Fadem's main gate, which
remained in enemy hands. "Who's
got who trapped?" he wondered aloud.
"How long before the whole city turns on us?" Tactically,
it was going magnificently. Yet the
strategic situation looked worse and worse. Kildragon
considered the houses and shops facing the fortress-palace. "A lot of wood in those places. Maybe another fire... ." "Go
to it." Kildragon's
fire masked their flank. Bragi had men
climb the wall where Blackfang and Ahring were already established. They took the main gate from behind. Weary, he
joined Haaken at another merlon. The
map now showed only a few white islands. "The
gate completes the circuit," said Blackfang. "The whole wall is ours." "Think
that's smart?" Ragnarson asked.
"They'll fight harder if they can't get away." "If
they could, the Fadema might get out.
Shouldn't we get a hold of her?" "She'd
be a good bargaining counter if things got hairy. You found Ethrian yet?" "No. Else I'd say let's get out now." "Another
reason to get our hands on the lady. They'll
chase us all the way home if we don't." "Those
wizards want to see you." "They
come up with something?" "I
don't know. They've been everywhere,
getting in the way." "How
are the men? Any problems?" "Not
yet. Still think they can lick the world
as long as you're in charge. But it's
daytime now. They've seen how big the
place is. I'm scared they'll start
thinking about it." The
western soldier was flighty, and totally unpredictable. One day he might, if inspired, stand against
impossible odds and fight to the death.
Another day some trivial occurrence might spook an entire army. "Keep
them too busy to think. These
pockets. What are they?" "Citadels
within the citadel. They've locked
themselves in. Don't look like it'll be
easy digging them out." "Where's
the Queen? Keep the others from
sallying. Go after her. On the cheap." "Been
doing that. Lying about Pthothor's
intentions. Got more prisoners than I
can handle. Reskird showed up just in
time. We'll need men on the wall." "Keep
the fires going. What about
casualties?" "Not
bad. Mostly new men, the way you'd
expect. Enough to be a problem if we
have to fight our way out." "Where're
those wizards?" Haaken
was skirting the question of leaving the wounded. Ragnarson didn't want to think about it, let alone verbalize
it. It always gnawed at his guts, but
sometimes it had to be done. "Wherever
you find them. Just prowl around till
one bites your ankle." He
did. Trebilcock and Dantice followed,
playing their bodyguard role to the hilt. Ragnarson
found a courtyard where a thousand prisoners sat in tight ranks on the
cobblestones, heads bowed, thoroughly whipped.
I n a second courtyard he found his dead and wounded, in neat rows on
mattresses looted from a barracks room.
The dead and mortally wounded were pleasingly few. On one
mattress lay the innkeeper met during the ride to Baxendala. "Hey,
old man, what're you doing here? You
should be home minding the tavern." "Old? I'm younger than ye are, sir." "My
job. I get paid for being here." "My
job, too, sir. It's my country, ye
see. My sons, Robbie and Tal, have ye
seen them, sir? Are they all right, do
you think?" "Of
course. And heroes, too. Be taking home a double share of loot."
He hadn't the faintest idea where they were.
But the innkeeper hadn't many hours left. "When it lets up a little, I'll send them down." "Good,
sir. Thank ye, sir." "Get
better, innkeeper. We'll need you again
before this's done." "Be
up and around in a day or two, sir.
These Argonese can't cut ye bad when they're showing their backs." Ragnarson
moved on before his tears broke loose.
Again and again he saw familiar faces, men who had followed him so long
they were almost family. The same men
were always at the forefront, always where the killing was worst. He
couldn't help himself. More than once
he shed a tear for an old comrade. Three
wizards handled the doctoring. The
Thing With Many Eyes, strange though he appeared, was a sympathetic, empathetic
soul. He hated watching pain. He, Kierle the Ancient, and Stojan Dusan,
were performing surgery on an assembly line.
With the Power they would have defeated Death and pain more often. "Michael,
our species is a paradox," Ragnarson observed as they departed. "All sentience is paradoxical." "Sir?"
The hospital court hadn't fazed Trebilcock.
Dantice, though, had grown pale. "Those
wizards. They get mad, they can rip up
a city, wipe out twenty thousand people, and never bat an eye. But look at them now. They're killing themselves for men they
don't even know." "That's
part of being human. We're all that
way, a little. I saw you weep in
there. Yet you'd destroy Shinsan to the
last babe in arms. Or reduce Argon to
ashes." "Yes. Is a conundrum, as my fat brown friend would
say. What's the difference between the
innkeeper and the man I killed last night?
Each did his duty.... No. Enough.
Let's find Varthlokkur." The
downhill side of, and aftermath of, battles always pushed him into these
moods. If he didn't catch himself,
didn't become otherwise preoccupied, he would plunge into a nihilism from which
he wouldn't recover for days. Night
threatened before they tracked Varthlokkur down. He and Visigodred were in a library, searching old books. Zindahjira was there too, though Ragnarson
never saw him. From back in the stacks
he fussed and cursed and tried to get Visigodred's goat. "What's
that all about?" Trebilcock asked. "I
don't know," Ragnarson replied.
"It's been going on as long as I've known them." Ragnar
materialized from the stacks.
"Dad!" After
hugging him, Bragi held him at arms' length.
The boy was festooned with loot.
"Somebody been breaking plunder discipline?" "Aw,
Dad, I just picked up a couple things for Gundar and the kids." "What
if everybody did that? Who'd do the
fighting?" Ragnar
posed cockily. "Varthlokkur's
still alive." To keep
him out of trouble Ragnarson had convinced him the wizard needed a
bodyguard. An amusing notion. Varthlokkur, Visigodred, and Zindahjira all
were damned formidable even without the Power. "He's
been invaluable," said Varthlokkur.
"How goes the fighting?" "So-so. We're on top. But we've got to lay hands on the Fadema. Haaken said you wanted to talk to me. Problems?" "Not
sure," Visigodred said. "I
heard from Marco this morning. He
visited Hamrnad al Nakir." "So?" "El
Murid hasn't collapsed. For a while
Haroun's boy won everywhere but at Al Rhemish.
He had help from the tribes.
After that last surge of the Power, though, things turned around." "How?" "Rumor
says El Murid appealed to the angels.
Because he claims a direct commission from heaven, I guess. The angels apparently responded. They sent him a general. The Royalist offensive bogged down." "Only
a matter of time before weight of numbers tells." Varthlokkur
took it up. "Megelin learned from
the best. But he's losing. Three battles last week, all to inferior
forces. This angelic general is
superhuman." "And?" "Two
points. What happens if Megelin
loses? Another round of El Murid
wars? The man is old and fat and
crazier than ever. He'll want to get
even with everybody who helped Haroun.
Second point. The general calls
himself Badalamen." "Badalamen? Never heard of him." "You
have. In a divination, remember? So cloudy, but the name came through as
dangerous...." "Yeah. Now I remember." "We've
reasoned thus: Badalamen was furnished by O Shing, to reverse El Murid's
fortunes because Shinsan isn't ready to move.
This business with Argon was probably geared to an attack next
summer. But we've wrecked that. "Oh. I heard about your fight with the
Tervola. He's still here. With the Fadema. Haaken gave me the mask.
I didn't recognize it. It does
look a lot like Chin's. He might have
changed it after Baxendala. If it is
Chin, he's as dangerous as Tervola come.
We'd save a lot of grief by killing him. But to the matter in Hammad al Nakir. "It's
my guess that your reaction has been more effective than O Shing expected. And there's Radeachar. So he's put this Badalamen in to threaten
your flank." "He
another Tervola?" "No. Marco says he's pretty ordinary. You've seen the eastern martial arts
artists? The way they use an opponent's
strengths against him? That's the way
Badalamen operates. "I
don't think he's human at all. Nu Li
Hsi and Yo Hsi both tried to breed superhuman soldiers. O Shing was the result of one experiment. I'd guess Radeachar is another. I doubt the work stopped with the passing of
the Princes Thaumaturge." Ragnarson
pursed his lips, sucked air across his teeth.
"There's not a lot we can do about it, is there?" "No. I just wanted you to know. I'd say it makes it imperative that we kill
the Tervola here. He's bound to be one
of O Shing's top men." "And
the Fadema," Ragnarson added.
"Whoever takes over might think twice about being Shinsan's
stalking horse." "Marco
went to Necremnos, too," Visigodred said.
"Ptho-thor has gathered an army.
But he's in no hurry to get here.
Waiting to hear how we did.
Doesn't want to throw live men after dead." "Can't
blame him. Well, I'd better tell Haaken
we've got to get that tower." Having
admonished Ragnar again, Bragi departed.
Zindah-jira resumed fulminating in the stacks. Bragi chuckled. Someday
he'd have to find out what had started that. The
Fadema stubbornly refused to surrender.
Days passed. The impasse
persisted. Ragnarson worried. The city
garrisons recovered. Troops from out of
town reinforced
them. Ragnarson had to lock his force
into the Fadem. His men stayed busy
defending its walls. He expected a
major assault. There
could be no escape, now, without victory.
And that appeared to be slipping away —unless Necremnos came. The first
week ended. Except for the Queen's
stronghold, the Fadem was his. Outside,
the Argonese seemed content to wait, to starve him out. Their probes he beat back with heavy
losses. Necremnos was moving, but
slowly, willing to let Kavelin do the heavy dying. The
stalemate persisted, though Ragnarson didn't sit still. His engineers worked round the clock to
tunnel into the Queen's tower. He
battered its walls with captured engines.
He tried sending Marena Dimura up its wall by night. The
sappers completed the tunnels the last day of the second week. Ragnarson
chose his assault teams carefully.
Haaken and Reskird each led one, and he took the third. Ahring mounted a vicious diversion outside. The
bailey was a cylindrical tower with thick walls and little room inside. The easiest entry, once the single door had
been sealed, was over the top—almost a hundred feet above the encircling
street. Unless
one penetrated its basements. An
obvious and antici-| pated tactic. The
defenders would be waiting. It would be
rough. Bragi
didn't doubt the outcome. His concern
was keeping costs down. His
engineers tested to see if the basements had been flooded. They hadn't. Some other greeting waited. Bragi
expected fire. It didn't
materialize. Again, Argon's initial
lack of readiness told. It was a
savage melee, fought through dim passages and narrow doors, Ragnarson's men
advancing by sheer mass. The defenders
remained stubborn despite the hopelessness of their situation. It went
floor by floor, hour by hour. "Why
the hell don't she give up?" Bragi asked Kildragon. "She's just wasting lives." "Some
people keep hoping." "Marshall! We're at the top." "Okay! Reskird, Haaken, this's it. Send for Varthlokkur." The wizard
appeared immediately. Ragnarson and his
friends forced themselves into the Fadema's last redoubt. She had
but two soldiers left. Both were
wounded, but remained feisty. And the
Tervola was there. Ethrian, bound and
gagged, stood behind him. "My
Lord Chin," said Varthlokkur.
"It's been a while." Chin
bowed slightly. "Welcome to Argon,
old pupil. You learned well. Someday you'll have to teach me the secret
of the Unborn." "I
have no taste for teaching. Is there
anything you'd care to tell us, My Lord?
So we can avoid the rough parts?" "No. I think not." Chin glanced at an
hourglass. He didn't seem worried. Ragnarson
grew wary. These people always had
something up their sleeves.... He
collected a fallen javelin, pretended to examine it. "Something's going to happen," he whispered to
Reskird. "Start moving the men
out." Chin
responded to the withdrawal with the slightest of frowns and a touch of
nervousness. "My
Lord," said Ragnarson. "Could
you tell me why you killed my people?
My wife never did anything to you." Iron and pain tinged his voice. Chin
glanced at the hourglass, brought his sword to guard. "Nothing personal.
You're in the way. But we'll
correct that soon enough. The hour has
come." For an
instant Ragnarson thought that the Tervola meant it was his moment to die. Then, when Varthlokkur gasped and staggered,
he realized Chin had been warning his companions. The Power
had come alive. A portal had opened
behind Chin and the Fadema. The
Tervola attacked. Haaken and Michael
met him, prevented his blade from reaching the Marshall. The Fadema came at Bragi with a dagger
identical to that he had taken off the leader of the assassins who had killed
Elana. A trooper savaged her knife hand
with a wild swing, kicking the dagger toward his commander. He tried to follow up. Bragi grabbed his arm, yanked him away from
Chin's blade. "Thanks."
He slapped the dagger into the soldier's hand.
It was rich booty, a spell-blade worth a fortune. Chin
hurled the two Argonese soldiers, the Fadema, and Ethrian into the portal's
black maw, chanting a hasty spell.
Varthlokkur responded with a warding spell. Chin
jumped for the portal. His magick
roared through the chamber. Bragi
hurled the javelin, then dropped to the floor, rubbed his eyes. He couldn't see. His skin felt toasted. He
moaned. "Easy,"
said Varthlokkur. "You'll be all
right. I blocked most of it." Ragnarson
didn't believe him. "Did I get
him?" he demanded. "Did I get
him?" Chin's life almost seemed worth his eyes. "I
don't know. I'm sorry. I don't." TWENTY-SEVEN: Mocker Returns The brown
man watched from the shadows. He
shivered, sure Varthlokkur would notice him.
But only one man glanced his way, a squat, hard looker he didn't
recognize. The youth didn't react to
his stare. His
breath hissed away. Relieved, he waited
till they rounded a corner, then followed. What were
they up to? Bragi and Varthlokkur had
no business being in Necremnos. And who
was the Necremnen? Everyone seemed to
know and fear him. The brown
man interrupted a street cleaner. "Self,
beg thousands pardon, sir. Am foolish
foreigner, being ignorant of all things Necremnen. Am bestruckt by puzzlement.
Am seeing man pass, moment gone, ordinary, with foreign companions, and
people hide eyes from same. Am
wondering who is same?" "Huh?" Necremnen
was one of the languages of Mocker's childhood. He could reduce any tongue to unintelligibility. He tried
again. "Him? That's the high and mighty Aristithorn, that
is. Him what makes himself out to be a
little toy god, out in his little toy castle.... Here now. Where're you
going already?" Mocker
had heard enough. He had never met
Aristithorn, but he knew the name.
Bragi had mentioned it often enough. So the
big bastard was recruiting old accomplices into his schemes, eh? He slid
hurriedly through the crowds. But he
had wasted too much time with the street cleaner. He had lost them. He traced
them to the waterfront. Again he was
too late. He did learn that
they had visited shipping firms and the master of the fishers' guild. Boats. A lot of them. That had to be it. Why would
Bragi be in Necremnos trying to build a navy?
It didn't make sense—unless he was on some adventure with Ravelin's
army. It seemed
possible, with Argon a probable target, but reason failed him at that
point. He could conceive of no cause
for Ravelin to attack Argon. Nor could
he figure how Bragi hoped to get away with it.
Bragi had pulled off military miracles before, but this was unrealistic. Mocker
knew Argon. Ragnarson didn't. The brown man knew that the city boasted a
population greater than that of Ravelin.
The biggest force Ravelin could muster would simply vanish into the
crowds.... But Bragi
had Varthlokkur with him. That could
make all the difference. It had for
Ilkazar. He might
be guessing wrong. Bragi might need
boats to ferry across the Roe. He kept
on the trail. This needed
investigation. It was
time he started moving. He had been
here for a month and a half accomplishing nothing. He had gambled away almost the entire fortune Lord Chin had
provided him before transferring him here.
He knew what he was supposed to do, but old habits, old thought
patterns, died hard. Chin
would throw a fit next time they met.
He should have been in Ravelin by now. Hunger
taunted him. He touched his purse. Empty again. It was a long walk to his room, where his final emergency reserve
lay hidden. He considered stealing,
didn't try. He wasn't as quick as he
used to be. Age was creeping up. Soon he'd be able to commit robbery only by
the blade. He hadn't lost his skill
with a sword. Cursing
all the way, he trudged across town, retrieved his poke, bought a meal twice
too big, downed it to the last drop of gravy.
Overindulgenee was his weakness, be it in food, gambling, or drink. He
finally overtook Aristithorn three days later.
Bragi and Varthlokkur were long gone.
Their visit had caused little public comment. But
something was happening. The
half-ruined stone pile palace of Necremnos's Ring had come alive. The captains of Necremnos's corrupt,
incompetent army swarmed there, coming and going with ashen faces. They were hobby soldiers, allergic to the
serious practice of their craft. They
hadn't signed on to die for their country, only to bleed its treasury. In the taverns soldiers patronized, there
was both grumbling and anticipation. Mocker
was there, listening. The
subject was war with Argon. No one
seemed to care why. Pessimists argued
that penetrating Argon's defenses was impossible. Optimists verbally spent the booty they would bring home. Regiments
mustered at the Martial Fields south of the city, slothfully, in the tradition
of all Necremnen state activity. Mocker
was there, too. He wasted no time
insinuating himself into the camp following.
He recruited a half-dozen young, enthusiastic, attractive girls capable
of drawing the big-spending officers.
He put them to work. And
listened. He
quickly determined that the high command was stalling. The generals would never admit it, but they
knew they were incompetent. They knew
they couldn't manage forces like these against Argon. That city's army was poorly trained and equipped, and its
officers as corrupt as they, but it did take war seriously. Finally,
sluggishly, like a bewildered amoeba, the Necremnen host stumbled southward,
following the east bank of the Roe. A
hundred thousand regulars, levies, allies, and plunder-hungry auxiliaries had
responded to the raising of Pthothor's war baton. The movement went forward in dust and confusion. Despite Aristithorn and the King, the mass
never did quite sort itself out. Its first
skirmish nearly resulted in disaster, though the enemy numbered no more than
ten thousand. The regulars and levies
almost panicked. But hard-riding
auxiliaries from the plains tribes finally harried the Argonese border force
into retreating, then swept ahead, burning and pillaging. After the
near-disaster the army began suffering seizures of near-competence. Pthothor hanged fifty officers, dismissed a
hundred more, and demoted scores. When
someone grumbled about losing traditional prerogatives, Pthothor referred him
to Aristithorn. No one
challenged the cranky old wizard. The army
eventually blundered into the Valley of the Tombs, where countless
generations of Argonese nobility lay with their death-treasures. The Argonese came out to forestall looting
and vandalism. An
unimaginative battle raged among the tombs and obelisks from dawn till
dusk. Thousands perished. The thing came to no conclusion till the
steppe riders broke free, circled the valley, and began plundering Argon's
suburbs. They captured the pontoons to
a dozen outlying islands. During the
night the Argonese command brought up thousands of hastily mobilized citizens,
and might have turned the tide had the news not come that the Queen's bastion
had fallen. Mocker
whooped when he heard that Bragi's banners flew everywhere over the Fadem. The
Necremnens took courage. The Argonese
began melting away, running to salvage what they could from their homes. Pthothor
pushed on, occupying islands which had failed to destroy their pontoons and
bridges. Mocker
couldn't believe the confusion on both sides.
This had to be why Bragi believed he could best Argon. Kavelin's troops were superb compared to
these, and the quality of their leaders was incomparable. Haaken
and Reskird would be here, he knew, with the Vorgreberger Guards and the
Midlands Light. Ahring and Altenkirk,
too, probably with the Queen's Own and the Damhorsters. And, knowing Bragi's fondness for archers,
TennHorst and the King's Memory Bows....
Maybe even the Breidenbachers and the Sedlmayr Light, and who knew what
from the Guild.... The more
Mocker thought, the bigger the army he conjured from imagination, till he
pictured the Fadem crawling with the entire adult male population of
Kavelin.... His
depression began receding. He showed
flashes of the Mocker of old, amazing his girls with his lighthearted
nonsense. For a time he forgot the
pressure.... The
officers he entertained knew little about Bragi. Aristithorn and Pthothor were tight-lipped, trusting none of
their staff. Mocker wished he could get
the wizard into his tent. His girls
went along most of the time, but that they wouldn't tolerate. Aristithorn had a reputation. He took home girls who caught his fancy. They were never seen again. So Mocker
just tagged along, the officer's best friend, and awaited the opportune event. His
moment came soon after The Valley of the Tombs. A
Necremnen barge came meandering up a delta channel. Aboard were Bragi, his son, Varthlokkur, Haaken, Reskird,
Trebilcock and his squat friend, and—Nepanthe! They were
hunting Aristithorn and Pthothor, allegedly to arrange coordinated action
against Argon, most of which remained unconquered. Mocker
spotted Nepanthe long before she saw him.
And couldn't believe what he saw.
She was laughing with Haaken and Reskird about the clown army of their
allies. The immaculate, perfectly
disciplined troopers of the Queen's Own made the ragtag Necremnen loafers at
Pthothor's headquarters look pathetic.
Like poorly organized bandits. Mocker
eased as close as he could without revealing himself. Nepanthe
was supposed to be in the dungeons of Castle Krief. He didn't
see Ethrian, and that disturbed him more than his wife's presence. The boy seldom strayed from his mother's
side. She wouldn't let him. She was
going to make Ethrian a mama's boy in spite of himself. He was so
intrigued by his wife's presence, and by trying to eavesdrop, that he ignored
everything else—especially the others in Bragi's party. Beyond
being able to get into trouble anywhere, Aral Dantice had one noteworthy
talent. He remembered. Now he remembered a dark face seen only
momentarily in Necremnos when he noticed the same face peeping from an
ornamental hedge. He whispered to
Trebilcock. It didn't
occur to them that they shouldn't nab suspects on Necremnos's turf. They decided, they split, they drifted round
till they could take the watcher from behind. Mocker's
first warning was a grip of iron closing on his shoulder. He
squealed, "Hai!" and jumped, kicked, sent Dantice sprawling—and found
himself staring into the cold, emotionless eyes of Michael Trebilcock, along
the blade of a saber. He
whipped out his own blade, began fencing.
In silence, which was one of the most un-Mocker-like things he had ever
done. The clash
of steel drew a crowd. He had
meant it to be a quick passage at arms, perhaps wounding the boy as he whipped
by and fled across the yards and hedges.... But
Trebilcock wouldn't let him. Mocker's
eyes steadily widened. Trebilcock met
his every stroke and countered, often coming within a whisker of cutting
him. Nor did the younger man give him
any respite in which to calculate, or regain his wind. Trebilcock
was good. Mocker's
skill with a blade was legend among his acquaintances. Seldom had he met a man he couldn't best in
minutes. This time
he had met one he might not best at all.
He managed to touch Trebilcock once in ten minutes, with a trick never
seen on courtly fields of honor. But
Trebilcock wasn't daunted, nor did he allow the trick a second chance. Trebilcock
couldn't be intimidated. Mocker
couldn't perturb him. And that scared
Mocker.... "Enough!"
Ragnarson shouted. "Michael, back
off." Trebilcock
stepped back, lowered his guard.
Perforce, Mocker did likewise. He was
caught. Wham! Nepanthe
hit him at a dead run.
"Darling. What're you
doing? Where've you been?" And so
on and so on. He couldn't get in a
word. "Come
on," said Ragnarson. "Back to
the barge. It's time we moved out. Nepanthe, keep a hold of him." Mocker
looked everywhere but at Bragi. He
could feel Bragi searching his face. He
considered pretending amnesia, rejected it.
He had given himself away by responding to Nepanthe. Some fast thinking was in order. As he
clambered aboard the barge, Ragnarson said, "Michael, you handle a blade
damned good." "Sir?" "I've
never seen anybody go to draw with Mocker." "Wasn't
a draw. He was tiring." "That's
why I stopped you. Where'd you
learn?" "My
father's fencing master. But I'm not
that good, really. At the
Rebsamen...." "You
impressed me. You men. Get this sonofabitch cast off. We've got to disappear before they find out
I told them a pack of lies." Nepanthe
slackened her fussing. Mocker took the
opportunity to look around. He didn't
like what he saw. Haaken
leaned against the deckhouse, a piece of grass between his dark teeth,
staring. Varthlokkur stared from the
bows. Reskird, directing the
bargemaster, stared. They didn't have
friendly eyes. The
safest course would be to tell ninety percent of the truth. He was
confused. Nepanthe was babbling all the
news since his capture. It piled up
dizzyingly. She and Ethrian had been
kidnapped by agents of Shinsan?
Possibly by Chin, his supposed rescuer.
Though he tried, he couldn't make the evidence of his own kidnapping
indict Chin. If the Tervola had stacked
it against Haroun, he had stacked it perfectly. The accusation against Bragi could be due to misinformation.... When it
came to question time he told the exact truth.
All he held back was his feeling that it hadn't ended, that he still had
to make up his mind which way to jump. For the
moment he leaned toward his old companions, despite bin Yousif's apparent
perfidy. He could be on Bragi's side
without being on Haroun's. "Get
those lazy bastards rowing," Bragi yelled at Reskird. "Damn." He slapped at a
mosquito. It was everybody's
hobby. "Let's get some miles
behind us before those clowns change their minds." Mocker
frowned puzz.ledly. "Stealing
a march, old buddy. One from Haroun's
book. Kind of hate doing it to
Aristithorn. He's not a bad guy. The others.... They deserve whatever they get." "Self,
am wondering what old friend blathers about.
Is getting more governmentalized all time, till cannot speak with
meaning." "I
made a deal with the junta that took over when we got rid of the Fadema. We finished what we came for. We got Nepanthe. Only reason we've been hanging around is we couldn't get
out. So I told them, let us go home,
we'll leave without bothering you anymore.
If they didn't, I'd whip on them from behind the whole time they were
trying to handle Necremnos. Argon's in
a bad way. They'd didn't have much choice. My boys have been turning them every way but
loose. They didn't have any stomach
left for storming the Fadem, against my bows, with the Necremnens behind them. So they agreed. Ahring and TennHorst are moving out already. "Of
course, if they saw a chance to plunder us back, they'd jump on it. So hurry, damnit, Reskird." "What
about Necremnens?" Mocker asked. Ragnarson
grinned. "Their bad luck. They didn't show up because we needed
help. They came to plunder. And they'd jump us too, if they thought they
could get away with it. Old Pthothor
hedged every time I tried to pin him down about designating plunder
areas." "Old
friend is right. Trick is worthy of
Haroun." "Think
they'll report to Pthothor?" Haaken asked after they debarked and joined
the escort Ahring had left for them.
The Necremnen rivermen were wasting no time heading upstream. "Not
unless he heads them off," Bragi replied.
"Those boys are scared. They're
homeward bound." Later, as
they hurried along a road raised above rice paddies, Visigodred's roc made a
clumsy landing a few hundred yards ahead.
Marco tumbled off, landed with a hearty splash and heartier cursing. He came boiling up the embankment, blood in
his eye. He fell back. Sputtering, he tried again. "Goddamned
overgrown buzzard, you did that on purpose.
We're gonna bring this pimple to a head. You're lower than snake puke, you know that, you big-ass
vulture?" He
slipped again. Splash! "Throw
him a rope," Ragnarson suggested. The bird
quietly preened, ignoring everyone. "I'm
gonna carve out your gizzard and make me giblet stew," Marco
promised. Soldiers helped him dry
off. He bowed mockingly toward
Ragnarson. "Got
a word for you, chief," he said.
"And that's get your butt home.
That creep Badalamen is kicking ass all over Hammad al Nakir. And El Murid told him to wale on Kavelin
next." He snatched a lance from,-a trooper, rushed the bird, whacked it
between the eyes. "Listen, bird,
if I wasn't allergic to walking...." Ragnarson
waved his companions past and hurried onward.
Marco was still cursing when they passed out of earshot. The army
gulped huge distances daily. Ragnarson
walked himself, to demonstrate that anyone could manage. The column became strung out. Plains riders came for a look, but withdrew
when they saw the Thing and the Egg prowling the column's flanks. Ragnarson
halted near Throyes, sent a party to the city for supplies, and to inform the
Throyens of Varthlokkur's presence. The
Throyens might have been tempted otherwise.
The loot of the Fadem was considerable. Mocker
went along. He had
been given plunder money and he knew Throyes of old. He knew its gaming houses well. It was in
one of those that the Throyen Nine contacted him. The
emissary was fatter than he. Sweat
rolled off him in rivers, and he smelled.
Flies loved him. Yet men made
way for him when he approached the table where Mocker, having an apparent run
of luck, was amazing the house with his bets. The man
watched during three passes of the dice.
Then he whispered, "I would speak with you, fat man." "Hai! Is case of kettles calling pot black. Begone, ponderous interrupter of...." "You
want these people to check your dice?" Mocker
rattled the bones slowly, wondering if he could resubstitute without the fat
man noticing. "Come. We have to talk." Mocker
collected his winnings, apologized to the onlookers. The house didn't object, which was surprising. He was into it deep. He did
manage to switch dice before departing. He
followed the fat man outside and into an alley.... He
grabbed the fatter man, laid a dagger across his throat. "Self, being old skulker of alleys,
take steps first, before trap springs," he murmured. "Speak. Or second, redder mouth opens under first." The
bigger man didn't seem perturbed.
"I speak for the Hidden Kingdom." Mocker
had wondered if the contact would ever come.
He hadn't done much to please Lord Chin. "Speak."
He didn't relax. "The
message comes from the Pracchia. A
directive. Dispose of the man named
Ragnarson." "And
in case of possibility former adherent, self, has changed mind?" "They
have your son. You choose which
dies." "Pestilential
pig!" He drew the blade across the fat man's throat. But when
he turned to flee he found someone blocking his path. The man threw dust into his face. He
collapsed. Endlessly
repetitive, droning voices told him what he had to do.... "Here
he is," Haaken called. Several
Kaveliners joined him in the alley.
"The fat guy must be the one he left with. Poul, look out for the Watch. This other one looks like Mocker nailed him
before he went down." A soldier
knelt beside Mocker. "He's alive,
Colonel. Looks like he got knocked in
the head." "Check
his purse." "Empty." "Funny. It's not like him to get caught this
easy. Here. Blood. Looks like he hurt
a couple more, but they got away." He stirred a third body with his
foot. Mocker's sword still pierced its
heart. "What the hell was he doing
down an alley with somebody he didn't know?
With that much money on him? And
why the hell didn't they kill him?" "Colonel...."
Poul shouted too late. The Watch
identified the man with Mocker's blade in him as a notorious cutpurse. The fat man was an important
magistrate. They took detailed
depositions. Their mucking around
enraged the managers of the gaming house.
The police wanted to hold Mocker.
Blackfang fumed and stormed and threatened to have Varthlokkur roast
their tongues in their mouths. They
finally released Mocker on condition that his deposition would be presented as
soon as he recovered. When
Mocker came round he found Bragi, Varthlokkur, Nepanthe, and Haaken waiting
over him. "What
happened?" Bragi demanded. "Give
him a chance," Nepanthe pleaded.
"Can't you see ... ?" "All
right. Get some of that soup down
him." Mocker
took a few spoonfuls, desultorily, while trying to remember. Voices.
Telling him he had to.... To
what? Kill. Kill these men.
Especially Bragi. And
Varthlokkur, if he could. He felt
for his missing dagger. The
compulsion to strike was almost too much for him. Varthlokkur
eyed him suspiciously. He had been
doing so since the island encounter.
This would take cunning. He had
to get himself and Nepanthe out alive. He had to
do it. For Ethrian. His
friend of more than twenty years, and his father. ... Already the
necessities gnawed his vitals like dragon chicks eating their ways out. Varthlokkur
was the illegitimate son of the last King of llkazar. He had killed his father, indirectly. It was the curse of the Golmune line. The sons slew the fathers....
Mocker had slain Varthlokkur once already, long ago, over Nepanthe. ...
But that spooky little man with the winged horse had revived him. Mocker
told his lies, and his mind strayed to his own son. Ethrian. Would he, too,
someday, be responsible for the death of his father? TWENTY-EIGHT:
A Friendly Assassin Marco
brought the news to Ragnarson at Gog-Ahlan.
Megelin had retreated to the Kapenrungs. The blood of half his followers stained the desert sands. El Murid
had suffered as bitterly. Nevertheless,
he had ordered Badalamen to lead the ragged, war-weary victors into Ravelin. Ragnarson
increased the pace again. As the
army entered the Savernake Gap, Varthlokkur toid him, "We have a
problem. Mocker. Something was done to him. He's lying,..." "He's
acting strange, yeah. Wouldn't you if
Shinsan had had a hold of you?" "Shinsan
has had a hold of me. That's why I'm
suspicious. Something happened in
Throyes that he's not admitting." "Maybe." "I
know what you're thinking. The
spook-pusher is getting antsy about moving in on Nepanthe. Keep an eye on him anyway." Later,
after the army had passed Maisak and started eagerly downhill into its
homeland, Varthlokkur returned.
"Nepanthe is gone," he announced. "What? Again?" "Your
fat friend did it this time." "Take
it from the beginning." Ragnarson sighed. "He
left her at Maisak." "Why?" "You
tell me." "I
don't know." "To
remove her from risk?" "Go
away." He didn't
like it. Varthlokkur was right. Something had happened. Mocker had changed. The humor had gone out of him. He hadn't cracked a smile in weeks. And he avoided his friends as much as
possible. He preferred remaining apart,
brooding, walking with eyes downcast.
He didn't eat much. He was a
shadow of the man who had come to the Victory Day celebration. Challenging
him produced no answers. He simply
denied, growing vehement when pressed.
Haakenand Reskird no longer bothered. Ragnarson
watched constantly, hoping he could figure out how to help. Kavelin
greeted them as conquering heroes. The
march lost impetus. Each morning's
start had to be delayed till missing soldiers were retrieved from the girls of
the countryside. "I
don't like it," said Haaken, the morning Bragi planned to reach
Vorgreberg. "What?"
There had been no contact with Gjerdrum.
Vorgreberg seemed unware of their approach. "How
many men have you seen?" Haaken's way was to let his listeners supply half
the information he wanted to impart. "I
don't follow you." "We've
been back for three days. I haven't
seen a man who wasn't too old to get around.
When I ask, the people say they've gone west. So where are they? What
happened to the garrison Gjerdrum was supposed to send to Karak Strabger?" "You're
right. Even the Nordmen are gone. Find Ragnar. And Trebilcock and Dantice.
We'll ride ahead." Varthlokkur
joined them. They reached Vorgreberg in
midafternoon. The city lay
deserted. They found only a few
poorly-armed old men guarding the gates.
Squads of women drilled in the streets. "What
the hell?" Ragnarson exploded when first he encountered that
phenomenon. "Come on." He
spurred toward the girls. Months in
the field had done little to make him attractive. The girls scattered. One
recognized Ragnarson. "It's the
Marshall!" She grabbed his stirrup.
"Thank God. sir. Thank God you're back." The
others returned, swarmed round him, bawled shamelessly. "What
the hell's going on?" Ragnarson demanded.
"You!" he jabbed a finger at the girl at his stirrup. "Tell me!" He seized her
wrist. The others fled again, through
quiet streets, calling, "The Marshall's back! We're saved." "You
don't know, sir?" "No,
damnit. And I never will unless
somebody tells me. Where're the
men? Why're you girls playing soldier?" "They've
all gone with Sir Gjerdrum. El
Murid.... His army is in Orthwein and
Uhlmansiek. They came through the
mountains somehow. They might be in
Moerschel by now." "Oh."
And Gjerdrum had little veteran manpower.
"Haaken. ..." "I'll
go," Ragnar offered. "Okay. Tell Reskird to pass the word to the
men. One night is all we'll spend
here. Nobody to wander. Go on now." He
watched his son, proud. Ragnar had
become a man. He was nearly ready to
fend for himself. "Thank
you, Miss. To the Palace. We'll fill in the gaps there. Varthlokkur, can you reach Radeachar?" "No. I'll have to wait till he comes to me." "Damn. Ought to take ages to cross those
trails. How did they get through? Without Radeachar noticing?" They
hadn't. Badalamen had, simply, moved
more swiftly than anyone had believed possible, and Gjerdrum, unsure if he were
attacking Megelin or Kavelin, had waited too long to respond. Then, thoughtlessly, he had ordered his counterattacks
piecemeal. Badalamen had cut him
up. He had taken to Fabian tactics
while gathering a larger force in hopes of blocking the roads to Vorgreberg. Two days
had passed since there had been any news from Gjerdrum. Rumor had a big battle shaping up. Gjerdrum had drawn every able-bodied man to
Brede-on-Lynn in the toe of Moerschel, twenty-five miles south of the capital. Ragnarson
had passed through the area during the civil war. "Gjerdrum smartened up fast," he told Haaken. "That's the place to neutralize big
attacking formations. It's all small
farms, stone fences, little woods and wood lots, some bigger woods, lots of
hills.... And a half-dozen castles
within running distance. Lots of places
to hide, to attack from if he loses, and no room for fancy cavalry
maneuvers. Meaning, if that's the way
this Badalamen wants to fight, he'll have to meet our knights head on." Varthlokkur
observed, "He'll refuse battle if the conditions are that
unfavorable." "He
wants Vorgreberg. He'll have to fight
somewhere. Us or Gjerdrum. The maps.
They'll tell us." They moved to the War Room, set out maps of
Moerschel and neighboring provinces.
"Now," Ragnarson said, "try to think like Badalamen. You're here, over the Lynn in Orthwein. There's a big mob waiting at Brede. The ground is bad. What do you do to get to Vorgreberg?" "I
might split my strength," Trebilcock replied. "Hold Gjerdrum at Brede and circle another group
around. If he has enough men. Gjerdrum couldn't turn even if he knew what
was happening." "Till
we hear from the Unborn, or the dwarf, we're guessing. I'd bet he's outnumbered. Gjerdrum's probably mustered twenty,
twenty-five thousand men. But Badalamen's
soldiers are veterans." Trebilcock
fingered a map. "If he circles,
he'll go east, up the Lynn." He traced the stream which formed the
southern boundary of Moerschel. It ran
toward Forbeck and the Gudbrandsdal Forest, approaching the Siege of
Vorgreberg, emptying into the Spehe. As
a river it wasn't much, yet it formed a barrier of sorts. An army crossing would be vulnerable. Ragnarson
joined Trebilcock. "Yeah. The hills and woods are rough in
Trautwein. The roads would be easy to
hold. But that don't mean he won't go
that way. He's never been to
Kavelin." Haaken
snorted. "You think Habibullah and
Achmed were sleeping the last five years?
He probably has maps better than ours." "Yeah. Well.
I agree with Michael. I'd come
up the south bank of the Lynn too. So
we'll get lost in the Gudbrandsdal. He
should cross the Lynn at Norbury, where it runs into the Spehe. There're bridges both sides of town. We'll hit his flank while he's crowded up to
cross. The woods aren't a hundred yards
from the one bridge. They run right
down to the banks of the Spehe." The
arguments continued. Ragnar returned,
bringing Mocker. "We're
fussing too much," Bragi declared later that evening. "We can't plan to the last arrow. We shouldn't. We'd get too set on a plan.
We'd try sticking to it no matter what.
Sleep will do us more good. Mocker,
the room you and Nepanthe used before should be empty. Make yourself to home." Jarl
Ahring arrived, drew Haaken aside. A
moment later they approached Ragnarson.
"Sir," said Ahring, his steely eyes evasive. "Well?" "A
problem." "What?" "One
of my sergeants wants to talk to you. A
personal matter." "Important
enough that I should see him?" "I
think so," Haaken said. "All
right. Bring him up." "I
warned you," Haaken muttered as Ahring departed. "Oh-oh. Ragnar and that girl...." "She's
pregnant." "Get
Ragnar back here. He know?" "Probably. I expect he made time to see her." Sergeant
Simenson was a tough buzzard Bragi wouldn't have wanted to face in a
fracas. His scars showed he had been in
the thick of it throughout his service, which had begun before Ragnarson's
appearance in Kavelin. Nevertheless, he
was as nervous as a child asked to explain a broken vase. Haaken
brought Ragnar. Ragnar nearly panicked
when he saw Simenson. Bragi
growled, "Boy, you've been aping a man. Let's see if you can be one.
You and the sergeant have some talking to do. Do it. I'll just listen—till
somebody acts like an ass. Then I'll
crack heads." Simenson he admonished, "It's too late to change
anything. So confine yourselves to the
future. Sergeant, did you talk to your
daughter?" Simenson
nodded. He was angry, but was a good
father, mainly worried about his daughter's welfare. Ragnarson
exited that confrontation admiring Ragnar.
His son hadn't tried weaseling.
He was truly enamored. He got
down to cases and worked out a marriage agreement. Bragi couldn't have handled it as well himself. He hadn't with Fiana. That was
that. Except that the story leaked, and
eventually won support for Ragnarson's Regency. Prataxis-generated tales showed Bragi as incorruptible. He wouldn't bend to benefit his own son. It was
late when he retired, a return to the field awaiting him beyond the dawn. He fell asleep hoping his men wouldn't waste
themselves drinking and skirt-chasing, and knowing the hope vain. Something
wakened him. It wasn't a sound. The intruder moved with the stealth of a
cat. Dawn
would soon break. The slightest of grey
lights crept through the window. He sensed
rather than saw the blow, rolled away. The
knife ripped through the bearksins and slashed his back, sliding over ribs and
spine. He bellowed, pulled the covers
with him to the floor. The
assassin pitched onto the bed. Ragnarson
staggered to his feet. Warm blood
seeped down his back. He whirled the
bearskins into the killer's face, wrapped him in his arms, bore him off the far
side of the bed. He was a
short man, heavy, yet agile as a monkey.
His knee found Bragi's groin as they hit the floor. Bragi grunted and clung, smashed the man's
knife hand against the bed post. The
blade skittered under a wardrobe. The
assassin kicked, gouged, bit. So did
Ragnarson, and yelled when he could. His
antagonist was tough, skilled, and desperate.
He began getting the best of it.
Bragi grew faint. His wound was
bleeding badly. Where the
hell were the guards. Where was Haaken? He
stopped blocking blows, concentrated on getting an unbreakable hold. He managed to get behind the assassin and
slip an arm around the man's throat. He
forced his hand up behind his own head.
He arched his back and pulled with his head. "Now
I've got you," he growled. It was a
vicious hold. Applied suddenly, to an
unsuspecting victim, it could break a man's neck. The
assassin kicked savagely, writhed like an eel out of water. He slapped and pounded with his free
hand. Bragi held on. The assassin produced another dagger,
scarred Ragnarson's side repeatedly. Where the
hell was Haaken? And Varthlokkur? Or anybody? The
murderer's struggles weakened. That, Bragi
suspected, was feigned. Slowly he
dragged the man upright.... The
assassin exploded, confessing his fakery. Enough,
Bragi thought. He leaned forward till
the man was nearly able to toss him, then snapped back with all the strength
and leverage he could apply. He felt
the neck go through his forearm and cheek.
He heard the crunch. The door
burst inward. Haaken, Varthlokkur, and
several soldiers charged in. Torchlight
flooded the room. Bragi let the
would-be murderer slide to the floor. "Oh,
my gods, my gods." He dropped to his bed, wounds forgotten, tears welling. "He's
alive," said Varthlokkur, touching the pulse in Mocker's throat. "Get
Wachtel!" Bragi ordered. Varthlokkur
rose, shedding tears of his own.
"Stretch out," he told Ragnarson. "Let me stop that bleeding.
Come on! Move!" Ragnarson
moved. There was no resisting the
wizard's anger. "Why?"
He groaned as Varthlokkur spread the cut across his back. "This
will lay you up for a while. Wachtel
will use a mile of thread. Cut to the
bone. Side, too." "Why,
damnit? He was my friend." "Maybe
because they have his son." The wizard's examination wasn't gentle. "I had a son once...." "Damnit,
man, don't open me up." "... but I think he died in an alley in
Throyes. The Curse of the Golmunes
again. But for Ethrian he wouldn't be
lying there now." Wachtel
bustled in. He checked Mocker's pulse,
dug in his bag, produced a bottle, soaked a ball of wool, told Haaken,
"Hold this under his nose." He turned to Bragi. "Get
hot water. Have to clean him before I
sew." He poked and probed.
"You'll be all right. A few
stitches, a few weeks in bed. It'll be
tender for a while, Marshall." "What
about Mocker,?" "Neck's
broken. But he's still alive. Probably be better off dead." "How
come?" "I
can't help him. No one could. I could only keep him alive." While
Wachtel washed, stitched, and bandaged Bragi, Varthlokkur reexamined Mocker
carefully. Finally, he ven- tured, "He
won't recover. He'll stay a
vegetable. And I don't think you'll
keep him that healthy long. You'll have
trouble feeding him without severing his spinal cord." His tone betrayed
his anguish, his despair. Wachtel
also reexamined Mocker. He could
neither add to nor dispute Varthlokkur's prognosis. "He'd
be better off if we finish him," the wizard said. His eyes were moist. His voice quavered. Bragi, the
doctor, and Haaken exchanged looks.
Ragnarson couldn't think straight.
Crazy notions kept hurtling
through his mind.... Mocker
twitched. Weird noises gurgled from his
throat. Wachtel soaked another ball of
wool, knelt. The
others exchanged glances again. "Damnit,
I'll do it!" Haaken growled. There
was no joy in him. He drew a dagger. "No!"
Varthlokkur snapped. His visage would
have intimidated a basilisk. "I'm
the doctor," said Wachtel. "No,"
the wizard repeated, more gently. "He's
my son. Let it be on my head." "No,"
Ragnarson countered. "You
can't. Think about Nepanthe and
Ethrian." He struggled up.
"I'll do it. Let her hate
me.. ..She's more likely to listen if
it was me.... Doctor, do you have
something gentle?" "No,"
said Varthlokkur. "It
has to be done?" Bragi surveyed faces.
Haaken shrugged. Wachtel agreed
reluctantly. Varthlokkur nodded, shook
his head, nodded, shrugged. "You
men," Ragnarson growled at the soldiers who had come with Haaken and the
wizard. "If you value your lives,
you'll never forget that he was dead when you got here. Understood?" He knelt,
grunting. The cuts were getting
sensitive. "Doctor, give me
something." Wachtel
reluctantly took another bottle from his bag.
He continued digging. "Hurry,
man. I've got a battle to get to. And I'm about to lose my nerve." "Battle? You're not going anywhere for a couple
weeks." Wachtel produced tweezers.
"Lay one crystal on his tongue.
It'll take about two minutes." "I'll
be at the fight. If somebody has to
carry me. I've got to hit back or go
mad." He
fumbled the little blue crystal three times. Ragnarson
stared across the Spehe at Norbury.
Tears still burned his cheeks.
He had scourged himself by walking all the way. His wounds ached miserably. Wachtel
had warned him. He should have
listened. He
glanced up. It might rain. He surveyed Norbury again. It was a ghost town. The inhabitants had fled. He
fretted, waiting for his scouting reports.
The Marena Dimura were prowling the banks of the Lynn. Again he
considered the nearer bridge. It was a
stout stone construction barely wide enough for an ox cart. A good bottleneck. Behind
him archers and infantry talked quietly.
Haaken and Reskird roamed among them, keeping their voices down. Up the Spehe, Jarl and the Queen's Own
waited to ford the river and hit the enemy's rear. If he
came. N ot
today, Ragnarson thought as the sun settled into the hills of Moerschel. "Ragnar, tell the commanders to let the
men pitch camp." He was
still standing there, ignoring his pain, when the moon rose, peeping through
gaps in scurrying clouds. It was nearly
full. Leaning on a spear, he looked
like a weary old warrior guarding a forest path. Trebilcock,
Dantice, and Colonel Liakopulos joined him.
No one said anything. This was
no time to impose. Mostly he
relived his companionship with Mocker and Haroun. They, with the exception of Haaken and Reskird, had been his
oldest friends. And the relationship
with his fellow Trolledyngjans hadn't been the same. Haaken and Reskird were quieter souls, part-time companions
always there when he called. There had
been more life, more passion, and a lot less trust with the other two. He
reviewed old adventures, when they were young and couldn't believe they weren't
immortal. They had
been happier then, he decided. Beholden
to none, they had been free to go where and do what they pleased. Even Haroun had shown little interest in his
role of exiled king. "Somebody's
coming," Trebilcock whispered. A runner
zipped across the gap between village and stream. He splashed into the river. "Get
him, Michael." Trebilcock
returned with a Marena Dimura.
"Colonel Marisal, he comes, The Desert Rider, yes. Thousands.
Many thousands, quiet, pads on feets of his horses, yes." "Michael,
Aral, Colonel, pass the word. Kill the
fires. Everyone up to battle
position. But quietly, damn it. Quietly." Of the scout, "How
far?" "Three
miles. Maybe two now. Slow.
No scouts out to give away." "Uhm."
Badalamen was cunning. He looked
up. The gaps in the clouds were
larger. There would be light for the
bowmen. "Ragnar. Run and tell Jarl I want him to start moving
right away." Ahring's task would be difficult. His mounts wouldn't like going into action at night. The men
had barely gotten into position.
Shadows were moving in the town.
El Murid's horsemen came, leading their mounts. Soon they were piling up at the bridge. Ragnarson
was impressed with Badalamen. His
maneuver seemed timed to reach Vorgreberg at sunrise. A hundred
men had crossed. Ragnarson guessed
three times that would have crossed upriver.
Five hundred or so had piled up on the south bank here. "Now!" Arrows
hit the air with a sound like a thousand quail flushing. Two thousand bowmen pulled to their cheeks
and released as fast as they could set nock to string. The mob
at the bridge boiled. Horses
screamed. Men cursed, moaned, cried
questions. In moments half were down. Fifteen seconds later the survivors
scattered, trying to escape through brethren still coming from the town. "Haaken!"
Bragi shouted. "Go!" Blackfang's
Vorgrebergers hit the chill Spehe.
Miserably soaked, they seized the far bank, formed up to prevent those already
over the bridge from returning. Once
bowmen joined them they forced it, compelling the horsemen to withdraw upstream
or swim back. Badalamen
reacted quickly. Horsemen
swept from the village in a suicidal, headlong charge, startling the infantrymen
screening Haaken's bridge- head. Arrows flew on
both sides. More horses went down by
stumbling than by enemy action. Another
force swept up the north bank of the Lynn, against the Kaveliners there. The south
bank riders hit the thin lines protecting the Spehe crossing, broke
through. The arrows couldn't get them
all. The
struggle became a melee. Ragnarson's
troops, unaccustomed to reverses, wavered. "Reskird!"
Bragi called. "Don't send anyone
else over. Spread out. Cover them if they break." With
Liakopulos, Dantice, and Trebilcock helping, he scattered his forces along the
bank, made sure the archers kept plinking.
Victory or defeat depended on Ahring now. Across
the river Haaken Blackfang bawled like a wounded bull, by sheer thunder and force
of will kept the Vorgrebergers steady.
He seemed to be everywhere. Something
drifted down from the north. It glowed
like a small moon, had something vaguely human within it.... The
fighting sputtered. Both sides, awed,
watched the Unborn. Here, there, El
Murid's captains silently toppled from their saddles. Haaken
started bellowing again. He took the
fight to the enemy. A huge
man on a giant of a stallion cantered from the village. In the moonlight and glow of the Unborn
Ragnarson saw him clearly.
"Badalamen," he guessed.
He was surprised. The man didn't
wear Tervola costume. His
appearance rallied his men. Ragnarson
yelled at his bowmen. Some complained
they were short of arrows. "It's
in the balance," he told Trebilcock.
"Tell Reskird to send more men over." Radeachar
and Haaken cleared the west bank again.
The Midlanders didn't have to fight their way ashore. "Wish
I could get my hands on that bastard," Ragnarson said of Badalamen. The reinforcements hadn't made much difference. Badalamen's men were, once more, confident
of their invincibility, of their god-given destiny. For
Radeachar had attacked the eldritch general with no more effort than a bee
stinging the flank of an elephant.
Badalamen had hardly noticed. His
only response was to have archers plink at the Unborn's protective sphere. Soon,
despite their numbers, the Kaveliners were again on the verge of breaking. Then
Ahring arrived. Not at
the point of greatest danger, but up the Lynn, at the other bridge. He led
with his heavy cavalry. His light came
behind and on his flanks. The knights
and sergeants in heavy plate were unstoppable.
They shattered the enemy formation, leaving the survivors to the light
horse, then came against Badalamen from behind. The news reached him scarcely a minute before the charge itself. Here
Ahring had more difficulty. He was
outnumbered, faced an inspired leader, and had little room to gain
momentum. Nevertheless, he threw the
desert riders into confusion. Haaken
. and Reskird took immediate advantage. Ahring
and his captains drove for Badalamen himself, quickly surrounding the
mysterious general and his boydguard. Ragnarson
laughed delightedly. His trap had
closed. He had won. While his men slaughtered his enemies, he
planned his march down the Lynn to relieve Gjerdrum. In the
end, though, it proved a costly victory.
Though the last-gasp might of Hammad al Nakir perished, Bragi lost Jarl
Ahring. Badalamen cut him down. The born general himself escaped, cutting
his way through the Queen's Own as though they were children armed with sticks. Radeachar
was unable to track him. His
entire army he abandoned to the untender mercies of Ravelin's soldiers. TWENTY-NINE:
A Dark Stranger in the Kingdom of Dread The dark
man cursed constantly. The Lao-Pa Sing
Pass, the Gateway to Shinsan, penetrating the double range of the Pillars of
Heaven and the Pillars of Ivory, had no visible end. These mountains were as high and rugged as the Kratchnodians, and
extended so much farther.... He was
tired of being cold. And
damned worried. He had counted on using
the Power to conceal himself in enemy territory. But there was no Power anymore.
He had to slip around like a common thief. His
journey was taking longer than he had expected. The legions were active in the pass. He had to spend most of his time hiding. When the
Power had gone, he had learned, turmoil had broken loose in Shinsan, rocking
the domains of several despotic Tervola.
Peasants had rebelled. Shopkeepers
and artisans had lynched mask-wearers.
But the insurrections were localized and ineffectual. The Tervola owned swift and merciless
legions. And, in most places, the
ancient tyranny wasn't intolerable. Haroun
made use of the confusion. He
traveled east without dawdling, yet days became weeks, and weeks, months. He hadn't realized the vastness of
Shinsan. He grew depressed when he
reflected on the strength pent there, with its timeless tradition of manifest
destiny. Nothing would stop these people
if O Shing excited them, pointed them, unleashed them... O Shing,
it seemed, had hidden himself so far to the east that Haroun feared that he
would reach the place where the sun rose first. Autumn became winter.
Once more he trudged across snowy fields, his cloak pulled tight about
him. His horse
had perished on the Sendelin Steppe. He
hadn't replaced it. Stealing anything,
he felt, would be tempting Fate too much. He had
entered Lao-Pa Sing thinking the journey would last a few hundred miles at most. His
thinking had been shaped by a life in the west, where many states were smaller
than Kavelin. Shinsan, though, spanned
not tens and hundreds, but thousands of miles.
Through each he had to march unseen. In time
he reached Liaontung. There, based on
the little he understood of Shinsan's primary dialect, he should find O
Shing. And where he found O Shing he
should find Mocker. In
happier circumstances he might have enjoyed his visit. Liaontung was a quaint old city, like none
he had seen before. Its architecture
was uniquely eastern Shinsan. Its
society was less structured than at the heart of the empire. A legacy of border life? Or because Wu was less devoted to absolute
rule than most Tervola? Haroun
understood that Wu and O Shing were relatively popular. O Shing's
reputation didn't fit Haroun's preconceptions.
The emperor and his intimates, Lang and Tran, seemed well-known and
accessible. The commons could, without
fear, argue grievances with them. Yet O
Shing was O Shing, demi-god master of the Dread Empire. He had been shaped by all who had gone
before him. His role was subject to
little personal interpretation. He had
to pursue Shinsan's traditional destinies. He was
about to move. Liaontung crawled with
Tervola and their staffs. Spring would
see Shinsan's full might in motion for the first time since Mist had flung it
at Escalon. The
holocaust was at hand. Only the
direction of the blow remained in doubt. O Shing
favored Matayanga. Though he realized
the west was weak, he resisted the arguments of the Tervola. Baxendala had made a deep impression, Haroun
hid in a wood near the city, pondering.
Why did O Shing vacillate? Every
day wasted strengthened his enemies. He
scouted Liaontung well before going in.
Hunger finally moved him. His
eagerness for the kill had faded. He hadn't
heard one mention of Mocker yet. He went
in at night, using rope and grapnel to scale a wall between
patrols. Once in the streets he took it
slow, hanging in shadows. Had it been possible,
he would have traveled by the rooftops.
But the buildings had steeply pitched tile roofs patched with snow and
ice. Stalactites of ice hung from their
ornate corners. "Getting
damned tired of being cold," he muttered. The main
streets remained busy despite the hour.
Every structure of substance seemed to have its resident Tervola. Aides rushed hither and yon. "It's
this spring," he mumbled.
"And Bragi won't be ready." He
stalked the citadel, thoughts circling his son and wife obsessively. His chances of seeing them again were
plummeting with every step. Yet if he
failed tonight, they would be trapped in a world owned by O Shing. It didn't
occur to him that he could fail. Haroun
bin Yousif never failed. Not at murder. He was too skilled, too practiced. Faces
paraded across his mind, of men he thought forgotten. Most had died by his hand.
A few had perished at his direction.
Beloul and El Senoussi had daggers as bloody as his own. The secret war with El Murid had been long
and bloody. He wasn't proud of
everything he had done. From the
perspective of the doorstep of a greater foe the Disciple didn't look bad. Nor did his own motives make as much
sense. From today the past twenty years
looked more a process of habit than of belief. What
course had Megelin charted? Rumors said
there was heavy fighting at home. But
that news had come through the filter of a confused war between Argon and
Necremnos which had engulfed the entire Roe basin, inundating dozens of lesser
cities and principalities. Argon,
rumor said, had been about to collapse when a general named Badalamen had
appeared and gradually brought the Necremnens to ruin. Haroun
wondered if O Shing might not be behind that war. It was convenient for Shinsan, and he had heard that a Tervola
had been seen in Argon.. He could
be sure of nothing. He couldn't handle
the language well. Liaontung's
citadel stood atop a basaltic upthrust.
It was a massive structure. Its
thirty-foot walls were of whitewashed brick.
Faded murals and strange symbols, in places, had been painted over the
whitewash. The whole
thing, Haroun saw after climbing seventy feet of basalt, was roofed. From a distance he had thought that a trick
of perspective. "Damn!"
How would he get in? The gate was
impossible. The stair to it was clogged
with traffic. The wall
couldn't be climbed. After a dozen
failures with his grapnel he concluded that the rope trick was impossible
too. He circled the base of the
fortress. There was just the one
entrance. Cursing
softly, he clung to shadow and listened to the sentries. He retreated only when certain he could
pronounce the passwords properly. It was
try the main entrance or go home. He waited
in the darkness behind the mouth of a narrow street. In time a lone Tervola, his size, passed. One
brief, startled gasp fled the man as Haroun's knife drove home. Bin Yousif dragged him into the shadows,
quickly appropriated his clothing and mask He paid
no heed to the mask. He didn't know
enough to distinguish Tervola by that means. The mask
resembled a locust. In
complete ignorance he had struck a blow more devastating than that he had come
to deliver. Haroun
hadn't known that Wu existed. Nor would
he have cared if he had. One Shinsaner
was like another. He would shed no
tears if every man, woman, and child of them fell beneath the knives of their
enemies. Haroun
was a hard, cruel man. He wept for his
enemies only after they were safely in the ground. He
mounted the steps certain something would go awry. He tried to mimic the Tervola's walk, his habit of moving his
right hand like a restless cobra. He
rehearsed that password continuously. And was
stunned when the sentries pressed their foreheads to the pavement, murmuring
what sounded like incantations. His
fortune only made him more nervous.
What should his response have been? But he
was inside. And everyone he encountered
repeated the performance. He remained
unresponsive. No one remarked on his
behavior, odd or not. "Must
have killed somebody important," he mumbled. Good. Though it could
have its disadvantages. Sooner or later someone would
approach him with a petition, request for orders, or.... He ducked
into an empty room when he spied another Tervola. He dared not try dealing with an equal. His luck
persisted. It was late. The crowds had declined dramatically. He
stumbled across his quarry by accident. He had
entered an area devoted to apartments.
He encountered one with its door ajar and soft voices coming through.... A
footfall warned him. He turned as a
sentry entered the passage, armed with a crossbow. For a moment the soldier stared uncertainly. Haroun
realized he had made some mistake. The
crossbow rose. He
snapped the throwing knife underhand.
Its blade sank into the soldier's throat. The crossbow discharged.
The bolt nipped Haroun's sleeve, clattered down the hallway. "Damn!"
He made sure of the man, appropriated his weapon, hurried back to the open
door. To him
the action had seemed uproarious. But
there was no excitement behind the door. He peeped
in. The speakers were out of
sight. He slipped inside, peeped
through a curtain. He didn't recognize
the three men, nor could he follow a tenth of their argument. But he lingered in hopes he could learn the
whereabouts of his target, or Mocker. O Shing
told Lang and Tran, "I'm convinced, Tran.
There's too much smoke for there not to be fire. Chin's it.
And Wu must be in it. You
identify anyone else, Tran?" "Feng
and Kwan, Lord." He used the Lord of Lords title. Haroun
stepped in. "Wu!"
the three gasped. Haroun
was the perfect professional. His bolt
slew Lang before his gasp ended. He
finished Tran a second later, with the knife he had thrown before. O Shing
hobbled around a bed, pulled a cord. Haroun
cursed softly. "You.... You're not Wu." Haroun
discarded the locust mask. The cruel
little smile tugged his lips as he cranked the crossbow. "You!"
O Shing gasped. He remembered who had
harried him through the Savernake Gap.
"How did you...?" "I
am the Brother of Death," Haroun replied.
"Her blind brother.
Justice." Running
feet slapped stone floors. Haroun
fired. The bolt slammed into O Shing's
heart. The dark
man drew his sword and smiled his smile.
Now there might be time for Bragi and the west. He was sad, though, that he hadn't found
Mocker. Where the hell was that little
tub of lard? He
couldn't know that his bolt had removed the only obstacle to Pracchia control
of Shinsan. His action would have an
effect exactly opposite his intent. He
fought. And broke through, leaving a
trail of dead men. He stayed
to find and free Mocker. He
remained at liberty long enough to bloody the halls of that fortress, to learn
that Mocker wasn't there, and had never been.
Long enough to convince his hunters that he was no man at all, but a
blood-drinking devil. THIRTY:
The Other Side The Old
Man watched dreamily as the Star Rider reactivated the Power and opened a
transfer stream. A gang
tumbled through immediately. A
bewildered boy and a maskless Tervola followed. Curses pursued them. Then
a javelin flickered through, smashed into the Tervola's skull. The Old
Man and Star Rider froze, stunned.
Then, cursing, the bent man scuttled after the boy. Catching him, he demanded, "What
happened?" Panic edged his voice. Everything
was going wrong. The leukemia victim
had expired. The Mercenary's Guild had
cleansed itself. There had been no time
to replace Pracchia members. Now Chin,
his most valuable tool, lay dead at his feet.
"Help him!" he roared at the Old Man, before the Fadema could
answer his question. The Old
Man knelt beside the Tervola. It was
hopeless. The javelin had jellied
Chin's brain. "Ragnarson,"
the Fadema whined. "What? What about him?" "He
crossed the steppes. He made an
alliance with Necremnos. He came down
the Roe and attacked from boats. He
captured the Fadem. We barely held on
till transfer time." The
others began arriving. They milled
around, trying to comprehend the latest disaster. "Move
along! Move along!" the Star Rider
shouted. "Get to the meeting
room." Badalamen came through. He
looked dashing dressed as a desert general. "Who's
this?" the bent man demanded, indicating the boy. "The
fat man's son. His wife got away." "Take
him to the meeting room." He kicked Chin's corpse. "Incompetent. Can't get anybody to do anything right. Argon was supposed to be ready for war." Pettily, viciously,
he used the Power to murder the Fadema's soldiers. He asked
the Old Man, "How will I ever get out of here?" Then, "Drag the
bodies to Norath's pets." He kicked Chin again. While
working, the Old Man slowly put together the thought that he had never seen his
master behave this irrationally. He
wandered to the meeting room once he finished, arriving amidst a heated
discussion. The
setbacks were gnawing at Pracchia morale.
The stumbling block, the man responsible for the delays, was O
Shing. He wouldn't move west. Nor would he be manipulated. "Remove
him," Badalamen suggested. "It's
not that simple," the Star Rider replied.
"Yet it's necessary. He's proven
impossible to nudge. If he weren't more
powerful than Ehelebe-in-Shinsan....
Most of the Tervola support him.
And we've lost our Nine-captain there.
He died without naming a successor.
Who were the members of his Nine?
We must locate them, choose one to assume his Chair. Only then can we take steps against O
Shing." "By
then he may have moved west voluntarily," Norath observed. "Maybe,"
the bent man replied. "Maybe. Whereupon we aid him insofar as he forwards
our mission. So. We must proceed slowly, carefully. At a time when that best serves our western
opponents." "What
about Argon?" the Fadema demanded. "What
can we do? You admit the city is
lost." "Not
the city. Only the Fadem. The people will rally against them." "Maybe. Badalamen." The born
general said, "Megelin has been stopped.
It was difficult and expensive.
It will continue to be difficult and expensive if El Murid is to be
maintained. The numbers and sentiment
oppose him. But it can be done." "The
point was to weaken that flank of the west.
That's been accomplished.
Continued civil war will debilitate the only major western power besides
Itaskia." "There
will be nothing left," Badalamen promised. "Win
with enough strength left to invade Kavelin," said the bent man. "Seize the Savernake Gap. Make of yourself an anvil against which we
can smash Ragnarson when we come west." After the
meeting the Star Rider went into seclusion, trying to reason how his latest
epic could be brought back under control.
At last he mounted his winged steed and flew west, to examine Argon. He
drifted over the war zone and cursed.
It was bad. Not only had
Ragnarson done his spoiling, he had extricated himself cheaply. The Argonese were too busy with the
Necremnens to pursue him. He
fluttered from city to city, hunting Chin's little fat man. He finally located the creature in company
with Ragnarson. He raced to Throyes,
gave instructions to order the fat man to eliminate Ragnarson before Ravelin's
army returned home. When Badalamen
finished Megelin he could move north against limited resistance.... Then he
butterflied about the west, studying the readiness, the alertness, of numerous
little kingdoms. Some, at least, were
responding to Varthlokkur's warning. He was
pleased. Western politics were at
work. Several incipient wars seemed
likely to flare. Mobilizations were
taking place along the boundaries of Hammad al Nakir too, in fear that El Murid
might reassume his old conqueror's dream. The raw
materials for a holocaust were assembling. He nudged
a few places, then returned to his island in the east. He began hunting Chin's replacement. Lord Wu
was initiated into the Pracchia minutes before Badalamen announced his defeat
in Kavelin. Wu showed no enthusiasm for
his role. Badalamen blamed a lack of
reliable intelligence. Both men,
supported by Magden Norath, petitioned the return of the Power. "What
can I do about it?" the bent man demanded. "It comes and goes.
I can only predict it....
Fadema. Are you ready to go
home?" "To
a ruin? Why?" "It's
no ruin yet. Your people are still
holding out. Necremnos's leaders are
too busy one-uping each other to finish it.
A rallying point, a leader, a little supernatural help, should turn it
around. Badalamen. Go with the Fadema. Destroy Necremnos. They're too stubborn ever to be useful. Then head west. Seize the
Savernake Gap. Throyes will help." Badalamen
nodded. He had this strength, from the
viewpoint of the bent man: he didn't question.
He carried out his orders. He was,
in all respects, the perfect soldier. "What
supernatural aid?" the Fadema demanded.
"Without the Power...." "Products
of the Power, my lady. Norath. Your children of darkness. Your pets.
Are they ready?" "Of
course. Haven't I said so for a
year? But I have to go with them, to
control them." "Take
a half-dozen, then." He buried his face in his hands momentarily. To the Old Man, who sat silently beside him,
he muttered, "The fat man. He
failed. Or refused. Throw the boy to Norath's children." A pale
vein of rebellion coursed through the Old Man as he rose. The boy
gulped, shivered in the Old Man's grip.
He stared across the mile-wide strait.
A long swim. With desert on the
farther shore. But it
was a chance. Better than that offered
by the savan dalage. Shaking,
he descended to the stony beach. It was
the turning of the year and, the bent man hoped, the shifting of luck to the
Pracchia. Wu would have finalized plans
for the removal of O Shing. Badalamen's
report on the war with Necremnos would be favorable.... The
Pracchia gathered. Badalamen's
report could have been no better. Norath
and his creatures had turned it around.
When Shinsan marched, the Roe basin would be tributary to the Hidden
Kingdom. The holocaust had swept the
flood plain and steppes. Argon was
closing in on Necremnos. But Lord
Wu didn't show. The Pracchia waited and
waited for Locust Mask to come mincing arrogantly into the room. Later the
bent man wearily mounted his winged steed.
His flight was brief. It ended
at Liaontung. THIRTY-ONE: Baxendala Redux "Man,
I don't know," said Trebilcock. He
surveyed Ragnarson's captains. "What's
that?" Kildragon asked. Reskird
was still grey around the gills from wounds he had received at Norbury. His left arm hung in a sling. Badalamen had overcome a dozen champions in
fighting free. "Might
as well wait for everybody. Save
telling it twice." Trebilcock approached Ragnarson. "Where's
your shadow, Michael?" "At
his father's. Learning
bookkeeping." "Last
summer took the vinegar out of him, eh?" "His
father claims it gave him perspective.
What I wanted to say.... I
should tell everybody. Old friend of
Aral's dad showed up while I was there.
First man through the Savernake Gap this year." "Oh? News?" Ragnarson
didn't ask if it was bad. There wasn't
any other kind these days. "Go
ahead. Latecomers can hear it from
somebody else." He pounded his table.
"Michael has got some news." Trebilcock
faced the captains, stammered. "I'll
be damned," Bragi muttered.
"Stage fright." "I
just talked to a man from Necremnos." Michael eyed his audience. Half he didn't know. Many were foreign military officers. Most of his acquaintances were recovering
from wounds. Gjerdrum still couldn't
walk without help. He'd had a savage
campaign of his own. "He
says Argon is kicking Necremnos all over the Roe basin. The Fadema reappeared with a general named
Badalamen and a wizard named Norath.
Since then everything's gone her way." A murmur
answered him. "Yes. The same Badalamen we whipped a couple
months ago. But Norath, even without
the Power, was the real difference." He glanced into the shadows where the
Egg of God lurked. It seemed
excited. Did it know Norath? "Magden
Norath?" Valther asked. "Yes." "I
heard about him in Escalon. The Monitor
exiled him for undertaking forbidden research.
Everybody thought he was dead." "He's
running some nasty creatures ahead of the Argonese army," Trebilcock
continued. "The worst is called a
savan dalage." "Means
'beasts of the night' in Escalonian." Valther interjected. "They're
supposedly invulnerable. They prowl at
night, killing everything. Aristithorn
has only found one way to control them.
He lures one into a cave or tomb and buries it." "I
hope our friends from the Brotherhood can find a better solution," said
Ragnarson. "I expect we'll get a
look at them ourselves. Anything else,
Michael?" "Necremnos
probably won't last through spring." "Anything
about our friend in the mask?" "No. But the man said there's been a palace
revolution in Shinsan. O Shing was
killed. The Tervola are feuding." "Varthlokkur. That good or bad?" The
wizard stepped up behind Ragnarson.
"I don't know enough about what's happening to guess." "Mist?" The woman
sat in an out-of-the-way seat. When she
rose, the foreigners gawked. Few had
encountered a beauty approaching hers. "It's
bad. They'd overthrow him only if he
were too timid. The Tervola have grown
anxious to grab Destiny. They're tired
of waiting. As soon as they've decided
who'll take over, they'll be here. The
shame of Baxendala." "Michael,
bring this Necremnen to Varthlokkur.
Varthlokkur, if you can get in touch with Visigodred.ask him to send
Marco to see what's going on around Necremnos." Visigodred
had returned home after Badalamen's defeat in Moerschel. He was a genuine Itaskian count and couldn't
abandon his feudal duties forever. "I'll have
Radeachar tell him."
The wizard left
with Trebilcock. Varthlokkur was developing a liking for
Michael simply because the man wasn't afraid of him. Varthlokkur
had lived for centuries in a world where mere mention of his name inspired
terror. He was a lonely man, desperate
for companionship. Ragnarson
peered after them, frowning. An hour
earlier Varthlokkur had asked him to be best man at his wedding. The pain
hadn't yet eased. Thoughts of Mocker
made him ache to the roots of his soul.
And in the wounds his friend had inflicted. Wachtel
insisted he had healed perfectly, yet he often wakened in the night suffering
such agony that he couldn't get back to sleep. The
temptation to drink, to turn to opiates, was maddening, yet he stubbornly
endured the pain. Other voices
whispered of his mission. He turned
to the Nordmen baron who was the Thing's observer here. "Baron Krilian, haven't you people found
a candidate yet?" Ragnarson
hadn't visited the Thing since his eastern expedition. There hadn't been time. Derel Prataxis handled all his business with
the parliament now. "No,
Regent. We've gotten refusals from
everyone we've contacted. Quite offensive,
some of them. I don't understand." Ragnarson
grinned. Men like Baron Krilian were
why. "Anybody interested?" "The
Kings of Altea, Tamerice, Anstokin, and Volstokin have all hinted. Volstokin even tried to bribe old Waverly to
push him in committee." "Good
to hear you and the old man agree on something." Waverly, a Sedlmayr
Wesson, was the Regency's whip in the Thing. "We're
all Kaveliners, Marshall." That
truism had faltered during the civil war.
Previously, the tradition had been to close ranks against
outsiders. The Siluro minority had
plotted with El Murid and Volstokin.
The Nordmen had been in contact with Volstokin and Shinsan. The
Queen's side hadn't been above it either.
Fiana had received aid from Haroun, Altea, Kendel, and Ruderin. Ragnarson himself had come south partly at
the urging of the Itaskian War Ministry. Itaskia
wanted a strong, sympathetic government controlling the Savernake Gap
and lying on the flank of Hammad al Nakir.
The then War Minister had been paranoid about El Murid. Ragnarson
turned to the agenda, finally got his neighbors to lend him token forces. As the group dispersed, he asked,
"Derel, what'd we get?" "Not
much. Fifteen thousand between
them." Prataxis leaned closer.
"Liakopulos said the Guild will contribute. If you're interested. He says Hawkwind and Lauder are still angry
about Dainiel and Balfour," "I'll
take whatever help I can get." He didn't
expect to best Shinsan this time. Not
without a hell of a lot more help than he was getting. That
evening he visited his home in Lieneke Lane, where Ragnar and his new wife were
staying with Gundar and Ragnarson's other children. The real ruler of the household was a dragoness named Gerda Haas,
widow of a soldier who had followed him for decades, and mother of Haaken's
aide. Bragi didn't visit his children
much, though he loved them. The little
ones exploded all over him, ignoring his guilt-presents to sit in his lap. Seeing them growing, seeing them become,
like Ragnar, more than children, was too depressing. They stirred too many memories.
Maybe once the pain of Elana's loss finally faded.... Marco
arrived two weeks later. He had
overflown the middle east. He brought
no good news. Necremnos
had fallen. The RoeI basin
was black with Shinsan's legions.
Tervola had allied with Argon and Throyes. The Throyens were camped at Gog-Ahlan. O Shing
was dead. And, apparently. Chin as well. The latest master of the Dread Empire was a Ko Feng. Varthlokkur spoke no good of him. Mist called him a spider. "How
did they get out?" Bragi demanded.
"Marco says the Lao-Pa Sing is still snowed in." "Transfers,"
Varthlokkur replied. "The Power
has been coming and going, oscillating wildly, for months. They must be sending people through with
every oscillation. They seem random,
but maybe Feng can predict them." "They'll
come early, then. Damn. We might not get the crops planted." He
planned to meet Shinsan as he had before, at the most defensible point in the
Savernake Gap west of fortress Maisak.
Baxendala. Work
there had been going forward all winter, when weather permitted. Civilians had been removed to
Vorgreberg. Karak Strabger was being
strengthened. New fortifications were
being erected. Earthen dams were being
constructed to deepen the marshes and swamps which formed a barrier across part
of the Gap. A major effort was being
made to construct traps and small defensive works which would hold the enemy
while bowmen showered them with arrows, and siege engines bombarded them from
their flanks. Farther
east, at Maisak—unreachable now—the garrison were striving to make the Gap
impassable there. The fortress had
fallen but once in its history, to Haroun, who had grabbed it by surprise while
it was virtually ungarrisoned. Ragnarson
didn't expect it to survive this time.
He did hope it would hold a long time. Every
minute of delay would work to Ravelin's advantage. Every day gained meant a better chance for getting help. Wishing
and hoping.... It wasn't
the season of the west. Already Feng's
Throyen allies were at the drudgery of opening the Gap road. They brought Feng to Maisak a week early. Ragnarson
stood in the parapet from which he had directed the first battle of
Baxendala. His foster brother leaned on
the battlements. General Liakopulos
snored behind them. Varthlokkur paced,
muttering. Below Karak Strabger
soldiers worked on the defenses. Fifty
thousand men, half Kaveliners. Five
thousand Mercenaries, Hawkwind himself commanding. Nineteen thousand from Altea, Anstokin, Volstokin, and Tamerice,
the second-line states. The remainder
were Itaskian bowmen, a surprise loan.
They would make themselves felt. Wagons
swarmed behind the ranked earthworks, palisades, traps, incomplete
fortifications. Long trains labored up
from the lowlands. Baxendala had been
converted to a nest of warehouses. Bragi
meant to compel Feng to overcome an endless series of redoubts in close
fighting, under a continuous arrowstorm.
Attrition was his game. Marco
said there would be twenty-eight legions supported by a hundred thousand
auxiliaries from Argon, Throyes, and the steppe tribes. Ragnarson couldn't hope to turn such a
horde. He aimed only to cut them up so
badly they would have bitter going after they broke through. Bragi
wasn't watching the work. He stared
eastward, over the peaks, at a pale streamer of smoke. It was a
signal from Maisak. While it persisted
the fortress held. Ragnarson
used mirror telegraphy and carrier pigeons too. Shinsan
had learned. The Tervola brought
dismantled siege engines. For a week
they pounded Maisak. The Marena Dimura
reported encounters with battered patrols which had forced the Maisak
gauntlet. They finished those patrols. Those
little victories hardly mattered. The
patrols were forerunner driblets of the deluge. "Smoke's
gone!" Liakopulos ejaculated. The
mirror telegraph went wild. "Damn! Damn-damn-damn! So soon." Ragnarson turned his back, waited for the
telegraphists to interpret. It was a
brief, unhappy message. Maisak
betrayed, Tenn Horst. The last
pigeon bore a note almost as terse.
Enemy led over mountains into caverns.
ims! message. Good
luck. Adam TennHorst. It spoke
volumes. Treachery again. Radeachar hadn't rooted it all out. "Varthlokkur,
have Radeachar check everybody out again.
A traitor in the right place here would be worth a legion to them." The
weather was no ally either. A warm
front accelerated the snow melt.
Bragi's patrols reported increasingly savage skirmishes. Then Ko
Feng attacked. Two
things were immediately apparent.
Shinsan had indeed noted the lessons of the previous battle. And the Tervola hadn't understood them. Cavalry
had ruined O Shing. So cavalry came
down the Gap, steppe riders who had come for the plunder of the west. Ragnarson
countered with knights. Though grossly
outnumbered, they sent the nomads flying, amazed at the invincibility of
western riders. Three
days later it was an infantry assault by the undisciplined hordes of Argon and
Throyes, Again the knights carried the day.
The slaughter was terrible.
Hakes Blittschau, an Altean commanding Ragnarson's horse, finally broke
off the pursuit in sheer exhaustion. Feng
tried again with every horseman he could muster. Then he used his auxiliary infantry again. Neither attack passed Blittschau. The troops in the redoubts grumbled that
they would never see the enemy. When
knights fought men untrained and unequipped to meet them, casualty ratios
favored the armored men ridiculously.
In five actions Blittschau killed more than fifty thousand of the enemy. Ravens
darkened the skies over the Gap. When
the wind blew from the east the stench was enough to gag a maggot. After each engagement the Ebeler ran red. Blittschau
lost fewer than a thousand men. Many of
those would recover from their wounds.
Armor and training made the difference. "Feng
must be cra/y," Ragnarson mused.
"Or wants to rid himself of his allies." Liakopulos
replied, "He's just stupid. He
hasn't got one notion how to run an army." "A
Tervola?" "Put
it this way. He's not flexible. The pretty woman. Mist. Says they call him
The Hammer. Just keeps pounding till
something gives. If it doesn't, he gets
a bigger hammer. He's been holding that
back." "I
know." Twenty-eight legions. One
hundred seventy thousand or more of the best soldiers in the world. When Feng
swung that hammer, things would break. The
legions came. The drums
began long before dawn, beating a cadence which shuddered the mountains, which
throbbed like the heartbeat of the world. The
soldiers in the works knew. They would
meet the real enemy now, dread fighters who had been defeated but once since
the founding of the legions. Ragnarson
gave Blittschau every man and horse available. The sun
rose, and the sun set. Hakes
Blittschau returned to Karak Strabger shortly before midnight, on a
stretcher. His condition reflected that
of his command. "Wouldn't
believe it if I didn't see it," Blittschau croaked as Wachtel cleansed his
wounds. "They wouldn't give an
inch. Let us hit them, then went after
the horses till they got us on the ground." He rolled his head in a
negative. "We must've killed twenty.... No, thirty, maybe even forty thousand. They wouldn't budge." "I
know. You can't panic them. You have to panic the Tervola."
Ragnarson was depressed. Feng had
broken his most valuable weapon. Blittschau
had salvaged but five hundred men. The drums
throbbed on. The hammer was about to
fall again. It struck
at dawn, from one wall of the canyon to the other. Stubbornly, systematically, the soldiers in black neutralized the
traps and redoubts, filled the trenches, demolished the barriers, breached the
palisades and earthworks. They didn't
finesse it. They simply kept attacking,
kept killing. Ragnarson's
archers kept the skies dark. His
swordsmen and spearmen fought till they were ready to drop. Feng allowed them respites only when he
rotated fresh legions into the cauldron. The sun
dropped behind the Kapenrungs. Bragi
sighed. Though the drums sobbed on, the
fighting died. His captains began
arriving with damage reports. Tomorrow,
he judged, would be the last day. The
archers had been the stopper. Corpses
feathered with shafts littered the canyon floor. But the arrows were nearly gone.
The easterners allowed no recovery of spent shafts. Mist was
optimistic, though. "Feng has gone
his limit," she said. "He
can't waste men like this. The Tervola
won't tolerate it. Soldiers are
priceless, unlike auxiliaries." She was
correct. The Tervola rebelled. But when they confronted Feng they found.... He had
yielded command to a maskless man named Badalamen. With Badalamen were two old-timers: a bent one in a towering
rage, and another with dull eyes. And
with them, the Escalonian sorcerer, Magden Norath. The bent
man was more angry with himself than with Feng. His tardiness had given Feng time to decimate Shinsan's matchless
army. Feng
grudgingly yielded to the Pracchia. The
transition was smooth. Most Tervola
chosen to come west were pledged to the Hidden Kingdom. At
midnight the voice of the drums changed. Ragnarson
exploded from a restless sleep, rushed to his parapet. Shinsan was moving. No precautions could completely squelch the
clatter. Reports
arrived. His staff, his wizards, his
advisors crowded onto the parapet. No
one could guess why, but Shinsan was abandoning positions they had spent all
day taking. Sir Tury Hawkwind and
Haaken attacked on their own initiative. "Mist. Varthlokkur. Give me a hint," Ragnarson demanded. "Feng's
been replaced," Mist said. "Yeah? Okay.
But why back down?" "Oh!"
Varthlokkur said softly. Mist
sighed. "The Power...." "Oh,
Hell!" It was
returning. Ragnarson decided he was
done for. The
Unborn streaked across the night.
Beneath it dangled Visigodred.
After delivering the shaken wizard, it communed with Varthlokkur. "Gather the Circle!" Varthlokkur
thundered. "Now! Now!
Hurry!" The
monster whipped away too swiftly for the eye to follow. Visigodred
said, "Something is coming down the Gap.
Creatures this world has never before seen. The ones Marco said turned Argon's war around. We can't stop them." "We
will!" Varthlokkur snapped.
"The Unborn will! We have
to." He, Visigodred, and Mist staggered.
"The Power!" they gasped. "Clear
the parapet," Varthlokkur groaned, handling it more easily than the
others. "We need it." Kierle
the Ancient arrived, followed by the Thingand Stojan Dusan. Radeachar rocketed in with The Egg of
God. Ragnarson hustled his people
downstairs. He didn't
want to stay either. There was little
he dreaded so much as a wizard's war.
But his pride wouldn't let him turtle himself. Screams
erupted from the canyon. "They're
here. The savan dalage" said
Visigodred. "Varthlokkur. Unleash the Unborn before they gut us."
He threw his hands overhead, chanted. A
light-spear stabbed from his cupped hands.
He moved them as though he were directing a mirror telegrapher. The earth glowed where the light fell. "Too weak," he gasped. Here,
there, Ragnarson glimpsed the invaders.
Some were tall, humanoid, fanged and clawed, like the trolls of
Trolledyn-gian legends. Some were squat
reptilian things that walked like men.
Some slithered and crawled.
Among them were a hundred or so tall men who bore ordinary weapons. They reminded him of Badalamen. And there
was something more. Something
shapeless, something which avoided light like death itself. Radeacher
swooped and seized one, soared into the night.
Ragnarson saw an ill-defined mass wriggling against the stars. "Savan
dalage," Visigodred repeated.
"They can't be killed." Radeachar
departed at an incredible speed. "He'll
haul it so far away it'll take months to get back," Varthlokkur said. "How
many?" Ragnarson asked. "Ten. Fifteen.
Be quiet. It begins." A golden
glow began growing up the Gap. All the
Circle had arrived. They babbled
softly, in their extremity even welcoming Mist to their all-male club. This was no time for masculine
prerogatives. Their lives and souls
were on the gaming table. Radeachar
reappeared, undertook another deportation. Ragnarson
briefly retreated to the floor below, where a half dozen messengers clamored
for his attention. His
formations were shambled. His captains
wanted orders. The troops were about to
panic. "Stand
fast," he told them. "Just
hang on. Our wizards are at work." Back on
the parapet he found the human sorcerers all imitating Visigodred, using light
to herd the savan dalage. The Egg,
Thing, and Zindahjira concentrated on the remaining monsters. "The
men-things," Zindahjira boomed.
"They're immune to the Power." Ragnarson
remembered Badalamen's indifference to Radeachar. "They're
human," he observed. "Sword
and spear will stop them." True. His men were doing so. But, like Badalamen, the creatures were
incredible fighters, as far beyond the ordinary soldier of Shinsan as he was
beyond most westerners. "Arrows!"
he thundered from the parapet. "Get
the bowmen over there!" No one heard.
He ducked downstairs to the messengers. The
struggle wore a new face when he returned.
The Tervola had unleashed a sorcery of their own. At first
he believed it the monster O Shing had raised during First Baxendala. The Gosik of Aubuchon. But this became a burning whirlwind with
eyes. Mist
responded as she had then. A golden
halo formed in the night. Within its
confines an emerald sky appeared. From
that a vast, hideous face leered.
Talons gripped the insides of the circle. The halo
spun, descended. The ugly face opened a
gross mouth, began biting. The
screams of the ensuing contest would haunt Bragi's dreams forever. Yet the struggle soon became a
sideshow. Other Tervola-horrors
rose. Ragnarson's sorcerers unleashed
terrors in response. Through
it all the Unborn pursued its deportations in a workmanlike manner. The
whirlwind and halo rampaged up and down the Gap, destroying friend and
foe. Once they crashed into Seidentop,
the mountain opposite Karak Strabger.
The face of the mountain slid into the canyon. In moments the defense suffered more than in all the previous
fighting. Shinsan
tasted the bitterness of loss too.
Stojan Dusan conjured a seven-headed demon bigger than a dozen
elephants, with as many legs as a centipede.
Each was a weapon. "It's
the battle for Tatarian all over again," someone murmured. Ragnarson turned. Valther had come up. He
had served Escalon in its ill-fated war with Shinsan. The
mountains burned as forests died. Smoke
made breathing difficult. "Pull
out while you can," Valther advised.
"Use this to make your retreat." "No." "Dead
men can't fight tomorrow. Every death
is a brick in his house of victory." Valther stabbed a finger. High
above, barely discernible, a winged horse drifted on updrafts. "That
damned old man again," Bragi growled. Visigodred's
apprentice suddenly struck from even higher.
The winged horse slipped aside at the last instant. Marco kept dropping till Bragi was sure he
would smash into a flaming mountainside.
But the roc whistled along Seidentop's slope, used its momentum to hurl
itslef into the undraft over another fire. Surprise
gone, Marco tried maneuver. And proved
he had paid
attention to his necromantic studies.
His sorceries scarred the night air.
The winged horse weaved and dodged and fought for altitude. Ragnarson
asked Valther, "Who's winning? The
battle." "Us. Mist and Varthlokkur make the
difference. Watch them." Oh? Then why the admonition to get out? They were
holding the Tervola at bay and still grabbing moments for other work. Varthlokkur developed the Winter-storm
construct. Mist opened and guided
another, smaller halo. It cruised over
the defensive works, snatching the creatures of Magden Norath. It even gobbled one savan dalage. Just one. "Must
have a bad taste," Ragnarson muttered sardonically. Radeachar
returned from a trip east and was unable to find another unkillable. He joined the assault on the Tervola. "We've
got them now," Valther crowed, and again Bragi wondered at his earlier
pessimism. The
Tervola went to the defensive. Above,
Marco harried the winged horse from the sky. But, as
Valther had meant, that old man always had another bolt in his quiver. Fires
floated majestically in from the eastern night, from beyond the Kapenrungs,
like dozens of ragged-edged little moons. Mist
spied them first. "Dragons!"
she gasped. "So
many," Valther whispered.
"Must be all that're left." Most
dragons had perished in the forgotten Nawami Crusades. Straight
for the castle they came. The glow of
their eyes crossed the night like racing binary stars. One went for Marco. He ran like hell. The
Unborn took over for him. The
leaders of those winged horrors were old and cunning. They remembered the Crusades.
They remembered what sorcery had done to them then, when they had served
both causes, fighting one another more often than warlocks and men. They remembered how to destroy creatures
like those atop the castle. "Get
out of here!" Valther shouted.
"You can't handle this." Bragi
agreed. But he dallied, watching the
saurians spiral in, watching Radeachar drive the winged horse to earth behind
Shinsan's lines. The
Unborn turned on its dragon harrier. The beast's
head exploded. Its flaming corpse
careened down the sky, crashed, thrashing, into a blazing pine grove. Flaming trunks flung about. A terrible stench filled the Gap. Varthlokkur
completed his Winterstorm construct as a dragon reached the tower. Ragnarson
dove downstairs, collecting bruises and a scorching as dragon's breath pursued
him. "Messengers,
Valther," he gasped. "You
were right. It's time to cut our
losses." Ragnarson's
army, covered by the witch-war, withdrew in good order. By dawn its entirety had evacuated
Baxendala. Shinsan had redeemed its
earlier defeat. The
wizard's war ended at sunrise, in a draw.
Kierle the Ancient, Stojan Dusan, and the Egg had perished. The others scarcely retained the strength to
drag themselves away. Radeachar
had salvaged them by driving the dragons from the sky. The
Tervola were hurt too. Though they
tried, they hadn't the strength or will to follow up. The bent
old man ordered Badalamen to catch Ragnarson, but Badalamen couldn't break
Bragi's rear guard. Ragnarson
had bought time. Yet he had erred in
not trying to hold. As he
debouched from the Gap he encountered eastbound allies from Hellin Daimiel,
Libiannin, Dunno Scuttari, the Guild, and several of the Lesser Kingdoms. Auric Lauder commanded about thirty thousand
men. Ragnarson borrowed Lauder's
knights to screen his retreat. He didn't
try correcting himself. Baxendala was
irrevocably lost. Shinsan still
outnumbered him three to one, with better troops. Lauder
followed the example of previous allies and accepted Bragi as commander. In
thought, Ragnarson began laying the groundwork for the next phase, Fabian,
accepting battle only in favorable circumstances, playing for time, trying to
wear the enemy down. THIRTY-TWO: Defeat.
Defeat. Defeat. Fahrig. Vorgreberg.
Lake Turntine. Staake-Armstead,
also called the Battles of the Fords.
Trinity Hills, in Altea. The
list of battles lost lengthened.
Detached legions, supported by Magden Norath's night things, conquered
Volstokin and Anstokin. Badalamen, by
slim margins, kept overcoming the stubborn resistance of Ragnarson's growing
army. He
reinforced his northern spearhead. It
drove through Ruderin and curved southward into Korhana and Vorhangs. Haaken Blackfang, with a hasty melange of
knights, mercenaries, and armed peasants, stopped the drive at Aucone. Ragnerson extricated himself from
envelopment in Altea. Badalamen ran a
spearhead south, through Tamerice, hoping eventually to meet the northern
thrust at the River Scarlotti, behind Bragi. Reskird
Kildragon harried the Tamerice thrust but refused battle. Tamerice's army had been decimated in
Ravelin. Then
Badalamen paused to reorganize and refit.
He faced Ragnarson across a plain in Cardine just forty miles short of
the sea and cutting the west in two. In the
Kapenrungs, Megelin bin Haroun chose to ignore the threat behind him. He launched another campaign against Al
Rhemish and El Murid. "Damn! Damn!
Damn!" Ragnarson swore when the news arrived. "Don't he have a lick of sense?"
He had counted on Megelin thinking like his father, had anticipated that the
Royalists would conduct guerrilla war behind Badalamen's main force. He sat
before his tent with Liakopulos, Visigodred, his son, and officers from most of
the nations which had sent troops. This
ragtag army was the biggest gathered since the El Murid Wars. "I
think we've done well," said Liakopulos.
Hawkwind and Lauder nodded.
"We've managed to keep from being destroyed by the best army in the
world." Lord
Hartteoben, an Itaskian observer, agreed.
"The persistence of your survival continues to amaze
everyone." "Uhm."
Bragi surveyed his army. It wasn't
especially dangerous, despite its size.
The demands of constant retreat hadn't given him time to organize and
integrate. New contingents had to be
thrown in immediately. Often his
captains didn't speak the language of their neighbors in the line. "Why
shouldn't he?" Ragnar asked.
"El Murid is Shinsan's client now." He stirred the fire with
the tip of a crutch. He had been
injured at Aucone. Haaken had sent him
south to keep him from getting himself killed.
He was too impetuous. "Maybe. But I wish he'd helped us instead. Haroun would've seen that getting El Murid
ain't worth a damn if the rest of the west goes." At least
the west now believed an eastern threat existed. But mobilizations hadn't helped yet. A battalion arrived now, a regiment then. Too little relative to the task. The
political question of who should be the supreme commander hadn't yet been
posed. That the generals of major
nations should be commanded by the Marshall of a country village-state like
Ravelin seemed implausible to Ragnarson.
He considered Hawkwind the best man.
But his allies remained impressed with his ability to evade disaster. Hawkwind
didn't want the job anyway. He had had
enough of command politics during the El Murid Wars. "When'll
we see help from Itaskia?" Bragi asked Visigodred. The wizard had been home several times and
been able to produce just Lord Hartteoben and another thousand bowmen. Itaskia was husbanding her resources to
fight on home ground. Ragnarson
had rebuilt his cavalry advantage. He
pressed it mercilessly, compelling the legions to remain close and their allies
to stay within the protective umbrella of Badalamen's genius. Marco and
Radeachar hunted and exterminated the creatures of Magden Norath—excepting the
savan dalage, the disease without a cure.
The Tervola transported them back
almost as fast as Radeachar hauled them away. Varthlokkur and the Unborn tried burying
them in caverns on islands in the ocean, but even there the Tervola found them. Shinsan's
sorcerers had to be exterminated before the savan dalage could be solved
permanently. The
Tervola wouldn't permit that. For the
time being, then, there was a thaumaturgic impasse. At least,
Bragi thought, if defeated, he would fall to force of arms. The
nearest town was Dichiara. The battle
took its name. It was
the nadir of Ragnarson's career. Badalamen
announced himself with drums. Always
Shinsan marched to the voice of drums, grumbling directions to legion
commanders. Bragi had
had two weeks to prepare, to plan. He
was as ready as time permitted. Varthlokkur,
privately, told him, "Back off.
The omens aren't right." Ragnarson
remained adamant. "This far and no
farther. This's the best position for
leagues around. We'll hurt him
here." His army
held a rough hill facing a plain on which cavalry could maneuver easily. His bowmen could saturate climbing attackers
who survived the horsemen. Once
Badalamen came to grips and drove him back, as was inevitable, he would withdraw
into woods on the west slope, where Shinsan's tight formations would become
less effective. He would re-form beyond
the trees. Attrition. That remained the game. Quick victory was out of the question. He worked against the day the power of the
north took arms. Till then he had to
stay alive. His
espionage was poorer than he thought. Badalamen
started his first wave. Bragi, as
always, responded with knights. That
had worked well in every confrontation.
He saw no reason to change. Badalamen
counted on that. The
knights swept over the plain—and into destruction ere striking a blow. Badalamen had cut a trench across his front,
by night, and had camouflaged it. The
legions hit the tangle before the riders could extricate themselves. Half the knighthood of the coastal states
and the Lesser Kingdoms perished. Badalamen
circled the debacle, rolled toward the hills.
Ragnarson began falling back. "I
warned you," Varthlokkur said. "Warned
me, my ass! You could've been
specific. Damned wizard never says
anything straight out. Come on, Klaust. Get those men moving." He studied a
map. "Hope we can ferry the
Scarlotti. Else we're trapped at Dunno
Scuttari." The sun
hadn't been up an hour. Radeachar, till
now occupied deporting savan dalage, brought his first scouting report. The legions
in Tamerice weren't. They were racing
north, having begun at sunset, and now were just ten miles away. They might beat him to the far side of the
woods. The
withdrawal became a rout. Bragi
desperately tried to keep control, to blunt the legions from Tamerice. The Guildsmen and his Kaveliners responded,
but hadn't enough strength. Their
effort prevented total disaster. Most
of the army escaped. Half reached the
Scarlotti, where Ragnarson regained control and ferried them over. Thousands
of escapees joined Kildragon, who fled toward Hellin Daimiel. Legions
pushed south as far as Ipopotam, leaving enclaves at Simballawein, Hellin
Daimiel, Libiannin, and Dunno Scuttari.
The garrisons hadn't the strength to sally. The Itaskian Navy ran supplies in, as it had done during the
sieges of the El Murid Wars. Badalamen
brought reinforcements through the transfers.
Valther identified elements of seven legions not seen at Baxendala. Badalamen
beefed up the force in Vorhangs while facing Ragnarson across the Scarlotti
near Dunno Scuttari. Blackfang strove
valiantly, but hadn't the resources for success. He lost a battle at Glauchau, just three miles from Aucone. Agents of the Nines betrayed him. Haaken led the survivors westward. Weeks
passed. Late summer came. Though Badalamen drew heavily on transfers,
most of his supplies and replacements came through the Gap. Again Ragnarson fought for time, trying to
survive till winter isolated Badalamen. The born general
gathered boats and exchanged stares with Ragnarson. His Vorhangs expedition hammered Haaken back toward his brother. The
holocaust had come. Badalamen's
auxiliaries erased towns, villages, crops.
Winter's hunger would decimate the survivors. Then
Varthlokkur and Mist came to Ragnarson. He stared
guiltily across the broad Scarlotti, repeating, "This's my fault." "Marshall,
we've made a breakthrough. The biggest
since Radeachar." Bragi
could imagine nothing capable of brightening the future. "You've compelled Itaskia to
move?" Itaskia's nonin-volvement stance was a bitter draught. Varthlokkur
chuckled. "No. We've found a way to scramble the transfer
stream. We can intercede whenever they
send." "Oh? How long before they figure out how to stop
you?" "When
they create their own Winterstorm." "Maybe
tomorrow, then. They're working on
it. Because of the Unborn." Varthlokkur
smiled dourly. "He has orders to
obliterate anybody researching it." "Do
whatever you want. Got to play every angle."
Bragi turned, stared across the gleaming brown back of the river. How long till winter closed the Gap, giving
him a chance to regain the initiative? The
Battle for the Scarlotti Crossing began with a massive, surprise thaumaturgic
attack at midnight. The western army
got badly mauled before Ragnarson's wizards reestablished the sorcerous
stalemate. By then
legionnaires had landed. That, too, was
a surprise, Bragi had anticipated Badalamen shifting his emphasis toward
Haaken. Comimg straight into his
strength seemed suicidal. It
was. For a time. But superior training, superior skills,
gradually told. Earthen ramparts grew
around the beachheads. Ragnarson's
counterattacks, hampered by a haphazard command structure and language
barriers, fell short. Haaken,
just four leagues upriver, reported himself under heavy pressure. Several legions had crossed above him,
marching into Kuratel. Daylight
exposed the grim truth. The frontal
attack was a feint. Badalamen's main
force had moved upriver. Ragnarson
saw the trap. The bridgeheads. They were weak enough to destroy, but strong
enough to last days. If he yielded to
the bait, a pocket would close behind him. He had
been outgeneraled again. He
offered his resignation. His allies and
associates just laughed. Hawkwind
suggested he get moving before Badalamen reaped the fruit of his maneuver. Badalamen
hadn't wanted to attack. Not here. The old man had been adamant. Failure of the transfers had made quick
victory imperative. Winter was a foe he
could neither manipulate nor coerce. Bragi
took command. He set Hawkwind and
Lauder to confine the bridgeheads. He
sent help to Haaken to secure his flank, and flung his remaining horsemen after
the spearhead plunging into Kuratel.
His vast, confused mass of infantry he led in retreat again, up the
Auszura Littoral, out of the pocket. He
adopted the Fabian strategy again. The
Porthune crossings he cleared and abandoned without contest. Itaskia became his goal, winter his weapon
of choice. Legions
caught him near Octylya. In the absence
of Badalamen, Ragnarson proved he had some talent. He sucked them into a trap, beneath his bows, and annihilated
twenty-five thousand legionnaires. But
he didn't grow heady. He persevered in
his strategy. In early
October he crossed the Great Bridge into Itaskia the City, where he, Mocker,
and Haroun had spent much of their earlier lives. Reskird
Kildragon had problems. Some of the
Rebsamen faculty were agitating for accomodation with Shinsan. It surpassed him. Hellin
Daimiel had withstood years of siege during the El Murid Wars. Those defenders had never lost spirit. And that enemy hadn't planned to obliterate
them. Kildragon
couldn't convince the dons that Badalamen was truly destroying everything and
everyone outside. Chance
had separated Prataxisfrom Ragnarson at Dichiara. Now he was Kildragon's assistant. He came to Reskird one autumn evening, pale as old sin. "I've
found the answer. Our own
people...." "What?"
The inevitability of failure had eroded Reskird's patience, making him a small,
mean man, all snarl and bite. "A
Nines conspiracy. Here. At the Rebsamen. I stumbled on it.... I
was on my way to see my antiquarian friend, Lajos Kudjar, about the Tear of
Mimizan. I overheard an argument in the
Library, in the east wing, where they keep...." "Skip
the travelogue. Who? Where?
How do we nail them?" "In
time, my dear man. This has to be
handled properly. They have to be
exposed carefully, every one identified.
Else we risk turning Hellin Daimiel against us." Kildragon stifled
his temper and impatience.
Survival instinct reminded him that a politically satisfactory
outcome was critical. A
perilous month passed. Three times
traitors opened the city gates. One
quarter was irrevocably lost. Then the
member of the Pracchia, tricked with false directives, made his misstep. Prataxis made certain the right people were
witnesses. The mob
destroyed the Rebsamen Nine. Searching
at Ragnarson's insistence, Radeachar uncovered a conspiracy in Itaskia. The
Greyfells group, an opposition party, had used treason as a political tool
since the El Murid Wars. Radeachar
destroyed every conspirator. Itaskia's
semineutral stance ended instantly. Political
victories, tactical defeats. The big
battle loomed. The bent man gathered
his might on the south bank of the Silverbind.
The contest, if he won, would shatter the west. Heads bent together. Famous men, old enemies from smaller wars,
shared the map tables. They
dared not lose. Yet
winning would prove nothing. Not
against Badalamen, armed with Shinsan's resources. THIRTY-THREE: Itaskia "When?"
Ragnarson asked Visigodred. He and the
lean Itaskian watched Badalamen's army from the Southtown wall. Southtown, a fortified bridgehead of Itaskia
the City, stood on the south bank of the Silverbind. It was the last western bastion below the river, excepting Hellin
Daimiel and High Crag. Simballawein,
Dunno Scuttari, Libiannin, and even Itaskian Portsmouth, had fallen during the
winter. The
wizard shrugged. "When they're
ready." For
months the armies had stared at one another, waiting. Bragi didn't like it. If
Badalamen didn't move soon, Ragnarson's last hope of victory would perish. Each day the opening of the Savernake Gap
drew closer. Marco said hordes of
reinforcements were gathering at Gog-Ahlan.
Shinsan's new masters were stripping their vastly expanded empire of
every soldier. Ragnarson
also feared an early thrust through Hammad al Nakir. There were good passes near Throyes. The route was but a few hundred miles longer, though through
desert. Megelin couldn't thwart the maneuver. Megelin
had taken Al Rhemish and declared himself King. But El Murid had escaped to the south desert, round Sebil el
Sebil, where his movement had originated.
He would keep making mischief.
Yasmid remained in his hands. "We've
got to get him going," Ragnarson growled, kicking a merlon. Visigodred
laid a gentle hand on his arm.
"Easy, my friend. You're
killing yourself with caring. And the
augeries. Consider the augeries." The
wizards spent hours over divinations and could produce nothing definite. Their predictions sounded like the child's
game of knife, paper, and rock. Knife
cuts paper, paper wraps rock, rock beats knife.
Every interpretation caused heated, inconclusive arguments among the
diviners. Identical arguments raged
amongst the Tervola. Factions
in each command insisted any attack would, like rock, knife, or paper,
encounter its overpowering counter. Drums
throbbed. Their basso profundo was so
old it bothered no one any longer.
Several legions left Badalamen's encampment, making their daily maneuver
toward Scjuthtown. It had
been the coldest and snowiest winter in memory. Neither side had accomplished much. Each had weathered it.
Shinsan had the force to seize supplies from the conquered peoples. Ragnarson's army had Itaskia's wealth and
food reserves behind it. Badalamen had
tried two desultory thrusts up the Silverbind, toward fords which would permit
him to cross and attack toward Itaskia the City from the northeast. Lord Harteobben, his knights, and the armies
of Prost Kamenets, Dvar, and Iwa Skolovda, had crushed those threats. Itaskia's
fate would be decided before her capital, by whether or not Badalamen could
seize the Great Bridge. The
structure was one of the architectural wonders of the world. It spanned three hundred yards of deep
river, arching to permit passage of ships to Itaskia's naval yards, established
upriver long before bridge construction began.
Construction had taken eighty-eight years, and had cost eleven hundred
lives, mostly workmen drowned in collapsed caissons. Engineers and architects had declared the task impossible
beforehand. Only the obsession of Mad
King Lynntel, who had ruled Itaskia during the first fifty-three construction
years, had kept the project going till it had looked computable. Despite a
barbarian upbringing, Ragnarson cringed when he thought he might have to
destroy the wonder. The
possibility had stirred bitter arguments for months, dwarfing the debate over
supreme command. That had ceased when
Varthlokkur had declared Ragnarson generalissimo. Nobody had argued with the slayer of Ilkazar. The Great
Bridge touched every Itaskian's life.
Its economic value was incalculable. Economics
weren't Bragi's forte. He admired the
bridge for its grandeur, beauty, and because it represented the concretiza-tion
of the dream of The Mad Builder and his generation. There
were few sins in Bragi's world-view. He
felt destroying the Great Bridge would be one. H is had
been a lonely winter. He had seen
little of his friends. Even Ragnar had
been away most of the time, dogging, hero-worshiping, Hakes Blittschau. Haaken Bragi seldom saw, though his brother
roomed just two blocks away. Gjerdrum
came more than most, often slighting his duties. Michael, Aral, Valther, and Mist had disappeared, pursuing some
mysterious mission at Varthlokkur's behest.
Few others had survived. Bragi
spent his time with the Itaskian General Staff, aristocrats who considered him
down a yard of nose. They acquiesced to
his command only because it was King Tennys' will. They were
above petty obstructionism, for which Bragi was grateful. They were professionals meeting a
crisis. They devoted their energies to
overcoming it. Their cooperation,
though grudging, was worth battalions. Varthlokkur
sensed Bragi's alienation. A wizard,
usually Visigodred, accompanied him everywhere, always providing a sympathetic
ear. Ragnarson and Visigodred grew
closer. Even pyrotechnic Marco
acknowledged their relationship by according Bragi a grudging respect. "Damn,
I wish it would start," Bragi murmured.
It was an oft-expressed sentiment.
Even action leading to defeat seemed preferable to waiting. Plans and contingency plans had been carried
to their limits. There was nothing more
to occupy a lonely mind— except bitter memories. His
emotional lows outnumbered highs, and had since his return from Argon. Without Elana he couldn't be positive. Nothing could jack his spirits, get his
emotions blazing. Too, his
children, and Ragnar's wife, were still in Kavelin. He couldn't stop brooding about that. They were hostages to Fate.... Badalamen
he found puzzling. On the Scarlotti the
man had kept several threats looming.
Here he seemed to be doing nothing—and the Brotherhood watched closely. "He's
not loafing," Ragnarson declared.
"But what's he up to?" Again he
wondered about his children. He had had
no news. Were they alive? Had they been captured? Would they be used against him? His
Kaveliner soldiers had had no news either.
They were a glum, brooding lot. Radeachar
and Marco seldom brought pleasant tidings from the south, save that Reskird and High
Crag remained unvanquished. Reskird
couldn't be reached because of patrolling dragons. Winter
had been hard in the occupied kingdoms.... A roar
jerked his attention to the wall a quarter-mile eastward. "What the ... ?" A huge cloud of dust reached for the sun. Another
roar rose behind him. He spun, saw a
section of wall collapsing, flinging into shallow snow. "Miners!"
he gasped. "Trumpets! Alert!
Visigodred...." The thin
old wizard was in full career already.
Bragi's shouts were drowned by a change in the song of the drums. More sections collapsed. Friendly horns screamed, "To
arms!" There
were no civilians in Southtown. Its quickly
busy streets contained only soldiers. The
maneuvering legions rushed toward the fortress. Ragnarson's
face turned grim. Badalamen had
surprised him again. But what sane man
would have sapped tunnels that long?
How could he believe it would go undetected? How had he managed it? Sections
of wall kept crumbling. "Too
many breeches," Bragi muttered.
More legions double-timed toward Southtown. A glow grew over Shinsan's camp.
Bragi smiled. Sorcery. He had a surprise for Badalamen too. The first
legionnaires hit the rubbled gaps.
Arrows flew. The world's best
soldiers were in for a fight this time.
They were about to meet the soul of Itaskia's army, bowmen who bragged
that they could nail gnats on the wing at two hundred yards. In the streets they would face the Iwa
Skolovdan pikes who had dismayed El Murid's riders during those wars, and a
host of crazy killers from Ragnarson's Trolledyngjan homeland, overpowering in
their fearlessness and barbarian strength.
They were Tennys's praetorians, selected for size, skill, and berserker
battle style. Bragi
smiled tightly. His defense was
reacting calmly and well. Rooftop
bowmen made deathtraps of the gaps in the wall. Yet he
was about to be cut off. A sound
like the moan of a world dying rose from the enemy camp. The glow became blinding. Bragi ran. Something
whined overhead. He glimpsed the Unborn
whipping southward. He saw
little after that. The invaders forced
a band of defenders back upon him. He
escaped that pocket only to become trapped in a bigger one. Badalamen's
sappers hadn't ended their tunnels at the wall. They had driven on into deep basements. "Treason,"
Ragnarson muttered. "Can't ever
root it out." Somebody had done the surveying.... Southtown
decayed into chaos. Ragnarson just
couldn't reach his headquarters. His
rage grew. He knew his absence meant
defeat. The
southern skyline flared, darkened.
Thunders rolled. Things rocketed
into view and away again. The Tervola
were putting on one hell of a show. Varthlokkur's
surprise must have fizzled. He
encountered Ragnar near the Barbican, the final fortification defending the
Great Bridge. "Father! You all right?" "I'll
make it." He was an ambulatory blood clot. A lot was his.
"What's happening?" "Covering
the evacuation." "What? Bring in...." "Too
late. Southtown's lost. You're about the last we'll save. They ran two tunnels under the river. They've closed the bridge twice. We reopened it, and closed one tunnel." "Drown
the sons of bitches." He turned.
Southtown was burning. Fighting
was waning. A ragged band of
Trolledyngjans hurried their way, grim of visage. They had been stunned by their enemies. No soldiers should be that good. "Save
what you can. Don't let them take the
Barbican." He started for the city.
Two soldiers helped. He had lost
a lot of blood. He paused
at the bridge's center. The Silverbind
was alive with warships, each loaded with Marines. "What now?" It was
the first thing Haaken explained.
"They've launched a fleet from Portsmouth, across the
Estuary." "Damn. That bastard don't miss a shot." Ragnarson
quickly counterattacked through the underriver tunnels. Zindahjira and Visigodred spearheaded. Badalamen's assault on the Barbican petered
out. "Your
spook-pushers are whipping theirs," observed Lord Hartteoben, recently
appointed Itaskian Chief of Staff.
"That Unborn.... It won't
let the Tervola direct their legions." "We've
got to hurt them while we can," Ragnarson averred. His wounds were worse than he would
admit. Willpower couldn't keep him
going. He collapsed. Blackfang
took charge, stubbornly pursued prepared plans. The woman
wore black. He couldn't see her
clearly. She seemed ill-defined,
haloed. "Death,"
he sighed as she bent. The Dark Lady
bringing her fatal kiss. Her lips
moved. "Marshall?" It tumbled
down a long, cold tunnel littered with the bones of heroes. The
equalizer, the great leveler, had turned her gaze his way at last. The last narrow escape lay behind him, not ahead.... She wiped
his face with a cold, wet cloth. He saw
more clearly. This was
no Angel of Death. She wore the habit
of a lay helper of the Sisters of Mercy.
The halo came of window light teasing through wild golden hair. She had
to be the daughter of an Itaskian nobleman.
No common woman had the resources to so faithfully maintain her youth,
to dress richly even in nursing habit. He
guessed her to be thirty.... Then
realized he was nude, and tendering a half-hearted male salute. "The
battle...." he babbled. "How
long have I?" "Four
days." Her glance flicked downward, amused. "The fighting continues.
Your Blackfang is too stubborn to lose." She bathed him, enjoying
his embarrassment. "The
situation, woman, the situation," he demanded weakly. She
bubbled. "Admiral Stonecipher
caught their fleet two days ago. They
were seasick. He forced them onto the
rocks at Cape Blood. The Coast Watch
finished them. A historic victory,
Father says. Greater than the Battle of
the Isles." "Ah."
He smiled. "That'll warm
Badalamen's heart." The fleet from Portsmouth had counted every seaworthy
vessel captured along the western littoral.
Tens of thousands of easterners must have drowned. "What about Southtown?" She
pushed him down. He was too weak to
resist. "The
enemy who crossed over are cut off in Wharf Street South, west of the
Bridge...." "Crossed? To the city?" He tried to rise. She
pushed. "Father says it's still
bloody in Southtown, but going our way.
When Lord Harteobben attacked from the Fens...." Bragi's
head swam. He hadn't planned any
operation from upriver. ".. .and half the Tervola are dead. The Power went away for a while. It didn't save them." She made a sign
against evil. "That thing.... The Unborn.... They say it melts their bones.... The Power is back.
Really, I don't know who'll win.
I just know I'm not getting much sleep.
The wounded.... It's
sickening. So many...." "We're
winning," he whispered, awed.
"If Haaken's grabbed the initiative...." Her
fingertips brushed his stomach. Perhaps
it was accidental. But Itaskian women,
when their menfolks weren't looking, could be damned bold. And he was a celebrity. He had had some interesting offers, offers
he wasn't emotionally ready to accept. He was
too weak this time. He drifted off
cursing a missed opportunity. There had
been a change. A psyche as well as a
body had begun healing. Her name
was Inger. He thought that a delicious
irony. His first love had worn that
name. They had
been pledged till Trolledyngjan politics had led to conflict between their
parents. Inger's father had slain
his. And now, so quickly, he was
getting involved with a family he had fought from his arrival in Itaskia
following the El Murid Wars. She was a
Greyfells, of a branch that had remained neutral in the Dukes of Greyfells's
periodic assays at seizing the Itaskian throne. One of those Ragnarson himself had thwarted through the expedient
of assassination. His arranging the
murder had sent him flying to Kavelin.... That Duke
had been Inger's father's eldest brother. It's a
bloody strange world, he thought, lying beside her, concern about the war
briefly forgotten. Possibly
there was a more efficacious therapy, but neither Wachtel, Visigodred, nor
Varthlokkur could name it. A week of
Inger wrought miracles. Ragnarson
even stopped suffering from the wounds Mocker had dealt him. He left that hospital renewed, with plans,
with a destination, a goal for after-the-war. He had
broken another resolve. Another woman
had penetrated his soul. Only
Inger updated him during his convalescence.
No one came for his advice.
His pride was bruised—till he heard that Varthlokkur had ordered his
isolation. He had, like an athlete,
been off his form. The wizard,
selfishly, wanted to give him time to find himself. Haaken
managed well enough, both at battering Badalamen and cowing aspirants to
supreme command. Adopting Haroun's style,
he jabbed from every direction, avoiding haymakers, fading when the enemy
turned to fight. In Southtown he
succeeded on stubbornness, knowledge of his men, and devotion to Bragi's
planning. He, like Bragi, respected the
Itaskian bow. Plied from housetops, it
gave him mastery of the streets. He
used them as killing zones, letting Badalamen commit ever more men to
Southtown's capture. He buried the
pavement in corpses. Now,
Bragi saw from the Great Bridge, Southtown was so grim even the vultures shied
away. Visigodred's
and Zindahjira's tunnel attacks had taken them to the heart of Shinsan's
camp. They had started a few fires,
then had withdrawn. The damage was more
moral than physical. '. Attacked from every direction, mundanely and
magically, the Tervola were in disarray.
Blittschau and Lord Harteobben harried all but the largest foraging
parties. They made occasional forays
against the main encampment. The
dismay of the Tervola communicated itself to the Pracchia. Badalamen argued that victory couldn't be
attained in present circumstances. Soon
his superior force would be leagued up in its own camp. Forcing the Great Bridge was plainly
impossible. Attempts to outflank it had
failed. He urged a staged retreat
calculated to draw Ragnarson into the open.
There, hopefully, he could be lured into pitched battle and
obliterated. Magden Norath backed him. The bent
old man was impatient. He wanted the
holocaust now. He demanded another try
at the river. Or, if Badalamen had to
move, he should take the entire army up the Silverbind, to Prost Kamenets,
Dvar, and Iwa Skolovda, depriving Itaskia of her allies, returning south after
fording the river's upper reaches. The
Tervola refused. They wanted to escape
Varthlokkur's fury long enough to develop a counter to the Unborn. And Norath wanted to rearm with his own
special weapons. "It's
good, Haaken," Ragnarson kept saying.
"The only sane course." "You'd
think so. You did the planning." "The
trouble with nibbling is we have to finish before the Gap opens." "How?"
Ragnar demanded. "He'll treat us
like a stepchild if we try to take him heads up." Despite
Badalamen's severe losses recently, that remained immutable. Shinsan couldn't be beaten on the
battlefield. Quiet,
gentle, loving Visigodred offered an answer. It was
disgusting. It turned Bragi's stomach. Visigodred
said, "Remember when Duke Greyfells brought the plague from Hellin
Daimiel? With the ships filled with
rats?" Ragnarson
remembered. He, Haroun, and Mocker had
foiled that cunning play for Itaskia's throne and had won the eternal gratitude
and indulgence of the Itaskian War Ministry. Volunteers
returned to the fetor and horror of Southtown, trapping rats. Radeachar scattered them through the enemy
camp. The
inconclusive fighting continued. Bragi
applied more pressure, trying to keep the legions crowded so plague would
spread swiftly if it got started. Only
sorcery could stop the disease. Could
Varthlokkur protect his allies? Plague
ignored artificialities like national allegiance. Itaskia, packed with refugees and soldiers, made fertile disease
ground. The
wizard didn't know. Days
passed. Then Badalamen suddenly came
alive. He narrowly missed luring Lord
Harteobben to his destruction near Driscol Fens. Later the same day Hakes Blittschau rode into an ambush Marco had
missed seeing from above. While they
licked their wounds, Badalamen moved. Nighttime. Ragnarson galloped across the Great Bridge,
answering Visigodred's summons. The
wizard was directing the cleansing of Southtown. He showed
Bragi a southern horizon aflame. Badalamen
had won his argument with the bent man. "What's
happening?" Ragnarson demanded. "They're
pulling out. He summoned his dragons at
dusk, fired everything." "Marco. Radeachar.
Where are they?" "Staying
alive." The
dragons had rehearsed handling the two.
Marco was impotent against their ganging tactics. He remained grounded. The Unborn could go up, but under pressure
could accomplish nothing. Dawn
came. Still the fires raged. Forests, fields, Shinsan's camp. The dragons kept them burning. A lone
masked horseman waited near the empty camp.
The bones of burned corpses lay heaped behind him. He bore a herald's pennon. "Looks
like plague got some," Ragnarson observed. "Who is he?" "Ko
Feng," Varthlokkur replied.
Jeweled eyes tracked them coldly.
"Easy. He won't try
anything under the pennon." "A
message?" Ragnarson asked. "Doubtlessly." Feng said
nothing. He dipped his pennon staff
till it pointed at Bragi's heart.
Ragnarson removed the note. Feng
rode stiffly into a narrow avenue through the flames. "What
is it, Father?" Ragnar asked. "Personal
message from Badalamen." Gaze distant, he tucked it inside his shirt. Another
meeting. A reckoning. An end.
Softly, gentlemanly, dreadfully, Badalamen promised. Kings on the chessboard, Badalamen
said. Played like pawns. Endgame approaching. "Beyond
the fire...." Ragnarson murmured, looking southward. Then he turned and hurried toward the city. An army
had to march. Even in
retreating Badalamen had surprised him.
He would get a week's lead from this.... It would
be a bittersweet week, he thought, filled with impassioned good-byes. His thing
with Inger was getting serious. THIRTY-FOUR: Road to Palmisano "Goddamnit,
lemme alone!" Kildragon snarled.
He pulled his blanket over his head. The cold,
thin fingers kept shaking him. "Prataxis,
I'm gonna cut you." "Sir?" Reskird
surrendered, sat up. His head
spun. His gut tried to empty itself
again. It had been a hard night. A lot of wine had gone down. He fumbled with his clothing. "I said don't bother me for anything
but the end of the world." "It's
not that." But it was earth-shaking. "They
are pulling out," Reskird whispered, awed. He hadn't believed Derel.
The sun hadn't yet risen and already the besiegers were moving. Engines and siegeworks burned behind
them. A rearguard awaited the
inevitable reconnaissance-inforce. "Got
to be a trick," Kildragon muttered.
That Shinsan should give up, and liberate him from the interminable
political hassle of this walled Hell, seemed too good to be true. A dragon
glided lazily overhead. It was a
reminder that Shinsan wasn't departing in defeat. "Something
happened up north," Prataxis reasoned. "What
was your first clue?" There had
been no communication with Itaskia since the fall of Portsmouth. Marco had, occasionally, tried to, and had
failed to, penetrate the dragon screen.
The Unborn, apparently, wasn't doing courier duty. "We
better get moving," Kildragon sighed.
"Bragi will need us. Tell
the Regents they can join us—if they'll stop fussing about money long enough to
give the orders." Kildragon
had spent eons listening to complaints about the cost of defending the city. Ragnarson
sent a few companies across the Scarlotti.
They met no resistance. Light
horse scouts followed. "I
don't understand him," he told Haaken.
"Why didn't he try to stop us here?" Badalamen
served the Pracchia. And the Pracchia
were divided. Receiving conflicting
orders from the old man and Norath, Badalamen could do nothing adequately. Each failure deepened the split between his
masters. The once
invincible army of Shinsan now twitched and jerked like a beheaded man. "Palmisano,"
Ragnarson mused, finger on a map. There
was a fateful feel to the name. It sent
chills down his spine. The
Pracchia closed ranks temporarily.
Badalamen turned to fight. Palmisano,
in Cardine, lay close to the Scarlotti.
The survivors of thirty legions waited there, an ebony blanket on a
rolling countryside. Tens of thousands
of steppe riders, Argonese, and Throyens guarded river-girdled flanks. "We
have to go to him this time," Ragnarson muttered. He had scouted the region. The prospects didn't look favorable. He didn't
need Badalamen's letter to tell him this would be their last meeting. He didn't need the prophecies of Varthlokkur
and his cohorts. He knew it in his
bones. The winner-take-all was
coming. This would be the gotterdammerumg
for Bragi Ragnarson or the born general.
One war chieftain wouldn't leave this stage.... He had
little hope for himself. Just when he
had found new reason to live. Each
morning the armies stared at one another across the ruins of Palmisano. The captains, generals, and kings with
Ragnarson howled at
the delay. Badalamen's incoming occupation forces swelled his army. The snows in the Savernake Gap were melting. Two
quieter voices counseled delay.
Varthlokkur and Visigodred had something up their sleeves. News came
that Reskird was approaching. His
ragtag army had skirmished its way up from Hellin Daimiel, preventing several
thousand foemen from rejoining Badalamen.
Ragnarson and Blackfang rode to meet their friend. When they
returned, next day, the sorcerers were abuzz. Visigodred
and Varthlokkur were ready. Valther,
Mist, Trebilcock and Dantice had reappeared. The
council was a convention of Kings and Champions. Twenty-seven monarchs attended.
Hawkwind, Lauder and Liakopulos attended. Harteobben and Blittschau, Moor and Berloy, Lo Pinto, Piek,
Slaski, Tantamagora, Alacran, Krisco, Selenov.... The list of renowned fighters ran to a hundred names. The old companions, wizards' and
Ragnarson's, were all there too. And
his son, and Derel Prataxis with the inevitable writing box. And near Iwa Skolovda's King Wieslaw, an
esquire, unknown and untried, whose name had puzzled wizards for years. Varthlokkur
announced, "Valther and Mist have returned." He indicated Dantice and
Trebilcock. "Protected by these
men, they visited the Place of the Thousand Iron Statues." "Nobody
ever got out alive," Zindahjira protested. "I used to send adventurers there. They never came back. The
Star Rider himself animated the killer statues." "The
Star Rider came and went at will," Varthlokkur replied. "Armed
with a Pole of Power." "As
were my friends." Varthlokkur smiled gently. "The Monitor of Escalon wasn't lying." He held up the
Tear of Mimizan, so bright no one could gaze upon it. His fellows babbled questions. "It
was the supreme test. And now we
know. We go into battle perfectly
armed." Ragnarson
held his peace. Point, he thought. Do you know how to use it? No.
Point. The old man over there
does. Getting
him, too, had become an intense personal goal.
The man had shaped his life too long.
He wanted to settle up on the one-to-one. "The
Tervola who remain," Varthlokkur continued, "can be rendered
Powerless. My friends accomplished
that. They exceeded the Monitor. We control the thaumaturgic game. But let them tell it." Michael
Trebilcock did the talking. He didn't
emblish. They had crossed Shara, the
Black Forest, the Mountains of M'Hand, and had hurried to The Place of the
Thousand Iron Statues. They had
penetrated it, had learned to manipulate the Tear and living statues, had
discovered secrets concerning the Star Rider's involvement in the past, then
had reversed their course, reaching Itaskia
soon after Ragnarson had begun pursuing Badalamen. Michael skipped dangers, ambushes, perils that would have become
an epic on another's tongue. His stage
fright compelled brevity. He
communicated his belief that they now possessed the ultimate weapon. Ragnarson
shook his head. Softly,
"Fools." The crowd
demanded action. They were tired of
war. They weren't accustomed to
prolonged, year-round campaigns, dragging ever on. The exiles were eager to return home and resume interrupted
lives. Varthlokkur,
too, was eager. He had left Nepanthe in
Ravelin. "Not
yet," he shouted. "Tomorrow,
maybe. We have to plan, to check the
augeries. Those legions won't roll
over." Ragnarson
nodded grimly. The Tear might disarm
the Tervola. But soldiers had to be
beaten by soldiers. What Power remained
to Varthlokkur and the Unborn, through the Winterstorm, would be devoted to the
creatures of Magden Norath. Badalamen
had anchored his flanks on a tributary of the Scarlotti and the great river
itself, footing a triangle. He couldn't
withdraw easily, but neither could he be attacked from behind. Refusing to initiate battle himself, he had
repeatedly demonstrated his ability to concentrate superior force at any point
Bragi attacked. Ragnarson
knew there would be no finesse in it.
The terrain didn't permit that.
The armies would slaughter one another till one lost heart. He and
Badalamen were sure which would break.
And that, with the pressures received from his masters, was why
Badalamen had opted for this battle. Why he
had chosen the imperfect ground of Palmisano remained a mystery, though. Ragnarson
attacked at every point, his probes having revealed no weaknesses. His front ranks were the stolid pikemen of
Iwa Skolovda, Dvar, and Prost Kamenets.
Behind them were Itaskian bowmen who darkened the sky with their
arrows. While the legions crouched
beneath shields, suffering few casualties, otherwise unemployed westerners
scuttled between pikemen to fill the trench preventing Ragnarson from using his
knights. Badalamen's men countered with
javelins. It was an innovation. Shinsan seldom used missiles. Here,
there, Badalamen had integrated Argonese and Throyen arbalesters.... Ragnarson's
men crossed the ditch several times, and were hurled back. That was
the first day. A draw. Casualties about even. Ultimate point to Badalamen. He was a day nearer the moment when the
Savernake Gap opened. The
witch-war was Varthlokkur's. His coven
gathered over the Tear and round the Winterstorm, and taught the Tervola new
fear. The bent
old man could have countered with his own Pole. He didn't. His situation
wasn't so desperate that he was willing to reveal, undeniably, his true
identity. The night
was Shinsan's. Savan dalage in scores
stalked the darkness, trying to reach the Inner Circle and Bragi's
commanders. Captains and a wizard died.... Now Bragi
knew why Badalamen had chosen Palmisano. A
half-ruined Empire-era fortress crowned a low hill beside the eastern
camp. Within it, after coming west,
Magden Norath had established new laboratories. From it, now, poured horrors which ripped at the guts of the
western army. The
second day was like the first. Men
died. Ragnarson probed across both
rivers, had both thrusts annihilated.
His men filled more of Badalamen's ditch. Again the
night belonged to the savan dalage, though Varthlokkur and his circle
concentrated on Norath's stronghold instead of the Tervola. Marco
predicted the Gap would be open in eleven days. The third
day Ragnarson sent up mangonels, trebuchets, and ballistae to knock holes in
the legion ranks so Itaskian arrows could penetrate the shieldwalls. His sappers and porters finished filling the
ditch. That
night the savan dalage remained quiet.
Ragnarson should have been suspicious. Next
morning he stared across the filled ditch at lines of new
cheveaux-de-frise. There could be no
cavalry charge into those. The
fringe battles picked up. The bent man
threw in his surviving dragons.
Norath's creatures, excepting the light-shunning savan dalage, swarmed
over the cheveaux and hurled themselves against the northern pikes. "The
tenor is changing," Bragi told Haaken.
"Tempo's picking up." Haaken's
wild dark hair fluttered in the breeze.
"Starting to realize the way the wind's blowing. Their day is over. Them spook-pushers are finally doing some good." It looked
that way. Once Norath's monsters
disappeared, Varthlokkur could concentrate on Shinsan's army.... Ragnarson's
heavy weapons bombarded the cheveaux with fire bombs. Behind the western lines, esquires and sergeants prepared the
war-horses. Above, Radeachar
and Marco swooped and weaved in
a deadly dance with dragons. Bragi
waved. "What?" "There."
Ragnarson pointed. Badalamen, too, was
observing the action. He waved back. "Arrogant
bastard," Haaken growled. Bragi
chuckled. "Aren't we all?" Ragnar
galloped up. "We'll be ready to
charge at about four." He had spent a lot of time, lately, with Hakes
Blittschau, enthralled by the life of a knight. "Too
late," Bragi replied. "Not
enough light left. Tell them tomorrow
morning. But keep up the show." Badalamen
didn't respond. He recognized the
possible and impossible. That
night he launched his own attack.
Savan dalage led.
As always, panic
surrounded their advance. Radeachar swept to the attack. Above, Marco tried to intimidate the
remaining dragons. Following the savan
dalage, unnoticed in the panic, came a column of Shinsan's best. As Haaken
had observed, Badalamen had sniffed the wind.
This move was calculated to disrupt Ragnarson's growing advantages. The
attack drove relentlessly toward the hill where the captains and kings
maintained their pavilions, and where the war-horses were kept. Kildragon
and Prataxis woke Ragnarson, Reskird shouting.
"Night attack! Come
on! They're headed this way." The
uproar approached swiftly. Norath had
committed everything he had left. Panic
rolled across the low hill. Ragnarson
surveyed the night. "Get some
torches burning. Fires. More light.
We've got to see." And light would turn the savan dalage. Ragnar, Blittschau, and several knights ran past,
half- armored,
trying to reach the horses. If the
enemy scattered those.... "Haaken?"
Bragi called. "Where the hell's my
brother?" He looked and looked, couldn't find Haaken anywhere. Blackfang
hadn't been able to sleep. For a time
he had watched Varthlokkur work, marveling both at the Winterstorm and Mist,
who manipulated some symbols from within the construct. He shook his head sadly. He had never had a woman of his own, just
chance-met ladies for a night or a week, their names quickly forgotten. No doubt his own had slipped their minds as
quickly. He had
begun feeling the weight of time upon him, his lack of a past. His life he had devoted to helping Bragi
build Bragi's dreams. Now he realized
he had never spun a dream of his own. The noise
from the front was different tonight.
Badalamen was up to something.
He rushed toward the clamor, torch in one hand, sword in the other. He didn't fear the savan dalage. He had met them before. A torch could hold them at bay till
Radeachar arrived. Badalamen
drove through the juncture of Iwa Skolovdan forces with those of Dvar, into the
Itaskians behind. Men of all three countries
shrieked questions, got no intelligible answers. Some fought one another in their confusion. A solid,
single black column poured through. Blackfang,
through sheer lungpower, assembled company commanders, calmed panic, gave
orders, led the counterattack. Pikemen
and arrows. A deadly storm tore at the
legions, opening gaps. The Iwa
Skolovdans insinuated themselves, broke the unity of the column. Blackfang, howling, brought more men to
bear. That part of Shinsan's advance
devolved into melee. Haaken, with a
woodcutter's axe, inspired those near enough to see. Always, when not shouting other orders, he called for torches and
fires. Forty-five
minutes later the gap was gone. The
line was secure. He turned his
attention to the thousands who had broken through. The
headquarters hill was aflame. It looked
bad for its defenders. Though
near exhaustion, Blackfang ran to help his brother. The savan
dalage caught him halfway. There were
three of them. He couldn't
swing his torch fast enough. He went
down cursing his killers. The dwarf
kicked the roc into a screaming, sliding dive.
Fear and exhilaration contested for his soul. One dragon side-slipped winging over, the air rippling its wings. They fluttered and cracked like loose tent
canvas in a high wind. The monster
vanished in the darkness. "One
away," Marco crowed. "Come
on, you bastards." The other
two held the turn and took the dive, wingtip to wingtip, precisely, their
serpentine necks outthrust like the indicting fingers of doom. They were old and cunning, those two. The fire
and fury of the battlefield expanded swiftly, rocking and spinning as the roc
maneuvered. To Marco it seemed someone
had hurled him at a living painting of the floor of Hell. The roar swelled. His heart hammered. This
was his last chance. A do or die game
of chicken. They had to pull up
first.... They were
old and wise and knew every molecule of the wind. They stayed with him.
Their wings beat like brazen gongs when they broke their fall. Marco
glimpsed startled faces turned suddenly upward. Screams. A dragon shriek
when one pursuer's wingtip dipped too low and snagged a tent top. "Eee-yah!"
Marco screamed over his shoulder.
"Let's go, you scaly whoreson.
You and me. We got a horse race
now." One on one he could outfly the granddaddy dragon of them all. He didn't
see the winged horse quartering in. He
didn't see the spear of light. He felt
pain, and an instant of surprise when he realized there was nothing but air
beneath him. The stars tumbled and went
out. Six
columns of two thousand men each followed scattered trails, captained by old
killers named Rahman, El Senoussi, Beloul.
A seventh's path defined their base course. It was
tired, deserted country they rode. The
few survivors vanished at the sound of hooves. The young
King had led his tired, grumbling old terrorists through night-march after
night-march till, now, they saw dragons scorching the northern sky. "It's
begun," Megelin sighed. He planted
his standard and waited for his commanders. He fell
asleep wondering if his gesture had merit, if his father's ghost would approve. The night
stalkers pursued the creature calling himself the Silent, who for centuries had
been anything but. He hated light
almost as much as they, but in his terror spelled anything to keep them at
bay. Balls of flame floated
overhead. He flailed about with swords
of fire. The long
span of his arrogant bluster was scheduled to end. The Norns had scribbled-in Palmisano as the destination that
ended his life-road. The
nearness of savan dalage stampeded a herd of war-horses. In the fractional second while they
distracted him, Zindahjira died. The
stampeding mounts battered Ragnar. He
scuttled beneath a haywagon. It nearly
capsized in the equine tide. The smell
of savan dalage overrode that of horse fear and manure. Sweat soaked Ragnar's clothing. He had no torch. "Hakes!" He heard Blittschau bellowing, but the Altean
didn't hear him. The clang of metal on
metal rose against the drumming of hooves. Shinsan's
men had reached the horses. The last
screaming, lathered stallion hurtled past.... Ragnar
rose slowly, his palm cold and moist on his sword hilt. A tiger-masked Tervola and three dark
soldiers advanced with scarlet swords. The wagon
frame ground into his back.... The
western line bent, bowed, withdrew a hundred yards under Badalamen's predawn
general attack. But he committed
auxiliaries and allies, spending their lives to tire and weaken his toes. They didn't break through. The panic of the night hadn't gotten out of
hand. Ragnarson,
having shed his tears, rose from beside his dead. He shook off Reskird's sympathetic hand. "I'm all right." His voice was
cold and calm. He glanced at the crown
of the hill where, till last night, his headquarters had stood. The surviving attackers were heightening
their earthworks. They had
completed their mission. Now they would
await relief from their commander. Visigodred
departed the tent concealing the remains of his oldest and dearest
antagonist. Mist held him momentarily,
whispering. Radeachar had just found
Marco. Like
scenes were occurring everywhere. A
dozen national ensigns flew with hastily stitched black borders. Death had shown few favorites during her
midnight rampage. Bragi
glimpsed a winged horse settling into the remains of the Imperial
fortress. He growled, "We
begin." Trumpet
voices filed the air. Drums
responded. The knights advanced. Their pennons waved bright and bold. Their spirits were high. King Wieslaw of Iwa Skolovda had made a
speech to stir the souls of veterans as old as and cynical as Tantamagora and Alacran. This
would be their finest hour, the battle remembered a thousand years. The greatest charge in history. An
infantryman walked at each stirrup.
Some were the knights' men. Most
were doughty fighters Ragnarson had assigned: Trolledygnjans, Kaveliners,
Guildsmen, veteran swordsmen who had been withheld from the front. They were rested and ready. Aisles
opened through the pikes and bows.
Arrows darkened the air.
Mangonels and trebuchets released. The Iwa
Skolovdan battle pennon dipped, signaling the charge. How
bright their crests and pennons! How
bold the gleam of their armor! How
brilliant their countless shields! The
earth groaned beneath their hooves. The
sun itself seemed to quake as the army shouted with a hundred thousand throats. The drums
changed voice as Wieslaw spurred his charger.
Lockstep, the men in black marched backward. Not many
pits appeared, but enough to blunt the charge. "Damn!"
Ragnarson growled, watching the gleaming tide break on the black wall, slow,
and swirl like paints mixing. The
knights abandoned their lances, flailed with swords or maces. The men who had run at their stirrups
guarded the horses. The
bowmen, unable to ply their weapons without killing friends, grabbed swords,
axes, hammers, mauls, rushed into the melee. Bragi had
kept no reserve but the pickets round last night's raiders, and the pikemen,
who would screen any withdrawal. From
river to river the slaughter stretched, awesome in scale. "Even
the Fall of Tatarian wasn't this bloody," Valthcr murmured. Derel
Prataxis, without glancing up from his tablet, observed, "Half a million
men. The biggest battle ever." He was
wrong, of course, but could be pardoned ignorance of the Nawami Crusades. "Need
to fall back and charge again," Ragnarson grumbled. But there was no way to order it. He could only hope his captains didn't let
their enthusiasm override their sense. Not that
time. Wieslaw, Harteobben, and
Blittschau extricated themselves, returned to their original lines. The easterners pressed the pikemen hard till
the Itaskians again hid the sun behind arrows.
Then the knights and stirrup men charged again. Ragnarson
and his party talked little. Grimly,
Bragi watched Harteobben and Blittschau, on the wings, begin to be
devoured. Only Wieslaw's echelon
maintained momentum. Ragnarson
considered fleeing to Dunno Scuttari.
He could take ship to Freyland and rally the survivors there.... No.
Inger wouldn't be there. He had
left too many dear ones behind already.
His role in this war had been to leave a trail of his beloved. There had to be an end. He would share the fate of his army. He would fulfill the letter of Badalamen's
message. He saw to
his weapons. His companions watched
nervously, then did likewise. Prataxis
rode through camp collecting cooks, mule-skinners, grooms, and the walking
wounded. THIRTY-FIVE: Palmisano: The Guttering Flame It seemed
he had been chopping at black armor for days.
He had trained and trained, but his instructors hadn't told him how
arduous it would be. Here, unlike the
practice field, he couldn't rest. "Almost
through!" Wieslaw screamed, gesturing with his bloody sword. Only a thin line screened the open ground
beyond Shinsan's front. The
esquire glanced back. The hundreds who
had followed Wieslaw now numbered but dozens. The youth
redoubled his attack. The line
broke. They were through. Wieslaw cavorted as though the battle itself
had been won. His standard bearer
galloped to his side. More knights
surged through the gap, rallied round, congratulated one another weakly. The respite
lasted but moments. Then a band of
steppe riders attacked. While the
westerners turned that threat their bolt hole closed behind them. "Badalamen,"
said Wieslaw. "We have to plant a
sword in the dragon's brain." The
esquire stared across the quarter-mile separating them from the born general. Badalamen's bodyguards had sprung from the
sorcerous wombs of the laboratories of Ehelebe. And crowds of Throyens masked them. Wieslaw
assembled his people to charge. The
Throyens put up little fight. In
minutes the knights reached the tall, expressionless guards surrounding
Badalamen. Ragnarson
cursed as his mount screamed and stumbled.
Her hamstrings had been cut. He
threw himself clear, smashed a black helmet with his war axe while
leaping. He continued hacking with
wild, two-handed swings, past pain, rage, and frustration, exploding in a berserk
effort to destroy Shinsan single-handedly. He knew
no hope anymore. He just wanted to hurt
and hurt until Badalamen couldn't profit from winning. His
companions felt the change. Morning's
optimism was becoming afternoon's despair.
The invincible legions were, again, meeting their reputation. Soldiers began glancing backward, picking
directions to run. Varthlokkur,
too, despaired. He had recognized his
antagonist at last. Shinsan, Tervola,
Pracchia, Ehelebe, all were smokescreens.
Behind them lurked the Old Meddler, the Star Rider. He knew, now, because someone was negating
his manipulation of the Tear. Only the
other Pole's master could manage that. The devil
had come into the open. He needed
anonymity no more. It seemed
but a matter of time till the tide turned and the Power became Shinsan's
faithful servant once more. Not even
Radeachar, frantically buzzing the old fortress, would help. The Tervola had learned to neutralize the
Unborn. How
long? Two hours? Four?
No more, certainly. Varthlokkur
watched Mist and longed for Nepanthe. Four
still lived. The esquire. Wieslaw.
His standard-bearer. A baronet
of Dvar. Bodies carpeted the slope. Badalamen
fought on, alone, surrounded. The born
soldier struck. The esquire fell, a
deep wound burning his side. Hooves
churned the earth about him. He
staggered to his feet. The baronet
fell. The standard-bearer cried out,
followed. The esquire seized the
toppling standard, murmuring, "It can't fall before His Majesty." Badalamen
seemed to strike in slow motion. The
youth's thrust with the banner spear seemed even slower. Wieslaw
collapsed. Badalamen, speartip between
his ribs, followed. The esquire, Odessa
Khomer, fell across both. A mystery
long pursued by sorcerers of both sides consisted of a youth with makeshift
weapon. Thus the Fates play tricks when
revealing slivers of tomorrow. Megelin
whipped his horse, surged out of the river.
Fighting greeted him, but Beloul quickly routed the Argonese
pickets. Megelin surveyed the
battleground. Nothing barred him from reaching the main
contest. Shinsan's encampment appeared
undefended. Only the few pickets
weren't in the battle line. He
gathered his captains, gave his orders.
Wet horsemen, tired-eyed, formed their companies. "Three
hours, Beloul," the young King remarked, glancing at the westering sun. Beloul
didn't reply. But he followed. His mind had stretched enough to see the
national interest in a defeat of Shinsan. Their
charge swept through the eastern camp and round the hill where the old fortress
stood. Megelin and a handful of
followers invaded the stronghold. They
found nothing, though in a courtyard they so startled a winged horse that it
took flight and vanished into the east.
Puzzled, Megelin left, led his men against the enemy rear. He swept past the drama of Badalamen and
Odessa Khomer only minutes after its completion, and never learned what had
happened there. A
centurion informed the Tervola. Only a
dozen survived. Each had pledged
himself to Ehelebe in times gone by.
The Star Rider had saved each from the Unborn. But command was devolving on unready Aspirants and noncoms. They
repudiated their oaths, reelected Ko Fengcommander. "That's
all. We're done here," Feng
said. "Though the cause isn't
necessarily lost, I propose we withdraw." The
Tervola agreed. Shinsan's destiny could
no longer be pursued through the fantasy of Ehelebe. Nor could it without legions which, pushed to win today, might be
pushed too far. The army's skeleton had
to be salvaged so Shinsan could rebuild against tomorrow. The
bloody mind-fog lifted. For a moment
Ragnarson stood amidst the carnage, shield high, axe dragging, puzzled. The pressure had eased. His men had stopped backing up. An army tottering at the brink, already
disintegrating, had stiffened unexpectedly.... Or had
it? He caught
a hobbling, distraught horse, mounted for the instant needed to discover that
Shinsan was disengaging. As always, in
good order, evacuating the wounded first, still attacking along a narrow aisle
to relieve the force waiting on the hilltop. Desert-garbed
men flew about behind them. The
easterners ignored them, having already taught them the cost of getting too
close. The sun
was nearing the horizon. In an hour it
would be too dark to see.... Bragi
swore, shouted, cajoled. His men leaned
on their weapons, staring with eyes that had seen too much bloodshed. They didn't care if the foe were
vulnerable. He was going. That was enough. Bragi
caught another horse, raged around looking for men who would fight on. He
glimpsed movement near the fortress.
Someone with white hair scuttled toward a band of legionnaires. Megelin's riders chased him back inside. A wild,
evil glee captured Bragi's soul. He
walked his mount toward the battered stronghold. He passed
the remains of Badalamen and hardly noticed.
A mad little laugh kept bubbling up from deep in his guts. The bent
man watched the barbaric rider cross that field of death as implacably as a
glacier. He studied Feng, a mile
eastward, directing assembly of the pontoons Badalamen had prepared. He searched the sky. Nowhere did he see his winged steed. He
spat. A potent tool, the
Windmjirnerhorn, the Horn of the Star Rider, from which he could conjure almost
anything, remained strapped to the beast's back. He was naked to his enemies, defenseless—except for cunning and
foresight. And his
Pole. The rider
loomed huge now, subjectively growing larger than life as their confrontation
approached. He
scuttled into the fortress's cluttered recesses, through the shambles of Magden
Norath's laboratories. What had
happened to the Escalonian? The first
rat to desert the ship, he thought. No
guts. Lived his dreams and fantasies
through his creations. The
Fadema, though, remained where he had left her, sitting with his ancient,
mindless accomplice. "Is
it over?" she asked. "Not
yet, my lady. But nearly." He
smiled, stepped past her to a cluttered shelf, selected one of Norath's
scalpels. "Good. I'm tired of it all." "You'll
rest well." He yanked her head back, cut her throat. The Old
Man frowned. "The
Fates have intervened, old friend. Our
holocaust becomes a country fair. Hold
this." The Old Man accepted the scalpel.
The Star Rider began extinguishing lamps. When one remained he produced his golden token, placed it over
his "third eye." "The
Tervola have decided to cut their losses.
I should have known. Their first
loyalty will always be to Shinsan. A
foul habit. Ah! I can hear Them. They're laughing. My
predicament amuses Them." He
pocketed the medallion. "That'll
scare hell out of somebody." He cocked his head, listening. The measured tread of boots echoed from a
darkened passage. "He
comes." He selected an unconsecrated kill-dagger from the shelf. "The final scene, old friend." Varthlokkur,
Visigodred, and Mist, only survivors of the Inner Circle, sat, exhausted,
watching the Winterstorm. Outside,
dull-witted, disarmed, weary, the Unborn bobbed on the breeze, abiding
Varthlokkur's command. Valther
burst in. "We've done it!" He
was blood-filthy. A battered sword
trailed from his hand. They
didn't respond. He
planted himself before them.
"Didn't you hear? We've
won! They're retreating...." The
Winterstorm exploded. Valther
shrieked once as flames consumed him. Mist wept
quietly, too drained to move. Visigodred
held her, softly observed, "If he hadn't been there...." "We'd
have burned," Varthlokkur said.
"It was time. He had been
redeemed. The Fates. They weave a mad tapestry.... He was the last Storm King. They had no further use for him." He
didn't seem surprised that his enemy, suddenly, was able to overpower his
creation. Ragnarson
paused. There was a wrongness about the
dimly lighted chamber. Yet the entire
fortress had that taint. The evil of
Ehelebe? He
entered, knelt by the corpse.
"Fadema. Thus he rewarded
you." Blood still oozed from her ruined throat. She stared up with startled dead eyes. 3I7 Sensing
something, Bragi whirled. The blade
slashed his already ruined shirt, turned on his mail. He drove hard with his sword.
The old man groaned, clutched his belly, hurtled toward the remaining
lamp as if yanked by puppet strings. It
broke. In seconds the room was ablaze. "Burn
forever, you bastard." One of those mad chuckles escaped him. "You've hurt me for the last
time." A
bone-weary Treblicock met him beside his mount. "Valther's dead," Michael said. "We thought you should know." He
described the circumstances. "So. He got in one last shot. Where's your shadow?" "Aral? Him and Kildragon went around the
sides. In case you came out over
there. Why?" "I
think I might need somebody to carry me back." "Mike!"
Dantice's shout penetrated the remaining clamor of the battlefield. "Hurry up!" They
found Dantice kneeling beside a dying man. "Reskird!"
Bragi swore. "Not now. Not here." "Bragi?"
Kildragon gasped. "I'm
here. What happened?" "My
boy. Look out for my boy." Reskird
had a son who was a fledgling Guildsman.
Bragi hadn't seen him in years. "I
will, Reskird." He held his friend's hand. "Who was it? What
happened?" The
silver dagger had missed Kildragon's heart, but not by much. It had severed the aorta. Reskird gulped something unintelligible,
shuddered, went limp in Bragi's arms. He
wept. And, finally, rose to assume
command of the fields that were now his.
Later Varthlokkur would suggest that Madgen Norath, unaccounted for, owed
them a life. "He
was the last," Bragi mused.
"None of us are left but me." And, after a while, "Why am
I still alive?" THIRTY-SIX: Home Feng
didn't go peacefully or quietly, with his tail between his legs. He went in his own fashion, in his own time,
underscoring the fact that he was leaving by choice, not compulsion. He wouldn't be pushed. In Altea, when the Itaskian became too
eager, he gave Lord Harteobben a drubbing that almost panicked the western army. In Kavelin, with Vorgreberg in sight, Feng
whirled and dealt the overzealous pursuit ten thousand casualties they need not
have suffered. Ragnarson
got the message that time. His
captains, though, had trouble digesting it. Feng was
going home. But he could change his
mind. The Gap was open. Bragi put his commanders on short
leash. Feng was no Badalamen, but he was
Tervola, bitter, unpredictable,
and proud. He could still summon that
vast army at Gog-Ahlan. The west
had no new armies. Feng had to be let
go with his dignity intact. "Nothing's
changed," Prataxis sighed their first night back in Ravelin's
capital. "In fact, they've shown a
net gain. Everything east of the
mountains." "Uhm,"
Ragnarson grunted. He had other problems,
like learning if his children had survived. Vorgreberg
had been deserted. But as Feng withdrew
beyond the eastern boundary of the Siege, people began drifting in. Sad, haggard, emaciated, they came and
looked at their homes like visitors to a foreign city. They had no cheers for their liberators,
just dull-eyed acceptance of luck that might change again. They ,were a shattered people. There
were, too, the problems of putting the prostrate nation onto its feet, and
of driving Feng through the Savernake Gap. The first
faced every nation south of the Silverband. The
latter task Ragnarson surrendered to Lord Harteobben. Derel, he hoped, would manage the economic miracle.... And a
miracle it would be. Shinsan now
bestrode the trade route which, traditionally, was Ravelin's major economic
resource. It was
too much. "I'm going walking,
Derel." Prataxis
nodded his understanding. "Later,
then." Bragi had
never seen Vorgreberg so barren, so quiet.
It remained a ghost city. Dull-eyed
returnees flittered about like spooks.
How many would come home? How
many had survived? The war
had been terrible. Derel guessed five
million had lost their lives.
Varthlokkur deemed him a screaming optimist. At least that many had been murdered by Badalamen's
auxiliaries. The small villages round
which western agriculture revolved had been obliterated. Few crops had been sown this spring. The coming winter would be no happier than
the past. "There'll
be survivors," Bragi muttered. He
kicked a scrap of paper. The wind
tumbled it down the street. From the
city wall he stared eastward.
Distantly, dragon flames still arced across the night. He lived. What
would he do with his life? There was
Inger, if their hospital romance hadn't died.
But what else? Kavelin. Still. Always. He
stalked through the lightless city, to the palace, saddled a horse. A sliver of moon rose as he neared the
cemetery gate. He
visited the mausoleum first. Nothing
had changed. The Tervola hadn't let
their allies loot the dead. He found an
old torch, after several tries got it sputtering half-heartedly. Fiana
looked no different. Varthlokkur's art
had preserved her perfectly. She still
seemed to be asleep, ready to rise if Bragi spoke the right words. He knelt there a long time, whispering, then
rose, assured his service to Kavelin hadn't ended. He would
persist. Even if it cost him Inger. He almost
skipped visiting Elana's grave. The
pain was greater than ever, for he had failed abominably at the one thing she
would have demanded: that he care for the children. The torch
struggled to survive the eastern wind.
It was, he thought, like the west itself. If the wind picked up.... He almost
missed them in the weak light. The
flowers on Elana's grave were, perhaps, four days old. Just old enough to have been placed there as
Feng came over the horizon. "Ha!"
he screamed into the wind.
"Goddamned! Ha-ha!" He
hurled the torch into the air, watched it spin lazily and plunge to earth,
refusing to die despite dwindling to a single spark. He grabbed it up and, laughing, jogged to his horse. Like a madman, by moonlight, torch overhead,
he galloped toward Vorgreberg. They
arrived two days later. Gerda Haas,
Nepanthe, Ragnar's wife, and all his little ones. They had been through Hell.
They looked it. But they had
grown. Gerda told him, "The Marena
Dimura were with us. Even the Tervola
couldn't find us." Ragnarson
bowed to the chieftain who had brought them, an old ally from civil war
days. "I'm forever in your
debt," he told the man in Marena Dimura.
"What's mine is yours." He spoke the language poorly, but his
attempt impressed the old man. "It
is I who am honored, Lord," he replied.
In Wesson. "I have been
permitted to guard the Marshall's hearth." There was
much in the exchange that went unspoken.
Their use of unfamiliar tongues reaffirmed the bond of the forest people
to the throne, a loyalty adopted during the civil war. "No. No honor.
The imposition of a man unable to care for his own." "Nay,
Lord. The Marshall has many children,
of the peoples. It was no dishonor
needing help with the few when he cared for so many." Bragi
peered at Prataxis. Had Derel staged
this? The Marena Dimura's remarks were
a taste of things to come. Despite
Bragi's conviction of his incompetent conduct of the war, he became a hero. Those he considered the real architects of
victory went unheralded. People and
wizards alike preferred it that way. The real
surprise arrived ten
days after Vorgreberg's liberation. He was at
home in Lieneke Lane, busting his tail helping clean the place, wondering how
Inger would respond to his message.
Yes? No? Gjerdrum brought a summons from the Thing. Bragi hugged his children, and grandson
(whom his daughter-in-law Kristen had named Bragi), and went. Kristen
had soared in his regard. It was she
who had maintained her husband's family graves. She, Nepanthe said, had been strong for all of them, optimistic
in the darkest moments. She had lost
her husband and parents and still could smile at her father-in-law as he
departed. He met
Prataxis outside the warehouse parliament.
"Damned Nordmen trying to pull something already?" he
snarled. "I'll kick the crap out
of the whole damned Estates right now." The noble party had begun calling
itself The Estates during the exile. "Not
yet." Prataxis gave Gjerdrum a secretive smile. "I think it's news from the Gap." "Aha! Harteobben grabbed Maisak. Good!
Good!" He strode inside, took a seat on the rostrum. The Thing
was a raggedy-assed comic imitation of a parliament now. Only thirty-six delegates were on hand. Most of those were self-appointed veterans. But it would do till some structure could be
created for Kavelin's remains. Assuming
the chair, Derel immediately recognized Baron Hardle of Sendentin. Ragnarson
loathed Sendentin. He had a big mouth,
and had been involved in every attempt to weaken the Crown since the civil
war. Yet Bragi grudgingly respected
him. He had served uncomplainingly
against Badalamen, and had been a doughty fighter. In the crunch he had stuck to Kavelin's traditions and had closed
ranks against the common enemy. "News
has come from Maisak," the Baron announced. "The Dread Empire has abandoned the stronghold. Not one enemy occupies one square foot of
the Fatherland. The war is over." Ragnarson
wanted to protest. The conflict could
never end while the Tervola existed.
But he held his peace. Hardle's
remarks had drawn unanimous applause. Hardle
continued, "I suggest we return to the task we faced before the
invasion. We need a King. A man able to make decisions and stick to
them. The near future will be
harrowing. All parties, all classes,
all interests, must repudiate the politics of divisiveness. Or perish.
We need a leader who understands us, our strength and our weakness. He must be fair, patient, and intolerant of
threats to Kavelin's survival." Bragi
whispered, "Derel, they wanted me to hear self-serving Nordmen
campaign speeches?" Hardle, when wound up, could talk interminably. Hardle
spent an hour describing Kavelin's future King. Then, "The Estates enter a consensus proposition: that the
Regency be declared void and the Regent proclaimed King." Bragi's
dumbfoundment persisted while the Wesson party seconded the proposal. "Hold
it!" he bellowed. He realized that
all this had been orchestrated.
"Derel....
Gjerdrum...." Both
feigned surprise. "Don't look at
me," said Prataxis. "It's
their idea." "How
much help did they have coming up with it?" He glared at Varthlokkur, who
lurked in the shadows, smiling smugly. The
Siluro and Marena Dimura minorities accepted the proposal too. "I
don't want the aggravation!" Bragi shouted an hour later, having exhausted
argument. "With no war to keep you
out of mischief you'd drive me crazy in a month." He now
suspected the motives of The Estates. A
King was more constrained by law and custom than a Regent. They
out-stubborned him. They were planning
the coronation before he yielded. His
election, Derel insisted, would be lent legitimacy by the attendance of the K
ings with the western army. "You
know," he told Prataxis, "Haaken never wanted to come south. He wanted to fight the Pretender. If I'd known leaving would lead to this, I
would've stayed." Prataxis
grinned. "I doubt it. Kavelin was always your destiny." Kavelin. Always Kavelin. Damnable, demanding little Kavelin. A sweating
courier rushed in. He bore Inger's
response. Bragi read it, said,
"All right. You've got me. Gods help us all." In his
rags, with sores disfiguring his hands and face, the bent man didn't stand
out. He was but one of tattered
thousands lining the avenue. The King's
Own Horse Guards pranced past, followed by Gjerdrum Eanredson, the new
Marshall, then the Vorgrebergers. The King
and his wife approached. The Royal
carriage wasn't much. Fiana's hearse
converted. Kavelin had few resources to
waste. The old
man hobbled away on feet tortured by hundreds of miles. He stared at the flagstones, hoped he wouldn't catch
Varthlokkur's eye. He
squeezed the Tear shape in his pocket. The
wizard had been singularly careless, leaving it unattended. But that
was the nature of the Poles. To be
forgotten. His own was the same. Varthlokkur
might not check on it for years. He
hobbled eastward, gripping the Tear with one hand, tumbling his gold medallion
with the other. An hour outside
Vorgreberg he began humming. He had had
setbacks before. This one hadn't been
so terrible after all. The Nawami
Crusades had gone worse. There
were countless tomorrows in his sentence without end. OLD DREAD
RETURNS
A shadow
fell across the circle. A creature of
nightmare loomed. It wore the shape of
a man and a man might have lurked within that chitinous armor. Or might have not. "Ma!"
Lang shrieked. With club foot and half
an arm he wasn't hard to catch. Four more
giants entered the clearing. They bore
naked, long black swords with razor edges and tips that glowed red hot. "Oh
Gods," the woman moaned.
"They've found me." Berkley
books by Glen Cook DREAD EMPIRE SERIES a shadow of all night falling october's baby all darkness met All
Darkness Met Third in
the haunting Dread Empire series by GLEN COOK
BERKLEY
BOOKS, NEW YORK ALL
DARKNESS MET A Berkley
Book / published by arrangement with the author PRINTING HISTORY Berkley
edition / June 1980 Second printing / February 1984 All
rights reserved. Copyright
© 1980 by Glen Cook. Cover
illustration by Kinuko Y. Kraft. Frontispiece
maps copyright © 1979, 1980 by Glen Cook. This book
may not be reproduced in whole or in part, by
mimeograph or any other means, without permission. For
information address: The Berkley Publishing Group, 200
Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10016. ISBN:
0-425-06541-3 A BERKLEY
BOOK® TM 757,375 The name "BERKLEY" and the stylized "B"
with design are trademarks belonging to Berkley Publishing Corporation. PRINTED
IN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA All Darkness Met
CONTENTS CHAPTER
ONE: The Years 980-989 After the Founding of the Empire of Ilkazar; 0 Shing,
Ehelebe 1 CHAPTER
TWO: Spring, 1010 AFE; Mocker 13 CHAPTER
THREE: Spring, 1010 AFE; Old Friends 24 CHAPTER
FOUR: Spring, 1011 AFE; Intimations 36 CHAPTER
FIVE: Spring, 1011 AFE; A Traveler in Black 45 CHAPTER
SIX: Spring, 1011 AFE; The Attack 51 CHAPTER
SEVEN: Spring, 1011 AFE; The Old Dread Returns 61 CHAPTER
EIGHT: Winter-Spring, 1011 AFE; The Prisoner 70 CHAPTER
NINE: Spring, 1011 AFE; A Short Journey 79 CHAPTER
TEN: The Years 989-1004 AFE; Lord of Lords 87 CHAPTER
ELEVEN: Spring, 1011 AFE; Marshall and Queen 100 CHAPTER
TWELVE: Spring, 1011 AFE; The Stranger in Hammerfest 109 CHAPTER
THIRTEEN: Spring, 1011 AFE; Regency 115 CHAPTER
FOURTEEN: Spring, 1011 AFE; Lady of Mystery 123 CHAPTER
FIFTEEN: Spring, 1011 AFE; The Stranger's Appointment 133 CHAPTER
SIXTEEN: Spring, 1011 AFE; Deaths and Disappearances 138 CHAPTER
SEVENTEEN: Spring-Summer, 1011 AFE; Michael's Adventure 148 CHAPTER
EIGHTEEN: Spring, 1011 AFE; The Unborn 161 CHAPTER
NINETEEN: Summer, 1011 AFE; Funerals and Assassins 169 CHAPTER
TWENTY: The Years 1004-1011 AFE; The Dragon Emperor 177 CHAPTER
TWENTY-ONE: Summer, 1011 AFE; The King Is Dead. Long Live the King 189 CHAPTER
TWENTY-TWO: Summer, 1011 AFE; Eye of the Storm 195 CHAPTER
TWENTY-THREE: Summer, 1011 AFE; The Hidden Kingdom 204 CHAPTER
TWENTY-FOUR: Summer, 1011 AFE; Kavelin A-March 211 CHAPTER
TWENTY-FIVE: Summer, 1011 AFE; The Assault on Argon 221 CHAPTER
TWENTY-SIX: Summer, 1011 AFE; Battle for the Fadem 229 CHAPTER
TWENTY-SEVEN: Summer, 1011 AFE; Mocker Returns 238 CHAPTER
TWENTY-EIGHT: Summer, 1011 AFE; A Friendly Assassin 249 CHAPTER
TWENTY-NINE: Winter, 1011-1012 AFE; A Dark Stranger in the Kingdom of Dread 261
CHAPTER
THIRTY: Summer, 1011-Winter, 1012 AFE; The Other Side 267 CHAPTER
THIRTY-ONE: Spring, 1012 AFE; Baxendala Redux 271 CHAPTER
THIRTY-TWO: Spring-Summer-Autumn, 1012 AFE; Defeat. Defeat. Defeat. 284 CHAPTER
THIRTY-THREE: Winter, 1012 Spring, 1013 AFE; Itaskia 291 CHAPTER
THIRTY-FOUR: Spring, 1013 AFE; The Road to Palmisano 301 CHAPTER
THIRTY-FIVE: Spring, 1013 AFE; Palmisano: The Guttering Flame 312 CHAPTER
THIRTY-SIX: Spring, 1013 AFE; Home 318 ONE: 0 Shing, Ehelebe
The woman
screamed with every contraction. The
demon outside howled and clawed at the walls.
It roared like a wounded elephant, smashed against the door. The timbers groaned. The
physician, soaked with perspiration, shook like a trapped rabbit. His skin was the hue of death. "Get
on with it!" snarled the baby's father. "Lord!..." "Do
it!" Nu Li Hsi appeared undisturbed by the siege. He refused even to acknowledge the
possibility of fear, in himself or those who served him. Would-be Lord of All Shinsan, he dared
reveal nothing the Tervola could call weakness. Still the
physician delayed. He was hopelessly
trapped. He couldn't win. A demon was trying to shatter the sorceries
shielding his surgery. Inside, his
master was in a rage because the mother couldn't deliver normally. The child was just too huge. The woman was a friend, and the surgeon
doubted she could survive the operation.
The only assistant permitted him was his daughter. No fourteen-year-old was ready to face this. Worse, there
were witnesses. Two Tervola leaned
against one wall. These
sorcerer-generals, who managed Shinsan's armies and made up her nobility, were
waiting to see the product of the Dragon Prince's experiments. The goal
was a child who could develop into a super strong, super competent soldier,
thinking, yet with little ability to become a personality in his own right, and
immune to the magicks by which foes seized control of enemy soldiers. "Start
cutting," Nu Li Hsi said softly, with the "or else" transmitted
by intonation, "before my brother's attacks become more imaginative." For a
millennium Nu Li Hsi and his twin, Yo Hsi, had battled for mastery of
Shinsan, virtually from the moment they had murdered Tuan Hoa, their father,
who had been Shinsan's founder. "Scalpel,"
said the surgeon. He could scarcely be
heard. He glanced around the cramped
surgery. The Tervola, with their masks
and robes, could have been statues. Nu
Li Hsi himself moved nothing but his eyes.
His face, though, was naked. The
Princes Thaumaturge felt no need to hide behind masks. The surgeon could read the continuing anger
there. The
Dragon Prince, he realized, expected failure. This was
the Prince's eleventh try using his own seed.
Ten failures had preceded it.
They had become reflections on his virility.... The
surgeon opened the woman's belly. A half
hour later he held up the child. This
one, at least, was a son, and alive. Nu Li Hsi
stepped closer. "The arm. It didn't develop. And the foot...." A quieter, more dangerous anger possessed
him now, an anger brought on by repeated failure. What use was a superhuman soldier with a clubfoot and no shield
arm? That
wounded elephant roar sounded again.
Masonry shifted. Dust fell. Torches and candles wavered. The walls threatened to burst inward. The door groaned again and again. Splinters flew. Nu Li Hsi
showed concern for the first time.
"He is persistent, isn't he?" He asked the Tervola, "Feed
it?" They nodded. The
Tervola, second only to the Princes Thaumaturge themselves, seldom became
involved in the skirmishes of Shinsan's co-rulers. If the thing broke the barriers contiguous with the room's
boundaries, though, it would respect neither allegiances, nor their lack. Yo Hsi would make restitution to the
surviving Tervola, expressing regrets that their fellows had been caught in the
cross fire. The
Dragon Prince produced a golden dagger.
Jet enamel characters ran its length.
The Tervola seized the woman's hands and feet. Nu Li Hsi drove the blade into her breast, slashing, sawing,
ripping. He plunged a hand into the
wound, grabbed, pulled with the skill of long practice. In a moment he held up the still throbbing
heart. Blood ran up his arm and spattered
his clothing. The
screams of the doctor's daughter replaced those of the sacrifice. From
outside, suddenly, absolute silence.
The thing, for the moment, was mollified. No one
who hadn't been in the room would know that it had been there. The spells shielding the walls weren't
barriers against things of this world, but of worlds beyond, Outside. Nu Li Hsi
sighed resignedly. "So.... I have to try again. I know I can do it. It works on paper." He started to
leave. "Lord!"
the surgeon cried. "What?" The
doctor indicated woman and child.
"What should I do?" The child lived. It was the first of the experimental infants to survive birth. "Dispose
of them." "He's
your son...." His words tapered into inaudibility before his master's
rage. Nu Li Hsi had serpent eyes. There was no mercy in them. "I'll take care of it, Lord." "See
that you do." As soon
as the Dragon Prince vanished, the surgeon's daughter whispered, "Father,
you can't." "I
must. You heard him." "But...." "You
know the alternative." She
knew. She was a child of the Dread
Empire. But she
was barely fourteen, with the folly of youth everywhere. In fact, she was doubly foolish. She had
already made the worst mistake girls her age could make. She had become pregnant. That
night she made a second mistake. It
would be more dire. It would echo
through generations. She fled
with the newborn infant. One by
one, over an hour, six men drifted into the room hidden beneath The Yellow-Eyed
Dragon restaurant. No one upstairs knew
who they were, for they had arrived in ordinary dress, faces bare, and had
donned black robes and jeweled beast masks only after being out of sight in a
room at the head of the basement stair. Even Lin
Feng, The Dragon's manager, didn't know who was meeting. He did know that he had been paid well. In response he made sure each
guest had his full ten minutes alone, to dress, before the next was admitted to
the intervening room. Feng
supposed them conspirators of some sort. Had he
known they were Tervola he would have fainted.
Barring the Princes Thaumaturge themselves, the Tervola were the most
powerful, most cruel men in all Shinsan, with Hell's mightiest devils running
at their heels.... Waking,
following his faint, Feng probably would have taken his own life. These Tervola could be conspiring against no
one but the Princes Thaumaturge themselves.
Which made him a rat in the jaws of the cruelest fate of all. But Feng
suspected nothing. He performed his
part without trepidation. The first
to arrive was a man who wore a golden mask resembling both cat and gargoyle,
chased with fine black lines, with rubies for eyes and fangs. He went over the chamber carefully, making
sure there would be no unauthorized witnesses.
While the others arrived and waited in silence, he worked a thaumaturgy
that would protect the meeting from the most skilled sorcerous
eavesdroppers. When he finished, the
room was invisible even to the all-seeing eyes of the Princes Thaumaturge
themselves. The sixth
arrived. The man in the gargoyle mask
said, "The others won't be with us tonight." His
fellows didn't respond. They simply
waited to learn why they had been summoned. The Nine
seldom met. The eyes and spies of the
Princes and uninitiated Tervola were everywhere. "We
have to make a decision." The speaker called himself Chin, though his
listeners weren't sure he was the Chin they knew outside. Only he knew their identities. They overlooked no precaution in their
efforts to protect themselves. Again the
five did not respond. If they didn't
speak they couldn't recognize one another by voice. It was a
dangerous game they played, for imperial stakes. "I
have located the woman. The child's
still with her. The question: Do we
proceed as planned? I know the minds of
those who can't be with us. Two were
for, one was against. Show hands if you
still agree." Four
hands rose. "Seven
for. We proceed, then." Behind
ruby eyepieces Chin's eyes sparkled like ice under an angry sun. They fixed on the sole dissenter present. A link in
the circle was weakening. Chin had
misjudged the man behind the boar mask.
The absentee negative vote he understood, accepted, and dismissed. Fear hadn't motivated it. But the Boar... .The man was terrified.
He might break. The
stakes were too high to take unnecessary chances. Chin made
a tiny sign. It would be recognized by
only one man. He had
convened the Nine not for the vote but to test the Boar. He had learned enough. His decision was made. "Disperse.
The usual rules." They
didn't question, though meeting for so little seemed tempting Fate too
much. They departed one by one,
reversing the process of entry, till only Chin and the man who had been
signaled remained. "Ko
Feng, our friend the Boar grows dangerous," Chin said. "His nerve is failing. He'll run to one of the Princes soon." Ko Feng,
behind a bear mask, had presented the argument before. "The cure?" he asked. "Go
ahead. What must be, must be." Behind
the metal Bear, cruel lips stretched in a thin smile. "He's
Shan, of the Twelfth Legion. Go
now. Do it quickly. He could spill his terror any time." The Bear
bowed slightly, almost mockingly, and departed. Chin
paused thoughtfully, staring after him.
The Bear, too, was dangerous. He
was another mistake. Ko Feng was too
narrow, too hasty. He might need
removing, too. He was the most
ambitious, most deadly, most coldhearted and cruel, not just of the Nine, but
of the Tervola. He was a long-run
liability, though useful now. Chin began
to consider possible replacements for the Boar. The Nine
were old in their conspiracy. Long had
they awaited their moment. For
centuries each had been selecting eight subordinates carefully, choosing only
men who could remain loyal to the ultimate extremity and who would, themselves,
build their own Nines with equal care. Chin's
First Nine had existed for three hundred years. In all that time the organization had grown downward only to the
fourth level. Which
was, in truth, a fifth level. There was
a higher Nine than Chin's, though only he knew. Similar ignorance persisted in each subsidiary Nine. Soon
after the Bear's departure Chin faced another door. It was so well concealed that it had evaded the notice of the
others. It
opened. A man stepped through. He was small and old and bent, but his eyes
were young, mischievous, and merry. He
was in his element here, conspiring in the grand manner. "Perfect, my friend. Absolutely perfect. It proceeds. It won't be long now. A
few decades. But be careful with Nu Li
Hsi. He should be given information
that will help us, yet not so much that he suspects he's being used. It's not yet time for the Nines to become visible." Chin knew
this man only as the master of his own Nine, the world-spanning Master Nine,
the Pracchia. Chin, perhaps, should
have paid more attention to the old man and less to his problems with his own
Nine. Evidence of the man's true
identity was available, had he but looked for it. "And
the child?" Chin asked. "It's
not yet his time. He'll be protected by
The Hidden Kingdom." That name
was a mystery of the Circle of which Chin was junior member. Ehelebe.
The Hidden Kingdom. The Power
behind all Powers. Already the Pracchia
secretly ruled a tenth of the world.
Someday, once the might of Shinsan became its tool, Ehelebe would
control the entire world. "He'll
be prepared for the day." "It
is well." Chin kept
his eyes downcast, though the ruby eyepieces of his mask concealed them. Like the Bear, he had his reservations and
ambitions. He hoped he hid them better
than did Ko Feng. "Farewell,
then." The bent old man returned to his hiding place wearing an amused
smile. Moments
later a winged horse took flight from behind The Yellow-Eyed Dragon, coursed
across the moon into the mysteries of the night. "Lang! Tarn!" she called. "Come eat." The boys glanced from
their clay marbles to the crude hut, crossed gazes. Lang bent to shoot again.
"Lang! Tarn! You come here right now!" The boys
sighed, shrugged, gathered their marbles.
It was a conundrum. Mothers,
from the dawn of time, never had understood the importance of finishing the
game. There in
the Yan-lin Kuo Forest, astride Shinsan's nebulous eastern border, they called
her The Hag of The Wood even though she hadn't yet reached her twentieth
birthday. With woodcutters and
charcoal-burners she plied the ancient trade, and for their wives and daughters
she crafted petty charms and wove weak spells.
She was sufficiently tainted by the Power to perform simple magicks. Those and her sex were all she had. Her sons
entered the hut, Tam limping on his club foot. The meal
wasn't much. Boiled cabbage. No meat.
But it was as good as the best forest people had. In Yan-lin Kuo the well-to-do looked at
poverty from the belly side. "Anybody
home?" "Tran!"
Happiness illuminated the woman's face. A youth
of seventeen pushed inside, a rabbit dangling from his left hand. A tall man, he swept her into the bow of his
right arm, planted a kiss on her cheek.
"And how are you boys?" Lang and
Tam grinned. Tran
wasn't of the majority race of Shinsan.
The forest people, who had been under Dread Empire suzerainty for a
historically brief time, had a more mahogany cast of skin, yet racially were
akin to the whites of the west.
Culturally they were ages behind either, having entered the Iron Age
solely by virtue of trade. In their
crude way they were as cruel as their rulers. Of his
people Tran was the sole person for whom the woman felt anything. And her feelings were reciprocated. There was an unspoken understanding: they
would eventually marry. Tran was
a woodsman and trapper. He always
provided for the Hag, asking nothing in return. And consequently received more than any who paid. The boys
were young, but they knew about men and women.
They gobbled cabbage, then abandoned the hut. They
resumed their game. Neither gained much
advantage. A shadow
fell across the circle. Tam looked up. A
creature of nightmare loomed over Lang.
It wore the shape of a man, and a man might have lurked within that
chitinous black armor. Or a devil. There was no visible evidence either way. He was
huge, six inches taller than Tran, the tallest man Tam knew. He was heavier of build. He stared
at Tam for several seconds, then gestured. "Lang,"
Tam said softly. Four more
giants entered the clearing, silently as death by night. Were they human? Even their faces were concealed behind masks showing crystal
squares where eyeholes should be. Lang stared. These
four bore naked, long black swords with razor edges and tips that glowed red
hot. "Ma!"
Lang shrieked, scampering toward the hut. Tam
shrieked, "Monsters!" and pursued Lang. With club
foot and half an arm he wasn't much of a runner. The first giant caught him easily. The Hag
and Tran burst from the hut. Lang
scooted round and clung to Tran's leg, head leaning against his mother's thigh. Tam
squirmed and squealed. The giant
restrained him, and otherwise ignored him. "Oh,
Gods," the woman moaned.
"They've found me." Tran seemed to know what she meant. He
selected a heavy stick from her woodpile. Tarn's
captor passed him to one of his cohorts, drew his blade. Indigo-purple oil seemed to run its
length. It swayed like a cobra about to
strike. "Tran,
no. You can't stop them. Save yourself." Tran
moved toward the giant. "Tran,
please. Look at their badges. They're from the Imperial Standard. The Dragon sent them." Sense
gradually penetrated Tran's brain. He
stood no chance against the least of Shinsan's soldiers. No one alive had much chance against men of
the Imperial Standard Legion. That was
no legion brag. These men had trained
since their third birthdays. Fighting
was their way of life, their religion.
They had been chosen from Shinsan's healthiest, stoutest children. They were smart, and utterly without
fear. Their confidence in their
invincibility was absolute. Tran
could only get himself killed. "Please,
Tran. It's over. There's nothing you can do. I'm dead." The
hunter reflected. His thoughts were
shaped by forest life. He decided. Some
might have called him coward. But
Tran's people were realists. He would
be useless to anyone hanging from a spike which had been driven into the base
of his skull, while his entrails hung out and his hands and feet lay on the ground
before him. He
grabbed Lang and ran. No one
pursued him. He
stopped running once he reached cover. He
watched. The
soldiers shed their armor. They had
to be following orders. They didn't
rape and plunder like foreign barbarians.
They did what they were told, and only what they were told, and their
service was reward enough. The woman's
screams ripped the afternoon air. They
didn't kill Tam, just made him watch. In all
things there are imponderables, intangibles, and unpredicatables. The most careful plan cannot account for
every minuscule factor. The greatest
necromancer cannot divine precisely enough to define the future till it becomes
predestined. In every human enterprise
the planners and seers deal with and interpret only the things they know. Then they usually interpret incorrectly. But,
then, even the gods are fallible. For
who created Man? Some men
call the finagle factor Fate. The five
who had gone to the Hag's hut became victims of the unpredictable. Tam
whimpered in their grasp, remembering the security of his mother's arms when
wolf calls tormented the night and chill north winds whipped their little
fire's flames. He remembered and
wept. And he remembered the name Nu Li
Hsi. The
forest straddled Shinsan's frontier with Han Chin, which was more a tribal
territory than established state. The
Han Chin generally tried not to attract attention, but sometimes lacked
restraint. There
were a hundred raiders in the party which attacked the five. Forty-three didn't live to see home
again. That was why the world so feared
the soldiers of Shinsan. The
survivors took Tam with them believing anyone important to the legionnaires
must be worth a ransom. Nobody
made an offer. The Han
Chin taught the boy fear. They made of
him a slave and toy, and when it was their mood to amuse themselves with howls,
they tortured him. They
didn't know who he was, but he was of Shinsan and helpless. That was enough. There was
a new man among those who met, though only he, Chin, and Ko Feng knew. It was ever thus with the Nines. Some came, some went. Few recognized the changes. The
conspiracy was immortal. "There's
a problem," Chin told his audience.
"The Han Chin have captured our candidate. The western situation being tense, this
places a question before the Nine." Chin had
had his instructions. "The Princes
Thaumaturge have chivvied Varthlokkur till his only escape can be to set the
west aflame. I suggest we suborn the
scheme and assume it for our own, nudging at the right moment, till it can rid
us of the Princes. Come. Gather round. I want to repeat a divination." He worked
with the deftness of centuries of experience, nursing clouds from a tiny
brazier. They boiled up and turned in
upon themselves, not a wisp escaping.
Tiny lightning bolts ripped through.... "Trela
stri! Sen me stri!" Chin
commanded. "Azzari an walla in
walli stri!" The cloud
whispered in the same tongue. Chin gave
instructions in his own language.
"The fate, again, of the boy...." That
which lived beyond the cloud muttered something impatient. It
flicked over the past, showing them the familiar tale of Varthlokkur, and
showed them that wizard's future, and the future of the boy who dwelt with the
Han Chin. Nebulously. The thing behind the cloud could not, or
would not, define the parameters. There
were those imponderables, intangibles, and unpredicatables. As one,
Chin's associates sighed. "The
proposal before us is this: Do we concentrate on shaping these destinies to our
advantage? For a time the west would
demand our complete attention. The
yield? Our goals achieved at a tenth
the price anticipated." The vote
was unanimous. Chin made
a sign before the Nine departed. The one
who remained was different. Chin said,
"Lord Wu, you're our brother in the east. The boy will be your concern.
Prepare him to assume his father's throne." Wu bowed. Once Wu
departed, that secret door opened.
"Excellent," said the bent old man. "Everything is going perfectly. I congratulate you.
You're invaluable to the Pracchia.
We'll call you to meet the others soon." Chin's
hidden eyes narrowed. His Nine-mask,
arrogantly, merely reversed his Tervola mask.
The others wore masks meant to conceal identities. Chin was mocking everyone.... Again the
old man departed wearing a small, secretive smile. Tam was
nine when Shinsan invaded Han Chin. It
was a brief little war, though bloody.
A handful of sorcerer's apprentices guided legionnaires to the hiding
places of the natives, who quickly died. The man
in the woods didn't understand. For four
years Tran had watched and waited. Now
he moved. He seized Tam and fled to the
cave where he lived with Lang. The
soldiers came next morning. Tran
wept. "It isn't fair," he
whispered. "It just isn't
fair." He prepared to die fighting. A thin
man in black, wearing a golden locust mask, entered the circle of
soldiers. "This one?" He
indicated Tam. "Yes,
Lord Wu." Wu faced
Tam, knelt. "Greetings,
Lord." He used words meaning Lord of Lords. O Shing. It would become
a title. "My Prince." Tran,
Lang, Tam stared. What insanity was
this? "Who
are the others?" Wu asked, rising. "The
child of the woman, Lord. They believe
themselves brothers. The other calls
himself Tran. One of the forest people. The woman's lover. He protected the boy the best he could the past four years. A good and faithful man." "Do
him honor, then. Place him at O Shing's
side." Again that Lord of Lords, so sudden and confusing. Tran
didn't relax. Wu asked
him, "You know me?" "No." "I
am Wu, of the Tervola. Lord of
Liaontung and Yan-lin Kuo, and now of Han Chin. My legion is the Seventeenth.
The Council
has directed me to recover the son of the Dragon Prince." Tran
remained silent. He didn't trust
himself. Tarn looked from one man to
the other. "The
boy with the handicaps. He's the child
of Nu Li Hsi. The woman kidnapped him
the day of his birth. Those who came
before.... They were emissaries of his
father." Tran said
nothing, though he knew the woman's tale. Wu was
impatient with resistance. "Disarm
him," he ordered. "Bring him
along." The
soldiers did it in an instant, then took the three to Wu's citadel at
Liaontung. TWO: Mocker These
things sometimes begin subtly. For
Mocker it started when a dream came true. Dream
would become nightmare before week's end. He had an
invitation to Castle Krief. He. Mocker.
The fat little brown man whose family lived in abject poverty in a
Vorgreberg slum, who, himself, scrabbled for pennies on the fringes of the
law. The invitation had so delighted him
that he actually had swallowed his pride and allowed his friend the Marshall to
loan him money. He
arrived at the Palace gate grinning from one plump brown ear to the other, his
invitation clutched in one hand, his wife in the other. "Self,
am convinced old friend Bear gone soft behind eyes, absolute," he told
Nepanthe. "Inviting worst of
worse, self. Not so, wife of same,
certitude. Hai! Maybeso, high places lonely. Pacificity like cancer, eating silent,
sapping manhood. Calls in old friend of
former time, hoping rejuvenation of spirit." He had
been all mouth since the invitation had come, though, briefly, he had been
suicidally down. The Marshall of all
Kavelin inviting somebody like him to the Victory Day celebrations? A mockery.
It was some cruel joke.... "Quit
bubbling and bouncing," his wife murmured. "Want them to think you're some drunken street rowdy?" "Heart's
Desire. Doe's Eyes. Is truth, absolute. Am same.
Have wounds to prove same.
Scars. Count them...." She
laughed. And thought, I'll give Bragi a
hug that'll break his ribs. It seemed
ages since they had been this happy, an eon since laughter had tickled her
tonsils and burst past her lips against any ability to control. Fate hadn't been kind to them. Nothing Mocker tried worked. Or, if it did, he would suffer paroxysms of
optimism, begin gambling, sure he'd make a killing, and would lose everything. Yet they
had their love. They never lost that,
even when luck turned its worst. Inside
the tiny, triangular cosmos described by them and their son, an approach to
perfection remained. Physically,
the years had treated Nepanthe well.
Though forty-one, she still looked to be in her early thirties. The terrible cruelty of her poverty had
ravaged her spirit more than her flesh. Mocker
was another tale. Most of his scars had
been laid on by the fists and knives of enemies. He was indomitable, forever certain of his high destiny. The guard
at the Palace gate was a soldier of the new national army. The Marshall had been building it since his
victory at Baxendala. The sentry was a
polite young man of Wesson ancestry who needed convincing that at least one of
them wasn't a party crasher. "Where's
your carriage?" he asked.
"Everyone comes in a carriage." "Not
all of us can afford them. But my
husband was one of the heroes of the war." Nepanthe did Mocker's talking
when clarity was essential. "Isn't
the invitation valid?" "Yes. All right.
He can go in. But who are
you?" The woman before him as tall and pale and cool. Almost regal. Nepanthe
had, for this evening, summoned all the aristocratic bearing that had been
hers before she had been stricken by love for the madman she had
married.... Oh, it seemed ages ago,
now. "His
wife. I said he was my husband." The
soldier had all a Kaveliner's ethnic consciousness. His surprise showed. "Should
we produce marriage papers? Or would
you rather he went and brought the Marshall to vouch for me?" Her voice
was edged with sarcasm that cut like razors.
She could make of words lethal weapons. Mocker
just stood there grinning, shuffling restlessly. The
Marshall did have strange friends. The
soldier had been with the Guard long enough to have seen several stranger than
these. He capitulated. He was only a trooper. He didn't get paid to think. Somebody would throw them out if they didn't
belong. And, in
the opinion locked behind his teeth, they pleased him more than some of
the carriage riders he had admitted earlier.
Some of those were men whose throats he would have cut gladly. Those two from Hammad al Nakir.... They were ambassadors of a nation which
cheerfully would have devoured his little homeland. They had
more trouble at the citadel door, but the Marshall had foreseen it. His aide appeared, vouchsafed their entry. It grated
a little, but Nepanthe held her tongue. Once, if
briefly, she had been mistress of a kingdom where Kavelin would have made but a
modest province. Mocker
didn't notice. "Dove's
Breast. Behold. Inside of Royal Palace. And am invited. Self. Asked in. In time past, have been to several, dragged
in bechained, or breaked—broked— whatever word is for self-instigated entry for
purpose of burglary, or even invited round to back-alley door to discuss deed of
dastardness desired done by denizen of same.
Invited? As honored guest? Never." The
Marshall's aide, Gjerdrum Eanredson, laughed, slapped the fat man's
shoulder. "You just don't change,
do you? Six, seven years it's been. You've got a little grey there, and maybe
more tummy, but I don't see a whit's difference in the man inside." He
eyed Nepanthe. There was, briefly, that
in his eye which said he appreciated what he saw. "But
you've changed, Gjerdrum," she said, and the lilt of her voice told him
his thoughts had been divined.
"What happened to that shy boy of eighteen?" Gjerdrum's
gaze flicked to Mocker, who was bemused by the opulence of his surroundings, to
the deep plunge of her bodice, to her eyes.
Without thinking he wet his lips with his tongue and, red-faced,
stammered, "I guess he growed up...." She
couldn't resist teasing him, flirting.
As he guided them to the great hall she asked leading questions about
his marital status and which of the court ladies were his mistresses. She had him thoroughly flustered when they
arrived. Nepanthe
held this moment in deep dread. She had
even tried to beg off. But now a thrill
coursed through her. She was glad she
had come. She pulled a handful of long
straight black hair forward so it tumbled down her bare skin, drawing the eye
and accenting her cleavage. For a
while she felt nineteen again. The next
person she recognized was the Marshall's wife, Elana,
who was waiting near the door. For an
instant Nepanthe was afraid. This
woman, who once had been her best friend, might not be pleased to see her. But,
"Nepanthe!" The red-haired woman engulfed her in an embrace that
banished all misgivings. Elana
loosed her and repeated the display with Mocker. "God, Nepanthe, you look good. How do you do it? You
haven't aged a second." "Skilled
artificer, self, magician of renown, having at hand secret of beauty of women
of fallen Escalon, most beautiful of all time before fall, retaining light of
teenage years into fifth decade, provide potations supreme against
ravishes—ravages?—of Time," Mocker announced solemnly—then burst into
laughter. He hugged Elana back,
cunningly grasping a handful of derriere, then skipped round her in a mad,
whirling little dance. "It's
him," Elana remarked. "For a
minute I didn't recognize him. He had
his mouth shut. Come on. Come on.
Bragi will be so glad to see you again." Time
hadn't used Elana cruelly either. Only
a few grey wisps threaded her coppery hair, and, despite having borne many
children, her figure remained reasonably trim.
Nepanthe remarked on it. "True
artifice, that," Elana confessed.
"None of your hedge-wizard mumbo jumbo. These clothes—they come all the way from Sacuescu. The Queen's father sends them with
hers. He has hopes for his next
visit." She winked. "They
push me up here, flatten me here, firm me up back there. I'm a mess undressed." Though she tried
valiantly to conceal it, Elana's words expressed a faint bitterness. "Time
is great enemy of all," Mocker observed.
"Greatest evil of all.
Devours all beauty. Destroys all
hope." In his words, too, there was attar of wormwood. "Is Eater, Beast That Lies
Waiting. Ultimate Destroyer." He
told the famous riddle. There
were people all around them now, nobles of Kavelin, Colonels of the Army and
Mercenaries' Guild, and representatives from the diplomatic community. Merriment infested the hall. Men who were deadly enemies the rest of the
year shared in the celebration as though they were dear friends—because they
had shared hardship under the shadow of the wings of Death that day long ago
when they had set aside their contentiousness and presented a common front to
the Dread Empire—and had defeated the invincible. There
were beautiful women there, too, women the like of which Mocker knew only in
dreams. Of all the evidences of wealth
and power they impressed him most. "Scandalous"
he declared. "Absolute. Desolation overtakes. Decadence descends. Sybariticism succeeds. O Sin, thy Name is Woman.... Self, will strive bravely, but fear
containment of opinion will be impossible of provision. May rise to speechify same, castrating—no,
castigating—assembly for wicked life.
Shame!" He leered at a sleek, long-haired blonde who, simply by
existing, turned his spine to jelly.
Then he faced his wife, grinning.
"Remember passage in Wizards of Ilkazar, in list of sins of same? Be great fundament for speech, eh? No?" Nepanthe
smiled and shook her head. "I
don't think this's the place. Or the
time. They might think you're
serious." "Money
here. Look. Self, being talker of first water, spins web of words. In this assemblage famous law of averages
declares must exist one case of fool headedness. Probably twenty-three.
Hai! More. Why not?
Think big. Self, being student
primus of way of spider, pounce.
Ensnare very gently, unlike spider, and, also unlike same, drain very
slow." Elana,
too, shook her head. "Hasn't
changed a bit. Not at all. Nepanthe, you've got to tell me all about
it. What have you been doing? How's Ethrian? Do you know how much trouble it was to find you? Valther used half his spies. Had them looking everywhere. And there you were in the Siluro quarter all
the time. Why didn't you keep in
touch?" At that
moment the Marshall, Bragi Ragnarson, spied them. He spared Nepanthe an answer. "Mocker!"
he thundered, startling half the hall into silence. He abandoned the lords he had been attending. "Yah!
Lard Bottom!" He threw a haymaker.
The fat man ducked and responded with a blur of a kick that swept the
big man's feet from beneath him. Absolute
silence gripped the hall. Nearly three
hundred men, plus servants and women, stared. Mocker
extended a hand. And shook his head as
he helped the Marshall rise.
"Self, must confess to one puzzlement. One only, and small. But
is persistent as buzzing of mosquito." "What's
that?" Ragnarson, standing six-five, towered over the fat man. "This
one tiny quandary. Friend Bear, ever
clumsy, unable to defend self from one-armed child of three, is ever chosen by great ones to
defend same from foes of mighty competence.
Is poser. Sorcery? Emboggles mind of self." "Could
be. But you've got to admit I'm
lucky." "Truth
told." He said it sourly, and didn't expand. Luck, Mocker believed, was his nemesis. The spiteful hag had taken a dislike to him the moment of his
birth.... But his day was coming. The good fortune was piling up. When it broke loose.... In truth,
luck had less to do with his misfortunes than did compulsive gambling and an
ironhard refusal to make his way up any socially acceptable means. This
crude little brown man, from the worst slum of the Siluro ghetto, had had more
fortunes rush through his fingers than most of the lords present. Once he had actually laid hands on the
fabled treasure of Ilkazar. He
wouldn't invest. He refused. Someday, he knew, the dice would fall his
way. The fat
man's old friend, with whom, in younger days, he had enjoyed adventures that
would've frightened their present companions bald, guided him onto the raised
platform from which his approach had been spotted. Mocker began shaking. A
moment's clowning, down there, was embarrassing enough. But to be dragged before the multitudes.... He barely
noticed the half dozen men who shared the dais with the Marshall. One eyed him as would a man who spotted
someone he thinks he recognizes after decades. "Quiet!"
Ragnarson called. "A little quiet
here!" While the
amused-to-disgusted chatter died, Mocker considered his friend's apparel. So rich.
Fur-edged cape. Blouse of
silk. Hose that must cost more than he
scrounged in a month.... He remembered
when this man had worn bearskins. Once
silence gained a hold, Ragnarson announced, "Ladies and gentlemen, I want
to introduce somebody. A man I tracked
down at considerable inconvenience and expense because he's the critical
element that has been missing from our Victory Day celebrations. He was one of the unspoken heroes who guided
us up the road to Baxendala, one of the men whose quiet pain and sacrifice made
victory possible." Ragnarson held Mocker's hand high. "Ladies and gentlemen, I give you the
world's foremost authority." Puzzled,
the ambassador from Altea asked, "Authority on what?" Ragnarson
grinned, punched Mocker's arm.
"Everything." Mocker
had never been one to remain embarrassed long.
Especially by public acclaim. He
had forever been his own greatest booster.
But here, because he had a predisposition to expect it, he suspected he
was being mocked. He flashed his friend
a look of appeal. Which,
despite years of separation, Ragnarson read.
Softly, he replied, "No. I
didn't bring you here for that. This's
a homecoming. A debut. Here's an audience. Take them." The
wicked old grin seared the fat man's face.
He turned to the crowd, fearing them no more. They would be his toys. Boldly,
insolently, he examined the people nearest the dais. The merry mayhem in his eyes sparkled so that each of them recognized it. Most perked to a higher level of gaiety ere he spoke a word. He
founded the speech on the passage from the epic, and spoke with such joy, such
laughter edging his voice, that hardly anyone resented being roasted. The years
had taught him something. He was no
longer indiscreet. Though his tongue
rolled inspiredly, in a high, mad babble that made the chandeliers rattle with
the responding laughter, he retained sufficient command of his inspiration
that, while he accused men of every
dark deed under the sun, he never indicted anyone for something whispered to be
true. In the
Siluro quarter, where dwelt the quiet little men who performed the drudgework
of civil service and the mercantile establishments, there were a few secrets
about the mighty. He
finished with a prophecy not unlike that of the poet. Punctuation, hellfire and brimstone. And
envoi, "Choice is clear.
Recant. Renounce high
living. Shed sybaritic ways. Place all burden of sin on one able to bear
up under curse of same." He paused to meet eyes, including those of the
sleek blonde twice. Then, softly,
seriously, "Self, would volunteer for job." Bragi
slapped his back. People who remembered
Mocker now, from the war, came to greet him and, if possible, swap a few lies
about the old days. Others, including
that svelte blonde, came to praise his performance. Mocker
was disappointed by the blonde. There
was a message in her eyes, and nothing he could do. "Oh,
my," he muttered. "That this
obesity should live to see day...." But he wasn't distraught. This was his happiest evening in a decade. He wallowed in it, savoring every instant. But he
didn't stop observing. He soon
concluded that there were skunks in paradise.
The millennium hadn't arrived. Three
hard men in fighting leathers stood in the shadows behind the dais. He knew them as well as he knew
Ragnarson. Haaken Blackfang, Bragi's
foster brother, a bear of a man, a deadly fighter, bigger than his
brother. Reskird Kildragon, another
relic of the old days, and another grim fighter, who sprang like a wolf when
Bragi commanded. And Rolf Preshka, that
steel-eyed Iwa Skolovdan whose enmity meant certain death, whose devotion to
Bragi's wife bordered on the morbid, and should have been a danger to her
husband—except that Preshka was almost as devoted to him. And, yes,
there were more of the old comrades, in the out-of-the-ways, the shadows and
alcoves of balconies and doors. Turran
of Ravenkrak, Nepanthe's brother, white of hair now but none the less
deadly. And their brother Valther,
impetuous with blade and heart, possessed of a mind as convolute as that of a
god. Jarl Ahring. Dahl Haas.
Thorn Altenkirk. They were all
there, the old, cold ones who had survived, who had been the real heroes of the
civil war. And among them were a few
new faces, men he knew would be as devoted to their commander—otherwise they
would be on the dance floor with the peacocks. All was
not well. He had
known that since climbing to the dais.
Two of the occupants of seats of honor were envoys from Hammad al
Nakir. From their oldest enemy, El
Murid. From that hungry giant of a
nation directly south of Kavelin, behind the Kapenrung Mountains. It had taken the combined might of a dozen
kingdoms to contain that fanatic religious state in the two-decades-gone,
half-forgotten dust-up remembered as the El Murid Wars. These two
had survived that harrowing passage-at-arms, as had Mocker and Bragi and most
of those iron-eyed men in the shadows.
They remembered. And knew that
that argument wasn't settled. One, in
fact, remembered more than any other guest.
More, especially, than this happily self-intoxicated little brown man. He
remembered a distant day when they had last met. He
remembered whom it was who had come out of the north into the Desert of Death,
using cheap mummer's tricks to establish a reputation as a wizard, to strike to the heart
the hope of his master, El Murid, the Disciple. The envoy had been a young trooper then, wild, untameable, in the
rear echelon of Lord Nassef's Invincibles.
But he remembered. A fat,
young brown man had come to entertain the guardians of El Murid's family with
tales and tricks—and then, one night, had slain a half dozen sentries and fled
with the Disciple's treasure, his Priceless, the one thing he valued more than
the mission given by God. The fat
man had kidnapped El Murid's virgin daughter. And she
had never been seen again. It had
broken El Murid—at least for the time the infidels needed to turn the tide of
desert horsemen sweeping the works of the Evil One from their lands. And he,
Habibullah, who slew like a devil when his enemies came to him face to face—he
had lain there, belly opened by a blow struck in darkness, and he had
wept. Not for his pain, or for the
death he expected, and demanded when the Disciple questioned him, but for the
agony and shame he would cause his i master. Now he
sat in the palace of the infidel, and was silent, watching with hooded
eyes. When no one was listening, he
told his companion, "Achmed, God is merciful. God is just. God delivers
his enemies into the hands of the Faithful." Achmed
didn't know how, but recognized that this embassy to the heathen had borne
fruit at last. Unexpected fruit, sweet
and juicy, to judge by Habibullah's reaction. "This
charlatan, this talker," Habibullah whispered. "We'll see him again." Their
exchange passed unnoticed. All eyes
had turned to the shadows behind the dais.
Mocker whirled in time for the advent of the Queen, Fiana Melicar
Sardyga ip Krief. He hadn't seen her
for years, despite her inexplicable habit of wandering the streets to poll
Vorgreberg's commons. Time hadn't
treated her kindly. Though still in her
twenties, she looked old enough to be the blonde's mother. It wasn't
that beauty had deserted her. She
retained that, though it was a more mature, promising beauty than Mocker
remembered. But she looked
exhausted. Utterly weary, and buoyed
only by wholehearted devotion to her mission as mistress of the nation. She
seemed unexpected. She came
directly to Bragi, and there was that in her eyes, momentarily, which clarified
Elana's bitter remark. It was a
rumor he had heard in the Siluro quarter. Hardly
anyone cared as long as her affairs of the heart didn't collide with affairs of
state. Mocker
studied Rolf Preshka. The man's pained
expression confirmed his surmise. "Your
Majesty," said Bragi, with such perfected courtliness that Mocker giggled,
remembering the man's manners of old.
"An unexpected honor." The
assembly knelt or bowed according to custom.
Even the ambassadors from Hammad al Nakir accorded the lady deep
nods. Only Mocker remained
straight-necked, meeting her eyes across Bragi's back. Amusement
drained five years from her face.
"So. Now I understand the
hubbub. Where did they exhume
you?" "Your
Majesty, we found him in the last place anybody would look," Ragnarson
told her. "I should've
remembered. That's the first place to
go when you're hunting him. He was here
in the city all the time." "Welcome
back, old friend." Fiana did one of those things which baffled and awed
her nobles and endeared her to her commons.
She grabbed Mocker in a big hug, then spun him round to face the
gathering. She stood beside him, an arm
thrown familiarly across his shoulders. He glowed. He met Nepanthe's eyes and she glowed
back. Behind the glow he felt her
thinking I told you. Oh, his stubborn
pride, his fear of appearing a beggar before more successful comrades.... He
grinned, laid a finger alongside his nose, did to the Queen what he had done to
so many of his audience, roasting her good. The lady
laughed as hard as anyone. Once,
when she controlled herself long enough, she rose on tiptoes and whispered to
Ragnarson. Bragi nodded. When Mocker finished, Fiana took her place
in the seat that, hitherto, had been only symbolic of her presence. She bade the merriment continue. Winded,
Mocker sat cross-legged at Fiana's feet, joining her and the others there in
observing the festivities. Once she
whispered, "This's the best Victory Day we've had," and another time,
"I'm considering appointing you my spokesman to the Thing. They could use loosening up." Mocker
nodded as if the proposition were serious, then amused her by alternately demanding
outrageous terms of employment and describing the way he would bully the
parliament. Meanwhile,
Bragi abandoned them to dance with his wife and visit with Nepanthe, whom he
soon guided to the lurking place of her brothers. She hadn't seen them in years. Mocker
had a fine sense of the ridiculous.
There was funny-ridiculous and pathetic-ridiculous. He, dancing with a wife inches taller, was
the latter. He had an
image to maintain. THREE: Old Friends It was
the day after, and Mocker had remained in Castle Krief. Merriment had abandoned everyone but
himself. Business had resumed. Bragi took him to a meeting, he explained,
so he would get an idea of what was happening nowadays, of why old friends lay
back in shadows wearing fighting leather instead of enjoying a celebration of
victories won. "Self,"
Mocker said as they walked to the meeting, "am confessing overwhelming
bambazoolment. Have known large friend,
lo, many years. More than can count."
He held up his fingers. On those rare
occasions when he wasn't proclaiming himself the world's foremost authority, he
pretended to be its most ignorant child. Ragnarson
hadn't brought him because he was ignorant or foolish. And Mocker had begun to suspect, after the
Queen's entrance last night, that he hadn't been "exhumed" just
because he was one of the old fighters and deserved his moment of glory. Nor even because Bragi wanted to give him a
little roundabout charity by introducing him to potential suckers. Bragi
trusted his intuitions, his wisdom.
Bragi wanted advice—if not his active participation in some fool scheme. It was
both. Those the
Marshall had gathered in the War Room were the same men Mocker had discovered
in last night's shadows, plus Fiana and the ambassadors of Altea and
Tamerice. Their countries were old
allies, and the ambassadors Bragi's friends. "Mocker,"
Ragnarson told him after the doors were locked and guards posted, "I
wanted you here because you're the only other available expert on a matter of
critical importance. An expert, that
is, whose answers I trust." "Then
answer damned question." "Huh? What question?" "Started
to ask same in hall. Bimbazolment? Fingers?" "All
right. Go ahead." "Self,
am knowing friend Bear long ages. Have,
till last night, never seen same shaven.
Explain." The non
sequitur took Ragnarson off stride.
Then he grinned. Of that device
Mocker was past master. "Exactly
what you're thinking. These effete
southerners have turned me into a ball-less woman." "Okay. On to question about Haroun." Ragnarson's
jaw dropped. His aide, Gjerdrum,
demanded, "How did you...?" "Am
mighty sorcerer...." The Queen
interrupted, "He gave enough clues, Gjerdrum. Is there anybody else who calls both bin Yousif and the Marshall
friend?" Mocker
grinned, winked. Fiana startled him by
winking back. "Too
damned smart, this woman," he mock-whispered to Bragi. "Damned
right. She's spooky. But let's stick to the point." "Delineate
dilemma. Define horns of same."
Mocker's ears were big. He lived in a
neighborhood frequented by exiles who followed El Murid's nemesis, Haroun bin
Yousif, The King Without a Throne. He
knew as much of the man's doings as anyone not privy to his councils. And he knew the man himself, of old. For several years following the El Murid
Wars, before he had grown obsessed with restoring Royalist rule to Hammad al
Nakir, bin Yousif had adventured with Mocker and Ragnarson. "Old sand rat friend up to no goods
again, eh? Is in nature of beast. Catch up little chipmunk. Does same growl and stalk gazelle like
lion? Catch up lion. Does same lie down with lamb? With lamb in belly, maybeso. Mutton chops. Mutton chops! Hai! Has been age of earth since same have passed
starved lips of impoverished ponderosity, self." Bragi
prodded Mocker's belly with a sheathed dagger.
"If you'll spare us the gourmet commentary, I'll explain." "Peace! Am tender of belly, same being..." Bragi
poked him again. "This's it in a
nutshell. For years Haroun raided
Hammad al Nakir from camps in the Kapenrungs.
From Kavelin and Tamerice, using money and arms from Altea and
Itaskia. I've always looked the other
way when
he smuggled recruits down from the northern refugee centers." "Uhm. So?" "Well,
he became an embarrassment. Then,
suddenly, he seemed to get slow and soft.
Stopped pushing. Now he just
sits in the hills with his feet up. He
throws in a few guys now and then so's El Murid stays pissed, but don't do him
no real harm. "And
El Murid just gets older and crankier.
You saw his ambassadors?" "Just
so. Snakes in grass, or maybe sand,
lying in wait with viper fangs ready...." "They're
out in plain sight this time. They've
delivered a dozen ultimatums. Either we
close Haroun down or they'll do it for us.
They haven't so far. But they're
on safe ground. Attacking Haroun's
camps would cause a stink, but nobody would go to war to save them. Not if El Murid doesn't try converting us to
the one true faith again. It might even
solve a few problems for cities with a lot of refugees. Without Haroun keeping them stirred up,
they'd settle down and blend in.
Distracting the troublemakers is the main reason Haroun gets help from
Raithel." Altea's
ambassador nodded. Prince Raithel had
died recently, but his policies continued. "So. Old friend, in newfound, secure
circumstance, is asking, should same be safeguarded by selling other old friend
down river?" "No. No.
I want to know what he's up to.
Why he hasn't done anything the past few years. Part I know. He's studying sorcery.
Finishing what he started as a kid.
If that's all, okay. But it's
not his style to lay back in the weeds. "El
Murid is a sword hanging over Kavelin by a thread. Is Haroun going to cut the thread? You know him. What's he
planning?" Mocker's
gaze drifted to his wife's brother Valther.
Valther was the shadow man of Vorgreberg, rumored to manage Bragi's
cloak and dagger people. Valther
shrugged, said, "That's all we know.
We don't have anybody in there." "Oho! Truth exposes bare naked, ugly fundament
before eyes of virginal, foolish self.
O Pervert, Truth! Begone!"
And to Bragi, perhaps the simplest statement he had ever made: "No." "I
didn't make my proposition." "Am
greatest living necromancer. Am reader
of minds. Am knowing blackest secret at
heart of hearts of one called friend.
Am not one to be used." Gjerdrum
countered, "But Kavelin needs you!" An appeal
to patriotism? No bolt could have flown
wider of its mark. The fat man laughed
in Gjerdrum's face. "What is
Kavelin to me? Fool. Look.
See self. Am clear blue-eyed Nordmen? Am Wesson?" He glanced at Bragi, shook
his head, jerked a thumb at Eanredson. Bragi
knew Mocker. Mocker was terribly upset
when he spoke this plainly. Ragnarson
also knew how to penetrate the fat man's distress. He
produced a large gold coin, pretended to examine it in a shaft of light
piercing one of the narrow windows.
"How's Ethrian?" he asked.
"How's my godson?" He spun the coin on the polished tabletop
inches beyond Mocker's reach. He
produced another, made a similar examination. The fat
man began sweating. He stared at the
money the way alcoholics stare at liquor after an enforced abstinence. They were Kaveliner double nobles specially
struck for the eastern trade, beautiful pieces with the twin-headed eagle and
Fiana's profile in high, frosted relief.
They weren't intended for normal commerce, but for transfers between
commercial accounts in the big mercantile banks in Vorgreberg. The gold in one piece represented more than
a laborer could earn in a year. Mocker
had seen hard times. He did mental
sums, calculating temptation's value in silver. The things he could do for Ethrian and Nepanthe.... Ragnarson
deposited the second coin atop the first, dropping his eye to table level while
aligning their rims. He produced
another. M ocker
changed subtly. Bragi sensed it. He stacked the third coin, folded his arms. "Woe!"
Mocker cried suddenly, startling the group.
"Am poor old fat cretin of pusillanimity world-renowned, weak of
head and muscle. Self, ask nothings. Only to be left alone, to live out few
remaining years with devoted wife, in peace, raising son." "I
saw the place where you're keeping my sister," Turran observed, perhaps
more harshly than intended. Bragi
waved a hand admonishingly. "Hai! Self, am not..." "Like
the old joke," said Bragi.
"We know what you are.
We're dickering price." Mocker
stared at the three gold coins. He
looked round the room. Heads pointed
his way like those of hounds eager to be loosed. He didn't
like it. Not one whit. But gold!
So much gold. What he could do
for his wife and son.... He had
aged, he had mellowed, he had grown concerned with security. Having to care for others can do that to a
man. He raised
his left hand, jerkily, started to speak.
He looked round again. So many
narrowed eyes. Some he didn't
know. He had things to say to Bragi,
but not here, not now, not before an audience. "Define
task," he ordered. "Not that
poor old fat mendicant, on brink of old age, near crippled, agrees to undertake
same. Only purpose being to listen to
same, same being reasonable request to allow before telling man to put same
where moon don't glow." "Simple. Just visit Haroun. Find out what he's up to.
Bring me the news." Mocker
laughed his most sarcastic laugh.
"Self, am famous dullard, admitted. Of brightness next to which cheapest tallow candle is like sun to
dark of moon. Forget to come in from
rain sometimes, maybeso. But am
alive. See? Wound here, here, everywhere, from listening to friends in time
past. But am favored of Gods. Was born under lucky star. Haven't passed yet. Also, am aware of ways men speak. Simple, says old friend? Then task is bloody perilous...." "Not
so!" Ragnarson protested. "In
fact, if I knew where Haroun was, I'd go myself. But you know him. He's
here, he's there, and the rumors are always wrong. He might be at the other end of the world. I can't take the time." "Crippled. Excuse limps like sixty-year-old
arthritic." Actually,
it was unvarnished truth. And Mocker
knew it. He rose. "Has been enjoyable matching wits with
old half-wit friend. Father of self,
longtime passing, said, 'Never fight unarmed man.' Must go. Peace." He did an amusing imitation of
a priest giving a blessing. The inner
door guard might have been deaf and blind.
Or a path-blocking statue. "So! Now am prisoner. Woe! Heart of heart of
fool, self, told same stay away from palaces, same being dens of iniquitous...." "Mocker,
Mocker," said Bragi.
"Come. Sit. I'm not as young as I used to be. I don't have the patience anymore. You think we could dispense with this
bullshit and get down to cases?" Mocker
came and sat, but his expression said he was being pushed, that he was about to
get stubborn. No force in Heaven or
Hell could nudge a stubborn Mocker. Ragnarson
understood his reluctance. Nepanthe was
absolutely dead set against allowing her husband to get involved in anything
resembling an adventure. Hers was an
extremely dependent personality. She couldn't
endure separations. "Turran,
could you convince Nepanthe?" "I'll
do it," Valther said. He and
Nepanthe had always been close.
"She'll listen to me. But
she won't like it." Mocker
grew agitated. His domestic problems
were being aired.... Bragi
began massaging his own face. He wasn't
getting enough sleep. The demands of
his several posts were getting to him.
He considered resigning as publican consul. The position made limited demands, yet did consume time he could
use being Marshall and virtual king-surrogate. "Why
don't you list your objections—take them down, Derel—and we'll deal with them
in an orderly fashion." Mocker
was appalled. "Is end. Is perished. Is dead, absolute, friend of youth, wrapping self in cocoon of
time, coming forth from chrysalis as perfect bureaucrat, all impatient and
indifferent. Or is imposter, taking
place of true gentleman of former time?
Rising from Sea of Perdition, snakes of rules and regulations for
hair—not my department, go down hall to hear same—Bastard Beast-Child of
order.... Enough. Self, am beloved get of Chaos. Am having business of own. Otherwheres. Open door." He was
irked. And Ragnarson was tempted to
apologize, except he wasn't sure what to apologize for. "Let him go, Luther. Tell Malven to take him to his room."
One by one, he palmed the double nobles. Part of
his failure came from inside, he reflected.
He had changed. But as much
blame lay with Mocker. Never had he
been so touchy. Michael
Trebilcock, one of the faces Mocker didn't know, asked, "What now?" Ragnarson
gestured for silence. Mocker
didn't make it past Luther. As the
guard stepped aside, the fat man turned and asked musingly, "Double
nobles five?" He grinned.
"Hai! Might soothe
conscience, same being sufficient to keep wife and son for year or two in
eventuation of certain death of cretinic chaser-after-dreams of old
friends." He then railed against the Fates for several minutes, damning
them for driving him into a corner from which he had no exit but suicide. It was
all for show. The mission Bragi had
shouldn't be dangerous. They
settled it then, with Mocker to leave Vorgreberg the following morning. The group gradually dissolved, till only
Bragi and Fiana remained. They
stared at one another across a short space that, sometimes, seemed miles. Finally,
she asked, "Am I getting boring?" He shook
his head. "What
is it, then?" He
massaged his face again. "The
pressure. More and more, I have trouble
giving a damn. About anything." "And
Elana, a little? You think she
knows?" "She
knows. Probably since the
beginning." Fiana
nodded thoughtfully. "That would
explain a lot." Bragi
frowned. "What?" "Never
mind. You have trouble with your
conscience?" "Maybe. Maybe." She
locked the door, eased into his lap. He
didn't resist, but neither did he encourage her. She nuzzled his ear, whispered, "I've always had this
fantasy about doing it here. On the
table. Where all the important laws and
treaties get signed." There were
some things Ragnarson just couldn't say, and first among them was
"no" to a willing lady. Later, he
met with Colonel Balfour, who commanded the Guild regiment being maintained in
Ravelin till the country produced competent soldiers of its own. High Crag was growing a little arrogant, a
little testy, as the inevitable withdrawal of the regiment drew closer. Each year the Guild grew less subtle in its
insistence that the regiment's commission be extended. There
were mercenaries and Mercenaries. The latter
belonged to the Guild, headquartered at High Crag on the western coast just
north of Dunno Scuttari. The Guild was
a brotherhood
of free soldiers, almost a monastic order, consisting of approximately ten
thousand members scattered from Ipopotam to Iwa Skolovda, from the Mountains of
M'Hand to Freyland. Ragnarson and many
of his intimates had begun their adulthood in its ranks and, nominally,
remained attached to the order. But the
connection was tenuous, despite High Crag's having awarded regular promotions
over the years. Because the Citadel
recognized no divorce, it still claimed a right to demand obedience. The
soldiers of the Guild owned no other allegiance, to men, nations, or
faith. And they were the best-schooled
soldiers in the west. High Crag's
decision to accept or reject a commission often made or broke the would-be
employer's cause without blows being struck. There
were suspicions, among princes, that the Citadel— High Crag's heart, whence the
retired generals ruled—was shaping destiny to its own dream. Ragnarson
entertained those suspicions himself—especially when he received pressure to
extend the regiment posted to Ravelin. Ragnarson
had, on several occasions, tried to convince the Guild factors that his little
state just couldn't afford the protection.
Ravelin remained heavily indebted from the civil war. He argued that only low-interest loans and
outright grants from Itaskia were keeping the kingdom above water. If El Murid died or were overthrown, that
aid would end. Itaskia would lose its
need for a buffer on the borders of Hammad al Nakir. Following
the inevitable bitter argument with Balfour, Bragi spoke to the Thing, doing
his best to shuffle his three hats without favoring any one. Still, as chief of the armed forces, he
concentrated on an appropriations measure. The bill
was for the maintenance of the Mercenary regiment. The parliament supported its hire even less enthusiastically than
Ragnarson. Such
matters, and personal problems, distracted him so much during subsequent months
that he took little notice of the enduring absence of his fat friend, whom he
had instructed to disappear, so to speak, anyway. His
immediate goal, Mocker decided, had to be Sedlmayr. Ravelin's second largest city nestled between the breasts of the Kapenrungs
within days of Haroun's primary camps.
He would make inquiries there, alerting Haroun's agents to his
presence. Their response would dictate
his latter activities. There
were a dozen moving camps within fifty miles.
He might end up wandering from one to another till he located Haroun. The
rooftops of Vorgreberg had just dipped behind the horizon when he heard the
clop-clop of a faster horse coming up behind him. He glanced back. Another
lone rider. He
slowed, allowing the rider to catch up.
"Hail, friend met upon trail." The man
smiled, replied in kind, and thereafter they rode together, chance-met
companions sharing a day's conversation to ease the rigors of the journey. The traveler said he was Sir Keren of
Sincic, a Nordmen knight southbound on personal business. M ocker
missed the signs. He had taken Bragi at
his word. No danger in the
mission. He didn't catch a whiff of
peril. Until the
four ambushers sprang from the forest a half day further south. The
knight downed him with a blow from behind as he slew a second bushwhacker with
a sword almost too swift to follow.
Half conscious, he mumbled as they bound him, "Woe! Am getting old. Feeble in head. Trusting
stranger. What kind fool you, idiot
Mocker? Deserve whatever happens,
absolute." The
survivors taunted him, and beat him mercilessly. Mocker marked the little one with the eye-patch. He would undergo the most exquisite tortures
after the tables turned. Mocker
didn't doubt that they would. His past
justified that optimism. After
dark, following back-ways and forest trails, his captors took him
southeastward, into the province of Uhlmansiek. So confident were they that they didn't bother concealing
anything from him. "A
friend of mine," said the knight, "Habibullah the ambassador, sent
us." "Is
a puzzlement. Self, profess
bambizoolment. Met same two nights
passing, speaking once to same, maybeso.
Self, am wondering why same wants inconsequential—though ponderous,
admit—self snapped up like slave by second-class thugs pretending to
entitlement?" Sir Keren
laughed. "But you've met
before. A long time ago. You
gutted him and left him for dead the night you kidnapped El Murid's
daughter." That put
a nasty complexion on the matter.
Mocker felt a new, deeper fear.
Now he knew his destination. They
would have a very special, very painful welcome for him at Al Rhemish. But Fate
was to deprive him of his visit to the Most Holy Mrazkim Shrines. They were somehwere in the Uhlmansiek
Kapenrungs when it happened. They
rounded a bend. Two horsemen blocked
their path. One was Guild Colonel
Balfour, the second an equally hard and scarred Mercenary battalion chieftain. Mocker remembered both from the Victory Day
celebration. "Hai!"
he cried, for, if Sir Keren had made any mistake at all, it had been leaving
him ungagged. "Rescue on
hand. Poor old fat fool not
forgotten...." The little fellow with an eye missing belted him in the
mouth. Sir
Keren's rogues were old hands. Despite
his circumstances, Mocker found himself admiring their professionalism. They spread out, three against two. There was no question of a parley. The
currents of intrigue ran deep. The
one-eyed man moved suddenly, a split second after Sir Keren and his comrade
launched their attack. His blade found
a narrow gap below the rim of Sir Keren's helmet. Balfour's
companion died at the same moment, struck down (by Sir
Keren's companion. Balfour himself
barely managed to survive till the one-eye skewered the remaining man from
behind. Mocker's
glee soon became tempered by a suspicion that his rescue wasn't what it
seemed. It might, in fact, be no rescue
at all. He seized the best chance he
saw. Having
long ago slipped his bonds, he wheeled his mount and took off. They must
be ignorant of his past, he reflected as forest flew past. Otherwise they would've taken
precautions. Escape tricks were one way
he had of making his meager living. He
managed two hundred yards before the survivors noticed. The chase was on. It was
brief. Mocker
rounded a turn. His mount stopped
violently, reared, screamed. A tall,
slim man in black blocked the trail. He
wore a golden cat-gargoyle mask finely chased in black, with jeweled eyes and
fangs. And while words could describe
that mask, they couldn't convey the dread and revulsion it inspired. Mocker
kicked his mount's flanks, intending to ride the man down. The horse
screamed and reared again. Mocker
tumbled off. Stunned, he rolled in the
deep pine needles, muttered, "Woe!
Is story of life. Always one
more evil, waiting round next bend." He lay there twitching, pretending
injury, fingers probing the pine needles for something useful as a weapon. Balfour
and the one-eyed man arrived. The
latter swung down and booted Mocker, then tied him again. "You
nearly failed," the stranger accused. Balfour
revealed neither fear nor contrition.
"They were good. And you've
got him. That's what matters. Pay Rico.
He's served us well: He deserves well of us. I've got to get back to Vorgreberg." "No." Balfour
slapped his hilt. "My weapon is
faster than yours." He drew the blade a foot from its scabbard. "If we can't deal honorably amongst
ourselves, then our failure is inevitable." The man
in black bowed slightly. "Well
said. I simply meant that it wouldn't
be wise for you to return. We've made
too much commotion here. Eyes have
seen. The men of the woods, the Marena
Dimura, are watching. It would be
impossible to track all the witnesses.
It'll be simpler for you to disappear." Balfour drew
his blade another foot. Rico, unsure
what was happening, moved to where he could attack from the side. The thin
man carefully raised his hands.
"No. No. As you say, there must be trust. There must be a mutual concern. Else how can we convert others to our
cause?" Balfour
nodded, but didn't relax. Mocker
listened, and through hooded eyes observed.
His heart pounded. What dread
had befallen him? And why? "Rico,"
the stranger said, "Take this.
It's gold." He offered a bag. The
one-eyed man glanced at Balfour, took the sack, looked inside. "He's right. Maybe thirty pieces.
Itaskian. Iwa Skolovdan." "That
should suffice till the moves have begun and it's safe for you to return,"
said the masked man. Balfour
sheathed his weapon. "All right. I know a place where no one could find us. Where they wouldn't think of looking. You need help with him?" He nudged
Mocker with a toe. The fat
man could feel the wicked grin behind that hideous mask. "That one? That little toad? No. Go on, before his friends hear the
news." "Rico,
come on." After
Balfour and Rico had departed, the tall man stood over Mocker, considering. Mocker,
being Mocker, had to try, even knowing it futile. He
kicked. The tall
man hopped his leg with disdainful ease, reached, touched.... Mocker's
universe shrank to a point of light which, after a momentary brightness,
died. After that he was lost, and time
ceased to have meaning. FOUR:
Intimations Ragnarson
dismounted, dropped his reins over a low branch. "Why don't you guys join me?" he asked as he seated
himself against an oak. A cool breeze
whispered through the Gudbrandsdal Forest, a Royal Preserve just over the
western boundary of the Siege of Vorgreberg.
"It's restful here." He
narrowed his eyes to slits, peered at the sun, which broke through momentary
gaps in the foliage. Turran,
Valther, Blackfang, Kildragon, and Ragnarson's secretary, a scholar from Hellin
Daimiel named Derel Prataxis, dismounted.
Valther lay down on his belly in new grass, a strand of green trailing
from between his teeth. Ragnarson's
foster brother, Blackfang, began snoring in seconds. This had
begun as a boar hunt. Beaters were out
trying to kick up game. Other parties
were on either flank, several hundred yards away. But Bragi had left the capital only to escape its pressures. The others understood. "Sometimes,"
Ragnarson mused, minutes later, "I think we were better off back when our
only problem was our next meal." Kildragon,
a lean, hard brunet, nodded. "It
had its good points. We didn't have to
worry about anybody else." Ragnarson
waved a hand in an uncertain gesture, reflecting his inner turmoil. "It's peaceful out here. No distractions." Kildragon
stretched a leg, prodded Blackfang. "Uhn? What's happening?" "That's
it," said Bragi.
"Something." Peace had reigned so long that the first ripples,
subtle though they were, had brought him worriedly alert. His companions, too, sensed it. Valther
grumbled, "I can't put my finger on it." Everyday life
in Vorgreberg had
begun showing little
stutters, little stumbles. A general uneasiness haunted everyone, from the Palace to the
slums. There was
just one identifiable cause. The Queen's
indisposition. But Bragi wasn't telling
anyone anything about that. Not even
his brother. "Something's
happening," Ragnarson insisted.
Prataxis glanced his way, shook his head gently, resumed scribbling. The
scholars of Hellin Daimiel took subservient posts as a means of obtaining
primary source material for their great theses. Prataxis was a historian of the Lesser Kingdoms. He kept intimate accounts of the events surrounding
the man he served. Someday, when he
returned to the Rebsamen, he would write the definitive history of Kavelin
during Ragnarson's tenure. "Something
is piling up," Bragi continued.
"Quietly, out of sight.
Wait!" He
gestured for silence. One by one, the
others saw why. A bold chipmunk had
come to look them over. As time passed
and the little rascal saw no threat, he sneaked closer. Then closer still. Those
five hard men, those battered swords, veterans of some of the grimmest
bloodlettings that world had ever seen, watched the animal bemusedly. And Prataxis watched them. His pen moved quietly as he noted that they
could take pleasure in simple things, in the natural beauties of creation. It wasn't a facet of their characters they
displayed in the theater of the Palace.
The Palace was a cruel stage, never allowing its actors to shed their
roles. The
chipmunk finally grew bored, scampered away. "If
there was anything to reincarnation, I wouldn't mind being a chipmunk next time
around," Turran observed.
"Except for owls, foxes, hawks, and like that." "There's
always predators," Blackfang replied.
"Me, I'm satisfied here on top of the pile. Us two-leggers, we're Number One. Don't nothing chomp on us. Except us." "Haaken,
when did you take up philosophizing?" Bragi asked. His foster brother was a taciturn, stolid
man whose outstanding characteristic was his absolute dependability. "Philosophizing? Don't take no genius to tell that you're in
the top spot being people. You can
always yell and get a bunch of guys to gang up on any critter that's giving you
trouble. How come there's no wolves or
lions in these parts anymore? They all
went to Ipopotam for the season?" "My
friend," said Prataxis, "you strip it to its bones, but it remains a
philosophical point." Blackfang
regarded the scholar narrowly, not sure he hadn't been mocked. His old soldier's anti-intellectual stance
was a point of pride. "We
can't get away from it," said Ragnarson.
"But the quiet may help us think.
The subject at hand, my friends.
What's happening?" Valther
spat his blade of grass. While
searching for another, he replied, "People are getting nervous. The only thing I know, that's concrete, is
that they're worried because Fiana has locked herself up at Karak
Strabger. If she dies..." "I
know. Another civil war." "Can't
you get her to come back?" "Not
till she's recovered." Bragi examined each face. Did they suspect? He wished
the damned baby would hurry up and the whole damned mess would get done with. His
thoughts slipped away to the night she had told him. They had
been lying on the couch in his office, on one of those rare occasions when they
had the chance to be together. As he
had let his hand drift lightly down her sleek stomach, he had asked, "You
been eating too much of that baclava?
You're putting on a little...." He had
never been a smooth talker, so he wasn't surprised by her tears. Then she whispered, "It's not fat. Darling....
I'm pregnant." "Oh,
shit." A swarm of panic-mice raged round inside him. What the hell would he do? What would Elana say? She was suspicious enough already.... "I
thought.... Doctor Wachtel said you
couldn't have any more. After Carolan
you were supposed to be sterile." "Wachtel
was wrong. I'm sorry." She'd
pulled herself against him as if trying to crawl inside. "But.... Well....
Why didn't you tell me?" She had been well along. Only skilled dress had concealed it. "At
first, I didn't believe it. I thought
it was something else. Then I didn't
want you to worry." Well,
yes, she had saved him that, till then.
Since, he'd done nothing but worry. Too many
people could get hurt: Elana, himself, his children, Fiana, and Ravelin—if the
scandal became a cause celebre. He spent a lot of
time cursing himself for his own stupidity.
And a little admitting that his major objection was having gotten
caught. He'd probably go right on
bedding her if he got through this on the cheap. Before it
showed enough to cause talk, Fiana had taken trusted servants and Gjerdrum and
had moved to Karak Strabger, at Baxendala, where Ragnarson had won the battle
Kavelin celebrated on Victory Day. Her
plea of mental exhaustion wasn't that difficult to believe. Her reign had been hard, with seldom a
moment's relief. Horns
alerted him to the present. "Game's
afoot," Kildragon observed, rising. "Go
ahead," Bragi said. "Think
I'll just lay around here and loaf." Haaken,
Reskird, Turran, and Valther were habituated to action. They went.
They would get more relaxation from the hunt. "And
you, Derel?" "Are
you joking? Fat, old, and lazy as I
am? Besides, I never did see any point
to hounding some animal through the woods, and maybe breaking my neck." "Gives
you a feeling of omnipotence. You're a
god for a minute. 'Course, sometimes
you get taken down a peg if the game gives you the slip or runs you up a
tree." He chuckled. "Damned
hard to be dignified when you're hanging on a branch with a mad boar trying to
grab a bite of your ass. Makes you
reflect. And you figure out that what
Haaken said about us being top critter isn't always right." "Can
you manage this charade another two months?" "Eh?" "My
calculations say the child will arrive next month. She'll need another month to make herself presentable...." Ragnarson's
eyes became hard and cold. "Too,"
said Prataxis, who hadn't the sense to be intimidated, because in Hellin Daimie
scholars could make outrageous, libelous remarks without suffering reprisals,
"there's the chance, however remote, that she'll die in childbirth. Have you considered possible political
ramifications? Have you taken steps? Kavelin could lose everything you two have
built." "Derel,
you walk a thin line. Take care." "I know. But I know you, too. And I'm speaking now only because the matter
needs to be addressed and every eventuality considered. The Lesser Kingdoms have been stricken by deaths lately. Prince Raithel last year. He was old.
Everybody expected it. But King
Shanight, in Anstokin, went during the winter, in circumstances still
questionable. And now King Jostrand of
Volstokin has gone, leaving no one but a doddering Queen Mother to pick up the
reins." "You
saying there's something behind their deaths?
That Fiana might be next? My
God! Jostrand was dead drunk when he
fell off his horse." "Just
trying to make a point. The Dark Lady
stalks amongst the ruling houses of the Lesser Kingdoms. And Fiana will be vulnerable. This pregnancy shouldn't have happened. Bearing the Shinsan child ruined her
insides. She's having trouble, isn't
she?" It took a
special breed not to be offended by the forthrightness of the scholars of
Hellin Daimiel. Ragnarson prided
himself on his tolerance, his resilience.
Yet he had trouble dealing with Prataxis now. The man was speaking of things never discussed openly. "Yes. She is.
We're worried." We meant himself, Gjerdrum, and Dr. Wachtel, the Royal Physician. Fiana was scared half out of her mind. She was convinced she was going to die. But Bragi
ignored that. Elana had had nine
children now, two of whom hadn't lived, and she had gone through identical
histrionics every time. "To
change the subject, have you thought about Colonel Oryon?" "That
arrogant little reptile? I'm half
tempted to whip him. To send him home
with his head under his arm." He found
Balfour's replacement insufferably abrasive.
High Crag's recent threat to call in Kavelin's war debts had done
nothing to make the man more palatable.
And Bragi thought he was kicking up too much dust about Balfour's
disappearance. Ragnarson
wondered if that were related to High Crag's threats. Though ranked General on its rosters, he had had little to do
with the Mercenaries' Guild the past two decades. High Crag kept promoting him, he suspected, so a tenuous link
would exist should the Citadel want to exploit it. He wasn't privy to the thinking there. "Actually,"
he said, "you've conjured enough into the Treasury to pay them off. They don't know yet. My notion is, they want to do to us what
they've done to some of the little
states on the coast.
To nail us for some property.
Maybe a few titles with livings for their old men. That's their pattern." "Possibly. They've been developing an economic base for
a century." "What?" "A
friend of mine did a study of Guild policies and practices. Very interesting when you trace their monies
and patterns of commission acceptance.
Trouble is, the pattern isn't complete enough to show their goals." "What
do you think? Would it be better to
give them a barony or two? One of the
nonhereditary titles we created after the war?" "You
could always nationalize later—when you think you can whip them heads up." "If
we pay there won't be much left for emergencies." "Commission
renewal is almost here. There won't be
much favorable sentiment in the Thing." "Ain't
much in my heart, either." Ragnarson watched the sun play peekaboo through
the leaves. "Hard to convince
myself we need them when we haven't had any trouble for seven years. But the army isn't up to anything rough
yet." The real
cost of the war had been the near-obliteration of Kavelin's traditional
military leadership, the Nordmen nobility.
Hundreds had fallen in the rebellion against Fiana. Hundreds had been exiled. Hundreds more had fled the kingdom. There was no lack of will in the men Bragi
had recruited since, simply an absence of command tradition. He had made up somewhat by using veterans he
had brought to Kavelin back then, forming several sound infantry regiments, but
the diplomatically viable military strength of the state still hinged on the
Guild presence. Their one regiment
commanded more respect than his native seven. Kavelin
had greedy neighbors, and their intentions, what with three national
leaderships having changed within the year, remained uncertain. "If
I could just get the Armaments Act through...." Soon
after war's end Fiana had decreed that every free man should provide himself
with a sword. Ragnarson's idea. But he had overlooked the cost. Even simple weapons were expensive. Few peasants had the money. Distributing captured arms had helped only a
little. So, for
years, he had been pushing legislation which would enable his War
Ministry to provide weapons. He wanted
the act so he could dispense with the Mercenaries. The Thing wanted rid of the Mercenaries first. An impasse. Bragi was
finding politics a pain in the behind. Reskird
and Haaken returned, then Turran and Valther.
Empty-handed. "That kid
Trebilcock, and Rolf, got there first," Reskird explained. "Tough old sow anyway." "Sour
grapes?" Bragi chuckled.
"Valther, you heard anything from Mocker yet? Or about him?" Most of a
year had passed since he had sent the fat man south. He hadn't heard a word since. "It's
got me worried," Valther admitted.
"I made it top priority two months ago, when I heard that Haroun
had left his camps. He's gone north. Nobody knows where or why." "And
Mocker?" "Practically
nothing. I've scoured the country clear
to Sedlmayr. He never made it
there. But one of my men picked up a
rumor that he was seen in Uhlmansiek." "That's
a long way from Sedlmayr...." "I
know. And he wasn't alone." "Who
was he with?" "We
don't know. Nearest thing to a
description I have is that one of them was a one-eyed man." "That
bothers you?" "There's
a one-eyed man named Wilis Northen, alias Rico, who's been on my list for
years. We think he works for El
Murid." "And?" "Northen
disappeared about the right time." "Oh-oh. You think El Murid's got him? What're the chances?" "I
don't know. It's more hunch than
anything." "So. Let's see.
Mocker goes to see Haroun. El
Murid's agents intercept him. Question. How did they know?" "You've
got me. That bothers me more than where
Mocker is. It could cost us all. I've tried every angle I can think of. I can't find a leak. I put tagged information through everybody
who was there when we conned Mocker into going. Result? Nothing." Ragnarson
shook his head. He knew those men. He had bet his life on their loyalties
before. But the
word had leaked somehow. Had
Mocker told anybody? Thus the
spy mind works. There had to be a plot,
a connection. Coincidence couldn't be
accepted. Habibullah
hadn't had the slightest idea of Mocker's mission. He had simply set his agents to kidnap a man, acting on news,
which was common talk in the Siluro quarter, that he was traveling to Sedlmayr. Mocker had spread that story himself. The man in black had other resources. "Keep
after it. In fact, get in touch with
Haroun's people." "Excuse
me?" "Haroun
has people here. I know a little about
your work. I've done some in my
time. Admit it. You know them and they know you. Ask them to find out. Or you could go through our friends from
Altea. They're in direct contact. Even if you find out they don't know
anything, we're ahead. We'd know Mocker
didn't reach the camps. Oh. Ask the Marena Dimura. They know what's happening in the
hills." "That's
where I got my Uhlmansiek rumor." The
Marena Dimura were the original inhabitants of Ravelin, dwelling there before
Ilkazar initiated the wave of migrations which had brought in the other three
ethnic groups: the Siluro, Wessons, and Nordmen. The semi-nomadic Marena Dimura tribes kept to the forests and
mountains. A fiercely independent
people—though they had supported her during the civil war—they refused to
recognize Fiana as legitimate monarch of Kavelin. Centuries after the Conquest they still viewed the others as
occupying peoples.... They put little
effort into altering the situation, though.
They took their revenge by stealing chickens and sheep. It was
early spring. The sun rolled west. The afternoon breeze rose. The air grew cooler. Shivering, Bragi announced, "I'm
heading back to town. Be damned cold by
dark." It would take that long to get home. Prataxis
and Valther joined him. They had work
to do. "You
ought to go see your wife sometime," Ragnarson told Valther. "I had a wife who looked like that, I
wouldn't go out for groceries." Valther
gave him an odd look. "Elana isn't
bad. And you leave her alone all the
time." Guilt
ragged Ragnarson's conscience. It was
true. His position was opening a gulf
between him and Elana. And he hadn't
only neglected her. The children, too,
were growing up as strangers. He
stopped chiding Valther. The man's
marriage was even more successful than Mocker's. "Yeah. Yeah.
You're right. I'll take a couple
days off soon as I get the new armaments thing lined up. Maybe dump the kids on Nepanthe and take
Elana somewhere. There's some pretty
country around Lake Turntine." "Sounds
perfect. And Nepanthe would love having
them. She's going crazy, bottled up
with Ethrian." Nepanthe
was staying at the Palace. There were
no children her son's age at Castle Krief. "Maybe
she should move out to my place?" Ragnarson's family occupied the home of
a former rebel, Lord Lindwedel, who had been beheaded during the war. It was so huge that his mob of kids, and
servants, and Haaken when he stayed over, couldn't fill it. "Maybe,"
Valther murmured. "My place would
be better." His wasn't far from Ragnarson's. The head
of an intelligence service doesn't always tell his employer all he knows. FIVE: A
Traveler in Black North of
the Kratchnodians, at the Trolledyngjan mouth of the Middle Pass, stood the inn
run by Frita Tolvarson. It had been in
his family since the time of Jan Iron Hand.
The main trade road from Tonderhofn and the Trolledyngjan interior
passed nearby, spanned the mountains, formed a tenuous link with the
south. For travelers it was either the
first or last bit of comfort following or preceding a harrowing passage. There was no other hospice for days around. Frita was
an old man, and a kindly soul, with a child for almost every year of his
marriage. He didn't demand much more of
his customers than reasonable payment, moderate behavior, and news of the rest
of the world. There was
a custom at the inn dating back centuries.
Every guest was asked to contribute a story to the evening's
entertainment. Winding
down from the high range, a path had been beaten in the previous night's
snow. The first spring venturers were
assaulting the pass from the south. The
path made a meandering ribbon of shadow once it reached the drifted moor, its
depths unplumbed by the light of a low-hanging, full Wolf Moon. A chill arctic wind moaned through the
branches of a few skeletal trees. Those
gnarled old oaks looked like squatting giants praising the sky with attenuated
fingers and claws. The wind
had banked snow against the north wall of Frita's establishment. The place looked like a snowbound barrow
from that direction. But on the south
side a traveler could find a welcoming door. One such
was crossing the lonely moor, a shivering black silhouette against the moonlit
Kratchnodians. He wore a dark great cloak
wrapped tightly about him, its hood pulled far forward to protect his
face. He stared down dully, eyes
watery. His cheeks burned in the
cold. He despaired of reaching the inn,
though he saw and smelled the smoke ahead.
His passage through the mountains had been terrible. He wasn't accustomed to wintery climes. Frita
looked up expectantly as a cold blast roared into the inn. He put on a smile of welcome. "Hey!"
a customer grumbled. "Close the
goddamned door! We aren't frost
giants." The
newcomer surveyed the common room: There were just three guests. Frita's
wife bade him quit gawking and offer the man something to drink. He nodded to his oldest daughter. Alowa slipped off her stool, quickly visited
the kitchen for mulled wine.
"No!" she told a customer as she passed him on her way to the
newcomer. Frita chuckled. He knew a "yes" when he heard it. The
newcomer accepted the wine, went to crouch before the fire. "There'll be meat soon," Alowa
told him. "Won't you let me take
your cloak?" Her blonde hair danced alluringly as she shook it out of her
face. "No."
He gave her a coin. She examined it,
frowned, tossed it to her father. Frita
studied it. It was strange. He seldom saw its like. It bore a crown instead of a bust, and
intricate characters. But it was real
silver. Alowa
again asked the stranger for his cloak. "No."
He moved to the table, leaned forward as if to sleep on his forearms. There'll
be trouble now, Frita thought. She
won't rest till she unveils the mystery.
He followed her to the kitchen.
"Alowa, behave yourself. A
man deserves his privacy." "Could
he be the one?" "The
one what?" "The
one the Watcher is waiting for?" Frita
shrugged. "I doubt it. Mark me, girl. Let him be. That's a hard
man." He had caught a glimpse of the man's face as he had turned from the
fire. Fortyish, weathered, thin,
dark-eyed, dusky, with a cruel nose and crueler lines around his mouth. There was a metallic sound when he
moved. The worn hilt of a sword
protruded through the part in his cloak.
"That's no merchant trying to be first to the prime furs." Frita
returned to the common room. It lay
silent. The handful of
customers were waiting for the newcomer to reveal something of himself and his
business. Frita's curiosity grew. The man wouldn't push back his hood. Was his face so terrible? Time
passed, mostly in silence. The newcomer
had dampened the mood that had prevailed earlier, when there had been singing,
joking, and good-natured competition for Alowa's favors. The stranger ate in silence, hidden in his
hood. Alowa, gradually, moved from
mystification to hurt. Never had she
encountered a man so oblivious to her charms. Frita
decided the time for tales had come.
His guests had begun drinking to fill the time. The mood was growing sour. Something was needed to lighten it before
drink led to unpleasantness.
"Brigetta, get the children." Nodding, his wife rose from her
needlework, stirred the younger children from their evening naps and the older
from the kitchen. Frita frowned at the
youngsters when they began playing with one of the traveler's dogs. "Time
for tales," he announced. There
were just seven people at the table, including himself. Two of the others were his wife and Alowa. "A rule of the house. Not required. But he who tells the best pays no keep." His eyes lingered
on the one they called the Watcher, a small, nervous, one-eyed rogue. He had arrived nearly a year ago, in company
with a gentleman of means, who had behaved like a fugitive. The gentleman had left the Watcher and had
hurried northward as if his doom pursued him.
Yet nothing had ever come of it. Frita
didn't like the Watcher. He was a sour,
evil, small-minded little man. His only
redeeming feature was a fat purse.
Alowa made him pay for what she gave everyone else freely, and hinted
that his tastes were cruel. One guest
said, "I'm from Itaskia, where I was once a merchant sailor." And he
told of grim sea battles with corsairs out of the Isles, with no quarter given
nor taken. Frita listened with half an
ear. The feud of Itaskia's shipping
magnates with the Red Brotherhood was a fixture of modern history. The
second visitor began his tale, "I once joined an expedition to the Black
Forest, and there I heard this tale." And he spun an amusing yarn about a
toothless dragon who had terrible problems finding sufficiently delicate
meals. The smaller children loved it. Frita had
heard it before. He hated to declare an
old story the winner. But, to
his surprise, the Watcher volunteered a tale.
He hadn't bothered for months. He stood,
the better to fix his audience's attention, and used his hands' freely while
speaking. He had trouble moving his
left arm. Frita had seen it bare. He had taken a deep wound in the past. "Long
ago and far away," the Watcher began, in the storyteller's fashion,
"in a time when elves still walked the earth, there was a great
elf-king. Mical-gilad was his name, and
his passion, conquest. He was a mighty
warrior, undefeated in battle or joust.
He and his twelve paladins were champions of the world till the events
whereof I speak." Frita
frowned, leaned back. A story new to
him. A pity its teller had little feel
for the art. "One
day a knight appeared at the gates of the elf-king's castle. His shield bore an unknown coat of
arms. His horse was twice as big as
life and black as coal. The gate guards
refused him passage. He laughed at
them. The gates collapsed." Yes,
Frita thought, it would make a tale in the mouth of a competent teller. The Watcher described the elf-king's encounter
with He Who Laughs, after the stranger had slain his twelve champions. He then fought the king himself, who
overcame him by trickery, but couldn't kill him because of the unbreachable
spells on his armor. Frita
thought he saw where it was going. He
had heard so many tales that even the best had become predictable. It was a moral tale about the futility of
trying to evade the inevitable. The
elf-king had his opponent thrown on a dung heap outside his castle, whereupon
He Who Laughs promised another, more terrible meeting. And, sure enough, the next time the elf-king
went a-conquering, he found the knight in black and gold riding with his
enemies. As he
talked, the Watcher nervously played with a small gold coin. It was a tick Frita no longer noticed. But the newcomer seemed mesmerized by the
constant tumble of the gold piece. In the
end, He Who Laughs ran the elf-king down and slew him. The
ex-sailor from Itaskia said, "I don't understand. Why was the king afraid of him if he wasn't
afraid of anybody else?" For the
first time the newcomer uttered more than a monosyllable. "The knight is a metaphor, my
friend. He Who Laughs is one of the
names of the male avatar, the hunter aspect, of Death. She sets that part of herself to stalk those who would evade
her. The elves were supposed to have
been immortal. The point of the story
was that the king had grown so arrogant in his immortality that he dared
challenge the Dark Lady, the Inevitable. Which is the grossest form of stupidity. Yet even today men persist in the folly of believing they can
escape the inevitable." "Oh." All eyes
were on the newcomer now. Especially
that of the Watcher. The remark about
the inevitable seemed to have touched his secret fears. "Well
then," said the innkeeper.
"Which wins? The
pirate? The dragon? Or the lesson of the elf-king?" Half a
dozen little ones clamored for the dragon. "Wait,"
said the newcomer. His tone enforced
instant silence. "I would like a
turn." "By
all means," Frita nodded, eager to please. This man had begun to frighten him. Yet he was surprised. He
hadn't expected this dour, spooky stranger to contribute. "This
is a true story. The most interesting
usually are. It began just a year ago,
and hasn't yet ended. "There
was a man, of no great stature or means, completely unimportant in the usual
ways, who had the misfortune to be a friend of several powerful men. Now, it seems the enemies of those men
thought they could attack them through him. "They
waylaid him one day as he was riding through the countryside...." From
beneath his hood the newcomer peered at the Watcher steadily. The one-eyed man tumbled his coin in a
virtual blur. "Just
south of Vorgreberg...." the stranger said, almost too softly for any but
the one-eyed man's ears. The
Watcher surged up, a whimper in his throat as he dragged out a dagger. He hurled himself at the stranger. One
finger protruded from the newcomer's sleeve.
He said one word. Smoke
exploded from the Watcher's chest. He
flew backward, slammed against a wall.
Women and children screamed. Men
ducked under the table. The
stranger rose calmly, bundled himself tightly, and vanished into the frigid
night. Frita
peeked from beneath the table.
"He's gone now." He joined his surviving guests beside the
body. "He
was a sorcerer," the sailor muttered. "Was
that the man he was watching for?" Alowa asked. Her excitement was pure thrill. "I
think so. Yes. I think so." Frita opened the Watcher's
shirt. "Who
was he?" the sailor asked. "This
here fellow's version of He Who Laughs, I reckon, the way he went on." "Look
at this," said the other man. He
had recovered the coin the dead man had dropped when going for his knife. "You don't see many of these. From Hammad al Nakir." "Uhm,"
Frita grunted. The silver coin the
stranger had given him had been of the same source, but of an earlier mintage. Bared,
the dead man's chest appeared virtually uninjured. The only mark was a small crown branded over his heart. "Hey,"
said the ex-sailor. "I've seen
that mark before. It's got , something
to do with the refugees from Hammad al Nakir, doesn't it?" "Yes,"
Frita replied. "We shared our meal
with a celebrity. With a king." "Really?"
Alowa's eyes were large. "I
touched him...." The
sailor shuddered. "I hope I never
see him again. Not that one. If he's who I think you mean. He's accursed. Death and war follow him wherever he goes...." "Yes,"
Frita agreed. "I wonder what evil
brought him to Trolledyngja?" SIX: The
Attack Three men
lurked in the shadows of the park. They
appeared to be devotees of the Harish Cult of Hammad al Nakir. Dusky, hawk-nosed men, they watched with
merciless eyes. They had been there for
hours, studying the mansion across the lane.
Occasionally, one had gone to make a careful circuit of the house. They were old hunters. They had patience. "It's
time," the leader finally murmured.
He tapped a man's shoulder, stabbed a finger at the house. The man crossed the lane with no more noise
than the approach of midnight. A dog
woofed questioningly behind the hedges. The man
returned five minutes later. He nodded. All three
crossed the lane. They had
been studying and rehearsing for days.
No one was out this time of night.
There was little chance anyone would interfere. Four
mastiffs lay rigid on the mansion's lawn.
The three dragged them out of sight.
Poisoned darts had silenced them. The
leader spent several minutes examining the door for protective spells. Then he tried the latch. The door
opened. It was
too easy. They feared a trap. A Marshall should have guards, enchantments,
locks and bolts protecting him. These men
didn't know Kavelin. They couldn't have
comprehended the little kingdom's politics had they been interested. Here political difficulties were no longer
settled with blades in darkness. They
searched the first floor carefully, smothering a maid, butler, and their
child. They had orders to leave no one
alive. The first
bedroom on the second floor belonged to Inger, Ragnarson's
four-year-old daughter. They paused there,
again using a pillow. The
leader considered the still little form without remorse. His fingers caressed a dagger within his
blouse, itching to strike with it. But
that blade dared be wielded against but one man. To the
Harish Cult the assassin's dagger was sacred.
It was consecrated to the soul of the man chosen to die. To pollute the weapon with another's blood
was abomination. Deaths incidental to a
consecrated assassination had to be managed by other means. Preferably bloodless, by smothering,
drowning, garroting, poisoning, or defenestration. The three
slew a boy child, then came to a door with light showing beneath it. A murmur came through. Adult voices. This should be the master bedroom. The three decided to save that room for last. They would make sure of the sleeper on the
third floor, Ragnarson's brother, before taking the Marshall himself, three to
one. The plans
of mice and men generally are laid without considering the fbibles of
fourteen-year-old boys who have been feuding with their brothers. Every
night Ragnar booby-trapped his door certain that some morning Gundar would
again sneak in to steal his magic kit.... Water
fell. A bucket crashed and rattled over
an oaken floor. From the master bedroom
a woman's frightened voice called, "Ragnar, what the hell are you up
to?" Low, urgent discussion accompanied the rustle of hasty movement. A sleepy,
"What?" came from behind the booby-trapped door, then a frightened,
"Ma!" Ragnar
didn't recognize the man in his doorway. The
intruder pawed the water from his eyes.
His followers threw themselves toward the master bedroom. The door was locked, but flimsy. They broke through. Inside, a
man desperately tried to get into his pants.
A woman clutched furs to her nakedness. "Who
the hell... ?" the man demanded. An
assassin flicked a bit of silken handkerchief.
It wrapped the man's throat. A
second later his neck broke. The other
intruder rushed the woman. They were
skilled, these men. Professionals. Murder, swift and silent, was their art. Their
teachers had for years tried to school them to react to the
unexpected. But some things were beyond
their teachers. Like a
woman fighting back. Elana
hurled herself toward the bodkin laying on a nearby wardrobe, swung it as the
assassin rounded the bed. He
stopped, taken aback. She moved
deftly, distracting with her nakedness.
Seeing him armed with nothing more dangerous than a scarf, she attacked. He
flicked that scarf. It encircled her
throat. She drove the dagger in an
upward thrust. He took it along his
ribs. Gagging,
Elana stabbed again, opened his bowels. Ragnar
suddenly realized that death was upon him.
He scrambled to the shadowed corner where he had hidden the weapons
Haaken had been training him to use.
They were there by sheer chance.
He had been too lazy to return them to the family armory after practice,
and Haaken had forgotten to check on him. He went
after the assassin in the wild-swinging northman fashion before the man
recovered from the drenching. His blows
were fierce but poorly struck. He was
too frightened to fight with forethought or calculation. The
assassin wasn't armed for this. He
retreated, skipping and weaving and picking up slash wounds. He watched the boy's mad eyes, called for
help. But there would be none. Through the door of the master bedroom he
saw one of his comrades down. The other
wrestled with a woman.... And someone
was stirring upstairs. The
man. though, was dead. He lay halfway between bed and door, silk
knotted round his throat. The night
was almost a success. The primary
mission had been accomplished. The
leader fled. Ragnar
chased him to the front door before he realized that his mother was fighting
for her life. He charged back
upstairs. "Ma! Ma!" The house
was all a-scream now. The little ones
wailed in the hall. Haaken thundered
from the third floor, "What's going on down there?" Ragnar
met the last assassin coming from the bedroom.
His mouth and eyes were agape in incredulity. Ragnar
cut him down. For an instant he stared
at the bodkin in the man's back. Then
he whipped into his parents' bedroom.
"Ma! Papa! Are you all right?" No. He saw
the dead man first, his pants still around his knees. It wasn't
his father. Then he
saw his mother and the disemboweled assassin. "Ma!" It was
the howl of a maddened wolf, all pain and rage.... Haaken
found the boy hacking at the assassin Elana had gutted. The corpse was chopped meat. He took in the scene, understood, despite
his own anger and agony did what he had to do. First he
closed the door to shield the other children from their mother's shame. Then he disarmed Ragnar. It wasn't
easy. The boy was ready to attack
anything moving. But Haaken was
Ragnar's swordmaster. He knew the boy's
weaknesses. He struck Ragnar's blade
aside, planted a fist. The blow
didn't faze Ragnar. "Like your
grandfather, eh, Red?" He threw another punch. Then another and another.
The boy finally collapsed.
Ragnar's grandfather had, at will, been capable of killing rages. Berserk, he had been invincible. Shaking
his head dolefully, Haaken covered Elana. "Poor Bragi," he muttered. "He don't need this on top of everything else." He poked
his head into the hall. The surviving
children and servants were in a panic.
"Gundar!" he roared.
"Come here. Pay
attention." The ten-year-old couldn't stop staring at the assassin lying
in the hall. "Run to the Queen's
barracks. Tell Colonel Ahring to get
your father. Right now." Haaken
closed the door, stalked round the bedroom.
"How will I tell him?" he mumbled. He toyed with disposing of the dead man. "No. Have to do it in one dose.
He'll need all the evidence. "Somebody's
gonna pay for this." He inspected the chopped corpse carefully. "El Murid has got himself one big
debt." The hand
of the Harish had reached into Vorgreberg before. There was
nothing he could do there. He slipped
out, sat down with his back against the door.
He laid his sword across his lap and waited for his brother. One oil
lamp flickered on Ragnarson'sdesk. He
bent close to read the latest protest from El Murid's embassy. They sure could bitch about petty shit. What the
hell was Haroun up to? Haroun
was what he was, doing what he thought necessary. Even when he made life difficult, Bragi bore him no ill
will. But when bin Yousif stopped
conforming to his own nature.... There
hadn't been a serious protest in a year.
And Valther said there had been no terrorist incursions for
several. Nor had many bands of Royalist
partisans passed through Kavelin bound for the camps. Nor had Customs reported the capture of any guerrilla contraband. It was
spooky. Ragnarson
wasn't pleased when people changed character inexplicably. "Derel. Any word from Karak Strabger?" "None,
sir." "Something's
wrong up there. I'd better...." "Gjerdrum
can handle it, sir." Ragnarson's
right hand fluttered about nervously.
"I suppose. I wish he'd
write more often." "I
used to hear the same from his mother when he was at the university." "It'd
risk letters falling into unfriendly hands anyway." The Queen's condition
had to remain secret. For the good of
the state, for his own good—if he didn't want his wife planning to cut his
throat. Bragi
didn't know how to manage it, but the news absolutely had to be kept from
Elana. Rumors
striking alarmingly near the truth ran the streets already. He
massaged his forehead, crushed his eyelids with the heels of his hands. "This last contribution from
Breidenbach. You done the figures
yet?" "It
looks good. There's enough, but it'll
be risky." "Damned. There's got to be an honest, legal way to
increase revenues." In the
past, when he had been on the other end, Bragi's favorite gripes had been
government and taxes. Taxes
especially. He had seen them as a
gigantic protection racket. Pay off or
have soldiers on your front porch. "By
increasing the flow of trade." Economics
weren't his forte, but Ragnarson asked anyway.
"How do we manage that?" "Lower
the transit tax." Prataxis grinned. "Oh,
go to hell. The more you talk, the more
I get confused. If I had the
men I'd do it the Trolledyngjan way. Go
steal it from the nearest foreigner who couldn't defend himself." Prataxis's
reply was forestalled by a knock. "Enter,"
Ragnarson growled. Jarl
Ahring stepped in. His face was drawn. Premonition
gripped Ragnarson. "What is
it? What's happened, Jarl?" Ahring
gulped several false starts before babbling, "At your house. Somebody.... Assassins." "But.... What...
?" He didn't understand.
Assassins? Why would ... ?
Maybe robbers? There was no
reason for anyone to attack his home. "Your
son.... Gundar.... He came to the barracks. He was hysterical. He said everybody was dead.
Then he said Haaken told him to have me find you. I sent twenty men over, then came
here." "You
checked it out?" "No. I came straight here." "Let's
go." "I
brought you a horse." "Good."
Ragnarson strapped on the sword that was never out of reach, followed Ahring at
a run. And then at a wild gallop
through deserted streets. A quarter
mile short of home Ragnarson shouted, "Hold up!" A patch of white in
the park had caught his eye. The man
was on the verge of dying, but he recognized Ragnarson. Surprise shown through agony. He tried to use a dagger. Bragi
took it away, studied him. Soon he was
dead. "Loss of blood,"
Ragnarson observed. "Somebody cut
him bad." He handed the knife to Ahring. "Harish
kill-dagger." "Yeah. Come on." The news
was spreading. Lean, sallow Michael
Trebilcock had arrived already, and Valther and his wife, Mist, showed up as
Bragi did. Their house stood just up
the lane. Neighbors clogged the
yard. Ahring's troops were keeping them
out of the house. Bragi
took the dagger from Ahring, passed it to Valther's wife. "It is consecrated?" That
tall, incredibly beautiful woman closed her oval eyes. She
moaned suddenly, hurled the blade away.
A soldier recovered it. Mist took
two deep breaths, said, "Yes. To
your name. But not in Al Rhemish." "Ah?"
Ragnarson wasn't surprised.
"Where, then?" "It's
genuine. A Harish knife. Under your name is another, without
blood." "Stolen
blade. I thought so." "What? How?" Ahring asked. "There
still some here?" Bragi asked.
Harish assassins usually worked in teams. And they didn't leave their wounded behind. "Yes
sir," a soldier replied.
"Upstairs." "Come,"
Ragnarson told Ahring, Valther, and Mist.
"You too, Michael." Trebilcock
was a strange young man. He had come
from the Rebsamen with Gjerdrum when Ragnarson's aide had graduated from that
university. His father, Wallice
Trebilcock of the House of Braden in Czeschin of the Bedelian League, had died
shortly before, leaving him an immense fortune. He didn't
care about money, or anything but getting near the makers and shakers of
history. Ragnarson
had felt a paternal attraction from their first meeting, so the youth had
slipped into his circle through the side door. Ragnarson,
though unaware of the extent of his losses, was already in a form of
shock. It was a protective reaction
against emotion, a response learned the hard way, at fifteen. It had been then that disaster and despair
had first overtaken him, then that he had learned that swords don't exclusively
bite the men on the other side. He had learned
the night he had watched his father die, belly opened by an axe.... Others
had died since, good friends and brothers-in-arms. He had learned, and learned, and learned—to stifle emotions till
the smoke had cleared, till the dust had settled, till the enemy had been put
away. He knelt
by the dead man in the hallway, opening his clothing. "Here." He tapped the man over his heart. "What?"
Valther asked. "He has the
tattoo. They always do." "Look
closer," Ragnarson growled. Valther
peered intently at a tricolor tattoo, three cursive letters
intertwined. They meant "Beloved
of God." Their bearer was guaranteed entry into Paradise. "What?" "You
see it?" "Of
course." "Why?" Valther
didn't reply. "He's
dead, Valther. They fade with the
spirit." "Oh. Yes." So they
did, with a genuine Harish assassin, supposedly to indicate that the soul had
ascended. Some cynics, though, claimed
they vanished to avoid an admission that a Cultist had failed. "Somebody
went to a lot of trouble here," Bragi observed. "But for that, the frame would've worked." It should
have. Not many men outside the Harish
knew that secret. Most of those were
associates of Haroun bin Yousif. Ragnarson's
mysterious friend had researched the Cult thoroughly. He'd had to. He had been
its top target for a generation. And he
was still alive. "There's
a trap here," said Bragi. "What
now?" Valther demanded. "You've
got the mind for this. Suppose these
are part of the plan? If they failed,
and we didn't jump to the conclusion that El Murid was responsible? Who would you suspect then?" "Considering
their apparent origins...." "Haroun. Of course.
There're other folks like them, but who else would be interested?" "A
double frame?" "Levels. Always there're these levels. Direct attack is too unsubtle...." "Is
something beginning?" "Something
has begun. We've been into it for a
long time. Too many impossible things
have happened already." Bragi
rose, kicked the corpse, growled, "Get this out of my house." Then he
dropped to a knee beside Haaken. He
slid an arm around his brother's shoulders, crushed him to his chest. "Haaken, Haaken, it was an evil day
when we came south." Tears
still rolled down into the wild dark tangle of Haaken's beard. He
sniffed. "We should've stood and
died." He sniffed again, wrapped both arms around Bragi. "Bragi, let me get the kids and we just go
home. Now, and the hell with
everything. Forget it all. Just you and me and Reskird and the kids,
and leave these damned southrons to their own mercies." "Haaken...." "Bragi,
it's bad. It's cruel. Please.
Let's just go. They can have
everything I've got. Just take me
home. I can't take it anymore." "Haaken...."
He rose. "Don't
go in. Bragi, please." "Haaken,
I have to." There were tears in his own eyes. He knew part of it now.
Elana. She was a loss more dire
than his father. Mad Ragnar had chosen
his death. Elana.... She was a victim of his profession. Blackfang
wouldn't move. And now the younger
children, Ainjar and Helga, clung to his legs, bawling, asking for Mama, and
what was wrong with Inger and Soren? Ragnarson
asked a question with his eyes. Haaken
nodded. "My
babies? No. Not them too?" Haaken
nodded again. The tears
faded. Ragnarson turned slowly,
surveying the faces in the hall. Every
eye turned from the flame raging in his.
Hatred was too mild a word. Blood
would flow. Souls would spill shrieking
into the outer darkness. And he
wouldn't be gentle. He would be cruel. "Move
aside, Haaken." "Bragi...." "Move." Haaken
moved. "You lead, Bragi," he
said. "I'll follow anywhere." Ragnarson
briefly rested a hand on his shoulder.
"We're probably dead men, Haaken.
But somebody will carry the torches to light our path into Hell."
For an instant he was startled by his own words. Their father had said the same thing just before his death. "Valther! Find out who did this." "Bragi...." "Do
it." He shoved into the bedroom. Valther
started to follow him. Mist seized his
arm. She had
the Power. Once she had been a Princess
of the Dread Empire. She knew what lay
behind that door. Ragnarson
had his emotions under control again.
He kept hand on sword hilt to remind himself. This was a battlefield.
These had fallen in a war.... "Oh." Haaken
tried to pull him out. "No. Valther.
Come here." The man
with his pants half on was Valther's brother Turran. Their
eyes met over the corpse, and much went unsaid— words which couldn't be spoken
lest blood be their price. "Take
care of him." Ragnarson moved round the bed to his wife. First he dropped to one knee, then he
sat. He held her hand and remembered. Twenty years. Sixteen of them married.
Hard times and good, fighting and loving. That was
a long time. Nearly half his life. There were a lot of memories. Behind
him, Valther shed tears on his brother's chest. An hour
passed before Bragi looked up. Rolf
Preshka, Captain of the Palace Guards, sat on the edge of the bed. His grief mirrored Ragnarson's. Bragi had
never known for sure, but he had suspected.
Rolf had joined him when Elana had.
They had been partners before....
But there hadn't been a moment's dishonor since. He knew Preshka that well. There was
that, beneath the grief, which said that Rolf, too, meant to extract payment in
blood and pain. But
Preshka was in no shape for it. He had
lost a lung in the war. He refused to
die, but he was never healthy either.
That was why he held the unstrenuous Palace command. Later
still, Nepanthe came. She cried
some. Then she and Mist calmed the
children and moved them to Valther's house. "You
are my hand that reaches beyond the grave," Bragi told Ragnar before he
left, and went on to explain what he knew and felt. Things Ragnar should know in case the next band of assassins
succeeded. The boy
had to grow up fast. Throughout
the night Michael Trebilcock observed in silence. Trebilcock remained an enigma.
He was a sponge, soaking up others' pain and joy and never revealing any
emotion himself. Once,
though, he came and rested a comforting hand on Bragi's shoulder. For Trebilcock that was a lot. Before
sunrise all Bragi's old comrades had come, except Reskird, whose regiment was
on exercise around Lake Turntine. Shortly
before dawn, thunder rolled over the mountains. Lightning walked the cloudless night. It was an
omen. SEVEN:
The Old Dread Returns The wind
never ceased its howl and moan through the wild, angry mountains called The
Dragon's Teeth. It tore at Castle
Fangdred with talons of ice and teeth of winter. The stronghold was the only evidence that Man had ever braved
these savage mountains. The furious
wind seemed bent on eradication. It was a
lonely castle, far from any human habitation.
Only two men dwelt there now, and but one of those could be called
alive. He was
old, that man, yet young. Four
centuries had he lived, yet he looked not a tenth of that. He stalked Fangdred's empty, dusty halls,
alone and lonely, waiting. Varthlokkur. His
name. The west's dread. Varthlokkur. The Silent One Who Walks With Grief. Also called The Empire Destroyer. This man,
this wizard, could erase kingdoms as a student wipes a slate. Or such
was his reputation. He was powerful,
and had engineered the downfall of Ilkazar, yet he was a man. He had his limitations. He was
tall and thin, with earth-toned skin and haunted mahogany eyes. He was
waiting. For a woman. He wanted
nothing to do with the world. But
sometimes the world assailed him and he had to react, to protect his place in
it, to secure his own tomorrows. The other
man sat on a stone throne, before a mirror, in a chamber high atop a
tower. Its only door was sealed by
spells which even Varthlokkur couldn't fathom.
He wasn't dead, but neither was he alive. He, too, waited. A malaise
had descended on Varthlokkur. Evil
stalked abroad again. Not the usual evil,
everyday evil, but the Evil that abided, awaiting its moment to engulf. This evil
had struck before, and had been driven home. It waxed
again, and its burning eyes sought a target for its wrath. Varthlokkur
performed his divinations. He conjured
his familiar demons and sped them over the earth on wings of nightmare. He sang the dark songs of necromancy,
calling up the dead. He wheedled from
them secrets of tomorrow. It was
what they wouldn't, or couldn't, tell him that inspired dread. Something
was happening. It had
its foundation in Shinsan. Once again
the Dread Empire was preparing to make its will its destiny. But there was more. For a
while Varthlokkur concentrated on the west and unearthed more evidence of
sprouting evil. Down south, at
Baxendala, where the Dread Empire had been turned before.... If one
word could describe Varthlokkur, it might be doleful. His mother had been burned by the Wizards of Ilkazar. His foster parents had passed away before he
was ten. Obsessed with vengeance for
his mother, he had made devil's bargains in Shinsan—and had rued his decision a
thousand times. The Princes Thaumaturge
had taught him, then used him to shatter forever the political cohesion of the
Empire. And
then? Four centuries of loneliness in a
world terrified of him, yet constantly conspiring to use him. Four centuries of misery, awaiting the one
pleasant shadow falling across his destiny, the woman who could share his life
and love. And there
had been pain and sadness in that, too.
She had taken another husband—his own son, from a marriage of convenience,
ignorant of his paternity, by then known under the name. Mocker.... Those
blind hags, the Norns, snickered and wove the threads of destiny in an
astounding, treacherous warp and woof. But he
had beaten them. He and Nepanthe had
come to an understanding. He had the
sorcery to enable it. Upon her
he had placed the same wizardries that had made him virtually immortal. In time Mocker would perish. Then she would share Varthlokkur's destiny. So he
waited, in his hidden stronghold, and was sad and lonely, till the undertides of old
evil washed against his consciousness and excited him. He
performed his divinations, and they were clouded, irresolute, shifting,
revolving on but one absolute axis.
Something wicked was afoot. The first
nibble of the beast would be at the underbelly of that little kingdom at the
juncture of the Kapenrungs and Mountains of M'Hand. At Kavelin. His final
necromancy indicated that he had to get there quickly. He
prepared transfer spells that would shift him in seconds. Thunder
stalked the morning over the knife-edged ridges of the Kapenrungs. Lightning sabered the skies. A hard north wind gnawed at the people and
houses of Vorgreberg. In the
house on Lieneke Lane, sad and angry men paused to glance outside and,
shivering, ask one another what was happening. Suddenly,
in the bedroom where the lips of Death had sipped, a mote of darkness
appeared. Preshka spied it first. "Bragi." He pointed. It hung
in the air heart high, halfway between bed and door. Ragnarson
eyed it. It began growing, a little
black cloud taking birth, becoming more misted and tenuous as it expanded. Within, a left-handed mandala revolved
slowly, remaining two-dimensional and face-on no matter from what angle
Ragnarson studied it. "Ahring! Get some men in here." In
seconds twenty men surrounded the growing shadow, shaking but ready. Their faces were pale, but they had faced
sorcery before, at Baxendala. The
mandala spun faster. The cloud grew
larger, forming a pillar. That pillar
assumed the shape of a man. The mandala
pulsed like a beating heart. For an
instant, vaguely, Bragi thought he saw a tired face at the column's capital. "Be
ready," he snarled. "It's
coming through." A voice,
like one come down a long, twisted, cold cavern, murmured, "Beware. Shield your eyes." It was
powerfully commanding. Ragnarson
responded automatically. Thunder
shook the house. Lightning clawed the
air. Blue sparks crackled over the walls,
ceilings, and carpets. Ozone stench
filled the air. "Varthlokkur!"
Ragnarson gasped when he removed his palms from his eyes. A mewl of
fear ran through the room. Soldiers
became rigid with terror. Two succumbed
to the ultimate ignominy, fainting. Ragnarson
wasn't comfortable. They were old
acquaintances, he and Varthlokkur, and they hadn't always been allies. Michael
Trebilcock showed less fright and more mental presence than anyone else. He calmly secured a crossbow, leveled it at
the sorcerer. The idea
hadn't occurred to Bragi. He appraised
the pale youth. Trebilcock seemed
immune to fear, unaware of its .
meaning. That could be a
liability, especially when dealing with wizards. One had to watch the subtleties, what the left hand was doing
when the sorcerer was waving his right.
To not fear him, to be overconfident, was to fall into the enemy's
grasp. Varthlokkur
carefully raised his hands.
"Peace," he pleaded.
"Marshall, something is happening in Kavelin. Something wicked. I only came to see what, and stop it if I can." Ragnarson
relaxed. Varthlokkur, usually, was
straightforward. He lied by ommission,
not commission. "You're too
late. It's struck already." The
rage that had been driven down by fear returned. "They killed my wife.
They murdered my children." "And
Turran too," Valther said from the doorway. "Bragi, have you been downstairs yet?" "No. It's bad enough here. I don't want to see Dill and Molly and
Tamra. Just take them out quietly. It's my fault they died." "Not
that. I meant they didn't just kill
everybody. They searched every
room. Lightly, like they'd come back
again if they didn't find what they wanted the first time." "That
don't make sense. We know they weren't
robbers." "It
wasn't for show. They weren't just here
to kill. They were looking for
something." Varthlokkur's
expression grew strained. He said
nothing. "There
wasn't anything here. Not even much
money." "There
was," Varthlokkur interjected.
"Or should have been. Looks
like the secret was kept better than I expected." "Uhn? Going to start the mystery-mouthing
already?" Bragi had always thought that wizards spoke in riddles so they
couldn't be accused of error later. "No. This is the story. Turran, Valther, and their brother Brock
served the Monitor of Escalon during his war with Shinsan. In the final extremity the Monitor, using
Turran, smuggled a powerful token, the Tear of Mimizan, to the west. Turran sent it to Elana by trade post. She had it for almost fifteen years. I thought you knew." Ragnarson
sat on the edge of his bed. He was
confused. "She kept a lot of
secrets." "Maybe
one of the living can tell us something," Varthlokkur observed, searching
faces with dreadful eyes. "I
saw it once," Preshka volunteered.
"When we were on the Auszura Littoral, when I was wounded and we
were hiding. It was like a ruby
teardrop, so by so, that she kept in a little teak casket." "Teak?"
Bragi asked. "She didn't have any
teak casket, Rolf. Wait. She had one made out of ebony. Runed with silver. It just laid around for years.
I never looked inside. I don't
even know if it was locked. It was
always around, but I never paid any attention.
I thought she kept jewelry in it." "That's
it," Preshka said. "Ebony is
what I meant. The jewel,
though.... It was spooky. Alive.
Burning inside." "That's
it," said Varthlokkur. "One of
its most interesting properties is its ability to escape notice. And memory.
It's incredibly elusive." "Hell,
it ought to be around somewhere," Ragnarson said. "Seems like I saw it the other
day. Either in that wardrobe there, or
in the clothes chest. She never acted
like it was anything important." "A
good method of concealment," Varthlokkur observed. "I don't think it's here. I don't feel it." Ragnarson
grumbled, "Michael, Jarl, look for it." He buried his head in his
hands. Too much was happening. He was being hit from every direction, with
worries enough for three men. He had a
premonition. He wasn't going to get
time to lie back and absorb his grief, to settle his thoughts and redefine his
goals. The
search revealed nothing. Yet the
assassin in the park had carried nothing.
And Ragnar had said the man hadn't gotten into the master bedroom. "Jarl, where's Ragnar?" "Mist
took him to her place." "Send
somebody. It's time he saw what
grown-up life can be like." He might not be alive much longer. There would be more assassins. Ragnar would have to be his sword from
beyond the grave. "Jarl,"
he said when Ahring returned, "bring some more men over here
tomorrow. Find this amulet or talisman
or whatever. Valther. Do you think Mist would mind taking care of
my kids for a while? I'll be damned
busy till this blows away." "With Nepanthe's help she can handle
it." Ragnarson
eyed him. The strain remained. Valther must have known.... But that was spilled ale. What
would he have had Valther do? Rat on
Turran? Who else
had known? Who had cooperated? Haaken?
Haaken had been in the house....
No. He knew his brother. Haaken would have cut throats had he known. He was
starting to dwell on the event. He had to
get involved in the mystery. Varthlokkur
beckoned him to an empty corner.
"I appeared at an emotional moment," the sorcerer
whispered. "But this wasn't what
brought me. That hasn't yet
happened. And it might, if we're swift,
be averted." "Eh? What else can happen? What else can they do to me?" "Not
to you. To Kavelin. These things aren't personal. Though you could suffer from this too." "I
don't understand." "Your
other woman." Ragnarson's
stomach tightened. "Fiana? Uh, the Queen?" "The
child is what caught my attention." "But
it's not due...." "It's coming. In two or three days. The divinations, though obscure, are clear
on one point. This child, touched by
the old evil in Fiana's womb, can shake the roots of the earth—if it lives. It may not.
There're forces at work...." "Forces. I'd rid the world of your kind if I
could...." "That
would leave you a dull world, sir. But
the matter at hand is your Queen. And
child." "Gods,
I'm tired. Tired of everything. Ten years ago, when we had the land grant in
Itaskia, I griped about life getting dull.
I'd give anything to be back there now.
My wife would be alive. So would
my kids...." "You're
wrong. I know." Ragnarson
met his gaze. And yes, Varthlokkur
knew. He had lived with the same
despair for an age. "Karak
Strabger.... Baxendala. That's almost fifty miles. Can we make it?" "I
don't know. Fast horses...." "We'll
rob the post riders." One of Ragnarson's innovations, which Derel had
proposed, was a fast postal system which permitted rapid warning in case of
trouble. Its way stations were the
major inns of the countryside. Each was
given a subsidy to maintain post riders' horses. The
system was more expensive than the traditional, which amounted to giving mail
to a traveler bound in the right direction, to pass hand to hand to others till
it reached its destination. The new
system was more reliable. Ragnarson
hoped, someday, to convince the mercantile class to rely on it exclusively,
making his system a money-earner for the Crown. "Jarl. Have some horses saddled and brought round
front. Make it... three.
Myself, the wizard, and Ragnar.
Haaken's in charge till I get back.
His word to be law.
Understand?" Ahring
nodded. "Valther?" "I've
got it." He eyed Bragi, expression unreadable. Bragi
realized that his going to the Queen would support the rumors. But he didn't comment. His associates could decide for themselves
if they should keep their mouths shut. He
studied faces. His gaze settled on
Michael Trebilcock. The pallid youth
still held his aim on Varthlokkur. A
machine, that man. "Excuse
me," Ragnarson told the wizard.
"Michael, come with me a minute." He took
Michael downstairs, outside, round to the garden. Dawn had begun painting the horizon toward the Kapenrungs. Somewhere there Fiana lay in pain, this
child of theirs struggling to rip itself from her womb before its time. "Michael." "Sir?" "I
don't know you very well yet. You're
still a stranger, even after several years." "Sir?" "I've
got a feeling about you. I like
you. I trust you. But am I right?" The
garden was peaceful. From the rear
Ragnarson's house looked as innocent of terror as were its neighbors. "I'm
not sure I follow you, sir." "I
don't know who you are, Michael. I
don't know what. You stay locked up
inside. I only know what Gjerdrum says. You don't give away a thing about
yourself. You're an enigma. Which is
your right. But you've become part of
the gang. I hardly noticed you doing
it. You're unobtrusive. "You
hear things. You see things. You know everybody. I've got a feeling you've got the kind of
mind that leaps to conclusions past missing data, and you're usually
right. Am I wrong?" Trebilcock
shook his head. In the dawnlight he
appeared spectral, like a mummy returned to life. "The
question, again. Can you be
trusted?" Bragi waited half a minute.
Trebilcock didn't respond.
"Are you really with me? Or
will I have to kill you someday?" Trebilcock
didn't react in the slightest. Again
Ragnarson had the feeling that fear, to this young man, was meaningless. "You
won't need to kill me," Michael finally replied. "I've been here since graduation. This's my country now.
You're my people. I am what I
am. I'm sorry you don't see it. And you can't help thinking whatever you
do. But I'm home, sir." Ragnarson
peered into Trebilcock's pale, pale eyes and believed. "Good.
Then I've got a job for you." "Sir?"
For the first time since he had met Michael, Bragi saw emotion. And thought he understood. Michael was a rich man's son. What had he ever been able to do for himself
or others? "It's
simple. Do what you do. Eyes and ears. Hanging around. Only more
of it. Gjerdrum says you're always
prowling anyway." Ragnarson stared toward the sunrise. "Michael, I can't trust anybody
anymore. I hate it...." Ahring
came out. "The horses are
ready. I had some things thrown
together for you." "Thank
you, Jarl. Michael?" "Sir?" "Good
luck." Ragnarson
left the pale young man in deep thought.
"Jarl, I've changed my mind.
You know what's happening with me and the Queen?" "I've
heard enough." "Yeah. Well.
There's not much point my hiding it now. But don't quote me.
Understand?" "Of
course." "Does
it suggest any problems?" "A
thousand. What scares me is what might
happen if she doesn't make it. Your
witch-man friend sounded.... They say
she had trouble with the first one." "Yeah. Here's what I want. All capital troops but the Vorgrebergers and
Queen's Own confined to barracks starting tomorrow, before what's happening
leaks. And right now have Colonel Oryon
report to me ready to travel. I'll keep
one serpent in my pocket by taking him along.
Oh. Put the provinces on
alert. Militia on standby. Border guards to maximum readiness. Valther can drop hints about an intelligence
coup. It'll distract questions about
the confinement to barracks. Got
it?" "It's
done." It was
well past dawn before three men and a boy rode eastward. EIGHT:
The Prisoner The pain
never ended. The
whispers, the gentle evils in his ears, went on and on and on. He was
stubborn. So damned stubborn that
yielding in order to gain surcease never occurred to him. He didn't
know where he was. He didn't know who
had captured him. He didn't know
why. Pain was the extent of his
knowledge. The man in black, the man in
the mask, was his only clue. They
wouldn't tell him a thing. They just
asked. If they spoke at all. At first
they had questioned him about Bragi and Haroun. He had told them nothing.
He couldn't have. He didn't know
anything. They had been separated too
long. He
wakened. Sounds.... The Man
in the Mask had returned. "Woe!"
Mocker muttered, slumping lower against floor and wall. It would be rough this time. They hadn't visited for weeks. But there
were just four of them this round. He
was thankful for little favors. Each bore
a torch. Mocker watched with hooded eyes
as the assistants placed theirs in sconces beyond his reach, one on each
wall. The Man in the Mask fixed his
above the door. Mask
closed the door. Of course. Not because Mocker might escape. He didn't order it locked from without. He simply closed it so his prisoner wouldn't
get the idea there was a world beyond that slab of iron. Mocker's
world was twelve by twelve by twelve, black stone, without windows. Furniture?
Chains. There
were no sanitary facilities. Having to
endure his own wastes was good—for his captors' designs. The most
distressing thing was the Mask's silence.
Invariably he just stood before the door, statuelike, while his
assistants demonstrated their pain-mastery. This time
they had given him too long to recover, and hadn't brought enough muscle. He
exploded. He
tripped the nearest, drove stiffened fingers into the man's throat. He screamed, "Hai!" in
bloodthirsty exultation. Cartilage gave
way. He made a claw, yanked with all
his remaining strength. One was
dead. But three were left. He hoped
they would get mad enough to kill him. Death was
all he had to live for. He
scrambled away, bounced up, threw a foot at the crotch of the Man in the Mask. The
others stopped him. They were no
off-the-street amateurs. They put him
down and took him apart. There had
been so much pain, so often, that he didn't care. It had gone on so long that he no longer feared it. Only two things mattered anymore. Hurting back, and getting them to kill him. They
didn't get mad. They never did, though
this was the worst he had done them.
They remained pure business. Once they
had beaten him, they rolled him onto his belly and bound his wrists behind
him. Then they pulled his elbows
together. He groaned, writhed, sank his
teeth into a bare ankle. The blood
taste was pure pleasure. He tasted
his own when a boot smashed into his mouth.
He wouldn't learn. Resistance
just meant more pain. They
attached a rope at his elbows and hoisted him. It was an
old torture, primitive and passive.
When first Mocker had arrived he had been fifty pounds overweight. His weight had yanked his shoulder bones
from their sockets. After he
had screamed awhile, and had lost consciousness, someone would doctor him so
they could hoist him up again. Back then
there had been no night whispers, just the pain, and the unending effort to
break him. Why? For whose
benefit? What
would the program be this time? Five or
ten days on the hook? Or straight to
the point for once? One thing
was certain. There would be nothing to
eat for a while. Food was strictly for
convalescents. When he
was fed at all he got pumpkin soup. Two
bowls a day. One week
they had given him cabbage soup. But
that petty change had been enough to revive his morale. So it was pumpkin soup or nothing. The
remnants of his most recent meal splashed the floor. Bile befilthed his mouth.
He spat. "Day
will come," he promised in a whisper.
"Is in balance of eternity, on great mandala. Reverse of fortunes will come." His
torturers spun him. Around and around
and around, till he was drunk with dizziness and pain. Then they hoisted him to the ceiling,
brought him down in a series of jerks.
He heaved again, but there was nothing left in his stomach. One of
them washed his mouth. This time
was different, he realized. Radically
different. This was new. He paid
attention. The Man
in the Mask moved. He peered
into Mocker's eyes, pulling each lid back as would a physician. Mocker saw eyes as dark as his own behind
slits from which the jewels had been removed.
No. Wait. This mask wasn't the one he usually
saw. Instead of traceries of black on
gold, this bore traceries of gold on black.
A different man? He didn't think
so. The feeling was the same. There was
no emotion, no mercy in those eyes.
They were the eyes of a technician, the bored eyes of a peasant halfway
through a day's hoeing midway through planting season. That
mask, though.... The changes were slight,
yet, somehow, the alienness was gone.
He began searching the burning attic of his mind. The mask,
the black robes, and the hands forever encased in the most finely wrought
gauntlets he had ever seen, those were things he knew.... Tervola. Shinsan.
He remembered them so well he was sure this wasn't a genuine Tervola. Trickery
was the way he would have programmed this had their roles been reversed. That
mask.... He remembered it now. He had seen it at Baxendala. It had lain abandoned on the battlefield
after O Shing had begun his retreat.
Gold lines on black, ruby fangs, the cat-gargoyle. That one, Mist had said, belonged to a man
called Chin, one of the chieftains of the Tervola. They had
assumed, then, that Chin had perished. Maybe he
hadn't, though the eye-crystals had been removed from the mask.... "Chin. Old friend to rescue," Mocker gasped,
straining for a sarcastic smile. The man's
only response was a slight hesitation before he said, "There will be more
pain, fat one. Forever, if need
be. I can wait. Or you can listen. And learn." "Self,
am all ears. Head to toe, two big
ears." "Yes. You will be. The time of crudeness has ended.
Now you begin listening and answering." He straightened, faced the
door. Two men
pushed a wheeled cart through. Mocker
ground his teeth though he didn't understand what he saw on the cart. The Man
in the Mask made him understand those sorcerer's tools. The pain
was worse than any he had known before.
This agony was scientifically applied, to one purpose. To drive him mad. Mocker
never had been very stable. It took
just two days to crack him completely. They let
him rave in darkness for a week. Something
happened then. More pain. Smoke smells, of flesh burning. Screams that weren't his own. Men struggling. A scream that was his own when he hit the floor of the
cell.... Darkness. Peaceful, restful darkness. The night
whispers returned. They changed,
becoming gentle, delicate whispers, happy, cheerful whispers, like those of a
nymph beneath a waterfall. They calmed
him. They shaped him. Then
there were gentle, feminine hands, and the distant murmur of grave-voiced
men. But for a long time he was bound,
his eyes blindfolded. His memories
remained vague, confused. A man in a
mask. El Murid's men... he thought.
And Mercenary officers. They kept
him drugged and he knew that, but occasionally he came round long enough to
catch snatches of conversation. Once,
evidently, a new nurse: "Oh, dear!
What happened?" Horror filled her voice. "He
was tortured," a man replied.
"Burned. I don't entirely
understand it. From what he says, he
was set up by men he thought were his friends.
Nobody knows why yet. Lord Chin
rescued him." What? Mocker thought. His brains must be scrambled.
Wasn't Chin the torturer? "It
was a complicated plot. One of his
friends apparently tipped El Murid's agents, who kidnapped him. Then he sent mercenaries who staged a
rescue—then turned him over to this Haroun, who wore the mask the Lord lost
when the Dragon tried invading the west." "You
said...." "There's
a link between man and mask. The Lord
lost his, but he still knows everything that happens if someone wears
it.... Hold it. I think he's coming around. Better give him another sniff. He needs a lot more healing before we let
him wake up." It may
have been a day or week later. It was
another man and another woman. This
time the man seemed to be the newcomer. "... says Lord Chin transferred right into the
dungeon. For some reason bin Yousif
wore the captured mask that day instead of the one he'd had made to look like
it. Lord Chin knew the minute he put it
on. He'd broken the eye crystals,
apparently thinking that was enough to end the connection." "Bet
the Lord caused an uproar." The woman
laughed musically. "They're still
petrified, thinking Shinsan's coming again.
They're chasing their tails.
They don't know there's a new order here, that Ehelebe has come." "What
happened?" "The
one called Haroun got away. Lord Chin
punished the others." "Bin
Yousif would. He's slippery." "He
can't run forever. Ehelebe has
come. None shall escape the justice of
the Pracchia." Even in
his dazed state Mocker thought that a little preachy. Perhaps the woman was a fanatic or recent convert. "What
were they trying to do?" "Lord
Chin thinks they were preparing him as a weapon against Shinsan. The man called Ragnarson is paranoid about
it.... Get that cotton and the bottle. He's waking up." People
stirred. Mocker smelted something
sweet. "How
much longer?" "A
month, maybe. The Lord...." There
were more, shorter episodes, quickly ended by sharp-eyed physicians and nurses. Then came
the day when they didn't put him back under. "Can
you hear me?" "Yes,"
he whispered. His throat was dry and
raw, as if his screams had never stopped. "Keep
your eyes closed. We're going to remove
the bandages. Ming, get the
curtain. He hasn't used his eyes for
months." Hands ran
over his face. The cold back edge of a
scalpel dented his cheek. "Don't
move. I have to cut this." The cloth
slipped away. "Now. Open your eyes slowly." For a
while he saw nothing but bright and dim.
Then shapes formed and, finally, vaguely discernible faces
developed. Three men and five women
surrounded him. They seemed
anxious. One man's mouth became a
hole. Mocker heard, "Can you see
anything?" "Yes." A hand
appeared. "How many fingers?" "Three." The women
tittered. "Good. Inform Lord Chin. We've succeeded." They ran
more simple tests, and freed him from the restraints. The speaker told him, "You've been laid up a long time. Don't try getting up without help. We'll start exercising you later." The group
fell silent when the Tervola entered. A
man in black, wearing a mask. Black on
gold, rubies, the cat-gargoyle. Mocker
shrank away. A soft
laugh escaped the mask. The Tervola sat
on his bed, folding the sheet back.
"Good. The burns healed
perfectly. There won't be much
scarring." Mocker
stared at the mask. This one had jewels
where the other had been open. "How...?" "My
fault. I apologize. I miscalculated. Your enemy controlled more power than I expected. He proved difficult. You were burned in the process. For that I offer my deepest apologies. You had suffered enough. A year of torture. Amazing. You're a strong
man. Few of my colleagues could have
endured." "Self,
being short of memories of interval incarcelated, am • wondering, question
being, where is same? Self." "Ehelebe."
The man examined Mocker's eyes. Mocker
noted that he used his left hand. The
Man in the Mask had been right-handed.
Haroun was right-handed. "Same
being? Have never heard of same. Is where?" "Ehelebe isn't a
'where'. It's a state of mind. I'm not being intentionally obscure. It's a nation without a homeland, its
citizens scattered everywhere. We call
ourselves The Hidden Kingdom. Wherever
there are enough of us, we maintain a secret place to gather, to take refuge,
to be at peace. This's such a
place." "Being
same system known for cult of Methregul." Methregul was a demon-god of the
jungle kingdom of Gundgatchcatil. He
had a small, secret, vicious following.
The cult was outlawed throughout the western kingdoms. Its bloody altars were well-hidden. Today it was a dying creed. It had been more widespread in Mocker's
youth. "The
structures are similar. But the ends
are as different as day and night. Our
goal is to expunge such darknesses from the world." Mocker
was regaining his wits quickly.
"Self, self says to self, what is?
Tervola saying same has mission to combat evil?" He laughed. "High madness." "Perhaps. But who better to alter the direction of
Shinsan? You'd be surprised who some of
us are. I often am myself, when my work
brings me into contact with brothers previously unknown to me." Mocker
wanted to ask why he had never heard of the organization. Old habit stifled the question. He would wait and watch. He needed data, and data not volunteered, on
which to base conclusions. "You've
recovered remarkably. With a little
wizardry and a lot of care from these
good people." He
indicated those watching.
"You'll see when you get to the mirror. They repaired most of the damage. The bones and the flesh are fine now. You'll have a few scars, but they'll be hidden by your
clothing. The only worry left is how
you are up here." He tapped Mocker's head. "Why?" "Excuse me?" "Have
been told self was saved from wickedry.
Am not ungrateful. But many
persons labor many hours to repair ravishes—ravages?—of mad cruelty of captor
who never says why self was imprisoned.
Am wondering." "Ah. Yes.
My motives. No, they aren't
entirely altruistic. I hope I can
convince you to commit your talents to our cause." Mocker sniffed. "Talent? Self? Lurker in dusty
streets unable to support wife and child?
Or morals only wafer thickness better than Tervola class? Of gambler habit capable of possessing self
to point of self-destruction?" "Exactly. You're a man. Men are weak. Ehelebe
takes our weaknesses and makes them strengths serving Mankind." Mocker
wished he could see the man's face. His
voice and apparent honesty were too disarming.
He began reviewing everything that had happened from the moment he had
received Bragi's invitation to the Victory Day celebration. His mind
froze on Nepanthe. What was she
doing? Had she given up on him? What would become of her if Bragi and Haroun
really were in cahoots against him? "No. Self, have had gutsful of politics in time
past. Year in dungeon with torturer for
lover is final convincer." "Sleep
on it. We'll start your therapy when
you wake up." Chin led everyone out. Mocker
tried to sleep, and did doze off and on.
A few hours later, a slight sound brought him to the alert. He cracked one eyelid. His visitor was a bent old man. Is old
meddler himself, Mocker thought. Is
infamous Star Rider. The Star
Rider's legends were as old as the world, older, even, than those of The Old
Man of the Mountain, whom Mocker suspected was but the Star Rider's
cat's-paw. Nobody seemed to know who
this man was, or what motivated him. He
moved in his own ways, keeping his own counsel. He was more powerful than the masters of Shinsan, or
Varthlokkur. Bragi claimed he had made
it impossible for sorcery to influence the course of battle at Baxendala. He meddled in human affairs, from behind the
scenes, for no discernible reason. He
was the subject of an entire speculative library at Hellin Daimiel's great
Rebsamen university. He had become a
mystery second only to the mystery of life itself. So what
the hell was he doing here? Once is
accident, twice coincidence. Three
times means something is going on. This
was Mocker's third encounter with the man. He
continued pretending sleep. The bent
old man stayed only seconds, considering him, then departed. Was the
Star Rider a sneak visitor? Or was he
involved in this Ehelebe business? In
times past, insofar as Mocker knew, the man had always meddled on behalf of the
people Mocker considered the "good guys...." Twice
before the Star Rider had entered his life.
Twice he had benefited. It was
an argument favoring Lord Chin—assuming the old man wasn't here screwing up the
clockwork. A few
weeks later, once he was able to get around and do some spying, Mocker
overheard someone informing Chin that Bragi had just dumped Nepanthe and
Ethrian into the old dungeons beneath Castle Krief. He returned
to his quarters and thought. The Star
Rider had saved his life years ago.
Varthlokkur had told him the man wouldn't have bothered if he hadn't had
use for him in some later scheme. Was
this the payoff? Of one
thing there was no doubt. Bragi and
Haroun weren't going to get away with a thing. NINE: A Short Journey "Damned
saddles get hard," Oryon grumbled.
He, Bragi, Ragnar, and the wizard had just ridden up to the Bell and Bow
Inn. "Change
of horses," Ragnarson told the innkeeper.
"On the Crown Post." He showed an authority he had written
himself. "We're over halfway
there, Colonel. Twenty more miles. We won't make it till after dark,
though.... In time?" he asked
Varthlokkur. "You
ready to tell me what this's about?" Oryon demanded. Ragnarson had told him nothing. "Trust
me, Colonel." Oryon was
a short, wide bull of a man Bragi had first met during the El Murid Wars. He hadn't liked the man then, and felt no
better disposed toward him now. But
Oryon was a stubborn, competent soldier, known for his brutal directness in
combat. He led his troops from the
front, straight ahead, and had never been known to back down without
orders. He made a wicked enemy. Oryon
neither looked it, nor acted it, but he wasn't unsubtle. Dullards didn't become Guild Colonels. He realized that a crisis was afoot, that
Ragnarson felt compelled to separate him from his command. Why? "Something
to eat, landlord. No. No ale.
Not with my kidneys. Still got
to make Baxendala tonight." "Papa,
do we have to?" Ragnar asked.
"I'm dead." "You'll
get a lot tireder, Ragnar." "Uhn,"
Varthlokkur grunted. "You know how
long it's been since I've ridden?" The
innkeeper mumbled, "Five minutes, sirs." Only
Oryon seated himself immediately. Despite
his complaint, he was more accustomed to saddles than the others. Oryon was, as he liked to remind Ragnarson,
a field soldier. Varthlokkur
took up a tiny salt cellar. "A
trusting man, our host." Salt was precious in eastern Kavelin. Varthlokkur
twitched his fingers. The cellar
disappeared. It was a
trick of the sort Mocker might have used.
Pure prestidigitation. But even
the High Sorcery was half lie. Ragnarson
suspected the wizard was making a point.
He missed it himself. And Ragnar
merely remarked, "Hey, that was neat, Mr.
Eldred. Would you teach
me?" Varthlokkur
smiled thinly. "All right,
Red." His fingers danced in false signs.
He said a few false words. The
salt reappeared. "It's not as
simple as it looks." The salt disappeared. "You need supple fingers." "He
doesn't have the patience," Bragi remarked. "Unless he can learn it in one lesson. I gave him a magic kit before." "I'll
do it slowly once, Red. Watch
closely." He did it. "All
right, what did I do? Where is
it?" Ragnar
made a face, scratched his forehead.
"I still missed •t-" "In
your other hand," Oryon grumbled. "Oh?"
Varthlokkur opened the hand. "But
there's nothing here either—except an old gold piece. Now where did that come from?" Oryon
stared at the likeness on that coin, then met Varthlokkur's eye. He had grown very pale. "Actually,
if you'll check behind the boy's ear, and dig through the dirt...." He
reached. "What? That's not it." He dropped an agate
onto the table. Then a length of
string, a rusty horseshoe nail, several copper coins, and, finally, the
salt. "What a mess. Don't you ever wash there?" Ragnar
frantically checked the purse he wore on his belt. "How'd you do that?" "Conjuring. It's all conjuring. Ah, our host is prompt. Sir, I'll recommend you to my friends." "And
thank you, sir. We try to please." Ragnarson
guffawed. Somber Oryon smiled. "Sirs?"
asked the innkeeper. "You
don't know his friends," Oryon replied.
Bragi read concern, even dread, in the taut lines the Colonel strove to
banish from his face. The
innkeeper set out a good meal. It was
their first since leaving Vorgreberg. "Colonel,"
Ragnarson said, after the edge was off his hunger and he was down to stoking
ihe fires against the future, "Any chance we can speak honestly? I'd like to open up if you will too." "I
don't understand, Marshall." "Neither
do I. That's why I'm asking." "What's
this about, then? Why'd you drag me out
here? To Baxendala? To see the Queen?" "I
brought you because I want you away from your command if she dies while I'm
there. I don't know what you'd do if it
happened and you heard before I could get back to Vorgreberg. The Guild hasn't given me much cause to
trust it lately." "You
think I'd stage a coup?" "Maybe. There's got to be a reason why High Crag
keeps pressuring me to keep your regiment.
They know we can't afford it. So
maybe the old boys in the Citadel want a gang on hand next time the Crown goes
up for grabs. I know you have your
standing orders. And I'll bet they
cover what to do if the Queen dies." "That's
true." Oryon gave nothing away there.
It took no genius to reason it out. "You
going to tell me what they are?" "No. You know better. You're a Guildsman. Or
were." "Once. I'm Marshall of Kavelin now. A contract.
I respect mine. The Guild
generally honors its. That's why I
wonder.... One word. Wasn't going to tell you for a while. But this is a good enough time. Your contract won't be renewed. You'll have to evacuate after Victory
Day." "This'll
cause trouble with High Crag. They feel
they have an investment." "It'll
bring them into the open, then. Every
King and Prince in the west will jump on them, too. High Crag has stepped on a lot of toes lately." "Why
would they? The legalities are
clear. Failure to fulfill a
contract." "How
so?" "Kavelin
owes High Crag almost fifteen thousand nobles.
The Citadel doesn't forgive debts." "So
you've said during our negotiations.
They want payment now? They'll have
it." He laughed a bellybreaker of a laugh. "About four years ago Prataxis started applying a little
creative bookkeeping at Inland Revenue, and some more in Breiden-bach, at the
Mint. We've been squirreling away the
nobles, and now we'll pay you off.
Every damned farthing you've imagined up." His smile suddenly
disappeared. "You're going to take
your money, sign for it, and get the hell out of my country. The day after Victory Day." "Marshall.... Marshall, I think you're overreacting."
Ory-on's wide, heavy mouth tightened into a little knot. "We shouldn't be at cross-purposes. Kavelin needs my men." "Maybe. Especially now. But we can't afford you, and we can't trust you." "You
keep harping on that. What do you want
me to admit?" "The
truth." "You
were a Guild Colonel. How much did they
tell you?" "Nothing." "And
you think I'm told more? Once in a
while I get a letter. Usually
directions for the negotiations.
Sometimes maybe a question about what's happening. Marshall, I'm just a soldier. I just do what I'm told." "Well,
I'm telling you. To march. Ravelin's in for rough times. The signs are there. And I don't need to be watching you and
everybody else too." "You're
wrong. But I understand." Varthlokkur
continued demonstrating his trick to Ragnar while they argued. The wizard occasionally glanced at
Oryon. The soldier shivered each time
he did. "You
may not need a regiment after all," Oryon muttered at one point, nodding
toward Varthlokkur. "Him? I don't trust him either. We're just on the same road right now. Innkeeper.
What's the tally here?" "For
you, Marshall? It's our pleasure." "Found
me out, eh?" "I
marched with you, sir. In the war. All the way from Lake Berberich to the last
battle. I was in the front line at
Baxendala, I was. Look." He bared
his chest. "One of them black
devils done that, sir. But I'm alive
and he's roasting in Hell. And that's
the way it should be." "Indeed."
Ragnarson didn't remember the man. But
a lot of Wesson peasants had joined his marching columns back then. They had
been stout fighters, though unskilled.
"And now you prosper. I'm
pleased whenever I see my old mates doing well." He often found himself in
this situation. He had never learned to
be comfortable with it. "The
whole country, sir. Ten years of
peace. Ten years of free trade. Ten years of the Nordmen minding their own
business, not whooping round the country tearing up crops and property with
their feuds. Marshall, there's them
here that would make you King." "Sir! For whom did we fight?" "Oh,
aye. That was no sedition, sir. The only complaint could be raised 'gainst
Her Highness is she's never wed and give us an heir. And now these strange comings and goings of a night, and
rumors.... It worries a man, Marshall,
not knowing." "Excuse
me," Ragnarson told his table mates.
"Sir, I've just had a thought.
Something in the kitchen...." He placed his arm round the
innkeeper's shoulders and guided him thither. "You
whip up something. A dessert
treat. Meanwhile, tell me what you
don't know. Tell me the rumors. And about these comings and goings." "Them
others?" "Not
to be trusted. The boy's all right,
though. My son. Too bull-headed and big-mouthed, maybe. Gets it from his grandfather. But go on.
Rumors." "Tain't
nothing you can rightly finger, see?
Not even really a rumor. Just
the feeling going round that there's something wrong. I thought you might ease my mind. Or say what it is so's I got the chance to be ready." "Makes
two of us. I don't know either. And I can't nail anything down any better
than you. Comings and goings. What have you got there?" "Tain't
much, really. They don't stop in
here." "Who
doesn't?" "The
men what travels by night. That's what
I calls them. From over the Gap. Or going over. Not many, now. One, two
groups a month. As many coming as
going, two, three men I each." "You
seen them in the daytime?" "No. But I never thought they was up to no
good. Not when they skulks around in
the night and skips the only good inn ten miles either way." "Do
they come by on the same nights every month?" Ragnarson's brain was
a-hum. Thinking he might be on the
enemy's track raised his spirits immensely. "No. Just when they gets the feeling, seems
like." "How long has it been going on?" "Good
two years. And that's all I can tell you,
excepting that some went past this morning.
After the sun was up, too, come to think. Riding like Hell itself was after them. "Less they steals horses up the line, they's going to be
walking by now." "You
said...." "I
never seen them by light? Yes, and it's
so. These ones just showed me their
backsides going away. Three of them,
they was, and I knew it was the same kind 'cause of the way they just went on
by." "What's
that got to do with it?" "Everybody
stops here, Marshall. I picked this
spot the day we dragged ourselves back through here after we chased that O
Shing halfway to them heathen lands in the east. It's right in the middle of everywhere. Gots water and good hayfields.... Well, never mind the what do you call it? Economics?
People just stops. It's a place
to take a break. You stopped yourself,
and it's plain you're in as big a hurry as them fellows this morning. Even people what has no business stopping
do. Soldiers. A platoon going up to Maisak?
They stops, and you don't hear the sergeants saying nay. Just every body stops. Except them as rides by night." "Thanks. You've helped. I'll remember. You can do
something else for me." "Anything,
Marshall. It was you made it possible
fora man like me to have a place like this for himself...." "All
right. All right. You're embarrassing me. Actually, it's two things. We go back out, you put on a show of what a
good choice of dessert I made." "That's
it?" "No. It starts when we leave. You never saw us and you don't know who we
were." "True
enough, excepting yourself, sir." "Forget
me too." "Secret
mission, eh?" "Exactly." "It's
as good as forgotten now, sir. And the
other thing?" "Don't
argue with me when I pay for my meal.
Or I'll box your damned ears." The
innkeeper grinned. "You know, sir,
you're a damned good man. A real
man. Down here with the rest of
us." Ragnarson
suffered a twinge of guilt-pain. What
would the old veteran think if he found out about Elana and the Queen? "That's
why we followed you back then. Ain't
why we joined, I grants you. Them
reasons you can figure easy enough.
Loot and a chance to break our tenantcy. But it's why we stuck.
And there's plenty of us as remembers.
The hill people too. Some of them
comes in here of a time, and they says the same. You go up on the wall over there in Vorgreberg City sometime if n
you got trouble, and you stomp good and hard and you yell 'I needs good men'
and you'll have ten thousand before the next sun shows." He only
wished it were true, dire as tomorrow smelled. "You
marks me, sir. There's men what never
marched in the long march, and men what even missed Baxendala, but they'd come
too. They maybe wouldn't have the sword
you said they should have, because swords is dear, and everybody wanting one,
and they wouldn't have no shields, except as some makes ' they own out of oak
in the old way, or maybe green hide, and they wouldn't have no mail, but they'd
come. They'd bring they rakes and hoes
and butchering knives, they forge hammers and chopping axes...." Ragnarson
sniffed, brushed a tear. He was deeply
moved. He didn't believe half of it,
but just having one man show this much faith reached down to the heart of him. "The
hill people too, sir. 'Cause you done
one thing in this here country, something not even the old Krief himself could
do, and, bless him, we loved him.
Something not even Eanred Tarlson could do, and him a Wesson himself and
at the Krief's ear. "Sir,
you gave us our manhood. You gave us hope. You gave us a chance to be men, not just
animals working the lands and mines and forges for drunken Nordmen. Maybe you didn't mean it that way. I don't know. We likes to think you did.
You being down in Vorgreberg City, we judges only by what we seen in the
long march. Coo-ee, we gave them
Nordmen jolly whatfor. didn't we
sir? Lieneke. I was right there on the hill, not fifty feet from you,
sir." "Enough. Enough." "Sir? I've offended?" "No. No." He turned away because the tears
had betrayed him. "That's what I
wanted. What Her Majesty wanted. What you say you've got. Down there in Vorgreberg, it's hard to
see. Sometimes I forget that's only a
little bit of Kavelin, even if it's the heart.
Come on now. Let's go. And remember what I said." "Right
you are, sir. Don't know you from the
man in the moon, and I'll gouge you for every penny." "Good."
Ragnarson put an arm around the man's shoulders again. "And keep your eyes open. There's trouble in those riders." "An
eye and an ear, sir. We've got our
swords in this house, me and my sons.
Over the door, just like it says in the law. We'll be listening, and you call." "Damn!"
Ragnarson muttered, fighting tears again. "Sir?"
But the Marshall had fled to the common room. "What
do you think?" Ragnarson asked, referring to the creamed fruit he had
helped the innkeeper prepare.
"Mixed. A trick my mother
used to pull when I was a kid." And then, to Oryon, "Colonel, I don't
think I'm as frightened of High Crag as I was." "I don't
understand." "I
thought of something when we were mixing the fruit. You know my old friend?
Haroun?" "Bin
Yousif? Not personally." "Five,
six years ago he published a book through one of the colleges at Hellin
Daimiel. You might read it sometime. Your answer is there." "I've
read it already. Called On Irregular
Warfare, isn't it? Subtitled something
like The Use Of The Partisan In Achieving Strategic As Well As Tactical
Objectives. Excellent treatise. But his own performance discredits his
thesis." "Only
assuming he has failed to do what he wants.
We don't know that. Only Haroun
knows what Haroun is doing. But that's
not the answer. Now, innkeeper, the
tally. We have to get going." Somehow,
now, the future looked a lot brighter. TEN: Lord of Lords "It's
a whole new world, Tarn," said Tran.
The forester couldn't stifle his awe of Liaontung. "What's
that?" Tam asked their escort, an old centurion named Lo. Tam and Lang were as overwhelmed as Tran. "Ting
Yu. The Temple of the Brotherhood. It was there before Shinsan came." Lo was
their keeper and guide. Their month in
his care hadn't been onerous. An
intimate of Lord Wu and a senior noncom of the Seventeenth Legion, Lo had been
a pleasant surprise. He was quite human
when outside his armor. "Where
do you live, Lo?" Tam asked.
"You said you had your own house that time we visited the
barracks." The boy's
curiosity invariably amazed the centurion.
He had never married, and had had no childhood himself. He knew only those children in legionary
training. "It's not far,
Lord." With a hint of embarrassment, "Would it please you to
visit. Lord?" Behind his embarrassment
lay a gentle, almost defiant pride. Tran
sipped tea and shook his head as Lo showed them his tiny garden. "What's
this one?" Lang asked, fingertip a whisker off the water. Lo leaned
over the pool. "Golden
swallowtail." Sadly, "Not a prime specimen, though. See the black scales on this fin?" "Oh!"
Tam ejaculated as another goldfish, curious, drifted from beneath the lily
pads. "Look at this one,
Lang." "That's
the lord of the pool. That's Wu the
Compassionate," Lo said proudly.
"He is purebred. Here,
Lord." He took crumbs from a small metal box, dribbled a few onto Tarn's
fingertips. "Put your fingers into
the water—gently!" Tam
giggled as the goldfish sampled his fingerprints. Tran
studied the exotic plants surrounding the pool. There was a lot of love here, a lot of time and money. Yet Lo was a thirty-year veteran of the
Seventeenth. Legionnaires quailed
before him. But for an intense loyalty
to Lord Wu, he could have become a centurion of the Imperial Standard Legion,
Shinsan's elite, praetorian legion. What was
Lo doing breeding goldfish and gardening?
Obviously, Shinsan's soldiers had facets outsiders seldom saw. Tran
wasn't happy. The revelation made it
difficult to define his feelings.
Soldiers shouldn't stop being sword-swinging automatons and start being
human.... Liaontung
was a nest of paradoxes and contrasts.
Once it had been the capital of a small kingdom. A century ago Lord Wu and the Seventeenth
had come. Liaontung had become an
outpost, a sentinel watching the edge of empire, its economy militarily
dependent. Reduction in enemy activity
had drawn colonists, then merchants.
Yet the military presence persisted. The
Tervola, with their vastly extended lives, under the Princes, were patient
conquerers. Take it a week or a
century, they pursued operations till they won. They knew they would outlive their enemies. And no foe had their command of the Power. Wu's
latest foes, the Man Chin, were gone.
The frontiers of his domains had drifted so far eastward that the
Seventeenth soon would have to relocate.
Liaontung would change, becoming less a border stronghold. Lord Wu
himself was an enigma. He could
slaughter an entire race without reluctance or mercy, yet his subjects called
him Wu the Compassionate. Tran
asked why. "To
tell the truth," Lo replied, "it's because he cares for them like a
peasant cares for his oxen. And for the
same reasons. Consider the
peasant." Now Tran
grasped it. The poor man's ox was his
most valued possession. It tilled his
earth and bore his burdens. "No,"
Lo said later, when Lang wandered too near a city gate. He gently guided them toward Liaontung's
heart, Wu's citadel atop a sheer basaltic upthrust. It had been a monastery before Shinsan's advent. Lo was
the perfect jailor. He kept the cage
invisible. Soon Tarn had few
opportunities to stray. Lord Wu
directed him into intensive preparation for Tervola-hood and laying claim to
the Dragon
Throne. Lo remained nearby, but seldom
invoked his real authority. Tarn's
principal tutors were Select Kwang and Candidate Chiang, Tervola Aspirants
destined to join Shinsan's sorcerer-nobility.
Both were older than Lo, and powerful wizards. Kwang had but a few years to wait to become full Tervola. His destiny was guaranteed. Chiang's future would remain nebulous till
the Tervola granted him Select status. His
chances were excellent. Lord Wu was a
powerful patron. The
Tervola of the eastern legions, including Wu, also contributed to Tarn's
education. He was the child of their
secret ambitions. Aspirants,
usually the sons of Tervola, were selected for their raw grasp of the Power,
and advanced by attaining ever more refined control. Tarn
stunned his tutors. He
learned in weeks, intuitively, what most Aspirants needed years to comprehend. His first
few tricks, like conjuring balls of light, amazed Lang and Tran. "His
father is a Prince Thaumaturge," Lo observed, unimpressed. Time
marched. Tarn's magicks ceased being
games and tricks. And, despite the
swiftness of his progress, his instructors grew impatient, as if racing some
dread deadline. "Of
course they want to use you," Tran responded to an unexpectedly naive
question. "They've never hidden
that. Just don't let them make you a
puppet." "I
can't stand up to them." Kwang and Chiang had shown him his limitations. He could
best neither, though his raw talent dwarfed theirs. "True. And don't forget. Be subtle. Or suffer the
fate they plan for your father." Blood
began to tell in a growing need to dominate. "Lord
Wu," Tarn once protested, when the Tervola was his instructor, "can't
I go out sometimes? I haven't left the
citadel for months." "Being
O Shing is a lonely fate, Lord," Wu replied. He set his locust mask aside, took Tam's hands. "It's for your safety. You'd soon be dead if the agents of the
Princes discovered you." Nevertheless,
Tarn remained antsy. The roots
of his malaise lay in his treatment by minor functionaries. They granted honors mockingly, treated him
as O Shing only when Wu was present.
Otherwise, they bullied him as if he were a street orphan. Till Tran cracked a few skulls. The persecutions, then, became more subtle. When Tam
was promoted to Candidate-nominee the bureaucrats tried separating him from his
brother and Tran. He threw a fit, set
his familiar on his chief tormentor, one Teng, and refused to study. Wu
finally intervened. He permitted Tam to
retain his contacts and interviewed everyone who came in daily contact with
Tam. Many left with grey faces. Then he summoned Tam. "I
won't interfere again," he said angrily.
"You have to learn to deal with the Tengs. They're part of life. Remember: even the Princes Thaumaturge are
inundated by Tengs. Only men of his
choler, apparently, become civil servants." There was
something about Wu that Tam had, hitherto, seen in no one else. Maturity?
Inner peace?
Self-confidence? It was all
that, and more. He awed Tam as did no
other man. The
bitter years began when Tam was fourteen. Treacheries
took wing. Double and triple betrayals. A wizard named Varthlokkur destroyed Tarn's
father and uncle, Yo Hsi. Lo
brought the news. "Pack your
things," he concluded. "Why?"
Lang demanded. "The
Demon Prince had a daughter. She's
seized his Throne. It means civil
war." "I
don't understand," said Tam, gathering his few belongings. "You,
you, get packing," Lo snapped at Lang and Tran. "The Throne, of all Shinsan, is up for grabs, Lord. Between yourself and Mist. And she's stronger than we are. The western Tervola support her." More softly,
"I wouldn't give a glass diamond for our chances." "She's
that terrible?" "No. She's that beautiful. I saw her once. Men would do anything for her.
No woman like her has ever lived.
But she's that terrible, too, if you look past her beauty. Lord Wu believes she conspired in the doom of
the Princes." "Why
involve me?" Silly. This was the
deadline Kwang and Chiang had been racing. "You're
Nu Li Hsi's son. Come on. Hurry.
We have to hide you. She knows
about you." It was
all too sudden and confusing.
Willy-nilly, tossed by the
whims of others, he fled a woman he didn't know. O Shing
was, Wu believed, the strongest Power channel ever born. But he hadn't the will to back it, nor the
training to employ it. He had to be
kept safe while he grew and learned. "Oh,
lord," Tam sighed. They were three
miles from Liaontung. The band included
Lo, Chiang, Kwang, and a Tervola named Ko Feng. A black
smoke tower had formed over Liaontung.
Lightnings carved its heart.
Here, there, hideous faces glared out. "She's
fast," Ko Feng snarled. "Come
on! Move it!" He ran. The others kept up effortlessly. Being physically tireless was an axiom in
Shinsan. But Tam.... "Damned
cripple!" Feng muttered. He caught
the boy's arm. Lo took the other. The black
tower howled. "Lord
Wu will show her something," Kwang prophesied. "Maybe,"
Feng grumbled. "He was
waiting." Tam found
most of the Tervola tolerable. He liked
Lord Wu. But sour old Feng he
loathed. Feng made no pretense of being
servant or friend. He plainly meant to
use Tam, and expected Tam to reciprocate.
Feng called it an alliance without illusion. Their
flight took them to a monastery in the Shantung. Feng left to rejoin his legion.
Elsewhere, the Demon Princess routed the Dragon Prince's adherents. Her
thoughts seldom strayed far from O Shing.
She traced him within the month. Tam
sensed the threat first. Pressed, his
feeling of the Power had developed swiftly. "Tran,
it's time to leave. I feel it. Tell Lo." "Where
to, Lord?" the centurion asked. He
didn't question the decision. One of
his darker looks silenced Select Kwang's protest. That made clear whom Wu had put in charge. O Shing
knew little about the nation being claimed in his name. "Lo,
you decide. But quickly. She is coming." Kwang and
Chiang wanted to contact Wu or Feng.
"No contact," O Shing insisted. "Nothing thaumaturgic.
It might help them locate us." They
didn't argue. Was Wu using this hejira
to further his education? Again
they were just miles away when the blow fell.
This time it was mundane, soldiers directed by a Tervola Chiang
identified as Lord Chin, a westerner as mighty as Lord Wu. "Tran,"
said Tarn, as they watched the soldiers surround the monastery, "take charge. You're the woodsman. Get us out.
Everyone, this man is to be obeyed without question." There
were complaints. Tran wasn't even a
Citizen.... Lo's baleful eye silenced
the protests. Chin
stalked them for six weeks. The party
declined to six as the hunters caught a man here, a man there. Chiang went, victim of a brief, foredoomed
exchange with Lord Chin. He didn't
choose to go. Surprised, in despair, he
fought the only way he knew. His
passing allowed the others to escape. In the
end there were Tam, Lang, Tran, Kwang, Lo, and another old veteran from the
Seventeenth. They hid in caves in the
Upper Mahai. Their stay lasted a year. Men
drifted to the Mahai, to O Shing. The
first were regular soldiers from legions torn by the conflicting loyalties of
their officers. Later, there were
Citizens and peasants, fleeing homes and cities ruined by the Demon Princess's
attacks. Lord Wu,
though far from Mist's match in the Power, won a reputation as a devil. Her chief Tervola, Chin, could defeat but
never destroy him. O Shing
gave the recruits to Tran to command. Tran
played guerrilla games with them. His
tactics were unorthodox and effective.
Much enemy blood stained the rocky Mahai. Tam
learned to keep moving, to be where his foes least expected him. He learned to command. He learned to stand by his own judgment and
will. He learned to trust his
intuitions, Tran's military judgments, and Lang's assessments of character. In the
crucible of that nightstalk he learned to control and wield his awesome grasp
of the Power. He
learned to survive in an inimical world. He became
O Shing. Mist's
attempts to hunt him down became half-hearted, though. Overconfident of her grip on Shinsan, sure
time would bring the collapse of the eastern faction, she and her Tervola
became embroiled in foreign adventures.
Greedily, her Tervola devoured small states all round Shinsan's borders. It was a
different Shinsan without the balance and guidance of the Princes
Thaumaturge. Everything speeded
up. Patience and perseverance gave way
to haste and greed. Old ways of doing,
thinking, believing, collapsed. In one
year six men became thirty thousand.
More than the barren Mahai could support. Peasants and Citizens received war-training in their Prince's
struggle to stay alive. "It's
time to move," Tam told his staff one morning. He seemed almost comical, commanding captains ages older than
he. "We'll go to the forest of
Mienming. It's more suited to Tran's
war style." Lord Chin
was-adapting. He was using a
semisentient bat to locate and track Tran's raiders. Food could be stolen but concealment could not. The old
sorcerers returned to their commands and prepared for the thousand-mile
march. No one questioned O Sning's
wisdom. M ist's
troops met them at the edge of the Mahai.
Skirmishing continued throughout the long march. A third of O Shing's army perished forcing a
crossing of the Taofu at Yaan Chi, in the Tsuyung Hills. For three days the battle raged. Sorceries murdered the hills, and it seemed,
toward the end, that O Shing would become one with the past, that his gamble had
failed. Tam
redoubled his stakes, raising hell creatures few Tervola dared summon. Mist's
army collapsed. Eyebrows
rose behind a hundred hideous masks as the news spread. Chin defeated? By a child and a woodsman untrained in the arts of war? Six legions overwhelmed by half-trained
peasants scantily backboned by the leavings of shattered legions? The
Tervola weren't bemused by Yo Hsi's daughter.
They didn't enjoy being ruled by a woman. Quiet little missions penetrated the Mienming. This Tervola or that offered to slip the
moorings of a hasty alliance if O Shing dealt her another outstanding defeat. Seizing
power wasn't the lodestone of Tarn's life.
Survival was the stake he had on the table. Chin was a tireless hunter. O Shing
was still in hunted-beast mind-set when Wu reentered his life. Mist's
Tervola had coaxed her into invading Escalon.
Escalon was no impotent buffer state.
The neutralist Tervola, constituting most of their class, joined the venture. Expansion was ancient national policy. They weren't
pleased with the war's conduct. Escalon
was strong and stubborn. Mist had no
feel for imaginative strategy. Her
angry hammer blows consumed legions. In
Shinsan soldiers weren't, as elsewhere, considered fodder for the Reaper. Tervola loved spending men like a miser
loved squandering his fortune. Two
decades went into preparing a soldier.
Quality replacements couldn't be conjured from beyond the barrier of
time. Divining
future trouble, they had begun training enlarged drafts years ago, but those
wouldn't be ready for a decade. Their
wealth and strength were being squandered. They
simmered with rebellious potential. Wu and
Feng wanted to take advantage. "No!"
Tam protested. "I'm not
ready." "We
aren't ready," Tran growled. "You'll
waste what little we've husbanded." "It's
now or never," Feng snarled. Lord Wu
tried persuasion. And O Shing
acquiesced, overawed by Wu's age and ancient wisdom. Tran got
to choose the time. Most of
Escalon and a tenth of Shinsan lay under the shadow, terror, and destruction of
M ist's assault on the M onitor and Tatarian, Escalon's capital. Lo led Tran's best fighters through the
transfer.... O Shing
followed minutes later. Mist had
fled. Want it or not, he had inherited
a war. The legions were in
disarray. Tervola were demanding
orders. He had no time to think. With Tran's help he battled the Monitor to a
draw. Afterward,
Tran muttered, "We haven't gained anything. We're on the bull's-eye now, Tam." He indicated Wu and Feng,
who were celebrating with small cups of Escalonian wine. "Drink,"
Feng urged, offering Tam a cup. The
professional grouch was radiant.
"They say it's the world's finest wine." "Sorry,"
Tam mumbled. This was the first time he
had seen Feng without his mask. He was
as ugly in fact as spirit. At one time
fire had ravaged half his face. He
hadn't fixed it. Tam feared that said
something about the man within. "Celebration's
premature," Tran grumbled.
"Somebody better stay sober." O Shing's
reign lasted a month. Mist did
as she had been done. Her shock troops
transferred through during the height of a battle. In the
Mienming, Tarn sat in the mud craddling Lo's head. The centurion was almost gone. "This
is the price of our lives," Tam hissed.
Wu, maskless, moist of eye, knelt beside the man who, possibly, had been
his one true friend. "Was a month
worth it?" Wu just
held Lo's hand. The
centurion had fought like a trapped tiger.
His ferocity had allowed O Shing, Wu, Feng, and the others to escape. "No
more, Wu," said Tam. He spoke in a
tone suited to his title. "I've
seen children more responsible. Amongst
the forest people you despise." He indicated Tran, sitting alone, head
between his knees. He and Lo had grown
close. "What'll
satisify you? All our deaths? This time Lo and Kwang. Next time?
Tran? My brother? If you persist, I promise I'll be the
last. After you, My Lord." Wu met
his gaze, recoiled. Neither
he nor Chin seemed able to learn. They
bushwhacked one another repeatedly.
Chin finally got the upper hand. O Shing
remained in Mienming nursing his grudge against Tervola. Mist
completed her Escalonian adventure.
Success stabilized her position, though not solidly. Her sex, the casualties, and her failure to
capture the Tear of Mimizan remained liabilities. O Shing
first heard of the Tear from Wu. Wu
wasn't sure what it was, just that it was important. It was the talisman which had made possible the Monitor's
prolonged defense of Tatarian. "It's
one of the Poles of Power," Feng opined. "Bah!"
Wu replied. "Monitor's
propaganda. There's no proof." The Poles
were legendary amongst the thaumaturgic congnoscenti. One, supposedly, was possessed by the Star Rider. The second had been missing for ages. Even the highest wizards had nearly
forgotten it. During the recent
conflict the Monitor had hinted that the Tear was the lost Pole. Every
sorcerer living would have bartered his soul to possess a Pole. The man who mastered one could rule the
world. In time,
sensing the restlessness of the Tervola, Mist looked for another foe to divert
them. She took up a program inherited
from her father, which she had quietly nurtured since her ascension. O Shing
spent ever more time alone, or with Tran and Lang. Only those two still treated him as Tam. Only they considered him as more than a
means to an end. Lo's
death cost Wu O Shing's love and respect. Wu was
changing. No one called him "the
Compassionate" now. A poisonous
greed, a demanding haste, had crept into his soul. And O
Shing was changing too, becoming cynical and disenchanted. The man
in the cat-gargoyle mask made his first presentation to the Pracchia. Nervously, he said, "Mist plans to
invade the west now. She's suborned the
Captal of Savernake. Maisak, the
fortress controlling the Savernake Gap, will be Shinsan's. Ehelebe-in-Shinsan can assume control of the
invasion whenever the Pracchia directs.
We have moved with care, into leading positions in both political
factions. I have become Mist's chief
Tervola. Members of my Nine are close
to the Dragon Prince. We still
recommend that nominal rule be invested in the latter. He remains the more manageable
personality." He detailed plans for eliminating Mist and making O Shing
the Pracchia's puppet. "Absolutely
perfect," said he who was first in the Pracchia. "By all means encourage Mist's plans. She'll take care of herself for us." O Shing,
Lang, and Tran watched the commandos disappear. O Shing still shivered with the strain of a recently completed
sorcery. Mist and the Captal certainly
would be diverted. "Why're
we here, Tran?" he whispered. "Destiny,
Tam. There's no escape. We must be what we must be. How many of us like it? Even forest hunters ask the same
question." O Shing
met Wu's eye. Lord Wu was in
disguise. He wore no mask. His expression was taut, pallid, frightened. Lang
whispered, "Friend Wu is spooked." Lang took tremendous pleasure in
seeing the mighty discomfited, perhaps because it brought them nearer his own
insignificance. "That thing you
called up.... He wasn't looking for
that." "The
Gosik of Aubuchon? I was just showing
off." "You
scared the skirts off him," Tran said.
"He's having second thoughts about us." Wu was
frightened. Not even the Princes
Thaumaturge, at the height of their Power, had dared call that devil from its
hell. And, though O Shing hadn't gone
quite that far himself, he had opened a portal through which the monster could
cast a shadow of itself, a doorway through which it might burst if O Shing's
Power weren't sufficient to confine it. Wu wasn't
certain whether O Shing had overestimated himself or was genuinely able to
control the devil. Either way, he had
trouble. If the Gosik broke loose, the
world would become its plaything. If O
Shing truly commanded it, the Dragon Prince was more powerful than anyone had
suspected, and had trained himself quietly and well. Those who intended using him might find the tables turning. Worse,
the youth was winning allegiances outside the Tervola. He was popular with the Aspirants. This sudden Power might tempt him to replace
Tervola with Aspirants he trusted. But it
was too late to change plans.
Rectifications had to wait till Mist had been destroyed. Wu felt
like a man who bent to catch a king snake and discovered that he had hold of a
cobra. News
filtered back. Mist had been completely
surprised. Only a handful of
supporters, all westerners, were with her.
Tran's commandos were occupying Maisak.
The woman would be theirs soon. The same
promises were still coming through two days later. The lives of Tervola had been lost, and the survivors kept
saying, "Soon". "This'll
never end," Tam told Lang while awaiting their turn to transfer. "She'll get away. Just like we always did. There must be a reason." Tran had
been sitting silently, lost in thought.
"May I hazard a guess?" "Go
ahead." "I
think there're other plots afoot. One
catches things here and there if one listens." "They'd
let her get away?" "Maybe. I'm not sure. She's smart and strong.
Whatever, there's something happening.
We'd best guard our backs." O Shing
would remember that later, when Wu brought Lord Chin to swear fealty. Tam
remembered escaping Mist's hunter almost miraculously. He graciously accepted Chin's oath, then
became thoughtful. Tran was right. He told
Tran and Lang to be observant. No
conspiracy could operate without leaving some tracks. The
battle at Baxendala upset everyone. The
preliminaries proceeded favorably enough.
Chin assumed tactical command, quickly drove the westerners into their
defense works. Then he had no choice
but frontal attack. Nobody
worried. The westerners were a mixed
lot, from a half-dozen states, politically enmired, commanded by a man with
little large-scale experience, and already had shown poorly against the
legions. They would punch through. The
battle, as Shinsan's did, opened with a wizards' skirmish. O Shing, emboldened by Wu's reaction
earlier, conjured the Gosik himself.... A bent
old man, high above the battlefield, became enraged. This wasn't in his plan.
He took steps, knowing the result might delay his ends. But O
Shing was becoming dangerous. He was
outside the control of Ehelebe-in-Shinsan.... He ended
the efficacy of the Power, using his Pole of Power, which had the form of a
gold medallion. The
cessation of the Power rattled O Shing.
His Tervola were dismayed. Never
had they known the Power to fail. "We
retain our advantages," Chin argued.
"They're still weak and disunited.
We'll slaughter them." His confidence was absolute. Chin's
prediction seemed valid initially. The
westerners were stubborn, but no match for the legions. Their lines crumbled.... Yet Tam
couldn't shake a premonition of disaster. Tran felt
it too. And acted. He ordered O Shing's bodyguard to be ready. Then it
happened. Western knights exploded from
a flank long thought secured by local allies.
They hit the reserve legion before anyone realized they weren't
friendly. The
soldiers of Shinsan had never encountered knights. They stood and fought, and died, as they had been taught—to
little real purpose. Chin
panicked. It communicated itself to O
Shing. "Stand
fast!" Tran begged. "It'll
cost, but we'll hold. They won't
break." Nobody
listened. Not even the youth who had
vowed to respect Tran's advice above all others'. The
horsemen turned on the legions clearing Ragnarson's defense works. Chin and Wu cried disaster. Tran
cajoled and bullied enough to prevent a rout. That
night O Shing ordered a withdrawal. "What?"
Tran demanded. "Where to?" "Maisak. We'll retain control of the pass, transfer
more men through, resume the offensive." He parroted Chin. "The Imperial Standard will reman
here." His lips were taut. He
hated that sacrifice. The legion would
be lost if reinforcements didn't arrive in time. "Stand
here," Tran urged again. "We're
beaten." Tran gave
up. When O Shing's ear went deaf there
was no point in talking on. Maisak
greeted them with arrows instead of paeans for its overlord. The King
Without a Throne had gotten there first. Chin blew
up. Never had soldiers of Shinsan been
so humiliated. "Attack!"
he shrieked. "Kill them all!" O Shing
ignored Tran again. The
assault cost so many lives, uselessly, that Chin's standing with the Tervola
plummeted. They wouldn't listen to him
for years. Tervola
also questioned O Shing's acceeding to Chin's folly when the barbarian, Tran,
had foreseen the outcome.... After
that secondary defeat O Shing put his trust in Tran again. The hunter guided the survivors across the
wilderness, through terrible hardships.
Two thousand men reached Shinsan.
Of twenty-five thousand. The
western adventure, so optimistically begun, traumatized O Shing. The bitter trek across the steppes renewed
his acquaintance with fear. Three times
he had endured the fleeing terror: with the Han Chin, ducking Mist, and now
escaping the west. He wanted
no more of it. The
terrors would shape all his policies as master of Shinsan. That much
he had gained. Mist had been
beaten. She resided with the enemy now,
lending her knowledge to theirs. He became
a dedicated isolationist. Unfortunately,
the Tervola didn't see it his way. ELEVEN:
Marshall and Queen Ragnarson's
party reached Karak Strabger at midnight.
Bragi grumbled about the castle's disrepair. It hadn't seen maintenance since the civil war. Something needed doing. Baxendala was crucial to Kavelin's defense. Fortifications
were like women past thirty. They
required constant attention or quickly fell apart. He gave
his mount to one of the tiny garrison, glanced at Varthlokkur. "Not
time yet. She's resting. We have a day." "I'll
go see her. For a minute. Ragnar, stay with Mr. Eldred.
The duty corporal will find you someplace to sleep." "I
need it," Ragnar replied. A shadow
crossed his brow. "I'll
be down in a minute." He hugged his son.
They had lost a lot, and had had too much time to remember while riding. Ragnarson
wasn't a demonstrative man. His hug
startled Ragnar, but clearly pleased him.
"Go on. And behave. Everybody in the army has permission to wax
your ass if you act up." It was a
long climb. Gjerdrum and Dr. Wachtel had wanted Fiana inacessible. She was
alone except for a maid asleep in a chair.
Only a candle beside her bed illuminated the room. He stood
over Fiana awhile, staring at beauty wasted by pain. She slept peacefully now, though. He wouldn't disturb her after what Varthlokkur suggested she had
been through. Gone was
the elfin quality that had stunned him when first they met. But she had been barely twenty then, and
tormented only by the cares of office. The maid
wakened. "Oh. Sir!" "Shh!" She
joined him. "How
is she?" "Better
tonight. Last night. ...We thought.... It's good you're here.
It'll help. That you couldn't
be.... .That made it hard. Can you stay?" "Yes. There's no reason not to anymore." The
maid's blue eyes widened. "Do
I sound bitter?" His attention returned to the pain lines on Fiana's
face. "Poor thing." "Wake
her. I'll go." "I
shouldn't. She needs the rest." "She
needs you more. Goodnight, sir." He
settled on the edge of the bed, stared, thought. A good man, that innkeeper had said. And he had brought Fiana to this. He liked
to believe he was one of the good guys.
Wanted—even needed—to think so.
By the standards of his age, he was.
So why was it that every woman who entered his life got nothing but pain
for her trouble? How happy had he made
Fiana? Or Elana? He never should have married. Pleasure he should have taken in chance
encounters and houses of joy. Elana
would have been better off with Preshka.
The Iwa Skolovdan would have done right by her.... He was
holding Fiana's hand. Too tightly. Her eyelids fluttered. He stared into pale blue eyes pleasantly
surprised. "You
came," she murmured. He
thought of Elana. A tear escaped. "What's
wrong?" "Nothing. Nothing to worry your pretty head
about. Go back to sleep." "What? Why?
Oh! You look terrible." "I
didn't clean up." "I
don't care. You're here." He
smoothed her hair on her cerulean pillow.
The blue framed her blondness prettily.
The maid had taken good care of her hair. Good girl. She knew how
to buoy sinking spirits. "You're
exhausted. What've you been
doing?" "Not
much. Haven't slept for a couple
days." "Trouble? Is that why you came?" "No. Don't worry about it. Come on.
Go back to sleep. We'll talk in
the morning." She eased
over. The mound of her belly was
incredibly huge. Elana had never been
that big. "Here. Lay down with me." "I
can't." "Please? You've never stayed with me all night. Do it now." "I
brought my son. I told him I'd be back
down." "Please?" He bit
his lip. "It
might be the last time we can." Fear crossed her face. "I'm scared. I won't live through it.
It's so bad...." "Now
wait a minute. There's nothing to worry
about. You'll be all right. Funny.
Women always get so scared. They
go through it all the time.
Elana..." She
wasn't offended. "It's not like
before. It hurt last time, but only
when the baby came." Her eyes moistened.
Her daughter, a precocious, delightful blonde elf, had died mysteriously
soon after the civil war. That had been
one of Fiana's great sorrows. Another
had been the passing of her husband, the old King, an event which had
precipitated the civil war. "Come
on. Stay." He
couldn't refuse her. The look in her
eyes.... "Now,"
she said after he slipped in beside her, "tell me what happened." "Nothing. Don't worry." She was
persistent. And he didn't need much
encouragement. He had to loose the
grief sometime. She cried
with him. Then they slept. And no
one disturbed them. Her people were
discreet. It was
afternoon when Ragnarson wakened. Fiana
immediately asked, "You think it's Shinsan again?" "Who
else? Wish I had a way to hit
back. If it weren't for you, and
Kavelin, I'd head east right now, and not stop till I had my sword through O
Shing's heart." Someday, he thought.
Maybe with Varthlokkur's help.
The wizard had his own grudge against Shinsan. He hadn't
mentioned Varthlokkur. What he had
revealed had troubled Fiana enough. And
had done her good. Worrying about
Kavelin distracted her. Knowing her
condition had drawn Varthlokkur from his eyrie might crack what control she
retained. "Darling,
I've got to go downstairs. Ragnar will
think I abandoned him. And Wachtel is
probably dancing in the hall, trying to decide if he should stick his nose
in." "I
know. Come back. Please?
As soon as you can?" "I
Will." And he
did, with Varthlokkur and Wachtel.
Varthlokkur had conjured sorcerer's devices from Fangdred—and had
frightened half the Queen's staff out of Karak Strabger. What wild
rumors were afoot in Baxendala? Ragnarson
kept his promise, but Fiana never knew.
Her siege of agony had resumed.
She screamed and screamed while Bragi and the doctor held her so she
wouldn't hurt herself. "It's
worse this time," said Wachtel. He
was a kindly old gentleman who winced with every contraction. He had been Royal Physician for longer than
Fiana had been alive, was one of those rare Kaveliners of whom Ragnarson had
heard no evil at all. Like Michael
Trebilcock, he was unacquainted with fear.
Varthlokkur didn't impress him except as a respectable physician. Wachtel
knew the wizard's history. Varthlokkur
had learned life-magicks from the Old Man of the Mountain, who was believed to
be the master of the field. "Hold
her!" Varthlokkur snapped.
"I've got to touch her...." Bragi
pressed down on her shoulders. She
tried to bite. Wachtel struggled with
her ankles. The wizard laid hands on
her belly. "Never seen a woman
this pregnant. You're sure it's only
eight months?" "That's
what disturbs me," Wachtel said, nodding.
His face was taut, tired.
"You'd think she was delivering a colt." "It's
overdue. You're positive ...? Oh!" He touched hastily, his face
smeared with sudden incredulity.
"Wachtel. You have anything
to quiet her?" "I
didn't want to give her something and be sorry later." "Give
it to her. She'll need it. We'll have to cut. No woman could dilate enough to deliver this." Wachtel
eyed him—then released Fiana's ankles.
The wizard assumed his place. "Over
twenty pounds," Varthlokkur murmured. "Impossible!" "You
know it. I do. But that thing in her womb.... Tell it, Doctor. Marshall?" "Uhm?" "I
don't know how to tell you.... I'm not
sure I understand. This isn't your
child." A sneak
attack with a club couldn't have stunned Ragnarson more. "But.... That's impossible.
She...." "Wait! This's the part that's hard to explain." "Go. I need something." "Remember
the plot hatched by Yo Hsi and the Captal of Savernake? As the Captal confessed it before you
executed him?" The
Captal had been a rebel captain during the civil war. The Demon Prince had been his sponsor. Shinsan, to aid him, had put in the legions Ragnarson had
defeated here at Baxendala. The plot
had opened with the artificial insemination of Fiana, in her sleep, to create a
royal heir controllable from Shinsan.
To complicate their duplicity, the plotters had substituted another
child for the newborn, ensuring a disputed succession. Yo Hsi
had made one grave error. Fiana's child
had been a girl. That had
complicated matters for everyone. Then Yo
Hsi and Nu Li Hsi had been destroyed in Castle Fangdred. The plot lay fallow till Yo Hsi's daughter,
Mist, resurrected it. The
ultimate failure of the rebel cause had brought the girl home to her
mother. Then, during the winter, she
had died of a spider bite. "All
right. Get to the point." "This
is the child meant to be born then." "What? Bullshit.
I ain't no doctor. I ain't no
wizard. But I know for goddamned sure
it don't take no fifteen years...." "I
confess to complete mystification myself.
If this's Yo Hsi's get, then, necessarily, Carolan was your
daughter." Fiana's
struggles lessened as Wachtel's drug took effect. "Wizard,
I can believe almost anything," Ragnarson said. "But there ain't no way I'll believe a woman could have my
baby five years before I met her." "Doesn't
matter what you believe. You'll see
when we deliver. Doctor. You agree we'll have to cut?" "Yes. I've feared it all month. But I put off the decision, just
hoping.... It should've been
aborted." "When?" "I'll
have your help?" "If
I can convince the Marshall...." "Of
what?" "That
this isn't your get. And that you
should let me have it." Ragnarson's
eyes narrowed suspiciously. "I
know what you're thinking. You don't
trust me. I don't know why. But try this. We'll deliver the child.
If you want to acknowledge it then, that's your choice. If you don't, I get it. Fair enough?" Why would
Varthlokkur lie? he wondered. The man was wiser then he.... "Do it, damnit. Get it over with." "We'll
need some...." "I've
been at birthings before. Nine."
Elana had had three children who had died soon after birth. "Wachtel, have what's-her-name get
it. Then explain why it's not ready
already." "It
is ready. Sir." Wachtel was
angry. No one questioned his competence
or dedication. "Good. Get at it." Ragnarson settled on a
chest of drawers. "The man will be
here watching." He rested his sword across his lap. "He won't be happy if anything goes
wrong." "Lord,
I can't promise anything. You know
that. The mothers seldom survive the
operation...." "Doctor,
I trust you. You do the cutting." "I
plan to. The man's knowledge I
respect. I don't know his hand." Wachtel
began. And, despite the drugs, Fiana
screamed. They bound her to the bed,
and brought soldiers to help hold her, but she thrashed and screamed.... Wachtel
and Varthlokkur did everything possible.
Ragnarson could never deny that. Nothing
helped. Ragnarson
held her hand, and wept. Tears
didn't change anything either. Nor did
the most potent of Varthlokkur's life-magicks.
"You can't beat the Fates." "Fates? Damn the Fates! Keep her alive!" Ragnarson seized his sword. "Sir,
you may be Marshall," Wachtel shouted.
"You may have the power to slay me. But, by damned, this's my field.
Sit down, shut up, and stay the hell out of the way. We're doing everything we can. It's too late for her. We're trying to save the baby." There was
a limit to what Wachtel would tolerate, and the soldiers saw it his way. Ragnarson's
aide, Gjerdrum, and two men got between Ragnarson and the doctor. While
Wachtel operated Varthlokkur began a series of quiet little magicks. He and the doctor finished together. The child, brought forth from a dead woman,
floated above the bed in a sphere the wizard had created. Its eyes
were open. It looked back at them with
a cruel, knowing expression. Yet it
looked like a huge baby. "That's
no son of mine," Ragnarson growled sickly. "I told you that," Varthlokkur snapped. "Kill it!" "No. You said...." Gjerdrum
looked from man to man. Wachtel
confirmed Varthlokkur's claim. "Child
of evil," Ragnarson said.
"Murderer.... I'll murder
you...." He raised his sword. The thing
in the bubble stared back fearlessly.
Varthlokkur rounded the bed.
"Friend, believe me. Let it
be. This child of Shinsan.... It doesn't know what it is. Those who created it don't know it
exists. Give it to me. It'll become our tool. This's my competence. Attend yours. Kavelin no longer has a Queen." Kavelin. Kavelin.
Kavelin. A quarter of his life
he had given to the country, and it not the land of his birth. Kavelin.
The land of.... What? The women who had loved him? But Elana had been Itaskian. Fiana had come from Octylya, a child bride
for an old king desperately trying to spare his homeland the ravages of a
succession struggle. Kavelin. What was this little backwater state to
him? A land of sorrow. A land that devoured all that he loved. A land that had claimed his time and soul
for so long that he had lost the love of the woman who had made up half his
soul. What did he have to sacrifice to
this land to satisfy it? Was it some
hungry beast that ravened everything lovely, everything dear? He raised
his sword, that his father had given him when he and Haaken were but beardless
boys. The sword he had borne
twenty-five years, through adventures grim, services honorable and otherwise,
and days when he had been no better than the men who had murdered his
children. That sword was an extension
of his soul, half of the man called Bragi Ragnarson. He took it up, and whirled it above his head the way his father,
Mad Ragnar, had done. Everyone backed
away. He attacked the bed in which his
Queen had died, in which he had lain with her, comforting her, her last night
on earth. He hacked posts and sides and
hangings like an insane thing, and no one tried to stop him. "Kavelin!"
he thundered. "You pimple on the
ass of the world! What the hell do you
want from me?" Into his
mind came a face. A simple man, an
innkeeper, once had soldiered with a stranger from the north, whom he believed
had come to set him free. Behind him
were the faces of a hundred such men, a thousand, ten thousand, who had stood
with him at Baxendala, unflinching.
Peasant lads and hillmen, their hands virgin to the sword a year before,
they had faced the fury of Shinsan and had refused to show their backs. Not many had been as lucky as that
innkeeper. Most lay beneath the ground
below the hill on which Karak Strabger stood.
Thousands. Dead. Laid down because they had believed in him,
because he and this woman who lay here growing cold had given them a hope for a
new tomorrow. What had
Kavelin demanded of them? "Oh,
Gods!" he swore, and smashed that faithful blade against stone till it
flew into a hundred shards.
"Gods!" He buried his face in his hands, raked his beard with
his fingers. "What do I have to
do? Why must I endure this? Free me.
Slay me. Keep the blades from
going astray." Wachtel,
Varthlokkur, and Gjerdrum tried to restrain him. He surged
like a bear throwing off hounds, hurling them against the walls. Then he sat beside the torn body of his
Queen, and again took her hand. And for
a moment he thought he saw a tiny smile flicker through the agony frozen upon
her dead face. He thought he heard a
whisper, "Darling, go on. Finish
what we started." He threw
himself onto her still form and wept.
"Fiana. Please," he
whispered. "Don't leave me
alone." Elana was
gone. Fiana was gone. What did he have left? Just one
thing, a tiny mind-voice insisted. The
bitch-goddess, the changeable child-vixen which he had come to love more than
any woman. Kavelin. Kavelin. Kavelin.
Kavelin. Damnable Kavelin. His tears
flowed. Kavelin. Henceforth
there would be no other woman before her.... He lay
there with his head on Fiana's breast till long after sundown. And when he rose, finally, with night in his
eyes and tears dried, he was alone except for Gjerdrum and Ragnar. They came
to him, and held him, understanding. Gjerdrum
had loved his Queen more than life itself, though not with the love of a man
for a woman. His was the love of a
knight of the old romances for his sovereign, for his infallible Crown. And
Ragnar brought him the love of a forgiving son. "Give
me strength," said Ragnarson.
"Help me. They've taken
everything from me. Everything but you. And hatred.
Stand with me, Ragnar. Don't let
hate eat me. Don't let me destroy
me." He had to
live, to be strong. Kavelin depended on
him. Ravelin. Damnable Kavelin. "I
will, Father. I will." TWELVE:
The Stranger in Hammerfest Hammerfest
was a storybook town in a storybook land cozy with storybook people. Plump blonde girls with ribboned braids,
rosy cheeks, and ready smiles tripped up and down the snowy streets. Tall young men hurried from one picturesque
shop to another in pursuit of the business of their apprenticeships, yet were
never so hurried that they hadn't time to welcome a stranger. Laughing children sped down the main street
on sleds with barrel staves for runners.
Their dogs yapped and floundered after them. The thin
man in the dark cloak stood taking it in for a time. He ignored the nibbling of a wind far colder than any of his
homeland. It was warmer than those he
had endured the past few months. Tall,
steep-roofed houses crowded and hung over the rising, twisting street, yet he
didn't feel as confined as he had in towns less densely built. There was a warm friendliness to Hammerfest,
a family feeling, as though the houses were cuddling from love, not necessity. His gaze
lingered on the smoke rising from a tall stone chimney topped by a rack where
storks nested in summer. He watched the
vapors rise till they passed between himself and a small, crumbling fortress
atop the hill the town climbed. Peace
had reigned here for a generation. The
brutal vicissitudes of Trolledyngjan politics had passed Hammerfest by. A sled
whipped past, carrying a brace of screaming youngsters. The dark man leapt an instant before it
could hit him, slipped, fell. The
snow's cold kiss burned his cheek. "They
don't realize, so I'll apologize for them." A pair of
shaggy boots entered his vision, attached to pillars of legs. A huge, grizzled man offered a hand. He accepted. "Thank
you. No harm done." He spoke the
language well. "Children will be
children. Let them enjoy while they
can." "Ah,
indeed. Too soon we grow old, eh? Yet, isn't it true that all of us will be
what we will be?" The man
in the dark clothing looked at him oddly.
"I mean, we must be what our age, sex, station, and acquaintances
demand." "Maybe...."
A beer hall philosopher? Here? "What're you driving at?" He
shivered in a gust. "Nothing. Don't mind me. Everybody says I think too much, and say it. For a constable. You should get heavier clothing.
Ander Sigurdson could outfit you.
That all you wore coming north?" The
stranger nodded. This was a real
fountain of questions. Nor was he as
full of good-to-see-you as the others. "Let's
get you up to the alehouse, then.
You're cold. You'll want
something warming. A bite, too, by the
look of you." He danced lightly as a sled whipped past. The
stranger noted his deftness. This would
be a dangerous man. He was strong and
quick. "Name's
Bors Olagson. Constable
hereabouts. Boring job, what with
nothing ever happening." "I
took you for a smith." The stranger refused the bait. "Really? Only hammer I ever swung was a war hammer, back in my younger
days. Reeved out of Tonderhofn a few
summers, back when. That's why they
picked me for this job. But it's just a
hobby, really. Don't even pay. My true profession is innkeeper. I own the alehouse. Bought with my share of the plunder." They
passed several houses and shops before he probed again. "And who would you be?" "Rasher. Elfis Rasher. Factor for Darnalin, of the Bedelian League. Our syndics are considering increasing
profits by bypassing the Iwa Skolovdans in the fur trade. I've begun to doubt our chances. I didn't prepare well. As you noticed by my outfit." "And
you came alone? Without so much as a
pack?" "No. I survived. The Kratchnodians and rest of Trolledyngja
aren't as friendly as Hammerfest." "Indeed. Though it was worse before the Old House was
restored. Here we are." He shoved
a tall, heavy door. "Guro. A big stein for a new guest. The kids just knocked him into a
snowbank." He grinned. "Yeah. Those were my brats." I I I The
stranger surveyed the tavern. It was
all warm browns, as homey and friendly within as the Hammerfesters were
outside. He sidled to the fire. Bors
brought steins. "Well, Rasher, I
admire you. I do. You're one of the survivors. Weren't always a merchant, were you?" The
questions were becoming irksome.
"My home is Hellin Daimiel.
I saw the El Murid wars. And I'm
no countinghouse clerk. I'm a
caravaneer." "Thought
so. Man of action. I miss it sometimes, till I remember
drifting in a rammed dragonship with my guts hanging out on the oar
bench...." The
stranger tried shifting the subject.
"I was told Hammerfest was a critical fur town. That I might find men here who would be
interested in making a better deal than the Iwa Skolovdans offer." "Possibly. Those people are a gang of misers. I don't like it when they stay here. They fill the rooms and don't spend a
groschen." "When
do they arrive?" "You're
ahead, if that's your idea. They're too
soft to try the passes before summer.
They'll be a month or two yet.
But, you see, they'll bring trade goods. You've apparently lost yours." "No
real problem. A fast rider could
correct that—if I find somebody interested.
I'm the only foreigner in town now, then?" The man's
eyes narrowed. His mouth tightened. He wasn't much for hiding his thoughts. "Yes." The
stranger wondered why he lied. Was his
man here? The trick would be to find
him without bringing the town down on his head. The best
course would be to pursue his cover implacably, ignoring his urgency. It had
waited a year. It could wait a day or
two more. "Who
should I see? If I can arrange
something, I could get the goods through ahead of the Iwa Skolovdans. We've headquartered our operation at our
warehouses in Itaskia...." "You
should get the frost out of your fingers first." "I
suppose. But I've lost my men and my
goods. I have to recoup fast. The old boys who stay at home to tote up the
profits and losses take the losses out of my pocket and put the profits in
theirs." "Oho! This's a speculative venture, then." The
stranger nodded, a quiet little smile crossing his lips. "Gentlemen
adventurers, perhaps? With the Bedelian
League providing office space and letters of introduction, and you putting up
the money and men?" "Half
right. I'm a League man. Sent to lead. I was supposed to get a percentage. Still can. If I find the
right people, and make it back to Itaskia." "You
southerners. Hurry, hurry." The
stranger drew a coin from inside his cloak, then returned it. He searched by touch, found one which told
no tales. It was an Itaskian
half-crown, support for his story.
"I don't know how long I'll stay.
This should keep me a week." "Six
pence Itaskian, per day." "What? Thief...." The
stranger smiled to himself. He had the
better of the man for the moment. Bors'
wife brought ale and roast pork as they agreed on four pence daily. Pork!
It was a difficult moment. But
the stranger was accustomed to alien ways.
He stifled his reaction. "While
you're making your rounds, could you ask that Ander to stop over?" "His
shop is just up the street." "I'm
not going out till I have to. I've had
a couple months of snow and wind." "It's
a warm spring day." "Well,
all right then. But warm is a matter of
opinion." "I'll
walk you up after you're settled." "I'll
need some other things, too. I'll be a
boon to Hammerfest's economy." "Uhm."
The thought had occurred to Bors, apparently. In the
tailor's shop the stranger asked a few cautious questions. He had guessed right. No one would tell him a thing. This would take cunning. Returning
to the inn, alone because Bors was making his rounds, he had another sled
encounter. He didn't see this one. Its rider
was a boy of six, scared silly that he had hurt the stranger. The dark man calmed him just enough to suit
his purpose. Then he
asked, "Where is the other stranger?
The one who stayed the winter." "The
man with black eyes? The man who can't
talk?" The Trolledyngjan
idiom meant a man who couldn't speak the language. "In the tower." He pointed. The dark
man stared uphill. The castle was
primitive. It had a low curtain wall
and what looked like a shell keep piled on granite bedrock. One step better than the moat and
bailey. "Thank you, son."
"You won't tell?" "I won't if you won't." He
continued staring uphill. A man who
walked like Bors was coming down. He
smiled his little smile. He was in
the common room, drinking hot wine, when the constable returned. "All peaceful?" he asked. "Nothing
changes," Bors replied. "Last
trouble we had was two years ago.
Itaskian got into it with a fellow from Dvar. Over a girl. Settled it
before it came to blows." "Good.
Good. I'll feel safe in my bed,
then." "Peace is what we sell here, sir. Don't you know? Every man
in Hammerfest is pledged to die fighting if trouble comes from outside. We need peace. Where else, in this land, can you find shops like ours? The outback people won't even plant crops,
let alone work with their hands. Except
to make trinkets they bury with their dead, to placate the Old Gods. Silly.
If the New Gods can't get a man's shade safely to the heroes' hall, then
they can't be much." "I
don't know much about religion." "Most folks here don't. They give to the priests mainly so they'll
stay away. By the way. I talked to a couple fur-dealers. They're interested. In talking.
They'll be round tomorrow." The
stranger moved to the fire.
"Good. Then I shouldn't
have to stay long." "Oh,
I think your stay will be short.
They're eager, I'd say." There was something in his tone.... The stranger turned. His cloak
was back. Bors hadn't seen him open
it. But he saw the worn, plain black
sword hilt and the cold dark eyes and cruel nose. That wicked little smile played across the man's lips. '"Thank you. You're most kind, going out of your way. I'll retire now. My first chance at a warm bed for weeks." "I
understand. I understand." As the
stranger climbed the stairs he caught the flicker of uncertainty crossing the
big man's face. He
arranged a spell for his door, then went to bed. They came
earlier than he expected, though he hadn't been sure they would come at
all. The ward spell warned him. He rose sinuously, hefted his weapon,
concealed himself. There
were three of them. He recognized Bors'
hulking shape immediately. One of the
others was shorter and thinner than the man he sought. He took
Bors with a vicious throat swing, then gutted the short man, shoving a rag into
his mouth before he could scream. The third
man didn't react in time to do anything.
A sword tip rested at his adam's apple the instant it took the stranger
to decide he wasn't the man. Then he
died. The
stranger shrugged. He would have to
visit the castle after all. But first
he lighted his lamp and studied the dead men. He found
nothing unusual. Why would
they commit murder for no more excuse than he had given? He
dressed in his new winter boots and coat, donned his greatcloak, sheathed his
freshly cleaned sword. Bors'
wife waited in the common room. The
stranger's dark eyes met hers. There
was no pity in his. "I'll be
leaving early. I have a refund
coming." Terror
restructured her face. She counted
coins with fingers too shaky to keep hold. The
stranger pushed back two. "Too
much." His voice was without emotion.
But he couldn't resist a dramatic touch. He fished a coin from his purse.
"To cover the costs of damage done," he said with a hint of
sarcasm. The woman
stared at the coin as he slipped out the door.
On one side a crown had been struck.
On the reverse there were words in writing she didn't recognize. Once the
door slammed she flew upstairs, tears streaming. They had
been laid out neatly, side by side. On
each forehead, still smoking, was a tiny crown-brand. She
didn't know what it meant, but there were others in Hammerfest who had paid
attention to news from the south. She
would learn soon enough. She and
Bors had entertained a royal guest. THIRTEEN: Regency Colonel
Oryon had no idea what had happened at Karak Strabger. He did know he rode with a man
possessed. His hard-faced, grim
companion, closed of mouth, perpetually angry, wasn't the Ragnarson he had
accompanied eastward. This Ragnarson
was an avenger, a death-Messiah. There
was the feel of doom, of destiny, about him. Oryon
watched him punish his mount, and was afraid. If this
man didn't mellow he could set a continent aflame. He knew
no pain, needed no comforts, wanted no rest.
He plunged on till Oryon, who prided himself on his toughness, could no
longer stand the pace. And still he
rode, leaving his companions at an inn ten miles from Vorgreberg. "Derel!"
he roared through the Palace, as he stalked toward his office. "Prataxis! You south coast faggot!
Where the hell are you? Get your
useless ass up here on the double." Prataxis
materialized, partially dressed.
"Sir?" "The
Thing. I want it assembled. Now." "Sir? It's the middle of the night." "I
don't give a damn! Get those sons of
bitches down there in two hours. Or
they'll find out what it was like in the old days. We never threw out the hardware from the dungeons. And if you don't get it done yesterday,
you'll be first in line." "What's
happened, sir?" Ragnarson
mellowed a little. "Yes, something
happened. And I've got to do something
about it before the whole damned house of cards falls in on us. Go on.
Go, go, go." He waved a hand like a baker sending his boy into the
streets, all rage gone. "I'll
explain later." He had
arrived ahead of the news. And would
stay ahead unless Oryon learned something, or Ragnar shot his mouth off. Ragnar had promised to say nothing, even to
the ghost of his mother. Gjerdrum and
Wachtel would keep everyone else locked up in Karak Strabger. "Before
I leave," Prataxis said, "there's a woman in town looking for
you. She showed up the day after you
left." "A
woman? Who?" "She
wouldn't say. She gave the impression
she was very friendly with bin Yousif." "Haroun? About time we heard from that.... No.
I won't say that. I think I
understand him now. Go on. I'll see her after I talk to the Thing. H ow many of those bastards are in town, anyway?" "Most
of them. It's getting close to Victory
Day and time to debate the Guild appropriations. They don't want to miss that." "That
won't be a problem anymore. I told
Oryon to pack his bags. We'll pay them
off. Thanks to you, Derel. You'll be rewarded." "Service
is my reward, Marshall." "Bullshit. About two hundred Rebsamen dons fawning at
your feet after you publish your thesis is what you're thinking about. You get the look a thief does when he sees loose
gold whenever you talk about it." "As
you say, Lord." "Get
out of here. Wait! Before you go, send for Ahring, Blackfang,
and Valther." "The
Queen, sir. She ... ?" "Derel,
don't even think about her. If they
ask, say I need a vote of confidence on my army alert." Blackfang
and Valther arrived together. "How're
the kids, Haaken?" Bragi asked. "Upset. You should see them." "As
soon as I can. Valther, you get
anything yet?" "Not
a whisper. But there's a woman
here...." "Derel
told me. Who is she?" "Won't
say. It looks like she wants us to
think she's bin Yousif's wife." "Wife? Haroun doesn't have.... Well, he never admitted it. But Mocker thought he might. That'd be his style. They keep their women locked up in Hammad al
Nakir. And he wouldn't want El Murid to
know. Not after killing his son,
crippling his wife, and masterminding the kidnapping of his daughter. Yeah.
He might have a wife. But I
don't think she'd turn up here." "I'm
watching her," Valther told him.
"And I'm backtracking her.
I put a girl into her hostel.
She's just waiting for you." "Good. Haaken, send messengers to Kildragon and AI- tenkirk. I want their shock battalions moved
here." "Fiana...?" "Yes. Derel's getting the Thing together. I want to invoke martial law as soon as
we're in session. Keep the Guild troops
confined to barracks. Got that,
Jarl?" he asked Ahring, who had just arrived. "Uhm. Case Wolfhound?" Wolfhound was a
contingency plan drawn up years ago, at Fiana's direction. "Yes. Oh.
Valther. Another problem for
you. I met an innkeeper in Forbeck who
said there's been men like our assassins going back and forth through the
Gap. A gang went east right ahead of
me. Catch a couple." "And
Maisak?" "Better
put somebody in." The
Savernake Gap, only good pass to the east for hundreds of miles north or south,
controlled all commerce between east and west.
Because Kavelin controlled the Gap, the kingdom and Gap-defending
Fortress Maisak were constantly the focus of intrigue. Shinsan's plot to seize the Gap had been the
root cause of Kavelin's civil war. "You're
spreading me awful thin," Valther complained. "I'll
try not to dump anything else on you.
Wish Mocker was here. This's his
kind of job.... Anything on that
yet?" "I
came up with a Marena Dimura who saw him with three men in Ulhmansiek." "Ah?" "But
the men are dead." "What?" "My
man asked the Marena Dimura to describe them.
Instead, he showed my man their graves.
Two of them, and that of a man who wasn't with them originally. He's a good man, that Tendrik. Dug them up." "And?" "He
identified one as Sir Keren of Sincic, a Nordmen knight who disappeared at the
right time, and another as Bela Jokai, the battalion commander who vanished
with Balfour. Judging from the size of
the third body, and from the list of friends of Sir Keren who're missing, the
other one was probably Trenice Lazen.
He was Keren's esquire, but had connections with the underworld. He and Keren ran a little swords-for-hire
business. They were riding with that
one-eyed Rico creature who sometimes worked for El Murid's people." "Any
sign of him? Or Mocker? Or Balfour?" "No. The Marena Dimura down there aren't very
friendly. Tendrik thinks it went
something like this: Keren, Lazen, and Rico were taking Mocker to Al
Rhemish. Jokai and Balfour waylaid
them. They fought. Rico turned out to be Balfour's man. They killed Keren and Lazen, and lost Jokai,
then made off with Mocker." "End of story?" "Apparently. Not a trace after that. I've got the word out on what's left of the
merchant network, but that hasn't turned up anything. And the Guild still wants to know what happened, so they aren't
having any luck either." "Unless they're smoke-screening." "They're
not that subtle. They're like your mean
moneylender who comes round demanding the deed to the old homestead." "We'll
see. I told Oryon we're paying him
off." "We've got the money?" "Thanks
to Prataxis. Jarl, watch the
Treasury. Haaken, the same at the
Mint. In case somebody tries
something." "You're getting paranoid." "Because
people are out to get me. You were at
the house that night." "All
right. All right." "Jarl,
I want to see Oryon when he gets back.
I'll tell him about Jokai. See
how he reacts. Now, it's time I
wandered over to the Thing." The Thing
met in a converted warehouse. Its
members kept whining for a parliament building, but Fiana had resisted the
outlay. Kavelin remained too heavily
indebted from the civil war. Ragnarson
waited in the office of the publican consul.
One of the Vorgreberger Guards stood outside. Another remained on the floor.
He would inform Ahring when the majority of the members had arrived. Case
Wolfhound included sequestering the Thing.
Several delegates, especially Nordmen, were suspect in their
loyalty. They would happily precipitate
another civil scrimmage. The
Nordmen had been stripped of feudal privilege for rebelling, then offered
amnesty. They had accepted only because
the alternatives were death or exile. No one
had believed they would keep their parole, though Ragnarson and Fiana had hoped
for an extended reign during which recidivists would pass away and be replaced by
youngsters familiar with the new order. The
soldier knocked. "Most of them are
here, sir. And Colonel Ahring's
ready." "Very
good. Have you seen Mr. Prataxis?" "He's
coming now, sir." Prataxis
entered. "How'd
it go, Derel? What feeling did you
get?" "Well
enough. All but three of them were in
town. And they suspect something. No one refused to come." "You
look them over downstairs?" "They're
nervous. Grouping by parties." "Good. Now, I need you to take a message to
Ahring. I'll tell you what happened
later." Prataxis
wasn't pleased. This would be one of
the critical points in Kavelin's history. "Here. A pass so you can get back in." "All
right. Stall. I'll run." Ragnarson
chuckled. "I'd like to see
that." Prataxis, though neither handicapped nor overweight, was the least
athletic person Ragnarson knew. Bragi
went downstairs slowly. Ahring would
need time. His bodyguard accompanied
him. The man was jumpy. A lot of hard men would glare at them from
the floor, and debate there sometimes involved the crash of swords. Pandemonium. At least seventy of the eighty-one members,
in clusters, were arguing, speculating, gesturing. Ragnarson didn't ask for silence. Word of
his arrival gradually spread. The
delegates slowly assumed their seats.
By then Ahring's troops had begun to fill the shadows along the walls. "Gentlemen,"
Ragnarson said, "I've asked you here to decide the fate of the State. It will be a fateful decision. You'll make it before you leave this hall. Gentlemen, the Queen is dead." The
uproar could have been that of the world's record tavern brawl. Fights broke out. But legislative sessions were always tempestuous. The delegates hadn't yet learned to do
things in a polite, parliamentary manner. The
uproar crested again when the members became aware that the army had sealed
them in. Ragnarson waited them out. "When
you're ready to stop fooling around, let's talk." They resumed their
seats. "Gentlemen, Her Majesty
passed on about forty hours ago. I
was there. Doctor Wachtel attended her,
but couldn't save her." His emotion made itself felt. No one would accuse him of not feeling the
loss. "Every attempt was made to
prevent it. We even brought in a
wizard, an expert in the life-magicks.
He said she's been doomed since the birth of her daughter. The breath of Shinsan touched her then. The poison caught up." His
listeners began murmuring. "Wait! I want to talk about this woman. Some of you did everything you could to make
her life miserable, to make her task impossible. She forgave you every time.
And gave her life, in the end, to make Ravelin a fit place to live. She's dead now. And the rest of us have come to the crossroads. If you think this's a chance to start
something, I'm telling you now. I won't
forgive. I am the army. I serve the Crown. I defend the Crown. Till
someone wears it, I'll punish rebellion mercilessly. If I have to, I'll make Ravelin's trees bend with a stinking
harvest. "Now,
the business at hand." Prataxis
hustled his way in burdened with writing materials. He had run. Good. Ahring and Blackfang would be sealing the
city perimeter against unauthorized departures. "My
secretary will record all votes. He'll
publish them when we make the public announcement." He
grinned. That would give him an extra
ten votes from fence-sitters. He should
be able to aim a majority any direction. "Our
options are limited. There's no
heir. The scholars of Hellin Daimiel
have suggested we dispense with the monarchy entirely, fashioning a republic
like some towns in the Bedelian League.
Personally, I don't relish risking the national welfare on a social
experiment. "We
could imitate other League towns and elect a Tyrant for a limited term. That would make transition smooth and swift,
but the disadvantages are obvious. "Third,
we could maintain the monarchy by finding a Ring among the ruling Houses of
other states. It's the course I
prefer. But it'll take a while. "Whichever,
we need a Regent till a new head of state takes power. "All
right. The session is open for
arguments from the floor. Mind your
manners. You'll all get a say. Mr.
Prataxis, handle the Chair." Someone
shouted, "You forgot a possibility.
We could elect one of our own people Ring." "Hear
hear," the Nordmen minority chanted. "Silence!"
Prataxis bellowed. Ragnarson was
startled by his volume. "Let
me speak to that, Derel." "The
Marshall has the floor." "'Hear
hear' you shout, you Nordmen. But you
can't all be Ring. Look around. You see anybody you want telling you what to
do?" The point
told. Each had, probably, considered
himself the logical candidate.
Ravelin's nobles were never short on self-appreciation. "Okay. Derel?" "The
commons delegate from Delhagen."
' "Sirs,
I think the Barons missed the point of the suggestion. I meant the Marshall." That
precipitated another barroom round.
Ragnarson himself denied any interest.
His denial was honest. He knew
what trying to break this rebellious bronc of a kingdom had done to Fiana. He
understood the delegate's motives.
There was a special relationship between between himself and Delhagen
and Sedlmayr, the city there. They
operated almost as an autonomous republic federated with Ravelin, under a
special charter he had urged on Fiana.
In return the commons there had remained steadfastly Royalist during the
civil war. Sedlmayr, with the similarly
chartered "Sieges" of Breidenbach and Fahrig, were nicknamed
"The Marshall's Lap Dogs." Ragnarson
smiled gently. The man had made the
suggestion so he could gradually back down.
Relieved, some opponent would propose the Marshall as Regent instead. And that
task he would accept. He had, in
reality, been Regent since Fiana's seclusion.
He could handle it. And a Regent
could always get out. Once,
years ago, Haroun had tried to tempt him with a kingship. The notion had been more attractive
then. But he had seen only the comforts
visible from the remote perspective. The
moment gone, he fell asleep in his chair.
It would be a long session.
Nothing important would get said for hours. Raveliners
were a stubborn lot. The arguing lasted
four days. Weariness and hunger finally
forced a compromise. The Thing named
Ragnarson Regent by a fat majority—after every alternate avenue had been
pursued to a dead end. Ragnarson
left the hall physically better than when he had entered. He had made a vacation of it, getting
involved only when delegates threatened to brawl. Vorgreberg
anxiously awaited the session's end, sure the news would be bad. When it
came out Kildragon and Altenkirk were on hand.
Vorgreberg was secure. Loyal
troops were poised at the kingdom's heart, ready to smash rebellion anywhere. FOURTEEN: Lady of Mystery "Show
him in," Ragnarson told Prataxis.
He rose, extended his hand.
"Colonel. Sorry I took so
long with the Thing." "I
understand," Oryon replied.
"Congratulations." "Save
it for a year. Probably be sorry I took
the job. I wanted to talk about
Balfour. My people came up with
something." "Oh?" Ragnarson
hoped Oryon's response would betray something about Guild thinking. He related the tale Valther had told. "Will you want Captain Jokai's
body?" "I'd
have to ask High Crag. What the hell
was Balfour doing in Uhlmansiek? His
log says he was taking the week to go hunting around Lake Berberich. Something's going on here. And I don't like it." "I've
been saying that for a long time. Any
idea why he'd kidnap my friend?" "No. This Rico creature.... The whole thing baffles me. I'll ask High Crag, of course." "I
still won't renew the commission." Oryon's
thick lips stretched in a grin. "I
noticed the guards at the Treasury." "I
get some strange ideas sometimes." Oryon
shook his head. "Wish I could
understand why you're scared of us.
Maybe I could change your mind." "Wish
/ understood it. Just an intuition, I
guess. Victory Day is coming up, by the
way." "My
staff is planning the evacuation. We'll
move out come sunrise Victory Day. We
expect to be out of Kavelin within five days.
Because of the confinement to barracks, I haven't informed High Crag or
made transit arrangements. I doubt
there'll be any problems." "Good
enough. We'll put on a going-away party
for your boys." "Can't
bitch about that." "Don't
want any hard feelings." "Keep
me posted about Balfour. Or our agent
after I leave." "Will
do. Thanks for coming." He
followed Oryon to the door.
"Derel, want to find that woman for me? The one who wants to see me?" "All
right." Ragnarson
selected one of the mountain of requests that already had appeared on his
desk. Everything held in abeyance
during the Queen's indisposition was breaking loose. Every special interest was trying to get his attention
first. "Hey, Derel. Get me a big box." "Sir?" "So
I can file the stuff I want to 'put aside for further consideration.' Like this
one. Guy wants me to come to the
opening of his alehouse." "Sir? If I might?
Act on ones like that if you have time.
Chuck the ones where some Nordmen insists on his right to collect ford
tolls. Giving breaks to important
people and cronies is a deathtrap. It's
Wessons like that soldier-turned-innkeeper who are your power base. Keep them on your side. I'll get that woman. Half an hour?" He took
ten minutes. The word had reached
her. He encountered her downstairs. "Marshall? The lady." "Thank
you, Derel." He rose, considered her.
She wore traditional desert costume.
Dark almond eyes peered over her veil.
There were crow's feet at their corners, though cunningly hidden. She was older than she liked. "Madam. Please be seated. Kaf? I'm sure Derel could
scare some up." "No. Nothing is necessary." She spoke a
heavily accented Itaskian of the Lower Silverbind. "What
can I do for you? My secretary says you
hinted it has to do with Haroun bin Yousif." A sad
little laugh stirred her veil.
"Excuse me for staring. It
has been so long.... Yes. Haroun.
He is my husband." Ragnarson
settled into his chair. "I never
heard of any wife." "It
is one of the unhappy secrets of our lives.
But it is true. Twenty-three
years.... It seems an eternity. Most of that I was wife in name
only. I did not see him for years at a
time." Ragnarson's
skepticism was obvious. She responded
by dropping her veil. It was an act
which, in her culture, was considered incredibly daring. Women of Hammad al Nakir, once married,
would rather have paraded nude than reveal their naked faces. Ragnarson
was impressed. He didn't have Derel
throw her out. "You
do not recognize me still?" "Should
I? I never met a woman with a claim on
Haroun." "Time
changes us. I forget that I'm no longer
the child you met. She was
fourteen. Life has not been easy. Always his men run—when they do not ride the
desert to murder my father's men." Ragnarson
still didn't understand. "But
you must remember! The day the fat man
brought me to your camp in Altea? When
I was so much trouble you pulled up my skirts and paddled me in front of your
men? And then Haroun came. He scared me so much I never said another
word." Why
couldn't women just say things straight out?
He tried to remember Mocker dragging a tart into some wartime camp.... "Gods! You're Yasmid? El Murid's daughter?
Married to Haroun?" He strangled a laugh. "You think I'll swallow that?" "So! You call me a liar? You had my skirts up. You saw." She bent and raised her
skirts. Ragnarson
remembered the winestain birthmark shaped like a six-fingered baby hand. "And
this!" Angrily, she bared small, weary breasts. Over her heart lay the Harish tattoo worn by El Murid's chosen. "All
right. You're Yasmid." Incredible. The daughter of El Murid, missing twenty
years, appearing here. As Haroun's
wife. The
marriage was the sort of thing Haroun would do to drive little knives into his
enemy's heart. Why hadn't he ballyhooed
it over half the continent? "I
did not expect you to be easily convinced.
I made that my first task. I
brought these." She showed him jewelry only Haroun could have given her
and letters he couldn't read because they were in the script of Hammad al
Nakir, but which bore Haroun's King Without a Throne seal. "I
believe you. So why're you here?"
He decided to check with Valther. Men of the desert didn't let their women
roam free. Not without an uproar. "My
husband has disappeared " "I
know. I've been trying to get in
touch." That
startled her. "He has sworn to
kill my father." "Not
exactly the news of the century." "No. Listen.
Please. After he came back,
after the war in your country, after he started to attack my father, but turned
north against your enemies instead.... "That
hurt him. He had it in his hands. Al Rhemish.
But he let love for friends sway him.
He surrended his dream to help you." Haroun
had come out of nowhere with thousands of horsemen to harry O Shing through the
Savernake Gap and into the plains east of the Mountains of M'Hand. Bragi hadn't understood Haroun then, nor did
he now. For friendship? Haroun would murder his mother for political
expedience. "So?" "When
he came home, a year later, he was so tired and old.... He didn't care. I made him promise he wouldn't hurt my father if my father didn't
harm him." "Ah! That's why he's been laying low. Been a long time since he's done
anything. Just skirmishing to keep his
people interested." "Yes. That's my fault." "He's
changed his mind?" "Yes. He told Beloul and Rahman to prepare the
final offensive. He sent El Senoussi
and El Mehduari to collect the wealth and fighters of the refugees in the
coastal states. He ordered the deaths
of my father's agents wherever they are found.
It will be bloody." "It's
been that for years. It'll go on till
Haroun or your father dies." "Or
longer. We have a son. Megelin!
The boy is filled with hatred." "I
don't see what you're after. Or why
Haroun made this about-face. He keeps
his word." "He
thinks my father broke the armistice.
My father's men here, Habibullah and Achmed, kidnapped your fat
friend." "Mocker. What's become of him? I sent him to see Haroun a year ago. He disappeared." He wouldn't say more
till he heard her version. "I'm
not sure. Maybe Haroun is. The Marena Dimura told him what happened. "Habibullah
was one of my guards when Mocker kidnapped me.
What they called kidnap. I
wasn't very smart then. And he could
talk, that fat man. I came
willingly. I thought I could make
peace. Anyway, your friend almost
killed Habibullah that night. I suppose
he's wanted revenge ever since." "Derel,"
Ragnarson called. To Yasmid,
"Could you face Habibullah now?" "But
why? Won't that make trouble? They have all forgotten me now. If they knew.... It would just make trouble." "Sir?"
Prataxis asked. "See
if Habibullah what's-it can come over." "Now?" "As
soon as possible." "I
don't think...." But Prataxis went. "I'm
running that man half to death," Bragi muttered. "Wish Gjerdrum would get back." Prataxis was supposed
to be arranging appointments for ambassadors and factors for the caravan
companies. "Pardon
me," Ragnarson said. "You
needn't reveal yourself. You think
Habibullah had Mocker kidnapped because Mocker embarrassed your father? Because of it Haroun plans to start fighting
again?" "One
operation. One planned for years. All or nothing. He thinks the tribes will rise to support him." "Yes. So.
But El Murid doesn't have Mocker.
And Haroun knows it. The Marena
Dimura down there are his spies." "I'll
tell you what I know. Some men killed
Habibullah's men. They handed the fat
man over to a man in black. Haroun
believed the killers went into the north to hide." "Wait. The man in black. Tell me about him." "The
Marena Dimura say he was tall and thin.
He wore a mask." "Mask?" "A
metal mask. Maybe gold. With jewels. Like those creatures on the walls of the temples in the jungle
cities. The killers were afraid of
him." Ragnarson
buried his face in his hands. "Haroun
has vanished. I fear he will try to
murder my father so there'll be confusion when he invades Hammad al Nakir. I came here because I hoped you could do
something." "What?" "Stop
him." "I
don't understand." "I
love my father. He was a good
father. He's a good man. He means no evil...." "Nearly
a million people died during the wars." "My
father didn't do that. He didn't want
it. That was the fault of men like
Nassef. His generals were
brigands." Ragnarson
didn't contradict her. She was partly
right. But her father had given the
order to convert the west, and to slay anyone who didn't accept his faith. "What
could I do? I don't know where Haroun
is. I've only seen him once in the last
ten years." She
wept. "The Fates are cruel. Why do the men I love spend their lives
trying to kill each other? "I
shouldn't have come. I should have
known it was useless. All that
planning, that trouble getting away, hiding from Haroun's men..... All for nothing." "Maybe
not. There's a possibility.... .The old story of the enemy of my
enemy." "Excuse
me?" "There's
a greater enemy. One your husband and
your father could agree to be more dangerous than one another." "You're
being mysterious." "I
hate naming the name. I've seen the men
in black before. I've fought them. They call themselves Tervola." The color
left Yasmid's face. "Shinsan! No." "Who
would impersonate a Tervola?" But then, why would Shinsan grab
Mocker? What was the connection between
Balfour and Shinsan? Did that permeate
the Guild? And this Willis Northen, who
used a Marena Dimura name, was a Kaveliner Wesson..... Had Shinsan penetrated Kavelin? "Derel!" But
Prataxis was gone. Ragnarson wrote
names. Oryon. Valther. Mist. Trebilcock.
It was time he found out if Michael had learned anything. "Does
anybody know where Haroun went?" "No. He just disappeared. He didn't even tell Beloul or Rahman. He does that. Everybody complains. He
promises, but keeps doing it. I think
he will try to get my father." "If
I could contact him, this war might be averted. Your father. Would he
listen to you?" "Yes." How
confident she was after all these years.
"He's changed. He's a fat
old man now. They say he's crazy." "I
know. People come from the desert to
Haroun. They all say that. They say he's betraying the ideals he seized
the Peacock Throne for.... Men like
Nassef changed him." "Nassef
died a long time ago. I killed
him." "A
bandit named Nassef is dead. But there
are more Nassefs. They have walled my
father off and taken control." "He
still has his voice. The Faithful would
support him if he spoke publicly.
Disharhun is coming, isn't it?" Disharhun
was the week of High Holy Days celebrated in Hammad al Nakir. Pilgrims went to Al Rhemish to hear El Murid
speak. Ragnarson
was thinking only of Kavelin. If Haroun
launched an incursion from Kavelin and Tamerice, and failed, El Murid would
have a legitimate case for counteraction.
It might initiate a new round of wars. "Don't
I have trouble enough?" he muttered.
"Haroun, Haroun, maybe I should've cut your throat years ago." He still
considered Haroun a friend. But he had
never really liked the man much. A
paradox. Haroun
had always been too self-involved. "Marshall?" "Derel? Just a minute." To Yasmid, "Will
you reveal yourself?" She
replaced her veil. "I'll decide
after I see him." Bragi
went to the door. "Ah. Ambassador.
Glad you could come." "I
need to speak with you, too, Marshall.
Our intelligence. ..." "Excuse
me. Derel, send for Valther, his wife,
and Colonel Oryon." "He
just...." "I
know. Something came up. On Balfour.
I need to see him again. And see
if anybody knows where Trebilcock is." "On
my way." Prataxis wasn't pleased. His
own work suffered more anymore while he handled tasks Gjerdrum should have
done. "Thank
you, Ambassador. Come in." Habibullah
cast a suspicious glance at the woman. "Yes. That bandit bin Yousif...." "I
know. And you know why, too, don't
you?" "What?" "There's
an interesting story going around.
About a man who paid to have a friend of mine kidnapped. Who also happens to be a friend of the
bandit you mentioned." Habibullah
refused to react. "You've
probably heard the story yourself.
Especially the part about the kidnappers failing to deliver their
goods." He retold Yasmid's tale. "Where
did you hear this fairy tale?" "Several
sources. Today, from this lady." Habibullah
eyed her again. "Why would Shinsan
kidnap a fat fakir?" "Good
question. I've even wondered why El
Murid's agents would try it." Habibullah
started to make excuses. "Yes,
I know. But these days we're pretending
to have forgiven and forgotten. Doesn't
El Murid say that to forgive is divine?" "What
the fat man did was a crime against God Himself...." "No,
Habibullah." The
ambassador turned. Yasmid
said, "You hate him because he made a fool of you." To Ragnarson,
"The men of my people can forgive a wound, an insult, a murder. Habibullah has. But he can't forget the pain of being made a fool before his
friends in the Invincibles. No. Habibullah, admit it. He told you those stories and showed you
those tricks, and you believed he was your friend. You spoke for him to me.
And he tricked you. That's why
you risked another war to get him." "Who
are you? Marshall?" Ragnarson
smiled, licked his lips. "Mr. Habibullah, I think you suspect
already." Yasmid
dropped her veil. Habibullah
stared. And it wasn't her boldness that
astonished him. "No. This's some trick, Marshall. Have you leagued with the minions of
Hell? You call up the dead to mock
me?" "I
think Habibullah was in love with me. I
didn't realize it then. I think a lot
of them were." "My
Lady." Ragnarson
gaped as Habibullah knelt, head bowed, and extended his arms, wrists
crossed. It was an ultimate gesture,
the surrender to slavery. Ragnarson
could no longer doubt her genuineness. "Rise,
Habibullah." She replaced her veil. "What
would My Lady have of me?" "Speak
honestly with the Marshall." "I've
gotten what I needed. Except this: Can
you escort the lady to her father? More
successfully than you did my friend?" Habibullah
became El Murid's ambassador once more.
"Why?" "I've
got no use for your boss. I wouldn't
shed a tear if somebody stuck a knife in his gizzard. The world would be better off.
That's why I don't bother bin Yousif any more than I have to to keep the
peace with Hammad al Nakir. "But
that peace is critical to me now, with Shinsan sticking its nose into
Kavelin. I'm grasping at straws. I need my flanks free. Yasmid implies that she'll be the go-between
in arranging a truce between her father and her husband." "Her
husband?" "Bin
Yousif. You didn't know?" Got him
now, Ragnarson thought. "It's
true," Yasmid said. "And it
was my choice, Habibullah." She explained how she had engineered the
recent peace. "Unlike
the Marshall, I'm not concerned with Shinsan.
But I'll play his game to keep my men from murdering each other." "Are
there children?" Habibullah asked.
"He mourns the fact that he has no grandchildren. The wars cost him that hope." "A
son. Megelin Micah bin Haroun." "That
would please him." El Murid's name had been Micah al Rhami before the Lord
had called him. "It
would make more sense to send your son," Ragnarson observed. "That way each principal holds the
other's child hostage." "No. Megelin would murder his grandfather." "The
risks should be equalized." "I've
decided, Marshall. I'll take the
risks." "Ambassador?" "Yes?" "Will
you escort her? Or are you committed to
this war you've made almost inevitable?" "I
haven't kissed the Harish dagger. I
didtft realize the results would be so grave.
One fat man. A nothing, from the
slums. Who'd notice? Who'd care?
I still don't understand." "And
I don't understand why you want him after so long." "I'll
do it. For the Lady Yasmid." "Good. Let me know how it goes. Oh.
A favor. Whenever you get
another wild hair, get approval from Al Rhemish." Habibullah
smiled thinly. "My Lady?" He
offered a hand. "Is there anything
else?" "No."
She rose. "Then
we'll go to the embassy. We'll leave as
soon as guards can be assembled." Ragnarson
saw them past the door of Derel's office.
Already they were playing remember when. He
settled in to wait for Oryon, Valther and Mist. He should get at that paperwork.... Instead, he closed his eyes. It was
strange, the twists fate could take. So
Haroun had a wife. Amazing. FIFTEEN:
The Stranger's Appointment They
jumped him when he left the inn. There
were three of them again, and this time he wasn't ready. But they weren't professionals. He was. The
plain-hiked sword made a soft schwang sound as it cleared his scabbard. One of
them knicked his arm, but that was it.
They weren't very good. Peace
had reigned for a long time in Hammerfest.
He cut them up and laid them down in twenty seconds, before they could
scream for help. Then he
stepped inside. "Guro." He spoke
softly, but his voice brought the woman rushing downstairs. She looked at him, and her face became a
study in horror. He tossed
a coin. "Three more. In the street." "You. ...You...." "I
didn't draw the first blade, Guro. I
came to see a man. I'll see him. Why did they die? Must I slay every man in Hammerfest? I will. Tell them. I'm leaving now. I hope I won't have to pay for any more funerals." He
stepped over the neatly ranked bodies.
Each bore a small crown-shaped brand on its forehead. He strode
uphill, his blade sheathed once more.
He doubted that anyone would be bold enough to attack him now. He had already killed the best men in town. When he
pass«d the last building he looked back.
Storybook town, storybook houses, filled with storybook people—till the
sun went down. Hammerfest
would lose its fairy tale luster as the news spread. Hell had
visited this night. He lifted
his gaze to the crumbling little castle. His man
was there. Was he
awake? Waiting? Certainly. He would be, in the man's position. Waiting for word of success—or of
failure. Or for the intended victim to
come asking questions. A thin,
cruel little smile crossed his lips. It was a
cold, chill walk. Each time he glanced
back more windows showed light. Guro
was busy. Would
they have the nerve to come after him?
To save a man who had sent six of them to their deaths? He came
within bowshot of the curtain wall. His
guerrilla's sensitivities probed for another ambush. Senses beyond the human also reached out. He detected nothing outside the keep. Inside, there were three life-sparks. Just
three? Even a tumbledown, cruddy little
shed of a castle rated a bigger garrison.
Especially when one of the sparks was female. He
paused, thought. There seemed to be a numerological
relationship.... Three assassins in his
room. Three outside the inn. Three here. Woman or
not, she was part of it. How? Women seldom bore swords in Trolledyngja. A
witch. That had to be the answer. Then they
knew he was coming. Though he
knew where they waited, he poked around like a man carefully searching. They knew a hunter was coming, but not who. He used
the time to prepare himself for the witch. He
readied his most powerful, most reliable spells. Though these Trolledyngjan wild women had little reputation, he
hadn't survived thirty years under the sword without being cautious. He
probed. Still all in one room. And nothing sorcerous waiting anywhere else. Whatever,
it would happen there. Again,
they couldn't know who he was, only that he had come from the south. They would want to know who and why before
they killed him. They were
going to be surprised. He
approached their room with right hand on sword hilt and left protruding from
his greatcloak. He had the position of
the woman fixed clearly in mind. Now! His left
forefinger felt as though he had jabbed it into fire. The woman
screamed. He
stepped inside. The thin, cruel smile
was on his lips. He tipped back his
hood. The woman
kept screaming. She was strong. She had survived. The
others stared. The fat one with the
mane gone silver had to be the Thane of Hammerfest. "Bin
Yousif!" the other gasped. "Colonel
Balfour. You seem surprised." He
threw back his cloak. "He was my
friend." Balfour
didn't reply. "He
has other friends," said Haroun.
"I'm just the first to arrive." His left forefinger jabbed
again. The woman stopped screaming. Another cruel smile. "You.
Do you want to see the sun rise?" The heavy
man nodded. He was too frightened, too
shocked, to speak. "Then
get up—carefully—and go down to Bors' inn.
They need someone to tell them what to do. And don't look back." The man
went out like a whipped dog. "He'll
find his courage," Balfour predicted. "Possibly. Having a mob behind you helps. Now.
We talk." "You
talk." "You
have one chance to get out of this alive, Balfour. It's remote. It requires
the leopard to change its spots. It
requires you to tell me the truth despite your training. You want to be stubborn, you won't live out
the night. And I'll get what I want
anyway." "You'll
starve up here before you can break me." "Perhaps. If I restrict myself to the physical."
Haroun shifted to the tongue of ancient llkazar, now used only liturgically in
Hammad al Nakir and by western sorcerers.
He made a lifting gesture with his left hand. The dead
woman stood. Haroun's
fingers danced. The witch
took a clumsy step. "You
see? I master the Power now. The King of Hammad al Nakir is also his
people's chief shaghun." The
shaghun belonged to a quasi-religious sorcerer's brotherhood. He served with military units, aided
priests, advised leaders. He seldom was
powerful. Haroun
had been born a fourth son. Distant not
only from the Peacock Throne but from his father's Wahligate, he had started
training to become chief shaghun of his father's province. Time and
the efficiency of El Murid's assassins had made him chief claimant to the
Peacock Throne. He had been smart
enough, quick enough, murderous enough, to stay alive and maintain his pretense
to the crown. After a two-decade interruption
he had resumed his studies, and now he bent the Power to pursuit of his usurped
Throne. Balfour
didn't respond. "You
see?" Haroun said again. Balfour
remained firm. Haroun
again spoke the tongue of emperors. A dark
umbra formed round the witch's head.
She spoke. She
hadn't much to tell. This was a minor
Nine, its only noteworthy member the man who had come north to hide. Haroun
squeezed his fingers into a fist. The
woman dropped, tightened into a fetal ball. "Colonel? Must I?" Despite
the draft in that old stone pile, Balfour was wet with sweat. But he was a hard man himself. Suddenly, he sprang. Haroun
expected it. Below,
villagers filled Hammerfest's streets, their torches painting the storybook
houses with terrible, crawling shadows.
They watched the castle, and shuddered each time it reverberated to one
of those horrible cries. They were
being torn from a throat which couldn't respond to the will trying to control
it. Balfour
was stubborn. He withstood Haroun's
worst for hours. But Haroun's torments
weren't physical, which a stubborn man could school himself to ignore. These were torments of the mind, of the
soul. Witch-man Haroun bin Yousif
conjured demons he sent into the soldier.
They clawed through mind and soul and took control of his mouth,
babbling both truth and lies. Haroun
repeated his questions again and again.
In the end he thought he had gotten everything to be had. He thought there were no more secrets.... He
finally used his sword. Then he
slept, with corpses to frighten off evil dreams. Haroun
bin Yousif had lived this way for so long that it hardly disturbed him. He
wakened shortly before nightfall, finished what needed finishing, went down the
hill. The
Hammerfesters remained in the streets, frightened. The fat man stood before them, shaking. Haroun
drew back his cloak. "You may
return to your castle, Thane. I have no
need of it now. Wait." He tossed a
coin. "Bury them." That
cruel smile crossed his lips. Nearly
twenty men faced him, but eased out of his path. His unrelieved arrogance assured them that they had no
choice. This dread man would pay for
their funerals too if they argued. "Thane." "Yes?" "Forget
your game of Nines. It brings on the
dire evils." "I
will, sir." "I
believe you will." Smiling, Haroun went to Bors' inn, took a room. He paid his due, as ever he did—be it in
silver or evil. He fell
asleep thinking this Nine had been a puerile little conspiracy, fit for nothing
but hiding men who had grown too hot elsewhere. But there were other Nines that might shake the roots of
mountains. Next
morning he purchased a horse and rode southward. Traveling alone. He knew
no other way. Even in crowds this
dread, deadly man traveled alone. SIXTEEN:
Deaths and Disappearances. Ragnarson
woke with a start. "Eh?" "Colonel
Oryon, Marshall." "Thank
you, Derel." His dream
had been grim. He had been trapped at
the heart of a whirling mandala with good and evil chasing one another around
him, the champions of one as vicious as those of the other. The struggle had consumed everything he
loved. Fiana. Elana.
Two children. Mocker. Already gone. Who would be next? Rolf? What had become of Rolf, anyway? Bragi hadn't seen him since returning from
Karak Strabger. Commanding the Palace
Guard wasn't much, but it was a job, with its duties. Would it
be Haaken? Or Reskird, a friend of two
decades? Haroun? The
Haroun he knew and loved was an idealization of the Haroun with whom he had
adventured. He didn't know the Haroun
of today. Today's Haroun was a
different man. Who
else? His children. Especially Ragnar, in whom he saw his
immortality. Ahring. Altenkirk.
Gjerdrum.... They were friends,
but they hadn't gotten the grip on his soul the others had, perhaps because he
had met them later, after the world had hardened him. Likewise Valther and Mist.
Nepanthe, though.... He had a
soft spot for Nepanthe and Ethrian, his godson. And for
Ravelin. Kavelin had its claws in
him. And he couldn't comprehend it. "Marshall? You wanted to see me?" "Oh,
I'm sorry." Ragnarson's hair had grown shaggy through inattention. He brushed it from his eyes. "Grab a chair. Derel, bring something to sip." "Your
secretary says you've got something new on Balfour." "Yes. But hang on a minute. There's a couple people I want to sit
in." Valther
and Mist were a long time arriving.
More than an hour later than he expected. He tried to make small talk, reminiscing about the El Murid wars,
the civil war, basic training at High Crag, whatever he and the Colonel had in
common. Oryon waited it out. But he got antsy. He had his evacuation to prepare. "Derel,
what's taking them so long?" "I
don't know, sir. I was told they'd be
here as soon as possible." "Must
be a family crisis," Ragnarson told Oryon. "Pretty sickly, their kids.
Derel, have you seen Captain Preshka?" "No
sir. I've been meaning to mention
it. He hasn't turned in his pay
sheets. He's gone to pieces the last
week." "I'll
talk to him." "Here's
Valther now, sir." Valther
and Mist filed in, Valther slump-shouldered, pale. "What
happened? You look like death warmed
over." "Trouble. Nepanthe and Ethrian are gone." "What? How?" "I
don't know. Gundar was the only one who
saw what happened. He doesn't make much
sense. Says a man came. Nepanthe went away with him. She packed for herself and Ethrian, and
went. Gundar thinks the man said he was
supposed to take her to Mocker, who's hiding because you and Haroun want to
kill him." "I'll
talk to him later. There's got to be
more. Derel. Put out the word. How
long have they been gone?" Valther
shrugged. "Since this
morning. They've got at least four
hours' start." "Another
move against us?" "Probably. This's starting to look big, isn't it?" "Yeah. I found a new angle, too. That's why I wanted you. "I
had a visitor. Right after you left,
Colonel. Bin Yousif's wife." Bragi let
them settle down before adding, "She's also El Murid's daughter. That's not as important as what she told
me. About why Haroun has been so
peaceful. And about Mocker and
Balfour." He told
the story. It elicited a covey of
questions. "Look,
I don't have any answers. Valther, fit
the pieces into your puzzle. Mist. The man in black. Tervola?" "He
must be. But the mask isn't
familiar. It sounds like Chin's, but
the black and gold are wrong.... We
could check. Didn't you capture Chin's
mask at Baxendala?" "There
was a mask. I don't know whose." "Chin. I remember.
Get it for me. I'll tell you if
it was Chin." "Derel. See if you can dig the thing up. It's in the Treasury vault. We were going to display it when the army
got rich enough to afford its own museum." Prataxis
bowed and departed. His writing
materials he left lying in a sarcastic scatter. "I'm
getting that man's goat," Bragi observed.
"If Gjerdrum don't get back pretty soon, he'll quit on me. I don't think I can manage without him. Colonel.
You haven't said anything." "I
don't know. I don't like it. Our people conspiring with Shinsan? If that came out it could destroy the
Guild's credibility." "Yet
you don't dismiss the possibility. How
come?" Three
pairs of eyes fixed on Oryon. "Because
of something my adjutant told me. We
talked a long time, after this morning." "Ah?" "He
didn't know what it was about, but he once found a message to Balfour, from
High Crag, partially destroyed in the Colonel's fireplace. The little he made out violated standing
orders. The message was signed The
Nine.' I'd heard rumors before that Balfour might be one of the Nine." "What's
that? I've never heard of it." "Not
many people have, even inside High Crag.
It's a story that's been going around for several years. It says there's a cabal of senior officers
trying to grab control. Whenever one of
the old boys dies, you hear somebody say the Nine murdered him. "The
rumors started maybe three years ago.
Jan Praeder claimed he had been invited to join the plot. To replace a member who had died. He said he looked into it, didn't like what
he saw, and refused. He didn't say
much, though, before he was posted to Simballawein, to replace Colonel
Therodoxos, supposedly the member who had died. There was no mystery about Therodoxos's passing. He was killed when he interrupted a gang
rape. Killed most of them before they
finished him. But there were a lot
of questions when Praeder died. He was
supposedly poisoned by a jealous husband two weeks after arriving." "Strong
circumstantial evidence," said Ragnarson. "Yes. Circumstance two: there have been eleven
deaths in the Citadel since Praeder went down.
That's a lot even for old men.
Those guys are tough old geezers.
Hawkwind is up in his eighties now.
Lauder is right behind him. And
they're as mean as ever. They go on
like they're immortal. The others
usually do too. "The
name, the Nine, I guess, comes from the fact that that would make a majority in
Council. To grab control you'd have to
have nine conspirators at Councilor level.
Balfour was a prime suspect because he was close, despite his youth, and
because he was so damned impatient with the traditional mysteries." "That
I can understand." Ragnarson observed.
"That was always hokey to me.
But I only made the Third Circle.
Maybe there's more to it later.
I'm supposed to be a general now.
Maybe I could go find out." "You'd
start where you left off. You don't
short-cut the Seven Steps. Your Guild
rank wouldn't mean much inside the Order." "Why
not? Why would they promote me,
then?" "The
same reason you don't turn them down.
It makes people think you've got the Guild behind you. They want your success to reflect on High
Crag. "I'll
never get into the Citadel myself. I
can't master the Mysteries of the Sixth Circle. Oh, well. The
organizational table is top-heavy anyway." "Valther? Mist?
What do you think?" Valther
shrugged. His wife
replied, "Colonel Oryon sounds honest.
He may even sympathize a little.
He has stretched his conscience today." She flashed a smile that
could melt hearts of bronze. Oryon
responded. She was,
simply, inarguably, the most beautiful woman in the world. Before her fall from power in Shinsan she
had spent ages engineering her perfection. "What
action will you take, Colonel?" Ragnarson asked. "I
don't know. If I inform High Crag, I'll
either start worse rumors or warn the conspiracy—depending on who gets my
letter. I'll have to investigate
myself, when I get back." "Well,
I've done what I could. Wish we could
lay hands on Balfour. Valther. I've given you a whole list of things. Got anything yet?" "No. I sent a couple men to that inn just before
we came over. Told them to grab the
next bunch of riders." "Mist. We need your help. First, locate Nepanthe.
Then see if you can call in Visigodred and Zindahjira, and get
Varthlokkur cracking." For an
instant the woman's cold beauty gave way to pique. "You can't trust a woman?
You don't think I can handle...." "No. Because you don't want to be involved in
this sort of thing anymore. And because
I don't think one wizard will be enough.
Not when we're toe to toe with Shinsan.... Ah. Derel. Well?" "It's
not there." "It's
got to be." "You
find it then. I took the place
apart." "Hey,
cool off. I believe you. Mist?" "Someone
took it." Ragnarson
snorted. He needed an expert to tell
him that? "Another job for you,
Valther." "I
know. Find out who. When am I going to get some sleep?" "Any
time I'm in bed, you steal all you want.
I won't be there to raise hell.
Mist can help you. Can't
you? At least to find out where the
mask is now?" "Yes." "All
right. Derel, I've got two more jobs
for you, then I'll leave you alone. One
I think you'll like. First, scare up
Haaken. Have him meet meat the
cemetery. It's time I saw what he did
for Elana." He spoke with a throat suddenly tight. "Then write Gjerdrum. Tell him to quit farting around and get his
ass back here." He signed a blank piece of paper. "That do you?" Prataxis's
smile was wicked. "Perfect, sir. Absolutely perfect. Oh.
I couldn't find Trebilcock." "Probably
whoring around. He runs with a strange
crowd. He'll turn up." But
Ragnarson was worried. Too many people
were out of sight. Michael might have
found something and been silenced. "I'll
look for him too," Mist offered. "You
want to find me someone, find Haroun.
Valther, you be home later?" "I
imagine." "Okay. I'll be out to see how the house is
coming. And to talk to Gundar." "What?" "I
told you to take the house apart to find this Tear of Mimizan, didn't I?" "Yes." "Well?" "Haven't
made any headway. My people are all in
the field." "Uhm."
Valther was going to have to show more initiative. "Borrow them from Ahring.
Or Haaken." "All
right. All right." "You
needn't destroy the house," said Mist.
"I'll find it if it's there.
I know it well...." Her eyes clouded as she remembered a cruel
past, when she had been mistress in Shinsan and warring with the Monitor of
Escalon. She must
be getting restless, Ragnarson thought.
Being a housewife isn't what she thought. She might need watching too. This was
getting touchy. The people he knew he
could trust were being stripped away.
Those who, potentially, could help most he didn't dare trust. Wizards.
Witches. Mercenaries. People whose prime loyalties were to
themselves. And
somebody wanted him dead. He didn't
doubt for an instant that the false Harish Cultists' primary mission had been
to murder him. "Enough. There're a thousand things we can discuss. But not now. I'm going to the cemetery.
Derel?" "I'll
have a horse readied." "Someday
you'll be rewarded." "Thank
you, sir." To the
others, "Sorry I ran you all over.
I'm getting desperate, trying to make sense out of things. I feel like a fly in a spider web, and can't
make out the spider." He
strapped on his new sword, donned a heavy coat. The nights were still chilly.
He left ahead of his guests. The
cemetery lay on a hill north of Vorgreberg, beginning about a mile beyond the
city gates. It was large, having served
the city since its founding. All
Vorgreberg's dead were buried there.
Rich or poor, honored or despised, they lay in the same ground. There were divisions, family areas, parts
set off for different religions, ethnic groups, and paupers put down at city
expense, but all bodies ended up there somewhere. There were graves in the tens of thousands, mostly marked by
simple wooden
wands, but some in vast and ornate mausoleums like that of the family Krief,
Kavelin's Kings. It was there that,
before long, Fiana would be laid to rest. The sun
was on the horizon. A chill wind had
come up. Ragnarson entered the open
gate. Time and weather seemed
appropriate. "Bigger
than I remembered." He had forgotten to ask where Elana lay. He spied gravediggers working in the
paupers' section, asked them. It was
near the top of the hill. Haaken had
gone all out. The three
new graves were easily spotted. There
were no markers yet. Ragnarson decided
to keep them simple. Ornateness didn't
suit Elana. He didn't
see the leg till he tripped. He felt
around. He had
found his missing Commander of the Palace Guard. Preshka
had been dead for hours. At least since
morning. Ragnarson rose. His anger was indescribable. There
were flowers under Rolf, wild flowers, the kind Elana had loved. It must have taken him hours to gather
them. The season was early.... Someone had cut him down on his way to
respect the dead. Ragnarson
tripped again. He found
another corpse. This one
he didn't recognize. He
scrambled around in the gloaming, searching amongst the headstones and
decorative bushes. "What're
you doing?" Haaken asked. Ragnarson
jumped. He hadn't heard his brother
come up. "Counting bodies." "Eh?" "Somebody
jumped Rolf here, last night or this morning.
He did a job on them before they finished him. I found three already." Haaken
searched too. "That's all you'll
find," he said a minute later. "Why?" "He
was crawling toward her grave when he died.
If there'd been any of them left, they wouldn't have let him." "I
wonder." "What?" "If
they'll run out of assassins before we run out of us." He paused. "Let him lie where he fell." Haaken
understood. "It'll cause
talk." "I
don't care. And I won't be buried
beside her. I'll die on a
battlefield. She always knew that. She should have someone. ...
And he was more truw than I." "He
was a tough buzzard," said Haaken.
"Lived ten years longer than he had any right. And crippled he takes three of them with
him." "They'd
sing him into the sagas at home. I'll
miss him." "You
don't seem very upset." "I
halfway expected it. He was looking for
it. Anyway, there's been too much. They got Nepanthe and Ethrian this morning." "What?" "Somebody
talked her into going off with them.
Gundar saw them. I'm going over
there from here. Why don't you come
too? We've got things to talk
about." "Okay." "Wait
down the hill a minute, then." Haaken
moved off a short distance. Ragnarson
wept then. For his wife and children,
and for Rolf. Rolf had been both a true
friend and a loyal follower. No one
could have asked more of the man than he had given voluntarily. Again Ragnarson affirmed his determination
to avenge the dead. Then he
joined Haaken. "The
first thing I need," he said, "is a plan for partial
mobilization. I want to start after
Oryon crosses into Altea and there's nobody left to argue with me." Haaken
commanded the Vorgreberger Guards, a heavy infantry regiment begat by the force
Ragnarson had commanded during the civil war.
He was also Bragi's chief of staff. Jarl
Ahring commanded the Queen's Own Horse Guards, consisting of one
"battle" of heavy cavalry and two of light. The army Ragnarson was building included another five regular
regiments, each numbering six hundred to seven hundred and fifty men organized
in three battles. Each regiment
regularly drilled twice its number of volunteers, who could be integrated in
case of mobilization. The volunteers, in
turn, were responsible for training their neighbors. Counting Nordmen and retainers, Marena Dimura scouts and mountain
troops, and regular garrisons and border guards. Ravelin could muster a field army of twelve thousand five hundred
overnight, and be assured of a steady supply of partially trained replacements. "How
broad a mobilization?" Haaken asked. "Just
alert the ready people at first. But
don't bring them in. Let them finish
planting. Step up the training." "You'll
scare hell out of our neighbors." "If
they've got guilty consciences....
No. The enemy is Shinsan. Let that leak when you issue the orders. No more leaves. Training in full swing from now on. And reinforce Maisak and Karak Strabger. We've got to hold the Gap. I'll do what I can diplomatically. We'll have a first class plenipotentiary." "Who?" "Varthlokkur. If they don't listen to him, they won't
listen." "You
won't get much backing. I mean, I can
take your word that Shinsan is moving again.
But you'll have to produce hard evidence to convince other folks." "I'll
work on it. And about two thousand
other things. You know, Haroun wanted
me to take over as King here. The
bastard is crazy. And look what he
wants to be king of. Hammad al Nakir is
a hundred times bigger than Ravelin." "Hammad
al Nakir runs itself. It's got a whole
different tradition." "Could
be." They
reached Valther's home. "Any
news?" Bragi asked. "Not
much. Nepanthe, Ethrian, Haroun,
Rolf. ...She couldn't find a trace. They're either shielded, or...." "Or?" "Dead." "Rolf's
dead. Definitely. We found him in the cemetery. He took three of them with him." "Three
of who?" "Ones
like we had at my house." "Harish?" "No
pretense this time. But they were the
same breed. What about the jewel?" "It's
not there." "Where'd
it go?" "She
doesn't know." "It
keeps piling up, and that's the best we can come up with? Nobody knows anything for sure? But I do.
I'll get them if they don't get me first." "That
goes without saying," Haaken remarked sarcastically. "Eh?" "They
knew that before they started. That's
why they tried to kill you first." "Oh. Where's Gundar? Let's see what he's got to say." Gundar
didn't tell them anything new. His description
of Nepanthe's visitor fit the six dead assassins. "Guess
we can kiss her off," Haaken whispered. "Quiet!"
Bragi muttered. "This'l! give Valther a bigger stake. Maybe get some action out of him." He
felt that Valther was dragging his heels.
Why? His brother-in-law
kidnapped, his brother murdered....
That should have been motivation enough. If Nepanthe didn't move him, Ragnarson reflected, he would have
to find a new chief spy. His
paranoia had reached the point where he suspected everyone. Anyone he didn't see working as hard as he—
\ irregardless of how hard they hit it when out of his sight—was somehow
betraying him. That,
too, may have been part of the enemy plan.
A cunning adversary operated on many levels. SEVENTEEN: Michael's Adventure Michael
Trebilcock lay as still and patient as a cat.
His ga/e never left the house across Lieneke Lane. He had
stumbled onto the foreigners while visiting his friend Aral, whose father had
known his own in their younger days.
Aral's father was a caravan outfitter fallen on hard times. He survived on military supply contracts
given because the family had remained loyal during the rebellion. The three
had left an inn down the block, looking so much like the men Michael had seen
at Ragnarson's that he had felt compelled to follow them. His
investigation had been luckless till then.
Even with Aral's help he hadn't discovered anything of interest. Everybody
in Vorgreberg believed something was afoot.
But anyone who knew anything was keeping quiet. There was an undercurrent of fear. Knives had flashed by moonlight; bodies had
turned up in rain-damp morning gutters.
Few people were interested in risking a premature visit from the Dark
Lady. "Aral!" he had yelled,
and they had followed the three here.
One was inside. The others were
out of sight, hiding. Aral Dantice was
a short, wide, tough little thug, tempered in the streets during his father's
hardship. He didn't look bright. Scars complimented his aura of
thuggishness. His problem, his
weakness, was a lack of patience. He
wouldn't have taken half his scars if he had had enough self-control. "Let's
grab them," Dantice whispered.
"If they're the same gang...." "Easy. Let's find out what they're up to
first." "What they're up to is no good. Let's just cut them up." "Suppose they're all right? You want to hang?" Aral was
straightforward, Trebilcock thought.
You always knew where he stood. Michael
didn't understand their friendship.
They had little in common but curiosity and itchy feet, and the past
friendship of their fathers. They were
opposites in virtually everything. But
Trebilcock didn't understand himself.
He was a man without direction.
He didn't know why he had come to Ravelin. Friendship for Gjerdrum?
Plain wanderlust? Or just his
intense-need for an excuse not to take over his father's business? He had turned that over to the family
accountants to manage and followed Gjerdrum to this incredibly complex little
kingdom, never knowing what he was seeking. There had
been few of the adventures he had anticipated.
Life had been pretty dull. But
now.... It had begun to move. His blood, finally, was stirring. Aral
started to rise. Trebilcock
pulled him down. "Hey! Come on!" "One
of them just left." Michael
peered at the house. The man who had
gone inside was on the porch, watching the lane. One of his henchmen was running toward town. "Okay. Follow him.
But don't bother him. Let him do
whatever he wants. I'll stick to this
one." "Where
should we meet?" "They'll
get together again. When they do, so
will we. If they don't, I guess we'll
meet at your place." "Right."
Dantice scampered along the backside of the hedge where they had hidden. He was built so low that keeping down wasn't
difficult. A woman
and boy joined the man on the porch. The fat
man's wife, Michael thought. The boy must
be his son. The woman
said something. She seemed
nervous. The man nodded. She ducked inside, returned with a bundle. All three hastened along the lane. Trebilcock
crept along behind the hedge, waiting for the third man to act. Nepanthe seemed extremely upset, though she
was accompanying the man by choice. She
was sneaking away, and was afraid someone would notice. "That
dark guy must've done some fancy talking," Trebilcock muttered. The third
man then followed Nepanthe and her escort once they rounded a bend. When he had made the same turn, Michael went
back to the road. He kept his head
down. He was passing the Marshall's
home. A half-do/en soldiers were there,
and might.... "Hey! Michael!" "Damnit!"
It was one of the Horse Guards he bummed with.
For once in his life he wished he didn't have so many friends. "'Lo, Tie. How goes it?" "Fine. Except I think they're getting carried away
trying to find things for us to do.
Squaring away the Marshall's house, you know what I mean? He's got a wife, he's got a maid and butler
and all. Don't seem right...." So. The word wasn't out. "That's a shame. But you could be out riding around the
Gudbrandsdal in the rain." "You
got it. I don't complain to the
sergeant. He'd come up with something
like that." "I'd
like to hang around and see what's happening, Tie, but I've got a job." "You?" "Sure. Not much.
Running messages for the Marshall's secretary. But he expects me to get them moved." "Yeah. All right.
Catch you later. Why don't you
plop in at the Kit 'N Kettle tonight?
Got some girls from Arsen Street coming down.... But don't bring that chunky guy. What's his name? Dantice. He busted the
place up last time." "Okay. I'll see.
If Prataxis don't keep me running." "What's
with that guy anyway, Mike?" Trebilcock
glanced up the lane. How far ahead were
they? "Aral? Don't mind him, Tie. He isn't so bad when you get to know
him. Hey. I've got to go." "Sure. See you later." Trebilcock
walked briskly till his soldier-friend could no longer see him. Then he jogged, glancing down the cross
lanes to make sure they hadn't turned aside. Fie hoped
they were headed back to their inn. In
Aral's part of town they would be easier to trail. Luck was
with him. That was their destination,
and he picked up the rear guard in West Market Street, which was packed with
shoppers. He found
Dantice lounging around outside his father's place. That, for Aral, was a near career. "What happened?" "Not
a damned thing. The guy came back to
the inn. The others just showed
up." "What're
they up to?" "Mike,
I don't know. You're the one playing
spy. Ho! Hang on. Here's the first
one again." A dusky
man had come to the inn door leading a half-dozen horses. "Oh-oh,"
Trebilcock muttered. "What do we
do now?" "How
should I know? You're the brains." "Aral,
they're leaving town. I never thought
of that. I just thought.... Never mind.
Here." He slapped a gold piece into Dantice's hand. "Get us a couple horses. Some food and stuff. I'm going to talk to your father." "Are
you crazy?" "Come
on. Why not?" "You're
nuts. All right. You straighten it with the old man." "Right. Yes. Come on. Hurry. We'll lose them." "I'm
going." Trebilcock
slammed through the door of the Dantice establishment, knocking the bell off
its mounting. "Mr. Dantice!
Mr. Dantice!" The older
Dantice came from the little office where he kept his accounts. "Hello, Michael. How are you?" "Mr. Dantice, I need some money. All the money you can give me. Here." He seized pen and paper. "I'll write you a letter of
credit. You can take it to Pleskau
Brothers. They handle my finances in
Vorgreberg." "Michael,
boy, calm down. What's this all
about?" "Mr. Dantice!
Hurry!" Trebilcock raced to the door, peeped out. Nepanthe, Ethrian, and the dark men were
mounting up. "There's no time. They're leaving. I'm doing a job for the Marshall. I've got to have money.
I'm going out of town." "But...." "Isn't
my credit good?" "The
best." The old man scratched the back of his head. "I just don't understand...." "I'll
explain when we get back. Just give me
what you can." He wrote hastily, leaving a blank for the amount. Puzzled,
but wanting to help his son's friend—whom he thought a bit strange, but felt to
be a good influence— Dantice retrieved his cash box from hiding. "Michael,
I don't have much here today.'Bout fifteen nobles, and change." "That's
good. Whatever. We'll only be gone a couple days. It's just so we can eat on the way." He
flung himself to the door again.
"Hurry. They're almost
gone. Come on, Aral. Where are you?" "Twelve
and seven. That's all I can spare,
Michael. I have to keep some just in
case...." "Fine. Fine.
Ten is plenty, really. If I
can't get by....." He signed the credit for ten nobles, scooped coins as
fast as the older man could count them out.
"Thanks, Mr. Dantice. You're a gem." He kissed the old man. "Michael!" "Hey,
we'll see you in a few days." He
whipped out the door. Aral was just
coming with the horses. "They're
all Trego had left." "We'll
switch later. You see where they
headed?" "Up
the street. If they leave town, they'll
have to use a gate. Different than the
west one, right? From here that means
the east or south." "But
which? Never mind. Let's see if we can catch up." They made
no friends that day, pushing through the streets the way they did, as if they
were the Nordmen of old. They caught
Nepanthe's party as it turned into the Palace Road, which ran straight to the
east gate. "Got
them now," Trebilcock enthused.
"We can swing around and get ahead." "Why
not just pass them?" "The
woman knows me." "Whatever. You're the boss. What'd the old man say when you told him?" "What?" "That
I'm going off with you. He's still
trying to dump those account books on me." "Oh,
hell. I clean forgot, Aral." "You
didn't tell him?" "I
was too busy trying to get some money." "Well,
he'll live. He's used to me taking off
for a couple days whenever I find me a new slut." But this
adventure would last longer than either expected. Their
path wound eastward, through Forbeck and Savernake provinces, often by
circuitous routes. The group they
tracked avoided all human contact. The
two expended a lot of ingenuity maintaining contact while escaping notice. "They're
sure in a hurry," Aral grumped the third morning. He hadn't
complained yet, but his behind was killing him. He wasn't accustomed to long days in the saddle. "Don't
worry. They'll slow down. You'll outlast the woman and boy." Michael
picked the right note. There was no way
Aral Dantice was going to be outdone by a kid and a broad in her forties. Michael
finally realized they were getting in deep after they passed Baxendala at night
and were approaching Maisak, the last stronghold of Kavelin, high in the
Savernake Gap. There,
between Maisak and Baxendala, stood several memorials of the civil war. It was said that broken swords and bones
could still be found all through the area. Two weeks
after sneaking past Maisak, Michael and Aral reached a point from which they
could see the eastern plains. "My
God! Look, Mike. There's nothing out there. Just grass." Trebilcock
grew nervous.. How did people keep from
getting lost out there? It was a green
grass ocean. Yet the caravans came and
went.... They met
caravans every day. Traders were racing
to get through with early loads, to obtain the best prices. Sometimes the two overhauled an eastbound
train and encountered someone they knew.
Thus they kept track of their quarry.
Later, when they reached the ruins of Gog-Ahlan, they would have to
close up. The other party might strike
out toward Necremnos, or Throyes, or any of the cities tributary to them. And who knew where they would go from there? They
traded for better horses, foodstuffs, equipment, and weapons along the way, and
always got a poor deal. Trebilcock had
no mercantile sense whatsoever. He
finally surrendered the quartermaster chores to Aral, who was more intimidating
in his dickering. It was in
potentially violent confrontations that Michael Trebilcock was
intimidating. Men tended to back down
when they saw his eyes. Michael
didn't understand, but used it. He felt
it was his best weapon. He had trained
in arms, as had everyone at the Rebsamen, but didn't consider himself much
good. He didn't consider himself good
at anything unless he was the best around. They
reached Gog-Ahlan. Aral found a man who
was a friend
of his father. With Michael's help he
wrote the elder Dantice, and wrote a credit on House Dantice, which Michael
promised to repay. And they learned
that Nepanthe's party was bound for Throyes. There was
no holding Aral to an unswerving purpose that night. Old Gog-Ahlan lay in ruins, a victim of the might of llkazar four
centuries earlier. On the outskirts,
though, a trading city had grown up.
Vices were readily available.
Aral had energies to dissipate. It took
him two nights. Bowing to the inevitable,
Michael tried to keep up. Then, heads
spinning, they rode on. Their
quarry moved more leisurely now, safely beyond the reach of Kavelin's Marshall. The two
overhauled them within the week, a hundred miles from Throyes. "Now we go ahead," Michael
said. "We'll swing around, too far
away to be recognized." That was what two riders overtaking a larger party
would do anyway. Out on those wild
plains no one trusted anyone else. Throyes
was a sprawl of a city that made Vorgreberg look like a farming village. Most of it wasn't walled, and no one cared
who came or went. Here, for
the first time in their lives, they felt like foreigners. They were surrounded by people who were
different, who owed them no sympathy.
Aral behaved himself. Four days
passed. Their quarry didn't show. Dantice began fretting. Michael
had begun to consider hitting their back trail when Aral said, "Here they
come. Finally." Only one
man remained. He was wounded. The woman and boy, though, were hale if still
a little frightened. "Bandits,"
Trebilcock guessed. "Let's stay
behind after this. In case we need to
rescue the lady." "Hey,
Mike, I'm ready. Let's do it. My old man must be out of his head by
now. You know how long we've been
gone?" "I
know. And I think we should stay gone
until we find out what's happening." "We
won't get a better chance. That guy's
bad hurt." "No. Let's see where he goes." The
wounded man went to a house in the wealthiest part of town. There he turned the woman and boy over. The man who received them wasn't happy. Neither eavesdropper understood the
language, but his tone was clear, if not his reasons. "What
now?" Aral asked. "We
see what happens." They
watched. Aral daringly climbed the
garden wall and listened at windows.
But he heard nothing of importance. Two days
later the woman and boy returned to the road with a new escort. "Oh,
no," Aral groaned. "Here we
go again. We going to follow them to
the edge of the world?" "If
we have to." "Hey,
Mike, I didn't sign on for that. A
couple days, you said." "I'm
not dragging you. You can go back. Just give me h'alf the money." "What? You'd be in debtor's prison by tomorrow
night. And I ain't riding around out
here without nobody to talk to." "Then
you'd better stick with me." "They
can't go far anyway. Argon is the end
of the road." "How
do you know?" "They're
heading for the Argon Gate. If they
were headed east, they'd go to Necremnos.
So they'd head for the Necremnos Gate." "How
do you know where they're heading?" "You
know my old man." "So?" "His
stories?" "Oh. Yeah." Dantice's
father bragged endlessly about his youthful adventures, before the El Murid
Wars, when he had made a fortune in the eastern trade. Aral, having heard the tales all his life,
had a fair notion of where they were. They
reached Argon two weeks later. Argon, in
summer, was an outpost of Hell. The
city lay in the delta of the River Roe.
That vast river ran in scores of channels there, through hundreds of
square miles of marshland. The city
itself, twice the size of Throyes, had been built on delta islands. Each was connected by pontoon bridges to
others, and some had canals instead of streets. The
youths' quest took them to the main island, a large, triangular thing with its
apex pointing upriver. It was
surrounded by walls rising from the river itself. "Lord,
what a fortress," Trebilcock muttered. Aral was
even more impressed. "I thought
Dad was a liar. That wall
must be a hundred feet high." He pointed toward the northern end of the
island, where the walls were the tallest.
"How did Ilkazar conquer it?" "Sorcery,"
Michael replied. "And there
weren't any walls then. They thought
the river was enough." Aral
looked back. "Rice paddies. Everywhere." "They
export it to Matayanga mostly. We
studied it at school, in Economics.
They have a fleet to haul it down the coast." "Better
close it up. We might lose them in the
crowd." The
pontoon was crowded. They couldn't find
anyone who spoke their language, so couldn't ask why. The trail
led to a huge fortress within the fortress-island. "The
Fadem," Aral guessed. The Fadem
was the seat of government for the Argonese imperium, and was occupied by a
nameless Queen usually called the Fadema or Matriarch. Argon had been ruled by women for four
generations, since Fadema Tenaya had slain the sorcerer-tryant Aron Lockwurm
and had seized his crown. The men
escorting Nepanthe were expected. "Don't
think we'd better try following," Michael said. Nobody had challenged them yet.
The streets were full of foreigners, but none were entering the inner
fortress. Trebilcock
led the way round the Fadem once. He
could study only three walls. The
fourth was part of the island wall and dropped into the river. "We've got to get in there," he
said. "You're
crazy." "You
keep saying that. And you keep tagging
along." "So
I'm crazy too. How do you figure to do
it?" "It's
almost dark. We'll go down there on the
south end where the wall is low and climb in." "Now
I know you're crazy." "They
won't expect us. I'll bet nobody ever
tried it." He was
right. The Argonese were too much in
dread of those who dwelt within the Fadem.
They would have labeled the plan a good one for getting dead quick. Suicides traditionally jumped from the high
point of the triangular outer wall, where the memorial to the victory over
Lockwurm stood. Trebilcock
and Dantice chose the Fadem, though.
About midnight, without light, during a driving rain. "No
guards that I can see," Michael murmured as he helped Aral to the
battlements. "Must
be the weather." It had
been raining since nightfall. They
would learn that, in Argon, it rained every night during summer. And that by day the humidity was brutal. It took
them two hours of grossly incautious flitting from one glassless window to
another, attending only those with lights behind their shutters, to find the
right room. "It's
her," Aral whispered to Michael, who had to remain behind him on a narrow
ledge. They had clawed eighty feet up
the outside of a tower to reach that window.
"I'll go in and...." "No! She'd turn us in. Remember, she came because she wanted to. Let's just find out what's up." Nothing
happened for a long time. After
resting, Michael slipped a few feet back down and worked his way across beneath
the window so he could reach the ledge at the window's far side. Three hours
dragged through the stuttering mills of time.
Neither man had ever been more miserable. The rain beat at them.
Hard stone below dared them to fall asleep. There was no room to move, to stretch.... Someone
entered the room. Trebilcock
came alert when he heard a woman say, "Good evening, Madame," in
heavily accented Wesson. "I'm
sorry you had to wait so long." Trebilcock
and Dantice peeked through the slats of the shutters. Why the hell don't they put glass in these things? Michael wondered. But Castle Krief, too, had unglaz.ed windows, and weather in
Ravelin was more extreme. Glass was
a luxury even kings seldom wasted on windows. Nepanthe
rose from a bed. Ethrian lay sleeping
on a couch. "Where is he? When can I see him?" "Who?" "My
husband." "I
don't understand." "The
men who brought me to Throyes... .They
said they were taking me to my husband.
He sent for me. They had a
letter." "They
lied." The woman smiled mockingly.
"Permit me. I am
Fadema. The Queen of Argon." No
"Pleased to "meet you" from Nepanthe. She went to the point.
"Why am I here?" "We
had to remove you from Vorgreberg. You
might have embarrassed us there." "Who
is us?" "Madame."
Another visitor entered. "Oh!" Trebilcock,
too, gasped. He had
never seen a Tervola, but he recognized the dress and mask. His heart redoubled its hammering. The man would discover them with his
witchery.... "Shinsan!"
Nepanthe gasped. "Again." The
Tervola bowed slightly. "We come
again, Madame." "W
here's my husband?" "He's
well." Nepanthe
blustered, "You'd better send me home.
You lied to me.... I have
Varthlokkur's protection, you know." "Indeed
I do. I know exactly what you mean to
him. It's the main reason we brought
you here." Nepanthe
sputtered, fussed, threatened. Her
visitors ignored her. "Madame,"
said the Tervola, "I suggest you make the best of your stay. Don't make it difficult." "What's
happened to my husband? They told me
they were taking me to him." "I
haven't the faintest idea," the Fadema replied. Nepanthe
produced a dagger, hurled herself at the Tervola. He
disarmed her easily. "Fadema, move
the boy elsewhere. To keep her
civil. We'll speak to you later,
Madame." Nepanthe
screamed and kicked and bit, threatened and pleaded. The Tervola held her while the Fadema dragged Ethrian away. Michael
Trebilcock suffered several chivalrous impulses. He didn't fear the Tervola.
But he did have a little common sense.
It saved his life. After the
Fadema left, the Tervola said, "Your honor and your son are our
hostages. Understand?" "I
understand. Varthlokkur and my
husband...." "Will
do nothing. That's why you're my
captive." In that
he was mistaken. Varthlokkur ignored
extortion, and Mocker just became more troublesome. It was in the blood. "
Your captive? Isn't this her
city?" "She
seems to think so. Amusing, isn't
it?" His tone grew harsh.
"One year. Behave and
you'll be free. Otherwise.... You know our reputation. Our language has no word for mercy." He
departed. Michael
waited five minutes, then crept forward to whisper to Aral.... And found Dantice dead asleep. The idiot
had slept through almost the whole thing. "Ssst!" Nepanthe
responded to his third hiss by approaching the window fearfully. "What? Who are you? I.... I know you." "From
Vorgreberg. My name is Michael
Trebilcock. My friend and I followed
you here." "Why?" "To
find out what you were up to. Those men
were the same sort who killed the Marshall's wife. And your brother." She
became angry anew. He had a hard time
calming her. "Look,
you're in no real danger while they think they can use you to blackmail the
wizard and your husband." "What're
you going to do?" "I
thought about bringing you out the window.
But they've got your son. You
probably wouldn't go...." "You're
right." "There's
nothing I can do for you, then. I can
only go home and explain what happened.
Maybe the Marshall can do .
something." Nepanthe
leaned out the window. "The rain's
stopped. It's getting light." Trebilcock
groaned. He and
Aral would have to spend the day on that ledge. Then the
Fadema returned. But she stayed only
long enough to taunt Nepanthe. Michael
thought he would die before daylight failed.
That ledge was murderous. The
sun was deadly.... Damnable Arnal
simply crowded the wall and snored. Trebilcock
waited till the rain cleared the streets, then wakened Aral. He spoke with Nepanthe briefly before
departing, trying to buoy her hopes. "We'll
ride straight through," he promised.
"It won't take long." Aral
groaned. "Wait,"
she said. "Before you leave. I want to give you something." Her
captors hadn't bothered searching her effects even after the dagger
episode. That arrogant confidence led
to a crucial oversight. She gave
Michael a small ebony casket.
"Give this to Varthlokkur.
Or my brother if you can't find the wizard." "What
is it?" "Never
mind. Just believe that it's
important. No matter what, don't let
Shinsan get their hands on it. Turran
called it the last hope of the west.
Someone gave it to me to take care of because she was thinking
about.... Never mind. Get it to Varthlokkur or my brother. Make sure it don't fall while you're going
down." She checked his shirt to see if it was safely tucked in. "Oh, was I stupid! If he'd just stay home like normal
people.... Those men knew just what to
say to me. I'm lucky I've got friends
to look out for me." She gave
each man a little kiss. "Good
luck. And remember about the casket. It's easy to forget." "We
will," Trebilcock told her.
"And we'll be back. That's
a promise." "You're
bold." She smiled. "Remember,
I'm a married lady. Good-bye." She
left the window. There was a bounce to
her step that would puzzle her jailors for months. Michael
and Aral returned home. And the worst
of their journey was getting down that eighty feet of tower. Exhausted,
they reached Vorgreberg during the first week of August. They had been gone nearly three months. EIGHTEEN:
The Unborn For a
week no one dared enter the chamber where Fiana lay, where her child-of-evil
was being nurtured by one of the older wickednesses of the world. Even Gjerdrum lacked the courage to intrude. He carried meals to the door, knocked,
retreated. Varthlokkur
was indulging in those black arts which had made him so infamous. By week's end he had terrori/ed both Karak
Strabger and Baxendala. During
the day the castle was obscured by a whirling, twisting darkness which throbbed
like a heart beating. Its boundaries
were sharply defined. The townspeople
called it a hole through the walls of Hell.
Some claimed to see the denizens of an Outer Domain peering out at the
world with unholy hunger. That was
imagination. But the darkness was real,
and by night it masked the stars over Karak Strabger. Eldritch lights from within sometimes cast red shadows on the
mountains surrounding castle and town.
And always there were the sounds, the wicked noises, like the roar of
devil hordes praising some mighty demon-lord.... On the
floor of the little chamber the sorcerer had laid out a pentagram which formed
one face of an amazing construct. Eight
feet above the floor floated another pentagram, traced in lines of fire. Rising like the petals of a flower, from the
luminescent design on the floor, were five more pentagrams, sharing sides with
five pentagrams depending from the design above. The whole formed a twelve-faced gem. Every apex was occupied by a silvery cabalistic symbol which
burned cold and bright. Additional
symbols writhed on the surfaces of the planes. The dead
Queen lay on a table at the construct's heart.
U pon her breast lay the monster she had died to bring into the
world. Outside, the wizard worked on. He called
his creation the Winterstorm, though it had nothing to do with weather or
season, but, rather, a dead magician's mathematical way of looking at
sorcery. It was a gate to powers
undreamt even in Shinsan. It had enabled
the destruction of the Princes Thaumaturge in times of yore. Like so
many evils, it was terribly beautiful. For a
week Varthlokkur had labored, taking no rest, and little food. Now his hands trembled. His courage wavered. His sense of morality recoiled. The thing he was trying to create would be
more evil than he. Darker, possibly,
than the incalculable evils of Shinsan.
What it did to the world would be determined by his ability to control
it—especially in the critical moments approaching. If he failed, he would be just the first to die a grisly
death. If he succeeded only partially,
it would be but a matter of time till he lost control. Success
had to be complete and absolute. And he
was so tired, so hungry, so weak.... But he
had no choice. He couldn't stop
now. Nor could he turn back. He was committed. On the
edges of his consciousness, out where his heightened senses met the Beyond, he
heard the Lords of Chaos chuckling, whispering amongst themselves, casting lots
for him.... He wasn't that kind of
wizard. He refused to make deals. He increased the might of the Winterstorm
and compelled them to respond to his will.
He ordered, and they performed. They
hated him for it. And forever they
would wait, tirelessly, patiently, for his fatal slip. His fiery
wand touched several floating symbols.
Those beings on the edges of his senses screamed. Agonized, they awaited his commands. The
symbols blazed brighter. Colored
shadows frothed over the barren walls.
The dark cloud shuddered and swirled round the stronghold. The people of Baxendala locked their
shutters and doors. The handful of
castle servants huddled downstairs.
They would have fled if Gjerdrum had let them. The
Marshall had told him not to let anyone leave till he heard otherwise. The news was to be stifled till Ragnarson
had stabilized the political response. Gjerdrum
was devoted to his Queen and Marshall.
Though wanting nothing more than to flee himself, he kept his flock inside. Now, with the howl above redoubling, he
again prepared to block a rush toward freedom. Varthlokkur
raised his arms and spoke softly to the denizens of the netherworlds. He used the tongue of his childhood. Those
things would respond to any language.
But the old tongue, shaped by the wizards of ancient llkazar, was
precise. It didn't permit ambiguities
demons could exploit. He
commanded. The
things on the Other Side cringed, whined—and obeyed. The
Queen's corpse surged violently. The
terrible infant, englobed in a transparent membrane, still in a fetal curl,
levitated. Its head turned. Its eyes opened. It glared at Varthlokkur. "You
see me," the wizard said. "I
see you. I command you. You are my servant henceforth." For
seven days he had been shaping its hideous mind, teaching it, building on the
knowledge of evil stamped on the thing's genes. "Henceforth you shall be known as Radeachar, the
Unborn." The name,
Radeachar, meant only "The One Who Serves," without intimations of
actual servitude. It had overtones of
destruction, of sorcery held ready as a swordsman holds a ready blade. In olden times those sorcerers who had
marched with Ilkazar's armies had been entitled Radeachar. The nearest modern equivalent was the shaghun
of Hammad al Nakir. It fought
him. The things he compelled to aid him
battled back. He pitted his will and
power against the Unborn.... He had to
win beyond any shadow of compromise. It lasted
thirteen hours. Then he
collapsed. But not
before Radeachar had become his lifelong slave, virtually an extension of his
own personality. He slept,
unmoving, on the cool stone floor for two days. And, though the blackness had freed the castle, and spring
silence reigned, no one dared waken him. The
distraction of Varthlokkur's undertaking allowed Nepanthe, and those who
followed her, to slip through the Gap during the time the wizard slept. Varthlokkur
never sensed the nearness of the woman who meant more to him than life itself. She was
married to his son now, but he and she had an agreement. When Mocker died -unless Varthlokkur himself
were responsible- she would become his wife.
The bargain. woven on the looms
of Fate, had made it possible to destroy Nu Li Hsi and Yo Hsi. He
awakened almost too weak to move. From
amongst his paraphernalia he secured a small bottle, drank it dry. A warm, temporary strength flooded him. He lay down again, let it work. A half hour later he went downstairs. "You
can turn them loose now," he told Gjerdrum. "What needed doing is done.
And Ragnarson has finished in Vorgreberg." "I
haven't had word from him yet." "You
will." Gjerdrum
considered. Varthlokkur was probably
right. "Okay. I won't tell them they can leave. But if they get away while my back is
turned, that's all right." "They
won't go far. They won't be welcome in
Baxendala. They'll stay around till
you're ready to leave for Vorgreberg." Varthlokkur
insisted on showing Gjerdrum his masterwork. Eanredson
took one look and retched. Varthlokkur
was hurt. "I'm sorry." He had
been proud, forgetting that it took a peculiar breed to appreciate his
artistry. "Come,
then," he said. "We'll be
needed in Vorgreberg." "You're
going to take that.... That.... With us?" Puzzled,
Varthlokkur nodded. "Better
do it on the quiet. The very damned
quiet, else you'll start a revolution.
The black arts aren't popular with the man in the street." Varthlokkur's
feelings were bruised again. His greatest
work had to remain hidden? "All
right. I'll leave it here." "Good."
Gjerdrum glanced at the Unborn. This
time he forced his gorge down. "You'll
get used to it." "I
don't want to. It should've been killed
when Wachtel saw what it was." "You're
being very narrow...." Gjerdrum
refused to argue. "If we're going,
let's go. I've been away too long. That foreigner, Prataxis, has probably
screwed everything up." They left
that afternoon. Gjerdrum kept going
through the night. They reached Vorgreberg
the next evening, exhausted. Gjerdrum
had to invoke the wizard's reputation to keep the servants from scattering with
their horror stories. Gjerdrum
and Varthlokkur got no rest. Prataxis
dragged them to the Marshall's office immediately. "About
time," Ragnarson said. "You
got Derel's letter?" "No,"
Gjerdrum replied. "Must've
crossed paths. Just a note telling you
to get your butt home." "I
was waiting on him." "Everything
taken care of?" "I
still have to make the servants forget," the wizard replied. "Won't
be necessary. The news is out. The Thing elected me Regent. They're already forming a committee to
consider royal candidates." "There're
some things he should make them forget," Gjerdrum growled. Ragnarson
glanced at Varthlokkur. "I
performed a few sorceries. They upset
him. Before we left, I performed a
divination. Very unclear, but two names
came through. Badalamen. The Spear of Odessa Khomer." "Meaning
what?" "I
don't know. Badalamen may be a
person. The Spear sounds like a
mystical weapon. It isn't one I've
heard of. And that's unusual. Those things are pretty well known." "Neither
means anything to me," Ragnarson said.
He related recent events in Vorgreberg, concluding, "I've prepared
for mobilization." "Before
the mercenaries leave?" Gjerdrum asked.
"They'll come at you twice as hard...." "No
problem. Oryon wants to go. To poke around High Crag for the connection
with Shinsan. Meanwhile, we're going to
turn Kavelin upside down. These
assassinations and kidnappings have got to stop." Varthlokkur
glowed. "I have the perfect
device. The perfect servant, the
perfect hunter...." "Gjerdrum? What's the matter?" "I
saw his perfect hunter." Ragnarson
looked from one to the other. "The
baby," Gjerdrum said. "The
demon thing. He kept it alive." Ragnarson
leaned back, closed his eyes, said nothing for a long time. Then, softly, suppressing his revulsion,
"Tell me about it." "I
merely salvaged it," the wizard replied.
"I did what was necessary so it survived, bound it to me, taught
it. It's not as bad as your friend
thinks." "It's
horrible. You should have killed
it." "I
go with Gjerdrum emotionally. How can
it help?" "It
can find the men you want found. And
kill them, or bring them to you." "How'II
it tell enemies from friends? When can
you begin?" "I
could call it right now. It detects
enemies by reading their minds." The hairs
on Bragi's neck bristled. Read minds? In all likelihood it would read everyone,
friend or foe. "Let me think about
it. Gjerdrum. You brought Fiana?" Eanredson
nodded. "Good. Set up the funeral. Big as a coronation. With open house here. The works.
Vorgreberg is restless. It's time
we distracted it some. I've got a
feeling there won't be time for fun much longer." He turned to
Varthlokkur. "Can we possibly hit
Shinsan first?" "A
spoiler? No. They're moving. The old
destiny call is echoing from border to border.
They've recovered from the war with Escalon and the feud between O Shing
and Mist. They're ready. They're short just one element. An enemy.
The Tervola want us." "How
do you know?" "It's
no secret. Baxendala shattered the myth
of their invincibility. They want to
regain that. You just said a Tervola
was seen in the Kapenrungs. They're
doing the obvious. Softening up. Eliminating men who would resist. Trying for a sure thing. I suggest we loose Radeachar now—before they
reach anyone else who shapes the power.
Did you find the Tear?" "Gjerdrum,
would you step outside please?" Once Eanredson left, "It hasn't
turned up. Mist can't find a
trace. She and Valther can't find our
enemies, either. They're either well
shielded or gone." "Why
did you ask the boy to go?" "They
got Nepanthe." The
sorcerer rose slowly, face darkening. "Wait! She's not dead. They kidnapped her. So to
speak. My son Gundar heard a man tell
her he could take her to Mocker. She and
Ethrian went with him. Mist couldn't
locate her, though." "Excuse
me. I've got work to do. I'll summon Radeachar. He'll begin bringing your enemies in soon. Then I'll gather the Brotherhood. And see if anyone will loan troops for
another Baxendala. This time, I think,
we'd better keep after O Shing till he's done for." He
dropped back into the chair. "I'm
tired. Weary unto death. This constant struggle with Shinsan has got
to end. Us or them, for all time." Ragnarson
countered, "Would that settle anything?
Permanently? Aren't there
always more evils? If we destroy
Shinsan, won't something else arise?
Somebody once said that evil is eternal, good fleeting." "Eternal? I don't know. It's relative. In the eye
of the beholder. The Tervola don't think
they're evil. They feel we're wicked
for resisting destiny. Either way,
though, I want rid of Shinsan. A force
of equal magnitude isn't likely to rise in my lifetime." "Wizard,
I'm tired too. And emotionally
exhausted. I have trouble caring
anymore. I've lost so much that I'm
numb. Only Kavelin is left. Till we find a new king.... Well, I'll keep plugging." The
wizard smiled. "I believe you've
found a home, Marshall." "What? Oh.
Yes. I guess. Yes.
I still care about Kavelin. Bull
don't know what to do." "Trust
me. Not forever, but for now. Our interests are congruent. I want peace. I want to escape the machinations of this pestilence in
Shinsan. I want Nepanthe...." "Did
you grab Mocker?" "No. I promised Nepanthe. My promises are good. And he's my son...." There was no
resentment in his response. "What?" "It's
true. It's a long story, that doesn't
matter now. But he is." "Uhm. That explains why he isn't afraid of
you.... Does he know the other
thing?" "No. And he'd better never find out. But back to our congruency of interest. You have my pledge to remain a steadfast
ally till Shinsan falls. Or destroys
us." "All
right. Destruction seems most
likely." "Maybe. They have the advantages. Unity.
Power. A huge army.... Why dwell on it? The die is cast. The doom
is upon us. The Fates speed us from
their bows. I'll go now. You may not see me for a while." This was
the point, according to Prataxis, when the First Great Eastern War began. He selected it primarily because histories
need milestones. First causes could be
traced back, and back, and back. And
heavy, massed combat didn't occur till the Second Great Eastern War. Some authorities argued that Baxendala
should be called the First Great Eastern War, and seen separately from
Ravelin's civil war. Though the rebels
accepted aid from Shinsan, Shinsan's objective in intervening was eventual
mastery. Whatever,
this was the moment when, irrevocably, Ragnar-son and Varthlokkur committed
themselves to destruction of the Dread Empire. NINETEEN: Funerals and Assassins Haaken
rode at his brother's side. Gjerdrum
and Derel trailed them. It was the
morning after the day following Eanredson's return. He had arranged the funeral quickly, for Victory Day, for
whatever symbolic value that might have. Behind
them. Dr. Wachtel rode in a small carriage. He was too fragile for a horse.
He would be an important speaker.
His honesty was beyond question.
His testimony would dispel rumors surrounding the Queen's passing—though
he wouldn't tell the whole truth. The word
had spread quickly. The streets were
human rivers flowing northward. Ragnarson
told Haaken, "Keep a sharp watch.
This mess is perfect for an assassination." "I'm
watching." He glanced around.
"Something we should talk about.
Ragnar." "Oh?" "He's
bound for trouble. And he won't
listen." "What
is it?" "A
girl." "That
all? Well. The little devil. Ain't
fifteen yet.... You remember Inger,
Hjarlma's daughter, back home? I was
about his age when...." "If
you won't take it.serious either...." "Wait. Wait.
I do. These southerners worry
about that crap. Never understood why. She somebody's daughter?" "No. Her father's one of Ahring's sergeants. It wouldn't be a political thing. I'm just thinking we've got trouble enough
already." "Okay. I'll talk to him. Where is he, anyway?" "With
Valther and his bunch." "Maybe
I'll keep him closer." "You
keep saying that." "I
get distracted. Damn, I miss
Elana." He sagged in his saddle, momentarily overwhelmed by past emotions. They
encountered Valther on the road.
Ragnarson asked, "You found anything, Valther?" "No. Except that there were three men involved in
Nepanthe's disappearance. I found their
hostelry. The landlord thought they
were guards off a caravan from Throyes." "Ah. And Throyens look pretty much like desert
people." "Same
stock. But they wouldn't have told the
truth, would they?" "Why
not? Still, even if they were, they
were just hired blades. Anything
else? Mist?" "I
can't find much. No Nepanthe. No Haroun.
No Mocker. Nothing here in
Kavelin...." "Trebilcock,"
Valther said. "I'm
getting to it." "What
about him?" "I
located him. He and a man named Dantice
are in the Savernake Gap. Apparently
following Nepanthe." "What
the hell? I told him to keep his ears
open, not to.... Following? You sure?" "No." "I
hope so. This could be a. real break." "You
want I should send a squadron after them?" Haaken asked. "In case they need help?" "Let
them run free. Trebilcock don't attract
much attention. They might lead him to
the guy running the assassins. But I'm
not doing this right. Valther. She's your sister. What do you think? Should
we risk it?" The
spymaster pondered, looked to his wife for support, thought some more. "She seems safe, doesn't she? If they meant her harm, they'd have done it
already.... I don't know. Using your own sister...." "You've
done it before. For smaller
stakes." "All
right. Let it ride. We have Turran to avenge. And my other brothers. Brock.
Luxos. Ridyeh. Okay.
But I hope this Trebilock is competent." "I
think so. There's a man under that
weird facade." "I'm
trusting you. Now, what about
Oryon? He going peacefully?" "Yes. He's in a hurry to find out what's up at
High Crag. I don't like him, but he's
okay. He believes in the Guild. Which's a plus now. If someone in the Citadel is conspiring with
Shinsan he'll root them out. He'll
leave at sunrise. Which reminds
me. Gjerdrum. What's planned for tonight?" There was
little festivity this Victory Day, despite Ragnar-son's proclamation asking
Vorgreberg to give the Guildsmen a good send-off. "Won't
be much," Gjerdrum replied.
"Nobody's interested.
This." He indicated cemetery and mob. "And politics." Ragnarson
had been elected Regent but his position wasn't unshakeable. The Nordmen already were accusing him of
dictatorial excess. And he had been
high-handed occasionally, especially in preparing for mobilization. He had explained to a handful of supporters
in the Thing, but hadn't yet taken his case to the opposition. He would
have to make time. The sympathy
generated by his announcement of Elana's murder wouldn't last. They went
up to the Royal Mausoleum.
"Everybody in town must be here," Haaken observed. Crowds packed the hillside. Trumpets
sounded in the distance. "Jarl's
coming," Gjerdrum said. The
procession could be seen clearly from the hilltop. The Queen's Own Horse Guards, in full dress, rode ahead of the
hearse, behind the heavy battle of Haaken's Vorgrebergers. Immediately behind the hearse were scores of
knights in gleaming armor, many of them carefully chosen Nordmen barons. Behind them, afoot, came the leaders of the
otherethnic groups, including chieftains of the Marena Dimura. Bringing up the rear was another battle of
light horse. So that the glory of the
knights wouldn't be eclipsed, no regular heavy cavalry had been included. This
wasn't just a send-off for a monarch, it was a major politicalevent, with shows
of unity and fence-mending. Key men had
to be honored. Selected loyalists from
each ethnic group would deliver eulogies.
Members of the diplomatic community would contribute remarks—and watch
closely for weaknesses. Ragnarson's
heart throbbed with the measured beat of Vorgreberger drums. "Derel, Gjerdrum, I appreciate
this. What would I do without
you?" "You'd
make do," Prataxis replied.
"You got along without me before I came." Yet he was
pleased. His employer tended to take for granted
the competence of his associates. It was a
beautiful morning. The sky was
intensely blue. A few stately cumulus
towers glided sedately eastward. A
gentle, chilly breeze teased through the graveyard, but the morning promised a
comfortable afternoon. It was that sort
of spring day which made it hard to believe there were shadows in the
earth. It was a day for lying back in
the green, courting cloud castles, thinking how perfect life was. It was a day for dreaming impossible dreams,
like the brotherhood of man, world peace, and freedom from hunger. Even a
funeral that was a national enterprise couldn't blunt spirits sharpened by the
weather. The
blunting came later, with the endless speeches already wearing the edge off. Ragnarson
had made his speech earlier. Like every
speaker before and since, he had been windier than necessary. He had discarded the unification theme
prepared by Derel, speaking instead of Fiana and her dreams, then of the threat
Ravelin faced. He revealed almost
everything, which unsettled his associates. "Just
trying to warn them," he told Valther.
"And let them know it's not hopeless." Secrecy
was a fetish with Valther. He didn't
tell anybody anything the person didn't absolutely have to know. The
crisis came during act ing ambassador Achmed's strained praise of Fiana. Three men
plunged from the crowd, short swords in hand.
One went for Valther, one for Mist, the third for Ragnarson. Bragi, arguing with Valther, didn't see
them. Haaken
threw himself in front of his brother.
He took a stroke along his ribs while dragging Bragi's assailant
down. He also tripped the man going for
Valther. Gjerdrum
and Derel tried to intercept the third assassin. Both failed. Mist's
eyes widened. Surprise, fear, horror
plundered her beauty. The sword bit
deeply.... Something
like a shouted song parted her lips. Thunder
rolled across the blue sky. Haaken,
two assassins, Gjerdrum, and Prataxis stopped rolling across the hillside. Ragnarson gave up trying to smash
heads. Valther stumbled, flung headlong
from the impetus of his charge toward his wife. The crowd stopped yelling. For an
instant Mist was enveloped by fire.
Then the fire stepped away, leaving behind a feminine silhouette in
thick fog. The fire wore Mist's shape. The
assassin screamed and screamed, thrashing like a broken-backed cat. The fire-thing was merciless. It grew brighter and brighter as its victim
became a wrinkled, sunburned husk sprinkled with oozing sores. Finally,
it left him. And
turned to the man who had tried for Valther. The crowd
began withdrawing, threatening panic. "Wait!"
Ragnarson bellowed."It'stheenemy ofourenemies. It won't harm anybody else." Nobody
believed him. Common folk didn't trust
anything about sorcerers and sorcery. The man
who had attacked Haaken ran for it. He
and his comrades had been pledged to die, but not like this. The
fire-thing caught him. "You
all right?" Bragi asked Haaken. "In
a minute. He kneed me." Bragi
examined the sword cut. Haaken would
need new clothes, and his hauberk the attention of an armorer, but his only
injury would be a bruise. M ist's
fire avatar finished the third assassin, floated up thirty feet, hovered. Ragnarson again tried to calm the
crowd. A few braver souls listened. The panic began dying. The fire
avatar drifted, hunting enemies. "Mist,"
Ragnarson growled, "stop it. You
might nail somebody we don't want to lose." The fire
thing seemed interested in the Nordmen knights. With Nordmen, sedition was a way of thought. It
drifted to the shadow-Mist. They
coalesced. Ragnarson
ordered the ceremonies resumed, joined Valther. Mist was
badly wounded, but didn't seem concerned.
"I'll heal myself," she gasped. "Won't be a scar." She touched Valther's cheek. "Thank you for trying," she told
Gjerdrum. Then
Ragnarson noticed Prataxis. He rushed
to the man. What would he do without
Derel's steady hand directing the everyday work of his offices? But
Prataxis wasn't dead. He had the same
problem as Haaken. Those who
spoke after Achmed gave short speeches.
Crowd noise settled to a buzz. Then the
Unborn made its public debut. It
followed the road from Vorgreberg, floating twenty feet high. Beneath, three men marched with jerky steps,
frequently stumbling. The
people didn't like what they saw. Neither
did Ragnarson. The thing
in the milky globe was a malformed fetus thrice normal birth-size, and it
radiated something that drove people from its path. Its captives, strutting like the living dead, wore faces ripped
by silent screams. Straight
to Ragnarson they came. Haaken's Guards
interposed themselves. They had seen
the Gosik of Aubuchon at Baxendala, had seen fell sorceries, but they were
frightened. Yet they stood, as they had
stood at Baxendala, while facing the terrible might of the Dread Empire. "Easy,"
Ragnarson said. "It's on our
side." Unhappy
faces turned his way. Men
muttered. It wasn't right to form
alliances like this. The
automaton-men halted five paces away.
Ragnarson saw no life in their eyes. One's
mouth moved. A sephulcral voice said,
"These are your enemies. Ask. They will answer." Ragnarson
shuddered. This thing of
Varthlokkur's.... Powerful. And terrifying. The crowd
began evaporating. Fiana had been
popular, especially with the majority Wessons, but folks weren't going to bury
her if it meant suffering a constant barrage of unpleasant surprises. All they wanted was to run their homes and
shops and pretend, to hide from tomorrow. "What's
your name?" Ragnarson demanded. "Ain
Hamaki." "Why
are you here?" "To
slay our enemies." "Who
sent you?" No
response. Ragnarson glanced at the
Unborn. Another
captive replied, "He doesn't know.
None do. Their leader brought
them from Throyes." "Find
the leader." "He
lies behind you." Ragnarson
glanced at the withered bodies. One husk
twitched. Its limbs moved
randomly. Slowly, grotesquely, it rose. The more
bold and curious of the crowd, who had waited to see what would happen also
left for town. Even a few soldiers
decided they had seen enough. "Ask,"
said the dead man. Ragnarson
repeated his questions. He received
similar answers. This one had had
orders. He had tried to carry them out. He
collapsed into the pile. Another
spoke. He was a leader of Nine. He believed there were eight more Nines
preparing Ravelin. "Preparing
Kavelin for what?" "What
is to come." "Shinsan?" The
Unborn replied, "Perhaps. He
didn't know." "Uhm. Scour the kingdom for the rest of
these... .Whatever they are." The three
collapsed. The
Unborn whipped away so rapidly the air shrieked. "Grab
them," Ragnarson ordered.
"Throw them in the dungeons." He
worried. Their organization had the
earmarks of a cult like the Harish, or Merthrgul, being used politically. He didn't recognize it, though he had
traveled the east in his youth. "Derel. Gjerdrum.
You're educated. That tell you
anything?" Both
shook their heads. "We
keep getting information, but we're not learning anything. Nothing fits together." "If
that thing really is going to help," Valther said, "I'd say we've
taken the initiative. It should free us
of assassins." Ragnarson
smiled thinly. "And save you some
work, eh?" "That
too. It dredges up all those people,
I'll have time to concentrate on my real job.
Keeping tabs on home-grown troublemakers." "How's
Mist?" "Be
like new in a week." Softly, "I'd hoped she wouldn't get
involved. Guess our enem-ies don't see
it my way." "O
Shing owes her." "I
know. Nobody ever believes a wizard has
retired. We'd better be careful,"
he added. "When they realize
they're doomed, they might try to do as much damage as they can." He was
right. Before week's end Ragnarson had
lost Thorn Altenkirk, who commanded the Royal Damhorsters, the regiment
garrisoning Kavelin's six westernmost provinces, plus three of his strongest
supporters in the Thing, his Minister of Finance, the Chairman of Council in
Sdelmayr, and a dozen lesser officials and officers who would be missed. There were unsuccessful attacks on most of
his major followers. His friend
Kildragon, who commanded the Midlands Light in the military zone immediately
behind Altenkirk's, established a record by surviving four attacks. The bright side was that the enemy wasn't
overly selective. They went for
Ragnarson's opponents too. For anyone
important. Many of
the assassins taken were native Kaveliner hirelings. Terrorism
declined as the Unborn marched foreigner after foreigner into
imprisonment. He captured sixty-three. A handful escaped to neighboring
states. Radeachar followed. When its actions couldn't be traced, it
amused itself by tormenting them as a cat might. Kavelin
soon became more peaceful than at any time in living memory. When Radeachar patrolled the nights, even
the most blackhearted men behaved. A
half dozen swift bringings-to-justice of notorious criminals convinced their
lesser brethren that retribution was absolute, inevitable, and final. It was a
peaceful time, a quiet time, but not satisfying. Beneath the surface lay the knowledge that it was just a
respite. Ragnarson strove valiantly to
order his shaken hierarchy and prepare for the next round. He trained troops relentlessly, ordered the
state for war, yet pressed the people to extend themselves in the pursuits of
peacetime, trying by sheer will to make Kavelin strong militarily and
economically. Then
Michael Trebilcock came home. TWENTY:
The Dragon Emperor Shinsan
had no recognized capital. Hadn't had
since the murder of Tuan Hoa.The Princes Thaumaturge had refused to rest their
heads on the same pillows twice, Life itself had depended on baffling the
brother's assassins and night-sendings. The mind
of Shinsan's empire rested wherever the imperial banner flew. Venerable
Huang Tain constituted its intellectual center. The primary temples and universities clustered there. Chin
favored Huang Tain. "There's
plenty of space," he argued.
"Half the temples are abandoned." They had
been in the city a month, recuperating from the flight homeward. "I'm not comfortable here," O
Shing replied. "I grew up on the
border." He couldn't define it precisely.
Too refined and domesticated?
Close. He was a barbarian prince
amongst natty, slick priests and professors.
And Huang Tain was much too far west.... Lang, Wu,
Tran, Feng, and others shared his discomfort.
These westerners weren't their kind of people. While
touring Tuan Hoa's palace and gardens—now a museum and park—O Shing paused near
one of the numerous orators orbiting the goldfish ponds. "Chin,
I can't follow the dialect. Did he call
the Tervola 'bastard offspring of a mating of the dark side of humanity and
Truth pervertedI?" "Yes,
Lord." "But...." "He's
harmless." Chin whispered to a city official accompanying them. "Let him rave, Lord. We control the Power." "They
dare not challenge that," said Feng.
A sardonic laugh haunted his mask momentarily. "They
call themselves slaves—and enjoy more freedom than scholars anywhere
else," Chin observed. "Even
in Hellin Daimiel thinkers are more restrained." "Complete
freedom," said Wu. "Except to
change anything." Both O
Shing and Chin wondered at his tone. The
official whispered to Chin, who then announced, "This's Kin Kuo-Lin. A history teacher." The
historian raved on, opposing the wind, drawing on his expertise to abominate
the Tervola and prove them foredoomed.
His mad eyes met O Shing's. He
found sympathy there. I'm
incomplete, O Shing thought. As lame in
soul as in body. And I'll never heal. Like my leg, it's immutable. But none of us are whole, nor ever will
be. Chin. Wu. Feng. They've rejected their chance for wholeness
to pursue obsessions. Tran, Lang, and I
spent too much time staying alive. Our
perspectives are inalterably narrowed to the survival-reactive. In this land, in these alum-flavored times,
nobody will have the chance to grow, to find completeness. Some
lives have to be lived in small cages.
Tam was sure the walls of his weren't all of others' making. He chose
to show the imperial banner at Liaontung.
He was comfortable with that old sentinel of the east. And Liaontung was a long, long way from the
focus of the Tervola's west-glaring obsession. "I
swear. Wu rubbed his hands in glee when
Tran told him." Lang giggled.
"Chin like to had a stroke.
Feng sided with Wu. Watch Wu,
Tam. I don't think he's your friend
anymore." "Never
was," Tran growled. He still
resented Tarn's having trusted Tervola expertise before his own. "That's
not fair, Tran. Wu is a paradox. Several men. One is my friend. But he
isn't in control. Like me, Wu was cut
from the wrong bolt. He's damned by his
ancestry too. He has the Power. He yields to it. But he'd rather be Wu the Compassionate." Tran eyed
him uncertainly. The changed, more
philosophical, more empathetic Tam, tempered in the crucible of the flight
from Baxendala, baffled him. Tran's
image of himself as a man of action, immune to serious thought, became a
separating gulf in these moments. To defend
his self-image Tran invariably introduced military business. "The
spring classes will graduate twenty thousand," he said, offering a thick
report. He still hadn't learned to read
well, but had recruited a trustworthy scribe.
"Those are Feng's assign-
ment recommendations. Weighted toward the eastern legions, but I can't find real
fault. I'd say initial it." No one
could fault O Shing and his Tervola for reinforcing the most reliable legions
first. "Boring,"
Tam declared five pages in. "These
reports can be handled at subordinate levels, Tran. Sometimes I think I'm being swamped just to distract me." "You
want to rule these wolves, you'd better know everything about them," Lang
remarked. "I
know. Still, there's got to be a way to
get time for things I want to do.
Tran. Extract me a list of
Tervola and Aspirants linked with legions being shorted. And one of Candidates I don't know
personally. Lang, arrange for them to
visit Liaontung. Maybe I can pick the
men who get promoted." "I
like that," said Tran. "We
can move the Chins out." About
Chin Tran had developed an obsession.
He knew their former hunter remained a secret foe. He went to absurd lengths to make his
case. Yet he could prove nothing. O Shing
already pursued a policy of favoritism in promotions. He was popular with the Aspirants. He became more so when he pushed the policy harder. The machinery of army and empire drifted to
his control. His hidden enemies
recognized the shift, could do little to halt it. One thing
Tam couldn't accomplish. He couldn't
convince one Tervola to repudiate the need to avenge Baxendala. It was a
matter of the honor and reputation of an army unaccustomed to defeat. Feng, in
a rare, expansive mood, explained, "The legions had never been defeated. Invincibility was their most potent
weapon. It won a hundred bloodless
victories. "They
weren't defeated at Baxendala, either.
We were. Their commanders. To our everlasting shame. Your Tran understood better than we did, not
having had the shock of losing the Power to impair his reason. Our confusion, our panic, our irrational
response—hell, our cowardice—killed thousands and stigmatized the
survivors." A moment
of raw emotion burned through when Feng declared, "We sacrificed the
Imperial Standard, Lord!" "While
Baxendala remains unredeemed, while this Ragnar-son creature constitutes living
proof that the tide of destiny can be stemmed, our enemies will resist when,
otherwise, they'd yield. We're paying
in blood. "Lord,
the legions are the bones of Shinsan.
If we allow even one to be broken, we subject the remainder, and the flesh
itself, to a magnified hazard. In the
long run, we risk less by pursuing revenge." "I
follow you," O Shing replied. Feng
spoke for Feng, privately, but his was the opinion of his class. "In fact, I can't refute you." Tran, who
disagreed with the Tervola by reflex, supported them in this. Every Tervola who managed an audience had a
scheme for requiting Baxendala.
Stemming the tide devoured Tarn's time, making his days processions of
boring sameness only infrequently relieved by change or intrigue. Yet he
built. Five
years and six days after the ignominy of Baxendala, Select Fu Piao-Chuong knelt
and swore fealty to O Shing. Not to Shinsan,
the Throne, or Council, but to an individual.
His emperor assigned him an obscure post with a western legion. He bore, under seal, orders to other
Aspirants in posts equally obscure. The
night-terrorist Hounds of Shadow struck within the week. After a
second week, Lord Wu, maskless, agitated, appealed, "Lord, what's
happening?" He seemed baffled and hurt.
"Great men are dying.
Commanders of legions have been murdered. Manors and properties have been destroyed. Priests and civil servants have been beaten
or killed. Our old followers from the
days of hiding are inciting rebellion around the Mienming and Mahai. When we question a captured terrorist he
invariably names an Aspirant as his commander.
The Aspirant cites you as his authority." "I'm
not surprised." "Lord! Why have you done this? It's suicide." "I
doubt it." "Lord! You've truly attacked your Tervola?" Lang and
Tran were surprised too. They weren't
privy to all of O Shing's secrets either.
He was developing the byz.antine thought-set an emperor of Shinsan
needed to survive. "I
deny attacking my Tervola, Lord Wu.
You'll find no loyal names among those of the dead. The evidence against each was
overwhelming. It's been accumulating
for years. Years, Lord Wu. And I reserved judgment on a lot of
names. I indicted no one because he had
been an enemy in the past. Lord Chin
lives. His sins are forgiven. The Hounds will pulldown only those who
stand against me now." "Yes,
Lord." Wu had grown pale. "It'll
continue. Lord Wu. Until it's finished. Those who remain faithful have nothing to
fear. "My
days of patience, of gentleness, of caution, have ended. I will be emperor. Unquestioned, unchallenged, unbeholden, the way my grandfather
was. If the Council objects, let it
prove one dead man wasn't my enemy.
Till then the baying of the Hounds of Shadow will keep winding on the
back trails of treachery. Let those
with cause fear the sound of swift hooves." Wu
carefully bowed himself out. "There
goes a frightened man," Tran remarked.
His smile was malicious. "He
has cause," Lang observed.
"He's afraid his name will come up." "It
won't," said Tam. "If he's
dirty, he's hidden it perfectly." "Chin's
your ringleader," Tran declared. "Prove
it." "He's
right," Lang agreed. "Is
he? Can I face the Council with
that? Bring me evidence, Tran. Prove it's not just bitterness talking. Wait!
Hear me out. I agree with
you. I'm not asleep. But he looks as clean as Wu. He doesn't leave tracks. Intuition isn't proof." Tran
bowed slightly, angrily. "Then
I'll get proof." He stalked out. Tam did
agree. Chin was a viper. But he was the second most powerful man in
Shinsan. and logical successor to the
empire. His purge would have to be
sustained by iron-bound evidence presented at a perfectly timed moment. Chin
would resist. Potential allies had to
be politically disarmed beforehand. The
Council, increasingly impatient with O Shing's delay in moving west, were
growing cool. Some members would
support any move to topple him. It was a
changed Shinsan. A polarized,
politicized Shinsan. Even Wu admitted
his suspicion that the empire had been better off under the Dual
Principate. It had, at least, been
stable, if static. While
Tran obsessively rooted for evidence damning Chin, Tam healed old wounds and
opened new ones. He studied, and
quietly aimed his Hounds at their midnight targets. And futilely persisted in trying to draw the venom of the
Tervola's western obsession. Then,
without Tran there to advise them otherwise, he and Lang
began riding with the Hounds. Select
Hsien Luen-Chuoung was a Wu favorite, a Com-mander-of-a-Thousand in the
Seventeenth. Such a post usually rated
a full Tervola. The evidence was
irrefutable. O Shing had, for the sake
of peace with Wu, avoided acting earlier. The
unsigned, intercepted note sealed Chuoung's doom. "Go
ahead. Deliver it," Tarn told a
post rider who was one of his agents.
"We'll see who his accomplices are. Lang, start tracing it back." The note had come to his man
from another post rider, who in turn had received it at a way station in the
west. The
message? "Prepare Nine for Dragon
Kill." O Shing
was The Dragon. It was his symbol,
inherited from his father. The sign in
the message was his, not the common glyph for dragon, nor even the thaumaturgic
symbol. So, Tarn
thought. Tran was right, after all, in
mistrusting learning. His advice about
suborning the post riders had paid off. "Lang,
I want to go on this one myself. Let me
know when the wolves are in the trap." Chuoung,
unsuspicious, gathered his co-conspirators immediately. "It
looks bad for Lord Wu," Lang averred as he helped Tarn with his
armor. The conspirators were all
officers of the Seventeenth or important civilians from Wu's staff. "Maybe. But nobody contacted him. He hasn't shown a sign of moving. And the message came from the west. I think somebody subverted his legion." "Chin
somebody?" "Maybe. Remembering their confrontations back when,
he might want Wu more vulnerable if there were a next time. Come.
They'll be waiting." Twelve
Hounds loafed in the forest near the postern.
Tam examined them unhappily.
These scruffy ruffians were the near-Tervola he had recruited? He had insisted on having the best for this
mission. These looked like they were
the bandits the Council accused them of being. Chuoung occupied
a manor house a few miles southwest of Liaontung. As Commander-of-a-Thousand he rated a bodyguard of ten. And there would be sorcery. Most of Chuoung's traitor-coven were trained
in the Power. O Shing
sent a black sleeping-fog to those guards in barracks. Thus, six
would never know what had happened. To
distract the conspirators themselves he raised a foul-tempered
arch-salamander. ... They were
guilty. He listened at a window long
enough to be sure before he attacked. Pure,
raging hatred hit him then. Nine men
squawked in surprise and fear when he lunged into the room, his bad foot nearly
betraying him. Their
wardspells had been neutralized unnoticed by a greater Power. The
salamander blasted through the door. They
weren't prepared. The thing raged,
fired the very stone in its fury.
Screams ripped through melting Tervola-imitative masks. Scorched flesh odors conquered the night. O Shing retched. Chuoung
tried to strike back. Lang,
from over Tarn's shoulder, drove a javelin through a jeweled eye-slit. "Keep
some alive," O Shing gulped as the Hounds swept in. Too
late. The surprise had been too
complete, the attack too efficient. In
seconds all nine were beyond answering any questions ever. The salamander didn't even leave shades
which could be recalled. O Shing
banished the monster before it could completely destroy the room, then searched
Chuoung's effects. He found
nothing. He
interrupted his digging an hour later, suddenly realizing that the screaming
hadn't stopped. Why not? The conspirators were dead. He went
looking for his Hounds. They were
behaving like western barbarians, murdering, raping, plundering. And Lang was in the thick of it. Tam spat,
disgusted, and limped back to Liaontung alone. Lang
became addicted. He was a born
vandal. He began riding every raid,
ranging ever farther from Liaontung, using his fraternal ties to acquire ever
greater command of the Hounds. O Shing
didn't pay any heed. He was happy to
have Lang out of his way. Lang did
love it, making the Hounds his career.... The men
attacked didn't accept their fates passively.
O Shing lost followers. Yet
every raid encouraged recruiting. A plague
swept Shinsan. Rejection of the
established order became endemic. And
O Shing didn't see the peril, that rebels are always against, never for, and
rebellion becomes an end in itself, a serpent devouring its own tail. It got
out of hand. His tool, his weapon,
began cutting at its own discretion. Lords
Chin and Wu came to O Shing. Backing
them were Ko Feng, Teng, Ho Lin and several other high lords of the Council of
Tervola. They were angry, and didn't
bother hiding it. Their
appearance was message enough, though Wu insisted on articulating their
grievance. "Last
night men wearing the Hound Badge invaded Lord Chin's domains. You challenged the Council to prove you in
error. Today the Council insists that
you produce proof of Lord Chin's perfidy." O Shing
didn't respond till he had obtained absolute control of his emotions. He had authorized no action against Chin. He didn't
dare be intimidated. "Those were
no men of mine. Were they once, I
repudiate them now. I said before, I
bear Lord Chin no malice. Till he gives
me cause otherwise, his enemies will be mine.
I'll find these bandits and punish them." He doubted that that
would mollify the Council, though. "They
have been punished. Lord," Chin
replied. "They're dead. All but one." He gestured. Soldiers
dragged a chained Lang into the presence.
The bravado of the night rider had fled him. He was scared sick, and more terrified of Tam than of his
captors. O Shing
stared, tormented. "I'll issue
orders. Henceforth any who raid,
anywhere, any time, will be outlawed.
They'll be my enemies as well as the enemies of my enemies." Tran
misbehaving he would have believed more readily than Lang. "The Terror ends. Henceforth, the Hounds will course outlaws
only. Lord Chin, restitution will be made." "And
this one?" "His
actions convict him. I gave my
word. The Hounds would strike only
where the proof was absolute." He didn't flinch from the Tervola's gaze. He wanted Chin to know he dared make no
mistake. Lang,
Chin, and Wu all seemed astonished because he didn't ask for the gift of a
life. It hurt,
but he meant it. To bend these people
to his will he was going to have to stop being indecisive and vacillatory. The future demanded a demonstration. Lang had convicted himself. Tam could
ache with temptation, but O Shing dared reveal no weakness. The vulture wings of chaos shadowed his
empire. He had to take control. "Lang. Do you have something to say?" His
brother shook his head. Tam was
glad Tran was absent. The hunter's
accusatory stare might have withered his resolve. He needed time to develop the habits of autocracy. "Your judgment, Lord Chin. You're the injured party." Ruby
eye-crystals tracked brother and brother.
Then one gloved hand removed the cat-gargoyle mask. "It ends here, my Lord. I yield him to you. There's been enough unhappiness between
us." "A
good thought, Lord Chin." You guileful snake. "Thank you. Is there
anything else?" "When
do we avenge the Imperial Standard?" Feng snarled. Wu took
Feng's elbow. Chin said, "Nothing,
Lord. Good day." The door
closed behind Chin. Lang whined,
"Were you really going to ...?" "Yes."
Tam limped to his communications devices.
"I won't tolerate disobedience from anyone. Not even you. I didn't ask to be emperor.
I didn't want to be. But here I
am. And emperor I'll be. Despite all of you. Understand?" The
following week he ordered the deaths of seventy Hounds. His revolution had to end. This was
the inevitable blood purge of the professional rebels, men for whom the
raiding, the fighting, was cause enough.
Now the insurrectionists had to give way to the administrators. All Shinsan. he vowed, would become as steady and responsive as it had been
during Tuan Hoa's reign. If he could
just remain decisive.... Lang's
indiscretion precipitated the Change, the Day, the Final, Absolute Decision. Henceforth
Tam would be O Shing. Completely, in
the manner pioneered by Shinsan's founding tyrant. He would yield, minimally, only to absolute political necessity. Shinsan's
First Nine met in extraordinary session.
Every member made sure he could attend.
The Nines themselves were imperiled. The last
was still in the doorway when the cat-gargoyle said, "O
Shing suspects. His Hounds weren't
indulging in random violence. There was
a pattern. He was trying to get a fix
on who we are and what we're doing.
He's suddenly a liability instead of an asset. Tally against him, too, his unremitting resistance to western
operations. And his popular
support. Question: Has he outlived his
usefulness?" The man
in a fanged turtle mask (Lord Wu's current Nine disguise) countered, "I
disagree. He's young. Still malleable. He's been subjected to too much pressure in too little time. Remember, he's risen to emperor from slavery
in a few short years, without benefit of Tervola time-perspective. We're being too hasty. Ease the pressure. He'll mellow. Don't
discard this tool before it's finish-forged.
We're close to him. Eliminate
his companions so he becomes dependent on our guidance." Wu argued
from the heart, from the identical weak streak that had earned him the
sobriquet "The Compassionate." He felt more for O Shing than the
youth had ever suspected. Wu had no
sons of his own. He also
argued from ignorance. He didn't know
that Lord Chin had to conform to the timetable of a higher Nine. Chin knew
Wu's blind spots. "I
shouldn't have to admonish our brother about security discipline. Yet what he says deserves
consideration. I propose a week's
recess for reflection before we redefine our policies and goals. Remain available. In the name of the Nine." One by
one they departed, till only Chin and a companion remained. "Do we need another promotion?" the
companion asked. "Not
this time, Feng. He spoke from his
heart, but he won't desert the Nine. I
know him that well." Chin
couldn't say that Wu, probably, couldn't be killed anyway. Mist had failed. And Chin himself, fearing future confrontations, had made several
more serious attempts, in Mist's behalf, than his Ehelebe role had
demanded. Wu could be slippery, and a
terrible, determined enemy. "As
you will." The bent
man appeared after Feng left.
"Delay action," he ordered.
"But lay the groundwork. O
Shing will have to go sometime. He'll
resist when the Pracchia's hour arises." Chin
nodded. He needed no orders to do what
he planned anyway. Hadn't he sniffed
the breeze with Select Chuoung already?
The cretin had muffed everything....
"And his replacement? He has
no heir, and the Pracchia dares not operate openly." "Shall
we say someone with direct responsibility to the Pracchia? Someone seated with the High Nine?" Chin
bowed. He hoped he put enough
subservience into what, really, was a restrained gesture of victory. Soon, Shinsan. Later, perhaps, Ehelebe. "Step
up your western operations. The hour of
Ehelebe approaches." This time
Chin bowed with more feeling. He
enjoyed the intrigues he was running out there. They presented real challenges, and provided genuine
results. "I'm handling it
personally. It proceeds with absolute
precision." The bent
man smiled thinly. "Take
care. Lord Chin. You're the Pracchia's most valuable
member." The man
in the cat-gargoyle didn't respond. But
his mind darted, examining possibilities, rolling the old man's words around to
see how much meaning dared be attached.
They were playing a subtle, perilous game. The
armies had begun gathering. The storm
was about to break upon an unsuspecting west.
O Shing had exhausted the tactics of delay. His excuses had perished like roses in the implacable advance of
a tornado. The legions had healed. Shinsan was at peace with itself. The Tervola were strong and numerous. Liaontung
bulged with Tervola and their staffs. O
Shing had chosen Lord Wu to command the expedition. Wu was putting it together quickly and skillfully, abetted by
hungry, eager, cooperative Tervola.
Their obsession was about to be fulfilled. O Shing could
no longer back down. Sometimes
he wondered about the consequences of another Baxendala. More often, he worried about those of
victory. Fora decade, anticipation of
this war had colored the Tervolas' every action and thought. It had become part of them. After the west collapsed, what? Would Shinsan turn upon itself, east against
west, in a grander, more terrible version of the drama briefly envisioned in
the struggle with Mist? And
sometimes he wondered about that eldritch lady. She had given up too easily.
For the well-being of Shinsan?
Or because she wanted him to play out some brief, violent destiny of his
own before renewing her claims? Neither
Tran nor Lang had unearthed any nostalgic sentiment surrounding Mist, but in
this land, with its secrecies, sorceries, and conspiracies, anything was
possible. She would
have to be eliminated. Merely by living
she posed a threat. Tran
returned from the Roe basin, where he had been watching the progress of a
curious war. He brought some unusual
news. "It's
taken me years," he enthused, bursting into Tarn's apartment still filthy
from the road. "But I've got
Chin. Not enough to prove him your
enemy, but enough to nail him for insubordination. Acting without orders.
Making policy without consulting the Throne." Lang
arrived. "Calm down. Start from the top. I want to hear this." He gave Tam a
wicked look. O Shing
nodded. "The
war in the Roe basin. Chin is
orchestrating it. He's been busy the
past couple years. Look. Here.
He's been skipping all over the west.
Chaos followed him like a loyal old hound dog." He offered several
pages of hastily scribbled report. "Lang? Read it.
Tran, watch the door. Chin's out
of town, but he and Wu are getting like that." He crossed his fingers. Lang
droned through Tran's outline of an odd itinerary. There were numerous gaps, when Chin's whereabouts simply hadn't
been determinable, but, equally, enough non-gaps to damn the Tervola for
violating his emperor's explicit orders. They fell
to arguing whether action should wait till after the western campaign. O Shing felt Chin would be valuable in that. Tam
dogged the relationship between Wu and Chin, wondering if, for so slight a
cause, Lord Wu ought to be put to the question.... They forgot
the door. Lang's
eyes suddenly bulged. O Shing
looked up. The moment at the Hag's hut
flashed through his mind. "Wu!"
they gasped. TWENTY-ONE:
The King Is Dead. Long Live the King The lean,
dark man came like a whirlwind from the north.
Horses died beneath him. Men
died if they tried to slow him. He was
more merciless with himself than with anyone else. He was half dead when he reached his headquarters in the
Kapenrungs. Beloul
let him sleep twelve hours before telling him about his wife. He hardly
seemed to think before replying, "Bring Megelin." The boy
was his father reflected in a mirror that took away decades. At nineteen he already had a reputation as a
hard and brilliant warrior. "Leave
us, Beloul," Haroun said. Father
and son faced one another, the son waiting for the father to speak. "I
have made a long journey," Haroun said.
His voice was surprisingly soft.
"I couldn't find him." "Balfour?" "Him
I found. He told me what he knew." Which
wasn't strictly true. Balfour had
answered only the questions asked, and even in his agony had shaded his
answers. The Colonel had been a strong
man. All
during his ride Haroun had pondered what he had learned. And he had planned. "I
didn't find my friend." "There
is this that I cannot understand about you, my father. These two men. Mocker and Ragnarson. You
let them shape your life. With victory
at your fingertips you abandoned everything to aid Ragnarson in his war with
Shinsan." "There
is this that you have to learn, my son.
Into each life come people who become more important than any
crown. Believe it. Look for it. And accept it. It cannot
be explained." They
stared at one another till Haroun continued, "Moreover, they have aided
me more than I them, often when it flew in the face of their own interest. For this I owe them. Question.
Have you ever heard Beloul—or any of my captains -complain?" "No." "Why? I'll tell you why. Because there would be no Peacock Throne for anyone, even El
Murid—may the jackals gnaw his bones—if Shinsan occupied the west." "This
I understand. But I also understand
that that was not your motive for turning north when you were upon the dogs at
Al Rhemish." "One
day you will understand. I hope. Tell me about your mother." Pain marred
his words. His long love with the
daughter of his enemy made a tempestuous epic.
Her defection seemed anticlimactic. "That,
too, I try to understand. It is
difficult, my father. But I begin to
see. Our people bring scraps of news. They draw outlines for a portrait." Eyes
downcast, Megelin continued, "Were she not my mother, I would not have had
the patience to await the information." "Tell
me." "She
means to forge an armistice with the Beast.
She went to your friend, Ragnarson.
He sent her." "Ah. She knows my anger. My other friend vanished. She knew I would swoop on the carrion at Al
Rhemish. She knew I would destroy
them. They have no strength now. They are old men with water for bones. I can sweep them away like the wind sweeps
the dust from the Sahel." "That
too." "She
is his daughter." "The
head understands, my father. The heart
protests." "Listen
to your head, then, and do not hate her.
I say again, she is his daughter.
Think of your father when you think to judge her." "So
my head tells me." Haroun
nodded. "You are wise for your
years. It is good. Summon Beloul." When the
general returned, Haroun announced, "I am leaving my work to my son. Two duties war for me. I pass to him the one that may be passed. The one that came upon me in Al Rhemish,
so long ago, when Nassef and the Invincibles slew all others who had claim to
the Peacock Throne." "Lord!"
Beloul cried. "Do I hear you
right? Are you saying you
abdicate?" "You
hear me, Beloul." "But
why, Lord? A generation, more, have we
fought.... We have it in our grasp at
last. They are waiting for us, shaking
in their boots. They weep in the arms
of their women, wondering when we will come.
Ten thousand tribesmen have buried swords beneath their tents. They await our coming to dig them up and
strike. Ten thousand wait in the camps,
eager, knowing the tree of years is to bear fruit at last. Twenty thousand more stir restlessly in the
heathen cities, awaiting your summons.
Home! A home many have never
seen, Lord!" "Beseech
me not, Beloul. Speak to your
King. It is in his hands. I have chosen another destiny." "Should
you not consult with the others?
Rahman? El Senoussi? Hanasi?..." "Will
they oppose me? Will they stop
me?" "Not
if it is your will." "Have
I not said so? I am compelled in
another direction. I must discharge old
debts." "Whither,
my father? Why?" "The
Dread Empire. O Shing has my
friend." "Lord!"
Beloul protested. "Sheer
suicide." "Perhaps. That is why I pass my crown before I
go." He knelt before a low table.
His hands went to his temples.
Immense strain clouded his face.
His neck bulged. Beloul
and Megelin thought it a stroke. Haroun's
hands rose suddenly. Something hit the
table with a thud. Lo! A crown materialized. "The
crown of the Golmune Emperors of Ilkazar," Haroun said. "The Crown of Empire. And of what survives. Our Desert of Death. It is incalculably heavy, my son. It possesses you. It drives you. You do
things you would loath in any other man.
It's the bloodiest crown ever wrought.
It's a greater burden than prize.
If you take it up your life will never be your own—till you find the
strength to renounce it." Megelin
and Beloul stared. The crown seemed
simple, almost fragile, yet it had scored the table. "Take
it up, my son. Become King." Slowly,
Megelin knelt. "This
is best for Hammad al Nakir," Haroun told Beloul. "It will ease the consciences of men of
principle. He is not just my son, he is
the grandson of the Disciple. Yasmid's
story should be well-known by now." "It
is," Beloul admitted. The return
of El Murid's daughter was the wonder of the desert. Megelin
strained harder than had Haroun.
"My father, I cannot lift it." "You
can, have you but the will. I couldn't
lift it my first try either." His
thoughts drifted to that faraway morning when he had crowned himself King
Without a Throne. He, at
fifteen, with the man for whom Megelin had been named, and a handful of
survivors, had been fleeing El Murid's attack on Al Rhemish. His
father and brothers were dead. Nassef,
El Murid's diabolical general, called Scourge of God so terrible was he, was
close behind. Haroun was the last
pretender to the Peacock Throne. Ahead, in
the desert, the ruin of an Imperial watchtower appeared. Something drew him. Within he found a small, bent old man who
claimed to be a survivor of the destruction of llkazar, who claimed to have
been charged with protecting the symbols of Imperial power till a proper
candidate arose among the descendants of the Emperors. He begged Haroun to free him from his
centuries-long charge. Haroun
finally took the crown—after having as much difficulty as would Megelin later. Though he
was to encroach upon Haroun's life many times, bin Yousif never again
encountered that old man. Even now he
had no idea whom he had met then, and who had defined his destiny. Nor did
he suspect that the tamperer was the same "angel" who had found a
twelve-year-old desert wanderer, sole survivor of a bandit raid on a caravan,
had named him El Muridandhad given him his mission. That old
man meddled everywhere, more often than anyone suspected. He often added a twist on the spur of the
moment. He remembered, kept his
plot-lines straight, and got found out only in retrospects of a century or
more. Things
didn't always go his way, though, because he worked with a cast of
millions. The imponderables and
unpredictables were always at work. Haroun
wouldn't give up his crown just to rescue a friend. Would he? Beloul's
feeling exactly. He became quite
difficult while Megelin wrestled the crown. "Enough!"
Haroun declared. "If you won't
accept it, and follow Megelin with the faith you've shown me, I'll find an
officer who will." Haroun wasn't accustomed to having a decision debated. "I'm
just concerned for the movement...." "Megelin
will lead. He is my son. Megelin.
If you feel the need, go to my friend in Vorgreberg. Explain.
But tell no one else. Westerners
have tongues like the tails of whipped dogs.
They wag all the time, whether there is need or not." With that
a barrier broke. Though Megelin's
strain remained herculean, he raised the crown, stood, hoisted it overhead,
crowned himself. He
staggered, recovered. In a minute he
seemed the Megelin of old. The Crown
was no longer visible. "The
weight vanishes, my father." "It's
only a seeming, my son. You will feel
it again when the crown demands some action the man loathes. Enough now.
This is no longer my tent. I
must rest. Tomorrow I travel." "You
cannot penetrate Shinsan," Beloul protested. "They will destroy you ere you depart the Pillars of
Ivory." "I
will pass the mountains." When Haroun said it it sounded like accomplished
fact. "I will find the man. I have mastered the Power." He had
indeed. He was the strongest adept his
people had produced in generations. Yet
that had little real meaning. The
practice of magic, except in the wastes of Jebal al Alf Dhulquarneni, had been
abandoned by the children of Hammad al Nakir.
He had become the best for lack of competition. Varthlokkur,
O Shing, Chin, Visigodred, Zindahjira, Mist—they could have withered him at a
glance. Excepting O Shing, they were
ancient in their witchcraft. He would
need a century to overtake the least and laziest. Haroun
still suffered from his ride, yet when he chose a place to rest, he sat and
sharpened his sword instead of sleeping again. Sometimes
he considered Mocker, and sometimes wandered among his memories. Mostly, he longed for his wife. The peaceful years hadn't been bad. He hadn't
been much of a husband. If he came
through this maybe he could make it up to her. He left
before next dawn, slipping away so quietly that only one sentry noticed. The man bid him a quiet farewell. There were tears in both their eyes. That was
why he had chosen to depart stealthily.
Some of his men had been fighting for twenty years. He didn't want to feel their grief, to see
the accusation in their eyes. He knew
he was betraying them. Most were here
for him. They were his weapons. And he was yielding them to an unfamiliar
hand.... He wept,
this dark, grim man. The years had not
dessicated that faculty. He rode
toward the rising sun, and, he believed, out of the pages of history, a free
man at last, and less happy than ever. TWENTY-TWO: Eye of the Storm Protected
by the Unborn, Ravelin became bucolic.
The common folk accepted that happily. At the
Palace they smelled the electricity of the calm before the tempest, yet
couldn't keep an edge on. The quiet
became possessive. Even
problems like Altea's refusal to permit Oryon passage didn't alter the
atmosphere of well-being. Ragnarson
quietly arranged transit through Anstokin and Ruderin, and asked caravaneers
headed west to follow Oryon. Altea's
mercantile houses depended on the eastern trade as much as Ravelin's. The new Altean leadership quickly became
less obdurate. The
swift-flying rumor that Haroun had abandoned his armies to his son disturbed no
one either. Ragnarson didn't believe
it. He felt it a ploy to lull Al
Rhemish. The Thing
did little to find a new King. Their
one candidate, Fiana's baby brother, fourteen-year-old Lian Melicar Sardygo,
didn't want the job. He and his father
were downright rude in their refusal of the committee's invitation to visit
Ravelin. They said they would come only
to visit Fiana's tomb. Ragnarson,
often with Ragnar and Gundar, made a daily pilgrimage to the cemetery. He had the boys pick wild flowers along the
lane. Then, till after dark, he would
sit by Elana's grave. Too often, he
counted headstones. Elana. Inger.
Soren. Rolf. And two earlier children who had died soon
after birth, before they could be named.
He had had them moved here. Sometimes
he took a few flowers to the Royal Mausoleum, to Fiana's plain, glass-topped
casket. Varthlokkur's artifices had
restored her beauty. She looked as
though she might waken.... The old,
secret smile lay on her lips. She
looked peaceful and happy. There
were times, too, when he would visit Turran's grave, his face clouded. Once they had been enemies, and had become
allies. He had considered the man
almost a brother. Yet
strange things happen. He felt
no resentment, except against himself. The days
passed into weeks and months. He spent
evermore time on his morbid jaunts.
Prataxis, Gjerdrum, Haaken, Ahring assumed more of his duties. Ragnar began to worry. He had idolized his mother, and, though a
little frightened by him, loved his father.
He knew it was unhealthy to spend so much time mourning. He went
to Haaken. But Haaken had no
suggestions. Blackfang remained
steadfast in his belief that the family should return to Trolledyngja. The political compulsion for exile no longer
obtained. The Pretender had
abdicated—by virtue of a dagger between his ribs. The Old House had been restored.
Heroes of the resistance were collecting rewards. Lands were being returned. Bragi
never considered returning, neither when the news first came down, nor now. Someday
he would go. He had family obligations
there. But not now. There were greater obligations here. Except
that he was getting nothing accomplished. Then
Michael Trebilcock returned. Trebilcock
finally sought Haaken at the War Office.
He had waited hours with Prataxis, and Ragnarson hadn't shown. Haaken
listened. An evil, angry smile invaded
his face. It exposed the discolored
teeth that had given him his name. "Boy,
this's what we've been waiting for." He strapped on his sword. "Dahl!" he called to his adjutant. "Sir?" "It's
war. Spread the word. But quietly. You understand? It'll be
a call-up." "Sir? Who?" "You
wouldn't believe me if I told you. Get
on it. Come on, man," he told
Trebilcock. "We'll find him." Dantice
had remained to one side all afternoon.
Now he said, "Mike, I'd better see my father." "Suit
yourself. He could wait another day,
couldn't he? If you want to see the
Marshall...." "Marshall,
smarshall. What's he to me? My Dad's probably half-crazy worrying." "Okay." After
they parted with Aral, Haaken observed, "I like that boy. He's got perspective." He didn't
elaborate, nor did he speak again till they reached the cemetery. Blackfang was no conversationalist. Trebilcock
replied, "The trip changed him." They
found Bragi, Ragnar, and Gundar at Elana's grave, with the usual flowers and
tears. Haaken approached quietly, but
the boys heard him. Ragnar met his gaze
and shrugged. Haaken
sat beside his foster brother. He said
nothing till Bragi noticed him. "What's
up, Haaken?" Ragnarson tossed a pebble at an old Obelisk. "More bureaucratic pettifoggery?" "No. It's important this time." "They've
got it made, you know." "Huh? Who?" "These
people. Nothing but peace under the
ground." "I
wonder." "Do
you? Damnit, when I say...." "Father!" "What's
your problem, boy?" "You're
acting like an ass." He wouldn't have dared had Haaken not been
there. Haaken always took his
part. He thought. Ragnarson
started to rise. Haaken seized his arm,
pulled him back. Bragi was
big. Six-five, and two hundred
twenty-five pounds of muscle. His years
at the Palace hadn't devoured his vitality. Haaken
was bigger. And stronger. And more stubborn. "The boy's right.
Sit down and listen." Trebilcock
seated himself facing them. He wrinkled
his nose. He was fastidious. He picked dirt and grass, real and imagined,
off his breeches the whole time he told his tale. Ragnarson
wasn't interested, despite Michael's rending the veils of mysteries that had
plagued him for months. "Why
didn't you bring them out?" Haaken asked.
Michael hadn't told it all earlier. "They
separated her from Ethrian. She wanted
to stay. And they had a man there, who
wore black, and a golden mask.... He
would've found us in minutes if he'd known we were there. Probably before we could get out of town." Ragnarson
looked thoughtful when Michael mentioned the man in the mask, then lapsed into
indifference again. "I
never saw a city that big.... It made
Hellin Daimiel look like a farm town.
Oh. I almost forgot. She said to bring you this. Well, Varthlokkur, but he isn't around. It might not wait till he finds me." He
handed Ragnarson an ebony casket. Bragi
accepted with a slight frown.
"Elana's thing." He turned it over and over before trying to
open it. . The lid
popped up.... The ruby
within was alive, was afire. It painted
their faces in devil shades. "Please
close it." They
jumped. Swords whined out. They looked upward. "Close
it!" Ragnarson
kicked the lid shut. Varthlokkur
descended from the sky, his vast cloak flapping about him. Above him floated the Unborn. Trebilcock,
Ragnarson thought, at least had the decency to be surprised. Hopefully, someday, he would be afraid too. "Where
the hell did you come from?" Haaken demanded. "Afar. Radeachar came for me when he saw the pale
man and his companion coming through the Gap.
You were hard to locate. What're
you doing here?" Haaken
made a gesture which included Ragnarson, Elana's grave, and the Royal
Mausoleum. Meantime,
Bragi lost interest again. He sat down,
reopened the casket. "Damnit,
I said close it!" Varthlokkur growled. Ragnarson
quietly drew his sword. High,
high above, a tiny rider on a winged steed spied another red flash. He circled lower, passing over unseen
because he was invisible from below. He
recognized three of the men.
"Damn!" he spat. He
soared, and raced northward. He didn't
notice the great bird which circled higher still. Varthlokkur
shuddered and glanced around, feeling something. But there was nothing to see. The
Unborn darted this way and that. It had
felt the presence too. After a moment
it settled into position above Varthlokkur's head. The
others felt it too. Bragi lowered his
blade, looked around, realized what he was doing. Attacking Varthlokkur?
With simple steel? It was
getting dark. Ragnar lighted the
torches he always brought because his father so often dallied till after
nightfall. The
flames repulsed the encroachment of night.... Something
shifted, made a small mewling sound beyond the light. Weapons
appeared again. A soft, hissing voice
said, "Enough. I come in
friendship." Ragnarson
shuddered. He knew that voice. "Zindahjira." That
sorce'rer's life-path had crossed his before.
The first time had been once too often.
Zindahjira wasn't even human—or so Bragi suspected. When this wizard went abroad by daylight, he
wrapped himself in a blackness which reversed the function of a torch. Varthlokkur
was the more powerful, the more dread magician, but, at least, came in human
form. Must be
what we sensed, Ragnarson thought. Something
else moved at the edge of the firelight.
Bragi had the satisfaction of seeing Michael Trebilcock startled. Two more
things appeared. One went by the name
The Thing With Many Eyes, the other, Gromacki, The Egg Of God. Each was as inhuman as Zindahjira, though
not of his species. They were
sorcerers of renown and had gathered from the far reaches of the west. With them were a half-dozen men in varied
costume. Not a one spoke. Each seated himself on the graveyard grass. "This's
the right place," Haaken muttered. "Who
are they?" Ragnar asked, terrified.
Gundar, luckily, had fallen asleep during Michael's story. Trebilcock
kept his sword ready. He was wondering
too. "The
Prime Circle. The chief sorcerers of
the west," Haaken whispered. Cold
steel fingers stroked Ragnarson's spine.
Fear stalked his nerves. It was
a dark day when this group covened, putting their vicious grievances in
abeyance. "One's missing," he
observed. When last
they had gathered it had been for Baxendala, to greet the eastern sorcery with
their own. An
implacable enmity for the Tervola was the one thing they had in common. "He
comes," said the mummylike being called Kierle the Ancient. His words hung on the air like smoke on a
still, muggy morning. An
inhuman scream clawed the underbelly of the night. Torchlight momentarily illuminated the undersides of vast wings. A rush of air almost extinguished Ragnar's
brands. Anxiously, he lighted more. The
flying colossus hit ground thunderously.
"Goddamned clumsy, worthless, boneheaded.... Sorry, boss." A
middle-aged dwarf soon strutted into the light. "What the hell is this?
Some kind of wake? Any of you
bozos got something to drink?" "Marco,"
said a gentle voice. The dwarf
shut up and sat. Ragnarson rose,
extended a hand. The newcomer was an
old friend, Visigodred, Count Menda-layas, from northern Itaskia. Their lives had crossed frequently, and they
almost trusted one another. "We're
all here," Varthlokkur observed.
"Marshall...." "Who was that on the winged horse?"
Visigodred asked. Everyone looked
puzzled. Including Varthlokkur, who should have understood. Ragnarson
caught it, though. He remembered seeing
a winged horse over Baxendala missed by everyone but himself. He remembered thinking the rider was a
mystery which needed solving.... But by
someone else. Even this convocation
couldn't excite him for long. Varthlokkur
went on. "Marshall, I tracked bin
Yousif into Trolledyngja, where he had overtaken Colonel Balfour. He's back in the south somewhere now." Since
Bragi didn't ask, Haaken did.
"What happened?" "I don't know. Bin Yousif was thorough.
He didn't even leave a shade I could call up. But he got something, fast as he rode south." "Michael,"
said Haaken, "tell the wizards your story." Varthlokkur was in a
state before Trebilcock finished.
"Shinsan, Shinsan," he muttered. "Always Shinsan.
They've done this to force me to obey.
How is it that they always cloud my mind? Must be something they did while I studied there.... Was she well? Was she safe? Why
Argon? Why not Shinsan? Marshall, what'd you do with the jewel? That we must unravel if we're to repulse O
Shing again. It won't be just four legions
this time." His words
gushed. The man in the golden mask—he
must be one of O Shing's craftiest Tervola—had conjured one hell of a dilemna
for Varthlokkur. Dull-eyed,
staring at Elana's grave, Ragnarson handed him the casket. Varthlokkur frowned, not understanding Bragi's lassitude. Haaken
touched his cloak diffidently. He
beckoned Visigodred, led both a short distance away, explained Bragi's
problem. Behind
them, having grown bored, Zindahjira created balls of blue fire, juggled them
amongst his several hands. He threw
them into the air. They coalesced into
a whirling sphere which threw off visible words like sparks flying from a
grindstone. He was a
show-off. A loudmouth and a
braggart. For some quirky reason, he
liked being called Zindahjira the Silent. The blue
words were in many languages, but when they queued up in sentences they
invariably proclaimed some libel on Visigodred's character. Their
feud was so old it was antique. What
irritated Zindahjira most was that Visigodred wouldn't fight back. He simply neutralized every attack and
otherwise ignored the troglodytic wizard. Visigodred
ignored him now, though his assistant, the dwarf, made a few remarks too softly
to reach his master's ears. Zindahjira
became furious.... This sort
of thing had driven Ragnarson to distraction in the past. It symbolized the weakness of the west. The wolves of doom could be snuffling at the
windows and doors and everyone would remain immersed in their own petty
bickerings. Right now Kiste and
Vorhangs were threatening war. The
northern provinces of Volstokin were trying to secede to form an independent
kingdom, Nonverid. The influence of
Itaskia was the only stabilizing force in the patchwork of little states making
up the remainder of the west. It was
hard to care about people who didn't care about themselves. Visigodred
and Varthlokkur came to an agreement.
The former returned with Haaken.
The other went to the Mausoleum of the Kings. The Prime
Circle watched in silence. The
necromancy didn't take long. Neither
woman had been dead long. Even now,
with ghosts walking, Michael Trebilcock showed no fear. But Ragnar whimpered. That
alerted Bragi. He drew his sword. What devilment...? He
recognized the wraiths, saw the sadness in their faces, their awareness of
one another. "Have you no
decency?" he thundered, whirling his blade. Invisible
hands seized him. His weapon slipped
from numbed fingers, falling so that it stuck in the soft graveyard earth. The hands compelled him to face the ghosts. A voice
said, "Settle it. Finish it. Make your peace. Slay your grief. A
kingdom can't await one man's self-pity." It was no voice he knew. Perhaps it was no voice at all, but the
focused thought of that dread circle. Both
women reached out to him. Hurt crossed
their faces when they couldn't touch him. He was
compelled to look at them. There was
no hatred, no accusation in his Queen.
She didn't blame him for her death.
And in Elana there was no damnation for his having failed her, in life
or in death. She had known about Fiana. She had forgiven long before her death. In each there was a stubborn insistence that
he was doing himself no good with his morbid brooding. He had children to raise and a kingdom to
defend. All Elana asked was that he try
to understand and forgive her, as she had done for him. He had
forgiven her already. Understanding was
more difficult. First he had to understand
himself. He
believed he had always done poorly by women.
They always paid cruel prices for having been his lovers.... He tried
to tell Elana why he had buried Rolf Preshka near her.... She began
fading back into her new realm. As did
Fiana. He shouted after one, then the
other, calling them back. Fiana left
him with the thought that the future lay not in a graveyard. He had maneuvered himself into a Regency. Now he must handle it. Kavelin. Kavelin.
Ravelin. Always she thought of
Ravelin first. Well,
almost. She had allowed Kavelin to come
second occasionally, and had paid a price, her belly ripped by the exit of a
thing conceived in the heart of darkness.
That darkness was responsible for Elana, too. And two dozen others. His
friend Mocker.... Something
could be done. Tendrils
of the anger, the outrage, the hatred which had driven him during his ride from
Rarak Strabger insinuated themselves through his depression. He glanced round, for the first time fully
grasped the significance of this gathering. 203 Ravelin's
peace was a false peace behind which darkness marshaled. This mob would not be here were the
confrontations not to begin soon. Nepanthe. Argon.
It was all he had to work on. He
would pick it up from there.... "Michael. Walk with me. Tell me about Argon." He recovered his sword and strode from
the circle, eyes downcast but mind functioning once more. Early
next morning, as the sun broke over the Kapenrungs, he figuratively and
literally followed an innkeeper's advice.
He went onto the ramparts of Castle Krief and stomped and yelled. This was no quiet alert to the army and
reserves, this was a bloody call to a crusade, an emotional appeal calculated
to stir a hunger for war. That
innkeeper had been right about the mood of the country folk, the Wesson
peasants and Marena Dimura forest-runners. TWENTY-THREE:
The Hidden Kingdom The
winged horse settled gently into the courtyard of Castle Fangdred. The fortress was even more desolate and
drear now that Varthlokkur had departed.
The small, bent man stalked its cold, dusty halls. When he came to them, he had no trouble
passing the spells that had kept Varthlokkur from the chamber atop the Wind
Tower. He paused
but a moment there, apparently doing nothing but thinking. Then he nodded and went away. The
winged horse flew eastward, to the land men named Mother of Evil when they
didn't call it Dread Empire. From there
he flew on to a land so far east that even the Tervola remained ignorant of its
existence. The bent man believed it
time to employ tools named Badalamen and Magden Norath. It was
morning, but light scarcely penetrated the overcast. Great shoals of cloud beat against the escarpments, piled up, and
were driven upward by the Dragon's Teeth.
From their dark underbellies they shed heavy, wet snow. The air
stirred in the chamber atop the Wind Tower.
Dust moved as if disturbed by elfin footfalls. A single
muscle twitched in the cheek of the old man on the stone throne. Varthlokkur had said his former friend
neither lived nor was dead. He was
waiting. And his next passage through
the world would be his last. He had
been burned out in a life extended beyond that of any other living creature
(excepting the Star Rider), and by the things he had had to do. He had
even died once and, a little late, been resurrected. It remained to be seen how much the Dark Lady had claimed of him. An
eyelid, a finger, a calf muscle, twitched.
His naked flesh became covered with goose bumps. His chest
heaved. Air rushed in, wheezed
out. Dust flew. Minutes passed. The old man drew another breath. One eye
opened, roved the room. Now a
hand moved, creeping like an arthritic spider.
It tumbled a glass vial from the throne's arm. The tinkle of breakage was a crash in a chamber that had known
silence for years. Ruby
clouds billowed, obscuring half the room.
The old man breathed deeply.
Life coursed through his immobile limbs. It was a more powerful draft than ever he had wakened to before,
but never before had he been so near death. He heaved
himself upright, tottered to a cabinet where his witch tools were stored. He seized a container, drained it of a
bitter liquid. He
operated almost by instinct. No real
thoughts roiled his ancient mind.
Perhaps none ever would. Lady
Death had held him close. The
liquid refreshed him. In minutes he had
almost normal strength. He
abandoned the room, descended a spiral stair to the castle proper. There he drew waiting, ready food from a
spell-sealed oven and ate ravenously.
He then carried a platter up to the tower chamber. Still no
real thoughts disturbed his mind. He went
to a wall mirror. With sepulchral words
and mystic gestures he brought it to life. A picture
formed. It showed falling snow. He placed a chair and small table before
it. He sat, nibbled from his tray, and
watched. Occasionally, he mumbled. The eye of the mirror roamed the world. He saw some things here, some there. Like a navigator taking starshots he
eventually got enough references to fix his position in time. Bewilderment creased his brow. It had been a short sleep. Little more than a decade. What had happened to necessitate his return? Thoughts
were forming now, though most were vagaries, trains of reasoning never
completed. The Dark Lady had indeed
held him too tightly. Much of
what he had lost could be called will and volition. Knowledge and habit remained.
He would be a useful tool in skilled hands. The hours
ground away. He began uncovering events
of interest. Something mysterious was
happening at the headquarters of the Mercenaries' Guild, where soldiers ran
hither and yon, parodying an overturned anthill. Smoke billowed and drifted out to sea. Curious debates were underway at the Royal Palace in Itaskia, and
in the Lesser Kingdoms princes were gathering troops. The tiny state called Kavelin was a-hum. Something
was afoot. A
footfall startled him. He turned. A tall, massive man in heavy armor, in his
middle twenties apparently, dark of hairand eye, met his gaze. "I am Badalamen. You are to come with me." The
absolute confidence of the man was such that the old man—-his only name, that
he could remember, was The Old Man of the Mountain—rose. He took three steps before balking. Then, slowly, he turned to his sorcery
cabinet. The
warrior looked puzzled, as if no human had ever failed to respond to his
commands. He had
been born to command, bred to command, trained from birth to command. His creator-father, Magden Norath, Master of
the Laboratories of Ehelebe and second in the Pracchia, had designed him to be
unresistible when he issued orders. His
amazement lasted but a moment. He
revealed the token Norath had given him.
"I speak for he who gave me this." That
medallion changed the Old Man. Radically. He became docile, obedient, began packing an
old canvas bag. There was
an island in the east. It was a
half-mile long and two hundred yards at its widest, and lay a mile off the
easternmost coast. It was rugged and
barren. An ancient fortress, erected in
stages over centuries, rambled down its stegosaurian spine. The coast to the west was lifeless. It had
been built during the Nawami Crusades, which had broken upon these shores
before Shinsan had been a dream. This land
and its ancient wars were unknown in the west.
Even the people of the so-called far east were ignorant of its
existence. A band of lifeless desert a
hundred miles wide scarred that whole coast. No one
remembered. There were few written
histories. But the Crusades had been
bitter, enduring wars. The great
ones always were. The man who
orchestrated them made certain.... The born
soldier led the Old Man from the transfer portal to a room where a man
in a grey smock leaned over a vast drawing table, sketching by
candlelight. Badalamen departed. The man on the stool faced the Old Man. This was
the widest man he had ever seen. And
tall. His head was bald, but he had
long mustachios and a pointed chin beard.
His facial hair and eyes were dark.
There was a hint of the oriental to his features, yet his skin was so
colorless veins showed through. Dark
lines lurked at the corners of his eyes and mouth, and lay across his forehead
like a corduroy road. His head was
blockish. He was a gorilla of a
man. He could intimidate anyone by
sheer bulk. The Old
Man wasn't dismayed. He. had seen many men, including some who had
exuded more presence than this one. "Hello."
Any other visitor might have snickered.
The man's high, squeaky voice was too at odds with his physique. There was
a scar across his throat from an attempt on his life. "I'm
Magden Norath." He flashed the medallion Badalamen had shown before. "Come." He led the Old Man to the
battlements. The Old
Man began remembering. The near past
was gone, but, like a senile woman reliving her childhood, he had no trouble
recalling remote details. He had been a
player in the drama of the Crusades. "It's
changed," he said. "It's
old." Norath
was startled. "You've been here
before?" "With
Nahamen the Odite. The High Priestess
of Reth." Norath
was puzzled. He had been led to believe
that no one knew who had built the fortress. He knew
nothing about it himself, nor did he care.
He saw it only as a refuge where he could continue the researches that
had caused him to be driven from his homeland, Escalon, a decade before it fell
to Shinsan. "There
is no need, then, to explain where we are." "K'Mar
Khevi-tan. It means The Stronghold on
Khevi Island.'" Norath
eyed him speculatively. "Yes. So.
It's that for the Pracchia." A smile bruised his lips. "If Ehelebe has a homeland, this is
it. Come. The others have arrived by now." "Others?" "The
Pracchia. The High Nine." Enfeebled
though his mind was, the Old Man didn't like what he saw. They had
gathered, sure enough, and most wore disguises. Even the bent man, whom he recognized instantly. Only
Badalamen and Norath didn't hide. They
had no need. Norath
was the creative genius of the society.
Beside Badalamen, he had filled the fortress with the products of other
experiments. Most had to be caged. There was
a Tervola in a golden mask. A woman of
middle-eastern origins. A masked man
clothed as a don of the Rebsamen. A
masked general from High Crag, Two more, whose origins the Old Man couldn't
place. And one empty seat. "Our
brother couldn't join us," said the small man. "He couldn't leave his bed.
It behooves us to consider replacements. He has cancer of the blood.
No one survives that--though he whom I have summoned, had he his whole
mind, might have arrested it. Sit, my
friend." The Old
Man took the empty chair. The
Tervola spoke. "Question. How do we deal with this monster created by
Varthlokkur? It betrays our agents everywhere." Others
agreed. The Mercenary added, "It's
demoralized th working Nines. We're on
the run. Our people are cowering in the
Hidden Places to escape the Unborn. In
Kavelin it merely collected them. Now
that it haunts the entire west, it's killing.
Cruelly. It's kept us from
moving for weeks. I've lost touch with
what's going on in Ravelin. Maybe our
brother from Shinsan, with his sight, has seen," Golden
Mask shook his head. "Not only the
Unborn is there. Varthlokkur is. Mist is.
They've veiled the country. Only
the living eye itself can see there." And a
certain mirror, but the Old Man volunteered nothing. He who
was first said, "I was there last night.
In the evening. I was bound toward
High Crag when I noticed a red light. Descending,
I saw Varthlokkur, the Regent, and three more men gathered over the Tear of
Mimizan...." A
susurrus ran through the room. Norath
growled, "I thought it had disappeared." "It
reappeared. In a cemetery, with five
men. And, about to join them, every
wizard of consequence in those parts." The susurrus ran round again. "They're
forewarned. And forearmed. We'll have to move fast," said the
general. "That
will require the strength of Shinsan.
And Shinsan is not yet ours," said Golden Mask. "O Shing remains reluctant." "Then
we have to buy time." "Or
convince O Shing." "I
can't overcome the Unborn," said Golden Mask. "We can't buy time without that." "We
could," said the bent man.
"Unless O Shing moves, they have the edge—while their sorcery
holds. But they're not united. My Lady," he said to one woman,
"prepare your army. General, move
your Guild forces east. Find a
provocation. Secure that pass and hold
it till O Shing arrives. Itaskia won't
interfere. El Murid's no threat either. He's fat and weak. We may use him to add to the confusion." "And
their wizards?" Golden Mask asked. "They'll
be neutralized." The
Tervola peered intently. "And
ourselves? Will we be deprived
too?" "There
are cycles of Power. We're entering an
epoch of irregularity. My contribution
is the ability to predict the shifts.
Unfortunately, the effect isn't localized. But we can take advantage.
It becomes a plain military matter, then, for the general and
Badalamen. Why worry so?" "Because
things are happening that surpass my understanding. I feel forces working and can't control them. There're too many unpredictables." "That
gives it spice, my friend. Spice. There's no pleasure in the sure thing." The man
in the mask said no more. But spice
didn't interest him. "Enough,"
said the other. "Return home, to
your assignments. We'll meet monthly
after this. Quickly, now. The Power will wane soon." When the
last had departed, the bent man shed his disguise, approached the Old Man. "Well, old friend, here we are
again. Am I too secretive? Would they tear me apart if they knew? You say nothing. No. I suppose not. You're not the man you were. I'm sorry.
But there's'too much to keep up with.
It seems the scope of things, to be successful, has to be bigger each
time. And the bigger, the harder to
control. And these days there's ever
less time to plan, to prepare. Now I
have to keep several currents running, have to anticipate next stages before
present ones are finalized. The Shinsan
era is still a-building toward climax, and
already I have to input Ehelebe. Time was, we had centuries. We had almost four between the Ilka/ar and
El Murid epics. The birth epic of
Shinsan lasted two generations. The
Nawami crusades spanned five hundred years.
Remember Torginol and The Palace of Love? A masterwork, that was....
Old friend, I'm tired. Old and
tired. Burned out. The sentence, surely, must be near its
end. Surely They must free me if
there's nothing left when this's done." He
whispered in the Old Man's ear.
"This time it's the holocaust.
There are no more ideas. No more
epics to play out on this tortured stage. "Old
friend, I want to go home." The Old
Man sat like a statue. A handful of
memories had been cast into the turgid pool of his mind. He struggled to catch them. He had
lost a lot. Even his name and origins. The bent
man took his hand. "Be with me for
a time. Help me not to be alone." Loneliness
was a curse that had been set upon him ages past. Once, in
some dim, unremembered yesterday, he had sinned. His punishment was countless corporeal centuries, alone,
directing diversions which would please Them, and possibly move Them to
forgive.... He had
said it himself. Things had become too
complex to control. The Guild
general stepped from the portal into his apartment—and the cauldron of an
unbelievable battle. He had no
opportunity to learn what had happened.
Two elderly, iron-hearted gentlemen, to whom the Guild meant more than
life itself, awaited him. "Hawkwind! Lauder!
What...?" They said
nothing. Sentence had been passed. They were
old, but they could still swing swords. TWENTY-FOUR:
Kavelin A-March The
volunteers poured in. Campfires dotted
every patch of unused land. "They
must be coming out of the ground," Ragnarson observed. Haaken
stood beside him on the wall. "It
is hard to believe. So many. Who's doing the work?" "Yeah. Some will have to go home. You sorted out the ones we want?"
Haaken, Reskird, and his other staffers had found trebled work dumped upon
them. Kavelin, preparing for war, could
no longer proceed on inertia. Ragnarson
had to devote his entire energy to being Regent. He had to browbeat the Thing into accepting this venture, and to
prepare a caretaker regime for his absence.
Gjerdrum had gotten that job, primarily because his father, Eanred
Tarlson, had been a national hero trusted by every class. Gjerdrum
thought being left behind worse than being accused of treason. Haaken,
Reskird, and the other zone commandants had selected six thousand men for
Ragnarson's expeditionary force. On a
backbone of regulars they had fleshed a corpus of the best reserves and most
promising volunteers. A force of equal
strength would be left with Gjerdrum. It would
be essentially an infantry force. The
venture had raised little enthusiasm among the Nordmen, whence the trained
knights came. Ragnarson would take a
mere two hundred fifty heavy cavalry, counting those of the Queen's Own. Fleshed out, Ahring would field a thousand
men, only half of whom were real horse soldiers. Most were light horse, skirmishers, messengers, and the like. The
infantry would be the Vorgrebergers, the Midlands Light,
the South Bows, a battle each from the Damhorsters, Breidenbachers, and
Sedlmayr Light, plus a hodgepodge of engineers, select skilled bowmen, and
Marena Dimura auxiliaries. Ragnarson
was an inveterate tinkerer. He would
have fiddled till he had his force balanced to the last billet. Only Haaken's nagging got him moving. Ragnarson
understood what few of his contemporaries did.
That training and discipline were the critical factors in winning
battles. That was why little armies
whipped big ones. Why Shinsan was so
dreaded a foe. Her army was the most
disciplined ever formed. Ragnarson's
plan depended on trickery and surprise, and his cabal of wizards. "I'm
nervous," he told his brother.
"We're not ready for this." "We'll
never be ready," Haaken countered. "I
know. I know. And it pains me. All
right. Get them moving. I'm going back to the Palace." He soon
joined Gjerdrum in the empty War Room.
Every available map of the east was posted there. Scribes directed by Prataxis had made copies
for field use. His intended route was sketched
in red on a master. He kept
worrying. Could he make it without
being detected? Could he feed his men
on the wild eastern plains? What
about water? Could he trust the maps to
show genuine creeks and water holes? I've got
to stop this, he thought. What will be
will be. There was
no turning back. If nothing else, even
failure would startle Shinsan. His
spunk might make O Shing back off awhile, giving the west time to respond to
Varthlokkur's warnings. This was
the second time Kavelin had had to be the bulwark. It wasn't fair. Varthlokkur
arrived. He was a pale imitation of the
wizard of a week earlier. "It's
still dead?" Bragi asked. "Absolutely. Even the Unborn is weakened." For no
reason the wizards could determine, the Power had ceased to function six days
past. Only the Unborn retained any
vitality, and that because it drew on the Winterstorm, partially tapping
different sources of energy. The
weakened Radeachar was busy. A spate of
enemies had 2I3
pelted against Kavelin's borders after the Power's
failure. Visigodred's assistant, flying
the huge roc, was as pressed, scouting beyond the borders. Radeachar
would stay with Gjerdrum. His presence
would keep the Nordmen in line. "Marshall,"
Prataxis called from the door, "you have a minute? There's a man here you should see." "Sure. Come on in." Derel's
man wore a Guild uniform. Ragnarson
frowned, but let him have his say. "Colonel
Liakopulos, General. Aide to Sir
Tury." Ragnarson
shook his hand. "Hawkwind,
eh?" He was impressed. Hawkwind
was the most famous of High Crag's old men, and justifiably so. He had performed military miracles. "Colonel
Oryon asked me to come. The General
approved." "Yes?" "Oryon
was my friend." "Was?" "He
died last week." "Sorry
to hear it. What happened?" "Trouble
at High Crag. Oryon was in the thick of
it. You know how he was." "Yes. I know." The main message wouldn't
register. Guildsman fighting
Guildsman. It couldn't happen. "What?... Explain." "He
threw some wild charges around after he got back. Not at all in character.
He always kept his mouth shut before.
So people listened. And started
digging. I believe he mentioned rumors
of a junta trying to take over?" "He
did." "There
was one. We cleaned it out. The leader, General Dainiel, had disappeared
from his apartment just before Oryon's return.
Hawkwind and Lauder moved in.
Six days ago Dainiel reappeared out of thin air. A transfer.
It had that Shinsan smell. They
cut him down. None of his intimates
knew for sure, but thought he'd been to Shinsan to meet with other cabal
heads. Dainiel had hinted that they
were ready to grab control of the west." Ragnarson
looked for someone to tell "I told you so." Derel was the only one
handy. Telling him wouldn't give any
satisfaction. "Thank
you for your courtesies. Thank the
General. I feel better about the
Guild now. Oryon probably mentioned my
suspicions." "He
did. The General apologizes for the
pressures. The Citadel never planned to
force its protection on anyone. That's
Dainiel's doing. He wanted a strong
force kept near the Savernake Gap. "We
can't offer much restitution right now.
It's not much, but Hawkwind offers my talents." Ragnarson
raised an eyebrow. "How?" "Training
soldiers is my forte, Marshall. You
appear to be mounting an expedition.
Yet your men aren't ready. It'll
take imaginative leadership to teach on the march." "It's
my biggest headache." "I
can handle it." There was
no arrogance in his manner. "All
right." Ragnarson made the snap decision based on Hawkwind's
reputation. "Derel, take Colonel
Liakopulos to Blackfang. Tell Haaken to
put him in charge of training, and don't bother him." He
remembered the name Liakopulos now. The
Colonel had a reputation equal to his self-confidence. "Thank
you, Marshall." "Uhm."
He returned to his maps. Too late
to turn back. Advance parties were
already in the Gap. A force had
occupied Karak Strabger, to stop eastbound traffic at Baxendala so word
wouldn't cross the mountains. Maisak
backed the play. No one not authorized
by the Marshall traveled east of that stronghold. The
cessation of eastbound trade would itself be a warning that something was
happening in Kavelin. Bragi had sent
loyal mercantile factors through to hint that another civil war was
brewing. The trade community expected
something savage to follow Fiana's death. He had
run himself and everyone else ragged.
What more could he do? Go, of
course. And hope. He went. A post
rider overtook him slightly east of Maisak.
He brought news from Valther. "Haaken,
listen to this. That kid of Haroun's
has invaded Hammad al Nakir." He hadn't anticipated that. "Twenty-five thousand men,
Valther says, in six columns. Headed
for Al Rhemish." And
Ragnarson had expected Haroun's movement to collapse without him. This
Megelin bore watching. "What
about it?" Haaken asked. "Will
it affect us?" "How? Unless people think we closed the Gap to
cover his rear." "Possible."
His friendship for bin Yousif was well known. "I
hope Megelin makes it. This'll give El
Murid an excuse for war." "Should
I turn back?" "Go
on," Varthlokkur advised.
"Megelin will hurt him even if he loses. El Murid won't be able to do anything. Cooler heads will prevail before he recovers." "The
numbers worry me," Ragnarson told Haaken.
"I didn't realize Haroun could scare up that many men." He
turned to Visigodred. "Could Marco
fly down there occasionally? To keep
track?" "Too
damned much trouble," Marco protested.
"Got me hopping like the one-legged whore the day the fleet came in
now. What do you think I am? I need to sleep too. You guys think because I'm half size I can
do twice the work?" "Marco,"
said Visigodred. The dwarf
shut up. "Skip
some of your visits to your girlfriends." "Boss! What'll they do? They can't manage." Haaken
rolled his eyes. Bragi whispered,
"He's for real. I've seen him in
action. "So,"
he said aloud, "we continue.
Ragnar, let's catch Jarl." Ahring
commanded the vanguard, a day ahead. He
filtered westbound caravans through, then kept anyone from turning back. The
entire Gap was confusion. This was the
height of the caravan season. In places
several were crowded up nose to tail, their masters muttering obscenities about
being shoved around. Ragnarson saw more
than one wound. Jarl had had trouble
here and there. He asked
questions. Kaveliners returning home
answered. His advent in the east
remained unanticipated. After
riding with Ahring a day he took Derel, Ragnar, Trebilcock, and Dantice and
forged ahead, to overtake the scouts.
In time he passed them, too. He knew
the risk was wild, yet his spirits soared.
He was in the field again.
Political woes lay a hundred miles behind. He let his beard go feral.
Boldly, he took his friends to Gog-Ahlan, He and Ragnar spent a day
prowling the ruins and ramshackle taverns and whorehouses. Rumors of
unrest in Kavelin were thick. Less
daring traders were staying put till they knew what was happening. Ravelin's
army turned north twenty miles short of the town, following a side valley. It debouched on the plains away from routes
frequented by caravans. A screening
force broke contact and began herding cognizant caravaneers westward. Ragnarson
tightened his formation. He allowed his
light horse troops to roam only a few miles.
Marco would watch the plains nomads.
Bragi increased the pace, and turned away whenever Marco reported riders
approaching. Marco
also patrolled their back trail, to frighten off any nomads threatening to
discover it. A hundred
miles east of the ruins of Shemerkhan, following marches of forty miles per
day, the Power reasserted itself. The
wizards scrambled to take advantage, but it faded before they could get
organized. The Power
quickened again next afternoon, and again it faded rapidly. The
sorcerers debated its meaning for hours. Ragnarson
suspected that little man on the winged horse.
In the lonely, quiet hours of riding he tried to think of ways to
capture the man, to find out who he was and what he was up to. If legends were to be believed, that would
be impossible. It had been tried a
thousand times. Anyone who attempted it
came to grief. Nearing
lands tributary to Necremnos, the army turned south. Bragi took Varthlokkur, Prataxis, Trebilcock, Dantice, and Ragnar
into the city. He left Haaken with
orders to move to the Roe halfway between Necremnos and Argon, in the narrow
zone beholden to neither city. People
lived there. He counted on Marco and
the horsemen to cut their communication with Argon. He didn't
plan on staying long. Just while he
visited an acquaintance, a Necremnen wizard named Aristithorn. He wasn't
sure the man still lived. His own
wizards had heard no reports of Aristithorn's death, though the man had seemed
on his last legs back when Bragi had helped him make Itaskia's King Norton
honor a debt. Necremnos
hadn't changed in twenty-some years.
Varthlokkur said it hadn't since his own last visit, centuries
earlier. Old buildings came down and
new ones arose, but the stubborn Necremnens refused to borrow from foreigners. New buildings were indistinguishable from
those demolished. Aristithorn
maintained a small estate outside the city proper. A miniature castle graced its heart. Continuous moans and wails echoed from within. "He's
very dramatic," Bragi told Varthlokkur.
The wizard didn't know Aristithorn. Aristithorn's
door was tall and massive. Upon it hung
a knocker of gargantuan proportions. It
struck with a deep-voiced boom. That
was followed by a sound like the groan of a giant in torment. "Is
this the man who married that princess?" Ragnar asked. "The one that you...." "Tch-tch,"
Bragi said. "You forget I told you
that story. He's old and retired, but
he's still a wizard. And a cranky one." The
massive door swung inward. A voice
which could have been that of the tormented giant boomed, "Enter!" "He's
changed the place some," Ragnarson observed. They
stood in a long, pillared chamber done in marbles. The only furnishings were several dozen suits of armor. Even whispers echoed there, playing around
the chuckling of a fountain at the center of the hall. Varthlokkur
stood at Ragnarson's left. Trebilcock
and Dantice remained a step behind, to either flank, facing the walls, their
hands on their weapons. Prataxis and
Ragnar tucked themselves into the pocket thus formed. The place was intimidating. "Cut
the clowning and get your ass out here," Bragi yelled. "That'll get him in here," he
whispered. "He's got this this
about scaring people. Bet you he runs a
bluff about turning us into frogs." He was
right, though newts were the creatures mentioned. Decades had passed, but Aristithorn hadn't changed. He had
become more of what he had always been. Older, meaner, crankier. He didn't recognize Ragnarson till the third
time Bragi interrupted to explain who he was. And then
Aristithorn wasn't pleased. "Back
to haunt me, eh? Ye young ingrate. Thought ye got away with it, didn't ye? I tell ye, I knew it all along...." He
was speaking of a woman. One of his
wives. Ragnarson
had had even less sense about women when he was twenty. "Let
me introduce my companions. Michael
Trebilcock. Aral Dantice. Soldiers of fortune. Derel Prataxis, a don of the Rebsamen. Ragnar, my son. And a colleague, Varthlokkur." "... saw ye two and yere wickedness.... Eh?" "Varthlokkur. Also called The Silent One Who Walks With
Grief and Empire Destroyer." Varthlokkur
met Aristithorn's gaze. He smiled a
smile like the one worn by the mongoose before kissing a cobra. "Eh? Oh, my.
Oh. Oh my god. Pthothor preserve us. Now we know. The visitation of Hell. I
recant. I plead. Give me back my soul. I should have known when the Power failed
me...." "Was
he always like this?" Trebilcock asked.
"How'd he stand up to that King Norton?" "Don't
pay any mind. It's all act. Come on, you old fraud. We're not here to hurt you. We want your help. And we'll pay." To the others, "He's got a lot of pull
here. I don't know why. Guess they haven't figured out he's ninety
percent fake." "Fake? You....
You.... Young man, I'll show you
who's fake. Don't come croaking in my
pond when you're a frog." "You
admitted the Power deserted you." "Ha! Don't you believe it!" Varthlokkur
interrupted. "Marshall, can we get
to the point? Seconds could be critical
now. You! Be silent!" Aristithorn's
lips kept moving but no sound came forth.
He was doing as directed while indulging an old vice. He had to talk, Out didn't have to say
anything. "Old
friend," said Ragnarson, "I've risen in the world since our
adventure. I'm Marshall and Regent of
Ravelin in the Lesser Kingdoms now. I'm
marching to war. My army lies just
beyond Necremnen territory. No. No worry.
Necremnos isn't my target. I'm
going to Argon. Yes. I know.
Argon hasn't been invaded since Ilkazar managed it. But nobody has gone about it
seriously.... Why? Because they attacked me. On orders from Shinsan. They murdered my wife, two of my kids, some
of my friends. And they kidnapped a
friend of mine's wife and son. And
maybe the friend, too. They're locked
up in Argon's Royal Palace. I'm going
to punish Argon." Aristithorn's
gaze flitted to Varthlokkur whenever the urge to verbalize became strong. Varthlokkur merely stared. Aristithorn
seemed a mouse, but that was pure show.
He was a mortal danger to his enemies. "What
I want is boats. All the boats I can
lay hands on. And don't forget, we'll
be in your debt. Varthlokkur's ability
to meet his obligations has never been questioned." Ragnarson smiled
to himself, pleased
with his double entendre. A threat and a promise in one simple
declarative sentence—which meant little. Varthlokkur was accepting no obligations himself.
This wriggling in the worm pile of politics was making a politician of him too. Aristithorn
changed. He sloughed the pretense,
stood tall and arrogant. "You say
Shinsan has its hooks in the Fadem?
That would explain some strange things." "Fadem?"
Bragi asked. "What
they call their Royal Palace in Argon," Trebilcock reminded. "Yes,"
Aristithorn continued, "Argon has behaved oddly the past few years. And I've heard that a man resembling a
Tervola visits there frequently, and came here once. Pthothor gave him short shrift, the story goes. This's bad—if it's true. This's a sad enough earth without Shinsan
creeping into its palaces like some night cancer. Yes. This explains things
that puzzle the wise. Particularly
about the Fadema." "Queen
of Argon," said Trebilcock. "Boats? Did I hear right?" "Boats,
yes. As many as possible. Big, little, whatever can be had. But quickly. So I can arrive before they know I'm coming, before the Power
returns and they can see me with their inner eyes." "Ye
might work it.. Argon's defenses be
meant to stop land-bound armies." "Told
you he was sharp. Figured it without me
telling him a thing." "Yes,
this must be stopped. And Pthothor,
with his fear of things Shinsan, and his lust to be remembered as a conqueror.... He may join ye." The old
coast reever in Ragnarson became wary instantly. Somebody was hinting about divvying the plunder. Before the booty was gained. "That might be useful," he said,
trying to sound noncommittal. "As
later support. But the enemy has agents
everywhere. We dare not risk ourselves
by including anyone in our plan just now.
In a week ...?" "My
sense of rectitude compels me to assist ye.
But there must be balance." "Derel. The man's ready to dicker. Don't give him the Royal silverware." Prataxis
was a master. With Varthlokkur to
handle the intimidation he soon got Aristithorn to agree to what Ragnarson
considered bargain terms. A modest
amount of cash. A few items believed to
be in possession of the Fadema. Kavelin
to sponsor his children's educations at the Rebsamen. The university's fame had spread far and wide, and a man from
these parts who could honestly claim to have been educated there was guaranteed
a high, happy life. What
Ragnarson didn't realize was that Aristithorn had ch! -lren in droves. His
wives were always pregnant, and often bore twins. Later, as
they strolled to the waterfront with the babbling wizard, they were spotted by
a chunky brown man who scrambled into shadows and watched them pass. His face contorted into a mixture of
surprise and bewilderment. Only Aral
Dantice noticed him. He had no idea who
the man was. Just another curious
easterner.... TWENTY-FIVE:
The Assault on Argon Aristithorn
did better than Ragnarson expected. His
reputation locally was as nasty as Varthlokkur's worldwide. Boat owners, merchant captains, no one
refused him more than once. No one
quibbled over the vow of silence he extracted.
Boats and ships departed, fully crewed, without question of payment
being raised, though Ragnarson promised owners and crews a portion of the loot
of Argon. Aristithorn
claimed that didn't matter. This was
war. If Ragnarson failed, Pthothor
would take over. There were old
grievances between Necremnos and Argon.
The cities were overdue for one of their periodic scrimmages. So
Ragnarson led an armada down the Roe and met Haaken. Three thousand men boarded the vessels, more than he had
hoped. His spirits rose. If he remained unnoticed he had a chance. Aristithorn
virtually guaranteed that the Necremnen army would be right behind him. Ragnarson soon hoped so. Argon was huge. A million people lived in its immediate environs. Six thousand men could disappear quickly if
the populace fought back. As Argon
drew closer, Bragi found ever more reasons for forgetting the whole thing. But he went on. Worrying was his nature.
Haaken had chided him for it since childhood. Sometimes you had to ignore potential difficulties and forge
ahead. Otherwise nothing got done. The first
wave consisted of the smallest boats, carrying Marena Dimura mountaineers,
attacking at two points. One group
drifted down to where the walls of the Fadem rose from the river. The other remained at the apex of the
island. The
Marena Dimura scaled the rough walls and established bridgeheads. Their boats returned upriver to Haaken,
whose men,
weary from slogging through marshes and swimming delta channels, awaited their
turns to ride. One battle of the
Queen's Own had taken the horses and train back into the plains, to erect a
fortified camp a few miles above the Argon-Throyes road. Ragnarson
traveled aboard a galley which served Necrem-nos's trade in the Sea of
Kotsum. He had filled a dozen such with
Haaken's Vorgrebergers, Reskird's Damhorsters, and bowmen. The assault captains were ex-mercenaries who
had come to Ravelin with him years ago.
They were the shock troops who would expand the bridgeheads. It went
so smoothly he suspected he had a friendly god perched on his shoulder. The Argonese were expecting nothing. As always, when the evening rains came, the
wall sentries had scurried for cover.
Argon lay as defenseless as a virgin thrown by her protectors to
barbarian raiders. Two thousand men
were over the walls before they attracted any attention. The
fighting broke out, as Ragnarson had hoped, at the apex of the island. Kildragon, in charge there, immediately
began raising the biggest fuss possible. Ragnarson
took his party into the second bridgehead. There the
troops were lying low. The Fadema
maintained a personal guard of a thousand, and had regular army units quartered
in the Fadem too. Ragnarson wanted to
be as strong as possible before the Argonese counterattacked. He
cleared the top of the wall, scuttled out of the way, gasped, "Didn't
think I'd make it. Getting old for
this. Jarl? How's it going? You
spreading out yet?" Here the
Marena Dimura were doing what they did best, skulking, stabbing in the dark,
occupying strongpoints by stealth. "We've
taken everything you can see from here.
This's the sloppiest defense I ever saw. We haven't found anybody awake yet. It's too bad Reskird's raising hell up there. We might've grabbed the whole damned place
before anybody knew we were here." "Uhm. Keep moving. Grab what you can while you can.
Gods, it's big." The Fadem
alone seemed as big as Vorgreberg.
Trebilcock said it had thirty thousand permanent residents. "Michael. Aral," Bragi whispered. "Where's this tower?" "The
squarish one yonder, with the spire sticking up from the corner," Dantice
replied. "Let's
see if she's still there." They
descended to street level and slipped through narrow passages between
buildings, making of a two-hundred-yard crow flight a quarter mile walk. They won the distinction of being first to
face wakened opponents. It was
over before Ragnarson realized what had happened. The parties stumbled into one another at a sharp turn. Trebilcock disposed of the Argonese in an
eye's blink. Ragnarson's
eyebrows rose. Michael could handle a
blade damned well. "It's
sixty feet to the first ledge," Trebilcock whispered. "And twenty more to the one by her
window. I'll drop a line from the first
one...." "Kid,
if you and Aral can make it, so can I." Bragi sheathed his sword, felt for
hand and toeholds. He quickly
regretted his bravado. Trebilcock
and Dantice went up like rock apes.
Ragnarson had thirty feet to go when they reached the first ledge. His muscles threatened cramps. His fingers were raw when he heaved himself
onto the ledge. Looking down, he muttered,
"Bragi, you're a fool. You've got
men who get paid to do this." A clash
of arms sounded here and there. The
defenders still weren't reacting except locally. Reskird
had a good fight going. The uproar
reached the Fadem, and the bellies of the rain clouds glowed with firelight. The last
twenty feet were worse. Now he was
conscious of how far he could fall. And
of his age. And his sword kept beating
the backs of his legs. "We're
going down by the stair," he muttered when he rolled onto the upper ledge. Trebilcock
smiled, a thin, humorless thing in the reflected firelight. "Would've been easier if we'd gotten
here before the rain." Ragnarson's
stomach flip-flopped as he realized how easily he could have slipped. Dantice
crept back from the window. "Can't
tell if there's anybody inside." A head
popped out. Bragi recognized
Nepanthe. She didn't see them. "Inside," he growled. "Quick." Dantice
went. They heard his sword clear its
scabbard. Trebilcock and Ragnarson
plunged after him. Sounds of
struggle, of steel against stone.
Dantice cursed. "She bit
me!" "Nepanthe!"
Bragi snapped. "Settle down!" "She
started to yell," Dantice said. "Michael,
find a lamp." Ragnarson moved the other way. "Damn!" He bruised his shin on something low. Someone
crashed to the floor. Metal skittered
across stone. "Marshall, I'm going
to clout her!" "Easy,
son. Nepanthe! It's me.
Bragi. Behave yourself." Cang-chang. Sparks flew. A weak light grew, illuminating Trebilcock's face. As the flame rose, it revealed Nepanthe and
Dantice on the floor. Aral had one hand
on her mouth, his legs scissored around her.
He was fending a dagger with his free hand. Bragi kicked the weapon away. He
grabbed handfuls of Nepanthe's hair and forced her to look at him. "Nepanthe. It's me." Her eyes
widened. Her fear subsided. She relaxed. "Can
you keep quiet now?" She
nodded. He grinned as Dantice's hand
bobbed with the motion. "Let her
go, Aral. Michael, look at his
hand." Dantice
winced when he put weight on that hand while rising. Ragnarson helped Nepanthe up. "Take
a minute," he said as she started babbling. "Get yourself together." After she
calmed down, she explained how the stranger had come to Valther's house and
convinced her that Mocker had gone into hiding because Haroun had tried to
murder him. He feared Bragi was in on
it. The messenger had brought Mocker's
dagger as a token. And she had always
suspected Haroun of the worst. "He
could do it if he thought he needed to," Bragi observed. "But how would Mocker have been a
threat to him?" "I
never thought about it. Not till I
found out they tricked me." She started crying. "Look what I got you into.
What're you doing here, anyway?
Who's watching things at home? I
heard about Fiana. They tell me all the
bad news." "I'm
here because you are. Because Argon
seems to be behind all our trouble." "No. It's Shinsan. Bragi, there's a Tervola....
He controls the Fadema.... I
think. Maybe they're partners." "I
mean to find out." "But.... You're only one man. Three men." To Michael she said,
"Thank you. Did you get the casket
to Varthlokkur? And you. I'm sorry.
I was scared." Dantice
smiled. "No matter, ma'am."
He sucked his injured hand. "He
brought the Tear back, yes. Tell me
about the Tervola. Does he wear a
golden mask?" "Yes. How'd...?" "He
keeps turning up. Must be O Shing's
special bully boy. And I didn't come by
myself. That's our army kicking ass out
there." "But.... Argon!
They took me out once. I think
the Fadema wanted to show me what a hick I was. Bragi, you can't get in a war with Argon. Not over me...." "Too
late to back off. The boys are probably
too loaded with loot to run." He chuckled. "I don't want to take the city. Just the Fadem. Just to
spoil whatever they're up to. I'm no
conquerer." "Bragi,
you're making a mistake...." "Somebody
coming," Trebilcock said. He had
one ear against the door. "Sounds
like a mob." "Get
out of sight. Aral! Your sword." Dantice
scampered back for the weapon. "Nepanthe,
pretend we're not here. They must be
coming for you. They'll want their
prize counter safe. Get by the window. Make them come to you. Michael, Aral, we'll hit them from
behind." Dantice
was a street fighter. He
understood. But Michael protested. "We're
here to win, Michael, not get killed honorably." Ragnarson
concealed himself just in time. The
door creaked inward. Six soldiers
entered, followed by the Fadema. "Well,
Madam," said the woman, "your friends are more perceptive and less
cautious than we anticipated. They're
here." "Who?"
Nepanthe asked, cowering against the window frame. "That
bloody troublesome Marshall. He's
attacked Argon. What gall!" She
laughed. It was forced. Things
must be going good, Bragi thought. "You
stay away," Nepanthe told the soldiers.
"I'll jump." "Don't
be a fool!" the Fadema snapped.
"Come. We have to move
you. The tower is threatened." "I
will jump." "Grab
her." Four
soldiers advanced. "Now,"
Ragnarson said. Leaping, he took out a
man who had remained with the Fadema. Dantice
went for the man on her far side instead of the four. Trebilcock got another, but quickly found himself in trouble. Ragnarson
smacked the Queen to shut her up, turned to help Michael. Somebody
hit him from behind. He turned
as he fell, looked up into a golden mask. The
Tervola had hit him with a wooden statuary stand. "Finish them!" he ordered. "This's the man we want.
The Marshall himself." Trebilcock
was fencing a man who was good. Dantice
rolled across the floor with one of the others. The third soldier pranced around looking for a chance to strike a
telling blow. Ragnarson
kicked the Tervola's legs from beneath him, dragged him nearer. The stand rolled away. The
Tervola had the combat training of every soldier of Shinsan. And he had staying power, though Ragnarson
was stronger. They rolled and kicked
and gouged, and Bragi bit. He kept
trying to yank the man's mask off so he could go for his eyes. That
usually put a superior opponent on the defensive. And this Tervola was a better fighter than he. The extra
soldier almost got Dantice. But
Nepanthe stabbed him from behind, turned on Aral's antagonist, stabbed him
too. Aral muttered, "We're even,
lady," recovered his sword, took a wild chop at the head of Michael's
opponent. Meanwhile,
the Fadema recovered and fled. Ragnarson
got a thumb under the golden mask. By
then he was sure he was dead. The
Tervola had a hold of his neck and he was losing consciousness. Dantice
and Trebilcock closed in. The Tervola
saw them. The Power was dead. There was nothing he could do. He threw himself after the Fadema. His mask remained in Bragi's hand. Dantice
helped Ragnarson up. "That was
close. Mike, better make sure of those
guys." "But...." "Never
mind. I'll do it." While Nepanthe
and Trebilcock supported Ragnarson, he cut throats. "I don't understand you, Mike. It ain't beer and skittles.
It ain't no chess game. You want
to come out alive, you got to be meaner than the other guy. And you don't leave him alive behind
you." Ragnarson
groaned. Nepanthe massaged his
neck. "See if any of our people
are outside. We'll have half an army on
us in a minute." Dantice
leaned out the window. "Nope. They're all down the street." "You
and Michael pile stuff in front of the door.
No. Let me go! I'm okay.
I'll make something to lower Nepanthe down." "Wait!"
she protested. "What about
Ethrian?" Bragi
hurt. It made him cranky. "What do you want me to do? We've got to get out of here first. Then we'll worry about Ethrian." She kept
arguing. He ignored her. There was a racket in the hall already. A party
of Marena Dimura came up the street as he dropped his rope of torn
blankets. "You men. Hold up.
It's me. The Marshall. Aral, hand me that lamp." He
illuminated his face. "Hang onto
the end of that down there, and stand by." Several
Wesson bowmen joined the Marena Dimura.
They stood around watching. "Nepanthe,
come here." Still
complaining, she obeyed. He turned his
back. "Put your arms around my
neck and hang on." "You'd
better let me do that," Dantice offered. "I
can handle it. I'm not all the way over
the hill." He did leave his sword belt, though, remembering what a hazard
it had been coming up. Going
down was a pain too. He hadn't made it
halfway before he wished his pride had let him yield to Dantice. "Hurry
up," said Trebilcock. "The
door's giving." Dantice
started down the instant Bragi's feet hit pavement. He came like a monkey. "Boy,
you'd make a good burglar." "I
am a good burglar." They watched Trebilcock lever himself over the window
sill. Someone yelled
inside. Michael stared, then threw
himself aside, barely managing to cling to the ledge. Men
appeared in the window. "Bowmen,"
said Ragnarson. "Cover him." Arrows
streaked through the window. The
Argonese withdrew, cursing. Ragnarson
asked the Marena Dimura captain, "Where's Colonel Ahring?" The man
shrugged. "Around." "Yeah. Michael, hurry up." Trebilcock had
reached the lower ledge. Someone
upstairs was throwing things out the window.
A vase smashed at Bragi's feet. Trebilcock
kicked away from the wail and dropped the last fifteen feet, grunting as he hit
cobblestones. "Damn. I twisted my ankle." "Teach
you to show off," Aral growled. "Come
on," said Ragnarson. "Back to
the wall. You men. Go on wherever you were going." Ahring
had left. His men had penetrated the
Fadem deeply in several directions.
Runners said some defenders were fleeing the fortress for the city. Haaken
had arrived. He was directing
operations now. "What's
happening?" Ragnarson asked. "They're
running. All our people are in
now. But we've got a problem. Most of those Necremnens are heading out. We'll be in big trouble if we don't win
this." "Michael,
where's the nearest causeway?" Trebilcock
leaned over the battlements.
"Upriver a quarter-mile." "Haaken,
scare up some men and grab it.
Michael. Is there a causeway
Reskird could use?" "Inside
his area. Shouldn't be any
problem." Ragnarson
stared northward. The entire apex of
the island seemed to be burning. The
rain had let up. Nothing held the
flames in check. "Getting
bad up there," he observed.
"Could be as rough for Reskird as the Argonese." "Bragi."
Haaken had unrolled a crude map atop a merlon.
He shaded an area with charcoal.
"This's what we've taken.
Half." Dark salients stuck out like greedy fingers. There were white islands throughout the area
already captured. "How're
they fighting?" "Us
or them?" "Both." "Our
guys are having fun. Theirs.... Depends on the unit. The officers, I guess. Some are tromping each other trying to get
away. Some won't budge. I'd say our chances of carrying it are
better than even. But then we'll have
to hold off counterattacks while we mop up." "Keep
after them. Any Necremnens have balls
enough to stick?" He leaned over the wall. A dozen smaller boats rocked against the base of the wall. "Why?" "I
want to go get Reskird. Watch
Nepanthe. And keep an eye out for
Ethrian. They've got him here
somewhere." TWENTY-SIX: Battle for the Fadem Reskird
had an overachievement problem.
"Bragi, I've got them whipped.
I could clean up on them. Only I
can't get to them. Damned
fire...." A curtain
of flame thwarted Kildragon's advance.
It spanned the base of an acute isosceles triangle. Whole blocks were infernos, drawing a strong
breeze. Neither side could get close
enough to combat the blaze. "I
can't leave you here while it burns itself out. Might be days." The
devastation was stunning. Even during
the El Murid Wars Ragnarson had seen nothing to equal it. "Jarl and Haaken need help." "Those
damned Necremnens took off like rabbits afraid of a fox." "You
taken that causeway there yet?" "The
gatehouse guards won't give up. But
we'll get it. It's all we've got to
work on anymore." "Michael. Does it hook up to the same island as the
one by the Fadem?" "I
think so." "You
see?" Bragi asked Kildragon. Reskird's
sandy hair flew as he nodded. Bragi
laughed. "What?" "Look
at us. Me, you, Haaken. We've gotten civilized. We never cut our hair short before we came
to Kavelin. And we didn't shave, except
you." "It's
a strange country. I'd better go get
things moving before it's light enough for them to see what we're up to." They
didn't join Haaken before dawn. The
causeways didn't connect to the same island.
They had to cross three. There
were skirmishes. And then the right
causeway turned out to still be in Argonese hands. Haaken
hadn't had a chance to grab it. The
garrison had counterattacked. Bragi's
old veterans carried the bridge in a short, brisk battle, only to find Argonese
troops forming up beyond. The melee
lasted several hours. Haaken's bowmen,
when they could, plinked from the Fadem.
Ragnarson advanced till he screened the Fadem's main gate, which
remained in enemy hands. "Who's
got who trapped?" he wondered aloud.
"How long before the whole city turns on us?" Tactically,
it was going magnificently. Yet the
strategic situation looked worse and worse. Kildragon
considered the houses and shops facing the fortress-palace. "A lot of wood in those places. Maybe another fire... ." "Go
to it." Kildragon's
fire masked their flank. Bragi had men
climb the wall where Blackfang and Ahring were already established. They took the main gate from behind. Weary, he
joined Haaken at another merlon. The
map now showed only a few white islands. "The
gate completes the circuit," said Blackfang. "The whole wall is ours." "Think
that's smart?" Ragnarson asked.
"They'll fight harder if they can't get away." "If
they could, the Fadema might get out.
Shouldn't we get a hold of her?" "She'd
be a good bargaining counter if things got hairy. You found Ethrian yet?" "No. Else I'd say let's get out now." "Another
reason to get our hands on the lady. They'll
chase us all the way home if we don't." "Those
wizards want to see you." "They
come up with something?" "I
don't know. They've been everywhere,
getting in the way." "How
are the men? Any problems?" "Not
yet. Still think they can lick the world
as long as you're in charge. But it's
daytime now. They've seen how big the
place is. I'm scared they'll start
thinking about it." The
western soldier was flighty, and totally unpredictable. One day he might, if inspired, stand against
impossible odds and fight to the death.
Another day some trivial occurrence might spook an entire army. "Keep
them too busy to think. These
pockets. What are they?" "Citadels
within the citadel. They've locked
themselves in. Don't look like it'll be
easy digging them out." "Where's
the Queen? Keep the others from
sallying. Go after her. On the cheap." "Been
doing that. Lying about Pthothor's
intentions. Got more prisoners than I
can handle. Reskird showed up just in
time. We'll need men on the wall." "Keep
the fires going. What about
casualties?" "Not
bad. Mostly new men, the way you'd
expect. Enough to be a problem if we
have to fight our way out." "Where're
those wizards?" Haaken
was skirting the question of leaving the wounded. Ragnarson didn't want to think about it, let alone verbalize
it. It always gnawed at his guts, but
sometimes it had to be done. "Wherever
you find them. Just prowl around till
one bites your ankle." He
did. Trebilcock and Dantice followed,
playing their bodyguard role to the hilt. Ragnarson
found a courtyard where a thousand prisoners sat in tight ranks on the
cobblestones, heads bowed, thoroughly whipped.
I n a second courtyard he found his dead and wounded, in neat rows on
mattresses looted from a barracks room.
The dead and mortally wounded were pleasingly few. On one
mattress lay the innkeeper met during the ride to Baxendala. "Hey,
old man, what're you doing here? You
should be home minding the tavern." "Old? I'm younger than ye are, sir." "My
job. I get paid for being here." "My
job, too, sir. It's my country, ye
see. My sons, Robbie and Tal, have ye
seen them, sir? Are they all right, do
you think?" "Of
course. And heroes, too. Be taking home a double share of loot."
He hadn't the faintest idea where they were.
But the innkeeper hadn't many hours left. "When it lets up a little, I'll send them down." "Good,
sir. Thank ye, sir." "Get
better, innkeeper. We'll need you again
before this's done." "Be
up and around in a day or two, sir.
These Argonese can't cut ye bad when they're showing their backs." Ragnarson
moved on before his tears broke loose.
Again and again he saw familiar faces, men who had followed him so long
they were almost family. The same men
were always at the forefront, always where the killing was worst. He
couldn't help himself. More than once
he shed a tear for an old comrade. Three
wizards handled the doctoring. The
Thing With Many Eyes, strange though he appeared, was a sympathetic, empathetic
soul. He hated watching pain. He, Kierle the Ancient, and Stojan Dusan,
were performing surgery on an assembly line.
With the Power they would have defeated Death and pain more often. "Michael,
our species is a paradox," Ragnarson observed as they departed. "All sentience is paradoxical." "Sir?"
The hospital court hadn't fazed Trebilcock.
Dantice, though, had grown pale. "Those
wizards. They get mad, they can rip up
a city, wipe out twenty thousand people, and never bat an eye. But look at them now. They're killing themselves for men they
don't even know." "That's
part of being human. We're all that
way, a little. I saw you weep in
there. Yet you'd destroy Shinsan to the
last babe in arms. Or reduce Argon to
ashes." "Yes. Is a conundrum, as my fat brown friend would
say. What's the difference between the
innkeeper and the man I killed last night?
Each did his duty.... No. Enough.
Let's find Varthlokkur." The
downhill side of, and aftermath of, battles always pushed him into these
moods. If he didn't catch himself,
didn't become otherwise preoccupied, he would plunge into a nihilism from which
he wouldn't recover for days. Night
threatened before they tracked Varthlokkur down. He and Visigodred were in a library, searching old books. Zindahjira was there too, though Ragnarson
never saw him. From back in the stacks
he fussed and cursed and tried to get Visigodred's goat. "What's
that all about?" Trebilcock asked. "I
don't know," Ragnarson replied.
"It's been going on as long as I've known them." Ragnar
materialized from the stacks.
"Dad!" After
hugging him, Bragi held him at arms' length.
The boy was festooned with loot.
"Somebody been breaking plunder discipline?" "Aw,
Dad, I just picked up a couple things for Gundar and the kids." "What
if everybody did that? Who'd do the
fighting?" Ragnar
posed cockily. "Varthlokkur's
still alive." To keep
him out of trouble Ragnarson had convinced him the wizard needed a
bodyguard. An amusing notion. Varthlokkur, Visigodred, and Zindahjira all
were damned formidable even without the Power. "He's
been invaluable," said Varthlokkur.
"How goes the fighting?" "So-so. We're on top. But we've got to lay hands on the Fadema. Haaken said you wanted to talk to me. Problems?" "Not
sure," Visigodred said. "I
heard from Marco this morning. He
visited Hamrnad al Nakir." "So?" "El
Murid hasn't collapsed. For a while
Haroun's boy won everywhere but at Al Rhemish.
He had help from the tribes.
After that last surge of the Power, though, things turned around." "How?" "Rumor
says El Murid appealed to the angels.
Because he claims a direct commission from heaven, I guess. The angels apparently responded. They sent him a general. The Royalist offensive bogged down." "Only
a matter of time before weight of numbers tells." Varthlokkur
took it up. "Megelin learned from
the best. But he's losing. Three battles last week, all to inferior
forces. This angelic general is
superhuman." "And?" "Two
points. What happens if Megelin
loses? Another round of El Murid
wars? The man is old and fat and
crazier than ever. He'll want to get
even with everybody who helped Haroun.
Second point. The general calls
himself Badalamen." "Badalamen? Never heard of him." "You
have. In a divination, remember? So cloudy, but the name came through as
dangerous...." "Yeah. Now I remember." "We've
reasoned thus: Badalamen was furnished by O Shing, to reverse El Murid's
fortunes because Shinsan isn't ready to move.
This business with Argon was probably geared to an attack next
summer. But we've wrecked that. "Oh. I heard about your fight with the
Tervola. He's still here. With the Fadema. Haaken gave me the mask.
I didn't recognize it. It does
look a lot like Chin's. He might have
changed it after Baxendala. If it is
Chin, he's as dangerous as Tervola come.
We'd save a lot of grief by killing him. But to the matter in Hammad al Nakir. "It's
my guess that your reaction has been more effective than O Shing expected. And there's Radeachar. So he's put this Badalamen in to threaten
your flank." "He
another Tervola?" "No. Marco says he's pretty ordinary. You've seen the eastern martial arts
artists? The way they use an opponent's
strengths against him? That's the way
Badalamen operates. "I
don't think he's human at all. Nu Li
Hsi and Yo Hsi both tried to breed superhuman soldiers. O Shing was the result of one experiment. I'd guess Radeachar is another. I doubt the work stopped with the passing of
the Princes Thaumaturge." Ragnarson
pursed his lips, sucked air across his teeth.
"There's not a lot we can do about it, is there?" "No. I just wanted you to know. I'd say it makes it imperative that we kill
the Tervola here. He's bound to be one
of O Shing's top men." "And
the Fadema," Ragnarson added.
"Whoever takes over might think twice about being Shinsan's
stalking horse." "Marco
went to Necremnos, too," Visigodred said.
"Ptho-thor has gathered an army.
But he's in no hurry to get here.
Waiting to hear how we did.
Doesn't want to throw live men after dead." "Can't
blame him. Well, I'd better tell Haaken
we've got to get that tower." Having
admonished Ragnar again, Bragi departed.
Zindah-jira resumed fulminating in the stacks. Bragi chuckled. Someday
he'd have to find out what had started that. The
Fadema stubbornly refused to surrender.
Days passed. The impasse
persisted. Ragnarson worried. The city
garrisons recovered. Troops from out of
town reinforced
them. Ragnarson had to lock his force
into the Fadem. His men stayed busy
defending its walls. He expected a
major assault. There
could be no escape, now, without victory.
And that appeared to be slipping away —unless Necremnos came. The first
week ended. Except for the Queen's
stronghold, the Fadem was his. Outside,
the Argonese seemed content to wait, to starve him out. Their probes he beat back with heavy
losses. Necremnos was moving, but
slowly, willing to let Kavelin do the heavy dying. The
stalemate persisted, though Ragnarson didn't sit still. His engineers worked round the clock to
tunnel into the Queen's tower. He
battered its walls with captured engines.
He tried sending Marena Dimura up its wall by night. The
sappers completed the tunnels the last day of the second week. Ragnarson
chose his assault teams carefully.
Haaken and Reskird each led one, and he took the third. Ahring mounted a vicious diversion outside. The
bailey was a cylindrical tower with thick walls and little room inside. The easiest entry, once the single door had
been sealed, was over the top—almost a hundred feet above the encircling
street. Unless
one penetrated its basements. An
obvious and antici-| pated tactic. The
defenders would be waiting. It would be
rough. Bragi
didn't doubt the outcome. His concern
was keeping costs down. His
engineers tested to see if the basements had been flooded. They hadn't. Some other greeting waited. Bragi
expected fire. It didn't
materialize. Again, Argon's initial
lack of readiness told. It was a
savage melee, fought through dim passages and narrow doors, Ragnarson's men
advancing by sheer mass. The defenders
remained stubborn despite the hopelessness of their situation. It went
floor by floor, hour by hour. "Why
the hell don't she give up?" Bragi asked Kildragon. "She's just wasting lives." "Some
people keep hoping." "Marshall! We're at the top." "Okay! Reskird, Haaken, this's it. Send for Varthlokkur." The wizard
appeared immediately. Ragnarson and his
friends forced themselves into the Fadema's last redoubt. She had
but two soldiers left. Both were
wounded, but remained feisty. And the
Tervola was there. Ethrian, bound and
gagged, stood behind him. "My
Lord Chin," said Varthlokkur.
"It's been a while." Chin
bowed slightly. "Welcome to Argon,
old pupil. You learned well. Someday you'll have to teach me the secret
of the Unborn." "I
have no taste for teaching. Is there
anything you'd care to tell us, My Lord?
So we can avoid the rough parts?" "No. I think not." Chin glanced at an
hourglass. He didn't seem worried. Ragnarson
grew wary. These people always had
something up their sleeves.... He
collected a fallen javelin, pretended to examine it. "Something's going to happen," he whispered to
Reskird. "Start moving the men
out." Chin
responded to the withdrawal with the slightest of frowns and a touch of
nervousness. "My
Lord," said Ragnarson. "Could
you tell me why you killed my people?
My wife never did anything to you." Iron and pain tinged his voice. Chin
glanced at the hourglass, brought his sword to guard. "Nothing personal.
You're in the way. But we'll
correct that soon enough. The hour has
come." For an
instant Ragnarson thought that the Tervola meant it was his moment to die. Then, when Varthlokkur gasped and staggered,
he realized Chin had been warning his companions. The Power
had come alive. A portal had opened
behind Chin and the Fadema. The
Tervola attacked. Haaken and Michael
met him, prevented his blade from reaching the Marshall. The Fadema came at Bragi with a dagger
identical to that he had taken off the leader of the assassins who had killed
Elana. A trooper savaged her knife hand
with a wild swing, kicking the dagger toward his commander. He tried to follow up. Bragi grabbed his arm, yanked him away from
Chin's blade. "Thanks."
He slapped the dagger into the soldier's hand.
It was rich booty, a spell-blade worth a fortune. Chin
hurled the two Argonese soldiers, the Fadema, and Ethrian into the portal's
black maw, chanting a hasty spell.
Varthlokkur responded with a warding spell. Chin
jumped for the portal. His magick
roared through the chamber. Bragi
hurled the javelin, then dropped to the floor, rubbed his eyes. He couldn't see. His skin felt toasted. He
moaned. "Easy,"
said Varthlokkur. "You'll be all
right. I blocked most of it." Ragnarson
didn't believe him. "Did I get
him?" he demanded. "Did I get
him?" Chin's life almost seemed worth his eyes. "I
don't know. I'm sorry. I don't." TWENTY-SEVEN: Mocker Returns The brown
man watched from the shadows. He
shivered, sure Varthlokkur would notice him.
But only one man glanced his way, a squat, hard looker he didn't
recognize. The youth didn't react to
his stare. His
breath hissed away. Relieved, he waited
till they rounded a corner, then followed. What were
they up to? Bragi and Varthlokkur had
no business being in Necremnos. And who
was the Necremnen? Everyone seemed to
know and fear him. The brown
man interrupted a street cleaner. "Self,
beg thousands pardon, sir. Am foolish
foreigner, being ignorant of all things Necremnen. Am bestruckt by puzzlement.
Am seeing man pass, moment gone, ordinary, with foreign companions, and
people hide eyes from same. Am
wondering who is same?" "Huh?" Necremnen
was one of the languages of Mocker's childhood. He could reduce any tongue to unintelligibility. He tried
again. "Him? That's the high and mighty Aristithorn, that
is. Him what makes himself out to be a
little toy god, out in his little toy castle.... Here now. Where're you
going already?" Mocker
had heard enough. He had never met
Aristithorn, but he knew the name.
Bragi had mentioned it often enough. So the
big bastard was recruiting old accomplices into his schemes, eh? He slid
hurriedly through the crowds. But he
had wasted too much time with the street cleaner. He had lost them. He traced
them to the waterfront. Again he was
too late. He did learn that
they had visited shipping firms and the master of the fishers' guild. Boats. A lot of them. That had to be it. Why would
Bragi be in Necremnos trying to build a navy?
It didn't make sense—unless he was on some adventure with Ravelin's
army. It seemed
possible, with Argon a probable target, but reason failed him at that
point. He could conceive of no cause
for Ravelin to attack Argon. Nor could
he figure how Bragi hoped to get away with it.
Bragi had pulled off military miracles before, but this was unrealistic. Mocker
knew Argon. Ragnarson didn't. The brown man knew that the city boasted a
population greater than that of Ravelin.
The biggest force Ravelin could muster would simply vanish into the
crowds.... But Bragi
had Varthlokkur with him. That could
make all the difference. It had for
Ilkazar. He might
be guessing wrong. Bragi might need
boats to ferry across the Roe. He kept
on the trail. This needed
investigation. It was
time he started moving. He had been
here for a month and a half accomplishing nothing. He had gambled away almost the entire fortune Lord Chin had
provided him before transferring him here.
He knew what he was supposed to do, but old habits, old thought
patterns, died hard. Chin
would throw a fit next time they met.
He should have been in Ravelin by now. Hunger
taunted him. He touched his purse. Empty again. It was a long walk to his room, where his final emergency reserve
lay hidden. He considered stealing,
didn't try. He wasn't as quick as he
used to be. Age was creeping up. Soon he'd be able to commit robbery only by
the blade. He hadn't lost his skill
with a sword. Cursing
all the way, he trudged across town, retrieved his poke, bought a meal twice
too big, downed it to the last drop of gravy.
Overindulgenee was his weakness, be it in food, gambling, or drink. He
finally overtook Aristithorn three days later.
Bragi and Varthlokkur were long gone.
Their visit had caused little public comment. But
something was happening. The
half-ruined stone pile palace of Necremnos's Ring had come alive. The captains of Necremnos's corrupt,
incompetent army swarmed there, coming and going with ashen faces. They were hobby soldiers, allergic to the
serious practice of their craft. They
hadn't signed on to die for their country, only to bleed its treasury. In the taverns soldiers patronized, there
was both grumbling and anticipation. Mocker
was there, listening. The
subject was war with Argon. No one
seemed to care why. Pessimists argued
that penetrating Argon's defenses was impossible. Optimists verbally spent the booty they would bring home. Regiments
mustered at the Martial Fields south of the city, slothfully, in the tradition
of all Necremnen state activity. Mocker
was there, too. He wasted no time
insinuating himself into the camp following.
He recruited a half-dozen young, enthusiastic, attractive girls capable
of drawing the big-spending officers.
He put them to work. And
listened. He
quickly determined that the high command was stalling. The generals would never admit it, but they
knew they were incompetent. They knew
they couldn't manage forces like these against Argon. That city's army was poorly trained and equipped, and its
officers as corrupt as they, but it did take war seriously. Finally,
sluggishly, like a bewildered amoeba, the Necremnen host stumbled southward,
following the east bank of the Roe. A
hundred thousand regulars, levies, allies, and plunder-hungry auxiliaries had
responded to the raising of Pthothor's war baton. The movement went forward in dust and confusion. Despite Aristithorn and the King, the mass
never did quite sort itself out. Its first
skirmish nearly resulted in disaster, though the enemy numbered no more than
ten thousand. The regulars and levies
almost panicked. But hard-riding
auxiliaries from the plains tribes finally harried the Argonese border force
into retreating, then swept ahead, burning and pillaging. After the
near-disaster the army began suffering seizures of near-competence. Pthothor hanged fifty officers, dismissed a
hundred more, and demoted scores. When
someone grumbled about losing traditional prerogatives, Pthothor referred him
to Aristithorn. No one
challenged the cranky old wizard. The army
eventually blundered into the Valley of the Tombs, where countless
generations of Argonese nobility lay with their death-treasures. The Argonese came out to forestall looting
and vandalism. An
unimaginative battle raged among the tombs and obelisks from dawn till
dusk. Thousands perished. The thing came to no conclusion till the
steppe riders broke free, circled the valley, and began plundering Argon's
suburbs. They captured the pontoons to
a dozen outlying islands. During the
night the Argonese command brought up thousands of hastily mobilized citizens,
and might have turned the tide had the news not come that the Queen's bastion
had fallen. Mocker
whooped when he heard that Bragi's banners flew everywhere over the Fadem. The
Necremnens took courage. The Argonese
began melting away, running to salvage what they could from their homes. Pthothor
pushed on, occupying islands which had failed to destroy their pontoons and
bridges. Mocker
couldn't believe the confusion on both sides.
This had to be why Bragi believed he could best Argon. Kavelin's troops were superb compared to
these, and the quality of their leaders was incomparable. Haaken
and Reskird would be here, he knew, with the Vorgreberger Guards and the
Midlands Light. Ahring and Altenkirk,
too, probably with the Queen's Own and the Damhorsters. And, knowing Bragi's fondness for archers,
TennHorst and the King's Memory Bows....
Maybe even the Breidenbachers and the Sedlmayr Light, and who knew what
from the Guild.... The more
Mocker thought, the bigger the army he conjured from imagination, till he
pictured the Fadem crawling with the entire adult male population of
Kavelin.... His
depression began receding. He showed
flashes of the Mocker of old, amazing his girls with his lighthearted
nonsense. For a time he forgot the
pressure.... The
officers he entertained knew little about Bragi. Aristithorn and Pthothor were tight-lipped, trusting none of
their staff. Mocker wished he could get
the wizard into his tent. His girls
went along most of the time, but that they wouldn't tolerate. Aristithorn had a reputation. He took home girls who caught his fancy. They were never seen again. So Mocker
just tagged along, the officer's best friend, and awaited the opportune event. His
moment came soon after The Valley of the Tombs. A
Necremnen barge came meandering up a delta channel. Aboard were Bragi, his son, Varthlokkur, Haaken, Reskird,
Trebilcock and his squat friend, and—Nepanthe! They were
hunting Aristithorn and Pthothor, allegedly to arrange coordinated action
against Argon, most of which remained unconquered. Mocker
spotted Nepanthe long before she saw him.
And couldn't believe what he saw.
She was laughing with Haaken and Reskird about the clown army of their
allies. The immaculate, perfectly
disciplined troopers of the Queen's Own made the ragtag Necremnen loafers at
Pthothor's headquarters look pathetic.
Like poorly organized bandits. Mocker
eased as close as he could without revealing himself. Nepanthe
was supposed to be in the dungeons of Castle Krief. He didn't
see Ethrian, and that disturbed him more than his wife's presence. The boy seldom strayed from his mother's
side. She wouldn't let him. She was
going to make Ethrian a mama's boy in spite of himself. He was so
intrigued by his wife's presence, and by trying to eavesdrop, that he ignored
everything else—especially the others in Bragi's party. Beyond
being able to get into trouble anywhere, Aral Dantice had one noteworthy
talent. He remembered. Now he remembered a dark face seen only
momentarily in Necremnos when he noticed the same face peeping from an
ornamental hedge. He whispered to
Trebilcock. It didn't
occur to them that they shouldn't nab suspects on Necremnos's turf. They decided, they split, they drifted round
till they could take the watcher from behind. Mocker's
first warning was a grip of iron closing on his shoulder. He
squealed, "Hai!" and jumped, kicked, sent Dantice sprawling—and found
himself staring into the cold, emotionless eyes of Michael Trebilcock, along
the blade of a saber. He
whipped out his own blade, began fencing.
In silence, which was one of the most un-Mocker-like things he had ever
done. The clash
of steel drew a crowd. He had
meant it to be a quick passage at arms, perhaps wounding the boy as he whipped
by and fled across the yards and hedges.... But
Trebilcock wouldn't let him. Mocker's
eyes steadily widened. Trebilcock met
his every stroke and countered, often coming within a whisker of cutting
him. Nor did the younger man give him
any respite in which to calculate, or regain his wind. Trebilcock
was good. Mocker's
skill with a blade was legend among his acquaintances. Seldom had he met a man he couldn't best in
minutes. This time
he had met one he might not best at all.
He managed to touch Trebilcock once in ten minutes, with a trick never
seen on courtly fields of honor. But
Trebilcock wasn't daunted, nor did he allow the trick a second chance. Trebilcock
couldn't be intimidated. Mocker
couldn't perturb him. And that scared
Mocker.... "Enough!"
Ragnarson shouted. "Michael, back
off." Trebilcock
stepped back, lowered his guard.
Perforce, Mocker did likewise. He was
caught. Wham! Nepanthe
hit him at a dead run.
"Darling. What're you
doing? Where've you been?" And so
on and so on. He couldn't get in a
word. "Come
on," said Ragnarson. "Back to
the barge. It's time we moved out. Nepanthe, keep a hold of him." Mocker
looked everywhere but at Bragi. He
could feel Bragi searching his face. He
considered pretending amnesia, rejected it.
He had given himself away by responding to Nepanthe. Some fast thinking was in order. As he
clambered aboard the barge, Ragnarson said, "Michael, you handle a blade
damned good." "Sir?" "I've
never seen anybody go to draw with Mocker." "Wasn't
a draw. He was tiring." "That's
why I stopped you. Where'd you
learn?" "My
father's fencing master. But I'm not
that good, really. At the
Rebsamen...." "You
impressed me. You men. Get this sonofabitch cast off. We've got to disappear before they find out
I told them a pack of lies." Nepanthe
slackened her fussing. Mocker took the
opportunity to look around. He didn't
like what he saw. Haaken
leaned against the deckhouse, a piece of grass between his dark teeth,
staring. Varthlokkur stared from the
bows. Reskird, directing the
bargemaster, stared. They didn't have
friendly eyes. The
safest course would be to tell ninety percent of the truth. He was
confused. Nepanthe was babbling all the
news since his capture. It piled up
dizzyingly. She and Ethrian had been
kidnapped by agents of Shinsan?
Possibly by Chin, his supposed rescuer.
Though he tried, he couldn't make the evidence of his own kidnapping
indict Chin. If the Tervola had stacked
it against Haroun, he had stacked it perfectly. The accusation against Bragi could be due to misinformation.... When it
came to question time he told the exact truth.
All he held back was his feeling that it hadn't ended, that he still had
to make up his mind which way to jump. For the
moment he leaned toward his old companions, despite bin Yousif's apparent
perfidy. He could be on Bragi's side
without being on Haroun's. "Get
those lazy bastards rowing," Bragi yelled at Reskird. "Damn." He slapped at a
mosquito. It was everybody's
hobby. "Let's get some miles
behind us before those clowns change their minds." Mocker
frowned puzz.ledly. "Stealing
a march, old buddy. One from Haroun's
book. Kind of hate doing it to
Aristithorn. He's not a bad guy. The others.... They deserve whatever they get." "Self,
am wondering what old friend blathers about.
Is getting more governmentalized all time, till cannot speak with
meaning." "I
made a deal with the junta that took over when we got rid of the Fadema. We finished what we came for. We got Nepanthe. Only reason we've been hanging around is we couldn't get
out. So I told them, let us go home,
we'll leave without bothering you anymore.
If they didn't, I'd whip on them from behind the whole time they were
trying to handle Necremnos. Argon's in
a bad way. They'd didn't have much choice. My boys have been turning them every way but
loose. They didn't have any stomach
left for storming the Fadem, against my bows, with the Necremnens behind them. So they agreed. Ahring and TennHorst are moving out already. "Of
course, if they saw a chance to plunder us back, they'd jump on it. So hurry, damnit, Reskird." "What
about Necremnens?" Mocker asked. Ragnarson
grinned. "Their bad luck. They didn't show up because we needed
help. They came to plunder. And they'd jump us too, if they thought they
could get away with it. Old Pthothor
hedged every time I tried to pin him down about designating plunder
areas." "Old
friend is right. Trick is worthy of
Haroun." "Think
they'll report to Pthothor?" Haaken asked after they debarked and joined
the escort Ahring had left for them.
The Necremnen rivermen were wasting no time heading upstream. "Not
unless he heads them off," Bragi replied.
"Those boys are scared. They're
homeward bound." Later, as
they hurried along a road raised above rice paddies, Visigodred's roc made a
clumsy landing a few hundred yards ahead.
Marco tumbled off, landed with a hearty splash and heartier cursing. He came boiling up the embankment, blood in
his eye. He fell back. Sputtering, he tried again. "Goddamned
overgrown buzzard, you did that on purpose.
We're gonna bring this pimple to a head. You're lower than snake puke, you know that, you big-ass
vulture?" He
slipped again. Splash! "Throw
him a rope," Ragnarson suggested. The bird
quietly preened, ignoring everyone. "I'm
gonna carve out your gizzard and make me giblet stew," Marco
promised. Soldiers helped him dry
off. He bowed mockingly toward
Ragnarson. "Got
a word for you, chief," he said.
"And that's get your butt home.
That creep Badalamen is kicking ass all over Hammad al Nakir. And El Murid told him to wale on Kavelin
next." He snatched a lance from,-a trooper, rushed the bird, whacked it
between the eyes. "Listen, bird,
if I wasn't allergic to walking...." Ragnarson
waved his companions past and hurried onward.
Marco was still cursing when they passed out of earshot. The army
gulped huge distances daily. Ragnarson
walked himself, to demonstrate that anyone could manage. The column became strung out. Plains riders came for a look, but withdrew
when they saw the Thing and the Egg prowling the column's flanks. Ragnarson
halted near Throyes, sent a party to the city for supplies, and to inform the
Throyens of Varthlokkur's presence. The
Throyens might have been tempted otherwise.
The loot of the Fadem was considerable. Mocker
went along. He had
been given plunder money and he knew Throyes of old. He knew its gaming houses well. It was in
one of those that the Throyen Nine contacted him. The
emissary was fatter than he. Sweat
rolled off him in rivers, and he smelled.
Flies loved him. Yet men made
way for him when he approached the table where Mocker, having an apparent run
of luck, was amazing the house with his bets. The man
watched during three passes of the dice.
Then he whispered, "I would speak with you, fat man." "Hai! Is case of kettles calling pot black. Begone, ponderous interrupter of...." "You
want these people to check your dice?" Mocker
rattled the bones slowly, wondering if he could resubstitute without the fat
man noticing. "Come. We have to talk." Mocker
collected his winnings, apologized to the onlookers. The house didn't object, which was surprising. He was into it deep. He did
manage to switch dice before departing. He
followed the fat man outside and into an alley.... He
grabbed the fatter man, laid a dagger across his throat. "Self, being old skulker of alleys,
take steps first, before trap springs," he murmured. "Speak. Or second, redder mouth opens under first." The
bigger man didn't seem perturbed.
"I speak for the Hidden Kingdom." Mocker
had wondered if the contact would ever come.
He hadn't done much to please Lord Chin. "Speak."
He didn't relax. "The
message comes from the Pracchia. A
directive. Dispose of the man named
Ragnarson." "And
in case of possibility former adherent, self, has changed mind?" "They
have your son. You choose which
dies." "Pestilential
pig!" He drew the blade across the fat man's throat. But when
he turned to flee he found someone blocking his path. The man threw dust into his face. He
collapsed. Endlessly
repetitive, droning voices told him what he had to do.... "Here
he is," Haaken called. Several
Kaveliners joined him in the alley.
"The fat guy must be the one he left with. Poul, look out for the Watch. This other one looks like Mocker nailed him
before he went down." A soldier
knelt beside Mocker. "He's alive,
Colonel. Looks like he got knocked in
the head." "Check
his purse." "Empty." "Funny. It's not like him to get caught this
easy. Here. Blood. Looks like he hurt
a couple more, but they got away." He stirred a third body with his
foot. Mocker's sword still pierced its
heart. "What the hell was he doing
down an alley with somebody he didn't know?
With that much money on him? And
why the hell didn't they kill him?" "Colonel...."
Poul shouted too late. The Watch
identified the man with Mocker's blade in him as a notorious cutpurse. The fat man was an important
magistrate. They took detailed
depositions. Their mucking around
enraged the managers of the gaming house.
The police wanted to hold Mocker.
Blackfang fumed and stormed and threatened to have Varthlokkur roast
their tongues in their mouths. They
finally released Mocker on condition that his deposition would be presented as
soon as he recovered. When
Mocker came round he found Bragi, Varthlokkur, Nepanthe, and Haaken waiting
over him. "What
happened?" Bragi demanded. "Give
him a chance," Nepanthe pleaded.
"Can't you see ... ?" "All
right. Get some of that soup down
him." Mocker
took a few spoonfuls, desultorily, while trying to remember. Voices.
Telling him he had to.... To
what? Kill. Kill these men.
Especially Bragi. And
Varthlokkur, if he could. He felt
for his missing dagger. The
compulsion to strike was almost too much for him. Varthlokkur
eyed him suspiciously. He had been
doing so since the island encounter.
This would take cunning. He had
to get himself and Nepanthe out alive. He had to
do it. For Ethrian. His
friend of more than twenty years, and his father. ... Already the
necessities gnawed his vitals like dragon chicks eating their ways out. Varthlokkur
was the illegitimate son of the last King of llkazar. He had killed his father, indirectly. It was the curse of the Golmune line. The sons slew the fathers....
Mocker had slain Varthlokkur once already, long ago, over Nepanthe. ...
But that spooky little man with the winged horse had revived him. Mocker
told his lies, and his mind strayed to his own son. Ethrian. Would he, too,
someday, be responsible for the death of his father? TWENTY-EIGHT:
A Friendly Assassin Marco
brought the news to Ragnarson at Gog-Ahlan.
Megelin had retreated to the Kapenrungs. The blood of half his followers stained the desert sands. El Murid
had suffered as bitterly. Nevertheless,
he had ordered Badalamen to lead the ragged, war-weary victors into Ravelin. Ragnarson
increased the pace again. As the
army entered the Savernake Gap, Varthlokkur toid him, "We have a
problem. Mocker. Something was done to him. He's lying,..." "He's
acting strange, yeah. Wouldn't you if
Shinsan had had a hold of you?" "Shinsan
has had a hold of me. That's why I'm
suspicious. Something happened in
Throyes that he's not admitting." "Maybe." "I
know what you're thinking. The
spook-pusher is getting antsy about moving in on Nepanthe. Keep an eye on him anyway." Later,
after the army had passed Maisak and started eagerly downhill into its
homeland, Varthlokkur returned.
"Nepanthe is gone," he announced. "What? Again?" "Your
fat friend did it this time." "Take
it from the beginning." Ragnarson sighed. "He
left her at Maisak." "Why?" "You
tell me." "I
don't know." "To
remove her from risk?" "Go
away." He didn't
like it. Varthlokkur was right. Something had happened. Mocker had changed. The humor had gone out of him. He hadn't cracked a smile in weeks. And he avoided his friends as much as
possible. He preferred remaining apart,
brooding, walking with eyes downcast.
He didn't eat much. He was a
shadow of the man who had come to the Victory Day celebration. Challenging
him produced no answers. He simply
denied, growing vehement when pressed.
Haakenand Reskird no longer bothered. Ragnarson
watched constantly, hoping he could figure out how to help. Kavelin
greeted them as conquering heroes. The
march lost impetus. Each morning's
start had to be delayed till missing soldiers were retrieved from the girls of
the countryside. "I
don't like it," said Haaken, the morning Bragi planned to reach
Vorgreberg. "What?"
There had been no contact with Gjerdrum.
Vorgreberg seemed unware of their approach. "How
many men have you seen?" Haaken's way was to let his listeners supply half
the information he wanted to impart. "I
don't follow you." "We've
been back for three days. I haven't
seen a man who wasn't too old to get around.
When I ask, the people say they've gone west. So where are they? What
happened to the garrison Gjerdrum was supposed to send to Karak Strabger?" "You're
right. Even the Nordmen are gone. Find Ragnar. And Trebilcock and Dantice.
We'll ride ahead." Varthlokkur
joined them. They reached Vorgreberg in
midafternoon. The city lay
deserted. They found only a few
poorly-armed old men guarding the gates.
Squads of women drilled in the streets. "What
the hell?" Ragnarson exploded when first he encountered that
phenomenon. "Come on." He
spurred toward the girls. Months in
the field had done little to make him attractive. The girls scattered. One
recognized Ragnarson. "It's the
Marshall!" She grabbed his stirrup.
"Thank God. sir. Thank God you're back." The
others returned, swarmed round him, bawled shamelessly. "What
the hell's going on?" Ragnarson demanded.
"You!" he jabbed a finger at the girl at his stirrup. "Tell me!" He seized her
wrist. The others fled again, through
quiet streets, calling, "The Marshall's back! We're saved." "You
don't know, sir?" "No,
damnit. And I never will unless
somebody tells me. Where're the
men? Why're you girls playing soldier?" "They've
all gone with Sir Gjerdrum. El
Murid.... His army is in Orthwein and
Uhlmansiek. They came through the
mountains somehow. They might be in
Moerschel by now." "Oh."
And Gjerdrum had little veteran manpower.
"Haaken. ..." "I'll
go," Ragnar offered. "Okay. Tell Reskird to pass the word to the
men. One night is all we'll spend
here. Nobody to wander. Go on now." He
watched his son, proud. Ragnar had
become a man. He was nearly ready to
fend for himself. "Thank
you, Miss. To the Palace. We'll fill in the gaps there. Varthlokkur, can you reach Radeachar?" "No. I'll have to wait till he comes to me." "Damn. Ought to take ages to cross those
trails. How did they get through? Without Radeachar noticing?" They
hadn't. Badalamen had, simply, moved
more swiftly than anyone had believed possible, and Gjerdrum, unsure if he were
attacking Megelin or Kavelin, had waited too long to respond. Then, thoughtlessly, he had ordered his counterattacks
piecemeal. Badalamen had cut him
up. He had taken to Fabian tactics
while gathering a larger force in hopes of blocking the roads to Vorgreberg. Two days
had passed since there had been any news from Gjerdrum. Rumor had a big battle shaping up. Gjerdrum had drawn every able-bodied man to
Brede-on-Lynn in the toe of Moerschel, twenty-five miles south of the capital. Ragnarson
had passed through the area during the civil war. "Gjerdrum smartened up fast," he told Haaken. "That's the place to neutralize big
attacking formations. It's all small
farms, stone fences, little woods and wood lots, some bigger woods, lots of
hills.... And a half-dozen castles
within running distance. Lots of places
to hide, to attack from if he loses, and no room for fancy cavalry
maneuvers. Meaning, if that's the way
this Badalamen wants to fight, he'll have to meet our knights head on." Varthlokkur
observed, "He'll refuse battle if the conditions are that
unfavorable." "He
wants Vorgreberg. He'll have to fight
somewhere. Us or Gjerdrum. The maps.
They'll tell us." They moved to the War Room, set out maps of
Moerschel and neighboring provinces.
"Now," Ragnarson said, "try to think like Badalamen. You're here, over the Lynn in Orthwein. There's a big mob waiting at Brede. The ground is bad. What do you do to get to Vorgreberg?" "I
might split my strength," Trebilcock replied. "Hold Gjerdrum at Brede and circle another group
around. If he has enough men. Gjerdrum couldn't turn even if he knew what
was happening." "Till
we hear from the Unborn, or the dwarf, we're guessing. I'd bet he's outnumbered. Gjerdrum's probably mustered twenty,
twenty-five thousand men. But Badalamen's
soldiers are veterans." Trebilcock
fingered a map. "If he circles,
he'll go east, up the Lynn." He traced the stream which formed the
southern boundary of Moerschel. It ran
toward Forbeck and the Gudbrandsdal Forest, approaching the Siege of
Vorgreberg, emptying into the Spehe. As
a river it wasn't much, yet it formed a barrier of sorts. An army crossing would be vulnerable. Ragnarson
joined Trebilcock. "Yeah. The hills and woods are rough in
Trautwein. The roads would be easy to
hold. But that don't mean he won't go
that way. He's never been to
Kavelin." Haaken
snorted. "You think Habibullah and
Achmed were sleeping the last five years?
He probably has maps better than ours." "Yeah. Well.
I agree with Michael. I'd come
up the south bank of the Lynn too. So
we'll get lost in the Gudbrandsdal. He
should cross the Lynn at Norbury, where it runs into the Spehe. There're bridges both sides of town. We'll hit his flank while he's crowded up to
cross. The woods aren't a hundred yards
from the one bridge. They run right
down to the banks of the Spehe." The
arguments continued. Ragnar returned,
bringing Mocker. "We're
fussing too much," Bragi declared later that evening. "We can't plan to the last arrow. We shouldn't. We'd get too set on a plan.
We'd try sticking to it no matter what.
Sleep will do us more good. Mocker,
the room you and Nepanthe used before should be empty. Make yourself to home." Jarl
Ahring arrived, drew Haaken aside. A
moment later they approached Ragnarson.
"Sir," said Ahring, his steely eyes evasive. "Well?" "A
problem." "What?" "One
of my sergeants wants to talk to you. A
personal matter." "Important
enough that I should see him?" "I
think so," Haaken said. "All
right. Bring him up." "I
warned you," Haaken muttered as Ahring departed. "Oh-oh. Ragnar and that girl...." "She's
pregnant." "Get
Ragnar back here. He know?" "Probably. I expect he made time to see her." Sergeant
Simenson was a tough buzzard Bragi wouldn't have wanted to face in a
fracas. His scars showed he had been in
the thick of it throughout his service, which had begun before Ragnarson's
appearance in Kavelin. Nevertheless, he
was as nervous as a child asked to explain a broken vase. Haaken
brought Ragnar. Ragnar nearly panicked
when he saw Simenson. Bragi
growled, "Boy, you've been aping a man. Let's see if you can be one.
You and the sergeant have some talking to do. Do it. I'll just listen—till
somebody acts like an ass. Then I'll
crack heads." Simenson he admonished, "It's too late to change
anything. So confine yourselves to the
future. Sergeant, did you talk to your
daughter?" Simenson
nodded. He was angry, but was a good
father, mainly worried about his daughter's welfare. Ragnarson
exited that confrontation admiring Ragnar.
His son hadn't tried weaseling.
He was truly enamored. He got
down to cases and worked out a marriage agreement. Bragi couldn't have handled it as well himself. He hadn't with Fiana. That was
that. Except that the story leaked, and
eventually won support for Ragnarson's Regency. Prataxis-generated tales showed Bragi as incorruptible. He wouldn't bend to benefit his own son. It was
late when he retired, a return to the field awaiting him beyond the dawn. He fell asleep hoping his men wouldn't waste
themselves drinking and skirt-chasing, and knowing the hope vain. Something
wakened him. It wasn't a sound. The intruder moved with the stealth of a
cat. Dawn
would soon break. The slightest of grey
lights crept through the window. He sensed
rather than saw the blow, rolled away. The
knife ripped through the bearksins and slashed his back, sliding over ribs and
spine. He bellowed, pulled the covers
with him to the floor. The
assassin pitched onto the bed. Ragnarson
staggered to his feet. Warm blood
seeped down his back. He whirled the
bearskins into the killer's face, wrapped him in his arms, bore him off the far
side of the bed. He was a
short man, heavy, yet agile as a monkey.
His knee found Bragi's groin as they hit the floor. Bragi grunted and clung, smashed the man's
knife hand against the bed post. The
blade skittered under a wardrobe. The
assassin kicked, gouged, bit. So did
Ragnarson, and yelled when he could. His
antagonist was tough, skilled, and desperate.
He began getting the best of it.
Bragi grew faint. His wound was
bleeding badly. Where the
hell were the guards. Where was Haaken? He
stopped blocking blows, concentrated on getting an unbreakable hold. He managed to get behind the assassin and
slip an arm around the man's throat. He
forced his hand up behind his own head.
He arched his back and pulled with his head. "Now
I've got you," he growled. It was a
vicious hold. Applied suddenly, to an
unsuspecting victim, it could break a man's neck. The
assassin kicked savagely, writhed like an eel out of water. He slapped and pounded with his free
hand. Bragi held on. The assassin produced another dagger,
scarred Ragnarson's side repeatedly. Where the
hell was Haaken? And Varthlokkur? Or anybody? The
murderer's struggles weakened. That, Bragi
suspected, was feigned. Slowly he
dragged the man upright.... The
assassin exploded, confessing his fakery. Enough,
Bragi thought. He leaned forward till
the man was nearly able to toss him, then snapped back with all the strength
and leverage he could apply. He felt
the neck go through his forearm and cheek.
He heard the crunch. The door
burst inward. Haaken, Varthlokkur, and
several soldiers charged in. Torchlight
flooded the room. Bragi let the
would-be murderer slide to the floor. "Oh,
my gods, my gods." He dropped to his bed, wounds forgotten, tears welling. "He's
alive," said Varthlokkur, touching the pulse in Mocker's throat. "Get
Wachtel!" Bragi ordered. Varthlokkur
rose, shedding tears of his own.
"Stretch out," he told Ragnarson. "Let me stop that bleeding.
Come on! Move!" Ragnarson
moved. There was no resisting the
wizard's anger. "Why?"
He groaned as Varthlokkur spread the cut across his back. "This
will lay you up for a while. Wachtel
will use a mile of thread. Cut to the
bone. Side, too." "Why,
damnit? He was my friend." "Maybe
because they have his son." The wizard's examination wasn't gentle. "I had a son once...." "Damnit,
man, don't open me up." "... but I think he died in an alley in
Throyes. The Curse of the Golmunes
again. But for Ethrian he wouldn't be
lying there now." Wachtel
bustled in. He checked Mocker's pulse,
dug in his bag, produced a bottle, soaked a ball of wool, told Haaken,
"Hold this under his nose." He turned to Bragi. "Get
hot water. Have to clean him before I
sew." He poked and probed.
"You'll be all right. A few
stitches, a few weeks in bed. It'll be
tender for a while, Marshall." "What
about Mocker,?" "Neck's
broken. But he's still alive. Probably be better off dead." "How
come?" "I
can't help him. No one could. I could only keep him alive." While
Wachtel washed, stitched, and bandaged Bragi, Varthlokkur reexamined Mocker
carefully. Finally, he ven- tured, "He
won't recover. He'll stay a
vegetable. And I don't think you'll
keep him that healthy long. You'll have
trouble feeding him without severing his spinal cord." His tone betrayed
his anguish, his despair. Wachtel
also reexamined Mocker. He could
neither add to nor dispute Varthlokkur's prognosis. "He'd
be better off if we finish him," the wizard said. His eyes were moist. His voice quavered. Bragi, the
doctor, and Haaken exchanged looks.
Ragnarson couldn't think straight.
Crazy notions kept hurtling
through his mind.... Mocker
twitched. Weird noises gurgled from his
throat. Wachtel soaked another ball of
wool, knelt. The
others exchanged glances again. "Damnit,
I'll do it!" Haaken growled. There
was no joy in him. He drew a dagger. "No!"
Varthlokkur snapped. His visage would
have intimidated a basilisk. "I'm
the doctor," said Wachtel. "No,"
the wizard repeated, more gently. "He's
my son. Let it be on my head." "No,"
Ragnarson countered. "You
can't. Think about Nepanthe and
Ethrian." He struggled up.
"I'll do it. Let her hate
me.. ..She's more likely to listen if
it was me.... Doctor, do you have
something gentle?" "No,"
said Varthlokkur. "It
has to be done?" Bragi surveyed faces.
Haaken shrugged. Wachtel agreed
reluctantly. Varthlokkur nodded, shook
his head, nodded, shrugged. "You
men," Ragnarson growled at the soldiers who had come with Haaken and the
wizard. "If you value your lives,
you'll never forget that he was dead when you got here. Understood?" He knelt,
grunting. The cuts were getting
sensitive. "Doctor, give me
something." Wachtel
reluctantly took another bottle from his bag.
He continued digging. "Hurry,
man. I've got a battle to get to. And I'm about to lose my nerve." "Battle? You're not going anywhere for a couple
weeks." Wachtel produced tweezers.
"Lay one crystal on his tongue.
It'll take about two minutes." "I'll
be at the fight. If somebody has to
carry me. I've got to hit back or go
mad." He
fumbled the little blue crystal three times. Ragnarson
stared across the Spehe at Norbury.
Tears still burned his cheeks.
He had scourged himself by walking all the way. His wounds ached miserably. Wachtel
had warned him. He should have
listened. He
glanced up. It might rain. He surveyed Norbury again. It was a ghost town. The inhabitants had fled. He
fretted, waiting for his scouting reports.
The Marena Dimura were prowling the banks of the Lynn. Again he
considered the nearer bridge. It was a
stout stone construction barely wide enough for an ox cart. A good bottleneck. Behind
him archers and infantry talked quietly.
Haaken and Reskird roamed among them, keeping their voices down. Up the Spehe, Jarl and the Queen's Own
waited to ford the river and hit the enemy's rear. If he
came. N ot
today, Ragnarson thought as the sun settled into the hills of Moerschel. "Ragnar, tell the commanders to let the
men pitch camp." He was
still standing there, ignoring his pain, when the moon rose, peeping through
gaps in scurrying clouds. It was nearly
full. Leaning on a spear, he looked
like a weary old warrior guarding a forest path. Trebilcock,
Dantice, and Colonel Liakopulos joined him.
No one said anything. This was
no time to impose. Mostly he
relived his companionship with Mocker and Haroun. They, with the exception of Haaken and Reskird, had been his
oldest friends. And the relationship
with his fellow Trolledyngjans hadn't been the same. Haaken and Reskird were quieter souls, part-time companions
always there when he called. There had
been more life, more passion, and a lot less trust with the other two. He
reviewed old adventures, when they were young and couldn't believe they weren't
immortal. They had
been happier then, he decided. Beholden
to none, they had been free to go where and do what they pleased. Even Haroun had shown little interest in his
role of exiled king. "Somebody's
coming," Trebilcock whispered. A runner
zipped across the gap between village and stream. He splashed into the river. "Get
him, Michael." Trebilcock
returned with a Marena Dimura.
"Colonel Marisal, he comes, The Desert Rider, yes. Thousands.
Many thousands, quiet, pads on feets of his horses, yes." "Michael,
Aral, Colonel, pass the word. Kill the
fires. Everyone up to battle
position. But quietly, damn it. Quietly." Of the scout, "How
far?" "Three
miles. Maybe two now. Slow.
No scouts out to give away." "Uhm."
Badalamen was cunning. He looked
up. The gaps in the clouds were
larger. There would be light for the
bowmen. "Ragnar. Run and tell Jarl I want him to start moving
right away." Ahring's task would be difficult. His mounts wouldn't like going into action at night. The men
had barely gotten into position.
Shadows were moving in the town.
El Murid's horsemen came, leading their mounts. Soon they were piling up at the bridge. Ragnarson
was impressed with Badalamen. His
maneuver seemed timed to reach Vorgreberg at sunrise. A hundred
men had crossed. Ragnarson guessed
three times that would have crossed upriver.
Five hundred or so had piled up on the south bank here. "Now!" Arrows
hit the air with a sound like a thousand quail flushing. Two thousand bowmen pulled to their cheeks
and released as fast as they could set nock to string. The mob
at the bridge boiled. Horses
screamed. Men cursed, moaned, cried
questions. In moments half were down. Fifteen seconds later the survivors
scattered, trying to escape through brethren still coming from the town. "Haaken!"
Bragi shouted. "Go!" Blackfang's
Vorgrebergers hit the chill Spehe.
Miserably soaked, they seized the far bank, formed up to prevent those already
over the bridge from returning. Once
bowmen joined them they forced it, compelling the horsemen to withdraw upstream
or swim back. Badalamen
reacted quickly. Horsemen
swept from the village in a suicidal, headlong charge, startling the infantrymen
screening Haaken's bridge- head. Arrows flew on
both sides. More horses went down by
stumbling than by enemy action. Another
force swept up the north bank of the Lynn, against the Kaveliners there. The south
bank riders hit the thin lines protecting the Spehe crossing, broke
through. The arrows couldn't get them
all. The
struggle became a melee. Ragnarson's
troops, unaccustomed to reverses, wavered. "Reskird!"
Bragi called. "Don't send anyone
else over. Spread out. Cover them if they break." With
Liakopulos, Dantice, and Trebilcock helping, he scattered his forces along the
bank, made sure the archers kept plinking.
Victory or defeat depended on Ahring now. Across
the river Haaken Blackfang bawled like a wounded bull, by sheer thunder and force
of will kept the Vorgrebergers steady.
He seemed to be everywhere. Something
drifted down from the north. It glowed
like a small moon, had something vaguely human within it.... The
fighting sputtered. Both sides, awed,
watched the Unborn. Here, there, El
Murid's captains silently toppled from their saddles. Haaken
started bellowing again. He took the
fight to the enemy. A huge
man on a giant of a stallion cantered from the village. In the moonlight and glow of the Unborn
Ragnarson saw him clearly.
"Badalamen," he guessed.
He was surprised. The man didn't
wear Tervola costume. His
appearance rallied his men. Ragnarson
yelled at his bowmen. Some complained
they were short of arrows. "It's
in the balance," he told Trebilcock.
"Tell Reskird to send more men over." Radeachar
and Haaken cleared the west bank again.
The Midlanders didn't have to fight their way ashore. "Wish
I could get my hands on that bastard," Ragnarson said of Badalamen. The reinforcements hadn't made much difference. Badalamen's men were, once more, confident
of their invincibility, of their god-given destiny. For
Radeachar had attacked the eldritch general with no more effort than a bee
stinging the flank of an elephant.
Badalamen had hardly noticed. His
only response was to have archers plink at the Unborn's protective sphere. Soon,
despite their numbers, the Kaveliners were again on the verge of breaking. Then
Ahring arrived. Not at
the point of greatest danger, but up the Lynn, at the other bridge. He led
with his heavy cavalry. His light came
behind and on his flanks. The knights
and sergeants in heavy plate were unstoppable.
They shattered the enemy formation, leaving the survivors to the light
horse, then came against Badalamen from behind. The news reached him scarcely a minute before the charge itself. Here
Ahring had more difficulty. He was
outnumbered, faced an inspired leader, and had little room to gain
momentum. Nevertheless, he threw the
desert riders into confusion. Haaken
. and Reskird took immediate advantage. Ahring
and his captains drove for Badalamen himself, quickly surrounding the
mysterious general and his boydguard. Ragnarson
laughed delightedly. His trap had
closed. He had won. While his men slaughtered his enemies, he
planned his march down the Lynn to relieve Gjerdrum. In the
end, though, it proved a costly victory.
Though the last-gasp might of Hammad al Nakir perished, Bragi lost Jarl
Ahring. Badalamen cut him down. The born general himself escaped, cutting
his way through the Queen's Own as though they were children armed with sticks. Radeachar
was unable to track him. His
entire army he abandoned to the untender mercies of Ravelin's soldiers. TWENTY-NINE:
A Dark Stranger in the Kingdom of Dread The dark
man cursed constantly. The Lao-Pa Sing
Pass, the Gateway to Shinsan, penetrating the double range of the Pillars of
Heaven and the Pillars of Ivory, had no visible end. These mountains were as high and rugged as the Kratchnodians, and
extended so much farther.... He was
tired of being cold. And
damned worried. He had counted on using
the Power to conceal himself in enemy territory. But there was no Power anymore.
He had to slip around like a common thief. His
journey was taking longer than he had expected. The legions were active in the pass. He had to spend most of his time hiding. When the
Power had gone, he had learned, turmoil had broken loose in Shinsan, rocking
the domains of several despotic Tervola.
Peasants had rebelled. Shopkeepers
and artisans had lynched mask-wearers.
But the insurrections were localized and ineffectual. The Tervola owned swift and merciless
legions. And, in most places, the
ancient tyranny wasn't intolerable. Haroun
made use of the confusion. He
traveled east without dawdling, yet days became weeks, and weeks, months. He hadn't realized the vastness of
Shinsan. He grew depressed when he
reflected on the strength pent there, with its timeless tradition of manifest
destiny. Nothing would stop these people
if O Shing excited them, pointed them, unleashed them... O Shing,
it seemed, had hidden himself so far to the east that Haroun feared that he
would reach the place where the sun rose first. Autumn became winter.
Once more he trudged across snowy fields, his cloak pulled tight about
him. His horse
had perished on the Sendelin Steppe. He
hadn't replaced it. Stealing anything,
he felt, would be tempting Fate too much. He had
entered Lao-Pa Sing thinking the journey would last a few hundred miles at most. His
thinking had been shaped by a life in the west, where many states were smaller
than Kavelin. Shinsan, though, spanned
not tens and hundreds, but thousands of miles.
Through each he had to march unseen. In time
he reached Liaontung. There, based on
the little he understood of Shinsan's primary dialect, he should find O
Shing. And where he found O Shing he
should find Mocker. In
happier circumstances he might have enjoyed his visit. Liaontung was a quaint old city, like none
he had seen before. Its architecture
was uniquely eastern Shinsan. Its
society was less structured than at the heart of the empire. A legacy of border life? Or because Wu was less devoted to absolute
rule than most Tervola? Haroun
understood that Wu and O Shing were relatively popular. O Shing's
reputation didn't fit Haroun's preconceptions.
The emperor and his intimates, Lang and Tran, seemed well-known and
accessible. The commons could, without
fear, argue grievances with them. Yet O
Shing was O Shing, demi-god master of the Dread Empire. He had been shaped by all who had gone
before him. His role was subject to
little personal interpretation. He had
to pursue Shinsan's traditional destinies. He was
about to move. Liaontung crawled with
Tervola and their staffs. Spring would
see Shinsan's full might in motion for the first time since Mist had flung it
at Escalon. The
holocaust was at hand. Only the
direction of the blow remained in doubt. O Shing
favored Matayanga. Though he realized
the west was weak, he resisted the arguments of the Tervola. Baxendala had made a deep impression, Haroun
hid in a wood near the city, pondering.
Why did O Shing vacillate? Every
day wasted strengthened his enemies. He
scouted Liaontung well before going in.
Hunger finally moved him. His
eagerness for the kill had faded. He hadn't
heard one mention of Mocker yet. He went
in at night, using rope and grapnel to scale a wall between
patrols. Once in the streets he took it
slow, hanging in shadows. Had it been possible,
he would have traveled by the rooftops.
But the buildings had steeply pitched tile roofs patched with snow and
ice. Stalactites of ice hung from their
ornate corners. "Getting
damned tired of being cold," he muttered. The main
streets remained busy despite the hour.
Every structure of substance seemed to have its resident Tervola. Aides rushed hither and yon. "It's
this spring," he mumbled.
"And Bragi won't be ready." He
stalked the citadel, thoughts circling his son and wife obsessively. His chances of seeing them again were
plummeting with every step. Yet if he
failed tonight, they would be trapped in a world owned by O Shing. It didn't
occur to him that he could fail. Haroun
bin Yousif never failed. Not at murder. He was too skilled, too practiced. Faces
paraded across his mind, of men he thought forgotten. Most had died by his hand.
A few had perished at his direction.
Beloul and El Senoussi had daggers as bloody as his own. The secret war with El Murid had been long
and bloody. He wasn't proud of
everything he had done. From the
perspective of the doorstep of a greater foe the Disciple didn't look bad. Nor did his own motives make as much
sense. From today the past twenty years
looked more a process of habit than of belief. What
course had Megelin charted? Rumors said
there was heavy fighting at home. But
that news had come through the filter of a confused war between Argon and
Necremnos which had engulfed the entire Roe basin, inundating dozens of lesser
cities and principalities. Argon,
rumor said, had been about to collapse when a general named Badalamen had
appeared and gradually brought the Necremnens to ruin. Haroun
wondered if O Shing might not be behind that war. It was convenient for Shinsan, and he had heard that a Tervola
had been seen in Argon.. He could
be sure of nothing. He couldn't handle
the language well. Liaontung's
citadel stood atop a basaltic upthrust.
It was a massive structure. Its
thirty-foot walls were of whitewashed brick.
Faded murals and strange symbols, in places, had been painted over the
whitewash. The whole
thing, Haroun saw after climbing seventy feet of basalt, was roofed. From a distance he had thought that a trick
of perspective. "Damn!"
How would he get in? The gate was
impossible. The stair to it was clogged
with traffic. The wall
couldn't be climbed. After a dozen
failures with his grapnel he concluded that the rope trick was impossible
too. He circled the base of the
fortress. There was just the one
entrance. Cursing
softly, he clung to shadow and listened to the sentries. He retreated only when certain he could
pronounce the passwords properly. It was
try the main entrance or go home. He waited
in the darkness behind the mouth of a narrow street. In time a lone Tervola, his size, passed. One
brief, startled gasp fled the man as Haroun's knife drove home. Bin Yousif dragged him into the shadows,
quickly appropriated his clothing and mask He paid
no heed to the mask. He didn't know
enough to distinguish Tervola by that means. The mask
resembled a locust. In
complete ignorance he had struck a blow more devastating than that he had come
to deliver. Haroun
hadn't known that Wu existed. Nor would
he have cared if he had. One Shinsaner
was like another. He would shed no
tears if every man, woman, and child of them fell beneath the knives of their
enemies. Haroun
was a hard, cruel man. He wept for his
enemies only after they were safely in the ground. He
mounted the steps certain something would go awry. He tried to mimic the Tervola's walk, his habit of moving his
right hand like a restless cobra. He
rehearsed that password continuously. And was
stunned when the sentries pressed their foreheads to the pavement, murmuring
what sounded like incantations. His
fortune only made him more nervous.
What should his response have been? But he
was inside. And everyone he encountered
repeated the performance. He remained
unresponsive. No one remarked on his
behavior, odd or not. "Must
have killed somebody important," he mumbled. Good. Though it could
have its disadvantages. Sooner or later someone would
approach him with a petition, request for orders, or.... He ducked
into an empty room when he spied another Tervola. He dared not try dealing with an equal. His luck
persisted. It was late. The crowds had declined dramatically. He
stumbled across his quarry by accident. He had
entered an area devoted to apartments.
He encountered one with its door ajar and soft voices coming through.... A
footfall warned him. He turned as a
sentry entered the passage, armed with a crossbow. For a moment the soldier stared uncertainly. Haroun
realized he had made some mistake. The
crossbow rose. He
snapped the throwing knife underhand.
Its blade sank into the soldier's throat. The crossbow discharged.
The bolt nipped Haroun's sleeve, clattered down the hallway. "Damn!"
He made sure of the man, appropriated his weapon, hurried back to the open
door. To him
the action had seemed uproarious. But
there was no excitement behind the door. He peeped
in. The speakers were out of
sight. He slipped inside, peeped
through a curtain. He didn't recognize
the three men, nor could he follow a tenth of their argument. But he lingered in hopes he could learn the
whereabouts of his target, or Mocker. O Shing
told Lang and Tran, "I'm convinced, Tran.
There's too much smoke for there not to be fire. Chin's it.
And Wu must be in it. You
identify anyone else, Tran?" "Feng
and Kwan, Lord." He used the Lord of Lords title. Haroun
stepped in. "Wu!"
the three gasped. Haroun
was the perfect professional. His bolt
slew Lang before his gasp ended. He
finished Tran a second later, with the knife he had thrown before. O Shing
hobbled around a bed, pulled a cord. Haroun
cursed softly. "You.... You're not Wu." Haroun
discarded the locust mask. The cruel
little smile tugged his lips as he cranked the crossbow. "You!"
O Shing gasped. He remembered who had
harried him through the Savernake Gap.
"How did you...?" "I
am the Brother of Death," Haroun replied.
"Her blind brother.
Justice." Running
feet slapped stone floors. Haroun
fired. The bolt slammed into O Shing's
heart. The dark
man drew his sword and smiled his smile.
Now there might be time for Bragi and the west. He was sad, though, that he hadn't found
Mocker. Where the hell was that little
tub of lard? He
couldn't know that his bolt had removed the only obstacle to Pracchia control
of Shinsan. His action would have an
effect exactly opposite his intent. He
fought. And broke through, leaving a
trail of dead men. He stayed
to find and free Mocker. He
remained at liberty long enough to bloody the halls of that fortress, to learn
that Mocker wasn't there, and had never been.
Long enough to convince his hunters that he was no man at all, but a
blood-drinking devil. THIRTY:
The Other Side The Old
Man watched dreamily as the Star Rider reactivated the Power and opened a
transfer stream. A gang
tumbled through immediately. A
bewildered boy and a maskless Tervola followed. Curses pursued them. Then
a javelin flickered through, smashed into the Tervola's skull. The Old
Man and Star Rider froze, stunned.
Then, cursing, the bent man scuttled after the boy. Catching him, he demanded, "What
happened?" Panic edged his voice. Everything
was going wrong. The leukemia victim
had expired. The Mercenary's Guild had
cleansed itself. There had been no time
to replace Pracchia members. Now Chin,
his most valuable tool, lay dead at his feet.
"Help him!" he roared at the Old Man, before the Fadema could
answer his question. The Old
Man knelt beside the Tervola. It was
hopeless. The javelin had jellied
Chin's brain. "Ragnarson,"
the Fadema whined. "What? What about him?" "He
crossed the steppes. He made an
alliance with Necremnos. He came down
the Roe and attacked from boats. He
captured the Fadem. We barely held on
till transfer time." The
others began arriving. They milled
around, trying to comprehend the latest disaster. "Move
along! Move along!" the Star Rider
shouted. "Get to the meeting
room." Badalamen came through. He
looked dashing dressed as a desert general. "Who's
this?" the bent man demanded, indicating the boy. "The
fat man's son. His wife got away." "Take
him to the meeting room." He kicked Chin's corpse. "Incompetent. Can't get anybody to do anything right. Argon was supposed to be ready for war." Pettily, viciously,
he used the Power to murder the Fadema's soldiers. He asked
the Old Man, "How will I ever get out of here?" Then, "Drag the
bodies to Norath's pets." He kicked Chin again. While
working, the Old Man slowly put together the thought that he had never seen his
master behave this irrationally. He
wandered to the meeting room once he finished, arriving amidst a heated
discussion. The
setbacks were gnawing at Pracchia morale.
The stumbling block, the man responsible for the delays, was O
Shing. He wouldn't move west. Nor would he be manipulated. "Remove
him," Badalamen suggested. "It's
not that simple," the Star Rider replied.
"Yet it's necessary. He's proven
impossible to nudge. If he weren't more
powerful than Ehelebe-in-Shinsan....
Most of the Tervola support him.
And we've lost our Nine-captain there.
He died without naming a successor.
Who were the members of his Nine?
We must locate them, choose one to assume his Chair. Only then can we take steps against O
Shing." "By
then he may have moved west voluntarily," Norath observed. "Maybe,"
the bent man replied. "Maybe. Whereupon we aid him insofar as he forwards
our mission. So. We must proceed slowly, carefully. At a time when that best serves our western
opponents." "What
about Argon?" the Fadema demanded. "What
can we do? You admit the city is
lost." "Not
the city. Only the Fadem. The people will rally against them." "Maybe. Badalamen." The born
general said, "Megelin has been stopped.
It was difficult and expensive.
It will continue to be difficult and expensive if El Murid is to be
maintained. The numbers and sentiment
oppose him. But it can be done." "The
point was to weaken that flank of the west.
That's been accomplished.
Continued civil war will debilitate the only major western power besides
Itaskia." "There
will be nothing left," Badalamen promised. "Win
with enough strength left to invade Kavelin," said the bent man. "Seize the Savernake Gap. Make of yourself an anvil against which we
can smash Ragnarson when we come west." After the
meeting the Star Rider went into seclusion, trying to reason how his latest
epic could be brought back under control.
At last he mounted his winged steed and flew west, to examine Argon. He
drifted over the war zone and cursed.
It was bad. Not only had
Ragnarson done his spoiling, he had extricated himself cheaply. The Argonese were too busy with the
Necremnens to pursue him. He
fluttered from city to city, hunting Chin's little fat man. He finally located the creature in company
with Ragnarson. He raced to Throyes,
gave instructions to order the fat man to eliminate Ragnarson before Ravelin's
army returned home. When Badalamen
finished Megelin he could move north against limited resistance.... Then he
butterflied about the west, studying the readiness, the alertness, of numerous
little kingdoms. Some, at least, were
responding to Varthlokkur's warning. He was
pleased. Western politics were at
work. Several incipient wars seemed
likely to flare. Mobilizations were
taking place along the boundaries of Hammad al Nakir too, in fear that El Murid
might reassume his old conqueror's dream. The raw
materials for a holocaust were assembling. He nudged
a few places, then returned to his island in the east. He began hunting Chin's replacement. Lord Wu
was initiated into the Pracchia minutes before Badalamen announced his defeat
in Kavelin. Wu showed no enthusiasm for
his role. Badalamen blamed a lack of
reliable intelligence. Both men,
supported by Magden Norath, petitioned the return of the Power. "What
can I do about it?" the bent man demanded. "It comes and goes.
I can only predict it....
Fadema. Are you ready to go
home?" "To
a ruin? Why?" "It's
no ruin yet. Your people are still
holding out. Necremnos's leaders are
too busy one-uping each other to finish it.
A rallying point, a leader, a little supernatural help, should turn it
around. Badalamen. Go with the Fadema. Destroy Necremnos. They're too stubborn ever to be useful. Then head west. Seize the
Savernake Gap. Throyes will help." Badalamen
nodded. He had this strength, from the
viewpoint of the bent man: he didn't question.
He carried out his orders. He was,
in all respects, the perfect soldier. "What
supernatural aid?" the Fadema demanded.
"Without the Power...." "Products
of the Power, my lady. Norath. Your children of darkness. Your pets.
Are they ready?" "Of
course. Haven't I said so for a
year? But I have to go with them, to
control them." "Take
a half-dozen, then." He buried his face in his hands momentarily. To the Old Man, who sat silently beside him,
he muttered, "The fat man. He
failed. Or refused. Throw the boy to Norath's children." A pale
vein of rebellion coursed through the Old Man as he rose. The boy
gulped, shivered in the Old Man's grip.
He stared across the mile-wide strait.
A long swim. With desert on the
farther shore. But it
was a chance. Better than that offered
by the savan dalage. Shaking,
he descended to the stony beach. It was
the turning of the year and, the bent man hoped, the shifting of luck to the
Pracchia. Wu would have finalized plans
for the removal of O Shing. Badalamen's
report on the war with Necremnos would be favorable.... The
Pracchia gathered. Badalamen's
report could have been no better. Norath
and his creatures had turned it around.
When Shinsan marched, the Roe basin would be tributary to the Hidden
Kingdom. The holocaust had swept the
flood plain and steppes. Argon was
closing in on Necremnos. But Lord
Wu didn't show. The Pracchia waited and
waited for Locust Mask to come mincing arrogantly into the room. Later the
bent man wearily mounted his winged steed.
His flight was brief. It ended
at Liaontung. THIRTY-ONE: Baxendala Redux "Man,
I don't know," said Trebilcock. He
surveyed Ragnarson's captains. "What's
that?" Kildragon asked. Reskird
was still grey around the gills from wounds he had received at Norbury. His left arm hung in a sling. Badalamen had overcome a dozen champions in
fighting free. "Might
as well wait for everybody. Save
telling it twice." Trebilcock approached Ragnarson. "Where's
your shadow, Michael?" "At
his father's. Learning
bookkeeping." "Last
summer took the vinegar out of him, eh?" "His
father claims it gave him perspective.
What I wanted to say.... I
should tell everybody. Old friend of
Aral's dad showed up while I was there.
First man through the Savernake Gap this year." "Oh? News?" Ragnarson
didn't ask if it was bad. There wasn't
any other kind these days. "Go
ahead. Latecomers can hear it from
somebody else." He pounded his table.
"Michael has got some news." Trebilcock
faced the captains, stammered. "I'll
be damned," Bragi muttered.
"Stage fright." "I
just talked to a man from Necremnos." Michael eyed his audience. Half he didn't know. Many were foreign military officers. Most of his acquaintances were recovering
from wounds. Gjerdrum still couldn't
walk without help. He'd had a savage
campaign of his own. "He
says Argon is kicking Necremnos all over the Roe basin. The Fadema reappeared with a general named
Badalamen and a wizard named Norath.
Since then everything's gone her way." A murmur
answered him. "Yes. The same Badalamen we whipped a couple
months ago. But Norath, even without
the Power, was the real difference." He glanced into the shadows where the
Egg of God lurked. It seemed
excited. Did it know Norath? "Magden
Norath?" Valther asked. "Yes." "I
heard about him in Escalon. The Monitor
exiled him for undertaking forbidden research.
Everybody thought he was dead." "He's
running some nasty creatures ahead of the Argonese army," Trebilcock
continued. "The worst is called a
savan dalage." "Means
'beasts of the night' in Escalonian." Valther interjected. "They're
supposedly invulnerable. They prowl at
night, killing everything. Aristithorn
has only found one way to control them.
He lures one into a cave or tomb and buries it." "I
hope our friends from the Brotherhood can find a better solution," said
Ragnarson. "I expect we'll get a
look at them ourselves. Anything else,
Michael?" "Necremnos
probably won't last through spring." "Anything
about our friend in the mask?" "No. But the man said there's been a palace
revolution in Shinsan. O Shing was
killed. The Tervola are feuding." "Varthlokkur. That good or bad?" The
wizard stepped up behind Ragnarson.
"I don't know enough about what's happening to guess." "Mist?" The woman
sat in an out-of-the-way seat. When she
rose, the foreigners gawked. Few had
encountered a beauty approaching hers. "It's
bad. They'd overthrow him only if he
were too timid. The Tervola have grown
anxious to grab Destiny. They're tired
of waiting. As soon as they've decided
who'll take over, they'll be here. The
shame of Baxendala." "Michael,
bring this Necremnen to Varthlokkur.
Varthlokkur, if you can get in touch with Visigodred.ask him to send
Marco to see what's going on around Necremnos." Visigodred
had returned home after Badalamen's defeat in Moerschel. He was a genuine Itaskian count and couldn't
abandon his feudal duties forever. "I'll have
Radeachar tell him."
The wizard left
with Trebilcock. Varthlokkur was developing a liking for
Michael simply because the man wasn't afraid of him. Varthlokkur
had lived for centuries in a world where mere mention of his name inspired
terror. He was a lonely man, desperate
for companionship. Ragnarson
peered after them, frowning. An hour
earlier Varthlokkur had asked him to be best man at his wedding. The pain
hadn't yet eased. Thoughts of Mocker
made him ache to the roots of his soul.
And in the wounds his friend had inflicted. Wachtel
insisted he had healed perfectly, yet he often wakened in the night suffering
such agony that he couldn't get back to sleep. The
temptation to drink, to turn to opiates, was maddening, yet he stubbornly
endured the pain. Other voices
whispered of his mission. He turned
to the Nordmen baron who was the Thing's observer here. "Baron Krilian, haven't you people found
a candidate yet?" Ragnarson
hadn't visited the Thing since his eastern expedition. There hadn't been time. Derel Prataxis handled all his business with
the parliament now. "No,
Regent. We've gotten refusals from
everyone we've contacted. Quite offensive,
some of them. I don't understand." Ragnarson
grinned. Men like Baron Krilian were
why. "Anybody interested?" "The
Kings of Altea, Tamerice, Anstokin, and Volstokin have all hinted. Volstokin even tried to bribe old Waverly to
push him in committee." "Good
to hear you and the old man agree on something." Waverly, a Sedlmayr
Wesson, was the Regency's whip in the Thing. "We're
all Kaveliners, Marshall." That
truism had faltered during the civil war.
Previously, the tradition had been to close ranks against
outsiders. The Siluro minority had
plotted with El Murid and Volstokin.
The Nordmen had been in contact with Volstokin and Shinsan. The
Queen's side hadn't been above it either.
Fiana had received aid from Haroun, Altea, Kendel, and Ruderin. Ragnarson himself had come south partly at
the urging of the Itaskian War Ministry. Itaskia
wanted a strong, sympathetic government controlling the Savernake Gap
and lying on the flank of Hammad al Nakir.
The then War Minister had been paranoid about El Murid. Ragnarson
turned to the agenda, finally got his neighbors to lend him token forces. As the group dispersed, he asked,
"Derel, what'd we get?" "Not
much. Fifteen thousand between
them." Prataxis leaned closer.
"Liakopulos said the Guild will contribute. If you're interested. He says Hawkwind and Lauder are still angry
about Dainiel and Balfour," "I'll
take whatever help I can get." He didn't
expect to best Shinsan this time. Not
without a hell of a lot more help than he was getting. That
evening he visited his home in Lieneke Lane, where Ragnar and his new wife were
staying with Gundar and Ragnarson's other children. The real ruler of the household was a dragoness named Gerda Haas,
widow of a soldier who had followed him for decades, and mother of Haaken's
aide. Bragi didn't visit his children
much, though he loved them. The little
ones exploded all over him, ignoring his guilt-presents to sit in his lap. Seeing them growing, seeing them become,
like Ragnar, more than children, was too depressing. They stirred too many memories.
Maybe once the pain of Elana's loss finally faded.... Marco
arrived two weeks later. He had
overflown the middle east. He brought
no good news. Necremnos
had fallen. The RoeI basin
was black with Shinsan's legions.
Tervola had allied with Argon and Throyes. The Throyens were camped at Gog-Ahlan. O Shing
was dead. And, apparently. Chin as well. The latest master of the Dread Empire was a Ko Feng. Varthlokkur spoke no good of him. Mist called him a spider. "How
did they get out?" Bragi demanded.
"Marco says the Lao-Pa Sing is still snowed in." "Transfers,"
Varthlokkur replied. "The Power
has been coming and going, oscillating wildly, for months. They must be sending people through with
every oscillation. They seem random,
but maybe Feng can predict them." "They'll
come early, then. Damn. We might not get the crops planted." He
planned to meet Shinsan as he had before, at the most defensible point in the
Savernake Gap west of fortress Maisak.
Baxendala. Work
there had been going forward all winter, when weather permitted. Civilians had been removed to
Vorgreberg. Karak Strabger was being
strengthened. New fortifications were
being erected. Earthen dams were being
constructed to deepen the marshes and swamps which formed a barrier across part
of the Gap. A major effort was being
made to construct traps and small defensive works which would hold the enemy
while bowmen showered them with arrows, and siege engines bombarded them from
their flanks. Farther
east, at Maisak—unreachable now—the garrison were striving to make the Gap
impassable there. The fortress had
fallen but once in its history, to Haroun, who had grabbed it by surprise while
it was virtually ungarrisoned. Ragnarson
didn't expect it to survive this time.
He did hope it would hold a long time. Every
minute of delay would work to Ravelin's advantage. Every day gained meant a better chance for getting help. Wishing
and hoping.... It wasn't
the season of the west. Already Feng's
Throyen allies were at the drudgery of opening the Gap road. They brought Feng to Maisak a week early. Ragnarson
stood in the parapet from which he had directed the first battle of
Baxendala. His foster brother leaned on
the battlements. General Liakopulos
snored behind them. Varthlokkur paced,
muttering. Below Karak Strabger
soldiers worked on the defenses. Fifty
thousand men, half Kaveliners. Five
thousand Mercenaries, Hawkwind himself commanding. Nineteen thousand from Altea, Anstokin, Volstokin, and Tamerice,
the second-line states. The remainder
were Itaskian bowmen, a surprise loan.
They would make themselves felt. Wagons
swarmed behind the ranked earthworks, palisades, traps, incomplete
fortifications. Long trains labored up
from the lowlands. Baxendala had been
converted to a nest of warehouses. Bragi
meant to compel Feng to overcome an endless series of redoubts in close
fighting, under a continuous arrowstorm.
Attrition was his game. Marco
said there would be twenty-eight legions supported by a hundred thousand
auxiliaries from Argon, Throyes, and the steppe tribes. Ragnarson couldn't hope to turn such a
horde. He aimed only to cut them up so
badly they would have bitter going after they broke through. Bragi
wasn't watching the work. He stared
eastward, over the peaks, at a pale streamer of smoke. It was a
signal from Maisak. While it persisted
the fortress held. Ragnarson
used mirror telegraphy and carrier pigeons too. Shinsan
had learned. The Tervola brought
dismantled siege engines. For a week
they pounded Maisak. The Marena Dimura
reported encounters with battered patrols which had forced the Maisak
gauntlet. They finished those patrols. Those
little victories hardly mattered. The
patrols were forerunner driblets of the deluge. "Smoke's
gone!" Liakopulos ejaculated. The
mirror telegraph went wild. "Damn! Damn-damn-damn! So soon." Ragnarson turned his back, waited for the
telegraphists to interpret. It was a
brief, unhappy message. Maisak
betrayed, Tenn Horst. The last
pigeon bore a note almost as terse.
Enemy led over mountains into caverns.
ims! message. Good
luck. Adam TennHorst. It spoke
volumes. Treachery again. Radeachar hadn't rooted it all out. "Varthlokkur,
have Radeachar check everybody out again.
A traitor in the right place here would be worth a legion to them." The
weather was no ally either. A warm
front accelerated the snow melt.
Bragi's patrols reported increasingly savage skirmishes. Then Ko
Feng attacked. Two
things were immediately apparent.
Shinsan had indeed noted the lessons of the previous battle. And the Tervola hadn't understood them. Cavalry
had ruined O Shing. So cavalry came
down the Gap, steppe riders who had come for the plunder of the west. Ragnarson
countered with knights. Though grossly
outnumbered, they sent the nomads flying, amazed at the invincibility of
western riders. Three
days later it was an infantry assault by the undisciplined hordes of Argon and
Throyes, Again the knights carried the day.
The slaughter was terrible.
Hakes Blittschau, an Altean commanding Ragnarson's horse, finally broke
off the pursuit in sheer exhaustion. Feng
tried again with every horseman he could muster. Then he used his auxiliary infantry again. Neither attack passed Blittschau. The troops in the redoubts grumbled that
they would never see the enemy. When
knights fought men untrained and unequipped to meet them, casualty ratios
favored the armored men ridiculously.
In five actions Blittschau killed more than fifty thousand of the enemy. Ravens
darkened the skies over the Gap. When
the wind blew from the east the stench was enough to gag a maggot. After each engagement the Ebeler ran red. Blittschau
lost fewer than a thousand men. Many of
those would recover from their wounds.
Armor and training made the difference. "Feng
must be cra/y," Ragnarson mused.
"Or wants to rid himself of his allies." Liakopulos
replied, "He's just stupid. He
hasn't got one notion how to run an army." "A
Tervola?" "Put
it this way. He's not flexible. The pretty woman. Mist. Says they call him
The Hammer. Just keeps pounding till
something gives. If it doesn't, he gets
a bigger hammer. He's been holding that
back." "I
know." Twenty-eight legions. One
hundred seventy thousand or more of the best soldiers in the world. When Feng
swung that hammer, things would break. The
legions came. The drums
began long before dawn, beating a cadence which shuddered the mountains, which
throbbed like the heartbeat of the world. The
soldiers in the works knew. They would
meet the real enemy now, dread fighters who had been defeated but once since
the founding of the legions. Ragnarson
gave Blittschau every man and horse available. The sun
rose, and the sun set. Hakes
Blittschau returned to Karak Strabger shortly before midnight, on a
stretcher. His condition reflected that
of his command. "Wouldn't
believe it if I didn't see it," Blittschau croaked as Wachtel cleansed his
wounds. "They wouldn't give an
inch. Let us hit them, then went after
the horses till they got us on the ground." He rolled his head in a
negative. "We must've killed twenty.... No, thirty, maybe even forty thousand. They wouldn't budge." "I
know. You can't panic them. You have to panic the Tervola."
Ragnarson was depressed. Feng had
broken his most valuable weapon. Blittschau
had salvaged but five hundred men. The drums
throbbed on. The hammer was about to
fall again. It struck
at dawn, from one wall of the canyon to the other. Stubbornly, systematically, the soldiers in black neutralized the
traps and redoubts, filled the trenches, demolished the barriers, breached the
palisades and earthworks. They didn't
finesse it. They simply kept attacking,
kept killing. Ragnarson's
archers kept the skies dark. His
swordsmen and spearmen fought till they were ready to drop. Feng allowed them respites only when he
rotated fresh legions into the cauldron. The sun
dropped behind the Kapenrungs. Bragi
sighed. Though the drums sobbed on, the
fighting died. His captains began
arriving with damage reports. Tomorrow,
he judged, would be the last day. The
archers had been the stopper. Corpses
feathered with shafts littered the canyon floor. But the arrows were nearly gone.
The easterners allowed no recovery of spent shafts. Mist was
optimistic, though. "Feng has gone
his limit," she said. "He
can't waste men like this. The Tervola
won't tolerate it. Soldiers are
priceless, unlike auxiliaries." She was
correct. The Tervola rebelled. But when they confronted Feng they found.... He had
yielded command to a maskless man named Badalamen. With Badalamen were two old-timers: a bent one in a towering
rage, and another with dull eyes. And
with them, the Escalonian sorcerer, Magden Norath. The bent
man was more angry with himself than with Feng. His tardiness had given Feng time to decimate Shinsan's matchless
army. Feng
grudgingly yielded to the Pracchia. The
transition was smooth. Most Tervola
chosen to come west were pledged to the Hidden Kingdom. At
midnight the voice of the drums changed. Ragnarson
exploded from a restless sleep, rushed to his parapet. Shinsan was moving. No precautions could completely squelch the
clatter. Reports
arrived. His staff, his wizards, his
advisors crowded onto the parapet. No
one could guess why, but Shinsan was abandoning positions they had spent all
day taking. Sir Tury Hawkwind and
Haaken attacked on their own initiative. "Mist. Varthlokkur. Give me a hint," Ragnarson demanded. "Feng's
been replaced," Mist said. "Yeah? Okay.
But why back down?" "Oh!"
Varthlokkur said softly. Mist
sighed. "The Power...." "Oh,
Hell!" It was
returning. Ragnarson decided he was
done for. The
Unborn streaked across the night.
Beneath it dangled Visigodred.
After delivering the shaken wizard, it communed with Varthlokkur. "Gather the Circle!" Varthlokkur
thundered. "Now! Now!
Hurry!" The
monster whipped away too swiftly for the eye to follow. Visigodred
said, "Something is coming down the Gap.
Creatures this world has never before seen. The ones Marco said turned Argon's war around. We can't stop them." "We
will!" Varthlokkur snapped.
"The Unborn will! We have
to." He, Visigodred, and Mist staggered.
"The Power!" they gasped. "Clear
the parapet," Varthlokkur groaned, handling it more easily than the
others. "We need it." Kierle
the Ancient arrived, followed by the Thingand Stojan Dusan. Radeachar rocketed in with The Egg of
God. Ragnarson hustled his people
downstairs. He didn't
want to stay either. There was little
he dreaded so much as a wizard's war.
But his pride wouldn't let him turtle himself. Screams
erupted from the canyon. "They're
here. The savan dalage" said
Visigodred. "Varthlokkur. Unleash the Unborn before they gut us."
He threw his hands overhead, chanted. A
light-spear stabbed from his cupped hands.
He moved them as though he were directing a mirror telegrapher. The earth glowed where the light fell. "Too weak," he gasped. Here,
there, Ragnarson glimpsed the invaders.
Some were tall, humanoid, fanged and clawed, like the trolls of
Trolledyn-gian legends. Some were squat
reptilian things that walked like men.
Some slithered and crawled.
Among them were a hundred or so tall men who bore ordinary weapons. They reminded him of Badalamen. And there
was something more. Something
shapeless, something which avoided light like death itself. Radeacher
swooped and seized one, soared into the night.
Ragnarson saw an ill-defined mass wriggling against the stars. "Savan
dalage," Visigodred repeated.
"They can't be killed." Radeachar
departed at an incredible speed. "He'll
haul it so far away it'll take months to get back," Varthlokkur said. "How
many?" Ragnarson asked. "Ten. Fifteen.
Be quiet. It begins." A golden
glow began growing up the Gap. All the
Circle had arrived. They babbled
softly, in their extremity even welcoming Mist to their all-male club. This was no time for masculine
prerogatives. Their lives and souls
were on the gaming table. Radeachar
reappeared, undertook another deportation. Ragnarson
briefly retreated to the floor below, where a half dozen messengers clamored
for his attention. His
formations were shambled. His captains
wanted orders. The troops were about to
panic. "Stand
fast," he told them. "Just
hang on. Our wizards are at work." Back on
the parapet he found the human sorcerers all imitating Visigodred, using light
to herd the savan dalage. The Egg,
Thing, and Zindahjira concentrated on the remaining monsters. "The
men-things," Zindahjira boomed.
"They're immune to the Power." Ragnarson
remembered Badalamen's indifference to Radeachar. "They're
human," he observed. "Sword
and spear will stop them." True. His men were doing so. But, like Badalamen, the creatures were
incredible fighters, as far beyond the ordinary soldier of Shinsan as he was
beyond most westerners. "Arrows!"
he thundered from the parapet. "Get
the bowmen over there!" No one heard.
He ducked downstairs to the messengers. The
struggle wore a new face when he returned.
The Tervola had unleashed a sorcery of their own. At first
he believed it the monster O Shing had raised during First Baxendala. The Gosik of Aubuchon. But this became a burning whirlwind with
eyes. Mist
responded as she had then. A golden
halo formed in the night. Within its
confines an emerald sky appeared. From
that a vast, hideous face leered.
Talons gripped the insides of the circle. The halo
spun, descended. The ugly face opened a
gross mouth, began biting. The
screams of the ensuing contest would haunt Bragi's dreams forever. Yet the struggle soon became a
sideshow. Other Tervola-horrors
rose. Ragnarson's sorcerers unleashed
terrors in response. Through
it all the Unborn pursued its deportations in a workmanlike manner. The
whirlwind and halo rampaged up and down the Gap, destroying friend and
foe. Once they crashed into Seidentop,
the mountain opposite Karak Strabger.
The face of the mountain slid into the canyon. In moments the defense suffered more than in all the previous
fighting. Shinsan
tasted the bitterness of loss too.
Stojan Dusan conjured a seven-headed demon bigger than a dozen
elephants, with as many legs as a centipede.
Each was a weapon. "It's
the battle for Tatarian all over again," someone murmured. Ragnarson turned. Valther had come up. He
had served Escalon in its ill-fated war with Shinsan. The
mountains burned as forests died. Smoke
made breathing difficult. "Pull
out while you can," Valther advised.
"Use this to make your retreat." "No." "Dead
men can't fight tomorrow. Every death
is a brick in his house of victory." Valther stabbed a finger. High
above, barely discernible, a winged horse drifted on updrafts. "That
damned old man again," Bragi growled. Visigodred's
apprentice suddenly struck from even higher.
The winged horse slipped aside at the last instant. Marco kept dropping till Bragi was sure he
would smash into a flaming mountainside.
But the roc whistled along Seidentop's slope, used its momentum to hurl
itslef into the undraft over another fire. Surprise
gone, Marco tried maneuver. And proved
he had paid
attention to his necromantic studies.
His sorceries scarred the night air.
The winged horse weaved and dodged and fought for altitude. Ragnarson
asked Valther, "Who's winning? The
battle." "Us. Mist and Varthlokkur make the
difference. Watch them." Oh? Then why the admonition to get out? They were
holding the Tervola at bay and still grabbing moments for other work. Varthlokkur developed the Winter-storm
construct. Mist opened and guided
another, smaller halo. It cruised over
the defensive works, snatching the creatures of Magden Norath. It even gobbled one savan dalage. Just one. "Must
have a bad taste," Ragnarson muttered sardonically. Radeachar
returned from a trip east and was unable to find another unkillable. He joined the assault on the Tervola. "We've
got them now," Valther crowed, and again Bragi wondered at his earlier
pessimism. The
Tervola went to the defensive. Above,
Marco harried the winged horse from the sky. But, as
Valther had meant, that old man always had another bolt in his quiver. Fires
floated majestically in from the eastern night, from beyond the Kapenrungs,
like dozens of ragged-edged little moons. Mist
spied them first. "Dragons!"
she gasped. "So
many," Valther whispered.
"Must be all that're left." Most
dragons had perished in the forgotten Nawami Crusades. Straight
for the castle they came. The glow of
their eyes crossed the night like racing binary stars. One went for Marco. He ran like hell. The
Unborn took over for him. The
leaders of those winged horrors were old and cunning. They remembered the Crusades.
They remembered what sorcery had done to them then, when they had served
both causes, fighting one another more often than warlocks and men. They remembered how to destroy creatures
like those atop the castle. "Get
out of here!" Valther shouted.
"You can't handle this." Bragi
agreed. But he dallied, watching the
saurians spiral in, watching Radeachar drive the winged horse to earth behind
Shinsan's lines. The
Unborn turned on its dragon harrier. The beast's
head exploded. Its flaming corpse
careened down the sky, crashed, thrashing, into a blazing pine grove. Flaming trunks flung about. A terrible stench filled the Gap. Varthlokkur
completed his Winterstorm construct as a dragon reached the tower. Ragnarson
dove downstairs, collecting bruises and a scorching as dragon's breath pursued
him. "Messengers,
Valther," he gasped. "You
were right. It's time to cut our
losses." Ragnarson's
army, covered by the witch-war, withdrew in good order. By dawn its entirety had evacuated
Baxendala. Shinsan had redeemed its
earlier defeat. The
wizard's war ended at sunrise, in a draw.
Kierle the Ancient, Stojan Dusan, and the Egg had perished. The others scarcely retained the strength to
drag themselves away. Radeachar
had salvaged them by driving the dragons from the sky. The
Tervola were hurt too. Though they
tried, they hadn't the strength or will to follow up. The bent
old man ordered Badalamen to catch Ragnarson, but Badalamen couldn't break
Bragi's rear guard. Ragnarson
had bought time. Yet he had erred in
not trying to hold. As he
debouched from the Gap he encountered eastbound allies from Hellin Daimiel,
Libiannin, Dunno Scuttari, the Guild, and several of the Lesser Kingdoms. Auric Lauder commanded about thirty thousand
men. Ragnarson borrowed Lauder's
knights to screen his retreat. He didn't
try correcting himself. Baxendala was
irrevocably lost. Shinsan still
outnumbered him three to one, with better troops. Lauder
followed the example of previous allies and accepted Bragi as commander. In
thought, Ragnarson began laying the groundwork for the next phase, Fabian,
accepting battle only in favorable circumstances, playing for time, trying to
wear the enemy down. THIRTY-TWO: Defeat.
Defeat. Defeat. Fahrig. Vorgreberg.
Lake Turntine. Staake-Armstead,
also called the Battles of the Fords.
Trinity Hills, in Altea. The
list of battles lost lengthened.
Detached legions, supported by Magden Norath's night things, conquered
Volstokin and Anstokin. Badalamen, by
slim margins, kept overcoming the stubborn resistance of Ragnarson's growing
army. He
reinforced his northern spearhead. It
drove through Ruderin and curved southward into Korhana and Vorhangs. Haaken Blackfang, with a hasty melange of
knights, mercenaries, and armed peasants, stopped the drive at Aucone. Ragnerson extricated himself from
envelopment in Altea. Badalamen ran a
spearhead south, through Tamerice, hoping eventually to meet the northern
thrust at the River Scarlotti, behind Bragi. Reskird
Kildragon harried the Tamerice thrust but refused battle. Tamerice's army had been decimated in
Ravelin. Then
Badalamen paused to reorganize and refit.
He faced Ragnarson across a plain in Cardine just forty miles short of
the sea and cutting the west in two. In the
Kapenrungs, Megelin bin Haroun chose to ignore the threat behind him. He launched another campaign against Al
Rhemish and El Murid. "Damn! Damn!
Damn!" Ragnarson swore when the news arrived. "Don't he have a lick of sense?"
He had counted on Megelin thinking like his father, had anticipated that the
Royalists would conduct guerrilla war behind Badalamen's main force. He sat
before his tent with Liakopulos, Visigodred, his son, and officers from most of
the nations which had sent troops. This
ragtag army was the biggest gathered since the El Murid Wars. "I
think we've done well," said Liakopulos.
Hawkwind and Lauder nodded.
"We've managed to keep from being destroyed by the best army in the
world." Lord
Hartteoben, an Itaskian observer, agreed.
"The persistence of your survival continues to amaze
everyone." "Uhm."
Bragi surveyed his army. It wasn't
especially dangerous, despite its size.
The demands of constant retreat hadn't given him time to organize and
integrate. New contingents had to be
thrown in immediately. Often his
captains didn't speak the language of their neighbors in the line. "Why
shouldn't he?" Ragnar asked.
"El Murid is Shinsan's client now." He stirred the fire with
the tip of a crutch. He had been
injured at Aucone. Haaken had sent him
south to keep him from getting himself killed.
He was too impetuous. "Maybe. But I wish he'd helped us instead. Haroun would've seen that getting El Murid
ain't worth a damn if the rest of the west goes." At least
the west now believed an eastern threat existed. But mobilizations hadn't helped yet. A battalion arrived now, a regiment then. Too little relative to the task. The
political question of who should be the supreme commander hadn't yet been
posed. That the generals of major
nations should be commanded by the Marshall of a country village-state like
Ravelin seemed implausible to Ragnarson.
He considered Hawkwind the best man.
But his allies remained impressed with his ability to evade disaster. Hawkwind
didn't want the job anyway. He had had
enough of command politics during the El Murid Wars. "When'll
we see help from Itaskia?" Bragi asked Visigodred. The wizard had been home several times and
been able to produce just Lord Hartteoben and another thousand bowmen. Itaskia was husbanding her resources to
fight on home ground. Ragnarson
had rebuilt his cavalry advantage. He
pressed it mercilessly, compelling the legions to remain close and their allies
to stay within the protective umbrella of Badalamen's genius. Marco and
Radeachar hunted and exterminated the creatures of Magden Norath—excepting the
savan dalage, the disease without a cure.
The Tervola transported them back
almost as fast as Radeachar hauled them away. Varthlokkur and the Unborn tried burying
them in caverns on islands in the ocean, but even there the Tervola found them. Shinsan's
sorcerers had to be exterminated before the savan dalage could be solved
permanently. The
Tervola wouldn't permit that. For the
time being, then, there was a thaumaturgic impasse. At least,
Bragi thought, if defeated, he would fall to force of arms. The
nearest town was Dichiara. The battle
took its name. It was
the nadir of Ragnarson's career. Badalamen
announced himself with drums. Always
Shinsan marched to the voice of drums, grumbling directions to legion
commanders. Bragi had
had two weeks to prepare, to plan. He
was as ready as time permitted. Varthlokkur,
privately, told him, "Back off.
The omens aren't right." Ragnarson
remained adamant. "This far and no
farther. This's the best position for
leagues around. We'll hurt him
here." His army
held a rough hill facing a plain on which cavalry could maneuver easily. His bowmen could saturate climbing attackers
who survived the horsemen. Once
Badalamen came to grips and drove him back, as was inevitable, he would withdraw
into woods on the west slope, where Shinsan's tight formations would become
less effective. He would re-form beyond
the trees. Attrition. That remained the game. Quick victory was out of the question. He worked against the day the power of the
north took arms. Till then he had to
stay alive. His
espionage was poorer than he thought. Badalamen
started his first wave. Bragi, as
always, responded with knights. That
had worked well in every confrontation.
He saw no reason to change. Badalamen
counted on that. The
knights swept over the plain—and into destruction ere striking a blow. Badalamen had cut a trench across his front,
by night, and had camouflaged it. The
legions hit the tangle before the riders could extricate themselves. Half the knighthood of the coastal states
and the Lesser Kingdoms perished. Badalamen
circled the debacle, rolled toward the hills.
Ragnarson began falling back. "I
warned you," Varthlokkur said. "Warned
me, my ass! You could've been
specific. Damned wizard never says
anything straight out. Come on, Klaust. Get those men moving." He studied a
map. "Hope we can ferry the
Scarlotti. Else we're trapped at Dunno
Scuttari." The sun
hadn't been up an hour. Radeachar, till
now occupied deporting savan dalage, brought his first scouting report. The legions
in Tamerice weren't. They were racing
north, having begun at sunset, and now were just ten miles away. They might beat him to the far side of the
woods. The
withdrawal became a rout. Bragi
desperately tried to keep control, to blunt the legions from Tamerice. The Guildsmen and his Kaveliners responded,
but hadn't enough strength. Their
effort prevented total disaster. Most
of the army escaped. Half reached the
Scarlotti, where Ragnarson regained control and ferried them over. Thousands
of escapees joined Kildragon, who fled toward Hellin Daimiel. Legions
pushed south as far as Ipopotam, leaving enclaves at Simballawein, Hellin
Daimiel, Libiannin, and Dunno Scuttari.
The garrisons hadn't the strength to sally. The Itaskian Navy ran supplies in, as it had done during the
sieges of the El Murid Wars. Badalamen
brought reinforcements through the transfers.
Valther identified elements of seven legions not seen at Baxendala. Badalamen
beefed up the force in Vorhangs while facing Ragnarson across the Scarlotti
near Dunno Scuttari. Blackfang strove
valiantly, but hadn't the resources for success. He lost a battle at Glauchau, just three miles from Aucone. Agents of the Nines betrayed him. Haaken led the survivors westward. Weeks
passed. Late summer came. Though Badalamen drew heavily on transfers,
most of his supplies and replacements came through the Gap. Again Ragnarson fought for time, trying to
survive till winter isolated Badalamen. The born general
gathered boats and exchanged stares with Ragnarson. His Vorhangs expedition hammered Haaken back toward his brother. The
holocaust had come. Badalamen's
auxiliaries erased towns, villages, crops.
Winter's hunger would decimate the survivors. Then
Varthlokkur and Mist came to Ragnarson. He stared
guiltily across the broad Scarlotti, repeating, "This's my fault." "Marshall,
we've made a breakthrough. The biggest
since Radeachar." Bragi
could imagine nothing capable of brightening the future. "You've compelled Itaskia to
move?" Itaskia's nonin-volvement stance was a bitter draught. Varthlokkur
chuckled. "No. We've found a way to scramble the transfer
stream. We can intercede whenever they
send." "Oh? How long before they figure out how to stop
you?" "When
they create their own Winterstorm." "Maybe
tomorrow, then. They're working on
it. Because of the Unborn." Varthlokkur
smiled dourly. "He has orders to
obliterate anybody researching it." "Do
whatever you want. Got to play every angle."
Bragi turned, stared across the gleaming brown back of the river. How long till winter closed the Gap, giving
him a chance to regain the initiative? The
Battle for the Scarlotti Crossing began with a massive, surprise thaumaturgic
attack at midnight. The western army
got badly mauled before Ragnarson's wizards reestablished the sorcerous
stalemate. By then
legionnaires had landed. That, too, was
a surprise, Bragi had anticipated Badalamen shifting his emphasis toward
Haaken. Comimg straight into his
strength seemed suicidal. It
was. For a time. But superior training, superior skills,
gradually told. Earthen ramparts grew
around the beachheads. Ragnarson's
counterattacks, hampered by a haphazard command structure and language
barriers, fell short. Haaken,
just four leagues upriver, reported himself under heavy pressure. Several legions had crossed above him,
marching into Kuratel. Daylight
exposed the grim truth. The frontal
attack was a feint. Badalamen's main
force had moved upriver. Ragnarson
saw the trap. The bridgeheads. They were weak enough to destroy, but strong
enough to last days. If he yielded to
the bait, a pocket would close behind him. He had
been outgeneraled again. He
offered his resignation. His allies and
associates just laughed. Hawkwind
suggested he get moving before Badalamen reaped the fruit of his maneuver. Badalamen
hadn't wanted to attack. Not here. The old man had been adamant. Failure of the transfers had made quick
victory imperative. Winter was a foe he
could neither manipulate nor coerce. Bragi
took command. He set Hawkwind and
Lauder to confine the bridgeheads. He
sent help to Haaken to secure his flank, and flung his remaining horsemen after
the spearhead plunging into Kuratel.
His vast, confused mass of infantry he led in retreat again, up the
Auszura Littoral, out of the pocket. He
adopted the Fabian strategy again. The
Porthune crossings he cleared and abandoned without contest. Itaskia became his goal, winter his weapon
of choice. Legions
caught him near Octylya. In the absence
of Badalamen, Ragnarson proved he had some talent. He sucked them into a trap, beneath his bows, and annihilated
twenty-five thousand legionnaires. But
he didn't grow heady. He persevered in
his strategy. In early
October he crossed the Great Bridge into Itaskia the City, where he, Mocker,
and Haroun had spent much of their earlier lives. Reskird
Kildragon had problems. Some of the
Rebsamen faculty were agitating for accomodation with Shinsan. It surpassed him. Hellin
Daimiel had withstood years of siege during the El Murid Wars. Those defenders had never lost spirit. And that enemy hadn't planned to obliterate
them. Kildragon
couldn't convince the dons that Badalamen was truly destroying everything and
everyone outside. Chance
had separated Prataxisfrom Ragnarson at Dichiara. Now he was Kildragon's assistant. He came to Reskird one autumn evening, pale as old sin. "I've
found the answer. Our own
people...." "What?"
The inevitability of failure had eroded Reskird's patience, making him a small,
mean man, all snarl and bite. "A
Nines conspiracy. Here. At the Rebsamen. I stumbled on it.... I
was on my way to see my antiquarian friend, Lajos Kudjar, about the Tear of
Mimizan. I overheard an argument in the
Library, in the east wing, where they keep...." "Skip
the travelogue. Who? Where?
How do we nail them?" "In
time, my dear man. This has to be
handled properly. They have to be
exposed carefully, every one identified.
Else we risk turning Hellin Daimiel against us." Kildragon stifled
his temper and impatience.
Survival instinct reminded him that a politically satisfactory
outcome was critical. A
perilous month passed. Three times
traitors opened the city gates. One
quarter was irrevocably lost. Then the
member of the Pracchia, tricked with false directives, made his misstep. Prataxis made certain the right people were
witnesses. The mob
destroyed the Rebsamen Nine. Searching
at Ragnarson's insistence, Radeachar uncovered a conspiracy in Itaskia. The
Greyfells group, an opposition party, had used treason as a political tool
since the El Murid Wars. Radeachar
destroyed every conspirator. Itaskia's
semineutral stance ended instantly. Political
victories, tactical defeats. The big
battle loomed. The bent man gathered
his might on the south bank of the Silverbind.
The contest, if he won, would shatter the west. Heads bent together. Famous men, old enemies from smaller wars,
shared the map tables. They
dared not lose. Yet
winning would prove nothing. Not
against Badalamen, armed with Shinsan's resources. THIRTY-THREE: Itaskia "When?"
Ragnarson asked Visigodred. He and the
lean Itaskian watched Badalamen's army from the Southtown wall. Southtown, a fortified bridgehead of Itaskia
the City, stood on the south bank of the Silverbind. It was the last western bastion below the river, excepting Hellin
Daimiel and High Crag. Simballawein,
Dunno Scuttari, Libiannin, and even Itaskian Portsmouth, had fallen during the
winter. The
wizard shrugged. "When they're
ready." For
months the armies had stared at one another, waiting. Bragi didn't like it. If
Badalamen didn't move soon, Ragnarson's last hope of victory would perish. Each day the opening of the Savernake Gap
drew closer. Marco said hordes of
reinforcements were gathering at Gog-Ahlan.
Shinsan's new masters were stripping their vastly expanded empire of
every soldier. Ragnarson
also feared an early thrust through Hammad al Nakir. There were good passes near Throyes. The route was but a few hundred miles longer, though through
desert. Megelin couldn't thwart the maneuver. Megelin
had taken Al Rhemish and declared himself King. But El Murid had escaped to the south desert, round Sebil el
Sebil, where his movement had originated.
He would keep making mischief.
Yasmid remained in his hands. "We've
got to get him going," Ragnarson growled, kicking a merlon. Visigodred
laid a gentle hand on his arm.
"Easy, my friend. You're
killing yourself with caring. And the
augeries. Consider the augeries." The
wizards spent hours over divinations and could produce nothing definite. Their predictions sounded like the child's
game of knife, paper, and rock. Knife
cuts paper, paper wraps rock, rock beats knife.
Every interpretation caused heated, inconclusive arguments among the
diviners. Identical arguments raged
amongst the Tervola. Factions
in each command insisted any attack would, like rock, knife, or paper,
encounter its overpowering counter. Drums
throbbed. Their basso profundo was so
old it bothered no one any longer.
Several legions left Badalamen's encampment, making their daily maneuver
toward Scjuthtown. It had
been the coldest and snowiest winter in memory. Neither side had accomplished much. Each had weathered it.
Shinsan had the force to seize supplies from the conquered peoples. Ragnarson's army had Itaskia's wealth and
food reserves behind it. Badalamen had
tried two desultory thrusts up the Silverbind, toward fords which would permit
him to cross and attack toward Itaskia the City from the northeast. Lord Harteobben, his knights, and the armies
of Prost Kamenets, Dvar, and Iwa Skolovda, had crushed those threats. Itaskia's
fate would be decided before her capital, by whether or not Badalamen could
seize the Great Bridge. The
structure was one of the architectural wonders of the world. It spanned three hundred yards of deep
river, arching to permit passage of ships to Itaskia's naval yards, established
upriver long before bridge construction began.
Construction had taken eighty-eight years, and had cost eleven hundred
lives, mostly workmen drowned in collapsed caissons. Engineers and architects had declared the task impossible
beforehand. Only the obsession of Mad
King Lynntel, who had ruled Itaskia during the first fifty-three construction
years, had kept the project going till it had looked computable. Despite a
barbarian upbringing, Ragnarson cringed when he thought he might have to
destroy the wonder. The
possibility had stirred bitter arguments for months, dwarfing the debate over
supreme command. That had ceased when
Varthlokkur had declared Ragnarson generalissimo. Nobody had argued with the slayer of Ilkazar. The Great
Bridge touched every Itaskian's life.
Its economic value was incalculable. Economics
weren't Bragi's forte. He admired the
bridge for its grandeur, beauty, and because it represented the concretiza-tion
of the dream of The Mad Builder and his generation. There
were few sins in Bragi's world-view. He
felt destroying the Great Bridge would be one. H is had
been a lonely winter. He had seen
little of his friends. Even Ragnar had
been away most of the time, dogging, hero-worshiping, Hakes Blittschau. Haaken Bragi seldom saw, though his brother
roomed just two blocks away. Gjerdrum
came more than most, often slighting his duties. Michael, Aral, Valther, and Mist had disappeared, pursuing some
mysterious mission at Varthlokkur's behest.
Few others had survived. Bragi
spent his time with the Itaskian General Staff, aristocrats who considered him
down a yard of nose. They acquiesced to
his command only because it was King Tennys' will. They were
above petty obstructionism, for which Bragi was grateful. They were professionals meeting a
crisis. They devoted their energies to
overcoming it. Their cooperation,
though grudging, was worth battalions. Varthlokkur
sensed Bragi's alienation. A wizard,
usually Visigodred, accompanied him everywhere, always providing a sympathetic
ear. Ragnarson and Visigodred grew
closer. Even pyrotechnic Marco
acknowledged their relationship by according Bragi a grudging respect. "Damn,
I wish it would start," Bragi murmured.
It was an oft-expressed sentiment.
Even action leading to defeat seemed preferable to waiting. Plans and contingency plans had been carried
to their limits. There was nothing more
to occupy a lonely mind— except bitter memories. His
emotional lows outnumbered highs, and had since his return from Argon. Without Elana he couldn't be positive. Nothing could jack his spirits, get his
emotions blazing. Too, his
children, and Ragnar's wife, were still in Kavelin. He couldn't stop brooding about that. They were hostages to Fate.... Badalamen
he found puzzling. On the Scarlotti the
man had kept several threats looming.
Here he seemed to be doing nothing—and the Brotherhood watched closely. "He's
not loafing," Ragnarson declared.
"But what's he up to?" Again he
wondered about his children. He had had
no news. Were they alive? Had they been captured? Would they be used against him? His
Kaveliner soldiers had had no news either.
They were a glum, brooding lot. Radeachar
and Marco seldom brought pleasant tidings from the south, save that Reskird and High
Crag remained unvanquished. Reskird
couldn't be reached because of patrolling dragons. Winter
had been hard in the occupied kingdoms.... A roar
jerked his attention to the wall a quarter-mile eastward. "What the ... ?" A huge cloud of dust reached for the sun. Another
roar rose behind him. He spun, saw a
section of wall collapsing, flinging into shallow snow. "Miners!"
he gasped. "Trumpets! Alert!
Visigodred...." The thin
old wizard was in full career already.
Bragi's shouts were drowned by a change in the song of the drums. More sections collapsed. Friendly horns screamed, "To
arms!" There
were no civilians in Southtown. Its quickly
busy streets contained only soldiers. The
maneuvering legions rushed toward the fortress. Ragnarson's
face turned grim. Badalamen had
surprised him again. But what sane man
would have sapped tunnels that long?
How could he believe it would go undetected? How had he managed it? Sections
of wall kept crumbling. "Too
many breeches," Bragi muttered.
More legions double-timed toward Southtown. A glow grew over Shinsan's camp.
Bragi smiled. Sorcery. He had a surprise for Badalamen too. The first
legionnaires hit the rubbled gaps.
Arrows flew. The world's best
soldiers were in for a fight this time.
They were about to meet the soul of Itaskia's army, bowmen who bragged
that they could nail gnats on the wing at two hundred yards. In the streets they would face the Iwa
Skolovdan pikes who had dismayed El Murid's riders during those wars, and a
host of crazy killers from Ragnarson's Trolledyngjan homeland, overpowering in
their fearlessness and barbarian strength.
They were Tennys's praetorians, selected for size, skill, and berserker
battle style. Bragi
smiled tightly. His defense was
reacting calmly and well. Rooftop
bowmen made deathtraps of the gaps in the wall. Yet he
was about to be cut off. A sound
like the moan of a world dying rose from the enemy camp. The glow became blinding. Bragi ran. Something
whined overhead. He glimpsed the Unborn
whipping southward. He saw
little after that. The invaders forced
a band of defenders back upon him. He
escaped that pocket only to become trapped in a bigger one. Badalamen's
sappers hadn't ended their tunnels at the wall. They had driven on into deep basements. "Treason,"
Ragnarson muttered. "Can't ever
root it out." Somebody had done the surveying.... Southtown
decayed into chaos. Ragnarson just
couldn't reach his headquarters. His
rage grew. He knew his absence meant
defeat. The
southern skyline flared, darkened.
Thunders rolled. Things rocketed
into view and away again. The Tervola
were putting on one hell of a show. Varthlokkur's
surprise must have fizzled. He
encountered Ragnar near the Barbican, the final fortification defending the
Great Bridge. "Father! You all right?" "I'll
make it." He was an ambulatory blood clot. A lot was his.
"What's happening?" "Covering
the evacuation." "What? Bring in...." "Too
late. Southtown's lost. You're about the last we'll save. They ran two tunnels under the river. They've closed the bridge twice. We reopened it, and closed one tunnel." "Drown
the sons of bitches." He turned.
Southtown was burning. Fighting
was waning. A ragged band of
Trolledyngjans hurried their way, grim of visage. They had been stunned by their enemies. No soldiers should be that good. "Save
what you can. Don't let them take the
Barbican." He started for the city.
Two soldiers helped. He had lost
a lot of blood. He paused
at the bridge's center. The Silverbind
was alive with warships, each loaded with Marines. "What now?" It was
the first thing Haaken explained.
"They've launched a fleet from Portsmouth, across the
Estuary." "Damn. That bastard don't miss a shot." Ragnarson
quickly counterattacked through the underriver tunnels. Zindahjira and Visigodred spearheaded. Badalamen's assault on the Barbican petered
out. "Your
spook-pushers are whipping theirs," observed Lord Hartteoben, recently
appointed Itaskian Chief of Staff.
"That Unborn.... It won't
let the Tervola direct their legions." "We've
got to hurt them while we can," Ragnarson averred. His wounds were worse than he would
admit. Willpower couldn't keep him
going. He collapsed. Blackfang
took charge, stubbornly pursued prepared plans. The woman
wore black. He couldn't see her
clearly. She seemed ill-defined,
haloed. "Death,"
he sighed as she bent. The Dark Lady
bringing her fatal kiss. Her lips
moved. "Marshall?" It tumbled
down a long, cold tunnel littered with the bones of heroes. The
equalizer, the great leveler, had turned her gaze his way at last. The last narrow escape lay behind him, not ahead.... She wiped
his face with a cold, wet cloth. He saw
more clearly. This was
no Angel of Death. She wore the habit
of a lay helper of the Sisters of Mercy.
The halo came of window light teasing through wild golden hair. She had
to be the daughter of an Itaskian nobleman.
No common woman had the resources to so faithfully maintain her youth,
to dress richly even in nursing habit. He
guessed her to be thirty.... Then
realized he was nude, and tendering a half-hearted male salute. "The
battle...." he babbled. "How
long have I?" "Four
days." Her glance flicked downward, amused. "The fighting continues.
Your Blackfang is too stubborn to lose." She bathed him, enjoying
his embarrassment. "The
situation, woman, the situation," he demanded weakly. She
bubbled. "Admiral Stonecipher
caught their fleet two days ago. They
were seasick. He forced them onto the
rocks at Cape Blood. The Coast Watch
finished them. A historic victory,
Father says. Greater than the Battle of
the Isles." "Ah."
He smiled. "That'll warm
Badalamen's heart." The fleet from Portsmouth had counted every seaworthy
vessel captured along the western littoral.
Tens of thousands of easterners must have drowned. "What about Southtown?" She
pushed him down. He was too weak to
resist. "The
enemy who crossed over are cut off in Wharf Street South, west of the
Bridge...." "Crossed? To the city?" He tried to rise. She
pushed. "Father says it's still
bloody in Southtown, but going our way.
When Lord Harteobben attacked from the Fens...." Bragi's
head swam. He hadn't planned any
operation from upriver. ".. .and half the Tervola are dead. The Power went away for a while. It didn't save them." She made a sign
against evil. "That thing.... The Unborn.... They say it melts their bones.... The Power is back.
Really, I don't know who'll win.
I just know I'm not getting much sleep.
The wounded.... It's
sickening. So many...." "We're
winning," he whispered, awed.
"If Haaken's grabbed the initiative...." Her
fingertips brushed his stomach. Perhaps
it was accidental. But Itaskian women,
when their menfolks weren't looking, could be damned bold. And he was a celebrity. He had had some interesting offers, offers
he wasn't emotionally ready to accept. He was
too weak this time. He drifted off
cursing a missed opportunity. There had
been a change. A psyche as well as a
body had begun healing. Her name
was Inger. He thought that a delicious
irony. His first love had worn that
name. They had
been pledged till Trolledyngjan politics had led to conflict between their
parents. Inger's father had slain
his. And now, so quickly, he was
getting involved with a family he had fought from his arrival in Itaskia
following the El Murid Wars. She was a
Greyfells, of a branch that had remained neutral in the Dukes of Greyfells's
periodic assays at seizing the Itaskian throne. One of those Ragnarson himself had thwarted through the expedient
of assassination. His arranging the
murder had sent him flying to Kavelin.... That Duke
had been Inger's father's eldest brother. It's a
bloody strange world, he thought, lying beside her, concern about the war
briefly forgotten. Possibly
there was a more efficacious therapy, but neither Wachtel, Visigodred, nor
Varthlokkur could name it. A week of
Inger wrought miracles. Ragnarson
even stopped suffering from the wounds Mocker had dealt him. He left that hospital renewed, with plans,
with a destination, a goal for after-the-war. He had
broken another resolve. Another woman
had penetrated his soul. Only
Inger updated him during his convalescence.
No one came for his advice.
His pride was bruised—till he heard that Varthlokkur had ordered his
isolation. He had, like an athlete,
been off his form. The wizard,
selfishly, wanted to give him time to find himself. Haaken
managed well enough, both at battering Badalamen and cowing aspirants to
supreme command. Adopting Haroun's style,
he jabbed from every direction, avoiding haymakers, fading when the enemy
turned to fight. In Southtown he
succeeded on stubbornness, knowledge of his men, and devotion to Bragi's
planning. He, like Bragi, respected the
Itaskian bow. Plied from housetops, it
gave him mastery of the streets. He
used them as killing zones, letting Badalamen commit ever more men to
Southtown's capture. He buried the
pavement in corpses. Now,
Bragi saw from the Great Bridge, Southtown was so grim even the vultures shied
away. Visigodred's
and Zindahjira's tunnel attacks had taken them to the heart of Shinsan's
camp. They had started a few fires,
then had withdrawn. The damage was more
moral than physical. '. Attacked from every direction, mundanely and
magically, the Tervola were in disarray.
Blittschau and Lord Harteobben harried all but the largest foraging
parties. They made occasional forays
against the main encampment. The
dismay of the Tervola communicated itself to the Pracchia. Badalamen argued that victory couldn't be
attained in present circumstances. Soon
his superior force would be leagued up in its own camp. Forcing the Great Bridge was plainly
impossible. Attempts to outflank it had
failed. He urged a staged retreat
calculated to draw Ragnarson into the open.
There, hopefully, he could be lured into pitched battle and
obliterated. Magden Norath backed him. The bent
old man was impatient. He wanted the
holocaust now. He demanded another try
at the river. Or, if Badalamen had to
move, he should take the entire army up the Silverbind, to Prost Kamenets,
Dvar, and Iwa Skolovda, depriving Itaskia of her allies, returning south after
fording the river's upper reaches. The
Tervola refused. They wanted to escape
Varthlokkur's fury long enough to develop a counter to the Unborn. And Norath wanted to rearm with his own
special weapons. "It's
good, Haaken," Ragnarson kept saying.
"The only sane course." "You'd
think so. You did the planning." "The
trouble with nibbling is we have to finish before the Gap opens." "How?"
Ragnar demanded. "He'll treat us
like a stepchild if we try to take him heads up." Despite
Badalamen's severe losses recently, that remained immutable. Shinsan couldn't be beaten on the
battlefield. Quiet,
gentle, loving Visigodred offered an answer. It was
disgusting. It turned Bragi's stomach. Visigodred
said, "Remember when Duke Greyfells brought the plague from Hellin
Daimiel? With the ships filled with
rats?" Ragnarson
remembered. He, Haroun, and Mocker had
foiled that cunning play for Itaskia's throne and had won the eternal gratitude
and indulgence of the Itaskian War Ministry. Volunteers
returned to the fetor and horror of Southtown, trapping rats. Radeachar scattered them through the enemy
camp. The
inconclusive fighting continued. Bragi
applied more pressure, trying to keep the legions crowded so plague would
spread swiftly if it got started. Only
sorcery could stop the disease. Could
Varthlokkur protect his allies? Plague
ignored artificialities like national allegiance. Itaskia, packed with refugees and soldiers, made fertile disease
ground. The
wizard didn't know. Days
passed. Then Badalamen suddenly came
alive. He narrowly missed luring Lord
Harteobben to his destruction near Driscol Fens. Later the same day Hakes Blittschau rode into an ambush Marco had
missed seeing from above. While they
licked their wounds, Badalamen moved. Nighttime. Ragnarson galloped across the Great Bridge,
answering Visigodred's summons. The
wizard was directing the cleansing of Southtown. He showed
Bragi a southern horizon aflame. Badalamen
had won his argument with the bent man. "What's
happening?" Ragnarson demanded. "They're
pulling out. He summoned his dragons at
dusk, fired everything." "Marco. Radeachar.
Where are they?" "Staying
alive." The
dragons had rehearsed handling the two.
Marco was impotent against their ganging tactics. He remained grounded. The Unborn could go up, but under pressure
could accomplish nothing. Dawn
came. Still the fires raged. Forests, fields, Shinsan's camp. The dragons kept them burning. A lone
masked horseman waited near the empty camp.
The bones of burned corpses lay heaped behind him. He bore a herald's pennon. "Looks
like plague got some," Ragnarson observed. "Who is he?" "Ko
Feng," Varthlokkur replied.
Jeweled eyes tracked them coldly.
"Easy. He won't try
anything under the pennon." "A
message?" Ragnarson asked. "Doubtlessly." Feng said
nothing. He dipped his pennon staff
till it pointed at Bragi's heart.
Ragnarson removed the note. Feng
rode stiffly into a narrow avenue through the flames. "What
is it, Father?" Ragnar asked. "Personal
message from Badalamen." Gaze distant, he tucked it inside his shirt. Another
meeting. A reckoning. An end.
Softly, gentlemanly, dreadfully, Badalamen promised. Kings on the chessboard, Badalamen
said. Played like pawns. Endgame approaching. "Beyond
the fire...." Ragnarson murmured, looking southward. Then he turned and hurried toward the city. An army
had to march. Even in
retreating Badalamen had surprised him.
He would get a week's lead from this.... It would
be a bittersweet week, he thought, filled with impassioned good-byes. His thing
with Inger was getting serious. THIRTY-FOUR: Road to Palmisano "Goddamnit,
lemme alone!" Kildragon snarled.
He pulled his blanket over his head. The cold,
thin fingers kept shaking him. "Prataxis,
I'm gonna cut you." "Sir?" Reskird
surrendered, sat up. His head
spun. His gut tried to empty itself
again. It had been a hard night. A lot of wine had gone down. He fumbled with his clothing. "I said don't bother me for anything
but the end of the world." "It's
not that." But it was earth-shaking. "They
are pulling out," Reskird whispered, awed. He hadn't believed Derel.
The sun hadn't yet risen and already the besiegers were moving. Engines and siegeworks burned behind
them. A rearguard awaited the
inevitable reconnaissance-inforce. "Got
to be a trick," Kildragon muttered.
That Shinsan should give up, and liberate him from the interminable
political hassle of this walled Hell, seemed too good to be true. A dragon
glided lazily overhead. It was a
reminder that Shinsan wasn't departing in defeat. "Something
happened up north," Prataxis reasoned. "What
was your first clue?" There had
been no communication with Itaskia since the fall of Portsmouth. Marco had, occasionally, tried to, and had
failed to, penetrate the dragon screen.
The Unborn, apparently, wasn't doing courier duty. "We
better get moving," Kildragon sighed.
"Bragi will need us. Tell
the Regents they can join us—if they'll stop fussing about money long enough to
give the orders." Kildragon
had spent eons listening to complaints about the cost of defending the city. Ragnarson
sent a few companies across the Scarlotti.
They met no resistance. Light
horse scouts followed. "I
don't understand him," he told Haaken.
"Why didn't he try to stop us here?" Badalamen
served the Pracchia. And the Pracchia
were divided. Receiving conflicting
orders from the old man and Norath, Badalamen could do nothing adequately. Each failure deepened the split between his
masters. The once
invincible army of Shinsan now twitched and jerked like a beheaded man. "Palmisano,"
Ragnarson mused, finger on a map. There
was a fateful feel to the name. It sent
chills down his spine. The
Pracchia closed ranks temporarily.
Badalamen turned to fight. Palmisano,
in Cardine, lay close to the Scarlotti.
The survivors of thirty legions waited there, an ebony blanket on a
rolling countryside. Tens of thousands
of steppe riders, Argonese, and Throyens guarded river-girdled flanks. "We
have to go to him this time," Ragnarson muttered. He had scouted the region. The prospects didn't look favorable. He didn't
need Badalamen's letter to tell him this would be their last meeting. He didn't need the prophecies of Varthlokkur
and his cohorts. He knew it in his
bones. The winner-take-all was
coming. This would be the gotterdammerumg
for Bragi Ragnarson or the born general.
One war chieftain wouldn't leave this stage.... He had
little hope for himself. Just when he
had found new reason to live. Each
morning the armies stared at one another across the ruins of Palmisano. The captains, generals, and kings with
Ragnarson howled at
the delay. Badalamen's incoming occupation forces swelled his army. The snows in the Savernake Gap were melting. Two
quieter voices counseled delay.
Varthlokkur and Visigodred had something up their sleeves. News came
that Reskird was approaching. His
ragtag army had skirmished its way up from Hellin Daimiel, preventing several
thousand foemen from rejoining Badalamen.
Ragnarson and Blackfang rode to meet their friend. When they
returned, next day, the sorcerers were abuzz. Visigodred
and Varthlokkur were ready. Valther,
Mist, Trebilcock and Dantice had reappeared. The
council was a convention of Kings and Champions. Twenty-seven monarchs attended.
Hawkwind, Lauder and Liakopulos attended. Harteobben and Blittschau, Moor and Berloy, Lo Pinto, Piek,
Slaski, Tantamagora, Alacran, Krisco, Selenov.... The list of renowned fighters ran to a hundred names. The old companions, wizards' and
Ragnarson's, were all there too. And
his son, and Derel Prataxis with the inevitable writing box. And near Iwa Skolovda's King Wieslaw, an
esquire, unknown and untried, whose name had puzzled wizards for years. Varthlokkur
announced, "Valther and Mist have returned." He indicated Dantice and
Trebilcock. "Protected by these
men, they visited the Place of the Thousand Iron Statues." "Nobody
ever got out alive," Zindahjira protested. "I used to send adventurers there. They never came back. The
Star Rider himself animated the killer statues." "The
Star Rider came and went at will," Varthlokkur replied. "Armed
with a Pole of Power." "As
were my friends." Varthlokkur smiled gently. "The Monitor of Escalon wasn't lying." He held up the
Tear of Mimizan, so bright no one could gaze upon it. His fellows babbled questions. "It
was the supreme test. And now we
know. We go into battle perfectly
armed." Ragnarson
held his peace. Point, he thought. Do you know how to use it? No.
Point. The old man over there
does. Getting
him, too, had become an intense personal goal.
The man had shaped his life too long.
He wanted to settle up on the one-to-one. "The
Tervola who remain," Varthlokkur continued, "can be rendered
Powerless. My friends accomplished
that. They exceeded the Monitor. We control the thaumaturgic game. But let them tell it." Michael
Trebilcock did the talking. He didn't
emblish. They had crossed Shara, the
Black Forest, the Mountains of M'Hand, and had hurried to The Place of the
Thousand Iron Statues. They had
penetrated it, had learned to manipulate the Tear and living statues, had
discovered secrets concerning the Star Rider's involvement in the past, then
had reversed their course, reaching Itaskia
soon after Ragnarson had begun pursuing Badalamen. Michael skipped dangers, ambushes, perils that would have become
an epic on another's tongue. His stage
fright compelled brevity. He
communicated his belief that they now possessed the ultimate weapon. Ragnarson
shook his head. Softly,
"Fools." The crowd
demanded action. They were tired of
war. They weren't accustomed to
prolonged, year-round campaigns, dragging ever on. The exiles were eager to return home and resume interrupted
lives. Varthlokkur,
too, was eager. He had left Nepanthe in
Ravelin. "Not
yet," he shouted. "Tomorrow,
maybe. We have to plan, to check the
augeries. Those legions won't roll
over." Ragnarson
nodded grimly. The Tear might disarm
the Tervola. But soldiers had to be
beaten by soldiers. What Power remained
to Varthlokkur and the Unborn, through the Winterstorm, would be devoted to the
creatures of Magden Norath. Badalamen
had anchored his flanks on a tributary of the Scarlotti and the great river
itself, footing a triangle. He couldn't
withdraw easily, but neither could he be attacked from behind. Refusing to initiate battle himself, he had
repeatedly demonstrated his ability to concentrate superior force at any point
Bragi attacked. Ragnarson
knew there would be no finesse in it.
The terrain didn't permit that.
The armies would slaughter one another till one lost heart. He and
Badalamen were sure which would break.
And that, with the pressures received from his masters, was why
Badalamen had opted for this battle. Why he
had chosen the imperfect ground of Palmisano remained a mystery, though. Ragnarson
attacked at every point, his probes having revealed no weaknesses. His front ranks were the stolid pikemen of
Iwa Skolovda, Dvar, and Prost Kamenets.
Behind them were Itaskian bowmen who darkened the sky with their
arrows. While the legions crouched
beneath shields, suffering few casualties, otherwise unemployed westerners
scuttled between pikemen to fill the trench preventing Ragnarson from using his
knights. Badalamen's men countered with
javelins. It was an innovation. Shinsan seldom used missiles. Here,
there, Badalamen had integrated Argonese and Throyen arbalesters.... Ragnarson's
men crossed the ditch several times, and were hurled back. That was
the first day. A draw. Casualties about even. Ultimate point to Badalamen. He was a day nearer the moment when the
Savernake Gap opened. The
witch-war was Varthlokkur's. His coven
gathered over the Tear and round the Winterstorm, and taught the Tervola new
fear. The bent
old man could have countered with his own Pole. He didn't. His situation
wasn't so desperate that he was willing to reveal, undeniably, his true
identity. The night
was Shinsan's. Savan dalage in scores
stalked the darkness, trying to reach the Inner Circle and Bragi's
commanders. Captains and a wizard died.... Now Bragi
knew why Badalamen had chosen Palmisano. A
half-ruined Empire-era fortress crowned a low hill beside the eastern
camp. Within it, after coming west,
Magden Norath had established new laboratories. From it, now, poured horrors which ripped at the guts of the
western army. The
second day was like the first. Men
died. Ragnarson probed across both
rivers, had both thrusts annihilated.
His men filled more of Badalamen's ditch. Again the
night belonged to the savan dalage, though Varthlokkur and his circle
concentrated on Norath's stronghold instead of the Tervola. Marco
predicted the Gap would be open in eleven days. The third
day Ragnarson sent up mangonels, trebuchets, and ballistae to knock holes in
the legion ranks so Itaskian arrows could penetrate the shieldwalls. His sappers and porters finished filling the
ditch. That
night the savan dalage remained quiet.
Ragnarson should have been suspicious. Next
morning he stared across the filled ditch at lines of new
cheveaux-de-frise. There could be no
cavalry charge into those. The
fringe battles picked up. The bent man
threw in his surviving dragons.
Norath's creatures, excepting the light-shunning savan dalage, swarmed
over the cheveaux and hurled themselves against the northern pikes. "The
tenor is changing," Bragi told Haaken.
"Tempo's picking up." Haaken's
wild dark hair fluttered in the breeze.
"Starting to realize the way the wind's blowing. Their day is over. Them spook-pushers are finally doing some good." It looked
that way. Once Norath's monsters
disappeared, Varthlokkur could concentrate on Shinsan's army.... Ragnarson's
heavy weapons bombarded the cheveaux with fire bombs. Behind the western lines, esquires and sergeants prepared the
war-horses. Above, Radeachar
and Marco swooped and weaved in
a deadly dance with dragons. Bragi
waved. "What?" "There."
Ragnarson pointed. Badalamen, too, was
observing the action. He waved back. "Arrogant
bastard," Haaken growled. Bragi
chuckled. "Aren't we all?" Ragnar
galloped up. "We'll be ready to
charge at about four." He had spent a lot of time, lately, with Hakes
Blittschau, enthralled by the life of a knight. "Too
late," Bragi replied. "Not
enough light left. Tell them tomorrow
morning. But keep up the show." Badalamen
didn't respond. He recognized the
possible and impossible. That
night he launched his own attack.
Savan dalage led.
As always, panic
surrounded their advance. Radeachar swept to the attack. Above, Marco tried to intimidate the
remaining dragons. Following the savan
dalage, unnoticed in the panic, came a column of Shinsan's best. As Haaken
had observed, Badalamen had sniffed the wind.
This move was calculated to disrupt Ragnarson's growing advantages. The
attack drove relentlessly toward the hill where the captains and kings
maintained their pavilions, and where the war-horses were kept. Kildragon
and Prataxis woke Ragnarson, Reskird shouting.
"Night attack! Come
on! They're headed this way." The
uproar approached swiftly. Norath had
committed everything he had left. Panic
rolled across the low hill. Ragnarson
surveyed the night. "Get some
torches burning. Fires. More light.
We've got to see." And light would turn the savan dalage. Ragnar, Blittschau, and several knights ran past,
half- armored,
trying to reach the horses. If the
enemy scattered those.... "Haaken?"
Bragi called. "Where the hell's my
brother?" He looked and looked, couldn't find Haaken anywhere. Blackfang
hadn't been able to sleep. For a time
he had watched Varthlokkur work, marveling both at the Winterstorm and Mist,
who manipulated some symbols from within the construct. He shook his head sadly. He had never had a woman of his own, just
chance-met ladies for a night or a week, their names quickly forgotten. No doubt his own had slipped their minds as
quickly. He had
begun feeling the weight of time upon him, his lack of a past. His life he had devoted to helping Bragi
build Bragi's dreams. Now he realized
he had never spun a dream of his own. The noise
from the front was different tonight.
Badalamen was up to something.
He rushed toward the clamor, torch in one hand, sword in the other. He didn't fear the savan dalage. He had met them before. A torch could hold them at bay till
Radeachar arrived. Badalamen
drove through the juncture of Iwa Skolovdan forces with those of Dvar, into the
Itaskians behind. Men of all three countries
shrieked questions, got no intelligible answers. Some fought one another in their confusion. A solid,
single black column poured through. Blackfang,
through sheer lungpower, assembled company commanders, calmed panic, gave
orders, led the counterattack. Pikemen
and arrows. A deadly storm tore at the
legions, opening gaps. The Iwa
Skolovdans insinuated themselves, broke the unity of the column. Blackfang, howling, brought more men to
bear. That part of Shinsan's advance
devolved into melee. Haaken, with a
woodcutter's axe, inspired those near enough to see. Always, when not shouting other orders, he called for torches and
fires. Forty-five
minutes later the gap was gone. The
line was secure. He turned his
attention to the thousands who had broken through. The
headquarters hill was aflame. It looked
bad for its defenders. Though
near exhaustion, Blackfang ran to help his brother. The savan
dalage caught him halfway. There were
three of them. He couldn't
swing his torch fast enough. He went
down cursing his killers. The dwarf
kicked the roc into a screaming, sliding dive.
Fear and exhilaration contested for his soul. One dragon side-slipped winging over, the air rippling its wings. They fluttered and cracked like loose tent
canvas in a high wind. The monster
vanished in the darkness. "One
away," Marco crowed. "Come
on, you bastards." The other
two held the turn and took the dive, wingtip to wingtip, precisely, their
serpentine necks outthrust like the indicting fingers of doom. They were old and cunning, those two. The fire
and fury of the battlefield expanded swiftly, rocking and spinning as the roc
maneuvered. To Marco it seemed someone
had hurled him at a living painting of the floor of Hell. The roar swelled. His heart hammered. This
was his last chance. A do or die game
of chicken. They had to pull up
first.... They were
old and wise and knew every molecule of the wind. They stayed with him.
Their wings beat like brazen gongs when they broke their fall. Marco
glimpsed startled faces turned suddenly upward. Screams. A dragon shriek
when one pursuer's wingtip dipped too low and snagged a tent top. "Eee-yah!"
Marco screamed over his shoulder.
"Let's go, you scaly whoreson.
You and me. We got a horse race
now." One on one he could outfly the granddaddy dragon of them all. He didn't
see the winged horse quartering in. He
didn't see the spear of light. He felt
pain, and an instant of surprise when he realized there was nothing but air
beneath him. The stars tumbled and went
out. Six
columns of two thousand men each followed scattered trails, captained by old
killers named Rahman, El Senoussi, Beloul.
A seventh's path defined their base course. It was
tired, deserted country they rode. The
few survivors vanished at the sound of hooves. The young
King had led his tired, grumbling old terrorists through night-march after
night-march till, now, they saw dragons scorching the northern sky. "It's
begun," Megelin sighed. He planted
his standard and waited for his commanders. He fell
asleep wondering if his gesture had merit, if his father's ghost would approve. The night
stalkers pursued the creature calling himself the Silent, who for centuries had
been anything but. He hated light
almost as much as they, but in his terror spelled anything to keep them at
bay. Balls of flame floated
overhead. He flailed about with swords
of fire. The long
span of his arrogant bluster was scheduled to end. The Norns had scribbled-in Palmisano as the destination that
ended his life-road. The
nearness of savan dalage stampeded a herd of war-horses. In the fractional second while they
distracted him, Zindahjira died. The
stampeding mounts battered Ragnar. He
scuttled beneath a haywagon. It nearly
capsized in the equine tide. The smell
of savan dalage overrode that of horse fear and manure. Sweat soaked Ragnar's clothing. He had no torch. "Hakes!" He heard Blittschau bellowing, but the Altean
didn't hear him. The clang of metal on
metal rose against the drumming of hooves. Shinsan's
men had reached the horses. The last
screaming, lathered stallion hurtled past.... Ragnar
rose slowly, his palm cold and moist on his sword hilt. A tiger-masked Tervola and three dark
soldiers advanced with scarlet swords. The wagon
frame ground into his back.... The
western line bent, bowed, withdrew a hundred yards under Badalamen's predawn
general attack. But he committed
auxiliaries and allies, spending their lives to tire and weaken his toes. They didn't break through. The panic of the night hadn't gotten out of
hand. Ragnarson,
having shed his tears, rose from beside his dead. He shook off Reskird's sympathetic hand. "I'm all right." His voice was
cold and calm. He glanced at the crown
of the hill where, till last night, his headquarters had stood. The surviving attackers were heightening
their earthworks. They had
completed their mission. Now they would
await relief from their commander. Visigodred
departed the tent concealing the remains of his oldest and dearest
antagonist. Mist held him momentarily,
whispering. Radeachar had just found
Marco. Like
scenes were occurring everywhere. A
dozen national ensigns flew with hastily stitched black borders. Death had shown few favorites during her
midnight rampage. Bragi
glimpsed a winged horse settling into the remains of the Imperial
fortress. He growled, "We
begin." Trumpet
voices filed the air. Drums
responded. The knights advanced. Their pennons waved bright and bold. Their spirits were high. King Wieslaw of Iwa Skolovda had made a
speech to stir the souls of veterans as old as and cynical as Tantamagora and Alacran. This
would be their finest hour, the battle remembered a thousand years. The greatest charge in history. An
infantryman walked at each stirrup.
Some were the knights' men. Most
were doughty fighters Ragnarson had assigned: Trolledygnjans, Kaveliners,
Guildsmen, veteran swordsmen who had been withheld from the front. They were rested and ready. Aisles
opened through the pikes and bows.
Arrows darkened the air.
Mangonels and trebuchets released. The Iwa
Skolovdan battle pennon dipped, signaling the charge. How
bright their crests and pennons! How
bold the gleam of their armor! How
brilliant their countless shields! The
earth groaned beneath their hooves. The
sun itself seemed to quake as the army shouted with a hundred thousand throats. The drums
changed voice as Wieslaw spurred his charger.
Lockstep, the men in black marched backward. Not many
pits appeared, but enough to blunt the charge. "Damn!"
Ragnarson growled, watching the gleaming tide break on the black wall, slow,
and swirl like paints mixing. The
knights abandoned their lances, flailed with swords or maces. The men who had run at their stirrups
guarded the horses. The
bowmen, unable to ply their weapons without killing friends, grabbed swords,
axes, hammers, mauls, rushed into the melee. Bragi had
kept no reserve but the pickets round last night's raiders, and the pikemen,
who would screen any withdrawal. From
river to river the slaughter stretched, awesome in scale. "Even
the Fall of Tatarian wasn't this bloody," Valthcr murmured. Derel
Prataxis, without glancing up from his tablet, observed, "Half a million
men. The biggest battle ever." He was
wrong, of course, but could be pardoned ignorance of the Nawami Crusades. "Need
to fall back and charge again," Ragnarson grumbled. But there was no way to order it. He could only hope his captains didn't let
their enthusiasm override their sense. Not that
time. Wieslaw, Harteobben, and
Blittschau extricated themselves, returned to their original lines. The easterners pressed the pikemen hard till
the Itaskians again hid the sun behind arrows.
Then the knights and stirrup men charged again. Ragnarson
and his party talked little. Grimly,
Bragi watched Harteobben and Blittschau, on the wings, begin to be
devoured. Only Wieslaw's echelon
maintained momentum. Ragnarson
considered fleeing to Dunno Scuttari.
He could take ship to Freyland and rally the survivors there.... No.
Inger wouldn't be there. He had
left too many dear ones behind already.
His role in this war had been to leave a trail of his beloved. There had to be an end. He would share the fate of his army. He would fulfill the letter of Badalamen's
message. He saw to
his weapons. His companions watched
nervously, then did likewise. Prataxis
rode through camp collecting cooks, mule-skinners, grooms, and the walking
wounded. THIRTY-FIVE: Palmisano: The Guttering Flame It seemed
he had been chopping at black armor for days.
He had trained and trained, but his instructors hadn't told him how
arduous it would be. Here, unlike the
practice field, he couldn't rest. "Almost
through!" Wieslaw screamed, gesturing with his bloody sword. Only a thin line screened the open ground
beyond Shinsan's front. The
esquire glanced back. The hundreds who
had followed Wieslaw now numbered but dozens. The youth
redoubled his attack. The line
broke. They were through. Wieslaw cavorted as though the battle itself
had been won. His standard bearer
galloped to his side. More knights
surged through the gap, rallied round, congratulated one another weakly. The respite
lasted but moments. Then a band of
steppe riders attacked. While the
westerners turned that threat their bolt hole closed behind them. "Badalamen,"
said Wieslaw. "We have to plant a
sword in the dragon's brain." The
esquire stared across the quarter-mile separating them from the born general. Badalamen's bodyguards had sprung from the
sorcerous wombs of the laboratories of Ehelebe. And crowds of Throyens masked them. Wieslaw
assembled his people to charge. The
Throyens put up little fight. In
minutes the knights reached the tall, expressionless guards surrounding
Badalamen. Ragnarson
cursed as his mount screamed and stumbled.
Her hamstrings had been cut. He
threw himself clear, smashed a black helmet with his war axe while
leaping. He continued hacking with
wild, two-handed swings, past pain, rage, and frustration, exploding in a berserk
effort to destroy Shinsan single-handedly. He knew
no hope anymore. He just wanted to hurt
and hurt until Badalamen couldn't profit from winning. His
companions felt the change. Morning's
optimism was becoming afternoon's despair.
The invincible legions were, again, meeting their reputation. Soldiers began glancing backward, picking
directions to run. Varthlokkur,
too, despaired. He had recognized his
antagonist at last. Shinsan, Tervola,
Pracchia, Ehelebe, all were smokescreens.
Behind them lurked the Old Meddler, the Star Rider. He knew, now, because someone was negating
his manipulation of the Tear. Only the
other Pole's master could manage that. The devil
had come into the open. He needed
anonymity no more. It seemed
but a matter of time till the tide turned and the Power became Shinsan's
faithful servant once more. Not even
Radeachar, frantically buzzing the old fortress, would help. The Tervola had learned to neutralize the
Unborn. How
long? Two hours? Four?
No more, certainly. Varthlokkur
watched Mist and longed for Nepanthe. Four
still lived. The esquire. Wieslaw.
His standard-bearer. A baronet
of Dvar. Bodies carpeted the slope. Badalamen
fought on, alone, surrounded. The born
soldier struck. The esquire fell, a
deep wound burning his side. Hooves
churned the earth about him. He
staggered to his feet. The baronet
fell. The standard-bearer cried out,
followed. The esquire seized the
toppling standard, murmuring, "It can't fall before His Majesty." Badalamen
seemed to strike in slow motion. The
youth's thrust with the banner spear seemed even slower. Wieslaw
collapsed. Badalamen, speartip between
his ribs, followed. The esquire, Odessa
Khomer, fell across both. A mystery
long pursued by sorcerers of both sides consisted of a youth with makeshift
weapon. Thus the Fates play tricks when
revealing slivers of tomorrow. Megelin
whipped his horse, surged out of the river.
Fighting greeted him, but Beloul quickly routed the Argonese
pickets. Megelin surveyed the
battleground. Nothing barred him from reaching the main
contest. Shinsan's encampment appeared
undefended. Only the few pickets
weren't in the battle line. He
gathered his captains, gave his orders.
Wet horsemen, tired-eyed, formed their companies. "Three
hours, Beloul," the young King remarked, glancing at the westering sun. Beloul
didn't reply. But he followed. His mind had stretched enough to see the
national interest in a defeat of Shinsan. Their
charge swept through the eastern camp and round the hill where the old fortress
stood. Megelin and a handful of
followers invaded the stronghold. They
found nothing, though in a courtyard they so startled a winged horse that it
took flight and vanished into the east.
Puzzled, Megelin left, led his men against the enemy rear. He swept past the drama of Badalamen and
Odessa Khomer only minutes after its completion, and never learned what had
happened there. A
centurion informed the Tervola. Only a
dozen survived. Each had pledged
himself to Ehelebe in times gone by.
The Star Rider had saved each from the Unborn. But command was devolving on unready Aspirants and noncoms. They
repudiated their oaths, reelected Ko Fengcommander. "That's
all. We're done here," Feng
said. "Though the cause isn't
necessarily lost, I propose we withdraw." The
Tervola agreed. Shinsan's destiny could
no longer be pursued through the fantasy of Ehelebe. Nor could it without legions which, pushed to win today, might be
pushed too far. The army's skeleton had
to be salvaged so Shinsan could rebuild against tomorrow. The
bloody mind-fog lifted. For a moment
Ragnarson stood amidst the carnage, shield high, axe dragging, puzzled. The pressure had eased. His men had stopped backing up. An army tottering at the brink, already
disintegrating, had stiffened unexpectedly.... Or had
it? He caught
a hobbling, distraught horse, mounted for the instant needed to discover that
Shinsan was disengaging. As always, in
good order, evacuating the wounded first, still attacking along a narrow aisle
to relieve the force waiting on the hilltop. Desert-garbed
men flew about behind them. The
easterners ignored them, having already taught them the cost of getting too
close. The sun
was nearing the horizon. In an hour it
would be too dark to see.... Bragi
swore, shouted, cajoled. His men leaned
on their weapons, staring with eyes that had seen too much bloodshed. They didn't care if the foe were
vulnerable. He was going. That was enough. Bragi
caught another horse, raged around looking for men who would fight on. He
glimpsed movement near the fortress.
Someone with white hair scuttled toward a band of legionnaires. Megelin's riders chased him back inside. A wild,
evil glee captured Bragi's soul. He
walked his mount toward the battered stronghold. He passed
the remains of Badalamen and hardly noticed.
A mad little laugh kept bubbling up from deep in his guts. The bent
man watched the barbaric rider cross that field of death as implacably as a
glacier. He studied Feng, a mile
eastward, directing assembly of the pontoons Badalamen had prepared. He searched the sky. Nowhere did he see his winged steed. He
spat. A potent tool, the
Windmjirnerhorn, the Horn of the Star Rider, from which he could conjure almost
anything, remained strapped to the beast's back. He was naked to his enemies, defenseless—except for cunning and
foresight. And his
Pole. The rider
loomed huge now, subjectively growing larger than life as their confrontation
approached. He
scuttled into the fortress's cluttered recesses, through the shambles of Magden
Norath's laboratories. What had
happened to the Escalonian? The first
rat to desert the ship, he thought. No
guts. Lived his dreams and fantasies
through his creations. The
Fadema, though, remained where he had left her, sitting with his ancient,
mindless accomplice. "Is
it over?" she asked. "Not
yet, my lady. But nearly." He
smiled, stepped past her to a cluttered shelf, selected one of Norath's
scalpels. "Good. I'm tired of it all." "You'll
rest well." He yanked her head back, cut her throat. The Old
Man frowned. "The
Fates have intervened, old friend. Our
holocaust becomes a country fair. Hold
this." The Old Man accepted the scalpel.
The Star Rider began extinguishing lamps. When one remained he produced his golden token, placed it over
his "third eye." "The
Tervola have decided to cut their losses.
I should have known. Their first
loyalty will always be to Shinsan. A
foul habit. Ah! I can hear Them. They're laughing. My
predicament amuses Them." He
pocketed the medallion. "That'll
scare hell out of somebody." He cocked his head, listening. The measured tread of boots echoed from a
darkened passage. "He
comes." He selected an unconsecrated kill-dagger from the shelf. "The final scene, old friend." Varthlokkur,
Visigodred, and Mist, only survivors of the Inner Circle, sat, exhausted,
watching the Winterstorm. Outside,
dull-witted, disarmed, weary, the Unborn bobbed on the breeze, abiding
Varthlokkur's command. Valther
burst in. "We've done it!" He
was blood-filthy. A battered sword
trailed from his hand. They
didn't respond. He
planted himself before them.
"Didn't you hear? We've
won! They're retreating...." The
Winterstorm exploded. Valther
shrieked once as flames consumed him. Mist wept
quietly, too drained to move. Visigodred
held her, softly observed, "If he hadn't been there...." "We'd
have burned," Varthlokkur said.
"It was time. He had been
redeemed. The Fates. They weave a mad tapestry.... He was the last Storm King. They had no further use for him." He
didn't seem surprised that his enemy, suddenly, was able to overpower his
creation. Ragnarson
paused. There was a wrongness about the
dimly lighted chamber. Yet the entire
fortress had that taint. The evil of
Ehelebe? He
entered, knelt by the corpse.
"Fadema. Thus he rewarded
you." Blood still oozed from her ruined throat. She stared up with startled dead eyes. 3I7 Sensing
something, Bragi whirled. The blade
slashed his already ruined shirt, turned on his mail. He drove hard with his sword.
The old man groaned, clutched his belly, hurtled toward the remaining
lamp as if yanked by puppet strings. It
broke. In seconds the room was ablaze. "Burn
forever, you bastard." One of those mad chuckles escaped him. "You've hurt me for the last
time." A
bone-weary Treblicock met him beside his mount. "Valther's dead," Michael said. "We thought you should know." He
described the circumstances. "So. He got in one last shot. Where's your shadow?" "Aral? Him and Kildragon went around the
sides. In case you came out over
there. Why?" "I
think I might need somebody to carry me back." "Mike!"
Dantice's shout penetrated the remaining clamor of the battlefield. "Hurry up!" They
found Dantice kneeling beside a dying man. "Reskird!"
Bragi swore. "Not now. Not here." "Bragi?"
Kildragon gasped. "I'm
here. What happened?" "My
boy. Look out for my boy." Reskird
had a son who was a fledgling Guildsman.
Bragi hadn't seen him in years. "I
will, Reskird." He held his friend's hand. "Who was it? What
happened?" The
silver dagger had missed Kildragon's heart, but not by much. It had severed the aorta. Reskird gulped something unintelligible,
shuddered, went limp in Bragi's arms. He
wept. And, finally, rose to assume
command of the fields that were now his.
Later Varthlokkur would suggest that Madgen Norath, unaccounted for, owed
them a life. "He
was the last," Bragi mused.
"None of us are left but me." And, after a while, "Why am
I still alive?" THIRTY-SIX: Home Feng
didn't go peacefully or quietly, with his tail between his legs. He went in his own fashion, in his own time,
underscoring the fact that he was leaving by choice, not compulsion. He wouldn't be pushed. In Altea, when the Itaskian became too
eager, he gave Lord Harteobben a drubbing that almost panicked the western army. In Kavelin, with Vorgreberg in sight, Feng
whirled and dealt the overzealous pursuit ten thousand casualties they need not
have suffered. Ragnarson
got the message that time. His
captains, though, had trouble digesting it. Feng was
going home. But he could change his
mind. The Gap was open. Bragi put his commanders on short
leash. Feng was no Badalamen, but he was
Tervola, bitter, unpredictable,
and proud. He could still summon that
vast army at Gog-Ahlan. The west
had no new armies. Feng had to be let
go with his dignity intact. "Nothing's
changed," Prataxis sighed their first night back in Ravelin's
capital. "In fact, they've shown a
net gain. Everything east of the
mountains." "Uhm,"
Ragnarson grunted. He had other problems,
like learning if his children had survived. Vorgreberg
had been deserted. But as Feng withdrew
beyond the eastern boundary of the Siege, people began drifting in. Sad, haggard, emaciated, they came and
looked at their homes like visitors to a foreign city. They had no cheers for their liberators,
just dull-eyed acceptance of luck that might change again. They ,were a shattered people. There
were, too, the problems of putting the prostrate nation onto its feet, and
of driving Feng through the Savernake Gap. The first
faced every nation south of the Silverband. The
latter task Ragnarson surrendered to Lord Harteobben. Derel, he hoped, would manage the economic miracle.... And a
miracle it would be. Shinsan now
bestrode the trade route which, traditionally, was Ravelin's major economic
resource. It was
too much. "I'm going walking,
Derel." Prataxis
nodded his understanding. "Later,
then." Bragi had
never seen Vorgreberg so barren, so quiet.
It remained a ghost city. Dull-eyed
returnees flittered about like spooks.
How many would come home? How
many had survived? The war
had been terrible. Derel guessed five
million had lost their lives.
Varthlokkur deemed him a screaming optimist. At least that many had been murdered by Badalamen's
auxiliaries. The small villages round
which western agriculture revolved had been obliterated. Few crops had been sown this spring. The coming winter would be no happier than
the past. "There'll
be survivors," Bragi muttered. He
kicked a scrap of paper. The wind
tumbled it down the street. From the
city wall he stared eastward.
Distantly, dragon flames still arced across the night. He lived. What
would he do with his life? There was
Inger, if their hospital romance hadn't died.
But what else? Kavelin. Still. Always. He
stalked through the lightless city, to the palace, saddled a horse. A sliver of moon rose as he neared the
cemetery gate. He
visited the mausoleum first. Nothing
had changed. The Tervola hadn't let
their allies loot the dead. He found an
old torch, after several tries got it sputtering half-heartedly. Fiana
looked no different. Varthlokkur's art
had preserved her perfectly. She still
seemed to be asleep, ready to rise if Bragi spoke the right words. He knelt there a long time, whispering, then
rose, assured his service to Kavelin hadn't ended. He would
persist. Even if it cost him Inger. He almost
skipped visiting Elana's grave. The
pain was greater than ever, for he had failed abominably at the one thing she
would have demanded: that he care for the children. The torch
struggled to survive the eastern wind.
It was, he thought, like the west itself. If the wind picked up.... He almost
missed them in the weak light. The
flowers on Elana's grave were, perhaps, four days old. Just old enough to have been placed there as
Feng came over the horizon. "Ha!"
he screamed into the wind.
"Goddamned! Ha-ha!" He
hurled the torch into the air, watched it spin lazily and plunge to earth,
refusing to die despite dwindling to a single spark. He grabbed it up and, laughing, jogged to his horse. Like a madman, by moonlight, torch overhead,
he galloped toward Vorgreberg. They
arrived two days later. Gerda Haas,
Nepanthe, Ragnar's wife, and all his little ones. They had been through Hell.
They looked it. But they had
grown. Gerda told him, "The Marena
Dimura were with us. Even the Tervola
couldn't find us." Ragnarson
bowed to the chieftain who had brought them, an old ally from civil war
days. "I'm forever in your
debt," he told the man in Marena Dimura.
"What's mine is yours." He spoke the language poorly, but his
attempt impressed the old man. "It
is I who am honored, Lord," he replied.
In Wesson. "I have been
permitted to guard the Marshall's hearth." There was
much in the exchange that went unspoken.
Their use of unfamiliar tongues reaffirmed the bond of the forest people
to the throne, a loyalty adopted during the civil war. "No. No honor.
The imposition of a man unable to care for his own." "Nay,
Lord. The Marshall has many children,
of the peoples. It was no dishonor
needing help with the few when he cared for so many." Bragi
peered at Prataxis. Had Derel staged
this? The Marena Dimura's remarks were
a taste of things to come. Despite
Bragi's conviction of his incompetent conduct of the war, he became a hero. Those he considered the real architects of
victory went unheralded. People and
wizards alike preferred it that way. The real
surprise arrived ten
days after Vorgreberg's liberation. He was at
home in Lieneke Lane, busting his tail helping clean the place, wondering how
Inger would respond to his message.
Yes? No? Gjerdrum brought a summons from the Thing. Bragi hugged his children, and grandson
(whom his daughter-in-law Kristen had named Bragi), and went. Kristen
had soared in his regard. It was she
who had maintained her husband's family graves. She, Nepanthe said, had been strong for all of them, optimistic
in the darkest moments. She had lost
her husband and parents and still could smile at her father-in-law as he
departed. He met
Prataxis outside the warehouse parliament.
"Damned Nordmen trying to pull something already?" he
snarled. "I'll kick the crap out
of the whole damned Estates right now." The noble party had begun calling
itself The Estates during the exile. "Not
yet." Prataxis gave Gjerdrum a secretive smile. "I think it's news from the Gap." "Aha! Harteobben grabbed Maisak. Good!
Good!" He strode inside, took a seat on the rostrum. The Thing
was a raggedy-assed comic imitation of a parliament now. Only thirty-six delegates were on hand. Most of those were self-appointed veterans. But it would do till some structure could be
created for Kavelin's remains. Assuming
the chair, Derel immediately recognized Baron Hardle of Sendentin. Ragnarson
loathed Sendentin. He had a big mouth,
and had been involved in every attempt to weaken the Crown since the civil
war. Yet Bragi grudgingly respected
him. He had served uncomplainingly
against Badalamen, and had been a doughty fighter. In the crunch he had stuck to Kavelin's traditions and had closed
ranks against the common enemy. "News
has come from Maisak," the Baron announced. "The Dread Empire has abandoned the stronghold. Not one enemy occupies one square foot of
the Fatherland. The war is over." Ragnarson
wanted to protest. The conflict could
never end while the Tervola existed.
But he held his peace. Hardle's
remarks had drawn unanimous applause. Hardle
continued, "I suggest we return to the task we faced before the
invasion. We need a King. A man able to make decisions and stick to
them. The near future will be
harrowing. All parties, all classes,
all interests, must repudiate the politics of divisiveness. Or perish.
We need a leader who understands us, our strength and our weakness. He must be fair, patient, and intolerant of
threats to Kavelin's survival." Bragi
whispered, "Derel, they wanted me to hear self-serving Nordmen
campaign speeches?" Hardle, when wound up, could talk interminably. Hardle
spent an hour describing Kavelin's future King. Then, "The Estates enter a consensus proposition: that the
Regency be declared void and the Regent proclaimed King." Bragi's
dumbfoundment persisted while the Wesson party seconded the proposal. "Hold
it!" he bellowed. He realized that
all this had been orchestrated.
"Derel....
Gjerdrum...." Both
feigned surprise. "Don't look at
me," said Prataxis. "It's
their idea." "How
much help did they have coming up with it?" He glared at Varthlokkur, who
lurked in the shadows, smiling smugly. The
Siluro and Marena Dimura minorities accepted the proposal too. "I
don't want the aggravation!" Bragi shouted an hour later, having exhausted
argument. "With no war to keep you
out of mischief you'd drive me crazy in a month." He now
suspected the motives of The Estates. A
King was more constrained by law and custom than a Regent. They
out-stubborned him. They were planning
the coronation before he yielded. His
election, Derel insisted, would be lent legitimacy by the attendance of the K
ings with the western army. "You
know," he told Prataxis, "Haaken never wanted to come south. He wanted to fight the Pretender. If I'd known leaving would lead to this, I
would've stayed." Prataxis
grinned. "I doubt it. Kavelin was always your destiny." Kavelin. Always Kavelin. Damnable, demanding little Kavelin. A sweating
courier rushed in. He bore Inger's
response. Bragi read it, said,
"All right. You've got me. Gods help us all." In his
rags, with sores disfiguring his hands and face, the bent man didn't stand
out. He was but one of tattered
thousands lining the avenue. The King's
Own Horse Guards pranced past, followed by Gjerdrum Eanredson, the new
Marshall, then the Vorgrebergers. The King
and his wife approached. The Royal
carriage wasn't much. Fiana's hearse
converted. Kavelin had few resources to
waste. The old
man hobbled away on feet tortured by hundreds of miles. He stared at the flagstones, hoped he wouldn't catch
Varthlokkur's eye. He
squeezed the Tear shape in his pocket. The
wizard had been singularly careless, leaving it unattended. But that
was the nature of the Poles. To be
forgotten. His own was the same. Varthlokkur
might not check on it for years. He
hobbled eastward, gripping the Tear with one hand, tumbling his gold medallion
with the other. An hour outside
Vorgreberg he began humming. He had had
setbacks before. This one hadn't been
so terrible after all. The Nawami
Crusades had gone worse. There
were countless tomorrows in his sentence without end. |
|
|